CORNELLUNIVERSITYLIBRARY

'M

Cornell University

Library

The original of this book is in

the Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright restrictions in

the United States on the use of the text.

http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924071132082

PALI READERWITH NOTES AND GLOSSARY

BY

DINES ANDERSEN, PH. D.PBOraaaOR at the ITNIVEBSITY of OorENHAOEN

PART II: GLOSSARY

COPENHAGENGYLDENDALSKE BOGHANDEL, NORDISK FORLAG

LONDON LEIPZIG

LUZAC & Co. O. HARRASSOWITZ

1907

Tiykt tned Vnderslettelse af Vniversitelets Ftitrykskonto

NIELSEN ft LVDtCHK(AXEL aiUMELKIiEB)

PALI GLOSSARYINCLUDING THE WORDS OF THE

PALI READERandoftheMAMMAPADA

BY

«

DINES ANDERSEN, Ph. D.PBOraSSOR AT TBI UNiyiRSITY OF OOPimUOIK

COPENHAGENGYLDENDALSKE BOGHANOEL, NORDISK FORLAG

LEIPZIG,

O. HARRASSOWITZ /,

1904—1905

NIRUJKN A LYDICHK(AIKt. >IMUItl.KI«H)

PALI GLOSSARY

PREFACE.

In issuing the present part of the Pali Reader I ought to express

my sincere regret that various circumstances have so much retarded the

final revision and printing of the glossary, the conclusion of which I know

has been expected long ago by not a few scholars. As has been pro-

mised in the preface to Part 1. this glossary includes the vocabulary of

the whole text of Dhammapada, and I have upon the whole done my

best to make it as complete as possible. It has been my aim by this to

supply the young student with a sufficient help for the first years' study,

untill he will be able to -work inpendently, and I have therefore above

all striven to arrange the materials so that every passage in the texts

which might be supposed to present even the slightest difficulty to the

beginner should not be passed by in silence. Whether I have succeeded

in my explanations in such cases, where I differ from the usual inter-

pretation, I must leave to my critics to judge of. With regard to the

lexicographical system introduced into this glossary I need not to say

much; it is of course, as to the outer form, in many respects different

from that of the Dictionary of Childers : in addition to the Indian order

of the letters I have introduced all declinable words in their stems (only

with a few exceptions, e. g. pronouns like aham, bhavam, etc.); where

the stems are ending in consonants these have been printed in Italics,

the reason for which I hope will be understood : ghosavat, cetas,

muddhan, gandhiw, pitar (the latter I have considered more prac-

tical than pitu). The verbs ought in my opinion to be given in their

present indicative (3. sing.), as has also been done by Childers, together

with reference to the Sanskrit roots; so I have not paid any attention

to roots or forms given by the native Pali-grammarians, my task only

being to deal with the texts themselves, and nothing has been quoted,

that cannot be traced in the litterature. In many single cases I have

had an indispensable support in the exhaustive lexicographical collections

of V. Trenckner (now in the Copenhagen University Library), especially

where rny own collections were not sufficient to state a certain signifi-

cation, form, or gender of a word; the abbreviation (Tr.) added here

and there in the glossary will show that also on other accounts 1 have

derived som 3 benefit from suggestions of his accidentally occurring among

the vast number of his quotations. With regard to typographical ar-

rangements I beg to remark that asterisks have been put before those

Pali words to which no Sanskrit equivalents can be traced; likewise

generally before compounds not found in the Sanskrit Dictionary of

Monier Williams, the new edition of which has been of great help to

me during the whole work; certain forms of the Pali words are put

within parentheses in order to show that they do not occur in the

Reader or the Dhpd., whilst brackets put to a heading-word (e. g. [sa-

rnSsati]) denote that this particular form of the word is not traced.

Of the English iranslations it ought to be observed that those within

double inverted comma are simply quotations from my predecessors;

other typographical indications, abbreviations, etc., I hope will easily be

understood; Before using the book my readers are earnestly requested

to insert the corrections and additions given on the last pages into the

text of both parts.

In conclusion I wish to address my best thanks to my young friend

Mr, Jolt. Eijser, Assistant Librarian at our University Library, to whomI am indebted for his kind assistance in correcting the proofs.

Coiienhageii, September 1907.

Dines Andersen.

TO

MY TEACHER AND FRIEND

Professor Dr. phil. V. FAUSB0LLIN COMMEMORATION OF

THE 5015 ANNIVERSARY OF HIS FIRST EDITION

OF THE

DHAMMAPADA

Copenhagen, March 16., 1905

DINES ANDERSEN

DUOPACE

Reproduced by XEROGRAPHVby Micro Photo Inc.

Cleveland 12, Ohio

A.

a-', the base of pron, gen, assa, assa,

V. ayam,a-^ the prp, a», shortened before

double cons, v, akkamati, akkosati etc.

a-^, the augment originally prefixed

to the verbal root in the formation of

the inipf., aor, & cond. tenses, in most

cases dropped after ma {q. v.) and gene-

rally omitted in ordinary prose. List

of augmented forms occurring in the

texts of the Reader & the Dhp.i

a-ka, a-kari, a-kasi, a-kaihsu,a-karamhase, v. karoti,

a-karayi, v, kareti.

a-gaficbi, a-gama, a-gamasi,a-gatnaihsu, v. gaoobati.

a*ggahi, a-ggahum, a-ggahesi,V. ganhati.

a-'ghatayi, v. ghateti.

a-cari, v. carati.

a-cavayi, v, caveti.

a-cchidda, a-cohindi, v, chin*

dati.

a-jali, V. jalati.

a-jini. v. jinati.

a-ttha, a-tthasi, a-Uharasu, v.

titthati.

a-tari, v. tarati.

a-da, a-dasi(m), a'damsa, v.

dadati.

a-desayi, v. deseti.

a-ddakkhi, v. dakkhati.

a-ddasa, a^ddasa, a-ddasama,a- d das a sum, v. dissati.

, PSli Oloiiur/.

a- pas si, v, passati.

a-pucchi, a-pucchiihsu, v. puc>chati.

a-piijesuih. v. piijeti.

a-plavim, v. p(a)lavati.

a-bravi, a-bruvi. v, bruti.

a-bbavissa (cond.), w. bhavati.

a-bhassatba, v. bhassati,

a-bbanim, v. bhanati.

a-bbasi, a-bbasatha, v. bhasati.

a>Taca(m), a-voca, a-TOoum, v.

vadati.

a-vadhi, v, vadhati,

a-vadesi. v. vadeti.

a-samsi, v. samsati.

a-8akkhi(in), v. sakkoti.

a>88umha, v. sunati.

a-hayatha. v. hayati.

a- ha si, v. harati,

a-hu, a-buifa, a- buva, a-huva-ttha, a-huvambase, a-ho8i(m),

a-hesum, v, hoti.

&8im, V. attbi.

acc-a-ga, aoc-a-gama, v, all-

gaccbati.

ajjh-a-ga, ajjh'a-gu, v. acUii-

gacchati.

ajjh-a-bhasi, v. adhi-bbasati.

ajjb-a-vasayi, v, adbi-vaseti.

anu-pariy*a-ga, v, anu-pari-

gacohati.

anv-a-ga, v. anu-gacchati,

apa-nayi, v. apa-neti.

ud-a-padi, v. up-pajjati.

upaoc-a-ga, v. (upati-gaocbati).

up a- garni, v. if^a-gaochati.

1

a-

upa,-visi, V. upa-visati.

paoc-a-ssosi, paoc>a-Bso&um,V. pati-sunati.

p^-mado, V. pa-majjati.

pa-yasi, pa-yiin8u, v. pa-yati.

pa-vassi, v. pa-vasiiati.

pj.-visi, V, pa-vist'ti.

p&-hesi, V. pahinati.

yyapa-nudi, «. vyapa-nudati.

a-'*, negative particle, prefixed to

the following words, 1) to doudb (subst,,

adj., adv.), 2) to verbal forms (moBtly

to fart., grd., g'.r. or inf., rarely to

fioite verbal forms). In comp. with

words beginning originally with twoco'jsouanta the first cons, is generally

doubled (v. a-ppativattya, a-pacca-kkhaya), and before vowels it has al-

ways the form an- [:>. below). As to

the sifnificatiijn it is often opp. to sa*(gf. f.) and synora. witl) the particles na-,

nir, v> (.'ina-?). Sometimes this par-

tide is found reoeafed: an-a- (as a

kiiid of stronger negation (?), cp. an-a*

bliavakata [but an-a-kama, not un-

willing]). It is doubtful whether thispar-

ticle is contained in comp. like pbalE-

pbiJa, maggamagfjae/c. ((?, r.). [R, Otto

Frunkc: a-piicasi, ZDM». XLVIlI.si{cp. a-m.'ckoti. Dhpd. (1866) p. 102,u.a-sakkhi, Jut. I, 382,34. an-abhirami,Jut. Ill, 30,3o) G. Bilhler: ZDMQ.XL, 644 (cp. Jut. I, 171,17. 386,16)].

a-kakkasa, mfn. free from hnrsh-

nesg. Dh. 408. (.-waiii, ace. m.).

a-kata, a) mfn. not 'done, left un-done, Dh. 50.165.314. b) ,1. the

uncreated (a. Nibbuna):! a-kata-fifiuK mfn. Dh. 97. 383. (^u),knowing the uncreated,

a-katafiflu'. mfn. ungrateful, 14,i.

ft-katta*. >». who does no gooii, 14,i(arc, -Mfaiil).

a-katva, v. karoti,

a-kathaiii-kathin, mfn. free fromdoubt (katharii.-katlul). Dh. 411.•114 (-i, m,). *

a-kuthotvil, v. katlieti.

a-kaiiiuii, //.. umiHHiun, avoiding of,

Dh. 183. 333.

a-karonta, v. karoti.

a-katna, mfn. unwilling, reluctant,

104,10. (<x/assa, m. gen.).

a-karanena, instr, adv. without

(reasonable) cause, 34;i7. 68, ii, v.

karana.

a-kariya, mfn, not to be done, that

may not be done, 106, is —• Dh. 176,

V. karoti.

a-kala, m. wrong time, or mfn, un-

seasonable, 26,91. 37,16, ti. kSla.

a-kicca, mfn. not to be done, Dh,

74. 293, V, karoti.

a-kincana, mfn, without anything,

calling nothing his own, disintor-

ested, Dh. 88. 221. 396—431.a-kinci, adv, not a little, Dh. 390,

V, koci [cp, na).

a-kujjhitva, v. kujjhati.

a-kutobhaya, mfn. (— so, from

kuto '\- bhaya, q. v,), knowing nofear, secure, Dh.l96 (.>^e, ace.pi. m.).

a-kuddha, mfn. not angry, 11, 17

(-^assa, gen.), v. kujjhati.

a-kubbato, gen.m., from por<. kub-bam, {v, karoti), who does not act,

Dh. 61, 124.

a-kuli«, mfn. (fr. kula, q. v.), of

base extraction, 102,4 (^ioo ra«

jano, nom. pi. »».).

a-kusala, mfn, evil, 76,84 (yatlia

-^.aiii, ucc. m.); n, ,%.arii, evil deed,

demerit, 97. 13. Dh. 281.a-kkodha, w. mildness, 44,8 — Dh.

223 (^ena, instr.), v. kodba.a-kkodhana, mfn. free from anger,

104,31. Dh. 400. V. kodhana.a-kkhara, q. v.

a-ganhanti, v, ganhati.a-gata, mfn. not gone to, 48,ii; not

frequented, Dh. 323, V. gata.a-gantvit, v. gaccbiiti,

a-giuidliaka,w/'rt. [fr, gandha.g. v.),

without odour (opp. sa-gandhaka),Dh. 51 (-^aiii puppbaiii).

a-gahctvii, I', ganliati.

a-guna. m. fault, '^o, 43,4, <vara,43.7. ^11 (pi.) 44,r.; '•-gavosaka.mfn, seeking his own faults, 43,

m

(^o); **-vadin, mfn, telling one of

his faults, ,vi, ^im {nom, ace, m.)

43,5. 43,6,

a-caritva, v. carati. '

a-carima, mfn. not eubsequent, not

last; ^am, adv. 99,20 (vp. a-pubba).a-cala, mfn. immovable, firm, 110,7

(~a bbiimi).

a-cira, mfn. sliort, brief; ^am, adv.

soon, before long. 107,5 — Dh. 41;"-ppakkanta, mfn. 70, is .^e, loc.

soon after he was gone [cp, pakka-mati).

a- ecu t a, mfn. not fallen, permanent,

unchangeable, Dh, 225 ^vam t^ia-

nam, NibbSna [cp. cuta & cavati).

a-cchidda, mfn. uninjured, fault-

less, blameless; '-vutti adj. m. Dh.229 ('>^im, ace) of blameless con-

duct.

a-chinditva, v. chindati.

a-iauiia, mfn. not to be produced(v. jayati); n, a portent; purisa-

janiio, m, Dh. 193, q.v,

a-jananta (gen. a-janato), a-ja-nitva, V. janati.

a-jhayato (gen.), v. jhayati.

a-nnana. n. ignorance, 94,8i (.%/am,

ace), 94,84 (/^.-aya. dat.) op. nana.

a-fiiiata. mfn. unknown [v. janati),

/N/aiii, nom. n. 92,25. ^ anaih, gen.

m, pi. unknown persons. 90,39.

a-niiataka. mfn. (afiiiata w. suff.

-ka) id. •'-vesena, instr. in dis-

guise 43,12 [cp. vesa).

a-tthana, n. wrong place or wrongtime [v. thana), 34,32 (/^^e, loc); an

impossible thing, that cannot take

place 76,26 (-N^aiii, nom.).

a-takkavacara, mfn. being beyondthe sphere of thought, 94,25 (takka

+ avacara, q.v,).

a-tandita. mfn, not slothful, ud>

wearied, Dh. 306. 366. 375.

a-titta, mfn. unsatisfied, insatiate,

52,24 fsjAm {ace. f.) kamesu, in-

satiate in pleasures; Dh. 48.

a-tula, mfn, unequalled; m.nom.pr.

(q.v.) Dh. 227.

a-danda, mfn. *) without stick, 77,

IS (>^ena, inatr,) - *) exempt from

punishment, innocent, Dh. 137(r«.-fc'8U. loc, pi.).

a-datra, v. dadati.

a-dassana, n. not seeing (to. gen.);

piyanaih ^ara, 106,26 — Dh. 210;^ena (instr.) morassa, before the

peacock had appeared, 18,32 ; Dh.206

;

^ara gaoche, will not see, Dh. 46.

*a-datukamata; f. (fr, inf. da-

tum V. dadati) -J- kama w. suff.

-ta) unwillingness to give, -%/aih

(ace.) 16,14, -x^aya (instr. „ because

you do not wish to give it") 23,36.

a-dinna, mfn. not given; ^am adi-

yati, to take what is not given, to

steal, 97,10, Dh. 246. 409; a-dinna-

dana, n. stealing, 81,22 (<^a, ahl.)\

a-dinnapubba, mfn. not given be-

fore, 16,30 (cp. pubba).

a-disva, (a)-di88aman<v, v, dis-

SLti.

a-du^tha. mfn, not guilty, innocent,

Dh. 399.

*a-diibha, mfn. not treacherous (or

S. >«.(?) not deceiving) 111,29:- a-

dubhatthaya (dat. cp. attha*) „in

order that she might not prove her-

self treacherous" (cp, diibhati).

a-ddhuva, mfn. not fixed, uncer-

tain, 86,15 (cp. dhuva).

a-dhamma. »». injustice, Dh. 248;~ena (instr. adv.) unjustly, Dh. 84,

*a-dhammika, mfn. unrighteous,

impious, i^& (m, pi.) 102.6,

*a-dhammikata, f. unrighteous-

ness, ^aya (instr,) 102.6.

*a-nikka8ava. mfn. not free from

impurity, impure, Dh. 9 (cp. ka-sava & kasava).

a- nice a mfn, (v. niocam) not eternal,

transitory, impermanent, perishable,

ojSk samkharu 80,28; 107,u — Dh.277; a-nicc£ldi-vasena (instr.) 88,32

„on account of the instability etc,

of this world" (?) (cp. adi & vasa).

a-niccata,. f. transient existence,

instability, mortality, (x/E (= a-

niccataya, instr.\ 95,22.

a-ni^thita, mfn. not, finished, not

completed, 87,ii. ^

ft-

a-Dindita, mfn, (v. nindati), not

blamed, Dh. 227.

""a-nibbisaih, part, adv. UBeleiily,

fruitlessly, 108,i6. Dh. 163. {v.

liibbittha; 8BE. X, 43.)

a-nimitta, mfn. causeless, ground-

less, r^o vimokKo (q. v.) —- Nib-bana, Dh. 92. 93.

•a-nimisata, f. not winking; rwSya(akkbinam) 59,5 „on account of her

not winking",

a-niyata, mfn. not fixed, uncertain,

•%.^am jlvitam, 86,i7.

*a-niyata-gat(ka, wi/n. whose path

(through the numerous forms of life,

V. gati) is uncertaio, ^a, f, 87,89.

*a-niyyanika, «i/w. unprofitable,

9,29.

a-nivattana, n. not turning back,

not fleeing: "-dhamma, mfn. hav-

ing the nature of not fleeing, 39, lo

^a mahayodha (m. />/.).

a-nivesana, mfn. homeless; inacces-

sible to de iire, froe from attach-

ment (?) Dh. 40. (cp. SBE. X, 14.j

a-nissita, mfn, trot dependent on,

Dh. 93 abare />^o, „not absorbed

in enjoyment".

*a - n i g h Si,mfn. scatheless, harmless (?)

Dh. 294. 296. {Sa. *a-nigbna,Morris JPTS. '91—93, p. 41 ff.;

*a-nyagha (= an-agha), sinless,

Fsb. cp. SBE. X, 71 fi'. The na-

tives derive this word from *nighansuiferiug" and expl():n it by nid-

dukklia; cp, also sa, un-ehas

(Vih)). >

a-paccakkbaya, t;. paccakkhati.a-pafina, mfn. not intelligent, Dh.

3 '2.

a-patikkamitva, v. patikkamati.a- pad a, mfn. footless i. e. having no

footing in the existence (samsara),Dh. 179. ISO.*

*a-pabbajana, n. 47,s: "-attbaya{Jat. V. attha^) „to keep him froma religious life",

*a-paf&-npaccaya, mfn. not depen-dent of others, ^o sasane (— „for

the knowledge of the doctrine") 69,i4;

aparappacoaya, ahl. adv. (N/fianam,

intuitive knowledge, 96,i4.

a-pariggaha, mfn. unmarried, 56,4

fva, /".); "-bhava, »n. the unmarried

state, 66,7 (cp. pariggaha).

a-parighamsanta, v. parigbam-

sati.

*a-parisuddha, mfn, dirty, 41, i.

a-paribina-jbana, n. uninterrup-

ted meditation, 45,i5 (v. parihayati).

a-passanta, a-passitva, v. pas-

sati.

a-para, «. not the opposite bank,

Dh, 385 (v. para).

a-puccba, mfn. not to be asked about,

r^am [ace. n.) 91, is (v. pucchati).

a-puj j a, mfn. not to ba revered, not

deserving homage, 30,21 (v. piijeti).

a-puflna, n. demerit, 76,3 "-labba,

m. acquisition of demerit, Dh, 309.

310.

*a-putbujjana-sevita.»i/'«. which

common people cannot aojoy, Dh.272 [cp. sevati).

a-pubba, mfn. not first, unprecee-

ded [opp. a-carima); .%.am, adv.

99,25! apubbam acarimam, „not

before and not after", „simulta-

neously- (Morris JPTS. '87 p. 101;Ehya Davids SBE. XXXV p. 64).

a-ppagabbha, tnfn. not arrogant,

modest, quiet, Dh. 245 (v, pagab-bha).

*a- p p a t i c c b a u n a, mfn. not covered,

nuked, 10,i5 »vO aliosi, „he ex-

posed himself {v. pa^icobanna).

*a-ppatipuggala, mfn. unequal-led, 80,24 (v, pati-puggala).

a-ppatibaddha-citta, mfn, onewhose mind is not turned to (loc),

kamesu ^o, Huot bewildered bylove", Dh. 218 (v. patibaddba).

a - p p a t i V a 1 1 i y a, mfn. insubvertible,

110,T ^a (f bhumi). (v, pativatteti).

*a-ppatik.araka, mfn. ungrateful,

14,1 : katnssa '>.arri (ace. »*.), onewho does not return what has beendone, (v, patikaraka).

*a-ppatissavasa, m. anaichy,10.3i.

(v. patissuva).

a-ppatta. mfn. not having obtained

{ace.) Dh. 272. {v. patta' cp. SBE.X, p. 67).

a-ppaduttha, mfn. harmless, Dh.125. {v. paduttha, cp. dussati).

a-ppaniatta, mfn. not slothful, ear-

nest, zealous, strenuous, i^vi (m. pi.)

104,9. Dh. 21. [v. pamatta, pa-majjati; cp. appa-matta).

a-ppamadu, m. earnestness, stre-

nuouaness, ^o Dh. 21 ; .>.'e & o/amhi[loc.) Dh. 22; -^ena sampadetlia,„work out your salvation with dili-

gence" [instr.). "-rata, mfn, de-

lighting in earneBtnesB, Dh. 31. 327.

"-vagga, m. the second chapter of

Dh. "-viharin, mfn. living atre-

nuously, Dh. 57 (--vinaih, gen, pi.)

[cp. pamada & pamajjati).

a-ppameyya. mfn, immensurable,

95,13. [v. pameyya),a-ppasanna, mfn. not quiet, un-

believing, without faith, 76,30. (cp,

pasanna & pasldati).

a-ppiya, mfn. unpleasant, disagree-

able; /N^ehi [instr, n, pi,) 67,9. 106,»5

— Dh. 210; .x/Snam [gen. n, pi.)

106,98 — Dh. 210; m. .n^o, an en-

nemy, Dh. 77. [v. piya).

a-ph^^la, mfn, without fruit, impro-

fitable, vain, ,%/a vaca Dh, 51. [opp.

sa-phala, cp. phalaphala).

*a-phasuka, mfn. unpleasant, un-

• easy; n, sickness, 46, s. 49,34. 28. kimte /x/am, what ails you? 49,»s,

a-bala. mfn. weak; *a-bal'-as8a. m. a

weak horse, a hack [opp. sighassa),

Dh. 29.

a- b ban a, mfn. having no wound

(vanai q. v.) Dh. 124.

a-bbata, mfn. undisciplined, not ob-

serving the religious duties (vata,

q. V.) Dh. 264 [cp. subbata).

a-brahmacariya, n. uncbastity,

impurity, <va [abl.) 81,na.

a-bhabba, mfn. [v, bhabba <^ bba*

vati) unable, w. inf. 69,s« : t^o

Yaso kame paribbufijitum, ^it is

impossible that Y. should enjoy

pleasures"; te, dat. twO pariha-

naya, „cannot fall away (from holi-

ness)", Dh. 32.

a- b hay a [fr. bhaya, n.) ') mfn.

free from fear, Dh. 268, ^) n. sa-

fety, security, immunity, rvaih, nom.7,6. ace. 6,18, r^e, loc. 7,u. Dh.317. *a-bhaya-laddhaka, mfn. 7.35,

who has obtained immunity °—

*laddhabhaya, mfn. 7,s [cp. la-

ddha). *a-bhaya-das8iM, mfn. see-

ing no danger, Dh, 317 (ix>ino, m,pi.).

a-bbava, m. absence, non-existence,

rv& [abl.) 42,30. 63,31 (& 'x/ena

[instr.) 59,18, 88, si, on account of

the absence of [gen.)\ an-abhava-kata. q. V,

a-bhavita, mfn. [v. bhaveti) •) not

produced, not practised, not reali-

zed, ^a [f. maranasati) 86,i8. ') not

trained, not versed in religious prac-

tise, -x^aiii (cittam) Dh. 13 „unre-

flecting" [opp. 8u-bhavita).

a-bhuta, mfn. that has not happened,

^am [ace. n.) 9,J9. *<'-vadin, mfn.delighting in lie, fs/i [nom, m.) 74,i.

a-bhejja, m/V». unconquerable, *'-va-

rasura-, 39,18.

a-magga. »». the evil path, Dh. 403(maggamagga).

a-mangala. mfn, unauspioious, un-

gracious, impolite (?), i^am [n, pati-

kkhipanam) 56,a3.

a- mat a, mfn, immortal; n. the im-

mortal (— Nibbana), Dh. 374; rvampadaiii [n.) Dh. 114 — a-mata-pada, n. Dh. 21, the immortal place,

Nibbana [opp. maccuno padam).*a-matogadha, n.(?) [cp. ogadha)the depth of Nibbana, Dh. 411.

*a-mattannu, mfn. immoderate

[w. loc.) Dh. 7.

a-madhura, mfn. not sweet, sour,

bitter, "-samsaggena, „by the com-pany of the sour (plant)**, 37,ii.

a-manussa, m. not a human being,

pi. i^S,, 68,8 [cp. a-manusa).

a-mara, m/'n. immortal, imperishable,

n. <v>am, 56,ii; f, <»&, nom.pr, ~-

Amaradevi, q, v.

a-

a-mStu-hadaya, ti. not a mother's

heart, 69,i« (v. mataf).

a -mar us a, mfa. not human, super*

human; m. <vO (saddo) 27,6; f.i^i

(rat:;) Dh. J)73 (cp, a-manussa).

a-nareata, v, mirfti.

a-iaiUa, m. an enemy, ^venSva,

{imtr.) Dh. 66 207 ^„aB with an

snemy", cp. iva).

a-yasa, m, infamy, disgrace, ace,

• ^am 73,8.

a-yutta, mfn. unfit, unright, wrong,

«. o/am 38,19.

a-yoga, m. not meditation, lack of

devotLin or religioaa exertion, abl.

^a Dh. 282, loc. ^e Dh. 209.

a-yojayaih, v. jojeti.

a-rakkhita, mfn. 9,io, •= a-rak-

khiya, mfn. 52,8,. difficult to watch

(v. rakkhati).

a-rati, f. diBcontent, 103,i6 (dutiya

sena Marassa).

a-rajika, mfn. [sa, a-rajaka), hav-

ing no king (f. rajan), n. .>..aifa rat*

thaiii, 31,1'i.

a-roga, mfn, free from disease, heal-

thy, m. pL rwS, 106,8 [cp. arogya).

a-lajjitaya, mfn. what one ought

not to be ashamed of, Dh. 316 [v,

lajjati)._

a-laddha, a-Iabhanta, a-la-bhanti, a-1 abhaioana, a-la-bbitva V. lahhati.

a-lasa, mfn. (= sa.\ without energy,

lazy, slothful, Dh. 280 (cp. ala-

siya).

*a-lina, mfn. free from attachment,

instr, ,>,ena, Dh. 246 [cp. alliyati).

U*lola, mfn. unagitated,' not desi-

rous, not wanton, f. rva (gopi)

104,33.

*a-vajja, m'n. to bii avoided, «. sin,

{au't, loc. ove Ih. 318; "-dassJM,

mfn. seeing no sin, m, pi, r^'mo

Dh. 318.

a-vanna, m, blame; »,aih uppa-deti, to bring reproach on [gen.)

72.3a.

* a-vatthu-ka^a, mfn. pulled outof the ground, tala-** 96,ii. q. v.

a-vatva, v. vadati.

a-vas9am, adv. necessarily, Inevi-

tably, 86,16 [sa, a-va(;yam, cp, vasa

c& vasl).

a-vijana^ r. vijanati.

a-vijjamana, V. vjjjati.

a-vijja, f, ignorance, gen. «%/aya

66,12; "-paccaya, 66,s, g. v.

a-vijjhapita, a-vijjhapetva, v,

vijjhSpeti.

a-vitinna-kamkha, mfn. who has

not overcome desires, Dh. 141.

a-vidure, adv. not far off, near, l,s«;

prp. w. gen. 6,30. 36, 20. 75,i7,

w. abl. tato -^w 61, is [cp. vidiira).

a-viddasu, mfn. ignorant, Dh.

268.

*a-vina8ana, mfn. imperishable, m,

ace. ^aih llO.i.

*a-vinipata-dhainma, mfn. not

liable to be born in a lower state

of existence [v. vinipata), 79,33.

a-viruddha, mfn. compatible, tole-

rant, Dh. 406 {w. loc).

a-visahanta, v. visahati.

a-vihaniiainana, v. vihafifiati.

'''a -vera, n. abstinence from hatred

or anger, mildness, instr, -^ena

106,21 = Dh. 5.

*a-veriM. mfn. free from hatred, m.

^i Dh. 258. pi. ^ino Dh. 197.

a-vyakata, mfn. not explained, not

elucidated, 93,3 {v. vyakaroti).

a-samvara, m. lack of self-restraint,

instr. «^eiia 86,ip.

a-sariivuta, mfn. not controlled, in«

temperate, indriyesu ^arii [ace. m.)

„wlio8e senses are not controlled",

Dh. 7.

a-sariisa^^ha, mfn. not mixed with,

who keeps aloof from [instr.), acc,

m. ,>.aih Dh. 404.

*a-8amhira, mfn. not to be shaken,

immovable, wi. pi. ^a 109, s7.

a-sakkonta, v. sakkoti.

*a-samkuppa, »«/«. immovable, w.pi. ~a 109,87.

a-sajjamana, mfn. not attached to

[loc), Dh. 221 [cp. sajjati, sattai).

a-sajjhaya, m. [sa. a-svadhyaya)

Don -repetition; "-mala, mfn. Dh.241 {v. mala. «.),

a-saniiata, mfn, unrestrained, in-

temperate, 107,8 — Dli. 308; pi.

i^a, Dh. 248; w, insh\ vacayaPwO, 84,89,

a-sanna. /", non-perception, 80,8

(in covip, neva-sanfia-nasaflfia-",

q. v.).

a-8a<, mfn. [cp. a-eanta) ') not be-

ing, not existing, false; instr, asatSsocati Db. 367, loc, ahs, sami-kanihi asati 81, s (without husband),

») bad, pi a8ant(o) Dh. 304 (bad

people), gen. pi. asatarh Dh. 73.

77, .V sannivasena 37, as (^by badoonipany"); a-sad-dbamma. m. badquality, fault, instr. pi. /x/ehi sam-annagato 18,i6; wickedness 51,86

(asaddbamma-samannagata itthi-

ya); sexual intercourse 52.29 (<vaih

patisevi).

a-satta, mfn. not clinging to the

world, free from desires, Dh, 419(cp. sajjati d- sanga).

a-sattha, mfn. weaponless, unarmed,instr. H). (N^ena 77, is.

a-saddahitva, v. saddahati.

a-saddbamDia, v. &-s&t.

*a-8anta, mfn. (cp. a-sa<), not be-

ing, unreal, imaginary. — a-santa-

paggaha, m. taking or accepting for

real what is only imaginary, <^aiu

katva 29,39 („becauBe he imagined

himself saluted"); i^-karana, n. id.

(naivet6?) 29.27.

*a-Kanta8ana, n. intrepidity; ^-bhava, mfn. intrepid, m. pi. /^a

(mabayodba) 39,io.

*a-santasiM, mfn. who does not

tremble, m. t^i, Dh. 361.

a-sabbba. m/n. unfit, improper, abl,

n. ,^a, Dh. 77.

*a-samahita, mfn. not collected,

whose mind is not composed (opp,

jhayiw), Dh. 110.

a-sampajjanta, v. sampajjati.

'''a-8ainpavedbin, mfn, not to be

shaken, ^1 (— <vino, m, pi, (kbila))

105,iT.^

a-8arira, mfn. bodiless. Incorporeal,

<v^am oittaiii. Dh. 37.

a-sallakkhetva, v. sallakkbeti.

*a-8allina, mfn. not depressed, re-

solute, /N^ena cittena [instr, „witb

unshaken mind") 80,S4.

a-8as8ata, mfn. not eternal, transi

lent, ^o loko 89,86,

a-8ahanta, v, sabati.

""a-sata. mfn. unpleasant, noxious,

87,n (o-amadbura-),

a-sSdbu, mfn, not good, bad, evil;

n, pi. /v&ni, bad deeds, Dh. 168.

a-aSra, m. (or mfn.) what is not es-

sential, Dh. 11, 13 {v. s^ra); a-sSra-

dassin, mfn, considering anything

as unessential, m.pl, >vino, Dh, 11,

a- 8 aba 8 a, M. non-violence ;i»sfr. adv,

^ena, not arbitrarily, Dh, 257 (cp.

a-8uci, mfn. impure; m, impure mat-

ter, phlegm, semen etc. instr. 'vina

62,25.

*a-8uddbi/i, mfn. impure, nom, m.

o.-! Dh. 166 (cp. suddba).

a-subba, mfn. not beautiful, dis-

agreeable, inauspicious, bad, n. r^&va.

Dh. 3.50, subhasubbam Dh. 409.

*a-subha8upas9iM, mfn. not look-

ing for what is agreeable, acc, m.

^im Dh. 8,

^a-sura, m. not a hero, na /vO

„none but a hero* 103,92.

a-8e8a, m/n. without remainder, per-

fect, complete; "-viraga-nirodba

(all.), by a complete annihilation

that leaves no track, 66, 13. (cp.

viraga).

a- 8 oka, mfn. free from sorrow, Dh.28. 412.

a-S8addba, mfn, ') unbelieving, m.

1^0 22,14, pi. rs/si 76,30. *) free

from credulity, Dh. 97 (v, saddba(& saddba).

a-bata, mfn. not beaten, uninjured;

o-vatthani (n. pi.) 27,i8, "-vattha-

61,28, new (unwashed or not wornout?) clothes.

a-himsa, f. (— sa.cp. himsati) not

injuring anything, harmlesBnesB, com-

8

passion or pity on all bein(;8, Dh,

261 ; fy^a, (= «waya. instr.) Dh. 270

;

/>^aya, loc. Dh. 300. a-himsaka,

mfn. not injuring, m. |)2. >x/a, Dh.

225.

a-hita. mfn, not good, unadvanta-

geoug; n. disadvantage, damage,

-%^aya (dat.) 90,27, ^ani (p^) Aevil

deeds", Dh 163.

a-hirika or a-liirika, mfn, [fr,

hiri, q. v.) shameless, m. pi. -^^a,

64,13; instr, «x-era [varr, -hiri-,

-hlri-) Dh. 244.

a-hethayam, v. he^heti.

an- (only before vowels, = a-*) in

the foil, comp.',

an-akkosam, t). akkosati.

*an-akkhata, mfn. not described,

ineifable; n. =» Nibbilna, -^.-e, loc.

Dh. 218.

an-iigariya, f. [sa. an-agarika, cp.

agara) houseless life, ace, .>^arii,

63,4.

an- aggha, mfn. -priceless, invaluable,

W/ . /vo (manto) 32,io; "-manto

53,14.

*aii-aagana, mfn. frei from lust,

without sin, Dh. 126. 236. 361.

an-atikkamanta, v. atikkamati.

»,n-atta, »«/w. (v. atta«) destitute of

a soul or a self; sabbe dhamma^a (m. pi.) 107,15 -- Dh. 279.

*an-»tla',nana, mfn. (fr. atta* {-

manas. q. v.) displeased, m. ^o,74,80,

an - at t ha, ') m. {o. attha') non-value,

harm, a bad or worthless thing;

attham /%.aii ca (ace.) „right andwrong" Dh. 256; dat, t>/aya „to

harm" Dh. 72; ''-samllita. mfn.profitless, 66,3T. •) mfn. worthless,

senseless; "-pada-samhita, mfn.„raade up of senseless words'*, Dh.100.

an-anta, mfn, endless, (cp. anafica);

*0-gocara, mfn, whose sphere (of

perception) is unlimited,|

Dh. 179(rvam Buddliam).

au-antara, mfn. having 'no inter-

val, next following; "-gatha, f.

26,T {^aya, instr.); cp. Snantariya,

samanantarS.an-antarahita, mfn. not concea-

led, open, bare; loc. f.-v-aya bbu-

miya, 83.i9 (v. antaradhayati).

an-antava<, mfn. infinite; nom. m.

^va loko, 89,88.

*an-anvahata-ceta8a,wi/'n.whose

mind is not perplexed, Dh. 39 (cp.

cetaa).

an-apayin, mfn. not going away.

f. .>./ini (chaya) Dh. 2.

an-apekkhiH, an-apekhi», »»/'«.

without desire, regardless, indiffe-

rent, m. pi. rviao, 47,38 — Dh. 348,

347 (-kh-).

an-appaka, mfn, not a litUe, con-

siderable, great, f ^a (labha) 105,js

;

n. ^aifa (dukkhaih) Dh. 144.

*an-a-bhava-kata. mfn. become

not existent, annihilated, «. .^aiu

(rSpam Tathagatassa). The often

recurring phrase „anabhavam ga-

meti", to annihilate, seems to infer

that we have to take an-a- in a

negative sense, as a kind of stron«

ger negation (cp. Tr. PM. 64,35,

who considers "-kata an error for

"-gata, due to the preceeding tala-

vatthukata). In Prakrit a similar

use of ana- has been traced in not

ft few instances, (op. Pischel, Qramra.

d. Prfikfit-Spr. § 77). I should, how-

ever, be inclined to thiuk that this

phenomenon is only a secondary de-

velopment, having no true base in

the original language; thus sa. ana*

bhavakrta would mean „roade not

non-existing" o: brought into a state

in which it can neither be said to

exist nor not to exist; in this case

an-abhava would be adj. „free from

annihilation" (a-bhava being taken

in a kind of positive value, as Fans-bell suggests), and *'-kata would be

correct, cp. anamatagga.*an-abhirati, f. not delighting in,

discontent (w. loc), ace. ^im, 47, Ji

(agilra-majjhe).

""an-abhirata, mfn. not taking plea-

an-

sure in (loc), m. ^o (naccadisu)

64,32 [cp. abhiraniati).

*an-amatagf;a, mfn. endless, loc.

rwasmirii saihsare „in the endless

revolution of being* 89,i!ii "-katha,

f. ace. ~am kathesi „he instructed

him about Saiiisara" 89,i5. Thisword has generally been taken as

— Sa, *an-amrta + agra «whiohdoes not end in Nibbana" [cp. a-

mata above), or *ana-mata (yman)

-f- agra, „whose end is not known"(Alwis, Buddhist Nirv. p. 21., Tr,

PM., p. 64, with the negative pre-

fix doubled, like ana-bhava-kata).Weber, Ind. Str. Ill p. IBO refers

to Sa. an-anirta, ^without end or

beginning [cp. an-amatam „immor-tal" Jat. II 66, »), but Jacobi and

Pischel have shown that anama-tagga must be identical with Pra-krit: anavadagga or anavayaggaand have taken it -= Sa *a-namad-agra (ynam) „de8sen Anfang sich

nicht verUndert, endlos" [Jacobi.

Erziihl, 33,17. Pischel, Gramm, §261.cp. an-abhavakata above).

an-ariya, mfn. ignoble, low, m, .^o

(anto) 66,37.

an-alllyanta, v. alliyati.

an-avakasa, tnfn, that cannot take

place, impossible, not occurring, m.

1^0 yo . . [w. pot.) „it cannot oc-

cur that one should .,'', 76, ae,

an-avattliita-citta, mfn. un-

steady'minded,9en.m. /vassa, Dh.38.

*an-ava88uta-citta, mfn, whose

mind is free from lust, gen. m.

<%/a8sa. Db. 39. [cp. avassuta, asava,

8BE. X p. 13—14).an-agata, mfn. future, ace. m. f^am

(attham) 112.*; loc. [adv.) atitanfi-

gate, in the past and in the future,

66,u; ~vam8a, q, v.

*an-agaraana, n. not coming, not

returning; pacchato kassaci "-bha-

vam natva ^seeing no one pursuing",

40,11 ; asuranam "-atthaya, ,to pre-

vent the A'b from coming back",

60,a6.

an -a gar a, m. houseless, a mendi-

cant, instr. pi. -wehi Dh. 404.

an-acara. »», misconduct, immoral-

ity, ace. ,^ara 9, is. 62. so.

an-acikkhitva, v, iicikkhati.

an-atura, mfn. free from Buffering,

w». pi. <x-a Dh, 198.

"an-adana, mfn, free from affection

or desire, m. /vO Dh. 362, ace,

i^&m. Dh. 406 [opp. 8adana).

an-ayanta, v. ayati.

'''an -ill ay a, m. not desiring, aversion,

doing away with, nom, rvO (tan-

haya) 67,i8.

an-avila, mfn. clear, pure, undistur-

bed, m. o/O (rahado) Dh. 82, ace.

^&m Dh. 413.

an-asaka, f. [sa. anagaka, n.) fast-

ing, Dh. 141 [cp, asa).

*an-a8ava, mfn. free from paseions,

m, aco. >%^am Dh. 386, gen, >x'assa,

Dh. 94, pi. ^a. Dh. 126.

an- a bar a, mfn, having or taking

no food, being without nutriment,

m. -wO (aggi) 96,8.

an-ukkanthamana,v. ukkan^hati.

an-utthabana, v. u^tbahati.

an-u^^bana, n. the act of not ris-

ing, want of energy or firmness;

"-mala, mfn. whose taint (fault) is

bad repair, pi. <^a, ghara „ houses

are useless, if they are in bad re-

pair* Dh. 241 [cp. mala).

an-uttara, mfn. best, highest, un-

surpassed, m. /vO (silagandbo) Db.

55, ace. fs^&m (yogakkhemam) Dh,

23.

an-uddhata, mfn. 'not lifted up',

calm (in speech), »i. /vO (bbikkhu)

Db. 363.

*an-upakkam8na, adv. not by at-

tack (from external enemies) 76, S7

[opp, parHpakkamena, v. upakka-ma).

an-upagata, an-upagamma, v.

upagacchati.

an-upaghata, m, not striking, not

abusing, nom, f^o Db. 185.

""an - u p a d d a v a, m/n. uninjured, safe,

loc. M, o,e (mule) Dh. 338.

BD' 10

""an-upaddutat mfn. not annoyed,not oppreiBed, n. idam . . is/om

^bere is no distress", 68,i4.

"'an-upalitta, mfn, not besmeared,free from taint, m, n^o Dh. 353(aim-).

""an-upaTada, m. not blaming, not

abusing, <n/0 Dh. 185.

*an-upas8attha, mfn, not afflicted,

not plagued, n. idam . . <N^am „here

is no danger", 68,ii,

*an-upahara, m. not presenting,

afifiassa »^a (aM.'S „ because it can

get no other (fuel)" 96,8.

an-upada = an-upadaya. t&an-upadiyana, v. upiidiyati.

*an-upayena, adv. by misguided

means, 34,i7 (v, upaya).

an-uppada, m. not coming into

existence; "-dhamma, mfn. not li-

able to come into existence again,

«. .>.am (rupaih) 96,ii {cp. dham-ina).

an-u8uyyam, v. usuyyati.

an-ussuka, mfn. not eager, free from

greed, m. vl. <^a Dh. 199.

"r. n-us3U tj-. mfn. free from lust,

ace, m. n^am Th. 400 (= an-ava-ssuta, q. V. (Fsb.); fr, ea. *an-ud-sruta (Child.)).

1. n-iipalitta -= an-upalitta, q. v.

an-Shata, mfn, not destroyed, loc.

r.e Dh. 338 [v. ahannati).

an-eka, mfn, mauy; *-akara, mfn.multiform: "-vokura, »!/"«. containing

many disadvantages, ace. m, /N^aiii

(adinavarii) 8'i,s; "-adinuva, mfn.full of diingerj, m. rwo (samuddo)23.7, "-jati-eamtara, ' m. a course

(if many b rtlis, ucc, ->.am Dh. 163;"-pariyayrna, instr, adv. in manyways, 69,18; "-supa- vyafijana, mfn.richly supplied with sauce & con-

diments, n. rvaiii (I)ahubliattarii)

67.M.

*an-eja, mfn, free from lust (eja,

f. q. t.) m. r^o (muni) 8O.33, Dh.4 '4; ace. -^aiii Dh. 422.

ati enta, v, eti.

an-cka, m. a houseless statp, acc.

,vam (adt».?) Db. 87; "-sariw, w/«.

wandering about homeless, acc. m,

(vsarim Dh. 404.

an-okkanta, v, okkamati,

*an-odaka, mfn. without water, dry,

f. «.-a (nadi) 31, la.

amsa, w. (= sa.) ') a shoulder,

instr. »%.ena paticchitum nasakkhi

„could not get hold of him by his

shoulder" (o: dropped him? or have

we to take amsena — in part (adt;.)?

and translate « could not thoroughly

get hold of him). *) {sa. am^a) a part,

portion; v, ekaiiisa, sukkamsa.

akka, m, [sa. ark a) name of a

plant (Calotropis gigantea, ^swallow-

wort" (Child.); gen. ^assa (jiya), mad©

from that plant, 92, 16.

akkamati, vh. (sa, a-\/kram), to

tread upon (acc); ger, /%^itva 3, 21.

akkamma (sa. a-kraraya) 108.29.

akkosa, m. (sa. iikro^a) abuse, re*

proach. acc. />.am Dh. 399.

akkosati, vb. (sa. a-v/krug), to

abuse (acc.) pr. 3. sg. ^&t\ (bhikkhii)

84.29; part, an-akkosarii (m. —i^anto. not abusing) 14,4. m. pi,

rvanta, 73,34.

a k k h a, tn, (sa. uksha) an axle (of

a chariot), nom. ^0 98,4.

akkhara, n. d- m. (sa. akshara,

«.) a letter, gen. pi. ^.^anaiil Dh. 362.

akkhatar, m. (sa, akhyatr] a

preacher, 11 teacher, pi. .^.aro (Ta"thagata) ,(only) preachers", Dh. 276.

akkliati. vb. (sa. a-Y^khya), to

tell, communicate; imp. (x-abi (taiil

me) 54,37; pp. akkhata, »«. .^.o memaggo ,.the way was preached by me",Dh. 276; 8V-akkhato dhammo „well

taught is the doctrine", 70,io (cp,

SU-); samma-d-akkhata Dh. 86. v,

samnia; an-akkhata q. v.

akkhi. w. (sa. akshi) the eye; pt.

nom. rwini 3, 17; abl. .vihi 5.i4; gen.

/x^inarii 59,f.. inandakklii, adj, f.

20,27. V. manda.agara (d- agara), n. (— sa.) a

house; nom, ^aiii 106, 31 = Dh. i4;

11 aggha

pi. ^ani Dh. 140, «) a householdlile, ace. ^am 61,38, abl. r^& 61,33,^asnia (pabbajja) 68,4; »-)uajjhe„amid a householders life", 46,17.

47,21 (v. niajjha). - bandhanagara,a prison, v. bandhana. - suiifia-

fjara, an empty house, v, sufina.

{cp. an-agara, an-agariya).

*agarika. m. [fr. agara) a house-

holder, a layman; "-bhuto, m. „ while

he lived in his bouBe'*, 69,28 {cp,

bhavati).

agga, mfn. {sa. agra) ') foreraoBt,

first; <N^ara saihgahaib (ace.) „the

first coUeotion" 109,80 ; agga-nikkhit»

taka (thera) „orii?inal depositaries (of

Buddha's doctrine)" 109,n; agga-vaoothe first or original doctrine =• tbera-

Tado, 109,30. — *) highest, topmost;

agga-sakba {ace. f, pi.) „the topmost

branches" 62,n. — ') excellent, best,

chief, principal; m. ,>/0 dhutavadanam„the chief propounder of the Dlm-tanga" 109,6; agga-dhamma, agga-

mahesi, g. v.; agga-rasa-, v, nana;agga-raja „the chief King" 98,i3;

agga-santike „from the first (among

teachers)" 109,28. - *) Btthst, n. top,

tip, point; /%.am {ace.) „the best pait"

111,35; at the end of eontp. : aragge

{loc.) on the point of a needle {v,

ara) Dh. 401; kusaggena {instr.)

„with the tip of a blade of Kusa-grass",

Ph. 70; kupagge {loc.) on the top

of the mast, 18,6; rukkhagge, 11,25;

sakhagge, 13,22 and sakhaggesu {loe^

pi.) 1,25 {v. sakha); dumaggamha{abl.) down from the top of the tree,

13,4; -vettaggam 62,i7 {v. vetta);

labhagga-yasagga-ppatta, mfn. having

obtained the highest gain and glory,

18,i« {ep. patta'); rupagga-ppatta,

mfn. of extraordinary beauty, 49,i2

(-^aya. gen. f.) {cp. ajjatagge, an-

amatagga.)*aggata, /". {fr. agga w. auff. -ta)

superiority; gunaggatam (occ.) „the

summit of porfeotion" 109,s.

*agga-dhamma, mfn, most ex-

cellent in the knowledge of the true

doctrine; ^a tathagata {pi.) the T-s

are the chiefs in the truth, 109,28.

agga-mabesi, f. (sa. agra-mahi-ehi) a queen, the chief-queen, 19,7,

46,21 ;gen. n^iya. 38,9.

*Aggalava, (»i. or «.?) nom. pr.

a sanctuary at Alavi; loc. n./^ ce-

tiye 86,13; "-vibaram {ace.) 87,4.

A. seems to be a camp, agga -\-

Alavi {q. v.), but might possibly be

a false etymology for ""Aggalaya (sa,

agnyalaya?).

aggi, m. {sa. agni) *)fire; <^i 16,7.

96,8. Dh. 202. 261 ; aggiva 26,5. Dh.

31 ; ace, /vim kareyyasi „roake a fire"

36,8. 'vim jaletva „to light a fire"

100,24. >viih datva nto set light to"

61,11 ; instr, ^ina 16,2. 35,4; padi*

paggi, the fire of a lamp, 101,7. -*) a pyre, a funeral pile; «vim pavi-

sitva 61,10 (as an ordeal). — ') the

sacrificial fire; /vim paricare „to wor-

ship Agni" Dh. 107. - *) metaph.

„passion" : dosaggi, mohaggi, ragaggi

{q. V.) „the fire of anger, ignorance &lust".

'"aggikkbandha, m. (aggi -f~

khandha) a great body of fire ; /vO

26,3 (pajjalita-o). •

aggidaddha. mfn. (aggi + dad-

dha, pp. V. dahati) burnt by fire;

,^0 Dh. 136.

*A g g im a 1 a, w. (?) nom, pr. (aggi

-j- mala -= mala?) name of an

ocean; ace, -vam 26,8. - *Aggi-mali(M), m.{?) id, (= „fire-gar-

landed") 26,8.

*Aggi-Vaocbagotta-suttan-ta, n. the title of a dialogue between

Buddha and Vacchagotta, MN. 72.

aggisikha, f. {sa. agni-Qikha) a

flame; <*-sikh'iipama, mfn. „like flam-

ing fire", ^0 (ayogulo) 107,r — Dh.308 {cp, upama).aggibutta, n, {sa. agni-hotra)

oblation to Agni; ace. /vam juhato,

sacrificing to Agni, 103,8. — ') the

sacrificial fire, Db. 392.

aggha, f». {sa. argha) value, price;

in comp, an-aggba, mfn, q, v, beyond

agghati 12

all price, invalnable; appaggha, mfn.of little value, 26,1 ; tnuba(;gha (v.

titiiha) mfn. of great price, «. fs/nm

2B,6.

*agghati, vb, (aa. /argh), to be

worth (w. ace); pr. 3. 8g. na r^aXx

(mama samikasaa padarajam) 58,9;

nAp,ghuti (knluih su^asiiii) Dh, 70.

caua. ivKi^liiipnti, q, v,

"^'igglitinaka, mfn, (fr, aggluum,n. (\/argh) valuation, w. suff, -ka)

worth; satasahasiaggbacakam (mut-

taharam, ace. m.) worth 100,000,

64,25.

*agghapaniya, «j. (/V. aggha-paTia, n. (agghapeti)) a valuer;

*-kamma, n. the office of a valuer,

loc. ~e 24,18.

*agghapeti, vb. cans, (fr, ag-

ghati), to apprais'j; pr. 3, sg. ^eti

24,20 (ace).

aiiika, m, (•= sa.) a side, breast,

hip; instr. ~ena uddhuri (mam), lif-

ted (rae) up uuto her hip, 20,36; da-

rake amkeuiidaya, with their childs

on their hips, 21, 2 j loc. -%/e nisinnamputtaih „a baby boy** 38,15.

ariikura, »».•("= so.) a sprout, a

shoot; "-nibbattana-t^hana, n. the

place where the sprout develops, 37,5.

aiikusa, m. {sa. aflku^a) a hookto guide an elephant with, a goad;

instr, pi. »,fi\i\ 77,19. — aiikusa-ggaha,

m. {sa. afikuga-graha) an elephant-

driver, Dh. 326.

anga, «. (== sa.) ') a limb, mem-ber, a part of the body; uttamafiga,the head, "-ruha, wi/w. growing onthe head, pi, ni. r^E (o; the hairs)

45,11 ; aiigavijja, q. v. — 'j a part or

portion; aiiga-sambharii (o&i.), bring-

ing together the various parts, 98,3o;

sabbanga-sampanna, mfn. completein every part, 110,i3. — *) a point

or a constituert part of a system of

rules; uposatbaiigaiii {pi.), the holy

day wows, 61,7; bojjhanga, sambodhi-aiiga, & Aiiguttara {q. v.). — *) a

quality, attribute, inair. pi. dasah(i)aiigehi, 82, u. — *) comp. w. num.

— -fold (cp. aflgika & aflgi»0. "**

vanga, mfn. nine-fold, ^am Jinasa-

sanam 109,«. - «) cowp. u,. vb..

aiSei, v. sam-aiSgi-bhuta.

aflgana, n. (sa. aiigana) an open

space before a house; rajangapa, tne

king's courtyard, loc. ~e 8,i. ^Aso.

3) metaph. (only in comp. with the

proflxoH an-, uir-. mh-) the m'-an or

vulgar life a: lust, sin; un-ungaua,

mfn. (q. v.) [cp. BOhtUngk, Ber. d.

sttchs. Ges. 1898. p. T7; Rhys Da-

vids, JRAS. 1898. p. 193 & 462.].

anga-vijjii, f {sa. anga-vidya)

the science of prognostication, chiro-

raantift etc.: loc. /^aya 48,ie.

aiigara, m. (= sa.) charcoal, burn-

ing coals, fire; loc. -^e 15,32; o-gabbhe,

amid the fire, 15,33 {v. gabbha) ; »-rasi,

m. a heap of burning coals, ace. -^im

16,3.

angika, mfn. {sa. aflgaka) comp.

w. num. V. atthaiigika, pancangika

{cp. aiiga ') d- next),

angiji, mfn. (-=- sa.) comp. w.

num. V. caturangiw {cp. anga *) dt

prec).

*Anguttara-nikaya, m. nom.

pr. {fr. afiga -{- uttara o: one part

more, ,the add-one collection*, cp.

Morris, preliminary remarks, AN. vol.

I. p. IX.), name of a canonical Pali-

work, the fourth of the five Nikayas;

conim. Manoratha-purani {q. v.)\ ^o102,14.

afigula, »». (— sa.) a finger, the

measure of a finger's breadth, an inch;

V. catur-angula, mfn.

anguli, f. (— 80.) a finger; v.

pancaiigulika.

*Aciravati, f. nom. pr. a river

in India (Rapti) ; <*-tiram, n. the bankof A. 28,4.

accagama & accaga, v, ati-

gacchati {cp. upaccaga).accanta, mfn. {fr. ati -|- anta,

sa, atyanta), excessive, perpetual; adv.

>x/am, in perpetuity, absolutely : niic-

canta[m], not always, 6, si. — "-sukhu-maia, m. „an exceedingly delicate

13 ajjhavasayi

prince" 97,34. — "-dussilya, n. „very

great wickedness" Dh. 162.

a c cay a, »«. (sa, atyaya, cp. ati-

gacchati). ') passing away, lapse (of

time), end, death; instr, adv. >%^ena

,.at the end of" (iv, gen. or in comp.):

pitu /%.ena „when his father died"

24,13 ; mam' accayena 79,5; tassa

rattiya a-" r,at the end of the night"

78,1 ; ekaha-dviha-" „in one or two

days" 32,24; katipaha-" „a few days

later" 49,39; satt'-attba-divas'-a"

„Eeven or eight days later" 36,i; ma-eaddhamasa-'' „at the end of one and

u half month'' 20,u, — ') transgres-

sioD, sin; >vO main acoaRania ntrans-

gression has overcome rae* 75,98; tassa

me Bhagava accayarii accayato pa-

tiganhatu ^may Bh. accept the con-

fession I make of my sin" 75,35; the

words accayarii accayato {ace. & a6i.)

may originally be due to phrases like

/>.aiii /vato passati (Vin. I, 316) „to

see the sin in its sinfullness", or ovarii

/N.ato deseti (SN.I,239) „to confess, to

apologize. — ^) overcoming, conquer-

ing; dur-accaya, mfn. difficult to be

conquered, ace. f. <N/arii (tanhaih)108,i.

acci, /. {sa. arci(8), m, «.), a flame;

nom. ya acci 99,8i.

acchati, v6. (sa. \/as) to sit, stay,

remain;pr. 3, pi. ->^anti 76,s9. The pr.

acchati seems to be a later formation

from aor. acchi {sa. *atsit) cp. Tr.

PM. 61,8; K. F. Johansson, Idg. F. Ill

206. (— sa. rcchati, Pischel, Gr. § 480.)

*acchara, /". a snap with the fing-

ers; "-sadda, m. r^ena, {instr.) „at

the snapping of the fingers" 18,i7.

acchariya, mfn. {sa. a<jcarya)

marvellous, wonderful, astonishing; f.

i^si (Buddhanam katha) 86,24; n.

o/aril (in exclamations) how wonder-

full 79,25. 98,82; s. n. a wonder, a

marvel; acc. r^am 3,22. 6,19; pi. acc.

f^aai 26,9. {cp, accheraka).

acchadana, n. {sa. acch-") cover-

ing, clothes; /%/aifa 31,s-9. — samika-*

the protection of a husband, >\^&m {acc.)

31,7-8.

a c h a d e t i, v6. cans, {sa, a-y'chad)

to array in {acc. & instr.), to put on

(clothes, acc.);ger. .^.-etva (tarii dib-

bavatthehi) 20,8 ; rw(ahatavatthani)

33,3.

*iiccheraka, mfn. {fr. acchariya

w. suff. -ka). ati-acch-" mfn. admi-

rable, extraordinary; n. /x.-aih 3,28.

aja, «». (— sa.) a goat, a ram;

/N.0 64,8; voc, aja, 54.i2; pi. .%..& 64,i2.

— aja-raja {voc.) 64,26. — ajika, f,

a she-goat ; acc. ^am 64,8. {cp, ajina).

Ajatasattu, m, nom. pr. {sa, A-juta-Qatru 0: having no enemy) a

son of king BimbiBlIra (g. v ), ''-ku-

raara, »». the prince A. r>,o 76,i

;

<s/arii {acc.) 76,2.

ajikil, V, aja.

ajina, n, (— sa.) a skin (of a

goatCf*) esp. of the black antelope,

used by ascetics), "-satl, f. a garment

of skins; instr. ^iya 106,io. •= Dh.394.

ajja, adv. {sa. adya) to-day, now,

2,30. 3,14; ajjapi tava „ until this day"

{w.pr. of the verb) lO.is; ajj'eva ^this

very day" 65,is; ajj'abarii Dh. 326.

*ajjatagge, adv. {fr. ajjato [sa.

*adya-ta8] + agge, v. agga*)) from

this day forth, henceforth, 69,30. {cp.

Weber, Ind. Str. III. 160.).

ajjatana, mfn. {sa. adyatana) of

to-day, modern {opp. porana) ; n, <N/aih

Dh. 227 {metri causa <x<am). n^siya,,

adv. {daf, or loc. f,?) to-day 70,io.

ajjhaga, ajjbagu, v, adbi-gac-

chati.

ajjhatta^n. {sa. adhy-atman) the

soul, individual thought, "-samutthana,

mfn. originating from internal (intel-

lectual) cultivation, f. >^a, (bin) 10,16

{opp. bahiddha-samutthana).- "-rata,

mfn. delighting inwardly, m. >n/0 Dh.362.

ajjhattika, mfn. {sa, adby-at-mika), belonging to the soul or to the

individual; n. pi. i^sim ayatanani, the

internal senses, 82,ii.

ajj h abb as i, v. adbi-bhasati.

ajjhavftsayi, v. adhi-vaseti.

ajjhaya 14

aj j h a y a, m. (< a, adbyaya) reading,

V. sajjhaya.

ajjha-vasati, vb. (sa. adhy-a-yvas) to inhabit (ficc); fut. 3. sg.

/x/issati (agaram) „to live a hoosehold

life" 61,81.

*ajjha8aya, m. {fr. sa. adhi +aQaya (v/^i)) nieaning, intention; sab-

besam *'-gahanattham (cp. attba), in

order to liear the meaning of the as-

sembly, 11,4.

*ajjhokasa, »M. (/'r. tidhi -f okasa,

q.v.) tlie open air, an open place; loc,

r^e (caiikamati) 68,».

*ajjhottharati, pr. (fr. *adhi-

RVa-Y/str) to strew about, to tlirow

on the ground (^acc) get. -x^itva (tu-

riyani) &6,.i.

*ajjboharati, vb. (^r. adhi-ava-

y/hr) to eat, to swallow (^acc.) inf.

/>^itum (ambaphalam) 37,85.

aiijana, n. (=™-8a.) >lack pigment,

"-vanna, mfn. bl,»ck-coloured, gen.pl.

/H/anam (kesanam) 44,24.

fi.njali, m (— sa.) the two palms

joined; t'cc, -wim paggayha, raising

(th?ir) joined ban is (a^ a mark of sup-

plication) 22,4; fr\m pagganbitva, id.

(lespectfuUy) 30,e; .x/im panametva,id. 74,30.

afifia, pron. (si. anya) »«. .^0, f.

.x.a, n. .x-aiii, ace. mfn. ^a.m, instr.

VI. n, ^ona, gen. m, n. .-vassa, f,

/s.'issa; pi, m. ^e, i»8tr, m, n, i%.elii,

gen, a. n. ^vesaiil, 'oc, m. n, ix-esu.

') Cither, another (not the same, diffe-

rent or similar) 6>85. 7,8. 61,»8. 74,8;

7.9 (>%.as8a, opp. ekassa), 99, « (~o,opp. 80 eva); Dh. 158 (A.^am, opp.

attanam), cp. Dh. 252. 366; aniio

pi, 5,31 ; /vBSsa puriaassa (a paramour)

9,13, ovarii (fic. purisaifa, id.) 9,28;

/x^ena pariyayena, 91,ii — <venaka-rena, 91,32 (in nnother way 0: wrong);comp. anna-purisaiii 48,i2. — •') an-

other, a second, a new (by Way of

addition) 4,23. 18,3; /x-ehi dvihi (still

two) 34,9. — 5) the rest, the others

{pi, & n. 8g.) 33,16, 34,24; .x-esu di-

Tasesu (on the preceeding days) 13, 10.

66,»i ; afifie satta (other mortals) 62,s5*,

n. anfiam (everything else, opp. idam

eva) 89,25. - *) with a negation: the

only one, none but; 0,0 gamanamaggon'atthi, 3,u; ^a patittba n'atthi (tha-

petva tini saranani) 28,25. - *) pleona-

stically • r^&m samvaccharam (a whole

year) 33,i7 ; ^arii aphasukaiii n'atthi

(no sickness) 49,28. — ") repeated:

•) one, . . another (in different way)

67,29. 67,30. 99,10; ~am jivarii ^arii

sariram {opp. tarii) 89.38. cp. Dh. 76.

*) reciprocally: one-another (one to*

wards or with another etc.) ^0 .-vaiil

Dh. 166; often comp.: afiiianiaiinarii,

adv. 11,20. 11.27. 19,14. 33,20-81. 74,5.

~ ') combined with other pron.: yo

auflo (every other who) 34,3i; .-varh

kiiii (anything further) 41,?; na anuo

koci (nobody else) 51, s; -^^am kinci

kathetva („told some lie") 53,9; mar»,am kinci asamkittha (,.you ought

not to suppose that there is anything

behind this") 7, 11; ^am kirica yathic-

chitam („every other service according

to your desire") 111,28. — cp, para,

apara, itara, aniiatara.

*aniia-khantika, m{fn). {fr.

anna -|- khanti) „be!onging to another

faith" ; instr, m. -wena (taya) 94,3b.

a n fi a t a r a,iJ>'0«. {com2)ar. fr. anna,

sa. anyatara). ') a certain, some; m,

0.0 32,9; aco. ^aiii 3,3o; gen, -vassa

9,9; loc, rwasinim 80,39; ace. f, /vum30,28. — *) one of a certain number{w. gen. of the numeral) Dh. 137. 1B7.— ') anotlier; gen. m. /x/assa pari*

sassa (another man's) 100,ir, aflna-

tara-vesena 66,39 („in disguise'' cp.

vesa; perhaps we have to read: afifia-

taka-" as 43,12).

*afifia-titthiya, m{fn). (sa. anya4' tirtha), heretical

;pi, r^a, the

heretics, 72,28; in8tr. ^ehi 74,9 cp.

titthiya).

afinattha, adv. {sa. anyatra) else-

where, to another place, 12,35. 49,15{cp. next).

a fi n a t r a, *)arft».(=~prec.)el8ewhere,

except, save; annatra Tathagatassa

16 atthi-karoti

{„8ave by the T.", the gen. being dueto the prec, tassa) 78,i7, - *) jjrp.

besides (if. acc.) 97,s8. - *annatra-yoga, tn{fn). having another disci-

pline; instr. m. ,%^ena (taya) 94,27.

{cp. yoga).

annathatta, n. (sa, anyathatvaC}). next) variation, difference; /v/am

114,23.

anuatha, adv. (sa. anyatha) other-

wise. — *aiinathacariyaka, m{fn\.having another teacher (cp, acariya);

/vena (taya) 94,27.

*afina-dittliika, m{fn). belonging

to another sect (cp, di^^bi); <vena{taya) 94,26,

annamafinaro, adv, v. anna^)*anna-rucik a, !«(/>»). having an-

other inclination (^cp, ruci); rvena(tayii) 94,26-27.

aniia, f. {sa, ajfia) knowledge. -samma-d-aufia-vimutta, mfn. who has

become free through perfect knowledge;

gen. /vassa Dh, 96, pi. «vanam, Dh,57. (cp. ajanati).

aAnaya, ai^fiasi, v, ajanati,

afavi, f, (= 8a.) u forest; loo.

o/iyam 30,8o; /^/i-mukhe „on the out-

skirt of a forest" 30,29. (cp. mukha).

atta^ mfn. (sa. arta, cp. at^iyati,

|/ard.) afflicted, pained, suffering. —attassara, m. a cry of pain or distress,

«.am (acc.) 40,2i (cp. sara^). - veda-

natta, tnfn. oppressed by pain, m.

>^0 50,20.

atta*, wj. (sa. artha, cp. attha* &a^tba*), case, cause, lawsuit, litigation;

acc. «^am 59,*; a(tatthaya (uparavo)

on account of litigationa 42,30. - kil-

tattai false suit (q. v.).

attaka, m. (dimin. Matta, a watch-

tower, — aa.) a towier, a platform;

acc. <x/aih 73,8». cp. Morris, JPTS.'86,10*.

*attiyati, vb. (also written atti-

yati or addh**-, add®-, denom. fr.

atta*, cp. i/ard <& y/tt) to feel an-

noyed or bored, to be incommodated

or tormented; part, f. /N/mana 50,i.

[cp. Morris, JPTS. '86,io4-o5.].

attha', num. (sa, ashta-) eight.

') indecl. 23,s2. 82,i3. - '^)eomp. atthii-

sabba-matta, mfn. of a measure of 8usabhas (q. v.)r^&m ^banaih 27,27 (acc).

- satt'-attba-divas'-accayena (seven

or eight days) 35,i. (cp. attbangika,

at^bama, a^tbara&ama).

attba^-^attba^ (q. v.) in the comp.

*attba-katba, f, a commentary, the

commentary on the Buddhist holy scrip-

tures; nom. ->^a (opp, Pali) 113,26;

acc, ^aifa 114,7; instr, ^aya 114,25.

— comp. w, the prefix sa- (adj.) : sa^-

(bakatba pali (the text with the com"

mentary) 102,3. - parittattbakatham

(acc. a concise or compendious com>'

mentary) 113,21. - 8ihala(tbakatha(the Sinhalese A.) 113,28; acc, pi,

rvS. (sabba) 114,27. (cp, atia*).

"attbangika, tnfn. (fr. a(tba' +anga w. pref, -ka, cp. aa. ashtafSga)

consisting of 8 parts, eightfold; m,

^0 (inaggo) 67,3. 82,i2. Dh. 273;acc. ^am (maggaih') Dh. 191.

att^ama, mfn. (sa. asbtama) the

eighth; m. 0.^0 103,28 (0; attbami (/.)

sena Marassa).

att^arasa, num. (aa. asb^adaga-)eighteen. -attbara8ania,»n/"«. (sa. asb-

tadaQa) the eisrhteenth; m, »,o (Ma-lavaggo) Dh. XVIII.

attbi, n. (sa, astbi) *) a bone;nom, ->.^i 13,11 ; coll. (bones) 82,3 =—

97,20; acc. ^\m 13,14; pi. ~ini Dh.

149; gen. ,>./inam Dh. 150. - *) the

stone of ft fruit; ^i 37,e; acc. -irii

36,35; abl. '>^ito 37,5. - attbi-ko^i, /".

the end of a bone; acc. <%/im 13,ao, —attbi-minja, f. (q. v.) (cp. next),

attiiiKa, ». (aa. asthika) a bone;

hanukattbikena (instr.) by the jaw«

bone, 40,18 (v. hanu(ka)).

*atthi-karoti, vb. (perhaps fr.

artha, cp. aa. kad-arthi- yky, (Tr.)) to

attend, to pay attention to (synon. w.

manasi-karoti, q. v.); ger. .^katva71,28. [cp. Morris, JPTS. '86,107; Faua-boll, Sn. vol. 11,28 (fr. sa. asbti (\/a5)

^reaching"); TTmdiscA, Mara, p. 100(= sa. astbarnkftva „Acht gebea**);

a^thi-iAiSjK 16

Warren, Buddhism, p. 349 „to be

convinfi id*].

"atthi-mifija, f. (sa. *a9thi-

majjan) the marrow of bones, 82, » —97,jo. [cp. Morris, JPT8. '86,»»-8o.]

atthusabha-matta, v. at^ha^

add ha, m. d: n, (Ubo written ad-

dha(3.v.), 8a. ardha) a half. *-nalika-

matta, tnfn, of the measure of a half

nalika (3. v.), ace. m. /%^am (tandulam)

67,18. - "-ratta-samaye {loc.) at mid-

night, 40,8. cp. upaddha, diyaddhadt next,

addhatiya,»M/«. (a shortened form

of addha-teyya, or from *addha-tatiya

with elision of -ta- (like vinnananca-,

q. v.)) two and a half; n. pi. «^ani

(purisa-satani) S3,8o. - addhatiya-

sata, mfn. „25C"; m. ace, pi. ^e(jane) 34,7.

addhateyya, mfn. (a prakritic

formation from sa. ardlia-trtiya) two

and a half. - <*-sata, mfn. ,,250" ; »i.

pi. r^si 21,31, ace. r>.,e 21, ss.

anu (or anu) mfn. (— sa.) fine,

small {opp. thula). *anumthula, {mf)n.

small and large, Dh. 409 ; />^am (san-

nojanam) Dh. 31 ; n. pi, ,x/ani (pa-

psni) Dh. 265.

anuiuatta, mf^i, (so. anu-matra^small, atomic, m. />,o pi (vanatbo)

„even the smallest" Dh. 284 [anu-];

occ,^arii(dubbhiisitcmpadam)l 10,18;

instr. n. '>,ena (puiinena) „even the

least (pood work)" 103,u [hut here

the fiirnian realiufr anumatto {sc,

attho) ought to be preferred].

and a, w. (" sa.) an egg. "-bhuta,

w'n. (cp. bhava(i) fragile] weak; f.

rvS (bbata bharya) „lrom her child-

hood" 51,4, -• Andabliiita-jiltaka, n,

52,u. (cp. andha-bbuta).

ati, indeci. (before vowels usually

acc-, V, accanta, ai.cpya etc. = sa.)

preax') to verbs, expressing , beyond,

over" ; *) to nouui „f xceR8ive(ly), ex-

traordinary (-ily), too much" (-= ati-

viya, q. v.). ,

*a ti-accberaJca, nifn, rvam (n.)

h very wonderful thing, 3,32.

*ati-karuna, mfn. very pitiable

or miserable; m. ^0 (ravo) 60,io;

o-sara, m, {v. sara'), aoc. 'wam

atikkama, m. (sa. ati-krama)

overcoming, conquering; acc. /^am

(dukkhassa) „the destruction (ofpain)"

107,19 -= Dh. 191.

atikkamati, vb. (sa. ati- V^ram)

1) to pass, cross. *) to surpass, over-

come (w. ace.), part. m. pi. /%/anta

26,32; an-atikkamanto (m.) not sur-

passing 0: accompagnying (gitassaraiil

tantissarena) 19,33. pot. 3. ag. /^eyya.

(sannojanam sabbam) Dh. 221. pp.

n. pi. atikkantani (tini saiiivaccha-

rani) 21, 11. ger. ^itva (samuddam)

26,3; (simara) 39,i8; atikamma (Kil-

siriittham) „liaving left" 38,8i. cans.

atikkameti (</. v.)

atikkamana, n, (sa. alikrama-

na) overstepping. — *atikkamanaka,

mfn. exceeding (w. acc.) : pannasan-

nam "-migo, 8,10.

atikkameti, pr, {cans, atikka-

mati) to cause to pass or tc be passed

over; imp. 2. sg. r^ehi (mayham va-

raiii) 6,84. fttt. 1. sg. .>..essami (te

varam) 7,2.

*a t i - k h i n a, mfn. (fr. ati -f khina,

pp. •y/kshi?) destroyed, broken; capa-

tikhina va {nt.pl.) .,like broken bows"

Dh. i66.

ati-ga, mfn. (— sa.) overcoming,

surmounting. m. panca-sailgatigo

(bhikkhu) Dh. 370; acc. sangiitigam,

Dh. 397.

atigacchati, pr. (so. ati- y/gum& \/ga) to overcome, aor. 3. 8g. acc-

a-gania (mam) 76,s8; acc-a-ga (mo-ham) Dh. 414,

ati-galha, mfn. (so. ati-gadha,

pp, VrS^O '^""y tight or close, inten-

sive; f, ,-wa (kappana) 65,2i.

*ati-citra.»i/^rt. (sa. *ati -{- citra)

excellent, brilliant; n. pi. r«. ani (panha-patibhanani 98,3S.

*ati-tutthi,/. (/>'. 80. ati -ftusbti)extreme joy; insir. rviya 10,i3.

ati-dura, mfn. (= so.) very di.

17 atta-ghaSSa

Btant, too far; loc. n. (adv.) /ve 12,s9.

83,2 (natidure).

*ati-dhona-cariM, mfn, 'wander-ing in tranBgresfiion', sinful; ace. m,/^inam 106,2o -= Dh. 240. (The ety-

mology of this word is u little doubt-ful, but it seems to be preferable to

take it — *ati-dhavana-carin (-y/dhav*,

to run), Morris. JPTS. "87,100 andFranke, WZ. 1901 derive it from*dhona (pure, ydhav" to waih) sa,

dhauta : „praotiaing impurity, trans*

greasing purity", ,der wider die Rein-

heit versfiSsst").

atipata, »>. (-^sa.) neglect, trans-

gression, injuring, panatipata, destroy-

ing life (q. V.)

*ati-bahala, mfn. (/"»•. ati + ba-

hala) very thick; f. ,^a yagu? „i8

the rice-gruel thick enough?" 56,89

(the questioner seems to think that

the rice-gruel is very thin or weak(natibnbala) and gets that enigmati-

cal answer : udakam na laddbam „it

has not got any water").

*ati-bbagini-putta, m, {fr.

ati -\- bbagini-putta, q.v,) a very dear

nephew (ironically), />/0 5,5.

atimafinati, vh. (sa. ati-yman)to despise; pr, 3. eg, ^ati Dh, 366;pot. 3. 8g. ~eyya Dh. 365 (w. ace.

salabbam).*ati-manorama, mfn. [fr. ati +

mano-rama, q.v.) very charming; instr.

n. ^ena (sirisobbaggena) 64,io.

*ati-mahanta. mfn. {fr. ati +Diahanta (sa. mabat)) very great (big

or large); loc. m. natimabante (sare)

3,32.

*atiinapeti, vb. [caus. *ati-\/mi

(mapayati)) to injure, to destroy (ace);

pr. 3. sg. rN^eti Dh. 246 (panam).

*ati-muduka, mfn. [fr. ati +muduka, q.v.) very soft, mild or feebli^;

wi. >vO (raja) 38,24.

atirocati, vb. [sa. ati-^/ruc) to

shine forth; pr. 3. sg. r^ati Dh. 59.

ativattati, vb. [aa. )^vft^ to o^^""-

come [ace] \ pr. 3, sg. >vati (ditt^am)

3,97.

VM GloHU?. •

ati-vasa, mfn. (fr. ati -j- vasa

(aa. va^a)) thoroughly subject to or

dependent on (gen.); m. pi. ^a(mania)Dh. 74.

*ati-vakya, n. (fr. ati + vakya,

cp. sa. ati-\/vac) abuse; ace. ^am Dh,320.

ativiya, adv. (sa. atlva) very, ex-

cessively; /N^auro hutva 38,8i; /x.'dham-

miko rajs 39,g; >vpabbajjaya cittam

nami 65,is.

*ati'8itala, mfn, (fr. ati + sitala

(sa. gltala)) very cold; m. >vo (aggi)

16,10.

atiharati, vb. (sa. ati-^/br) to

carry over, to bring; aor. 8, Sg, /x/ri

(dbuttam manavikaya santikamj 50,5.

atita, mfn. (sa, pp. &ti-^i) ') past,

passed away, dead; atita-jati, f, a

former existence, loc. o/iyaiii 86, la;

*atita-8attbuka, mfn. having no master

more, n. ^am pavacanam (,the holy

word has no announcer more") 79,3;

kbanatita, mfn. who allows the right

moment to pass, m. pi. ^a 108,7 =Dh. 316. — ^)act. who has neglected

or transgressed, m. gen. /vassa (ekamdbammaih) 106,u — Dh. 176. -^) subst, n. the past, an event of the

past, a tale ; loc. (adv.) atite, formerly,

in the times of past, l,i. 2,i7 etc\

atitanagate (opp. etarabi) in the past

and in the future, 56,n (cp. an-agata);

ace, »^am abar! (told a tale of the

past) 28,17.

Atula, m. nom. pr. an Upasaka;voe. rwa Dh. 227.

atta*, mfn. (sa. atta. pp. a-^^da)

seized, v. atta-danda, atta-mana.atta^ in camp. = attaH („self")

q. V. cp. sayam.*atta-kilainatba, m. (/>. atta*

-{-kilamatba (sa. klamatba)) mortifica-

tion; "-anuyoga, mfn. given to mor-tification, m. f^ 66,27 (cp. anuyoga).*atta-gutta, mfn. (fr. atta* -\-

gutta (aa. gupta, pp. V8"P)) »«"-

protected; m. r^o Db. 379.

*atta-ghafina, n. (fr. atta* +gbanfia (cp. aa. gbanya, \/haD)) de-

a

atta-ja 18

struction of one'a self; dat. t^RjA

„to his own destruction" Dh. 164.

atta-ja, mfx {fr. atta* + j^»

8a. atmaja) born from one's self; n.

.^am (papam) Dh. 161.

*atta-dand;\ m/iw. (/V. atta* +danda, q. v.) using the stick, violent

(opp, ribbutn); m. vl, loc. ^esu Dh.

406.

"attadattha, t». (fr. atta* +atthaS v/ith d eupjoiically inserted)

one's own advantage, what is useful to

o le's self (with rjgaid to one's moral

itf.provemeut or to the development

of one's spiritual faculties; opp. pa-

Tattha. q.v.); ace, ^aiii Dh. 166 (ep,

SBE. X 46). cp. sadattba-pasuta.

"'atta-danta, mfn. (fr. atta' -\-

danta, vp. ^dam) having tamed one's

self; m. vo Dh. 322; gen. rvassa

(posas8a) Dh. 104,

attaH (in romp, atta-) w. «^. (sa.

atman) ') the iodiviclual soul, self.

person, the Ego (the real existence of

which is denied, cp, pUggala, nama-rupa. jiva); worn, atta 55,8. Dh. 62.

104. 160; 'atta me'ti ,a so-called

(imagined) myself or ^thinking that

I have a soul" 96, is; instr, iittana

Dh, 161; attantL sudantena „by his

own weiltamed self- Dh, 160. 323;

all, attana anno piyataro n'atthi

54,33. - *) instr. attana is frequently

used like nom. (in apposition to the

grammatical subject) =» „liimself''

(lit. „by himself) : 34,i6 (attanapi)

34,33-35. 38,18. 42,1. 49,21. 64,8. Dh.

379. — ") ace, attanaih (contracted

attaiii) and the oth-ir oblique cases

(esp. gen. attano) are used as pron.

reflex, referring to the gramm. subject

in all persons, genders, and numbers-= myself (ourselves), yourself (.^selves),

himself (herself, itself, one's self, them-

selves), attanam : 3. sg, 12,27. 64,3i.

56,1 (attam) Dh. 159. 355 (attanamnietri causa) 3?9 (attEiii); 1. 8g. 3, is.

27 22; 3. pi. 106,38 -= Dh. 80. instr.

attan.a : :i. sg. 17,4 (katj^-kamniam)

20,27 (main uddhari); 1. sg. 29,3

(dinna-dane). gen. attano : 3. sg. 2,i4.

10,5. 52,33. Dh. 160; 2. sg. 9,«. l^*.'*;

1. sg. 7,9; 3. pi 5,9. 73,8*; 3. pi 17,i.

41,33. attano attano („each . . .his

own-) 14,11-u (3. pi); 41,JS (referring

to the gramm. object). - atta-vetana-

bhata, mfn. .supporting one's self by

one's own earnings" 106,5. — an-atta,

mfn. destitute of a self (q. v.). - ojit-

tatta, mfn. having secured one's self

(v. ojita). - paccattam, adv. by one's

self {q. v.), ~ pahitatta. mfn. whose

mind is intent upon (v. paliita, Cp.

padhana). - bhavitatta, mfn. having

trained one's self (v. bhaveti). - atta-

kilamatha etc. (qv.). - Atta-vagga,

m. name of a chapter of Dhammapada,

Dh. XII.

atta-bhava, «». (fr, atta^ -f

bhava, sa. atraabhava) ') proper or

peculiar nature, body, figure; acc.

,-wam 52,29. 64,ic. - -) birth, existence;

nom. ^Q (pancasatimo) 17.8; pancasu

"-satesu „in 500 of my former ex-

istences" 17,7,

atta-mana. mfn, {fr, atta' -4-

nianas, 8a. attamanas) joyful, delighted,

liappy; m. ^0 93, is, Dli. 328, f. <^a

62,21, - an-attamana. mfn, displeased,

m. ^0 74,30.

atta-sainbhava, mfn. {fr. atta*

-\- sambhava, sa. atmasambhava)originating from one's self; n. i^ath

(papam) Dh. 161.

*atta-hetu, adv. {fr. atta * + hetu

{q. V.)) for one's own sake. Dh. 84{vpp. parassalietu).

"attanuyogi/t, mfn, {fr, atta*

-\- anuyogin) who exerts himself in

meditation, Dh. 209 {gen. pi. rvinam).

attha', m. {sa. artha) ') aim,

purpose, sake, reason; instr. yen*

attbena idhagato 103, is („the reason

for which you have come here", corre-

sponding to the foil, attho (?) ; but

„yena" is probably an error for sena{sa. svenartbena)); daf. atthaya and

acc. atthaih are frequently used at

the end of comp. {adv.) =^ „for the

sake of, on account ot. for" : {dat.) 3,6.

19 atthi

9,11. 15,90. 16,12. 21,38. 28,5. 32,89.

41,3. 42,30. 47,5. 58,1. 60,36. 111,39.

(ace.) 8,7. 11,4. 21,3.31,11.57.83.61,13.

62,31. 91,35; kimatthaya („why") 33,i.

kimatthara (do.) 3, 13. 16,io. 33,8; dat.

atthaya also separately (^adv. w. gen.) :

49,14. 57,1. 60,14. 65,1. I08,8i (cp.

*) below). — 2) need, want, desire (iv,

instr.) nom, ^0 18,9, 22,i7-3o. 33,3.

35,3-4. 55,15. 83,25. 103,14. 104,3i;

usirattha. tnfn. „he who wants Usira"

{q. V.) 108,4 (m. ^o)\ cp. atthika &atthi/J. - ') use, utility, advantage,

gain, wealth; ace. ^arii icchati 34,3o;

r^&m karissam 47,8; o^&m anagatam(pekkham) „fore8eeing future advant-

age" 112,4; bahunam rvaya (dat.)

108,91. - attha-samhita, mfn. useful,

n. -x<aih 93,7; an-attha-samhita. mfn,

& an-attha, m(fn). (v, h.); nir-attha-

(ka), >»/«, useless {q. v.); saltha (—sa-j- attha) v. appa-sattha &satthaka,

cp. attad-attha, »n., parattha, m. &sadattha-pasuta, mfn. — *) thing, ob-

• ject, matter; acc. imam attham „this"

2,8. 105,32; tam attham „the matter"

7,1. 13,14; gen. imassa /N^assa 31,io;

atthavasam (acc.) „the meaning of

this" {v. vasa) Dh. 289. - uttamat-

tbam (acc.) a precious thing, 54,39,

the best thing, Dh. 386 = 403. -s)—. atta *, case, cause ; acc. ^ara 101,9,

Db. 266; loc. ^amhi Dh. 331. -*') sense, meaning, signification; <^o

52,7. 85,10. 89,2; acc. ^aiii 90, 30.

113,11-15; abl. (adv.) -^to („acoording

to the meaning") 114,ao. - attha-pada,

n. a word of sense (opp, vaca anat-

thapada-samhita) Dh. 100; anto-

gadha-hetu-attha, mfn. containing a

causative meaning, r^&vx padam 85,9;

paramatthato, adv. (abl.) „in the

absolute sense" 98,»7 (cp. Paramattha-

dipani). For the comp. at^ha-katha

(a commentary) v. a^tba*. - ') the

right, the truth ; acc. ovarii an-atthan

ca, right and wrong Dh. 266; <x/am

hitva, leaving the real (aim of life)

Db. 209; in this sense attba is often

opp, dhamma (^duty") : /x/aihdham-

man ca, 11, 13. Dh. 363, cp, 68,35;

hence the name '*'attha-dhammanusa-

saka, m. of a royal counsellor or

secretary (he must give the king in-

formation of what is 'attha' (0: the

real state of the case) and advice con«

cerning the 'dbamma' (o: what ought

to be done)), a coutisellor of right

and justice, nom. /N.-0 37,26,

attha^ tn. (sa. asta) disappearance,

destruction; attbaih (acc.) gaccbati,

to disappear, to ceasq, to perish, Dh,

226. 293. 384; loc. suriye atthamgate, at sunset 32,39. "(cp. next),

attba^ pr. 3. pi. v. atthl.

*atthagama, m, (fr. attha* -}-

gama) perishing, vanishing, destruo>

tion; rupassa <x/0 94,9.

*attbangama. m, (fr, attham,aco, attba^ + gama) =• prec.\ dat.

<%/aya (dukkha-domanassanaiii) 90,i8.

atthato, adv, (sa, arthatas) v,

attha' (6).

*attha-dbammanu8asaka, m,

V, attha 1 (7).

•"attha-pada, n. v. attha' (6).

*attha-va8a, w, (sa, *artha-va5a)

V, attha' (4).

*attha-8amhita, mfn. v, attha'

(3).*A 1 1 h a s a 1 i n i ,

/". (sa. *artha-Qa-

lini) nom. pr. name of a commentary(by Buddhaghosa) on Dhamma-saii-gani, the first book of the Abhidham-ma-Pitaka; acc. -x/irh 113,33.

atthi, vb. (sa. \/a8, pr. asti) to

be, to exist; pr. 3. ag. atthi 2,8», 96,i6;

n'atthi 3,i4. 87,38; attb' l,io, 43,2«.

92,30. 2.8g.^\ 2,7-13. 3,i2-i8. 4,ii. 98,is;

asi 64,30. 88,9. 1. ag. arabi 12,u. 92,io;

'mhi 4,4. 28,14. 45,4. 88,10; asmi 16,i2.

104,81 ; 'smi 7,i3. 49,89. 98,3. 3. pi.

santi 11,14. 110,38. 2. pi, &ii\i& 21,9.

73,5 (attba 'ti). 1. pi. amba 21,8

(amba 'ti). This verb is often used

as copula with an adj. or subat. 2,7.

98,13, and esp. with a pp. 2,i8. 12,ii.

21,8-9. 92,10 etc. -The 3. sg. atthi is

frequently used in the sense of „to

belong to" (gen.) : 12,i. 16,i-5. 106,ii

2*

atthika 20

(atthi fc me), and tl>,l* form may aluo

be oombinvd ey«n with the pi. of the

subject (— santi) : 3,s5. 12,i. 18,s.

43,j. 53,si. 82^2. 106,11. 109,ii. Dh.

255 etc. tassa kira tarn divasam

roaranato mutti na:na n'atthi, „she

could not be doHverod from death that

day" 87,8». - imp. 3. eg. atthu : namoty-atthu „honinoe to thee" {voc.') 13,8«.

108,11 ; dhi-r-atthu „Bhanie on" 103,33

{ace. jivitnih),' 63,ia (<7cn. jatiya);

aNtii (— ««. until) 114,1111, - pot. 3. s(j.

Miyii (««. nyiit) S8,a7. 70,i(i, 104,i4;

Siikku ,x/ „it 'vould li") poHHilile" 50,n;

vattbabaiil '>^ „ou^hs to have been

said" 68,6; iu tht phrase siya kho

pana {w. pot. of the foil, verb) we

hiivt) siyil UKcd udvi'rhially likn the

I ml III fdi'Mltun I,It limy 1)11 1 hut", 7(>,v-uii.

liuHiduH HJya w(i ul'tcit find uii older

form ai:sa (sa. *u8yat?) : tad ussa (to.

dat. dukkhaya) 90,2o =- bhaveyya

01,17; avyfikatam as8a 92,« foil. (cp.

atlia); suddlio assa (s.alarukkho)

9;.,ai; l)h, 124 (nriHsii) 260; w. ffvn.

tuiiihakiim evaii. assa. (purlmpH) you

will th^nk, 79,3; tatr' assa „8uppo8o

there were (in that town)" 90,32 (cp,

seyya"ha). pot. 3. pi. aasu {sa. *asyus)

Dh. 74. - aor. {inipf.) 1. sg. asirii

86,j5. 86,17 („a.;in"ti -= ahosiin),

108,24. -part. ') sat, being; loc. sati

(iu loc. abs.) : ekamseca inaritabbe

sati (n.sg.), if (their) death is necessary

6,34 ; maharajassa ruciya sati, ut tlie

king's command 39, ii; di^thiya sati,

if you hold that view, 92,37-!)o; niccam

pajjalite sati, as (everything) ia al-

ways burning, Dh, 146. *) santa,

mfn. »«. ~o 13,29. 94,95; loc. n. sg.

evaih sante, in this case, 6,28. 99,7;

evaiii sante pi, yet, notwithstanding

this, 37,38. 44,38. 62,jo; loc. m. pi.

.vesu (kbandhesu) 98,3i („when the

groups appear to view"). ^) samana,

mfn. m. o^o (andho) 25, i5. (raanus-

sabhuto) 41,33. (puttho) 90,i. (vutto)

98,16-17; ace. m. pi. .^e (ma^tte) 69,26.

The part. fr. atthi is frequently used

ns adj.. V. sat, santa* (santaka) &

namrtna, (r». ii-saf, ii-ianta). - attbi-

bhttva, atthitffi & sotthi, q. v.

atthika, mfn. (fr. attha', «a.

arthika) wanting anything; rajjat-

thika, mfn. who covets the kingdom,

m.pl. -^a 39,17. (cp. atthiw)..

atthita, f. (fr. atthi, sa. asUtri)

being, existence, reality (opp. natthita);

ace. r^&n c'eva natthitafi ca, to be

and not to be, 96,7; (lokanirodhaih

passato) ya loke ,>^a s.a na hoti, (to

liim) there in no reality iii oxiMteiico

(tlin worlil) 96,1".

attlii/*, iufn. (fr. atiha', ea. ar-

thin) desirous, wunting anything; v.

mantatthin, vadatthi»i. (cp. atthika).

*atthi-bhava, m. (fr. atthi +liliava, (/, V.) uxidtHiK'c; arc, ^iiiii

(NHniHMu) 4,111; ^liiii fiatvii, hi-viiiK

known tlilN liiniig thu fact, 4H,wii; na

no koci r».am janati, nobody knows

that we exist, 72,81,

attliu, imp. V. atthi.

atha, indccl.(-' sa.) *) and. further,

Dli. 55. ^) thou, now (continuinif the

tale) 1,6. 3,1.1. 3,18 (atli'); atha kho66,3-5 e/c; atlia kena, why then? 54,s7.

*) then (corresp. u\ a prec. yada),

66,91. 107.13-16 = Dh. 377-79. Dh.

69. 119-20. 384; (after prec. pa-

thaniam:) Dh. 158. *) but, 107,S5 =Dh. 387. Dh. 86. 136; atha kho [khv']

on the contrary 90,86. 91,4; atna ca

pana, but on the other hand, 3,4 (c/).ca).

cp. atho «& next.

athava, indecl. (" ea.) or (corresp,

w. prec. va, g. v.) Dh. 140. 271.

atho, indccl. (= sa.) and, also,

likewise, Dh. 151. 234. 332. 423.

adum, pron. n. (sa. adas) v. asu.

addha — addha, half (g. v.); "-ma-

saccayena, at the end of a half month,

20,11 ; "-yojana, n, a half yojana (g. v.)

63,19.

addhagu, m. (fr. addhaH -\- gu-= ga, sa. adhva-ga) a traveller; nom.

^u, Dh. 302 (sg. d- pi. ?)

addha», w. (sa. adhvan), a road,

a journey, life-time, time; ace. /x/aoam

44,21. 110,5. Dh. 207 (addhana). -

21 ndhiseti

*addba-gata, mfn. one who has accom-plisbed his journey o: old, wj, ^o 74,ji

-= gataddhi», w/n. (g.r.). cp.addhika& prec.

add ha, adv. (=- sa.) certainly,

truly, probably, 3,io. 60,ao.

*addhika, m{fn). {fr. addhan)travelling, a traveller; gen. pi. m.

kupanaddhikanam, poor travellers,

38,14 {v. kapana).

adhama, mfn. (— so. superl. fr,

ftdlio, g.D.) lowest, vilest; purisadhame{ace. m, pi.) low people, Dh. 78, (cp.

next.)

ad liar a, mfn. (= sa.compar.fr,adho, q. v.) lower, adharottbe (loc.)

the lower jaw 13, i9 (v. ottha. cp. prec).

ad hi, indecl. (=• sa.) prefix to

verbs & nouns expressing 'above, over,

on, at, to'; before vowels (except „i")

it takes the form ajjh-, c. g, adbi-

bhasati, aor, ajjhabhasi.

adhika, mjfn. {fr, adhi, — aa.)

exceeding, superior. — compar, adhika-

tara, mfn, id.\ n. -N/am (assum) iv,

abl, (catunnaiii samuddanam uda-

kato) 89,14.

adhigacchati, vb. {sa. adhi-

\/gam) 'to go to', to attain, obtain,

find, understand {w. acc); pr. 3. 8g.

(v-ati (ratiiii) Dh. 187, (samadhiih)

Db. 365; 3, pi. rwanti (sararii) Dh.

11-22; pot. 3. ag. adhigacche (padaifa

santara) Dh. 368, ~eyya (seyyam,

one who is better) Dh. 61; aor, 3.sg,

(a)dhiga (attham), could not under-

stand, 113,15; to. augm. ajjhaga (tan-

hanarii khayarii) Dh. 154; aor. 3. pi,

ajjhagii (— ->/Ku) (vyasanam) 34,8i;

cond. 1. ag, otarara nadhigaccbissam

„1 should never find faults", lU4,ii

{cp, upessam, vicarissam, v, upeti &vicarati; Fsn. Ill, 3,iit & the use of

the Greek if4ekh)v).

adhigamaim. (" sa,) attainoient,

aQq}ii»'\t\oD\dat.>s>S,y&{w,gen. fiayassa)

90,18.

'*'a d h i - c i 1 1 a, ft.'the higher thought',

meditation; loc. ~e (ayogo^ Dh. 185.

adbiU^ati, vb, {sa. aabi-\/Btha)

1) to stand (on); ger. /N^aya 54,8. ') to

practise, to perform, to devote oneself

to (acc); pr. 3. ag. ^ati (upayupa-danam, q. v.) 96,i2; ger. ^Eya, (upo-

sathangani) 61,7.

adhitthana, n, {sa. adhishthana)

^) determination, resolution. ^) adhering

to, clinging to the world, comp, w. the

synon. abhinivesa (being a paraphrase

to upayupadana, q. v.) : adhitthana*

bhiniTesanusayam (cetaso), that in<

clination (of the mind) which consists

in clinging to the world, 96,ia (cp.

anusaya),

adiiipa, m. (— sa.) a master, lord;

V. adhipacca.

*a d b i p a n n a, pp. (adhi-v'pad) as-

sailed, seized;gen. m, /-wassa (antake-

na-" „whom death has seized") Dh.288.

*adhippaya, m. {fr, adhi-pra-^/i,

cp. sa, abhi-praya) intention, meaning;

nom. r^o, 114,6.

*adbibha8ati, vh. (adhi-\/bba9)

to speak to, to adress {acc.) ; aor, 3, sg,

ajjhabhasi 77,a.

adhimutta, pp. {sa. adhi-raukta

(y'muc)) inclined to {w. acc, or comp,);

m. vanadhimutto, who gives oneself

to desires, Dh. 344 {cp. vana'); gen,

m.pl. ,>/anam (nibbanarh) „who strive

after NibbSna'', Dh. 226.

adhivattha, pp, {fr. adhi-v/vas)

living, inhabiting {loc); f. --wa, 5,19.

*adhiva3ana, n. {fr. adhivaseti)

consent, acceptance of an invitation;

acc, /^arii, 70,ii,

*adhivaseti, vb, {caus, adhi-

\/va8) ')to wait, to wait for; imp.2.ag,

<x'ehi, 53,as; 2.pl. rs/eiha., 33,i5; ger,

<%/etva {w. acc, dve savana) 11,5. —') to bear, endure {acc) ; ger, «vetva

^tayo pahare) 55,i5; aor.S.sg. rwesi

(ta 8c, vedana) 78,is — ajjhavasayi

(vedanaih) 80,S4. — ^) to consent; aor.

i^eai, 70,10 —• 77,sb; cap. to accept aninvitation to dinner (bhattaih) : imp,

3. ag. />/etu, 70,e — 77,j8, {cp, adhi-vasana). — cam. II: adhivasapeti, to

cause to wait; pr. 2. ag. ^esi, 33,it.

adhiseti, vh. {aa, adhi-\/t;i) to

adhanS

lie upon (ace); fut. 8. sg. .vsessati

(pathavim) 107,» — Dh. 41.

a d h un a, adv. (— sa.) now. o-S,gata,

mfn. a new-comer; m, f%,o (uyyanapalo)87,15.

edho, itidecl, (ea, adhas) down(w. acc.)\ adho Gaflgaift, down the

river G. 14,»4 (or perliaps better comp.

adbogafigam, adv. ?) — compar. adbara,

mfn,, auperl. adhama. mfn, (q, v.),

an-, ana-, negative prefix, v. a-*.

*Anagata-vam8a, m, 'history

of the future', name of a non-canonical

Pali work („the Buddhist Apocalypse"),

from which an extract is given 102,2-28.

Anathapindika, m. nom. pr,

(— sa.^ 'giver of food to the poor',

name of a rich merchant', gen. /^ussa,

71,20.

aniku, m. & n. (— sa.) an army,

balanika, mfn. q. v,

anu*, indecl. '— sa.) before vowels

except ^u" usually 'anv-' (v. anvayaetc.), prefix to verbs and nouns, ex-

pressing 'after, along, near to, accord-

ing to' etc. Inserted in a dvandva*

comp, of the satDe word repeated, t',

khuddAnukhuddaka (cp. pa^i).

anu', mfn, •— anu (g, v.) cp, anu-uiatta,

anukantati. vb. (sa. anu-y/kft.

6,) to cut (ace.);

pr, 3, sg, /vati

(lattharh) Da. 311.

an uk am pa, /", f—sa,) compassion;

instr, «i^aya (w. gen, tava) out of pity

(for you) 56,4.

anukkama, tn, (sa. anu-kratiia)

succession, order; instr. adv. rvena.

gradually, 38,2a. 48,9; ti -i^ena „andso on by degrees" 34,8. sabanukkania,

tnfn. (q. v.).

anukkamati, t>6,(sa. anu-Y/krani)tt follow, to go along (ace); part,

med. M. rvniano (-patham) 90,84,

anukbuf^dakar mfn. v. kbud-danukhuddaka.an jga, it.fn. (so, anu-ga) follow-

ing; aatiamacca-sa.taiuga, mfn. fol-

lowed by 700 companions, 110,23

(in. .>^o).

/anugaccbati, vb. (sa. anu-VRam])

to follow (acc,)\ aor, 3. sg, /^gamasi

^tam yeva) 68,8»i to. augm. anv-a-ga

(tam) 111,8.

anuggaba, m, (sa. anu-giaha)

favour, kindness, help, assistance; acc.

n^erh 6,86.

anucara, »». (=so.) a companion,

follower. - sanucara. mfn. v. sa'.

an uc inn a, mfn, (sa. anu-cirna,

pp. SLnu-y/car) having attained (acc);

m. pi. -va (sainadhijhanam) 109,2i.

*anuccbavika, mfn. (fr. anu +cbavi) suitable, fit; m. ^o (w. inf.)

24.24; (w. gen. pers.) 25,s (rafino).

aiiujanati, vl. (sa. aiiu-v/jna).

1) to permit, allow; pr. 1. sg. -waiui

(ekena (bhikkhuna) dve samanereupatthapetum) 81. le. *) to prescribe

(acc.) 81,ao (dasa sikkhapadani). (cp,

next.)

anunnata, mfn. (pp. auujanati,

sa, anu-jnata) permitted, allowed,

having attained the permission of

(«ns<r.);»(.^o (fiatib(i)) 11. ii, ll,i3-tr;

wi, pi. rs.5, (raftfiii) 73,24.

*a n u fi n a t a 1 1 a, n. (sa. *anu-jnata-tva) the being permitted; abl. /%.a.

11,12 („grantiD[f him leave to speak").

auutappati, vb. pass, (sa. anu-tapyate, \/tap) to suffer, to repent;

pr. 3. sg. ^ati Dh. 67. 314. (cp.

tapati*.)

anutire, adv. (/V. anu ' + tira

(loc.)) near the banks of a river (gtn.)

104,21.

*aiiutthunati, vh, (fr. *anu-ystan) to deplore, bewail (acc); part,

m. sg. .v.unam (piiranani) Dh. 16H(— anuttbunanta (pi.) Comm.). Thediscordance between the sg. anutthu*nam and the pi. of the verb is pro-

bably due to the fact that senti has

been influenced by cSpa-'tikbina (like

jhayanti in the preceeding verse); cp.

also the use of sg. anutappati Dh.314.) cp. Tr. PM. 76,10.

*unuddaya, f. compassion, mercy;in comp. this word generally takes theform anuddaya- (cp. mvitta) : khanti-

23 anumodana

metta-'nuddaya-sampanna. mfn. (q.v.)

7,12. 38,15. {fr. *anu -+• daya, although

it is generally spelt with double 'd\

perhaps from analogy with niddaya?),

*anu-dhamma-carin. w/w. liv-

ing according to the law ; m, n^l Dh,20 {cp. dhmnma-cariii).

anudhavati, «&. (sa. anu-Y/dhav')to follow, pursue, seel< (acc); pr, 3.

sg. /^ati (tiraiii) Dh. 85; aor, 2, sg.

anu-dliavi (kalikain) 47,io,

anupakkamena, v, an- {cp,

upakkama).*anupakhaija, ger, encroaching

on {acc) 83,88 (there bliikkhu). This

word eeems to be ger, ft. *anu-pra-

yskand (-skadya) — to enter together

with, disrespectfully pushing oneself

forward (=> anu-pavisati, comm.). Heucethe vh. denom. anupakhajjati (Vin.

V 163,4). Morris, JPTS. '86,ii5.

'89,201, derives it from ^/khad.

anupatati, vb. (so. anu-^pat)

to run after, to follow (acc); pr. 3.

sg. <N^anti (sotam) Dh. 347 ; pp. />^ita,

followed, m. dukkhanupatito. Dh.302,

pi. dukkhanupatit' (o : rwS addhagii) ib.

anuparigacchati. vb. {sa. ana-

pari-v^ga) to walk (fly) round (acc);

aor. 3. sg. anu-pariy-aga (pasanam)104,13.

*anupariy aya, m. {fr. anu-pari-

Y^i) goinp round along; •'-patha. m.

acc. rwarii 90,33 — anupariyaya-na-

niakam maggam, 91,28 (the path round

the town).

*a n u p a s 8 i )J , mfn. {fr. anu-y'pa?)

looking after, looking for; para-vajja-**,

looking after the faults of others, Dh.

253 {gen. m. <N^issa) ; subha-", looking

for piensures. Db. 7 (aCC w, r>.,rm),

Dh. 349 {gen. m. <%..ino).

anupucchati, vb. {sa. anu-

y/pracli) to inquire after {aCC.)] pr,

2. sg. ^asi (jivam) 103,i7.

anupubba, mfn. {sa. anu-purva)

regular; instr. adv. /v-ena, gradually,

by and by, in course of time, 18,ii.

37,80. 42,24. 81,». 87,4. Dh, 839.

*anupubbikatha, f. {fr. preo,

-f- katha, q.v.) a regulated exposition;

acc fvBlh katbesi „preached in due

course" 68, 19,

anuppatta, pp. {sa, anu-prapta,

anu-pra-i/ap) arrived to, having

reached, having attained (acc); m,

rt^o (vayo) 74,21, (Lankarii) 110,2s.

acc, (x-am (uttamattbam) Dh. 386.

loc. <ve (Alavim).

anubaudbati, vb. {sa, anu-ybandh) to follow, to pursue (acc);

aor, 3. eg. >%/i 11,i9. 12,88; l,8g.f^m104,u; ger. >vitvS 33,i8.

a n u b d h a , »rt. (— sa.) comprehen-

lioti, understanding. - dur-anubodba,

mfn. q, v.

*anubruheti, vb. {sa. *anu-

Y/vfch) to 'increase', to devote oneself

to (occ); pot. 3, sg. .v-aye (vivekam)

Dh. 76 {cp. briiheti).

anubhavati, vb. {sa. anu-^/bbu)

to feel, to experience, to obtain (enjoy,

suffer) {w. acc); pr. 3. pi. /%/anti

(dukkbam) 23,i6; aor. 3. sg. -x.-i (dib-

basampattim) 23,i7; inf. ^itum 23,35;

ger. <x/itva 23,24; part, ^anta, m. i>jO

63,18; part. med. r^maina., f. »x/a 61,6

(.taking part in", -kilam); pp. anu-bhuta : kirn me dukkhena <>^ena

{instr.) „why should I suiTer this pain?"

32,32.

*anubhavana, n. {fr. anubha-vati) parlakiiig of (enjoying, suffering).

— dukkhanubhavanattbaya 23,i8 (in

order to endure their punishment, cp,

attha'); kamma-karananubhavana-tthanam 23,27 (a place where one has

to endure the results of his bad deeds),

anubbava, v. anubhava.anubhiita, pp. v. anubhavati.

anumatta, mfn. Dh. 284, v, anu-niatta.

anuinodati, vb. {sa. anu-Y^inud)to rejoice in (acc), to accept with

joy, to thank; part. med. ,N/inana, m.^0 (danam) Dh. 177 ;

pr, 1. sg. .vami(„I thank you") 29,8.

anumodana, ». (— sa.) acceptance,

benediction, thinks {esp. the wordsproDOUDced by the Buddhist priests at

anuyuijati 24

thid eud of the meal, or after receiving

gifts or offerings to the fraternity)

;

ace. /%/am karonto 8<),i5; -vam kana-sJnii 87,80 ; "-attbaya 87,i8 (in order

to hear the benediction), (cp. Dhpd.

(1855) p. 168,7. foil.)

anuyufijati, vb. {sa. anu-v/yuj)to practise, to give oteself up to (acc);

pr. 3. sg. >N^ati (bhavanaih) 97,9; 3.

pi. ~anti Dh. S8 (panuadaiii), Dh.

247 (sura-meravi-panam); pot.med.

3. sg. Lia pa nafiarii o^etha, Dh. 27.

— pp. anuyutta, m. r-vO „in the enjoy-

ment tf T4,a2(ditth8-dhamma-8ukha-viharam q. v.).

anuyoga, ni. < — sa.) study, raedi-

totion, application to. - ki^masukh'-al-

lika-', mfn. whose applicaJon is wholly

concentrated in pleasure and lust, m.

/vo (sc. anto) 66,20. — atta-kilamatba-",

mfn. q. v. (cp. pre':-.).

anuyogi/i, mfn. {fr, anuyoga).V. attfinuyogid.

anurakkhati, vh. (sa. anu-^raksh). to gunrd, to wutch (acc.);

imper, 2, pi. -vatba (sacittam) Dh,

327.

*aiiurakkhin. mfn. (fr. aim-rakkhati) watching.- vaca-**, uifn.q.v.

Anuruddha, m, nom. pr. (-^ sa.)

nunie of a cuUHin of Ootuma Huddhu,one of Ills great disciples; nom. >^o

80,80. 109,17 (inahiigani). 109,8 (dib-

biicakkhutiilii[aggo{); ((rcnk^aiii 80,u;voc, O.U, ib,

anuriipa, mfn, (— sa.) confotm^ahli', itdaptuil tu, fit, Huitahlt>; tad-anurupa, mfn. 57,ji. q, v.

anulitta, pp, (fr. anu-y/lip, sa.

anuli))ta) anointed, scented. ~ iiabii-

tiinubtta. 41,0. v. nahata.aiiuloMia, mfn, ( - sa.) 'with the

hairs', ill natural ordur (»;<;>. pa^ilotna),- "-patiloniarii (adv.Y) „forward andback" 66,6. (cp, loiiia).

anuvattin. mfn. (sa. anu-vartin)following. - dbamraanuvattino (m.pi.) following the law, Dh. 86.

a II u V i c a r a t i, i;i(. (sa. aiiu-vi-Y/car)

to wander or roam throu^jh, to explore

(aec. ep. vioareti); pr. 3. pi ~anti

(samuddatirara) 21,i7; ger. ~itva

(thala-jala-patham) 19,sf.

anuviciateti, vb. (sa. anu-vi-

\/oint) to meditate upon (acc); part-

m. ^ayanto (tarn eva) 47,85; -^ayam

(dhammam) Dh. 364.

anuvicca, ger. discovering, attend-

ing to, observing, exaraining(?) Dh.

229 (viiinii pasaiisanti). This word

is generally explained in the commen-

taries by anuviditva, janitva. etc.-,,

it is perhaps ger. fr, anu-vi-\/ci

(*anuvicitya, *anuviciya. cp. Sn. v.

630 and viceyya ib. v. 529) or fr.

anu-v/vid (— anu-vijja, Tr. MN. I

379,3 (Note p. 662) cp. Morris, JPTS.'86. p. 121.). but it can hardly be

derived from anu-^/i or anu-\/vrt. cp,

Dhpd. (1865) p. 368.

anuvijja. anuvijjati, v. anu-

vicca.

anusancarati. vh. (sa. anu-sarii-

^/car) to walk along (acc); part. med.

m. pi. -wUiSnii (kipillika viya tbaiu-

bbaiTi) 60,2.

'^'anuNuiidlii, m, (cp, sa, ami*sandbana) application, conclusion,

connexion; acc. .-%/iui giia^etva („mak-ing the connexion'*) 32,5. cp. Fans-bell, JllAS. '70, p. 8. Fecr, .fAs.

'76. II p. 293,

an u Buy a, m, (sa. anu-tjaya) in-

olinatiuii, uttacliinent; acc, /%.iira 96, it

(v, adliittlmna). - tanli&iiusaya, v,

tanliii, - niiinrmusaya. v, iniina. cp.

HlilO. X_p. HI.

anusasaka. m. (sa, anu-gasaka)a counsellor, - attha-dliamma-". v,

attlui' (7).

aiiusfiHati, vb, (sa, anu-y/Qjls)

') to adiniiiiisli, to inntruct (acc.)\ inf.

.^.jtuiii H1,ih; grd, m. .^itabbo 79.15;

pot. 3, sg. ->^eyya Dh. 77, 168. -*) to give one (gen.) advice concerning

(acc); aor. 3. sg- ~i (rafifio attbanca dliamman ca) 68, so (cp. attba'

(7)). - ') to rule, to govern (acC,)\

aor. 3, sg, ,>,i (viniccbayaiu ^udinini-

stored justice") 42,87.

^26 antarCi

anusikkhin, mfn, (sa. anu-Qik<

shin) studying, learning; ahorattanu-sikkhinam. gen. pi. Dh. 226 (studying

day and nightV

anussarati. vh. (aa. anu-\/8mr)to remember, to recollect ; aor. ,^i

28,96 (gune); gen. rwitva 17,4 (attana

katakammam) 28, is (Buddha-gune);part. m. >>^&m (dhammaiii) Dh. 364;«». pi. /N.anta. 28, is.

Anotatta, n>. (sa. An-avatapta)nom. pr, of a lake in Himavanta;

"-daharii (ace.) 61, is.

anta^, )». {d; n.) (— sa.) ') end,

term; nom, ^o (phalanarii) l.is; ace.

r^nm karissatha (dukkhassa) „raake

an end of" Dh. 275; comp. loc. vijay.

ante, immediately after the victory,

60,85; marananta, mfn. q. v. - *) limit,

boundary, border, edge; acc. /%/am 83,91.

comp. loc. velante 20,4 (ep. vela);

vanante, Dh. 306, v. vana; accanta,

santika, samanta, samanta, q. v. -*) side; acc. adv. ekamantam. q. v. -'*) extreme; pi, dve anta, 66,S5; acc.

pi. ubho ante, 66,98. 96, it; eko , . ,

dutiyo anto, 96,i6-i7. cp, ekantam(adv.) Dh. 228, q. v. - «) nearly

pleonastically at the end of certain

comp., kammanta (m.), suttanta (n.)

q. V.

anta*, n. (sa. antra) the intestines;

(v-aih 82,4, 97.91. anta-guna, q. v.

Antaka, m. (fr, anta'/ — sa.)

nom. pr. the king of death (Yaraa or

Mara); n. o^o Dh. 48; instr, ^ena,Dh. 288.

anta-kara, m(fn). (— sa.) put-

ting an end to (gen.); m.pl, f>^& 105,90

(dukkhasssa).

*a n t a - k i r i y a, /". (aa. *anta-kriya)

extinction; dat, /x-aya 70,i7.

""anta-guna, n. (sa. *antra-guna)

mesentery (Sp, Hardy, Man. of Buddh.

p. 400: „lower intestines"); <%/am 82,4.

97,28.

antamaso, adv. (sa. *antama

-\- Qas) even; /N/anjalim paggahetva

thite, even those who were standing

with theii' joined hands raised, 22,7

;

(s-bilara-nisakkana-mattam (pakara-

vivarain) even large enough that a

cat can creep in, 90,85. (cp. antima).

antara, n.(—ea,) ')the interior

part of a thing, interval; •) as the first

part of comp, (—> anto, v. below),

•) at the end of comp.'. kalantareaa

(instr.) „by progress of time" 99,28;

buddhantaram, a period between two

Buddhas, 84,30; dant' antara -gato

„having got in between the teeth"

13,29; pi. loc, lomantaresu, in the

coat, 16,5 (v. loma). uddhanantaresu,

9,24 (v. uddhana); pi. ahl, sakhan-

tarebi, amongst the branches, 62,ii,

pupphantarehi, 62,i8. For antaram,

antara, antare v. separately. - *) dif-

ference (at the end of comp, — other):

purisantararii, another man, 48,ii,

(cp. antarika, an-antara, santara).

antaram, indecl. (— ea.) ^)adv.

within ; /%/katva, having shut in (?)

23,10, - *) prp. w, gen, raihsinam

/%/ pavisitva, 87,89.

antaradhana, n. (sa. antar-

dhana) disappearance; pariyatti-",

102,2 (q. v.).

antaradhayati, vb. (sa. antar

-y'dha) to disappear; aor. 3, sg. /x/ayi,

24,7. 72,25; (impf.) 3, sg. med. ^ayatha,104,18 (cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p. 110); pp,antarahita, q. v. - caus. antaradha-

peti. to cause to disappear (acc);

pot. 1, pi, fv-eyyaraa (iabhasakkaram)

73,1.

*antarantara, adv, (antara (q,

V.) repeated) now and then, 35, i,

83,8.

*antara-vithiyam, adv, (fr,

antara -j- vithi, loc.) in the very

streets, 39,e.

antarahita, }H/n.(i?i).antar-;/dha,

cp, antaradhayati) disappeared, hid>

deu; f. f^a. (pasadamatta) 94,8s. -an-antarabita. mfn, (q. v.).

antara, adv, <& prp. (ahl. fr. an-

tara, — sa,) among, on the way, dur-

ing; Dh. 237; comp, antaramagge(loc) on the way, 32,i4. 85,8 ; repeated

:

antarantara, q. v.

antarSya 26

antarSya, m. (— »o.) ')obitBcle;

ace. <vam akasi, prevented, 68,8; nom.

gaman'-antarayo, 65.bs (v. gamana).- *) death; ace. «waih, Dh. 286.

*antarika, f. {fr. antara) inter-

val; - simantarika, f. a boundary

territory, loc, /N^nya (dvinnam yak-

khanam) 40,3s.

antare. iJrp. (?oc./r. antara.— 8a.)

within, among, between, w. gen. 10, ai.

30,5. 43,6. 62,9, or at the end of comp.

73,80 (mala-kacavara-", „into the dust-

heap") cp, antara.

antalikkha. n, (sa. antariksha)

the sky, the air; loc. />.e, Dh. 127.

antava<, mfn. (— 8o.) finite, li-

mited; m. ,>.va (loko) 89,28. - an-an-

ta/at, nifn. it finite io.

antika, mfn. (= sa.) near, bor-

dering upon. - niaranantika, mfn. v.

marana. {cp. santikn).

ant i ma, mfn, {= sa.) final, last;

m. (N.0 (samussayo) 108.1? — Dh.361.- *antinia-sariru, »'/"«. one who has

receivea his last body, m. nom. <x/0,

Dh. 362, ace. ^am, Dh. 400.

antevasika. m. (/"r. ante — anto

{s:i. antar) + vaslka (V^as, to dwell))

a pupil; ace. r>^Hiii, 32,98; ace. pi.

rve, 16,24; acarijantevasike {acc.pl.)

a teacher and tiis pupil, 32.81 ;gcn. pi,

fvanarii, 102,}.

anto. prp. {sa. antar, in some

conp, ante, cp. last) in, within {opp.

bthi); w. gen. ta&sa >. 61, is; attano

nanajalassa r^ 80,88; w. he, /N/a^avi-

yaih 30,80 ; in comp. anto-nagaraifa

43,8 — anto-nagate „inMide!tlie town"

73,M {opp. bahi-nagare); Hnto-gal)blie,

witiiin tliti uhiiinlit'i', Ur),u8; aiito-jjiliilil,

into th«4 ni't, HH.AA. (cp, antara).

*antcgudlia, mfn. (probably fr.

ante + ogadha {pp. ava-^'gali) for

Ogalha) included, contained in. "-hetu-

attha, mfn. containing a causative

meaning, 85,9 {cp. attha * (6)).

"'an t o-dii li a, m, an intetiial ilitnie;

tassa fs^o iippajji „bu grew aflame

within" 45,1.

antopura, n. (often written ante-

pura, Tr. PM. 79,i6, sa. antah-pura)

a king's harem; loc. f^^ 38,i7,

*antovalanjaka, »n.i'^-(A'"'*°^

-4- valafiia) in-door people; gen.

^anam, 43,6 {opp. bahivalafijaka).

andha, mfn. (- sa.) blind (also

about mental blindness); m. yO J5,i5,

pi. ^a 88,87. - *andha-bala, mfn.

blinded by folly; voc. m. /^a 38,i9;

voc. f. ~e 69.31. - 'andha-bhuta,

mfn. mentally blinded; m. ~o 88,2»

= pannacakkhuno abhavena ~o,

88,31; ace.pl. m. ^e, Dh. 69. Andha-

blmta-jataka. a later reading for

Andabhuta. 62,ii {cp. 50,i2-i5).

andhaka, mfn. (•= sa.) blind.

*andhaka-masaka, m. pL ^ad-flies,

104,37.

andhakara, »«. (— sa.) darknefs;

ace. ^am 19,i7; loc. ^e 69,1?; instr.

<N/ena, Dh. 146.

anna, n. (— sa.) food; instr. sa

marii o^eua (sc. uddhari) 20,3o.

an nay a, v. dur-annaya (-= an-

vaya, cp, anveti).

any ay a. ger. fr, anu-Vi, v. anveti.

anvahata, pp. (anu-a-v/han)struck, beaten, perplexed, v. an-anva-

hata-cetasa.

anveti, vb. (sa. anu-\/i) to follow,

to reach, to aflect or attack (acc);

pr. 3.8g.^et\. 106,93 — Db. 7l, Dh.

1. 2. 124; ger, ^aja (vuddbim, full-

grown) 2,18. 18,3.

apakkamat!,«6.(so. apa-^kram),

to go away, to retire from {abl,)\ pot,

3, sg, ^me (tanilia) 14,i; aor, 3, sg.

^nii (etto) 104.1S,

apaguccliati, vh. {sa, upii-\/galn)

to go away pi>. ii|iai^atu. dcpiuti-il,

gone oil; uh the tlrnt part of mlj, comp, s

"-kalaka, "-tucupapatika. '-phegguka,

"-vattha, "-sakliapalasa, 5. v.\ dvin-

nam itthakanarii "-tthanam. the inter-

val between two bricks, 91,29.

apacayati, vb. {sa. apa-\ ciiy)

to honour, to renpcct («fv',);

)ir, 3, sg,

(metri causa --..ayati) 30,9.

a p a c a y i »( , mfn. {sa. apa-cayin,

fr, last) rendering due respect; vad-

27 apSruta

dhS,pacayiH, mfn, „who reveres theaged", m. pi. ,>^ino. Dh. 109.

apaciti, /". (— sa.) honour, respect;

ace, «^im, 29,26, 30.4,

*apajita, M, (pp. apa-^ji), whatis lost, defeat; ace, ^aih (opp, iitam)Dh. 105.

Apannaka-jataka, n, nom, pr.,

the title of the first tale in the Jstaka*book, 102,80 [a-pa^^aka, mfn. evident,

certain, leading to salvation (/V, 5a,

a-parna, without leaves, opp, sa-pajj-

naka, but the semasiological process

is unknown; Weber, Ind, Str. Ill, 160and Kulm, Beitr, p. 53 talce it —*a-pragna-ka].

apattha, mfn. (sa. apasta, pp.apa-y'as^), thrown away; n, pi, «N^ani

(atthini) Dh. 149.

apaneti, vb. (sa. apa-y/ni) to

take away, to reraove (ace); pot. 1.

sg. rveyyam (atthim) 13,i4; aor. 3. sg.

apanayi (putte) 13,*; ger. /vetva,

44,12. 66,32; pp. apanita, n. /^&metam Tathagatassa, T. is free from

this, 94,7 ;grd, i^ctahhsi, to be re-

moved, "-akara-ppatta (sa(aka) „ in-

tolerable'*, 45,1.

*ayabbiihati or apaviyuhati,vb. (fr. apa-vi-\/\ih) to remove by

digging up or scraping out (acc.);

aor. 3. sg. apabbuhi (pamsum) 40,26.

(cp. viyuhati).

apara, pron. (— so.) another (by

way of addition or progression in

number, the original sense being

„posterior, following", whilst para

(q. v.) denotes what is opposite or

distant, cp. anna); acc. ^am (dipaih)

23,21 ; aparam pana ekadivasam „and

again on a certain day", 63,24-28; n.

naparam, nothing more, 71,i6; instr,

^ena samayena, afterwards, subse-

quently, 95,23. 101,i«; loe. ^asmiih(kanakaviiuane) 23,22; m. pi. ^.-e pi

'ssa tayo sahaya ahesum, further he

had three friends, 14,9. - aparam (n.)

is often used adverbially, esp. aparampi, besides that, also, too, 34,i«. 54,21.

— aparaparam, adv. to and fro, from

side to side, 2,27. 40,24. - pubba-para,

mfn, (q, r.), aparajju, aparabhage,V, below,

aparajju, adv. (sa. apare-dyus)on the following day; 101,27.

aparajjhati, vb. (sa. apa-v/radh)to offend against (loc); ger, o./itva

(parassa vatthunibi) 58,i8.

aparapaocaya. v, a- (p, 4).

aparadha, m. (— aa,) oifeuce,

fault; acc. ek&parSdhaih, one such

fault, 47,8. - nir-aparfidha, »»/».,

innocent, guiltlesi; aco, m, /vam,

39,ie,

*aparabbage, adv, (fr, apara-\- bhaga, loc) afterwards, later; 22,i4.

24,18-16. 38,11.

*aparopita, mfn. (apa -f ropita,

pp.') consumed (?). This word is only

due to my own conjecture (see Note

p. 126); the Colombo Edition reads

aropita (fr. aropeti, q. v.) 87,ii.

apaviddha, mfn. (— sa. pp.apa-y/vyadh) flung, thrown away; neg-

lected; acc. m. <x.am, 34,i5; n, /vam(kiccam) Dh. 292.

^apasadeti, vb.(fr. apa -f sadeti,

caus, \/sad) to blame, to depreciate,

disparage (acc); pr. 3.8g. -N^eti (mam)74,29-30.

""ap as 8 en a, n. (fr. apa-y'^ri, cp.

sa. apTKjraya) a rest, a support;

^-phalaka, n. a bolster-slab or head-

rest; -.^am 84,16. [cp. Morris, JPTS.'84.71, - SBE, XX. 219.]

*apabhata, mfn. (pp. apa-i/bhr)

brought away, stolen; n. rvaifa (ratti-

bbattarii) 15,i9,

apaya, m. (— sa.) *) going away,

loss; piyapayo, loss of the belowed,

Dh. 211. — *) state of suffering (esp.

dwelling in hell, or in the world of

animals, petas and asuras); acc. sag-

gapayam, heaven and hell, Dh. 423.— apaya-gamiw, mfn. going to an evil

state ; m. pi. /s/ino 88,8& (opp, saggSyagacchati).

ap&yi», mfn, (= sa.) going away,— an-apayiw, mfn. (q, ».).

aparuta, mfn, (sa, apavfta, fr.

apt 28

ape,-\/vr) open, '^-civa.ra. mfn, with

open doors; loe. »ve fnivesane) 39,»8.

api. adv. (— «ti.) ^)ge:ierally enclit.

«= pi (g. V.) or -api after prec. a, a.

— *) beginning a eentence (before a

vowel Honjetimes app' or ap') ') even,

Dh, 187. *•) api ca . . va . . va, whether

. . or, 96,81 (w. foil, api ca kho, ne-

vertheiens, 97,i); api ca, nevertheless,

101,18 {cp. kiiicapi); api ca kbo pana,

but at all events, S2,95. ") app-eva

nama, perhaps (w, foil, pot.) 17,36.

69,5. *) particle of interrogation {w,

indie, or pot.) 13,96. 69,i. 71,3i. 104,i4

(ap'); api nu, 73,4.

apekkhati. vb. {sa. apa-v^iksh)

to look for (ace); pr. 3. sg. med. ,-vate

(kame) 103,9*.

apekkha fcapekba./". (sa. apek-

sha) dehire, regard, care; Dh. 346

(-kh-, w. loc).

apekkhi/i & apekhin, mfn. (aa.

apeksbin) looking for, regardful of. —an-apekkhiH, mfn. (q. v.).

a p e t a , mfn. (= sa.; pp. fr. next)

free from, deprived oi {w. inatr. or

comp.); m, ^o (damasaccena) Dh. 9.

— apeta-kaddama, mfn. without mud,

m. >^o (rahado) Dh. 95. - "-viufiana,

mfn. senseless, m. .^o (kayo) 107.6

— Dh. 41.

apeti, iJ6. {sa. apa-^/i) to go away;

pr. 3. sg. o-eti, 60.i; 1. pi. apema104,16 (nibbijjapemaGotamam „ being

disgusted, we shall go away from Go-

tana", Fausholl, Sf.E. X^ p. 71,

who prefers the reading Gotama, cp,

8N. I, 124).'

app', V. api.

appa. mfn. {sa. aipa) small, little;

m. <^o 88,30 (only a few — kocid eva

satto 89, i); instr. «^en' eva (trifling)

38,34; n. /%^am, a little, a small portion,

Dh. 20. 269, loc. />.asmi yacito, asked

for little, Dh. 224.- appa-kilamathenaagito si „you had no mishap?" 28, i»

{cp. kilamatba).

a p p a k a , nfn. {fr. last, sa. alpaka)small, little^ trifling; iustr. n. ^en' eva.

at a trifle, 52,6; m. pi. ~a (few) Dh.

86. - an-appaka, mfn. {q. v.).

*appas;gha. mfn. {sa. alpargha,

cp. aggha) of little value; "-bhandam

„ware8 of little value" 26,9.

*appabodhati. vb. {fr. appa {sa,

alpa) + bodbati. a rare present forma-

tion of ybudh, cp. bujjbati) to slight

disregard; pr. 3. sg. ~ati (nindam)

Dh. 143. {Weber. Ind. Str. I, 137;

others (Fausbell d; Max Mailer) have

taken it — a (a: na) + prabodhati

(does not excite), or (Childers & Sti-

bhiiti) — apa-bodhati (to ward off),

cp. the readings ap(p)abodheti and

sa. alpabuddbi. mfn.)

*appamannati, vb. {fr. appa -|-

v^man, cp. last) to despise, underrate

{w. gen.);pot. 3. sg. med. ,>./etba (pa-

passa, pufinassa) Dh. 121. 122.

appamatta, wi/'n. (sa.alpa-inatra)

little, slight, mean; m. ^0 (gandbo)

Dh. 66. {cp. a-ppamatta, p. 6.)

*appamattaka. mfn. {fr. last),

of little importance; »», ->^o (arakkho)

17,16.

*appalabha, mfn, {sa. *alpa-la'

bha) receiving little; m. r»,o (bhikkhu)

Dh. 366.

appasattha, mfn. {sa. *alpa-

sartha) having few companions; m,

rvo (vanijo) Dh. 123 {cp. sattha).

*appa8sada. mfn. {sa, *alpa-

svada) having a short taste; m. pi,

^a (kama) Dh. 186.

*appassuta. mfn. {sa. *alpa-gruta^

having learnt little; m. '>>{o) (puriso)

Dh. 162.

ap pice ha, mfn. {sa. alpeccha)who has but few desires; acc. m. <%/am.

Dh, 404 {cp. iccha).

*appo88ukka, mfn. {sa. *alpa-{- autsukya. cp. ussuka) unconcerned,

living at ease, with few wishes; m. >v/0

(viharatu) 74,2i. Dh. 330.

abbahati. vb, {sa. a-\/vrh) to pull

out {acc.);pot. 3. sg. abbabe (sallam)

108,9.

abbuda, n. {sa. arbuda) the foetus

29 abhinikkhamana

in the first or secood month after con-ception; ffen, ,^assa 99, lo.

abbha, n. (sa. abhra) cloud; ahl,

/wS (mutto candima) Dh. 172.

abbhakkhana, n. (sa. abhy-S-khyana) false accusation, calumny,ace. /^ara, Dh. 139.

abbhantara, M. (so. abhy-antara)the inner part, interior, interval ; ^am(opp. bahiraiii) 106,ii — Dh, 394. -loc.prp. w, gen. ,>.e, in, with, within,

3,85 (tuyharii), 38,88 (ranfio).

abbhuggacchati, vb. (sa, abby-ud-\/gatii) to po out, to Bally forth;

get'. <vgantva, 60,3.

abbiiuta, nifn. (ea. adbhuta)wonderful, marvellous; n. i\,a,m 79,87.

98,38. - n. (subst.) one of the nine

divisions of Buddha's doctrine (na-

vangam Satthusasanaiii) 109,34 (ja-

tak'-abbbuta-vedallaih).

abhi, prp. (= sa.) prefixed to

verbs and nouns, expressing the direc-

tion jjtowards" or superiority; before

vowels it takes the form abbh'« (v.

above),

abhikamkhati, vb. {sa, abhi-

ykanksh) to desire, to wait for, to

intend (acc); part. med. m, rvnaano

(dalha-ppaharam) 30,i3.

abhikirati, vb. (sa. abhi--\/kr,

kir) to pour over, to overwhelm (acc);

pr. 3. ag. -v-ati (ogho dipam) Dh. 25.

abhikkanta, mfn, (sa. abbikran-

ta, pp. ubhi-ykram) advanced, ex-

celleiit; n. (%/am, 69, ii — 95,88,

abhijanati, vb. (sa. abhi-y'jfia)

to perceive, to know, to learn, to re-

member (acc); pr. 1. eg. rwanii, 27,88;

ger, abhifiiiaya (attadattbam) Dh.

166, sayam »^, Dh. 363 (as I am in-

telligent myself); pp. abhinnata, v,

below,

abhinia, f, (aa, abhijfia) super-

natural faculty or intuitive knowledge;

dat, ^aya samvattati, conduces to

knowledge, 66,so. 93,8; instr. ~aya(saTakanam dbammaih desemi) from

my iDtuitive knowledge, 90,i6. - ®-vo-

sita, mfn, perfect in knowledge, m.

W..0, Dh, 423 (v, vosita). - cha-1-

abhiiiiia, mfn. having the six super-

natural faculties, m. pi, f>^&, 109,2a

(cp. cha). — jfianabhiiina, f. super-

natural power attained by meditation

(v. jhana), acc, «^am, 47, ss.

abhiiinata, mfn. (pp. abhijanati,

sa. abhijuata) known, distinguished;

m.pl. bahu-abhinnata, highly esteemed

(savaka) 109,i9.

abhittharati, vb, (probably an

old error for abhi-tvarati or abhi-

ttarati, sa. abhi-\/tvar) to make haste;

pot, 3. s^.>ne({./vetha(kalyane) ^hasten

towards the good", Dh. 116, (cp. ta-

ruti).

abhidhamma, m, (sa, abhi-dlinr-

ma) the higher dhamma or transceu-

dental doctrine, - Abhidhamina-pita-ka, n. name of the third of the three

great collections (nbaskets", cp. pi^aka)

of the Buddhist holy scriptures, com-

prising the following works: Dham-masafigani, Vibbanga, Kathavatthu,Puggala-paniiatti, Dhatukatha, Ya-iTiaka, Patthana; loc, rwe 102, is;

gen. ^assa 113, is,

abhjdhavati, vb. (sa, abhi-

y'dhav) to run up towards, to rush

towards; imp, 2. pi. ^atha (metri

cauaa .^atha) 30,i9 („haste to the

rescue"); aor. 3. sg, /v^vi, 76,98.

abbinandati, vb. (sa. abhi-

ynand) ') to rejoice at, to salute, to

welcome (acc.)\ pot. 8, ag, /veyya

rsakkaram) Dh. 76; pr, 3, pi, /wanti

(purisam sotthitn agatam) Dh. 219.— ") to applaud, to assent, to approve

(acc); aor, 3, ag, f^i (Bhagavatobbasitam) 93,i»; inf. .^iturii (tad

abhinanditun ti) 97,6.

abhinandin, mfn. (— sa) re-

joicing at; f. tatra-tatrabhinandini

(tanhS) finding its delight here and

there, 67,i8.

abhinava, mfn, (— aa,) quite

new, modern; loc, pi. xwesu pottha-

kesu, in modern manusoripts, 62,i9

(opp, porana-VabniniKkoamana, n, going

abhinimainSti 30

forth, esp. retiring from the houieholdlife. — maha-", n. „tbe great retire-

ment" o: Buddha's leaving his housein order to become a monk ; ^amnikkhamitum 66,is

abhinimminati, vh (sa. abhi-nir--y/ma) to create, to asBume another

aijpearance (ace); ffer. /x/itva (kassaka-vannam. the appearance of a plough*

man) 7/., 88.

abhinivesa, m. (^sa. abhinivcQa),adhering to, inclination to; upayupa-dana-** 96,io (q.v.) ; comp. to. the synon.

adhmh.ana {v.h.} 96,u.

*abhippakipaa, pp. (sa. *abhi-

pra-\/kir) strewn v, ith Unstr.); "-sayana,

loc.>,e (pupplianam r.mmananiattena)65,39.

*.ibhippaharaiii, f. {adj. fr.

"'abhi-pra-y'hr, tn.ced only in the foil,

paisage) ,^ni (sena Kaabassa) the

offensive (army of Kanha) 103,31.

abbibliavati, rb. (sa. abhi-\/bbu)to overcome, to overpower (acc); pr.

3. Rg. ^ati (paccamitte) 3,84; ger,

^bhuyya (sabbani parissayani) Dh.

328; pp. ^bhuta, m. khuppipasabhi-bhiito (felo), tormented by hungerand thirst, 84,88.

abhibhii, »i/Vi. (-=• sa.) one whoconquers or overcomes (at the end of

comp.)\ sabbabhibhu, ,«. having con-

quered all, Dh. 363; sabbalokabhi-bhuiii (viram, acc. m.) having con-

quered all the worlds, Dh. 418.

abhimatthati or abhiman-thati, vh.isa. abhi-v/raath, nianth)

to crush (acc); pr. 3. sg. <vati (dum-nedham) Dh. 161,

\

abhiiiiukha, mfn. (— sa.) turnedtowards ; m. pi. ,%.a abesurn, they metwith one another, 43, 19; most frequently

at the end of comp, : m. varanarukkba-bhimukho, 5,4; nagarabhimukho,43,14; f. Jetavanabhimukhi, 73,i8;

acc. m. devalokabhimukharii (ratbamakasi) 60,i9. - abh.niukham, adv.

39,9-10 (matta-varane ^ agaccliante,loc. even if a furious elephant weregoing towards them).

abhirati, f. (- »a.) delighting

in, pleasure; acc. tatra -^irfi iccheyya

Dh. 88. - an-abhirati, f.discontent

(«• f.).

abhiramati, t;t. {sa. abhi-\/ram)

to delight in, to take one's pleasure

with; pr. 3. sg. <^dX\ (niaya saddhirii)

46,2i; 3. pi. ^anti (ubho) 60,c; aor.

3. sg. ^i (tena saddhiiii) 20,ii; part,

med. m. ^mano (taya saddbim) 19, 19.

-pp. abhirata, v. an-abbirata; *abhi-

ranta, only in conip, yathabbirantam,

adv. as long as you like or think fit

70,80 {v. yatba, cp. yatbakamarii).

dur-abhirama, mfn. (g. v.).

*abhirainapeti, 1)6. {caits, II fr.

last) ') to ciiuse one to take his plea-

sure with; pot. 1. sg. -^.eyyaiii (raja-

nam inaya saddbim) 46,2j. - '') to

delight, to divert; part, f. pi. ^eutiyo(itthiyo) 64,31.

abhirSpa, mfn.{-^ sa.) handsome,

beautiful, lovely; «(. ^^o (mabasamano)76,31 ; acc. ,>^am (purisam) 10,25; f.

f^a. (haiiisapotika) 10,4.

abbirShati, vh. {sa. abhi-yruh)to ascend, to mount {acc.)\ pr, 3. sg.

,>^ati (dantam, sc. nagaiii) Dh. 321;imp. 2. eg. ^& (pitthim me) l,i9;

2. pi, rvatlia, 22,5; aor. 3. sg. I,i9.

25,19 (navam); 5. pi, n,.imsu, 22,6;

gir. •) ^ruylia, 20,i3; >•) ^riihitva.

21,10. 61,18 (pabbataiii).

abhilakkhita, mfn. {sa. ablii-

laksbita, pp. abhi-ylaksb) fixed, de.

termined for; Mi. ^0 (maha-uposatba-divaso) 22,19.

abbivaddhati, vb, {sa, abhi-

yvrdh) to increase; pr. 3, sg. ^ati(yuso) Dh. 24. - pp. abhivaddba, n,

r^&ih blranani „the abounding Biranagrass", 107,33 -= Dh. 335 (or havewe to take this form as part, pr.fTrenckner takes it as pp. abbi--i/vrsh,

CJ3. the readings ^vattam&^vuddhara,Morris, JPTS. '86,"p. 143).

abhivadana. n. or *abhiva*dana. f. {sa. abbiv.adana, «.) re-

spectful salutation, reverence; ^U. {w,loc, ujjugatesu) Dh. 108. - *abbiva-

3\ amraa

dana-sili«, mfu, {cp. sa. "-(jila) re-

Bpectful; gen. m. ^is8a, Dh, 109.

abhivadeti, vb. (cans, abhiva-

dati, sa. abhi-\/vad) to salute respect-

fully (ace.);ger. ^etva ( Bhagavantam)

€8,17. 96,3.

abhisaihkbata, mfn. {pp. abhi-

saiiikbaroti, so. abhi-sam-s-y'ki') pre-

pared, cooked; gen, r^assa (sappi-

madbu-sakkara-°. payasassa) 6 1,36.

abbisarakhara, {sa. abbisaih-

skara) ') preparation. *) development,

exercise, practise; aco. /^aih 68,36.

69,2. (iddha-°, v. next).

*abhisamkhareti, vb, {cans.

abbi-sam-8-\/k}') ^ to prepare. *) to

exercise, practise, effect (acc); pot. 1.

sg. ^eyyaih (iddbabhisaihkbaram,„an exercise of miraculous power" {v.

iddhi) 68,36; aor. 3, sg, ^esi (id.)

69,2.

abbisajati or abbisajjati, vb.

{sa. abbi-y'sanj) to offend;pot. 3. sg.

~saje (yaya na , . kanci, by words)

Dh. 408.

*abhi8ambujjhati {sa, *abhi-

8ain-\/budb) to gain perfect knowledge

of; pp. ,x/buddha, part, /^budhana,V. bcloto.

*abbi8ambujjbana, n. {fr.last)

enlightment, gaining the perfect know-

ledge (possessed of a Buddha); "-kala,

m. 63,7.

abhisambuddha, mfn, {pp.abbisambujjbati, sa, id.) having

attained perfect knowledge; m. pa-

tbamabhisambuddbo (Buddho) „hav-

ing just attained theBuddhaship", 66,3.

*abbi8ambudhana, mfn, (part,

fr, abbisambujjbati, op. sa. part, aor,

budbana) who has learnt, understood;

m. .vo (kayam marioidhammam)Dh. 46.

*abhi8ambbava, m. {fr, abhi-

sambhavati , sa. abhi-sam-\/bhu),

reaching, attaining. — dur-abnisam-

bhava, mfn. {q.v.).

abbiseka, m. {sa. abbisheka)

anointing, inauguration of a king; acc,

/^am karetva „cauBed himself to be

anointed king" 36,29; etassa imasmimrajabbisekakale, now when he is being

anointed king, 11,6.

a b h i 8 e c a n a , n. (sa. abbishecana)-m prec. /^am (ulukassa) ll,i6.

a mace a, m. {sa. amatya) a com-

panion or minister of a king, courtier;

rwO, 38,17; pi. i^a, 40,9; acc. pi. >^e,

40,7; instr. pi, rwehi, 39,3i. - "-adayo,

the courtiers and others, 102,6 {cp,

adi). sesamacce {acc. pi.), all his

courtiers, 40,6 {v. 8esa). mittamacca{pl.) friends and companions, 92,8.

"-brahmana-gahapatike (acc. pi.) o:

all people of higher rank (opp. 8abba-

seniyo) 42,2 {cp. Fick, Soc. Glied.

p. 93 & 164). "-sabassena {instr.)

a thousand courtiers, 39,26, 62,8. °-pa-

rivuta, mfn. 40,8o. •'-gana-parivuta,

mfn. 39,98, "-parivarita, mfn. 112,26.

sattamucca-satanuga. mfn. v. anuga.

samacca. mfn. {q. v.).

amuka. mfn. {fr. the pron. base

aniu-, == sa. cp. asu & asuka) this or

that, such and such a person (or thing)

referred to without name; loc. m, /^as-

mim okase, 7B,e. {cp. ayam, 4.)

amba, m. {sa, amra) the mangotree (Mangifera Indica); «vO. 37,22;

gen. <^assa, 37, i; pi. n^a. 100,i3; acc,

pi. ^e, 100,u; instr. pi. -^ebi, 2,io.

— *'-pakka, n. {sa. *amra-pakva) a

mango fruit; rwam, 36,31 — ambapba-1am, 36.34. "-panas'-adibi, 2,90 {v.

panasa & adi). "-pindi, f. {sa. *amra-pindi) a bunch of mangos, acc. ^irii,

15,2, o-labujadinam, l,i4 {v. labuja).

'-vana, a mango grove, loc, /^e, 77,ao;

46,14 (Makhadeva-", g. v.) 46,7 (M-x/

uyyane). "-samika, m, the owner of a

mango tree, t^o, 100,is.

*ambho, indecl, (fr, ham -j- bhos,

cp, hambho & bho) ') a voc. particle

:

Hallo! {w. voc), /-vsarathi, 43,2i, *)

exclamation expressive of anger or in-

dignation {w, voc), <N/dut(ha-brab-

mana, 33,i6; '%,<puri8a, 101,i8.

am ma, indecl, (used in addressing

a woman), v, riext,

am ma, f, {sa, amba) a mother;

ammana 33

gen, ^Eya. 46,8; voe. amme io usually

shorteued to amma: *)u8ed by children

addreBsiog their mother, 9,i9. 22,it;

') by any perion addressing one (or

more) women, 49,81 (a maid to her

Indy); 87,10 (a father to his daughter),

am m ana, n. (sa. armana ? cp.

Childers 8, v.) a certain measure of

copBcity, a trough, a canoe; O-mattena{instr, V, matta') in a measure of an

a- (pupphanam .>^ abhippakinna-saya-

na) 66,29.

amha, ainhi, v. atthi.

amha(n), n. = asmax (so. a^man)a Btone; instr. -^ana, 104,6 {cp. Win-disch, Mara, p. 8 & 12). - amha-maya,mfn. (sa. a^ma-maya) made of stone,

hard; acc. f^nm (maniifa) Dh. 161.

amhakam, amlie, etc., v. aham.

ay aril, pron. m. & f. (sa. ayam,

f. iyam) n. iiarii (si. idam). Theotiier forms are taken from the base

ima- or a- : nam. eg. m, ayath, 3,i.

6,3; by contraction with a preceeding

a-sound : c&yaih, QQa; by elision ;

'iiyarii 17,98. 37,so; Dh. 66, or 'yaih,

lU8,i7; before palatals : iiyafi, 74, 31.

- f ayarh. 21, n. 9,ih (iiyiifl oa). -«. idaiii, 16,16; 'idarii, 67,8; imarii,

1(!0,4. - acc. imarfi 2,8 (m.); 3,26 (/".);

17,j; Dh. 196 (im') (m.). - instr. m.

n. imina, 8,33; oi,i5. f, iniaya, 42,i8;

75,35. — gen, (dut.) m. («.) imassa,

2,99; 4,31; assa. 1.5; 'ssa, 3, 11; f.

imissh. 3,8; 31,4; ussa, 48,96; 73,23

(assa -= issa ?); 87, 10. - abl. m. asma,

Db. 290. - loc. m. («.) imasmiin, 1,13;

3 23; asmiiii, Dh. 242. - pi. nom. m,

iiiie. 4,6 ; 66,25 ('m 3) ; 60,t (ma-y-irae).

- acc, m. ime. 41,3s; f. ima. 2,9; n,

imani, 81,97. - instr, m, imehi, 55,95.

- gen. m. imesaiii, 2,6; 14,96. - loc,

m, n, imesu, 31, jo; bl,s7. - ') this,

this here (referring to a person or

thing 2^r£sent or in qtiesfion) opp,

pava, Dh. 220. 410. - ^) referring to

the preceeding, 67,.-, (ayarii kho sa);

73,23 (ime divase, acc. pi. „the lust

few days"). — ') referring to the follow-

ing, 67,3-10; 85,28. — ')—. such, like

that, 31,6 (imam acchadanara) ;2,«

(imesaiii sattanarii, like «»)' ^*'"(id.); repeated : ayaii ca ayafi oa, 43,88;

idafl c'idaii ca, 44,i3 (cp. asuka, a-

muka). - *) combined u: pron. relat.X

y'ayarii (= yo ayarii) Dh. 66; yAyam

If.) 67,i»; yad idarfi, 97... - '')ayam

is gometimes used as pron. 3. pers.,

esp, the gen. eg. assa, assa, enclit. —tassa, tassa (v. ta-). cp. eta- (esa).

ayana, n. (-= sa. cp. eti) walking,

road. - ekayana, mfn. (q. v.).

ay as, m. {comp. ayo. «ow^ ayo,

sa. ayas, «.) iron; instr. ayasa (=ayato, Comm.) 106,i9 = Dh. 240.

{cp. ayasa. mfn.)

ayo-gula, m. {sa. ayo-guda) an

iron-ball; ^0. 107, i = Dh, 308.

ayya, mfn. (sa. iirya, cp. arya)

honorable, worthy; hi. .>^o Devadatto,

75,4. - The voc. ayya is frequently

used in respectfully addressing a

person : 2,29. 4,3 etc. 33, i (ayya 'ti);

pi. ayya (by addressing more persons)

21,10. 73,4; and oven the nom. eg.

ayyo is used as voc. particle (la both

genders and numbers) ; 18,8-91-25. {cp,

ariya.)

ayy a-putta, »». {sa. arya-putra)the son of an honbrable man, master;

nom. ,vO. 65,32; voc, -%.a, 65, 15 (de-

signation of a master by his servant),

ayyika, {fr, ayya. .sa. aryika,

aryaka) grandmother; ^a, 108,i5.

ayyo, v. ayya.

araiifia, n. {sa. aranya) a forest;

acc. (^arii, 6,7; abl. .^ato, 6,15; loc.

i^e, 5,80 ;pi. ->.ani, Dh. 99; loc. (n/BSU,

73,84. - *<*-ayatana, n. a forest haunt;

loc, ^e, 1,4. 3,80. - *Htliana, n. a

place in a forest; loc. <x^e, 32,i4,

araha, mfn. {sa. arlia) deserving,

worthy; m. pi. .>.ii („holy men") 109,8.

- pujaraha, mfn. {sa, pujarlia) de-

serving hommage; acc. m.pl. /^e^ Dh,195. - maharaha, mfn. {sa. maharha).Very valuable, precious, splendid; m.

0^0 (manto) 32,io; acc. ,-vaiii (utta-

maratharii) 63,4; (sayanarii) 112,2; n.

pi. -^ani (asanani) 61,25. {cp. next.)

33 alika

araha<, m. {sa. arhat) a venerable

person, a saint, an Arhat, who has

reached the highest stage of sanctiiica-

tion from which he can enter Nirvana;

nom. sg. araha (dasah* aiigehi sam-annagato) 82,i4; gen, «^ato (Sani'

masambuddhassa) 81,5; ace. /v^antam,

Dh. 420; pi. .^anto (satta) the first

seven Arhats, viz, Buddha himself, the

poDoavaggtyil bhikkhQ ($.v.), and Yasa,

70,18; gen. pi, ^atam, Dh, 164, (op.

arahiitta.)

arahati, vb. (sa. y'arh) ') to be

worthy of (ace. or inf.) ;pr. 3. sg.

/vati (kasavaih, metrically — arliati)

Dh. 9; 2. sg, ^asi (mama vijite

vasituiii) 38,20 ;part. araha< {v. /«.).

— *^ to he obliged to, to be able

to (inf.); ko tam ninditum i^ati,

„who would dare to blame him?"Dh. 230.

arahatta, n. (sa. arhatva) Arhat-

ship (cp. araha<); ace. .%/arii, 89,i6.

*Arahanta-vagga, m. name of

the seventh chapter of Dhammapada.ariya, mfn. (sa. arya, ep. ayya)

honorable, noble ; elect, holy ; m. o^o,

Dh. 270; ace. ^am (= aryara) Dh.

208; gen. pi. /s.anam (= aryanaih)Dh. 22. 164. 206; instr. pi. ^ebhi,Dh. 162 bis; ~o atthangiko maggo,67,3. 108,14; ace. 107,2o. _ *o. ppave-

dita. mfn. preached by the elect; loc,

/N^e (arya-, dhamme) Dh. 79. -*''-bhumi, f. the world of the elect;

ace. -'wiiii, Dh, 236. - an-ariya, mfn.

(q. v.).

ariya-sacca, (sa. arya-satya)

sublime truth; n^&m (dukkham) 67,8

(the sublime truth [concerning] the

pain); 67,i2\(dukkhasamudayam, q.

v.); pi. /Np-ani (cattari) 82,io. 107,i8.

*ariya-8avaka, m. an elect or

holy disciple; «vO, 28,3. 71,5; acc.pl.

«N/e, 73,32.

aru, n, (ad. arus) a wound; *aru-

kaya, m, a wounded body (or mfn.

covered with wounds?) aco, <^ain,

Dh. 147.

aruna, m. (—> $9.) the davo, the

Fill OlMMTT-

sun. — *arunuggamana, n. sunrise

;

abl. rwS, 12,18. - *aruna-vela, f. (id.);

loc, ~aya, in that very moment whenthe sun was rising, ih. (cp, vela).

arhati, v, arahati.

ala, n. (?) (sa. ala, cp. ada) the

claw of a crab; instr. ozena, 4,35;

instr, pi, f^ehi (kammara-sandasenaviya") 6,8,

alaih, indecl. (—= sa.) enough:

») w.voc. />/ Devadatta, 74,s4; /vavuso,

76,3j, - ') w. gen. pers. -wmayham,I have had enough, 28,84. - *) w. instr,

.x* (vo ratanehi) 27,8b; soraetimes de-

noting what a person dqol^ care for ;

o^etehi ambehi, 2,io. - •) w. dat, final.

<Nzhi te aiiuanaya /vsammohaya, no

wonder that you feel ignorant and

confused, 94,24.

alamkata, mfn. (pp. fr. next., S(?i.

alam-krta) adorned, decorated; »». r^o,

45,30. Dh. 142; *'-sirigabbhe, 41,34

(q. v.); "-patiyatta, mfn. splendidly

dressed or decorated (q. v.).

alamkaroti, vb. (sa. alam-i/kr)

*) to adorn; ger. />/itva (ace.) 20,9.

68,19. 63,4. — ^)to adorn oneself; -x-itva,

19,13. - pp. alariikata, v. above, -cans. /N.'karapeti, q. v.

alamkara, m. (=- sa.) ornament,

decoration; inslr. sabbalariikaremi

alamkaritva, adorning it richly, 63,4;

instr. pi. sabbalamkarehi, 58,i8.

- sabbalamkara-patimandita, mfn.

64,29 (g. v.); "-vibhusita, mfn. 61,7

(2. v.).

*alamkarapeti, vb. (cans. II.

alamkaroti) to cause to be decorated

(ace); ger. ^etva (maggam) 62,7.

alapu, n. (sa. alabu) a gourd;

pi. f^nui, Dh. 149.

alika, mfn, (sa. alika) false, dis-

pleasing. — n. falsehood, untruth

;

fN/am bhanam, speaking a falsehood,

Dh. 264; na tassa o^am bhanitara

(sc. maya) I did not tell him a lie,

108,3o; fN^am bhasasi, 97,3i (— musa-vada). - alika-vjidin, mfn. lying,

speaking a falsehood; ace, m, /viuam

44,9.

3

allBpa 34

allapa, m. {sa. alapa) speaking

to; "-scllapa, n^ oonverBation ; /x/am

kf.tva, 1j6,ss. ep. illapati.

*allika. mftu {probably fr. 5-^1^"alayaka-*alyaka) adhering, devoted

to, only comp. w. suk'ia-, v. kama-sukhalUka-.

alii yati, vh. (sa, a-v/Ii) to adhere;

part. in. an-alliy?.nto. careless of {w.

ace. kilesaratirii) 4o,i9.

ava, indecl. (— sa) prefix to verbs

and nou-is expressing „down, back,

as.de, away". Thit prefix is very fre-

quently contracted to „o", both after

another prp. (ajjh-0-harati) and before

a single or double consonant (okasat

okkamati); but after „vi" we find it

sometimes uncontracted (vavatthapita,

cp. vohara etc.) and in comp. like

an-avakasa, likewise before vowels

(avekkhati). cp. ora, orima.

avakasa, v. okasa.

a vac a, mfn. (— sa.) low {opp.

ucca) V. uccavaca.

avacara, m. (=» sa.) only at the

end of comp. -= the sphere or dominion

of, V. a-takkavacara.

*avajalla, v. rajovajalla.

avajanati, vb. (sa. ava-\/jfia) to

despise (ace); pr. 3. sg. -^ati (raetri

causa) 103,30.

avajiyati, vb. (sa. pass. ava-\/ji)

to be conquered; pr. 3, sg, .%^ati.

Dh. 179.

avatthita, mfn. {pp. fr. avati-

(thati, sa. ava-v^stha) firm, steady. -an-avatthita-citta, mfn. (q. v.).

avattharana, n. (sa. avastarana)

spreading; deploying an ^rmy; raniio

''-bhavam fiatva. „wheD he saw that

the king bad deployed his forces" 36,2*

(cp. bhava).

avattharati and ottharati,vb, (sa. ava-y'str) to spread, scatter

about, overturn; to overspread, over-

whelm (ace); ger, «./itva, (bhatta-

patim) 34,13; (turiyabhandani) 6.5,5;

•jttharitva (sc. jalam, referred to the

:igen8 sakunikena) 88,34. —pp. otthata,

overwhelmed, cuught; loc. pi. -v-esu

(iMara-jalena) when they have been

caught in Mfira's net, 88,56.

avadharana, n. (- sa.) ascer-

tainment, emphasis; ~am, the signi-

fication of the particle „kho|', 85,31.

avasakkati, v. osakkati.

avasarati, vb. (sa. ava-v/sr) to

proceed towards, to comH (down) to;

aor, 3. sg. tad avasari, 77,i9. 81,9.

avasana, n. (— sa.) conclusion,

termination, end; loc. adv. ~e, at last,

34,8; comp. bhattakicca-". 86,15;

gatha-», 87,1 ; desana-", 89,a. Con-

traded ! osana, "-gatha, f. a final

stanza, acc. -^aiii, 27, ai. cp, pariyo-

Bana.

avasittha, mfn. (sa. ava^ishta,

pp. ava-^Qish) left, remaining; n.

<%./arii (sukaramaddavaih) 78,u; -^arii

hoti (ayuiii) 44,28 ; m, pi. /^a ahesuiii

(dve jana) 33,8i.

avasesa, mfn, (sa, avagesba. n.)

left, remaining; m. pi. ^y^a,, 7,i4. 86,23

(opp, eka); gen, (dat.) pi. ,%^anam,

7,15. - avasesa-sigala (m. pi.) 40,2i.

*avassuta, mfn. (sa. ava-sruta

or *ava-a.-sruta. \/3ru) 'rotten, leaky'

;

metaph. lustful (cp. Jat. IV 20,22 : an-

avasButa niTvii (watertight) and SBE.

X,i3). - an-avassuta-citta, mfn. (q.v.)^

cp. an-ussuta & asava.

avaharati, vb. (sa. ava-\/hr) to

take away (acc); pr. 1. sg. .>,iTmi

(nabam ambe 1^, I did not take away)

100,u; pot. 8. sg. ~eyya (ambaih)

100,19. - pp. avahuta. »n. i)l. r^&,

100,13.

"avapurapeti, vb, (cans. It.

avapurati — sa. apa-Y/vr & apa-y/vr)

to cause to bo opened; ger, -%^etva

(nagaradvarani) 39,25. cp, aparuta.

Avici, n. (or f.) nom. pr. (-=> sa.

m.) the last (lowest) of the eight great

hells (cp. niraya); loe. rvimbi, 27,i4.

avekkhati, vb. (sa. ava-y/iksh)

to look at, to look down upon (acc);

pr. 3. sg. ^ati (bale^ Dh. 28; pot. 3.

sg. ~eyya (attano katani) Dh. 60;

part, acc. m. />^antam Hokam) Dh.170.

35 ahaiii

avhaya, ni. {sa. ahvaya) appella-tion, name; only at the end of adj.

comp., V. savhaya.

asani, /". (sa, agani) a thunderbolt,lightning ;_»jo»i. sg. ,^i (patita) 17,29;loc. «^iya (sise . patantiya) 39, lo;

"-vegena (instr.) tastily like a flash

of lightning (cp. vega) 12,82,

asi^ H). (sa. asi) a sword; aco,

-%-iiii, 111,25; insti; <>^ina, 33,i7; asi-

satti-dhanu-adini (avudhani) 6,12;

"-cammam, »i. sword and shield, 76,i6,

asi^ pr. 3. sg. atthi (3. v.).

asiti, mm. (/".) (sa, agiti) eighty;

caturasiti — 84 (sa. catur-aQiti),

"-vassa-sahnssani, 44,8o, - *a8iti-koti-

vibhava, mfn. very rich, gen. m, -vassa

(setthino) 22,i3. - "-sahassa, m. pi.

(bhikkhu) 80,000, 97,4, cp. asitika.

asu, pron. mf. (sa. asau) n, adura(sa. adas) that; the other cases are

lornied on the base amu- (cp. amuka).*asuka, mfn. (fr. last. cp. sa.

amuka) this or that, such and sucha person (or thing) ; loc. m. ,-wasmim(game) 92,u. - comp. "-kale, 88,23;

"-gehe, 58,3. cp. amuka and ayaih'*).

asura. m. (-= sa.) an evil spirit,

demon; pi. the opponents of the gods;

nom. pi. /N^a, 59,24; ace. r^e, 59,25;

gen. o^anam, 60,i4; loc. ^esu, 60,i7.

— **'-kaiifia, f. daughter ot the Asuras,

ace. rvaih (Sujatb) 54,7. - *"-bhava-

nam, n. the world of the A. 69,27.

astu, asmi. v. atthi.

assa', m. (sa. a^va) a horse; ace.

»vam, 66,17; pi. o^a, Db. 94; acc.pl,

rs^e, 44,11 ; maiigalasso, a horse of

state (v, mangala) 24,29; valahassa-,

a flying horse (t;.va]aha)21,34 (*'-yoni);

sigbasso „a racer" (v. sigha) Dh. 29(opp. abalassa „a hack", v. a-bala).

— ^'-diita, m. a messenger on horseback,

68,31. - **'-pota, m. a foal, 2,i8 ("-ppa-

mana, mfn.) ;— **'-bhandaka, horse

trappings (saddle and bridle) 65, 17. —"-ratana, n. (coll.) valuable horses,

24,19. — *-rajaH, m. 'king /f horses'

(Kanthaka) 65,i». — ®-sala, f. a stable

for borsep, 65,i7. cp. assatara below.

assa^ pot, 3. sg. v. attbi.

assa^ assa, pron. gen. v. ayarii.

assatara, m. (sa. aQvatara) a

mule; pi. ^R, Dh, 322.

assama, m. (sa, acjrama) the hut

of an ascetic; loc. «N^e, 36,o, — "-pad a,

n. a hermitage, a place where ascetics

have made their huts; aec. ^am, 36,6.

assava, mfn. (sa. a(;rava) com-pliant, obedient; f. ^a (gcpi) 104,33;

n, ^&m (cittaiii) 105,2; pi. ,>wa, 105,2S.

assada, w?. (sa. asvada) enjoy,

ment, delight; a delicacy; ace. ^aiQ47,90 (opp. adinava") 104,i5.

""assadana, f. (cp, sa, asvadaiiai

n.) a delicacy, 104,u.

assasa, nt, (sa. S(;va8a) breathing,

inhaling; "-passaso, inhaling andbreathing forth, 80,89,

assaseti, vb, (sa, eatis. a-y'gvas)

to cause to take breath, to comfort,

to encourage (acc.)\ ger. -v^etva, 20,o.

40,39.

assu, n. (sa. acjru) a tear or coll.

tears; nom. sg. />^u, 82,5. 97,23; rwum,89,14; instr. /^/una (akkbihi paggha-rantena) 5,i4. — "-mukba, mfn.with a tearful face, m, r^o (rodaifa)

Dh. 67,

aba, n. (sa. abar & aban) a day.

•) at the end of comp. ek.aben' (instr.)

in the course of one day, 57,8; ekaba-dviba'-ccayena, in a day or two, 32,24

(cp, accaya); ekabadviham (ace.) one

-or two days, 50,6; katipabara (q. v.)

a few days, 7,27 etc.; dviha-tiharii,

two or three days, 36,6; sattfiham,

seven days, 23, lO. 66,4. — In somefew cases we find -anba (fr. the weakstem aban) v. pubbanba, sayanha.— *) as the first part of comp. 'abo'

(fr. sa. abar) v. abo-ratta, aho-ratti.

abam, pron. 1. pers. (sa. abam)'I'; nom. abam (abam, aban) 1,7. 2,9.

65,15; by contraction or elision : abam,'bam, 1,21. 7,9. 104,2i; after the verb:

janeyyahaih, 94,3i ; labbami'ham,108,25; patam' abam, 108,36. — ace

'

') mam, 2,3. 13,i5 (man'ti) ;') mamam,

16,2. 47,10 (mamafi ca). — instr. (abl.)

8»

ahimksra 36

mays, 3,1*. 4,«e. — gen. (dat.) •) may-)iam, 2,11-29. 3,9. 4,11 etc. *) mama,1,17. 71,88 [mam') 72,jo (mama-y-idarii).

') mamam, 72,so. *) me, l,i9. 2,«.

112,20 (m'); this form is also often

eubstituted for other cases : ~> instr.

4,S3. 45,5. 66,23. 90,!!6. — abl. 72,i. —loc. mayi, 19,29. — pi. nom. •) mayaih,

1,8. 66,32 (^ sg.). ") amhe, 21,3o. -ace. amhe, 4,i9. 73,5. — instr. (ahl.)

amhehi, 6, is. 74,i2. — gen. (dat.) *)

amhakaiii, 1,2*. 4,i. *) no, 11,3. 12,3.

56,33 (= sg.); substituted for itistr.

b4:,ib. — loc. amhesu, 4,ii. — Com-bined w. pron, demonstr, es'ahaiii,

6r>,i9; ace. tam mam, 103,2; gen.

tassa lie, 103. 3; w. j)ron. rel. pi.

ye mayaiii, 106,23; gen. {daf.) yesan

no, Dh. 200. — Constructions to be

noticed : na te ahari;, T am not amongtho.ie, 72,33; tumhe mam . . . janatha(6c. pesakarasalam gaccbamanarii)

8b', is; mama rattindivam . . . najilnami (sc. maranabliavam) 88,22.

ep, next.

*abirakara, m. {ft: aham & \/kr,

su. ahamkara) the false view that there

is an Ego, the first of the three anu-

sayas ((£. v.), explained in the comm.by 'ditthi' (5. v.); 94,ii : sabba-ahim-

kara - mamirakara - mananusayanamkhaya. Some Mss, iiave here and in

parallel passages the reading ahaiiikara

(— sa. cp. SN. Ill 32,1-3 (vol. I p.

l32)), vtrhich generally means ^selfish-

ness, pride".

aho, indccl. (~= sa.) an exclama-

tion {w. nom. or a fuH\ sentence)

expressive of satisfaction or enjoyment,

42,17 (aho vata bho), 68,12 {r^ pufifia-

riaiii phalaih), 86,m (^ Buddlianara

katha minia acchanya), or of re-

proach, 59,21 (.^ andhabiTlasi).

ahoratta, m. (sa. ahor.atra) dayand night; "-anusikkhiji, mfn. study-

ing day and night, gen. pi. ^inam,Dh. 226. cp. aha.

*ahoratti, f. (sa. *ahoratri) =prec. ; ace. sabbaiii r^iiii, through the

whole day and night, 107,25 — Dh. 387.

1.

a, prp. (= sa.) near to, towards,

until;generally prefixed to verbs and

their derivatives, but shortened to 'a'

before more consonants, e. g. accha-

deti, assaseti, allapa, etc.^

akamkhati, vb. (sa. a.-\/k&nksh)

to wish, to desire (ace.); pr. 3. sg.

/>.-ati (pacchasamanam) 82,26; part,

med. m. ^amano, 79,ii („if it should

80 wish"); ger. akamkha (viragam)

Dh. 343.

akaddhati, vb. (sa. a-\/krsh) to

draw to or away with one's self; ger.

/^itva (hanukattbikena, by the jaw-

bone) 40,18; 59,8.

akappa. m. (sa. akalpa) gestures,

manners; instr. <-wena, 49,8.

akara, m. (— sa.) plenty, multi-

tude; a mine; gantbakara, q. v.

akara, »». (— sa.) form, appearance,

conditio!); sign, token, hint; manner,

way; anekakara, mfn. multiform (v.

an-eka);apanetabbakara-ppatta, «!/«.

intolerable (v. ap.aneti); patanakara-ppatta, mfn. being on the point of

falling out, 12,21; sabbakara-puri-

punna, »«/"«. altogether perfect, 10,20;

sabbakara-varOpeta. mfn. endowedwith every grace, 81,4 (cp. vara);

dvattimsakara, g, v. ; chatakakara,sign of hunger, 41,8 (v. /(.); olokita-

k.arenOva (instr.), at the first sign of

her being looked at (?) 87,25; agama-nakivra, 41,8i (how he had come back);

annenfikiirena (instr.) in another way(o: wrong) 91,32.

akaaa, m. (sa. akiiqa) the air,

sky; space; ace. rvaifa, 14,i6; instr.

^ena, through the air, 19, i7. 36,io;abl, ^a. 33,6. ^ato, 32,ii; loe. ^d11,19. 17,35. Dh. 264-6 (cp. bahira& SBE. X, p. 64 Note). - O-carika.

mfn. going through the air, 36,35 (m.~o). - "-anaficayatana, n. 80,5 (v.h.).

akincaniia, w. (sa. akiiiicanya,fr. a-kincana. q. v.) want of anypossession, nothingness, "-ayatana, n.the abode of nothingness, non-existence,

37 Scikkhati

ace, «wam, 80,7 j"- -samapatti, 80,8

akirati, vb. (sa. a-^kir) to eoatter

or sprinkle over (ace); get; ,%^itva

(paiilSUiii, filled them up with earth)

40,e; (padapaiiisiini upari muddhani,the dust at his feet over its head) 77,8

;

pr. 3. sg. med, <^ate (rajaih') Dh, 313.

*akoteti, vb. {sa, *a-)/kuii, cans,

cp, kotteti) to beat, to trample in

(ace); ger. n^etm (pariisum) 40,0.

agacchati, vb. (sa. a-ygam &ga) to go, come, approach, arrive; to

return, come back; pr, 3. sg, ,vati,

12,9; 1. sg. «N/ami (padena) 98,8; 1,

pl, /x-ama, 23,i9; — imp.3.sg. ^atu,4,83; 2. sg. ~a, 75,7; 3. pl, -vatha,

75,9. 76,85; — pot, 3, pl. <N/eyyum,

101,0 ; — fut. 3. sg. agacchissati, 15,o,

and agamissati, 22,87. Dh. 121; l.pl,

agamissama, 23, 19; — aor, 3, sg.

agama, 18,34. agami, 57,u, aga, 114,8;

3. pl. agamittha, 39,8; 3, pl, aga-

miiiisu, 73,31 ; — part, vi, agacchanto(maggarii) on the way, 28, 18; 57,3a;

ace, -^^antarii, 2,3i; ace. f. rN./antim,

49,1 J— ger. agantva, 6,30, 7,5. 9,34.

10,8. 31,23; agamma (sa. agamya)Dh. 87. 192 — 107.33. 61,i9. 110,28;

- pp. agata. q. v,

agata, mfn. (=> sa. pp. fr, agac-

chati) ') come, arrived, returned; in,

.%/0, 4,24. 16,12; ace. (N.-am, 9,22; fre.

quently used as finite tense : 9,27 ('vo),

67,33 etc. agato'smi, 98,2; agat'amhi

(/".) 73,18; — comp. mam tava santi-

karii agata-kale ganhahi (when I have

returned) 3,i7; "-velaya {loe.) when

he returned, 20,io; agatagata {m.pl,

rattbavasino) who from time to time

came, 18,8; '-bhava, m, coining, ar-

riving, coming near, ace, «vBlh, 40,iT.

88,8; ""ttbana, n, — agatabbava

{cp. tbana) aco. /x<aih, 19,i8; •'-matta,

mfn, at one's arrival, aco, m. tarn

>N/aih, 33,88; adhunagata, mfn. a

new-comer, 37,i6 {ep, adbuna); cira-

gata, mfn. long absent, m, 1^0 (na

ciragato — adbunagato?) 9,87. -*) occurred, related (in quotations)]

Mahapadane "-nayena „in the man-ner related in M." 63,12. — ^) known

;

agatagania, mfn. {= sa,) acquainted

with the figamas {q. v.), m. pl, <^a,

109,20. — an-agata, q, v.

agama, m, {•— sa.) ') arrival.

*) knowledge, science, esp. a sacred

work containing traditional doctrine,

the five Nikuyas or Sutta-pitaka thus

called by the northern Buddhists (who,

however, know only fragments thereof);

"-pitakam (suttasammatam) 110,8 —Sutta-pltaka, — agatagama, mfn, v,

above,

agamana, n, (— sa.) coming,

arriving, returning; ace. >^am, 22,88.

33,29. 87,6-86; "-bhava, wi. the having

arrived, aee. o./am, 9,i4; "-akara, wayof returning, 41, 31 (3. v.),

agami H, mfn. (— sa.) coming,

returning; v. sakad-agami/i.

agara, n. (— sa.) a house, v.

agarn, cp, an-agara.

ilghiita, m, {— sa.) 'striking,

killing'; ill-will, malice; ^0 (Deva«duttassa Bhagavati) 74,82; "-niatta,

n. fN./ani pi nakilsi „not so much as

en angry thought", 40,i {cp. matta').

acariya, »n. (sa. acarya) u teacher;

<N/0, 16,23 (disapamokkho, brahmano);•'-antevasike {ace. pl.) a teacher andhis pupil, 32,21. — *acariya-bhaga,m. a teachers fee, 64,24 (^o), — *aca»

riya-vada, m, pl. r%,E, the doctrines

of old teachers, 113,27, — cp, afina-

tbacariyaka.

acara, m, (= sa,) good conduct,

morality; sllacaro, nvirtues", 43,S3;

sila-gunacaro, a holy life, 28,s4. -*acara-kusala, mfn, perfect in beha*

viour, m. /vo, Dh, 376. -- an-acara,

. g. ti.

acikkhaii, vb. {sa, a-v/caksh)

to tell, communicate, explain, point

out (ace); to instruct {gen,)\ pot. 3,

sg. /%-eyya (maggaiii inulbassa) 69,i6;

- aor, 8. sg. ,^i (attham) 13,i4; -fut. 1. sg. ^issami (cittarucitam

tumbakam) 55,87; — imp. 2. sg. ^a,(maggam no) 66,sa*, — part, m, i^&n-

acinati 38

to (karanBih) 37,8«; — get. ^itva,

53,13. 56,34. 58,j (w. gen. -bhariyaya)

;

an-acikkhitva (tesam) without telling

them anything about it, 25,31.

acinati &acinati, vh, (sa. 5-\/ci,

-cinoti) to gather, accumulate; part.

«». aoinain (^acinanto) Dh. 121-22(thokathokam).achanna, mfn. (sa. acchanna,

pp. a-\/chad) — acchanna, pp. accha-

deti {q. v.) covered ; m. bhasmachanno(pavako) covered by ashes, 106, aa

--- Dh. 71.

*ajanna, nifn. (=-• ajaniya, cp. sa.

ajaneya) of noble birth, v, puri-

sajanna.

*ajana, mfn. only in the comp,

dur-ajana, q. v.

ajanati, vb. (sa. a-\/jna) to un-

derstand, to perceive; pr. 3. pi. /^anti

(attham) 90,3o; aor. 3. sg. afinasi,

67,a. 65,ai. 87,a5; 68,ai {w. double

aa.); ger, aanaya, D.i. 275. 411;

cans, iinapeti, q. -'. -- cp. afifia, /".,

ana, /"., dur-ajana, mfn.

ajaniya, mfn. (sa. ajaneya) of

noble birth, of good breed (as a horse);

m. pi. ^^Vi sindhava „noble Sindhu

horf-es", Dh. 322.

iijiva. »«. (— so.) livelihood;

samma-iTjivo, the right way of suppor-

tii\g life, 67,4. - suddbajiva, mfn. &BuddhtijiviH, mfn. (q. t.).

ana, f. (sa. 'tjfia) ') order, com-

mand; ace. ,v.aih, il9,35; - *''-sam-

patna, mfti. a ithoritttive, ace. m. >^am(purisam) 10,86. - -) sentence of death,

cap'ta] punishmen;; ^aih katva, hav-

ing passed sentence on (gen.) 42,7. —

ci. afiiia, f.

anapeti, vb. (denom. ft. ana, cp.

sa. ajfiapayati, ca:ts. a-\/jfia) to com-

mand, to give orders (ace.); imp. 2,

sg, <<^ehi (purise) 76,3; aor. 3. sg.

f^^esi (manusse) 75,i.

*atappa, n. (/"»-. a- \/lap, bj). *atapa,

m. sxertion) perseverance; .^.^aril kic-

cam »you must make an effort", Dh.276. cp, ottappa. »..

atapi H. mfn. (fr, atapa, sa. atapin)

ardent, strenuouB; used in connection

with jhayin (3. v.), gen. m. rvino

(brahmanassa) 66,ao; m. pi. ~ino,

Dh. 143."

atura, mfn. (— sa.) Buffering,

ailing; ace. m. n^&± (arukftyam) Dh.

147 ; loe. pi. r^esu (manussesu) Dh.

198. — an-atura. q. v.

adana, «.(— sa.) ») taking, seizing;

a-dinnadana (abl.) from taking what

is not given to you 0; stealing, 81,22.

- «) affection, greed; O-patinissagga.

m. abandonment of affection, Dh. 89.

cpi. an-adtina, sadana.

11 day a, ger. v. adiyati.

adi. m. (= sa.) •) beginning, start-

ing-point; liom, tatrayam adi bhavati,

Dh. 376; adiiiikatva (dovarike, ace,

pi.) from (doorkeepers) and upwards,

68,21 (c]i, karoti); *adi-brabmacari-

yika, mfn. belonging to the principles

or fundamentals of a religious life, n,

^.^aiil, 93,7-H. — ^) This word is very

often used as the last part of com]).

expressing ,,et-ceterB, and so on, and

the like". ») sttbsf. pi. n. kasi-gora-

kkhadini, 21,3; naccadini, 65, i. etc,

instr. "-adibi, 18,28; 61,28 (anuehi);

loc. o-adisu. 64,29; rattin-divam-puD-

banbadisu, whether at night, day,

morning or at other times, 88,23; m.

pi. "-adayo, 6,11; amaccadayo, 102,s;

f. gen.pl. kbattiyakannadinaiii, 47, 15.

Such comp. occur also as the first part

of a greater comp., 6,7 (muggaradi-),

47,13 (nlluppaladi-), 66,22 (uyyanaki-ladi-), 88,32 (aniccadi-vasena), 113,3o

(Sariputtadi-). — '') adj. n. sg. tandu-ladi (nava(tbam) lll,3i; n.pl, o-adini

(.avudbani) 6,12; (punnani) 17,33;

instr, m. pi. "-adibi (phalarukkbebi)

2,20; gen. n. pi. "-adinaiii (pbalanam)1,14. — *) Similarly used, but uncom-pounded after „ti" (or ti evaiii) 21,4.

73,30 (n. pi. adini). In this way it

is to be found even as adj., (tarn

yeva) „sassato loko" ti adina (instr.)

nayena puttharii pailbara, the questionasked in that way by the words ,.sas-

sato loko" etc., 91, 31.

39 SnubhSva

adicca, m. (^sa, aditya) the sun;

^0, 107,83 — Dh. 387. - »-patha,t». the path of the bud, the eky, at-

mosphere; loc. /N^e, Dh. 17B. ~ *'-lBan-

dhu, m. a member of the Adicca*family, uame of Gotama Buddha; instr,

~una. Dh. p. 94, v. s.

*adinnava<, mfn. (sa, *a-dirna-vat, fr. a-Y^df, to split) one who has

torn asunder ; m. ^va (uarindo) W,

ace. (siliara), 112,3i.

iiditta, mfn. (sa. adipta, pp. 5-

y/dip) set on fire, burning; m, t^o

(cakkhusamphasso) 70,so; n. <%^aih,

ib,\ m. pi, f^a (rasa) 70,8s. -"-geha-sadisa, mfn, like a burninghouse, 65,11. («». pi. ova). — "-panna-salam {ace.) a burning hut of leaves,

44,29. — "-pariyaya, n. name of a

chapter in Vinaya-Pitaka, the Fire-

SermoD, 71, is.

*adiyati, vb. {sa, a-\/da) to take,

seize; to accept, choose; to take along

with, carry off (ace); pr. 3, sg. o^ati

(adinnam) 97,u. Dh. 246. 409 (adi-

yate, med.); the formation adiyati

(adeti is also to be found), which

occurs only in comp, w. prp. a, upaetc., is possibly an old denominative

form from ger. adaya (or perhaps wehave to suppose a weak form of the

root; confusion w, sa. adriyate mayalso be admitted in some instances) cp.

dadati & upadiyati. — ger. adaya,often used almost like a prp. w. ace.

= with, together with etc, 2,4. 6,7.

12,88-29. 32,13. 48,30. 101,3. 106,8 -=

Dh. 49. Dh. 287 ; varam ~, choosing

the best, Dh. 268. — pp. atta {sa.

atta) q. V, [The passive form is always

-diyati or -diyyati etc.]

adinava, »».(= sa.) distress, mi-

sery, evil result, disadvantage, danger;

o.'O, 67,31 (the evils of life); ace.

/^.-am, 47,33-29 {opp. assada); 68,ao

(kamanam); 86,8 {opp. anisamsa).- ""aDekadinava, mfn. full of dangers,

23,T.

adhipaoca, n. {sa, adbipatya,

fr, adhipati) BOTereignty, lordehip;

sabbalokadhipaccena {instr.) „the

lordship over all worlds", Dh. 178.

anafioa, n, {sa. anantya, fr. an-

anta, q.v.) infinity; akasananca, the

infinity of space, "-ayatana, «. the

abode (state af mind) of the infinity

of space, 80,6-fl; vinnananca, the in-

finity of 'consciousness, 80,6-7. (con-

tracted fr, vinfiana + ananoa) cp,

ayatana.

anantarika or anantariya,mfn, (or anantariya, n. — sa, anan-tarya, n., immediate succession, fr.

an-antara, q. v.) immediately follow-

ing; *''-kamuia, n. a deed which will

bring retribution immediately (in this

life) (= anantare yeva attabhavevipaccanakam kammaih, Ss.), ^aiii

(patbamam Devadattena upacitam)

76,5. — pancanantariya-kamma, n.

sg. {coll.) the five crimes that con-

stitute „proximate karma", owam {ace.)

97,13; such crimes are killing one's

father or mother, an Arhat or a Buddha;cp. SBE. XX, 246.

ananda, m. {— sa.) *) joy, plea-

sure; owo, Dh, 146. — *) Ananda,m. nom. pr. the (younger) cousin of

Gotama Buddha, his favorite di-

sciple; (vO (ayasma) 77,i7. 90,38;

(bahussutanara [aggo]) 109,?; (ba-

hussuto) 109,18; voc. /x/a, ace. /s/arii,

77,16; gen, js.'&asa,, 90,23; "-savhaya,

m, {q, V.) A. _by name, ace. /N/am,

109,16. — ^) *Ananda, m. nom, pr. of

a mythical fish, the king of the fishes;

ace. ^aih nama maccbam, 10,28;

"•-maccham, 10,3.

*anapeti, vb. {caus. II fr. aneti,

q, V.) to cause to be brought or fetched;

ger. .vetva (Bodhisattam) 45,2S.

*ani8aihsa, m. {fr. *si'm-^qa.ms)

blessings, profit, advantage; ace, >vam{w. loc. nekkhamme) 68,20; (vaclsu-

caritapatisamyuttam) 86,9 {opp. adi-

nava). — Bilanisamsa-jataka, the tale

of the blessings of virtue, 28,i.

""anubhaTa, m, {fr, anu-bbara)power, extraordinary ability, esp.

supernatural or magic power; ace.

Sneti 40

/vam, 37,18; hstr. ^ena, 16,8; m'[— me] /^ena, il2,.^o; iddhanubhav-ent, i7,afl (». iddhi); devata-", 17,25;

deva-", by the power of the gods,

63,38. — mahanvbhava. mfn. of ijreat

night, /N^o (Bhagp.va) 75,3o; gen,

^assa (rafino) 62,u. — ''-sampanna,

mfn. posBessed uf magio power; ^aifa

(monikkhandbam) 36,2a.

aneti, vh, {so, a-v/ni) to bring,

to b.-ing bacit (ace); pr, 3. eg. ^eti,

6,19; 1. pi. rwema. 55,24; imp, 3. eg,

«/ehi, \ll,8o; 2. pi. />.etha, 16,26.

57,1 ;pot, 1, sg. anaye (to reooveir)

31,35) aor, a, pi. (^esuiii, 24,ai; -"way-

imsu, 24,29; I. p^. anayimha (probably

incorrect for anayiniha) 18,23; hif.

~etuiii, 49,ai; ger, ~etva. 4,it, 6,t5.

20,!)o; pp. iTnila. m. ,^o, 18,22. 22,29;

f. ->.a, 112,14; n, i^am, 49,so; 113,26

(idhanitarii „extaDt here"); cans,

anapeti, q. v.

.apajjati, vb. (sa. a-^/pad) to get

in, to fall into (ace); pr. 3. sg. ,^ati

(raetri causa /-vi) Dh. 309; aor. 2. fg.

ma apajji (vissasain) „do not trust",

30,12 ; apadi, Dh. 272 (vissasa-mapadi);

1. sg. apadira, 94,2i (afinanam „I amat a loss"); 94,22 (saiumobarii „I have

become greatly confused"); ger. /N^itva

(samvegam „in deep emotion").

Span a. *m. (= sa.) a shop; ahl,

r^&, 49,5; loc, rve, 30,10. — Bubba-

gandhftpana, m., a perfumery shop,

ace, ->.ara, 48,3i. - "-samipena {instr.'S

near the shop, 49,a. - "-dvaraifa (ace.)

the entrance of the shop, 49,2a.

apatti, f, (= aa,) ')' misfortune.

^) fault, tranBgression, oflence; "-sa-

niantii bhanainano, lit. speaking from

the neighbourhood of .^ oi „wheu he

is in danger of committing an offence

by the words he says", 83,4 {cp.

sarnanta).

apana, >t. ('— sa.) drinking, ban-

quet, "-mandala, n. a banqueting

pavilion, 62,14.

.apucchati. vb, (sa. a-\/praclA

') to ask, to offer (^cp. pucchati). *)

to take leave, to bid farewell (id. ace.

per8.)\ ger. /N/itvS (fajanam) 6,it;

(brahmanam) 9.84.

abadha,»w. (— sa.) pain, sickness

;

-v-o (kharo) 78,2*; ace. -x-am, 78,3o.

Dh. 138.

abharana, «. (— sa) decoration,

ornament. - gabbabbarana-bbusita,

f. {adj.) decorated with every kind of

ornaments, 112,i.

abha88ara, mfn. {sa, abhasvara)

Bhiniiig, bright; m.pl. ~a deva, name

of a class of gods, Dh. 200.

abhati, J'ft. {sa. a-v/bha) to shine;

pr. 3. sg. <%/ati (rattirh candima)

107,23 - Dh. 387.

*ama*, indecl. {cp. sa. ara) yes;

n,/ devai yea sire! 31,8; >%/ bhante,

99,18; amati, 44,5. - After a negative

question : no, 31,30 (aoia na sakkomi).

a ru a *, mfn. raw, uncooked, unbaked,

unripe; n. ^am (pattaih) 104,8. —amakii, mfn. id. {v. next).

*amaka-susana, n. a cemetery

where the dead bodies are left unburned;

nom. n^am 65, lo; arc. />^am. 39,33.

amanteii, vb. {sa. a-y/mantr)

') to address, to call, speak to, tell,

command (acc); aor.3.sg. ^esi, 32,34.

44,22. 66,24. 80,1;

ger. ^etva, 9,ii.

63,1. 63,3. - 2) to bid farewell, to

take leave {w. gen.);pr. 1, sg, /^^ayami

(vo) 80,1.

amisa, n. {aa, amisba) ') fleth,

meat, food. — ') carnal lust, lokamisa,n. „the baits of the world"; vanta-lokamisa, mfn, {q, v.),

ayatana, n, {— aa.) ') dwelling,

place, home, abode; arafina-", abodein a forest, loc. ^e, 1,4. 3,3o. - *)

the six senses (v. salayataca) eachof which containing *) the organ of

sense {viz. cakkhu. sota, ghana, jivha,

kaya, niano) •>) the contact with theobject of sense (samphassa) <=) the

perception by means of the conscious*ness (vinnana); cakkhu-aampbassa-vinnanfiyatanaiii, the sense of sight,

72,1$ 8ota-s, etc, 72,9. i». 15. 10. 17,

the sense of hearing etc, — ') stage(state of mind) of ecstasy or religious

41 Srama

meditation; akasanaiica-*, the abodeof infinity of space, 80,5; vifinanaiica-'*,

the abode of infinity of coneciousness

{cp. ananca) 80,6; akincaufia-" (g. v.),

fK/ of nothingness, 80,7; neva-sanna-nasanna-" (3. v.), -%/ of neither per-

ception nor non-perception, 80,8,

ayati, f. (= sa.) the future; ace.

adv. ^ira, in the future, 75,2C. 95,n.

ayasa. mfn. (— sa.) made of iron

;

n. ^am (bandhanam) Dh. 345, cp,

ayas.

ayasma<, m{fn). {sa. uyushmat)'possessed of long life', used in ad-

dressing or roentioning an older vene>

rable person, ef^p. an Arhat or Thera

(g. V,, cp. 79,10); m. nom. /s/ma, 77, 17.

96,s-u; voc. r^m&, 79,io; ace, ^man-tarn, 77,15-16 ; instr, <vata, 96,S5: gen.

f^&io, 70,17 (tassa '^ato, without

nom. pr.)\ cp, ayu,

ayati, vh. (sa. a-\/ya) to come,

to return; imp. 1. pi. ayama, come!

let us go (in summoning a single or

more persons), 77,i6 (ayam' Ananda);part, ayauta : an-ayanta, mfn. not

returning, loc. pi. /N^esu, 111, 15,

ayu, n. {sa, ayu & ayus) life,

duration of life; nom. o/U, Dh. 109;/>^um avasittham, the rest of his life-

time, 44,28; aec. /N.-uih, Dh, 135. cp.

ayasma< & next.

*ayuka. mfn. {fr,ay\i) living (at

the end of comp,), yavatayukam,adv, {q. v.).

ayudha, n. (= sa., cp. avudba)a weapon. - naddha-pancayudha,mfn. „equipped with the 5 weaponH

of war", m. ^o, lll,ie.

ayoga, m, (•= sa.) employment,

occupation (ic. loe.); ^vO (adbicitte)

Dh. 185. (cp. Fausbm, Bern. p. 36.)

aragga, v. ara^arakkha, m. (sa. araksba) a guard,

protection; /x/O, 17,17; ace. /x^ani (te

gahetva, protecting you) 17,i6; /x/am

(ga^bam) a close guard, 48,i5; r^O-m

tbapesi, 60,s6. - "'arakkhittbi, f, a

woman on guard, loc. i^iyai, 49,88. —''^-manussa, m. a watchman, instr.

pi. <v^ebi (nirokase (liSne) 41,29. -*gabitarakkbn, mfn. carefully guarded,

loe. n. /v-e (bhavane) 41,28; m. pi,

f^a. (maya) 42,6.

araddha, mfn. {sa. arabdba, pp,arabhati, q. v.) begun, undertaken.

— **'-viriya, mfn. exerting one's

strength, energetic; ace. m. »^am,Dh. 8; aee.pl. m. ^e (savake) 108,i9.

arabbba, ger. {fr. arabhati, sa.

arabhya) having liegun; generally

used as prp. w. ace. -= about, con-

cerning, 28,8. 84,28; santim ~, keep-

ing the tranquillity (of Nibbfina) in

view.

arabhati, vh. {sa, a-y/rabh) to

begin, to undertake {w, inf.)\ aor. 3.

sg. r>Aih\, 10,15.113,21; d, p^, /viihsu,

28,9; - ger, arabbha (g. v.) - pp.araddha, began, m. ^0, 17,2i; f. /x-a,

61,19; — part. gen. m. arabhato (vi-

riyarii dalham) Dh. 112 {cp. araddha-viriya).

iirammaiia, n, (probably another

form for alambana, q. v.) base, sup-

port; object of sense or thought. —*buddharammana, mfn. having its

support in Buddha, f, i^a. piti {q. v.),

delightfully thinking on or putting

confidence in B., 28,8; ace. rwam pi-

tim, 28,6-9.

ara*, f. (= sa.) an awl, needle;

aragga, n. {sa. aragra), the point of

an awl or needle, loc. o/C, Dh. 401;abl. o^a, Dh. 407. {cp. agga.)

ara^. adv. {sa. arat) far, far off;

Dh. 263 {w. abk asavakkhaya).

aradheti, «^6. {sa. a-\/radh, cans.)

*) to conciliate, propitiate (ace); aor,

3, sg. (x/esi (ranno cittam, „won the

heart of the king") 96,27. — *) to gain,

achieve {aec); ellipt. to be done for;

pot. 3. sg. /x/aye (maggam) Dh. 281

;

aradhe — aradheyy& (w, abl. kakka-^aka) 5,23,

a ram a, m. {— sa.) a grove, a

pleasure garden, a monastery; loc. rwB,

(Anathapindikassa) 71,si; °-rukkba-cetyani, ^groves and sacred trees",

Db. 188 {cp, cetiya). - titthiyarama,

Briya 42

(:

the heretioB' grove, cce. >vain, 73,8.

- paribbajaka,-', tbe grove of the

mendicant friars, abl. ^a, 29,s3.

ariya. mfn. (Dh. 208) v. ariya.

aruyha, arulha, v. arohati.

arogya, «. (— sa. fr. a-roga,

q. V.) health; arogya-parama labha,health is the greatest profit, Dh. 204(c^:. labha).

"aroceti, vb. (caus. a-\/ruc) to

tell, communicate, ncplain (aec, gen.

pers.) ; to speak to, say to (gen.);

air. 3. sg. /x/esi, 6,23. 7,4. 62,4; 3. pi.

/^esuih, 8,2; <%/ayim8u, 73,28; - imp.

3. sg. /x etu, 79,25; P. sg. r^ehi, 15,32.

98,3 (me rathaia); - ger. o^etva,

58,18; —pp. arocita; tumhehi •*-sannaya,

on account of your application to me,

25,18 {cp. saiina) — caus. II. *aro-

capeti, to cause lo be told or annouu*

ced, to make known, publish; aor. 3.

sg. /x^apesi (manu88aaam) 8,6; (Bha-gavutc kalarii, ainounced the hour

for the n.eal)) 78,3; - ger. /x/Spetva

(rar.iio) 37, n.

aropeti, vb. (cans. II. a-y'ruh,

cp. arohati) ') to cause to ascend, to

cause to be placed (w. double ace),

to put on board; ger. ^/etva (taiii

mama pit^hirii) l,if ; (taiii [sc. navaih])

19,37. 29,4. (mancakam [sc. nam])73,26 (having placed her on a hand-

barrov). -- *) to cause co increase;

inf. return, comp. ^ etu-kama, mfn.,

instr. pi. r^ehi (avannam Grotamassa,

^wanting to bring disgrace upon G.")

74,12. - pp. aropita, undertaken, be-

gun (?), w. «N/0 (satako) var. led.

(Colombo Ed.) 87,u.1

arohati & aruhati (aruhati),

vb. [sa. a-^ruh) to ascend, mount,

to climb up on (aec); ger. •) aruyha(ratham) 7,5; (sayanam) 53,33. '•) a-

rohitva (suvanna-padukayo , putting

on his gilt slippers") 68,3, — pp.arulha, •) having ascended, pi. rva

(manusaa) 76,2o; ace. m. sg. .^^am

katb.amaggam, the exposition of the

doctrine contained in [ace. saiigiti-

ttayaiii) 113,29. ') ascended (pass.);

tena o-narffya (gen.), » •hip with Wmon board, 24,i5. - caiia. II. Sropeti

(q. v.).

alapati, vb. (sa. S-\/lap) to ad-

dress, to speak to (ace,)', pr. 3. sg.

,^ati (theram) 86,28; aor. 3. pi.

o^iinsu, 73,3. cp. aliapa.

alambati, vb. (sa. a-v/l*mb) to

cling to, to lean upon, to support one a

self on; ger. r^iya. (panina bhumim)

112,28.

a lam ban a, n. (— sa., cp. aram-

mana) depending on, supporting; ob»

ject of sense. *alambani, f. (adj.),

hanging down; rajju valambani, like

a rope for clinging to 0: a weak sup-

port, 47,27.

a lam bar a, tn. (sa. adambara) a

sort of drum; ace. ^arii, 67,S9.

a lay a, m. (= sa.) ') house,

dwelling. — *) longing, desire; pi. i^h.

Dh. 411. - an-alaya, ni. (q. v.), -') dissimulation, pretence; acc. gil'in'-

alayam katva, pretending to be ill,

49,23. - cp, al]iyati._

Alavi, f. (sa. A^avi) «o»>i. pr.

of a town; acc. /x.-irii, 86,14. "-vasino

(pi.) the inhabitants of A. (cp. vasi»).

alasiya, n. (sa. alasya) sloth,

want of energy; acc. ,-vara, Dh. 280.

alikhati, vb, (sa. a-\/likh) to

delineate, to paint; ger. -x^itva (sasa-

lakkhanaiii) 16, 17.

aliiigati, vb, (sa. a-\/ling) to

embrace; ger. o^itva (afmamannam)49,11.

aloka, »i. (— so.) light; instr.

^ena, 101,7 ; dipalokena, by the lamp-light, 41,27 (cp. dipa*). - *aloka-sandhi, m, a window, casement;

"-kannabhaga, 84,i9.

aloleti, vb. (sa. a-y/lud, catts.)

to stir up, to agitate, shake (acc);ger. ^etvii (ghaiaiii) 56,28.

*alha, /.(?) a rope or cord (?) cp.

Mahratt. adha (or adha); this wordis probably akin to ajhaka (or alha)m. (-=» sa. adhaka), ') a post to

which an animal is bound. *) a measureof capacity. - *ajha-baddha, mfn.

43 asava

(or alha + abaddha?) secured to a

post by a cord, „8peU-bound''(?), m,/vo (naro) lll,io,

avajjati, vb. (sa, a-\/vrj) ') to

reflect, consider, to think about (occ);part. m. gen. /^antassa, 44,3s (pha-lita-patubhavara)

;part, nied, m,

/N/amano, 16,8. — *) to observe, main-

tain; part, (v-anto (attano silam) 15,i,

cans, V. next,

avajjeti, vh, (caus, Svajjati) to

turn over (ace.); fut, 2, pi, -N/essatha

(imam (dadhigbataih)) 35,i8,

avattati, vb, (sa, a-y'vyt) tore-

turn; ger. ,>/itva (hinaya-") returning

to the world (cp. hina) 69,s7.

avaha, mfn. (= sa.) bringing,

producing; sukhavaha, mfn. bringing

happiness, n, ~am (cittaih guttam)Db. 35; *hitavaha, mfn, id., f.

sabbaloka-hitavaha, 113,33.

*avata, m. (cp. sa. ava^a") a hole

in the ground; acc.pl. «x/e (khanitva)

39,32. °-mukha-vattiyam, 40,»8 (v.

vatti).

avasa, m. (— sa.) *) dwelling,

living; ^baravasa, the household life,

ace. .^aih. 64,83; pi. sattavasa (nava)

the 9 forms of existence, 82,i8 (v.

satta ^)- — *) intercourse ; manussavasa-karana ,because I have had to do

with men" 112,10. — ^) a convent (vi-

hara), loc. pi. <vesu, Dh, 73. - dur-

avasa (q. v.).

avaba, m. (= sa^) marriage, giv-

ing a son away in marriage (ppp.

vivaba, q. v.)\ ace. /vam, 65,2i.

"-maiigala, n. nuptial festival, loc.

/%^e, 112,15.

avi-karoti, vb. (sa. avisb-\/kr^

to reveal, disclose; part. m. /^.'kubbam

(rabokammam) 54,i7.

avijjhati, vb. (sa. a-\/vyadh) to

encompass, to mark the boundary of

(ace); ger. (used adverbially w, ace.

«- all round) /x/itva (kbettam) 8,s.

avila, mfn. (— sa^ turbid, not

clear; an-avila, mfn, (q_. v.).

avunati, vb, (sa, a-\/ve, but con-

founded* with a-yvr) to string (as

beads); ger. ,>/itva (maccbe valliya)

14.23.

avudba, n, (sa. ayudha) weapon;

nom. rs^&m, 112,2o; ace. ovarii, 36,2?;

pi, <N/iini, 6,ia. - "-hattha, mfn. armed,

m, pi, r^R, 6,7. - panfiavudba, the

weapon of knowledge, instr, )%/ena,

Dh. 40, A younger sanekritizised

form is ayudha (q. v.),

*avuso, indecl. a voc, particle

used in addressing equals or inferiors :

friend, brotherl (also to more persons);

29,29. 76,6 (gacchavuso), 80,n. 90,2b.

— *avusa-vada, m. addressing a per-

son by the word avuso, instr, /N.-ena,

79,7-9. — avuso is perhaps an old voc,

fr. sa, ayushmat (*Svu8u fr. ayush.

man ? Tr,), cp, ayasmai.

as a, m, (sa. aQa) food, eating;

patarasa, 8ayan]asa(3. v.) - an-asaka,

f, fasting (q, v.).

asamkati, vb. (sa. a-v/(jank) to

doubt, fear, suspect; aor. 2. pi. <%/ittha

(ma afifiam kiflci, cp, afifia) 7,n.

asaraka, /". (sa. a^aflka) suspicion;

kabam vo /^a, where does your su-

spicion point to ? 73,22.

asanga, m. (-= sa.) clinging to,

attachment; uttarasanga, m. (q, v.).

asajja, ger. v. asidati.

asada. m. (= sa.) approaching,

attack ; naga-m-asado, approaching

an elephant (with 'm' euphonically

inserted) 77,3. cp, asidati.

as ana, n, (= sa.) a seat; ace.

/>./aiii, 22,28; instr. ^ena, 83,84; abl.

f^a, (utthaya-) 70,is; loc. ^e (pan-

fiatte) 68,ii; pi, ^ani, 61,25. — cp,

ekasana, paccbasana, silasana, sena-

sana (q. v.).

as anna, mfn. (— sa. pp. asidati,

q. V.) near; m. ,s,o (kalo) 63,7. —accasanna, mfn, too near (opp, ati-

dura, V. ati), loc, (adv.) ^e (gan-

tabbam) 83,2; n&tidiire naccasannegacchanto, 12,«9.

asaya, m. (sa, agraya or a^aya),

*) refuge, shelter. ') meanlDg, intention.

- nirasaya, mfn. (q. v.),

asava, m. (sa. asrava) probably

&rS 44

'foam, dirt'; sin, pasBion, desire {synon.

kilesa); pi. ^'i., Dh. 93. 25S. 292;ahl. pi. /v/chi, 69,88. *^-lckhaya, m.destruction of passiors, acc. >^aiil,

Dh. 272 ; ahl. »,&, Th. 253. - khl-

nasava, mfn. having subdued the pas-

sions, pi. /^a, 109,3. Dh. 89. - an-asava, mfn. (q, v.) cp. SBE. X p.

13—14.asii, f. (^sa. aiqa.) i) wish, desire;

pi. f^a, Dh. 410. - vantasa, mfn.having renounced desires, m. />^0, Dh.

97 (cp. vanta). - *) hope, expectation;

*-Cchedam a-katva, without relin-

quishing all hope, 42,18 (cp. cheda).

a sal ha, »». (sa, ashadha) nameof a month (June—July), — uttara-

salha, m, one cf the 27 lunar man-

sions (the 15th, rp. nakkhatta);

''-naki<liHttena, at the moon's conjunc-

tion in the second half of the month

Asulha. cp. next.

asalhi, f.(sa. ashadhi), the day of

full moon in the month Asuhia. — "-na-

kkhattaiil, the midsummer festival

(held on that day) 61,2.

asiriisati, vb. (ua. a-\/(;ariis) to

hcpe, trust; to strive; pot. 3, sg. med.

^eth(a), 42,16 (opp. nibbindati).

*a8itika, mfn. (fr. asiti) being

eighty years of ags; acc, f. i^&m(narirh) 47,si.

iisidati, vb. (sa. a-\/8ad) to

approach; to attack, to lay hands on

(acc); ger. asajja Tselaih^ 104,i6. -avr, 2, sg, asado (nagara) 77,8. -

pp. asanna (q. t.) cp. asada.

asina, mfn. (— sa., part, yjm,

cp. acchati) sitiing; acc. I mi. rwam,Dh, 227. 386 („8ettled''). I

asjvisa, m. (so. aQivisha) a

Venomous serpent; ucc <N^am, 86, ts.

aha, vb, defec:. (^= sa.,,perf, y/&h)

tc say, speak (g'meially used in hi-

storical exposition with the significa-

tion of pret.)\ 5. .9^, aha, 76,6; con-

Wacted ; I6,i7 (evaha), 112,i8 (aha-

dissamane); =- pr 8. sg. (bays) 74,i;

w. acc, gatham aha 8,25; w. accpers,2,28. 14^17. - 8. pi. ahu (panahu, say)

64,8. Dh. 346; ahamsu, 4,i». 54,i«

(bhastam balo'ti).

aharana, n. (— ««•) fetching;

dhanaharanatthaya, in order to fetch

the money,' 32,iT (cp, attha*).

aharati, vb. (sa. a-Vhr)/) *<>

bring, fetch, take along with (acc);

pr, 3. sg. -^ati, 6,20; - imp. 2. sg,

,v.a, 36,19. 60,20 (te hattham); 2. pi.

^atha, 41,16; - pot, 2. sg, ^eyyasi,

87,12; - aor. 3. sg. '^i, 36,i8; 1. sg,

^iih. 29,1; 3. pi. ^imsu, 26,2; - fut.

3. sg. r^issati, 35,o; 1. sg. .^issami,

48,10. 92,9 (take out); 3. pi. ^issanti,

63,25; — ger. ^itva, 16,3. 32,io. 33,23.

41,3; —pp. ahata; ahatahatam, n.

(everything) brought, 67,6; ahata-dha-

naih, the money brought along from

home, 57,36; — pass, part, shariya-

mana, loc, an-ahariyamane (tasare)

87,15. — ^) to tell, recite; aor, 8. sg,

r>j\ (atitam) 28,i7; — ger. ,^itva

(dhammadesanam) 29,ic; grd. ahari-

tabba, n. rvarii (suttam) 31,u.

iihara, m. (= sa.) food; acc.

ivam. 15,11; ahl, ix/ato (tumhehi

khaditabba-") 14,i9; loc, ~e, Dh. 93.

- "-atthaya, for food, 16,so (cp,

attha *). — an-ahara, mfn, being witli-

out nutriraenf, ,>^o (aggj) 95,8. —ahara-^thitika, mfn. living by food,

pi. -x-a (sabbe satta) 82,8.

iihindati, vb, (fr. a-\/hind, cp.

sa, ahindaka) to wander, roam through

(acc.) (to search for) ; imp, 2. pi,

~atha (nagaram) 73,29. 74,ii —part.-N.'anta, m. ,%^o (pavadino, in search

for dieputaute) 113,8.

a hit a, mfn. (-= sa. pp, a-v/dha)put on, added ; m, ^0 (gini, „kind-

led") 104,22.

I.

*iagha, indecl., a particle of in-

vitation or permission : well! cometetc.\ 12,5.

ice' — iti (q. v.).

45 itthi

icchati, vb, (sa. -y/ish) to wish,

like, want; to Beek for (ace); pr. 3.

s(7. /vati, 34,8o; 3.sg.^a,si, 31,i6; 1.

sg. ~ami, 60,ii (w. inf.). 62,4

(iccham'aham) ; — pot. 3. sg. <ve,

Dh. 84; ^eyya, 79,u. Dh. 73; -part. nom. m. iccham (vanaro) 107,so;

part. med. icchamana. pi. >^si, 35,i8;

— aor. 3. sg. icchi, 18,3o. 68,6 (na

icchi, refused); 1. sg. rwim, 42,i6;

- ger. «<witva, 34,25; — pp. i>,it&,

yathicchitarii, adv. according to one's

desire, 111,28 {cp, yatlia); icohiti-

cchitaiii, ace, n. „nhatever she

wants", 88,4.

icoha, f. (— sa.) wish, desire,

lust; Dh, 74; ace, ,%/aifa, 67,io. -°-lobha-8amapanna, wfn. Dh. 264. -"-dosa, mfn, ^dBinaged by lust", f.

/N^a (paja) Dh. 359 (cp. dosa'). —yigaticcha, mfn. free trom lust, loc,

pi. r^esu, Dh, 359 (cp. vigata). -appiccha, mfn., yenicchakam, adv,

(q. v.).

ijjhati, vb. (sa, v/r^h) to prosper,

succeed; pr. 3. sg. r^ati (pannavan*

tanaih kiriya) 57,6. ep. iddlii.

*iiijita, n. (cp. sa. ingita) motion,

emotion; n'attni BuddhaDam >vam,

Db. 255.

ittbaka, f. (sa. isbtaka) a brick;

gen. pi. <%/anam, 91,9d.

itara, mfn. (— sa.) ') the other

(of two); m. n^o, 24,7. 43,22. lOl.i?;

f, -N/S, (of two women) 46, lo. 59,i;

(not of two women, but of two per-

sons mentioned) 47,8. 67, 15, - *) se-

cond, next, following; instr. m. ^ena,

35,21; pi. f. ace, itara (dve gatha)

13,30, — ') other, pi. the rest; m. >^o

('taro jano, other people) 106,S4 —Dh. 222; f. >^b. paja, Dh. 85; pi. m.

ace. itare (tayo) 14,i7. — cp, anna

& apara (para).

itaritara, mfn. (sa, itaretara)

whichsoever (whatsoever), the first

comer; instr. n, (adv,7) i^6n& (tut(bi

Bukha yS <v „eDJoyment ii pleasant

whatever be the cause") Db. 331; it

is questionable whether this word, in

Psli, can have the signification „mu-tual" or adv. nmutually", it seems

everywhere to mean „which8oever"

;

the instr. o.-ena is probably governed

by tuttbi, cp. Sn. v. 42 : santussamanoitaritarena.

iti, indecl. (•— sa.) thus, in this

manner (usually shortened to 'ti' by

contraction or elision, and before vo-

wels sometimes taking the form ice-)

ti, ti,

*Itivuttaka, n. (fr, iti + vutta,

q, V.) nom. pr. of a canonical Fuli

book, the fourth part of Khuddaka*NikSyn, thus named, because every

chapter begins with the words 'vuttaril

hetara Bhagavata'; 109,88 (gath'*

udan'-itivuttakam) a part of 'navan-

garii Satthu-sasanam'.

ito, adv. (sa, itas) ') hence, from

hence; 77,4 (<v» paraiii yato); 96,4

(>N/ katamam disam gato); ito c'ito

ca „up and down", 36,2. — *) here,

to this place, in this direction; 5,5. <—

3) from this time, 33, i4. 87,7; <v pa-

tthaya, henceforth, 6,i6; «./ dani pa-

tthaya, id. 39,2. - itoparam, adv.

later, afterwards (opp. ajja) 112,17.

cp. tatoparaiii.

ittara, mfn. (sa. itvara, but often

confounded with itara, q. v.) hasty,

inconstant; low, vile, ""-dassana, n.,

a hasty glance; instr. /vena, at first

sight, unconsiderately, 30,i2.

*itthatta, n. (sa. ittham + stiff.

-tva) this condition, the speaker's

own existence; dat. <-waya (n&param

/x-ayati pajanati, he understands that

there is nothing more for him in this

world, be has done with this world)

71,16.

itthi, f. (incidentally also 'thi',

sa, stri) a woman; /N/i(eka) 31,2; ace.

f>^\m, 31,22; instr. ~iya, 48,25; gen.

^iya, 31,9; pi. '>^iyo, 46,9; gen. pi,

>^inaiii, 46,9; thinam, 51,8i. — ara«

kkhittbiya, loc, a woman on guard,

49,86. - janapadittbim, ace. a country-

woman, 30,28. — duggatitthim, a poor

woman, 48,i«. — sabbitthiyo, pi. all

idam 46

women, 48,7. — *<*-kicca, «. (cp. sa.

sirl'krta) sexual intercourse, <vaih

(.ICC.) 111,18. - *»-kutta- {q. V.)

women's wiles, '21, i». — *<'-f!abbha,

m, a female ohilc, 6?, si. — Mola, mfn.deeirous of women, 50,i8. — "-vesa,

m. disgrJBe of a woman, 58,31.

:dam, pron. n. (-• sa.) v. ayam.idani, adv. (sa. idanim) now;

3,1. 6,3. 29,3. 47,24 %^,i. - Whenuued without emphasit., this word

usually is shortened to 'dani'; 2, is.

3,u. 36,S6. 74,2i. 80,1. Dh. 236; -with a neaation ;= no more, no

longer; 41,8* (na dan'); 108,i8 (n'a-

tthi dani); cp. ito dani paftbaya,

59,2 (v. ito).

iddhi, f. {sa, fddhi) magic or

supernatural pov/er; instr. /N^iya, Db.

176 (miraculously). - iddhanubhava,m. id., instr, .^ena, 27,25. — iddha-

bhisariikhara, m. an exercise of mira-

culous power, ace. r^&m, 68,35. cp,

ijjhati.

*iddhika, mfn. {fr. iddhi) only

in comp. w. maha : niahiddhiko, m,

of great miraculous power, 75,30 ;pi.

~a, 109,20.

iddhima^, mfn. {sa. j-ddhi-mat)

possessed of magical power; m. nam.

<%^ma (viya, like a person endowedwith magical power) 27,23.

i^dha, adv. (sa, iha, by contraction

or elision : idhtl-, -idlia, idh', 'dha)

1) hero, in this place; 7,7.36,35. 68,36.

86,82 (in the context); idh'eva, this

very moment, 49, so. — ^) in this world;

107,26 - Dh. 18. (opp. pecca); 103,88

(idha jivitaiii); Dh. 402 (idh'eva,

even in this existence). — ^) here, to

this place; idhagata, mfn, 21,8. 103, 13.

— *) unaccented (sometimes without

any pregnant meaning) 30, 17 ('idha,

voili); 90,3( (idh'ekacce, 'occasion*

ally'); 105,i5; _ 106,6 — Dh. 267;tattha . . . idh'anita, brought thither

112,u; (tattha)idhapi, accordingly

(igitur), 112,15.

in da, m. (sa. indra) chief, lord,

king; r^o (devanan — Sakka) 80,26.

_ comp. ! janinda, w,, • king. 65,t

(voc. <^a, cp. jana). - devinda. ».

the lord of.Devas (Sakka) llO.n (voc).

- narinda, m. a king, 7,i5 (voc. cp.

nara). - vanarinda, m. a king of

monkeys (-= kapirajan); voc. /x/a, l.is;

gen. o^assa, 2,20 (cp. vanara). — Ma-

hinda, m. nam. pr. (a. v.).

indakhila, m. (sa. indrakila) a

threshold (ummiira); "-iipama, mfn.

like a threshold, m, r^O, Dh. 96. (cp.

upama.)indanila, m. (sa, indranila) a

sapphire; "-mani, (q. v.) 28,s9.

indriya. m. (= sa.) sense, organ

of sense; pi, o^'fxm, Dh. 94; loc. pi.

o/CSU, Dh. 7. "-^[Utti, f. „watchfulnes8

over the senses", Dh. 375.

ima. base of the pron. demonstr.

V. ayam.iva, indecl. (-= sa.) like, as if,

as it were; ») with an euphonical

letter inserted :kakkataka-m-iva, 6,22;

usabho-r-iva, 106,i9; cp. yad-iva,

Dh. 195. '') contracted with a prec,

a : macchasseva, 61,3i ("-evodake)

;

bahutinasseva, 51,33; amitteneva, Dh.

66. 207. ") shortened to va (q. v.).

"*) by metathesis — viya (q. v.).

isi, m. (sa. rshi) a saint or sage,

an ascetic or hermit; **-pabbajjam

pabbajitva, 34,33 (having left the

world and become hermit, v. pabba-jati); "-ppavedita, mfn. taught by thd

wises, ace. m. ,-warii (maggam) Dh.281. - niahesi (</. v.).

Isipatana, n. nom. pr. (sa. j'shi-

patana) a foreut neiir Benares; uom.r>^am (migadtiyo) 68,7; loc. ^e, 66,21.

issara, m. (sa. ipvara) master,

lord; (x/O, 11, lu.

issariya, n. (sa. aigvarya) lord-

ship, sovereignty, empire; r-^am (ace.)

60,13. Dh. 73.

*i88uki«, mfn. (fr. issa = sa.

irsha, irshya, by contusion w. ussuka

(q. V.) cp. sa. irshu, mfn.) envious;

nom, m, a^i (naro) Dh. 262.

47 ucca

I.

idisa, mfn. (ga. idj-^a) such; m./v-o pati) 64,16,

is a, f. (ea. isha) the pole of achariot or plough ; 98,4-7. "-mukhena,by means of the pole, 60,ie (cp.

mukha).

U.

ukkaihsati, vb. (sa. ut-v/krsh)to raise, elevate; to praise; exto', exalt

(ace); pr, 3. sg. rvati (opp, apasa-deli) 74,30.

u kk a n t h a t i , f 6. {sa, utkantbate)to be distressed, weary or disgusted

{sa. 'to raise the neck' — to long for,

sorrow for etc); pari. med. an-ukkan-thaniana, »i. i^o, 23,i9; pp, .vita,

»». /vo, 46,18.

ukkamana, n. (sa, utkramana)going out, getting out; rathassa

"-ttbanam, n, room for a carriage to

pass another; 43, 19.

*ukkainapeti, vb. (caus, 11. fr.

sa. ut-y/kram) to let (a carriage) drive

out of the way; imp, 2. sg. -^ehi

(ratham) 43,2o; ger, /^etva, 43,34.

ukkalapa, v. uklapa.

ukkara, »». {sa. utkaia, cp. ut-

kara, uccara & avaskara) feeces, dung;

"-bhutni, f. a dunghill, loc, rwiyaifa,

18,31,

*ukkujjati, vb. (probably denom.

fr, sa. kubja {cp. y/vibj, -y/kuc, kufic))

to set up what has been overturned,

or, to straightoD what has been

crooked (?); J30^ 3. sg. -vcyya (nikkuj-

jitam, uparimukbam kareyya, Comm.)

69,16. cp. nikkujjati.

ukkufika, mfn, {sa. utku^ka)sitting on the hams; ^'-ppadbana, n.

the sitting motionless (as a kind of

ascetic exertion) /vam, Dh, 141 {cp.

padhana).ukkhitta, mfn. {sa. utksbipta,

pp. ukkhipati) raised, removed; *'-pa-

ligha, mfn. „who has destroyed all

obstacles"; iicc. m, .vara, Dh. 398.

ukkhipati, vb. {sa. ut-v/kship)

to lift up, raise, reach out, draw up{acc.y, part, .vanta, m. rwo, 42,8; pi.

r^ii (jalaiii) 36,8a; - inf. .vitum (avu-

dbam) 36,27; (hattham) 39,33; — ger,

/vitva, 5,6. 12,31. 17,20 (givara), 23,3o

(supporting, khura-cakkaih). 40,28.

60,21, 61,10. 111,35 (asiiii). — pp,ukkhitta, q, v. — cans, II. *ukkbi-

papeti, to cause to be lifted up {ace.);

ger. «^etva (deviifa) 62,8; (Sundaririi)

74,10.

*uklapa, mfn. dirty; m. .vO (deso)

82,33; (sometimes written ukkalapa).

uggacchati, vb. {sa. ud-y/gam^to come forth, to rise; pr, 3. sg. .vati,

27,3 (udakaih) ; - pp. uggata, ugga-todakaih, n. the water that risep,

27,3-8; loc. f. -vSya (uniiya) 27,4;

-

pa^hamuggata, mfn, newly come out,

in spring, m, r^o (kaliro) 47,9. cp,

uggamana.ugganhati, vb, {sa. ud-Y/grah)

to lift up; to acquire, to study, learn

(ace); pr. 3. sg. ,vati (sippain) 32,i2;

- aor. 3, sg. .vi (Pitakattayam) 1 13, is;

- ger, r^iUa, (sabbasippani) 45,27;

uggahetvana (Jinasasanam) 109,2s,

cp. uggahana,uggamana, n, {sa. udgamanu)

rising, sunrise; abl. arun'-uggamaiia,

12,18 {v. aruna); suriy'-uggamana-

kale (loc.) at sunrise, 72,29.

uggahana, n. {sa. udgrahana)lifting up; **'-rajjuka, m. a rope or

string for lifting, ace, 'vam, 14,83,

uggirati, vb. (sa. ud-y/gr") *) '"*

spit out. *) to draw (a sword); ger.

.vitva (avudhani) 6,12.

ugghoseti, vb. {sa. ud-yghush,

caus.) to cry out, exclaim, declare

aloud; aor. 8. sg. i^&yi, 114,2s.

ucca, mfn, (— sa.) high, lofty,

tall; loc. n. /ve (thane „to a high

position") 76,11. - compar. uccatara,

mfn. m, /vO, 3,i. - ucca, adv. as the

first part of comp, v. below, — ucca-

vaca, mfn. q. v.

uccaya 48

uccaya, m. (— sa.) Ratherinfr,

accumulationi «^o (papassa) Dh. 117.

cp. uccinati.

ucca, indech (— sa.) high, above,

upwards ; as the first part of comp. :

ucca-sayana, n, a high or honorableseat or couch; "-mahasayana vera-

mani, one of the ten precepts, 81,26.

uccavaca, mfn. (— sa., dvandva-comp. of ucca & avaca) high and low,

v-iriouB; ace. n. .vam (na . . . dass-

ayanti. „never appear elated or de-

pressed") Dh. 83.

uccinati, vb. (sa. uc-y/ci) to

jather, collect; to choose, select; ger.

~itva (varam) 109,4. - uccaya, m.

(a- v.).

ucchanga, m. {sa. utsanga) lap,

bosom; embrace; Ice, ,^e (me putto)

31,34; instr. ,^ena (pannam adaya)57,18.

ucchindati, vb, (sa. uc-ydnd)to cut out or off; imp. 2, sg. fs^a.

(sineharii) Dh, 285.

ucchinna, ii'fr. (— sa.; pp. uc-

chindati) cut off, ertti.pated; "-mula,«»/«. uprooted, »(. .x^am (riipam Ta-t.iagatassa) 95,ii.

ucchu, m. (sa. ikshu) sugar-cane;

ace. o/urii, 100,23.

uj u, «'/». (sa, rju) straight, upright;

right; aec. n. rwuii> (karoti medhavi)Dh. 33. — *ujuka, mfn. id., ace. m.

~ain (matamanussarii thapapetva)41,17.

ujju, mfn, (— iiju). - ujju-gata,

mfn, righteous; toc.pl. ^esu, Dh. 108.

*ujjh.ana, n. (fr. ujjhayati) com-plaining of, being offended ;' *''-9afifiin,

fnfn, inolfned to be olendeJ, gen, m,

<>.ino, Dh. 263.

*ujjhayati, vb, (sa, *ud-\/dhyai)to be irritated or offended, to mur-mur, to complain of; pr, 3, pi, r».atli(a),

88,2c; — aor,3,sg. <^i, 88,a.

ujjhita. mfn. (— sa.; \/ujjh) left,

abandoned; loc. n. r^asmiiii (samkara-dhanasmim) Dh. B8.

utthahati & utthati, uttheti(uttitthati), vb, (sa, ud-^stha.) to stand

up, rise (from, abl.) to spring; to climb

up (ace); to rouse oneself, to make ef-

forts; aor. B.sg. utthasi, 12,i«; uWhaht,

32,81.50,20; 3. pi. »^ima\i (SineruiiiJ,

60,9; - pot. 3. sg. uttitthe, Dh. 168

{opp. pamajjeyya); - imp^S. sg. uttnehi,

7,13.— part. med. utthahana; an-uttha-

hano („who does not rouse himself)

Dh. 280; - ger. ut^haya, 7,93. 61,5.

70,19 (asana); tad-utthaya, because it

springs from it, 106,ie = Dh, 240;

utthahitva (tato) 10,22. - pp. utthita,

pi. -^a (asura) 60,3; loc. sg^ m,^e(suriye) 42,i. — caus, utthapeti, to

cause to stand up, awaken; to erect,

raise, construct; ger, /%^etva (navam)

23,4 (var. lect. for upatthapetva, cp,

corrections), cp. ut^hana.

utt liana, n. (sa, utthana) ') stand-

ing up, rising; *''-kala, m. time to rise,

loc, z^amhi, Dh. 280. - ") yield,

revenues; sata-sahassut^hana, mfn,

yielding 100,000, ace. m. t^&m. (ga-

mavaram) 46,3. - *) effort, exertion

;

instr, f^m&, Dh. 25; an-u^thana

(3. «.)•

utt^ianavaf, mfn, (sa, utthana-

vat) possessed of effort, zealous; gen,

m. rs. vato, Dh. 24.

*utthitatta, n. (fr, utthita, pp.

utthahati. sa, *utthita -{• tva, cp,

Utthita-ta) the state of having risen;

abl. r^a, (vijayante) 60,35.

u n li a , mfn. (sa. ushna) hot, warm

;

n. aec, ~am, 16,8. 83,20 (sc, udakam);instr, ~ena, ib.; loc, .^e „in a hot

place", 83,8-9; loc. f. <N.aya (valikaya)

97,33. — *<'-kara, m. signs of heat,

ace, i^&m, 1B,b,

utu, Ml. (sa, ftu) ') seasoc. *) a

woman's menstrual discharge, the mucusetc. secreted at a woman's delivery;

aco. i^ura (givhapesum) 62,89.

uttatta, mfn.{sa, ut-t!ipta) healed,

glowing; shining; "-kanaka-sannibha,mfn, like shining gold, m. ^o (kayo)85,7. cp. ottappa.

uttama, mfn. (— sa.) highest,

extreme, principal; best, excellent;

m. rvo, 25,15; voc, i^a, 108,ii; ace.

49 udaya

m. n. ovarii (puccham) 91,15; (sara-

nam) 107,2i = Dh. 192; (dhamniam)Dh. 115; — comp. uttamatthaih (aec.)

54,39 (an excellent thing), Dh. 386 („the

highest end"); uttaina-porisa, m. the

best or greatest man, ,>^o, Dh. 97 =purisuttama, Dh. 78 {ace. pi, o^e);

"-yobbana-vilasa-, 47,i4; "-ratham,

63,4; "-rupa-dhara, mfn. 19,7; "-ve-

danam, 103,23. — uttamanga, n. (=sa.) the head; rv-am, 47,7; o^ruha,

mfn, (v, anga). — saQgamajuttama,V. saQgama. — Sannatuttama, v, safi-

fiata.

uttara, mfn, (— sa.) ") upper,

higher^Buperior; uttaro^^ha, m. {sa,

uttaroshtha) the upper lip or jaw,

loc, <%^e, 13,19. — ^) later, last {opp,

pubba); "-asalha. m. {sa. uttarasha-

dha, f.) a lunar mansion, the last half

of the month asalha {q. v.). — ^)

northern; acc, />^am (disaiii) 96,5;

••-disato {abl. from the North) 61,is;

*-dvara, n. the northern door or gate-

way, instr. ,%^ena, 66,3o; "-yavamaj-

jhaka, m, nom, pr, of a village or a

country district, acc, ^aib, 55, so. —an-uttara, mfn. {q. v.), cp, Anguttara& uttarasanga,

uttarati, vb, {sa, ut-\/tr) to step

out (of the water), to disembark

;

aor. 3. pi, .^.^imsu (nagarasamipe)

21,18; ger. -^itva, 84,2; pp. uttinna,

^'-padaril (aec) footsteps of those whohad gone out of the water (? perhaps

an error instead of otinna-padaih)

111,17.

uttarasanga, wi. (— sa.) the

upper robe; acc. /^am, 74,i9. 82,i8;

loc. pi, .^esu, 33,7.

*uttariin, adr. (cp. uttara) further,

a^ain; 88,i8-i7-8i.

uttari-bhayeti, vb. {fr. uttara

+ cans, ybhu) to devote onaself ospe*

oially to, or (perhaps better) to subdue

completely, pot. 3. ag, vuttari-bhavaye

(panca) „rise above" Db. 370. cp,

Morris, JPTS. '87,ii6.

uttarottha, m. v, uttara.

uttana, mfn. (— sa.) lying on

»li Oloiuijr.

the back; "-seyyaka, mfn. id. {cp. sa,

uttana-Qaya) m. ~o, 99,5.

uttinna, mfn. pp. uttarati, q. v-.

uttit^hati, V, u^tbahati.

*Uttiya, m, nom. pr. of a wan-dering ascetic; n.,0 (paribbajako)

89,19; voc. r^a,, 89,24; acc. (x/arii, 90,28;

gen. />^assa, 90,27.

utrasta, mfn, (a sanskritizised

form for uttasita, sa. uttrasta, fr,

ut-^tras) frightened, alarmed; m. <^o

(puriso) 75,17; acc. /v-am, 76,i9.

ud-°, {— sa.) pi'efix to verbs and

nouns (— up, out) variously assimi-

lated with a following consonant, but

before h sometimes taking the form

u {v. uhannati). cp, uttama, uttara.

uda, n. (= sa.) water (only in

comp.) : o-kumbho, m. a water-pot,

Dh. 121. — "-bindu, »«. a water-drop,

108,j; ''-bindu-nipatena {instr.) bythe falling of water-drops, Dh. 121.

udaka, n. (— sa.) water; nom.acc. /N/aiii, 3,33. 6, is; abl. ,^ai, 16, ii;

o^ato, 11,31. 89,14; ioc. /%/e, l,ao; 51,3i

(niacchassevodake); .<amhi, 28,6. -uggatodakam „the water thus suckedaway", 27,3. — khirodakena {instr.)

with milk-water, 36,35, 38,3 (khiro-

daka-). — gandhodaka-, scented water,

38,3. — darudaka-, wood and water,

20,13, — padodakaiii, water for wash-ing the feet, 83,6. — *mah6daka, mfn.abounding with water, deep, f. /x/ika

(Gafiga) 1,16. — mukhodakam, water

tor rinsing the mouth, 82, is. — sakkha-rodaka-, sweet water, 38,3, — *''-kila,

f, 62,28 {q. v.). - o-dhara, f. (= sa.)

a gush or flow of water, pi. ,N.,a, 62,32.

- *<'-pariyanta, m. the edge of the water,

loc. i^e, 4,2. — *"-ppamana, «. the

altitude of the water, >vam, 3,8. —*°-8appa, m, a water-snake, acc, >x/am,

52.88. — cp. odaka, vodaka, sa-uduka./udagga, mfn. {sa. udagra) i)

high, elevated. ') joyful, elated; m,fvO, 68,16. — "-citta, mfn. elated, acc.

m. t^&m, 68,88.

udapadi, v. uppajjati.

udaya, »j. (— sa.) rising, origin;

ndara 50

''-vyajadi {ace.) origin and destruction,

beginning and en<j, Db. 113. 374. -cp. iianodaya.

udara, n. (— sa,) belly, atomach;ace. /x<am, 41,26; toe. r\>e, 1,84.

udariya, «. (sa. udarya) the sto-

mach; />^am, 82,4 — 97,2a. cp. so-

dariya.

udana, n. (— sa. fr. ud-yan)*) 'breathing upwards', heart's joy, a

song of joy, a solemn utterance; nom.

^am, 65,13; aee. ix-am, 42,i8. 64,i3.

66,19. — ^'-vasena, 42,u {v. vasa). -*) worn, pr, of a buddhist canonical

work, a part of 'navangaiil Sfttthu-

sasanam', 109,88 (gath'-udan'-itivut-

takam).iidaneti, v6. {sa. udanayati, rfe-

nom. fr. udana) to disclose (the joy

of one's heart); aor. 3. sg. r^&i\ (uda-

narii) 64,18. 66,19; — ger, ~etva,

42,18.

udahu, adv. interr. {sa. uta &utaho) or (latin 'an', at the begin-

ning of the second part of a double

interrogation), 59,12 (without interr,

particle at the first part) ; 98, 1 (kin

nu . . . udahu); 99,9 (so eva so,

udahu afino).

udireti, vb, (,;a. ud-\/ir, cans.)

to utter, speak; pot. 3. sg. <%/aye

(giram saccarii) Dh. 408. cp. ereti.

udumbara, m. {sa. udumbara(udumbara)) name of a tree, Ficus

Glomernta; ,>.o, 2,ii; aec. ^aril, 1,26.

~ "-rukkha, m. ioe. r^e, 2,5.

*Udumbara, f nom. pr. nameof a queen, the mother of (Mahosadha(Eodhisatta), 55,60 (~d'^vi).

udda, ni. {sa udra) a kind of

aquatic animal, nn otter; rvO, 14,io;

gen. />/as8a, ] 6,9.

udda pa, m. 's<:. udvapa ?) the

foundation of a wfill, "-adini {v. adi)

91,18. — dalhuddipa, mfn. n. ^am(nasaram) 90,ai — thirn-pakara-pa-dam 91,20 {cp. dallia).

uddisati, vb, (sa. xid-^/diq) *) to

show, point out, declare; pot. 1. sg.

-•veyyam (kam . . . „whom should I

indicate (as my teacher)") Dh. 353.

*) to explain, teach {cp. next).

•^uddisapeti. vb. {eaus. 11. ud-

disati) to cause to teach or give in-

struction; ger. .^etabba, who is to be

called upon to give instruction, m.

r^o, 84,6. - fut. return, eomp. r^etu-

karaa, mfn. wanting an occasion to

give instruction, m. /^O, 84,6.

uddesa, »». (— sa.) •) illustration,

enunciation. ') region, place. — udde-

sika, mfn. (at the end of comp., cp.

sa. uddesaka) : solasa-vass'-uddesika,

f. about sixteen years of age, 86,23.

uddham, adv. {sa. urdhvam") up-

wards; <%/ul]oketva, 76,2. — uddnam-sota, mfn. {sa. urdhva-srotas) whose

stream of lite tends upwards, m. <^o,

Dh. 218.

uddhata, mfn. (— sa. fr. ud-

v'han) lifted up; v. an-uddhata.

uddhana, n. {sa. uddhana, ud-

dhmiina) an oven, a fireplace; "-an-

taresu {loc. pi.) „into the oven", 9,24

{cp, antara).

uddharati, vb, {sa. ud-^/hr) to

take out or up, to lift up, gather; pull

out, draw out, take away, remove(ace); imp. 3. pi. ,-wath(a) (attanamdugRa) Db. 327; — aor. 3. sg. ud-dliari (marii arakena) 20,26; — ger.

^itva 14,23 (macche). 26, i. 34,6 (da-

runi). 40,30. 44,26 (phalitaiii); — grd.

^itabba, n. ^am (asanara) 82,22. -cans. V. next.

uddharapeti, vh. {catis, II. ud-dharati) to raise, to cause to be pulledup (out); ger. ^etva Tmiilani) 38,2.

u d dh um a yati, y?*.(sa. ud-;/dhma)to swell; aor. 3. sg. «^ayi (galo) 13,ii.

unnadati, vb. {sa. ud-^'nad) to

cry out, roar, make a noise; aor. 3.

pi. ~imsu, 8,24. — cans, v. next.

^unnfideti, vb, {cans, unnadati)to cause to resound, echo, ring {ace);ger. o^qUR (vanaih) 34,8«; — part,mod, /N^ayaintina, f, />.a (devatu; va-naiii) 5,20.

*unuala, »»/"«. evildoing, arrogant,insolent (?); gen. pi. ^anaiii {opp.

51 upatta

pamattanam) Dh. 292 {cp. the

expression ^akiccaih pana kayirati",

ib.).

up a, prp. (— sa.) prefixed to verbs

and nouns ->= nenr to, with (opp. apa).

upakaddhati, v6.(sa. upa-^krsh)to draw towards; pr. 3. sg. <N^ati (ni-

rayaya „lead8 to hell") Dh. 311.

upakarana, n. (= sa.) instru-

ment, implement; pi. tunnavaya-upa-karanani, the implements of a tailor,

55,99.

upakara, »i. (— sa.) help, use;

bahupakara, mfn, very useful, m. /vo

(sakuno) IS.is; — nir-upakara, mfn,useless, m. r>iO (manusso) 35,3».

*upakulita. vifn. {fr. sa. *upa-

ykud {cp. ykut. kund)) half-burnt,

almost burnt up; m, ^o, 9,32.

upakkama. m. {sa. upakrama)^) beginning. ^) mode of proceeding,

^) treating, cure, *) intervention, coo«

peration, influence, action. v, an-

upakkamena, parilpakkamena.upakkilesa, m. (sa, upaklega)

a bad (depraving) quality, depravity,

ace. pi. r^e (cetaso) 91,7.

upaga, mfn. (= sa.) approaching;

m. pi. jati-jar'-upaga (nara) under-

going (again and again) birth and

decay, Dh, 341.

upagaccbati, vfc. (sa.upa-v/gam)

to go near, to enter, approach (acc);

aor. 3. sg. >^gaflchi, 40,is, 62,i8;

upagami, v. upagaccbati; — inf.

/N^gantura, 8,22; — ger. upagamma;an-upaganima, avoiding, 66,S8= 96,i7

;

- pp. upagata, m. f^o (niddaifa, fell

asleep) 65,2; au-upagato (dit^biga-

tani) has not adopted them, 93,98. —

cp. upagaccbati.

upaghata, m. (— sa.) stroke,

violation, injury, damage; an-upa-

gbata, m. (q. v.).

upaghatin, »»/». ('=-sa.) injuring;

parupagbatiH, mfn. who strikes others,

m. r^l, Dh. 184.

upacara, m. (— sa.) proceeding,

practice, custom; m. 1^0 (sippassa,

„it is the way of the craft") 65,7 ; acc.

/>^am karohi, „go through the usual

custom'', 55,u.

upacita, mfn. (— sa. pp. upa-

cinati, upa-^ci) heaped up, increased;

n. ,>.-am (kammam) 76,6.

*upaccaga, aor. 3. sg. (upMi-gaccbati) (sa. *upa + ati-v/ga) =to escape, to pass, overcome (acc);

kbano ma »^ „no moment should

escape" 108,6; sangam r^ (»has over-

come, subdued") Dh. 412.

upajjhaya, m. {sa. upadhyaya)a teacher, preceptor; /n^o, 82,23. 97,16;

gen. rvassa, 83,i; loc, rwambi, 82,i6.

upaUhapeti&(vapeti, vb. cans,

(sa. upa-\/8tha) *) to procure, provide

(acc); pot. 3. jj^ «%/apeyyum (bbiaak-

karii) 92,8; — ger. /v-apetva (dhitirii)

41,27 („6ummoning his courage"); 23,

1

V, corrections. — ') to ordain (acc);

inf. o^apetum, 81, i?; — grd. ^ape-tabba, m. pi. <^a (samanera) 81,u.

upatthabati & upa^t^^^^i(-tittbati), vb. {sa, upa-\/8tha) to

appear, to come near, to wait upon

(occ); part. m. <%.ttbahanto (Kosala-

rajanarii) 38,22; — aor. 3. sg. upa-

t^basi, appeared as, 23,98. 65,n; — pp.upa^^bita, m. pi. (tam, have come

near to thee) Dh. 235. cans, v, above.

*upa(tbaka, m. {cp, sa, upa-

stbatar) a servant; acc, pi, r^e, 73, 2s.

- "-kula, M. />wam (Sariputtassa „b

family devoted to the service of 8,")

81,n.

upatthana, n. {sa, upastbana)

attendance, waiting on, help, service;

acc, />/am kuruniana, a waiting wo-

man, 49,13; tesam »/ara gaochanto,

in order to help them, 35,2; — instr.

/vena (kim me evarupena raju/N.)

„why should 1 serve such a king ?"

26,11,

upatthapeti, v, upattbapeti.

upaddba, mfn. {sa. upardha, «.)

half; m. r^o (loko) 90,22. cp. addba.

upatitt^ati, v. upa^thabati.

upatta, mfn. (sa.upasta, up-^as*)cast down, thrown down; v. baritu-

.patta.

npaddava 62

upaddava, m. {sa, upadrava)attack; miafortua«, calamity; nom,

corupaddavo, nttack from robbers,

42,s {cp, cora). — an-upaddava, mfn.UJiinjured, Dh. 338 (q. v.), — nir-

UT)addava, mfn. without mishap, 25,ao

(a. t;.).

,

upadduta, mfn. (sa. upadruta,

pp. upa-y'diu) anuoyed, oppressed;

m. ^0 (hatthihi) 35,u; n. -N^am vata

bho! »how oppressive is it all", 65,n.— an -upddduta, mfn. not oppressed,

68,14 {q. v.). — ".p. upaddava.upadhana, n. (-= sa.) the act

of placing upon;para-dukkh'-upadha-

nena {insfr.) „by causing pain to

ethers", Dh. 291.

upadhareti, vb. (sa. cans, upa-

^/dhr) to consider, regard; to reflect

or nifiditate on; pr. 1, sg. -%^emi, 66,85;

pad. m. -^ento, b6,s9.

upadhi, ««. (=:= sa.) 'adding, addi-

tion' (increase, subttance?); pi. pas-

sions, affections (technically : the four

upadhis, viz. khandha, katna, kilesa,

kamnia, cp. SBE, X 96, Note); pi.

~i, 105,89 (narassa nandana). — nir-

upadhi, mfn. „free from all gerraa

(of renewed life)", ace. m. o^im. Dh.

418.

upanayhati, vh. (sa. upa-y/nah)

to tie or bind to, to put on; pr. 3, pi.

upanay(i)lianti (ye tam ~) „whoharbour such thoughts", Dh. 3—4.

upanameti, vb. (sa. cans, upa-

\/naiD) to reach, hand to; to offer,

present; ger. »viHva (tassa blieriifai

36,13; — part, gen, f. -^entiya (tassa)

89,5; — grd. ^etab!ja, m[ rvo. 83, 13.

upanikkhipat:, vb. (sa, tipa*

uih-y/kehip) to throw, cast down; to

place (down before), to procure; grd,

rvkhipitabba, n, rs^arii, 83,6.

*upan)blia. mfn. (sa. *upa -\-

nibha, cp. sannibha) almo.st like; f,

veluriya-vanli'-upanibha (fiiva) re-

sembling tlid colour of lapis-laEuli,

li),lU.

upanisa, f. (sa. upaiiisbad) the

secret art of doing or obtaining eome-

thing; labhupanisa, mfn. (?) «le»/«°8

to wealth", f. ^a (sc, patipada i*)

Dh. 76.

*upani88aya, prp. (ger. sa. upa-

ni-v/?ri) near to (ace); Rajagaham

,^, 84,26.

upanita-vaya,»«/>i. (sa-upamta

(brought near, upa-v/ni) + vayas)

whose life has come to an end ; m. r\.>0,

Dh. 237 (cp. vayas).

upapajjati, vb. (sa. upa-VP^'^)

to approach, obtain; to appear: to bo

produced, esp. to be born again; pr. 3.

sg. ^ati, 94,14; 3. pi. ~anti (w. ace.

Rabbhaii, nirayarii), Dh. 126; 3. pi.

mod. upapajjare (nirayara) Dh. 307.

— pp. upapanna, q. v.

upapatti. f. (=- sa.) appearing,

the being born again; acc, t^\va. (satta-

nam) Dh,4;9.upapanna, mfn. (= sa., pp.

upapajjati) having approached, reached,

obtained ; acc, m. jati-mant'-iipapan-

nam (brahnianarii) possessed cf high

birth and holy wisdom, 30,9.

up am a, mfn. (= «a., at the end

oi comp.) like, resembling; aggi-sikh'-

upama, m, o^o (ayogulo) „like flaring

fire-, 107,1 = Dh. 308; - indakhil'-

iipaiua. Dh. 95 ; kunibli'-fipama. Dh.

40; nagar'-upania, Dh. 40; phen'-

ilpaiua, Dh. 46; riijarath'-fipama,

Dh. 171 (v. h.), cp. next.

upania, f. (= sa.) resemblance,

comparison; a simile, example; acc,

~am (te karissami) 90,89; attanarii

/^aiii katvil, supposing that it is yourcase, Dh. 129; — loc, ^ayam (bhasl-

tassa Htthaiii) 90,»b. — At the end of

comp. ; upmiiu. mfn. (q, v.), cp,

upanimu.

uparava, m, (— sa.) noise (or

bustle); ,x,o (rajuBgane attattbava)42,30.

uparajaH, m. (— sa.) a viceroy;

uoiti. ^ii, 45,3T. cp. oparajja, «.

upari, indccl, (=^ sa.) ^) prp. =above, over, upon, against; •) 10. ge».aiifiassa ^, 7,9; coraranno ^, 40,7;'') w. loc. arakkhitthiya ~, 60,i;

53 upahata

«^niuddhani, 77,8. — ^)adv.= further,

moreover; 47, i7, — *) comp, "-pasada-vara-tala-gata, f. „ having aBcendedto the roof of the palace", 64,i2; cp,

next & uparima, w/m,

uparibhaga, wi. (= sa.) the

upper part or portion of something;loc. uparibhage (prp, w, gen.) =above, 13,2S (tassa .v), cp, uparima,*uparima, mfn. {fr. upari) upper,

most, topmost; °-bhaga, »». — upari-

bhaga; loc, {prp. w, gen.) ,ve (raniio)

above, 40,95.

upaladdhi, f. (m. upalabdhi)supposition, false opinion; sattilpa-

laddhi (g. v.) 91,i3-38.

upalabhati, vb. {sa. upa-\/labh)to find, to perceive; pass, upalabbhati,pr. 3. sg. „iB to bo found", 97,3. (u'upa-

labbhati) 97,7. — upaladdhi, f. {q. v.),

upalitta, mfn. {sa, upalipta, pp.upa-\/lip) besmeared, anointed; an-upalitta, mfn. {q, v,).

upavana, «. (= sa.) a small

forest, a grove, garden; "-arafifiesu

{loc.pl. dvandva-C07np.) , in the parks

and in the woods", 73,31.

up a vis a ti, (or upavisati) vb. {sa.

upa-^vio) to sit down; aor. 3. sg,

upavisi {w. ace. rukkhamiilam) 110,29.

*upa8amva8ati, vb. {sa. *upa-sam-y'vas) to live together with, to

keep company with {acc.);pot, 2, sg.

«^vase (Sakharii) 7,33,

upasamhita, mfn. (— sa., pp.

upa-sam-Y/dha) connected with, ac-

companied by ; sacc'-Qpasambita, mfn,true, n. /N/am, 9,3i.

upasagga, m., v. upassagga.

/upasamkamati, vb. {sa. upa-8am-\/kraui) to go to, come near,

approach (acc); pr. 3. pi. /x/anti,

21,»; — pot. 1. sg. r^eyy&m, 71,87; -aor. f\/\, 68,2; — inf. /vitum, 8,19; -ger. /^itva, 6,14. 19,J8; — pp. m,

<x/kanto (idh') 75,2s.

upasanta, mfn. {sa. upa^anta,

pp. upa-VQam, cp, upa-sammati)calm, tranquil; m. rvO, Db. 201. 378;

gen. «va8sa, Dh. 96.

upusama, >». (— sa.) becomingquiet, tranquillity oi mind

;gen. o/assa,

Dh. 206; dat. /%/aya (saiiivattati)

66,29. 93,8; dukkh'-vipasama-, „quiet-

ing of pain", 107,8o — Dh. 191 ("-gti-

minaih maggam); nekkhamm'-iipa-same, loc. „in the repose of retirement

(from this world)", Dh. 181; vitakk'-

upasame, loc. „in quieting doubts",

Dh. 360; sariikhar'-upasamaiii, acc.

cessation of existence, Dh. 368,

*upa8ampada, f. (/r. upa-sam-j/pad) ') taking, acquiring; Dh. 183.

^) acquiring a priest's order, ordination

of a priest; 70,i7. 97,ie; acc. <%/am,

70,15, - laddha-pabbajj'-flpasampada,

mfn, having obtained admission to the

order and ordination, m, /^o, 89,ie

{cp. pabbajja).

upasammati, vb. {sa. upa-Qam-yati, \/(;ain) to become quiet; pr.S.sg.

~ati,Dh.4. (tes'upasammati= tesaih

upa-"), Dh. 100; pp. upasanta {q. v.),

cp, upasama.upasussati, vb. {sa. upa-y/QU8h)

to dry up (by degress); pot, 3, sg.

<vaye (n'llpa-") 103,io.

upasevati, vb, {sa. upa-y'sev)to frequent, visit; to serve, worship;

to have sexual intercourse with (ncc);pr. 3. sg. ^ati, (afifiam) 9,38.

upaseviu, mfn. {-~ sa.) serving,

worshipping; devoted to, coveting; m.para-darupasevi, „who covets his

neighbours wife", Dh. 309.

upassagga, m. (—> upasagga,sa, upasarga) an accident, misfortune;

acc. f^&m {var. upasagpaih) Dh. 139.

upassattha, mfn, {sa, upasi'shfa,

pp. upa-y'srj) afflicted, plagued; n.

<^am Tata bhol „how stifling is it all!"

65,18. 68,19. — an-upassattha, mfn,

{q. V,).

upahannati, vb. pass. {sa. upa-

V'haD, pass.) to be afflicted, oppressed;

pr. 3. sg. /x/ati (oittarii) 97,86; pp. v.

next.

upahata, mfn. {sa. pp. upa-ylian)struck, beaten ; injured, afflicted, pained

;

m. fs>0 (kamso, nbroken"), Dh. 134.

Upahfira 54

upahara, m. (— sa.) ') receiving,

acquiring. ') offering; present, obla-

tion; an-upahara, «i. (q, v.).

upagaccliati, v6. (sa, upa-\/gain)

to come near, approach (ace); to re-

turn; aor. 3, sg. ,%/ganchi, 112,r,

/>.^gami, 103,4. 112,24. 114,32; — pp.

upagata, m. ,>^o, „ru8hed at her",

111,92.

up ad ana, n, (— sa.) ') taking,

grasping, clinging to existence, the 9th

link of the paticcasamuppada {q. v.),

originating with tanha, 66,9 (tanha-

paccaya ,>,arii) and causing bhava

(^paccaya bhav \ ib.). — pane' upa-

dana-kkhandha (m. pi.) „the fivefold

clinging to existence", 67, ii (v. khan-

dlia). — upadiinii-nirodha, vi. 66, lo

(cp. corrections). — upay'-upadana,

96,10-11 (q.vX — ^)fuei; tina-katth'-

upadanarii (a ?c.), the fuel of grass

and wood, 94,30. cp. next.

upadiyati, tb. (sa. upa-\/d a) *)

to take with, include, comprise, -) to

grasp at, cling to the .vorld; pr. 3. sg.

'^diyati (uoilyupadanaiii, q.v.) 96, is;

- part. med. upaJiyana. vi. an-upa-

C'iyano, „cirinp for nothing" Dh. 20(cp. S;1E. X, 8.V, — gei: upadaya[uftkjn used as prp. ^^ including, on

account of, in ::oniparison with, etc.]',

nn-upadaya, having become free from

attaclimeiit, 69,93: Dh, 89 (rata), 414(nibbuto); anupadiiya is sometimesshortened to an^pada (adv.) -^ abso-

lutely, completely, 94,i2 (vimutto).

[The passive form is upadiyati or

up.'id;yyati, rp. adiyati;]

upaya. m. (=' sa,)' means, expe-

dient, Way; ^o l,io. 43,2g; insir,

/v-ena, by some means or other, 25,35.

26,10. 33,23 = eken' upayena, 4,i;

imina (eten') upayeTta, by these means,

65,8, 58,23; tett'eva (eten'eva) upa-yena, in the same way, 2,2i, 23,23;

vena tena upayena. anyhow, at any

pjj^, 1,9; an-upayena, „by misguidedniedns", 34,i7-2o. - *upaya-kusala,mfn. skilful, clever; )». ^0, 25,u. 40,ic.

- "^upayupadana, n. (cC- m. pi.) seems

to denote the coveting and grasping of

(wordly things), ace. ~am (na upetl

na upadiyati) 96,ii; upayupadana-

bhinivesa-nibandho {adj. ayara loko

yebhuyyena) 96,io 0: (upon the whole

this existence is only) a chain of cove-

ting, grasping, and clinging to (the

world), cp. abhinivesa.

*upaya8a, w. {cp> sa. ayasa)

despair; pi. {dvandva comp.) ~a,

66,11-17; instr. pi. >^eh\, 70,3o. - sa-

upiiyasa, mfn. coupled with despair,

«. /-waiii. 94,2.

Up all, »«. (-= sa.) nom.pr. of a

thera; "-pandito (aggo vinaye) 109,:;

ace. r^\m, i09,i,v, ^-thero satima,

109,18.

upavisi, V. upa-visati.

upasaka, n. (= sa.) a faithful

layman, a lay disciple of Buddha; voc.

r«/a, 28,14; ace. ->.aiii, 28,3, 69,2o; pi.

^a, 28,15.

upiihana, f. {sa. upanah) a shoe,

sandal; ace. pi. ,>.a, 82,i7.

upeta, mfn. {= sa.\ pp. fr, next)

who has arrived at, entered into; pos-

sessed of, endowed with {tv, ace, or

instr, or at the end of comp,); nt. /x/O

ralasiyara, „full of sloth") Dh. 280;(daniasaccena) Dh. 10 {opp. apeto);- piiiiupeta, mfn, lifelong, v. pana;vanna-gandha-ras'upeta.wi/'n. endowedwith beauty, odour, and flavour, ni.

-^0 (ambo) 37,3o; sabbiikaravar'tipeta,

mfn., V. akiira.

upeti, vb. {sa. upa-\/i) to go to,

approach, enter into {acc.)\ abs. to fit

the case; pr, 3. sg. />^eti (nirayam)

74,1; (upayupadanaiii) 96,i2; (gab-

bham. to the born) Dh, 326; naupeti, 94,14 („it would not fit the

case");pr, 1. pi. ^ema (saranam taiii,

take reluge in thee) 10.5,si; - fut. 2.

sg. upehisi (jatijaram) Dh. 238 »=-

348; 1. sg. upessam (gabbhaseyyam)105,20; - ger. upecca, 110,3o; - pp.upeta, q. v. {cp. upaya).uposatha. in. {sa, upavasatba)

fast, fast-duy; holy day, sabbath (oc-

curring four times in the month), ,^0,

65 ubbayattha

14,17 — **>-divaso, 14,i6; maha-**,

22,20; punnamuposatbadivaso, 22,i»

(the fuUraoon-boliday); acc. ^am,22,20. '"-kanima, n. the fast-day ser-

vice, notn. acc. -vam, 14, 13. 22,i6,

*0-angani (pi.) the holy day vows,

61,7 (cp, Sp, Hardy, Eastern Mona-chisni).

uposathika, mfn.{fr. uposatha)one who observes the sabbath, fasting;

m. pi. f^a, 14,19.

uppajjati, vb, (sa. ut-\/pad) to

arise, originate, begin, appear; to be

be produced, to be found; pr. 3, sg,

i^&ti, 19,1 (yava-N^, until be appeared);

25,32; 27,4 (saddo); 35,i2 (me duk-

khaih, I am annoyed) ; 63,10 (mebhayam, I fear); 70,27 (-paccaya,

from); 96,13; 99,2 (is born); part,

med. ,>.'mana, n. dukkham uppajja-

manam uppajjati, whenever something

arises, then it is pain that arises,

96,13; aor. 3. sg. udapadi, 8,9, 68,26,

78,31 ; uppajji, 26,2i. 46,i. 78,24. 89,io;

— ger, rwitva, having been produced,

80,29; - pp. uppanna, q.v.; - caus.

uppadeti, g. v. (cp.- upapajjati &next),

uppatati, vb. (sa. ut-y'pat) to

fly up, leap up; to rise, ascend; aor.

3. sg. uppati (akase) ll,i9; - ger,

^itva, 2,s-2i. 21,36. 36,24; -pp. o/ita.

m. 'X'O, 3,80 ; acc, rvam (kodham)

106,33 -= Dh. 222,

u p p a 1 1 i ,/". (sa. utpatti ; fr. uppaj-

jati) arising, origin; thanuppatti, 3. v,

uppada, m. v. uppada.

uppanna, mfn, {pp. uppajjati,

sa, utpanna) arisen, produced, born;

m. ^o, 1,23. 2,30 (dohalo); 42,5 (coru-

paddavo"); 62,24 (putto); loc, m. rve

(labhasankare) 72,28.

uppala, n. {sa. utpala) a lotus-

flower, cap. the blue lotus; <N/am, Dh.

55; niluppald.di-kuBuma-, 47,i8.

Uppalavanna, m. {aa, *Utpa-

lavar^a) nom, pr. of a deva in Sakka's

heaven; gen. >vasBa (devasse,) 110,i7.

uppada, m. (sa. utpada) arising,

appearance, coming into cxigteooe,

birlb; <%^o (Buddbanam) Dh. 194;

182 (metri causa : uppado); abl. r^a,

(phalitas8') 44,8i; - *uppada-vaya-dhammiH, mfn, subjected to genesis

and destruction, vi, pi. i^ino (sam-

khara) 80,39. - anuppadadhamma,tnfn, {v. an-uppada, - Buddhuppada,m, {q. v.).

uppadeti, vb. {caus. uppajjati,

sa, utpadayati) to give rise to, to con-

ceive, feel; to bring forward, produce,

obtain, gain (acc); aor, 3, sg. owesi

(ruciiii tayi, „fixed her choice on you")

10,19; (visarii satasabassarii, „gained

two millions") 23,a; 57,9; (ruhirarii,

„made to bleed") 76,i; 3, sg. <N.esi

(id.) 76,4; - ger, «N^etva (dohalam,having conceived a longing for {loc.))

1,6. 2,28; (karunfiam, „felt compassion

with" (loc,)) 16,31 ;(rucim pabbajjaya)

64,2; (avannaiii Gotamassa, „bring-

ing reproach on G.") 72,32; — pp.uppadita, n. -%/am (ruhirarii) 76,7;

"-dhanarii (acc), the money which be

had earned, 67,35.

ubbigga, mfn. {sa. udvigna; pp.ubbijjati, sa, ud-\/vij) frightened,

anxious; m, i\,,o, 75,17; acc. ^arii,

76,18.

*ubbedha, m. {cp. sa. udviddha,

mfn. & vedha, m. depth) height;

yojana-sahass'-ubbedha. mfn. 1000leagues high, tn, r^o, 60,24.

ubbhata, mfn, {sa. udbhrta, pp.

ud-v/bhr) carried away or out, drawnup; m. c^, fvarijo okamokata) Dh.

34; pi. o^a (maccba udaka tbalarii)

16,14 {cp. uddharitva, 14,23).

ubbhijjati, vb, {pass, ubbbin-

dati, sa. ud-\/bhid) to break out, to

sprout; ger, ubbhijja (titthati „Btand8

sprouting" (lata)) Dh. 340.

ubhaya, mfn, (= sa,) both; inatr.

m, .vena (saiifiamena, on account of

both sorts of abstinence : abstinence

and non-abstinence) 85,i9; n, /vaiii,

adv, both, Dh. 404 (o'ilbbayam)

;

comp. ubhaya-nagara-yasinaiii {gen,

pi.) 62,9.

ubhayattba, adv,{sa. ubhayatra)

ubho 56

>n both places, in both cases; 107,te

— Ph. 15-18.ubho, mfn. pi. (so. ubhau) both;

m. ubho pi, 5,i2. 43,i8; ubho pi te,

74,? — Do. 306; ubho (gihi pabba-

jita) Dh. 74; n. ubho „both sidea",

Dh. 269; ace. «». ubho (ante) 66,)i8

-= %,i7; ubho sangum (pufinaii ca

papafl ca) Dh. 412, cp. sanga (Tr.

F. M. p. 82) ; ubho (attham anatthan

ca) Dh. 266; inslr. m. ubhohi (hat-

thehi) 27,19; gen. nin. ubhinnam,

43,s9. 68,9; loc. mn. ubhosu (passesu)

40,5.

urn mar a, m. («a. umbara, cp.

mahratt, umbara) a threshold {cp,

indakhila); loc. '^e, 65,is.

ummujjati, vb. (sa. ud-\/majj)

to emerge; pr. 3, pi. ^anti, 26,26. —ummujja-niinujja, »i(?) emerging and

diving; ace. ^arii karonti (udake)

26,23 (cp. sa. unmrjavamrja).

uyyiiti, vb. (sa. ud-y'ya) to go

out (away); imp. 2. sj. ,^yahi (magga,make way!) 44,8-io.

uyyana, n, (sa, udyana) a park,

a (royal) garden; UQC. .^^am, 6,17;

gen, .^assa, 37, is; loc. ^e, 6,4. 36,35)

Makhadev'-ambavan'-", 45,7. - °-k-

bhimukha, tnfn. turned towards the

garden, m. .^0, 63,6. - *''-kila &-Idlika, q. V, - "-pale, m, a garde-

ner, «^o, 37,11; lice. fN^am, 37,8-17;

gen. o^assa, 37, 11. - "-piilaka, m.

id. gen. ^o.si\ 38,5. - *''-bhumi,

/'. the garden-ground, ace. ^im,63,2.

uyyufijati, vb, (so. ud-^yuj) to

go away, depart, leave one's house

and family; pr. 3. pi. ix/anti (traced

only once) Dh. 91. — cans, uyyojeti

(q. V.) cp. next,

uyyoga, m. (sa. udyoga) depar-

ture; "-mukhe, at the threshold of

deiitb, Dh. .135 (cp. tuukha).

•'uyycjet;, t'6. (cans, uyyufijati,

sa. udyojayati), to sesid away, to send

cut for some purpose, to take leave of

(ace); aor, 3. sg. -wes:, 19,22. 61, 1.

69,22 J - ger, ,-vetva, 43,i8.

ura & ura», ». (««• uras, «.) the

breast; loc, ^e, 23,8i. 89,7. (cp. orasa.)

uracchada, m. (sa. ura^chada),

a breastplate, armour; o.pasadhanam

(q. V.) a splendid armour, 23,32.

Uruvela, f. (sa. Uruvitva) now.

pr. of a town in the Magadha country,

near the river Neranjara; loc. />^ayam,

66,2.

ulumpa, m. (sa. udupa) a raft,

a float; ^acc. /s.-am, 23, 13.

uluka, m. (— sa.) an owl; 0..0,

11,19; ace. o^aiii, 11,2; gen. ,>^assa,

11,10. - o.jataka. n. 10,25 £f.

*ulloka, m. (fr. next) perceiving,

observing, sight; abl. i-^bl pa^bamam,as soon as it is seen, 84,i8.

*ulloketi. vb. (sa. *ut -|- \/lok)

to look at, look up; aor. 3. sg. o.'Csi

(iikasarii) 33,5; (Bliagavantaih) 69,33;

- ger. ,%^etva (uddham) 76,a; — pp.<N^ita, loc. a6s. akase -^e, 32, 11.

usabha', m. (sa. rshabba) a bull;

rv/O, 105,i2-iB| ace, ~am („the manly")Dh. 422,

*u8abha*, «., a certain measure

of length — 20 yatthi (q. v.), about

70 meters; atthiisabha-matta, mfn,,,

n. <^&m tlianam, a space of eight

usabhas, 27,27. (cp. yojana.)

usira, n. (sa. U(;ira) the root of

a fragrant grass (birana, q. v,)\ *"•

attha, mfn, wanting usira, m, »x,o,

108,1 - Dh. 337. (cp. attha' (2)).U8U, »t(& f.) (sa. ishu) an arrow.

- usu-k.ara, m. (sa. ishu-kara) anarrow-maker, a fletcher; rvo, Dh. 33;pi. ^a, 106,27 — Dh. 80. 145.

usuyyati, v6. i/ewom. (sd. asuyati,

fr. usuya, usuyya (= sa. asiiya)envy, jealousy) to envy, to be jealous;

part. m. usuyyarii, 14,4 (an-usuyyanitnot envying).

*us8aBkiH, mfn. (fr. sa, ut -|-

y^amk) distrustful, anxious; m. o^i,

75,17; ace. ^im, 75,i8.

*u8sada,»i. (probably /'r.ut-y^8ad)

') abundance, swelling, tumor. *) nameof a certain hell ; "-nirayo, 23,26. (cp,

sa. ud-y'chad <& next).

67 eka

ussanna, mfn. {sa. utsanna, pp.ut-\/sad) extensive, abundant ; n. ,>^am(suvannam, „ttbundance of gold") 26,9.

(cp. sa. ucchanna).ussava, m. (sa, utsava) feast,

merriment; ,^^0 maha, 112,i5.

ussahati, vb. {sa. ut-\/sah) to beable to, to dare, venture (w. inf.);

to bear, endure; pr. 3. sg, ^ati 50,3.

81,17. 83,31.

ussapeti, vh. {sa. ucchrapayati,cans. ud-\/(jri) to raise, to lift up(occ); ger. /%^etva (sondam), 76,2i.

ussareti, vh. {sa. ut-sarayati,

caus, ut-y'sr) to cause to go away;ger. o/etva (caturaflgulaiii kannam.N^etva civaram samharitabbam, the

robe ought to be folded up so that

a corner of four inches more is hang-

ing over) 83,10 (ciJ.SBE.XIII. p. 156).

ussisaka, n. {sa. uccbirshaka)a head-pillow, a bed's head; loc, >ve,

41,16.

ussuka, mfn. (sa. utsuka) zealous,

desirous, eager for, longing for, greedy;

loc. pi. <N^esu an-ussuka {pi.) „free

from greed among the greedy", Dh,199; n. o^am (na Tatbagatassa hoti,

T. does not care about it, lays no

stress upon that) 91,3. {cp. ossukka.)

*U88uta, mfn. -= avassuta {q. v.).

- an-u68uta, mfn. {q. v.).

U.

uka, f. {sa. yuka) a louse; ace.

pi. .x/a (vioinanti, rafino sise, being

about to louse the king's head) 46,2fi.

una, mfn. (= sa.) wanting, defi-

cient, less than, minus {w. instr.); n.

^am (dvihi /^am purisa-sabassaih

o: 998 men = 600 + 250 + 126 +62 4- 31 -f 16 + 8 + 4 + 2, who

had Buccessively been killed by their

comrades) 34,9; loc. pi. f^^eaa (eken'

unesu paficasu attabhava-satesu, in

500 existences but one) 17,7; comp,

ekanavisati {q. v.).

umi, f. {<& m.) {sa. urmi) a wave;

loc. />/iya uggataya, when the waverises, 27,3.

ilru, in. (— sa.) the thigh; loo,

-N.'Umhi, 29,87.

ubafinati, vb. {pass, uhanati,

uha'nti, sa. ud-|/han) to become de-

stroyed, disordered, soiled ; aor. 3. sg.

ma viharo rajena uhaiiiii, „in order

that the vihara may nit become dusty",

84,28; - pp. uhata, destroyed, v, an-

ubata {cp. (an-)uddhata).

E.

eka, mfn. {num. & pron, indef,

— sa.) ') one; n. ^arii, 56,is. 82,8

(ekan); gen. ^assa, 56,i6; instr. m.

<N./ena, 81,u; eken' unesu, 17,7 {v,

una). — *) only, single, that one only;

»j. <N.o (elako) 30,5; ace. />/am (dhani-

mam) 106,14; (attanam, oneself only)

107,4; gen. ->.;assa (elakassa) 17,6;

n. aec. ->^am (palitaih) 46,87 ; - camp.ekaparadham, 47,8 {v. aparadba);eka-panam, 27,23; eka-puttako, 23,6;

eka-purisik.a, f. {v. separately) ; eka-ntaccham pi na, not one single fish,

4,85; eka-vacanena {instr.), lit. at

the word once spoken 0: directly,

immediately, 57,8i; - eka-ratti-vasa,

mfn. abiding for one night, m. /^^o,

104,34; — eka-dvara, mfn. havingonly one gateway, n. /N^aih (nagaram)90,31. 91,83; — eka-samgabita, mfn.unified, m. pi. /^a, 99,io. — ^) united

continual; comp. eka-pallankena (ms^r.

V. pallanka) 66,4; eka-ppaharen'eva,with one blow, with one voice, 27, 14.

40.10. 74,6 {cp. pahara); eka-phali-

phullam, 62,11 {v, /».); eka-viravam,

60.11. — *) the same, one and the same;

eka-divase {loc.) 46,84. — *) alone,

solitary; ace. m. «^am, 106,i3 = Dh.395; gen. ^assa, Dh. 330; ekacara

{q. v.), — *) some (. . . or other), oneor other, a certain

;pi. some ; m. <^o

(upayo) 1,10; (bako) 4,i; (Vijayo)

okaihsa 58

110,88; ace. />.am (udumbaraih) l,»e;

instr. >%^ena (eken' upayena) 46,2*;

Ice, m. n. /x-asmiih, 3,80. 8,20; ekas-

mim samaye, once upon a time, 30,28

— ekaih samayarh, 66,23; eomp. eka-divasam (ace), one day, 6,8i. 13,22;

eka-bhikkhussa (^CM.), 79,i7; —pi.m. eke, 77,i3. 104,i. - ') in the samesense used as an indefinite article -=-

a, an; m. ~o (s';msumaro) 1,5; (di-

pako) 2,19; a::c. /^arii (assarii) 65,ie;

gen, f. ekissa. 6,32; comp. eka-pali-

taii, 46,53; oka-mi.^am (ace.) 6,19;

eka-gandhakutiyara {loc.) 73,u. - *)

rCjOeated or corresponding w. anfia or

dutiya = tlie ono . . . tlie other ; m.

eko . . . eko, 33,84-25; instr. ekena . . .

ekena. 83, 17; comp, eka-divasam . .

.

eka-divasam, 6,25-26; gen. ekassa . .

.

annassa, 7.»; eko . . . dutiyo (anto)

S6,i6. {cp. an-eka, ekamsa etc.)

ekftirsa, ') mfn. (sa. ekaiii^a)

wit'i on« bhoulder, belonging to one

Bhoulder', only constructed with ci-

vara or uttarasafigB, ace. m. rvamuttarasaiigam karitva, arranging the

upper robe over one rhoulder, 74, le.

82,18. — ^) m. (sa.' ekamsa) one part,

totality (?); nom. ^0 (tava jivitam

„only one part of thee is life" (Fsb.),

but perhaps we have to read ekaiiise

(adv.)) 103,0; instr. ekamsena, adv.

((£ loc, ekaihse, adv.) = in whole,

upon the whole, entirely, totally, ab-

solutely, undoubtedly, inevitably, 6,31.

86,3 (cp. ariisa).

' ekaka, mfn, (= sa,) single, alone,

solitary; in, ^0 va (quite alone) 33, 31;

ace. m, r^am, 22 28; ace,jf, ekikam,

31,20.

"ekagbana, mfn. {sa. *eka -f-

ghana) compact, boIIj, hard; mi. n./0

(selo) 106,29 -=- Dh, 81.

ekacara, Mfn, (= sa.) wanderingor living alone, solitary; »i. «^o, 2,19;

ace. rvam, Dh, 37.

*ekacariya, f, (sa. *eka -4- car-

ya) walking alone; ace. nwam, Dh.61 (metri causa read : ekacaryarii).

ekacca, uifn. (Jr, sa. ekatara,

*ekatra, •ekatya, cp. Tr. PM, p. 56)

one of two, a single; pi. some ( . . .

others); m.pl. ^e, 18,4 (vanija), 90,29

(viflfiu purisa); repeated : 22,&-e\ pi.

f. (vS, 65,s-T.

ekato, adv. {sa, ekatas) ') on the

one side (on the other side), 14,8.

27,4. - *) together; at once, simultane-

ously; rwvasanta, 14,io; .^sannipatati,

14,13. 72,29; tena saddhim >^, 45,25;

kena saddbim ^ butva (by help of

whom?) 72,32; — tini pi ~ inadditva,

57,28; vacayimsu pottbakattayam .^,

114,19.

ek an tarn (& ekantena), adv. {sa.

ekantaiii) absolutely, exclusively, at

any rate, always; ^ nindito, Dh. 228.

{cp. ekamsena.)*eka-purisika, f. {adj.) {fr. eka

-|- purisa) true to one man; ace. ^am,48,16; instr, r«^aya (ittbiya), 48,35.

*ekamantam, adv. {fr. eka -j"

anta) on one side, apart, aside; by

one's side, near; ,x/ nisidi, 28,u. 35,3.

68,17; /s< tbatvS, 49,7; ».> atthasi,

87,3(; n^ karitva {ace. laid aside) 75. 20;

~ nikkbipitabbam (civararii) 83,29.

*ekarajja. n. {sa. *eka 4- rajya)

sole sovereignty; instr. <^ena, Dh,178.

*ekavaciya, n. {sa, *eka -\- va-

cya) a single remark or objection,

private opinion; ace. o/am, 11, 11.

ekavaraih. adv. (= sa.) once;

50,10 {cp. vara).

ekavisam & ekavisati, num.{sa. eka-vim^atli]) twenty. — ekavi-

satima, mfn. {sa. ekaviriiQatama) the

21th; m. ^0 (vaggo) Dh. 305.

""ekasadisa, mfn. {sa. *eka -{-

sadi'Qa) fully alike or resembling,

identical; pi, ^a (mataputta) 49,8.

*ekaseyya, /'. {sa. *eka + ?ayya)lying, sleeping alone; ace. {adv.) f^a.m

(eko caram) Dh. 305.

ekadasa, num. {sa. ekada(ja)

eleven. — ekadasama, mfn. {sa. eka-dacj-ama) the eleventh; m. ,n^o (vaggo)Dh. 156.

ekayalia, n. (— sa.) a narrow

59 ettha

way, the only way to" salvation; mfn.leading to salvation, »». r^o (maggo)113,19.

*ekasana, n. {sa. *eka + asana)sitting, living alone; ace. {adv.) r^aiOi

(eko caram) Dh. 305.

ekaha, n. {sa. ekaha[n]) one day,

V. alia ; mfn. lasting one day, n, /^am(jivitara) Db. 110.

ekika, f. v. ekaka,

ekiinavisati, num. {sa. ekona-virii<;ati) nineteen. — ekunavisatima,

mfn. the 19th, wt. rvO (vaggo) Dh.272.

ekeka, mfn. {sa, ekaika) one byone, several, each; acc. rvaiii, 4,8-34;

w. loc. i^&m (amhesu) 4,ii.

ekekaso, adv. {sa. ekaika^as)

one by one, severally, lll,u.

*eja, f. {fr, \/ei) lust, desire,

craving; an-eja, >«/>(. {q. v.).

etaih, pron. dcmonstr, n. nom. acc.

{sa. etad), 8,27 etc.; etan, 1,21. 16,ii;

etad (the original form, used in somecases of Sandhi before a word begin-

ning with a vowel) 3,3, 23, a. 64,io

(etad-ahosi), 68,13 (etad-avoca), 103, 13

(etad-abravi), Dh. 390; — m. esa

{sa. eshas) 1,8. 3.u; 6,1 etc. eso (with

more emphasis) 59,3; 114,6; — f. esa

{sa. esha) 31,6. 87,28, 103,3i; —acc.»«(/".) etarii, 24,24 etc. ;

— instr. m{n.^

etena, 4,24. 33,u (eten'); -r/en^ {dat.)

m{n.) etassa, 1,7. 11,6; f. etissa, 55,5;

- pi. n. etani, 2,i ;pi. m. {nom. acc.)

ete, 3,26. 5,9 etc.; f. eta, 21, 31; -

gen. {dat.) etesaih, 7,i7. 60,i3. 102,6;

- instr. {all.) etehi, 2,io. Otherwise

the declension is that of tarn {q. v.).

- ') this, this here (what is nearest

to the speaker) 33,ii. - ^) referring

to the preceeding, 66,i8, 103,8i. 107,2i.

- ') referring to the following, 3,30.

23,8. - *) = Buob, like that, 81,6;

no h'etam ,not so", 70,s. - *) com-

bined w. other pron, (with an empha-

sis) : es'abaih, 69,i9; sometimes plainly

constmcted with the 1. pers. of the

verb., esa te sisaih chinditva bhii-

miyaih kbipissami, 6,12; esa mufijam

parihare, 103,33; — ete te ubho ante,

96,17. — esa ya rati, 47,27, — cp.

ayarii (idaiii), enaiii.

etarahi, adv. {sa. etarhi) now,

at picHfnt; 29,30. 30,24. 56, 11 {opp.

atitfi' '^ite, cp. Dh. 228), 94,23. 99,5.

- c]'' rahi, carahi.

etailisa, mfn. {sa. etadr^a) such,

of this kind; m, /n^o, 44,3. 80,24. 85, 20,

cp. tadisa.

eti, vb. {sa. a-y/i) to go, to come,

go to, reach (acc); to come back,

return; pr. 3. sg. eti (to. acc, catu-

bhagaiii, is worth) Dh. 108; (pativa-

taiifa) Dh, 64; 1. sg. emi, 108,28; 3.

pi. enti (return) 56,i8; — imp. 2. sg,

ehi, 1,1ft. 9,21. 67,31. 68,i4. 108,38; 2,

pi. etha, 21,80. 73,2i; Dh. 171; -fut. 3. sg. essati, 66,20; Dh. 369;ehiti, 12,6; 2. sg. essasi, 56, 20; ehisi,

Dh. 236. 369; 1. sg. essami, 56,3o;

3. pi. essanti, Dh. 86; —part, enta,

loc. abs. ente (udake), 56,2i ; an-ente,

ib. — cp. yati.

etta, mfn. v. ettaka,

*ettaka, mfn, {fr, *etavataka,

cp, sa. iyattaka, Tr. PM. p. 80) so

great, so much; pi. so many; acc. m.

~am (kalarii, all this time) 46,33;

(allapasallaparii) 66,22; n. ettaiii

(contracted fr. ettakaiii) Dh. 196

(im' ettarii punfiaiii); instr. n. ^enapi.notwithstanding this, 39,4; pi. m. ^a(tumhe, all of you) 88,25; (pana)

90,35; instr. n. /^.-ehi (ratanehi) 27,29;

gen, m. /v.anaiia (all these) 10,i2. 30,5,

54,14, cp. next.

*ettavata, adv. (/V, etta— ettaka,

cp, kittaka & kittavata) thus, so far,

to that extent : rv sammadi^^hi hoti,

96,16.

*etto, adv. {fr, etaih, through

*etato ? cp. ito, tato) from thence,

hence; over there; 104,i5; 87,38; 6,5

{opp, ito).

ettha, adv, {sa, atra > *attha,

phonetically influenced by etaih, cp.

etta etc, above) ^) here, in this place;

86,»9. 88,29 — Dh. 174 (in this

world); 104,i {-^ pagajba o: saiigame;

etha 60

Fausb0ll, SEE, X« p. 70 t plunged

into this world ?) ; etth'eva — this

very Koment, 46,j. 66,25. — *) there,

in that place; 3,5>ia-32. 65,u. 112,24;

ettha ce te mane atthi, 72,2i (ettha

refers both to yam vadanti and to

ye vadanti ; if your mind inclines to

that about which people eay „it is

mine", or to those who say so, then

you shall not escape me). — ') there,

to that place; 2,8 (^ nelii maiii). -'') in this case, in this matter, in that

particular; 37,7. 73,7. 79,90. 91, 1. 94,2i.

96,15. — If attha — atra cnn be traced

In the Pali texts (it is found in Abhi-

dhrina), then \ve could possibly take

'ttha in the phrane : kaya nu'ttha

bhikkhave etarahi kathaya sanni-

sinna in the sense of „here'' ; but

attha is more likely pf. 2. pi. of the

veib atthi {q. v.) 29, so. 31,23.

etlia, imp. 2. pi, v. eti.

edhati, vh. {sa. |/edh) to prosper,

to succeed in;

pr, 3. Sff. rvati (su-

khaiii) Dh. 193; w. instr, (nikatya

sufiham ~) 5,ai.

enaiii, pron. demonntr. (sa, ena,

substituted for etam, as narii {q. v.)

for taiiil this, that, it; ace. m. tamenaiii (nthe same", that person in

question) 100,12; aoc. f. tam ena(rae'ri causa for enarii) 47, 21 ; ace, n,

enarii, Dh. 118. 5.13.

anta, mfn. (part.) v. eti.

Era van a, m, nom, pr. {sa, Aira-

Vana) name of Sakka's elephant; "-pa-

tibhaga, mfn. equal to E., gen, r^aBsa,

45,io. 1

ereti, vh. (— ireti, cails. \/ir, sa.

irayati) ';o move, to raise one'n voice;

pr. 2. sg. /N^esi (sace n'eresi attanam)Dh. 134 (cp. Tr. PM. p. 76; Morris,JPTS. '87. p. 146).

elaka, m. {sa. edaka) a ram, a

goat; ^0, 16,27. 29,26; voc, r^tt, 17,i8;

ace, /^am, 16,34; instr. r^ena, 17, 19;

gen, pi, rvanam, 29,24 {cp. menda).eva, indecl. (— sa.) just, even,

only (mostly used to strengthen or

limit the idea of a preceediog word

and consequently to be rendered diffe-

rently according to its different construc-

tions). Besides eva we find also the

forms yeva and fleva, but their use

in the texts is not strictly conformable

to phonetical principles. ^) eva : phala-

phalarii tam eva (those fruits) 2,7;

sariram eva (it is true)_2,8; attano

. . . eva (his own) 2,i6; agacchantam

eva (as soon as) 2,si; ten'eva (the

same) 2,2i; eten'eva, 23,32; so eva

(id. opp. afifio) 99,2; tasb'eva, 11,25

\id.)\ tass'eva (to him alone) 37, is;

tath'eva (likewise) 2,25. 106,28; tatth'-

eva (on that very spot, that very

moment) 3,6. 9,3 etc.\ aham eva (just

1) 29,19. 51,8; imam eva {id.) 66,20;

'ti . . . eva (just therefore) 47,4; ekameva (only) l2,2o; gunakatham eva

(id.) 43,7, cp. 49,1;' ujjhayath'eva

{id) 88,26; kocid-eva (only few) 88,34,

but 99,17 („gauz beliebig"); yen' eva

(by which verily) 96,27; ajj' eva (this

very day) 65,i3; atth' eva kahapane(again, as before) 24,33, cp, 86,25-27

(oonstantly); — but, on the contrary:

96,18-15; 74,30 (Sariputta-Moggalla-

nc'va); eva . . . pana (/Kcv-de) 88,22-23,

These examples, indiscriminately cho-

sen, may easily be increased by others,

— ^) yeva, most frequently after wordsending with palatal vowels (e, i, i),

but also often after m and even after

a, 0, u. ») after e : l,u. 7, 10. 9,3. 12,8

etc. •>) after i (i) : 31 ,26. 39,7. 86,2; 66,20.

«) after rii : 10,ai. 17,ie-2i. 23,20. 28.33.

etc. ^) after a : 21, 12. 43,39. 48,34.

•) after : 43,i5 50,3t. 88,i7. 97,30.

') after u : 22,7. - ') neva, only after

words ending with m, which often,

through assimilation, is altered to n !

tvarii fleva, 28,i4. 54,32. 77,6; itthi-

naiii neva, 48,33; passantanam neva,

64,14; tan fleva. 6,10; tasmifi neva,

46,14; ahan fleva, 99,io. - *) Afterlong vowels eva is very often (by eli-

sion of e) shortened to va (v. h.). —*) eva- as the first part of comp. ®-riipa,

mfn. {q. v.), identical with evam {v,

next).

61 ogha

evam, adv. (— sa.) thus, in this

way; •) thus (as follows) : l,is. 3,i6

(evam aha); 66,83, 93,2i (evarii mesutam „thu8 I have heard") ; — »") thus

(as mentioDed before) : 3,38. 4,29. 6,38.

7,16 etc; evarii hoti, 66,u; evaihpassarii^ 71,*; yadi evaih (if so) 5,i6;

evaiii janahi („thu8 I declare thee")

72,33; evaiii bhante (yes) 76,i4-, evameva (even so) 91,8. 68,35 (corresp. w,seyyatha); na evam (not so, corresp.

w, yatha) 62,86; evam ete (only in

this way and only those) 91,8; evaih= therefore, referring to a preo. part.

denoting the cause (adinavaih sam-passamano. because you consider it

dangerous) 93,39.

*evam-gotta, mfn. (sa. *evarii

+ gotra) belonging to that family;

m. o^o, 92,12.

evarii-nama, mfn, (sa, evain-

naman) having that name; m, »^,

92,12.

*evam-ditthi, mfn, (so. *evarii

+ dfshti) having that view; m, /N^i,

93,37-31.

evarupa, mfn. (sa. evaihruna)') such, like that; n. /N^arii 51,28; ma>N^aiTi karittha (ndo not do the like

again") 39,2; (mukbarii) 11,6; (pa-

pakammaih) 51,7; abl, ^a, 16,28;

loc. m. <%/e, 41,85; instr, f, «%^aya rat-

tiya (in the dead of night) 41,88;

loc. f. <x/ayam (parisayarii) 87,35. -") of such a form, beauty or virtue;

»i. ~o, (nianavo) 19,ii; ace. <v.arii

(matugamarii) 61,2o; .^.-arii (attabha-

varil, „such a handsome figure")

64,16.

esa, pron. (sa. esha) this; m. esa

& eso, f. esa, v. etam,

esati, vb. (sa. a-\/ish) to seek,

search, to strive to obtain; part. m.

med. esano (sukhaih) Dh. 131. 132.

cp. gavesati, gavesaka d^ next.

esin, mfn. (sa. esbin) seeking,

desiring; v. dbaneslH, sukbesi/i; cp.

gavesin <^ prec,

essati, fut. v. eti.

ebi, ebiti, etc. v, eti.

O.

0, indecl. -- ava (q. v.).

oka*, «. (na. oka, m. & okas, »».)

house, dwellinij-place, home, asylum;

abl, i^ai, Dh. 87; repeated ; okam-okaiii (ace.) jabanti, „they leave their

house and home", Dh. 91 (cp. next).

— an-oka, q. v.

oka*, n, (contracted fr. udaka or

odaka, q, v.) water; okamokataubbbato (varijo) o; oka-m-okato,with m inserted, abl, „from his watery

house", Dh. 34 (cp. oka').

*okara, m. (fr, ava-\/kr) cp. sa.

apakara) worthlessness; ace. rx/aiii

(kamanarii „the vanity of desires")

68,30. cp. vokara.

okasa (or avakasa), m. (sa. ava*

ka(ja) *) place, room; ace. i^a.m (debi,

give place) 43,2*; loc. /x/e, (amukas-mim, at such and such a place) 75,6;

yamb' okase (. . . tattba) 108,36. -') occassion, opportunity, permission

;

ace. ^arii (dento) 40,i7; «vaiii (la-

bhati) 87,19; loc, abs, rvo laddhe,

87,90 ; - katokasa, mfn. having got

the opportunity or one's permission;

m. pi. ^a (maya, „you have myleave") 49,34; - hatavakilsa, mfn,

(q. v.) cp, an-avakiisa, nir-okasa.

okkamati, vb. (sa. ava-ykram)to go down, to descend, to enter into

;

aor. 3. sg. okkami (niddam, fell as-

leep) 35,28; nidda okkami (Yasassa)id. 67,36; - part. f. med, rwmana(niddam) 61,9; - ger, ^itva (id.)

22,25; - pp, okkanta : an-okkanta-mattaiii, ace, m, adj. (before he has

passed (the boundary of the kingdom,

rajja-simarii)) 39,i6.

ogadba, mfn. (— ogalha, so.

avagadha, fr. ava-\/gab, confounded

with |/gadb?) immersed, plunged into;

antogadba (q, v.) & amatogadha(v. a-mata).

Ogba, m. (— sa.) stream, torrent,

flood ; /^o, Dh. 25. ace. i^&va (vineyya„having overcome the torrent of pas-

iioDB") 104,8o; - ""O-tini^a, mfn. „saved

ojita 62

from the flood", m. <x,o, Dh. 370; -mahogha, m. (sa. mahaugha, mfn.)a mighty flood, inundation; 0..0, Dh.47. 287; ace. o^am, 35,io; '-sadisa,

mfn. like a mighty flood, too. m, rK>e

(labhafakkSre) 72,i7.

ojita, mfn. (sa. ava-jita, pp. ava-

yjj) won, conquered, recovered; *oji-

tatta, mfn. (fr. atta;-) whose life is

secured, instr. »>/ena, 65,8. cp. ava-

jiyati.

ottha, m. (sa. oshiha) a lip ("or

jaw); loc. adharotthe ca uttaro^peca (between his lower and upper jaw)

13,19; - vaiiikottliO't »«/"«• (cp- *'*•

vakroshthi) „whoBe jaw is wrenched"

m. f^o, 54,20 (v. variika).

"oddoti, vb. {fr. ava- or ud- +yda (to bind) or -y/dha ?) to tet up,

arrange (as snares etc.); ger. ,^etva

(pasam) having laid a snare, 11,39.

onamati (or onamati), vh. (sa.

ava-\/naiii) to bow down, bend down;ger. <x/itva, 62, is.

otata, mfn. (sa. axutata, pp. ava-

y/taii) overspread, covered; maluvasalam iv'otatam (ace. m.) „&% a

creeper (does with) the tree which it

surrounds" Dh. 162.

otarati, vb. (sa, ava-\/tr) to de-

ecend (from : abl., upon : ace. or loc);

aor. 3. sg. otari (rukkha) 12,32;

(ukkurabhiimiyuiii, loc.) 18,3i; (nadiiii)

,?8,;; (pSeadatalatc) 66^04; - part.

M. ,^auto, 62,87; - ^er. ^itva (sariiiii)

6,10; - pp. otinna, m. pi, r«.a (na-

vaya bhumiiii) ^landed", 112,a7; -caits, otateti (q. v.) cp. ot^ra.

otapeti, vb. cans, (sa. ava-ytap)to dry, evaporate (as clothes); grd.

^..etabba, n. /v-arii (civaraiii) 83,b.

otara, m. (sa. avata"a) 'descent,

poi;it of attack (for temptations)',

olVmtt), fault; aco, o.^aiii. 104,ia,

otiireti, vb. (raus. otarati) *) 'to

cause to descend', taku down, set down(ace); imp. 2. pi. ,»^etha, 41,s»; -aor, 3. sg. «^efi, 56,s^; — ger. .^etva,

8,17. 33, Hi.. 40,0. ^ ") to lay down.uxpc.xf, uxplaliij nor, !l, ng. o-omi

(sakam mataA) ll3,i«; - imp. 2. tg.

is^e\A (sakam vadam) 113,1*.

ottappa, n. (fr. apa-V^rap, «o.

apatrapya > apatrapa (Tr.); this

iBtyraology must be preferred to that

of Childers : -^auttapya > uttapa,

ut + Vtap) tact, decency (in behavi-

our), conscientiousness; rx/am (bahi-

ddhasamuttbanam, q. v.) 10,i7. —birottappa, n. & bhinnahirottappa,

mfn. V. hiri; cp, SBE. XI. p. 8 &Dhamma-Sangani, transl. by Caroline

Bhys Davids, p. 20.

ottbarati, vb,, & ottbata, pp.

V, avattbarati.

odaka, m. (— udaka, sa, audaka,

odaka, mfn,) water; /N^arii (sitam)

15,36. - un-odaka, mfn. (q. v.), -kbirodaka, gandbodaka, e^c.v.udaka.

odana, m. (c& n.) (— sa.) rice,

boiled rice; pakkodana, mfn. one whohas his rice boiled, m. rs^O, 104,31

(cp. pakka). Suddbodana, nam, pr,

(q. v.),

onaddba. mfn, (pp. ava-ynab,sa. avanaddha) covered, enveloped,

surrounded ; m. pi. o^a. 37, 21 (sa-

kbabi sakba), Dh. 146 (andbakar-

ena).

op am ma, «. (fr. upama, sa, au-

pamya) a Bimile, an example; ace.

~am (karohi „Rive an illuetration")

99,1); ijunditubliavassa "-attluiiii, in

order to give an example of prudence,

91,21.

oparajja, n. (fr, uparajaH, sa.

*aupariijya) viceroyalty; ace. ,^uiii

(katva, ruling as viceroy) 44, 21.

opayika, mfn. v. tad-upika.

""opateti, vb. (fr. ava-y'pat) 'to

throw down', to interpose, insert; na. . . bbanamilnasBa antarantara katbaopatetabba (grd. f.) let him not beiiitiTiuptt'd, 83,4.

*opuntiti, vb. (^ avapurati, fr.

sa. apa-\/vr (?) but probably con-

founded with v'pii) to uncover, lay

bare (? opp, chadeti) or to scatter,

dlnperioi; pr, 3. sg. /^iiti (parcsnrii

viijjiuii rv yatbit )>liuHitiii, thu fuulu

63 ovadati

of others like chaff) 106,i7 ~ Dh. 262.cp. Tr, PM. p. 63; Childers, JRAS.1871; Morris. JPTS. '87. p. 153;avapurapeti & avunati above.

obhagga, mfn. (so. avabhagna,pp. ava-ybhafij) broken, bent down;"-sarira, mfn. 63,9 (ace. m. ^&m).obhasa, m. (sa. avabhasa) splen-

dour, radiance; ace, ^am (niuncanto)26,4.

obhasatl, vb, (sa. ava-\/bhas)*) to shine forth, to gleam; part, m,ace, (N^antarii, 26, 12; part, med, .-wma-

narii (samuddain) 26,i8. - ') to light

up, illuminiite (ace); pr, 3, sg, med.<vate (sabba disa) 86,4 - cans,

obhaseti, 85,g.

*obhoga, wj. (fr. ava-ybhuj.*avabhoga) a curve or fold, the part

of a cloth where it is folded (perhapsthe inner side of the fold, opp. bhoga);loc. /ve, 83,11. cp. Morris, Academy1882 (July 8. p. 33) and SBE. XIII,p. 156.

omasati, vb. (sa, ava-y'mr?) to

touch; to prick, pierce; to gnaw off,

gnaw all over (eating only a little);

pr. 3. sg. />.anti (gavo bahutinassavaram varam) 51,3s; = khadanti,52,3.

omuncati, vb. (sa. ava'-Y/muc)to loosen, take off (ace); gcr. ^itva(muttaharaib) 64,95; (upahana) 82,u.ora-, (sa. avara, fr. ava) 'inferior',

on this side; v, oraparam, orima &next.

orato, adv, (sa. avaratas) on this

side (turned towards the subject); 2,22

(w. gen. dipakassa); 21,i6 (opp, pa-rato); 83,2i (opp. parato).

*oraparam, adv. (fr. sa. avara

+ para) from one side to the other;

108,26. This word is acc. of the

dvandva-comp, ora-para, n. — this

and the further shore, and consequently

it means „to both shores" 0: to andfro (cp. aparaparam, v. apara).

orasa, mfn. (aa. aurasa, fr. uras)

own, produced by one's self, legitimate

;

acc, m. fv&m (puttam) 20,S6.

*orima, mfn. (fr. ora) being onthis side (nearest to the subject);

Mirato, abl. from this bank (of theriver) 2,2i (v, lira).

oruyha, ger, & oropeti, cans,V, next,

orohati, vb, (sa. ava-y/ruh) to

descend (from abl.); pr. 3, sg. /x/ati

(pasada) 67,3i; ger. /vitva (caiikamanleft") 68,10 ; (suvannapadukahi „putoff") 68,16; oruyha "(tato) 61,i8. -caus, II, oropeti (sa, avaropayati)to let down, to put away; ger, /vCtva(soijqiftm) 76,35.

olambati, vb. (sa, ava-y/lainb)

to hang down, to be suspended, to

hang (on, loc.); pr. 3. pi, ^anti(udumbare) 2,2; part, n, ^antara(sc, hadayam) 2,i.

*olarika^ mfn. (fr, ulara, sa.

udara, ""audarika^ large, gross; mate-rial, corporeal (of a rather consi-

derable greatness ?); m. pi, «x/a (pana)91,1.

*olubbha, ger. (sa. *avalabhya,\/labh, but pr. olubbhati (a youngerformation) agrees with ava-y'lubh)clutching, taking hold of, leaning on(w. ace. or loc.) : avata-mukhavatti-yam «^, 40,28. cp. Morris, JPTS.'87. p. 156.

oloketi, vb. (sa, ava-y/lok) to

look; to look at, regard, observe,

watch; to look for, search for (w,

acc); part, med, ,%/ento, 6,i8. 12,25.

87,26; 64,5. 86,28 (lokam, observing

the world); 33,2b (waiting for); 36,8

(olokento tam disva); f. ~enti, 10,9;

pi. loc. m. /x/entesu (tumhesu) 50,ia;

part, med, pi. «%./ayamana, 11,2; —pot, J3, pi. «weyyatha, 9,i8; — ftU. 1.

sg. />^e8sami, 46,i; — aor. 3. sg. r^esi,

19,14. 87,24; — ger. ,x/etva, 3,i. 14,i6.

42,10. 65,31 ; — pp. <N/ita, m. pi. ^ita,

11,7; "-akareneva, 87,25 (v. akara);

^-sannaneneva, 87,32 (v. sannana).

ovadati, vb. (sa, ava-^vad) to

exhort, admonish (acc); pr. 2. sg,

/>^a8i (mam) 9,>8; — part. m. <x<anto

(attanam) 46,8i; f, <^antl (cp. oor-

ovSda 64

rections) 7,8»; — pot. 3. sg. .x/eyya,

Dh. 77: — nor. 3. sg. ovadi, 40,8;

- inf. o/itum, 81,i7; — ger. rvitva,

8,11 ; — grd. m. »,>itabbo, 79,i6.

ovada, m. (sa. avavada)" instruc-

tion, admonition; nom. o^o (Bodhi-

sattato laddha-'} 8,u; ace. >^&mdadatnano, VJi,tb; 'vam datva, 7,3b.

44,.3; <x/am den to, 85,S4; — ovSda-

vasena ,,by way of admonition", I4,i8;

- rajovada-jataka. 42,8o.

osakkati, vh. (sa. apa-\/8rp) to

draw back, give way; -o go back >=

to be reduced; pr. 3. sg. o^ati (metri

causa : avasakkati, read : osakkati)

SOjis; —pari', ace. m. ->^antam, 30,*;

part. med. ace. m. /s^manam (vaiiisam)

46,17; — aor. 3. ig. osakki, 29,a6. cp.

1r. PM. p. 60,

osana, n, {sa. avaeana) end; v,

avasana.

osidati, vb. {sa. ava-\/sad) to

Bink (into, loc); aor. 3. pi. <x/»ii8u

(udakambi) 28,?; — inf. ^itum,

28,8; — ger. rwltva, 36,85. — caus. II.

osidapeti, to cauee vo aiuk; pr. 2, sg.

o^esi (udake maiii), l,!i; aor. 3. sg.

rwesi, 1,90 ; fut. 3. pi. />^e88anti (na-

vaiii) 25,34.

ossukka, n. {sa. Eutsukya) eager-

ness, desire, longing for; appossukka,

mfn. {q. v.) cp. ussuka.

*obari>i, mfn. {sa. *ava-barin,

fr. ava-yhj-) dragging down; n. ^inam(bandhanam) Dh. 346. cp. avaharati.

ohareti, vb. {caus. avaharati) to

cause to be taken away, remove; grd.

n. ^etabbam, 84, is.

ohita. mfn. {sa. avahi^a, pp. ava-

ydha) put down, placed iuto; turned

downwards, downcast; m. r>jO, Dh.

160. — *ohita-80ta, mfn. „with atten-

tive curs ", »». pZ. ^a (bhikkhii dham-iDiiiii sunanti) 7},u. — *ohita-mukba,mfii. with downcast face, m. /^o, 64,80

(with ji metri causa, cp. Notes).

*ohinaka, mfn. {fr. obina, sa.

avabina, pp. ava-^/ba) ' remaining,

left; ace. m. pi, fwC, 22,io.

K.

ka-, base oi pron. interr, m. ko,

f. ka ete. v, kim.

kamsa, m{<t «.) {sa. kaiiisa &kaihsya) a basin made of bell-metal

and used like a drum or gong; «%^0

(upahato) Dh. 134.

kakkataka, m. {sa. karkataka)

a crab; rwO, 4,9s; voc. <%/a, 4,86 ; ahl,

i^ti, 5,88.

kakkasa, mfn. {sa. karkapa)

rough, harsh, cruel, violent; a-kakkasa,

mfn. {q. v.).

*kakkareti, vb. {cans. sa. khat-

Y'kf, cp. kat-;/kr) to cough up, hawkup; ger. -^etva (ambapbalam) 37,25.

kakkhala, mfn. (also written

,^ala, sa. kakkhala & karkara^ hard

;

fierce, cruel ; instr. m. pi, ^elii (yak-

khehi) 41,3i.

kamka, m. (= sa.) a certain bird,

a heron (or a vulture, Burnell: Ind.

Stud, XIII, 264); gen. ,%,a8sa, 92,90.

kamkhati, vb. {sa. ykanksh) to

doubt; pr. 3, sg. i^^ati, 96,u.

kamkba, f. {sa. kauksha) doubt;

nom. sg. ,>/a, 79,1?; nom, pi. i^a,

66,21.

*kacavara, m. {ep. sa, kaccara& kavara, mahratt. kacara) sweepings;

ace. rvam, 50,2. - "-cbaddana-paccbi,

f. a basket for removing of sweepings,

48,3*. -- mala-kacavara-, a dust-heap,

73,20 (o-antara),

Kaccayana, m, (contracted :

Kaccana. sa. Katyayana) nom.propr.of a thera, one of Buddha's chief di-

sciples; voc. rva, 96,6; Kaccano([aggo] vibbajjanainbi) 109,io, -*Kaccayana-gotta, m, (sa, "-gotra)

'member of the K.-faraily', name of

the same person, also often called

Maba- Kaccayana; ,>^o (ayasma)96,9.

kacci, indecl. {sa. kac-cid) aparticle of interrogation (latin : nuni,

nonne) 28, 13; often combined with nuand sometimes so that the old form

kaccici is preserved by sandhi : kaccin-

6ft kannakita

nu, 9,28", kacci nu kho (should it

really be V) 3,5. cp. kiih, kinci etc,

kaccha', mfn. (sa. kiiccha, fr.

kaccha, or = *kakshya. fr. kaksha ?)

growing wild, or made of a plant

that grows wild (Tr.), grown in the

water, on marshy ground (?); n, .%^aih

(kandam) 92,i8 {opp. ropima, g. v.)

cp. next,

kaccha*, m. ') (sa. kaksha) arm-

pit; abl. ^a. 10'l,i7; loc, »,e, 67,90.

— *) (sa. kaccha) a meadow, gwamp,fen, marshy ground ; loc. ^e (rujha-

tine „abounding with grass") 104,97.

kacchapa, m. (— sa.) a torfoise;

f>.,o, 11,86; ace, »/am, ll,8i; voc, <va,

12,5; instr. ^ena, 12,!o; gen, ^s^assa,

12,96. cp. kaccha''.

k an can a, n. (sa. kancana) gold;

"-patta-sadisa, mfn. like a plate of

gold, 46,31 ; — "-pallaihke, loc. on a

throne of gold, 42,9; - "-riipaka-, a

golden statue, 47,u.

kanna, f. (sa. kanya) a girl,

virgin; daughter; asura-", 54,7 (-x/am,

occ); khattiya-", 64,ii. 47,iis; deva-°,

64,30 (>v>a, pi. ncelestial nymphs"),

kata — kata (q. v.).

kaiacohu, m.(?) {sa. katacchu,

f. ?) a ladle, a spoon ; suvanna-", a

golden spoon, ace, <^um, 53,39.

katuka, mfn. (>= sa.) bitter, of

a sharp, unpleasant taste; "-pphala,

*) n. a bitter fruit (or perhaps name

of a certain plant) 73, ii (-katuka-

pphaladini, cp. phala); *) mfn. with

bitter fruit, 37,31 {m, ^0 ambo)

;

Dh. 66 (w. rwam, kammam). - *ka-

tuka-pabhedana, adj. having pungent

juice (flowing from the temples, as

elephants), m. <^o (kunjaro) Dh. 324.

ka(tha, n. (sa. kashtha) a piece

of wood, stick; wood in general; -

tina-katth'-upadanam, 94,3o. - dan-

ta-^ n. a small piece of wood for

cleaoiDg the teeth, a tooth-pick; >%/ain,

82,18. - kattha-maya, mfn., made of

or consisting of wood, is/& (vana)

48,6, cp. vana, n.

katthaka, m. (sa. kashthaka,

FUI Oinuaj,

m. & n.) a kind of plant (probably a

certain reed); gen. />.'assa, Dh. 164.

kathala, n. (sa. kathalya & ka-

thalla) gravel; sakkhara-kathala-vai'

lika, pi. 97,35.

kathalika (or kathalika), v,

(pada-)kathalika.

kathina, mfn. (— sa.) hard, cruel;

f. pi. -v^a, 51,34; (-= thaddha-hadaya,hardhearted) 52,n.

kaddhati, vb. (sa. y/krsh, kar-

shati) to draw, drag, pull (ace); part,

m, pi, .vanta (matamanussam padeRahetva) 40,38; - aor, 3, sg, kaddhi(vemara) 89,7; 3, pi, ^iiiisu, 59,e;

- inf. o/iturii, 59,8; - ger. ^itvS(lekhaih) 69,7; kaddhitva kaddhitva,by constantly sucking up, 27,i. — pass,

kaddhiyati, part. m. <s^iyamano, 59,io.

- cp. kasati, a-kaddhati, upa-kad-dhati & (sam)uk-kamsati.

kanika, f. (= sa.) 'a small par-

ticle', meal or flour (of rice)? instr.

pi. rx/ahi (piivam pacitva) 57,3i. cp,

tandula.

kantaka, m. (= sa.) a thorn, a

flsh-bone; instt. mandu-kantakena,37,6 (v. mandu); ace. pi, /ve, 4,99.

- **'-ra9i, 5,8 (v, h.).

kan(ha, m. (— sa.) the neck;

loc. ts.'S, 16,95; abl, .>^to, 64,95. —kasava-", mfn, Dh. 307 (q, v.).

kanda, »». dr n. (sa, kanda &khanda) ') a part, portion (esp. of abook); ace. ^am (Dhammasanganiya,Atthasalinim) 113,93, - *) an arrow

or the shaft of an arrow; acc. rvaiil,

92,18; instr. o..ena, 6,24.

kanna, m. (sa, karna) ') the ear;

acc, .N/am, 22,34. - pahattha-kanna-vala, mfn, 76,9i (q. v.). — *) a corner

(oi a room or of clothes); acc. '%/am

(caturangulam) 83,io;gehassa kanna-

kannehi (abl.pl.) „in the house fromtop to bottom", 49,38 ; -kanna-bhaga(m. pi.) „the corner of the room",

84,10. — cp. kannika, kalaka^ni.

kannakita, mfn. («a. karnakita,

fr. karnaka) dirty, musty (on account

of mould or rust etc.); f. nuvi (bhitti)

KenniMDundA 66

84,«o; (bbumi) 84,m. cp. Vin. II, 115,i

fr. b^ III, 198,5.

*KannainundR, m. nom. pr. of

a certain (mythical) lake; "-daha, m.

abl. />^to, 36,31.

kannika, /". (as first part of cotnp.

also kannika-, sa. karnika) 'an ear-

ring'; the pericarp of a lotus; *pup-

pba-kannika-sadisa, mfn. „fair as the

openinpr bud of a lotus", ace. m. ^am(puttaiii) 7,29.

kanha*, wi/m. (sa. krshna) black,

dark; metaph, -baf.' ; ace, m. /^am(dhammaih, opp. sukka) Dh. 87.

Kan ha*, m. (sa. Krslina) nom,

pr, a name of Mara (q, v.) „the black

one"; gen, o/rtssti, 103, oi.

kata, mfn. (sometinies also written

kata, pp. karoti; sa. krta, \/kr) done,

made, performed, prepared etc.; ')

Used as finite tensn ; m, <^o, ll.io;

. S!6,? (ratho); n. >N.aiii, 1,24. 3,23. 107,27

-= Dh. 18; Dh. 74 (kata — katarii).

— *) adj. as the first part of eomp.

(w. instr. of the agens) : kata-kam-

maiii, 17,4. 86,2; kata-parakkamena,

12,8; kata-papaiii, I7,i7; kata-papa-kammaiii, 73,27 etc, — ') subst. n.gen.

/N^assa a-ppatikiirakam (q, v.) 14,i;

t;atakataiii, n. what has been committed

(•,nd omitted, D;i, 50. — *) as the last

part of adj,-co)i'p. : aii-a-bhava-kata,

a-vatthu-kata, >/. v. ; kala-kata, dead,

22,16 (v. kala, cp, kalaiu karoti);

ka}a-vanna-icata, blacked, 84,3i {opp.

a-kata, not prripr.red, not blacked,

84,2a); Cjtta-katP. variegated, Dh. 147

{cp. citta*); pi>rikaniraa-kata, pre-

pared : Ijlkna-*', 6,28; gtruka-", 84,2o;

vatta-kata, open, 6,13; sayaiii-kata,

made by one's self, Dh. 347; cp.

a-kata, dukkata (fr dukkata), sukala(or sukala). — *) as the first part of

adj.-comp., V, kata-kicca etc, below,

kats.-;<icca, ~nfn. {sa. krta-krtya)

one who has done his duty, dutiful

;

ace. m. ,>^aiii, Dh, 386; instr, pi,

'>^ehi (tberebi) 109,ii;,

katafiflii, mfn. {sa. krta-jfia)

grateful; a-katafinuii; {ucc, m. [sc.

na seveyya] nirattba tassa sevana)

ingrate, 14,i.

katannuta, f. («o- krtajnata)

gratitude; 14,2.

kata-pufina. mfn. {sa. kfta-

punya) one who has done good (nie-

ritorious) works, virtuous; m, /^O.

107,26 — Dh. 18; ace. r^&m, Dh.

220.

kata ma. mfn. pron. interr, (—sa,; fr. the base ka-. v. kiih) who,

which (of two or many) ; m. ->^o (ayamsamuddo) 26,2?; /-^o ettba Nagaseno,

97,18; aec. />^am (whom of three) 31, 16;

m. pi. o-e dve (anta) 66,25; — f. r^a.,

66,80 ; ace. -%^am disam, in which di-

rection, 95,4,

*kata-mafigala-8akkara,»n/n.festively prepared ; f. loc. sg. <^aya

(bhiimiya) 61,25. cp. mafigala, sak-

kara.

kata-viriya, mfn.{sa. krta-virya)

energetic; gen. m. o^assa. 42,i3.

kati, pron. interr. (= sa.\ nom.

aec. mfn. kati. instr. abl. /^ihi, gen.

.-winnam) how many; o^ na kho amlia-

karii sikkbapadani {n. pi.) 81,i9. cp.

next.

katipaya, mfn. (=- sa.) so many,a certain number, some (latin aliquot);

instr. m. pi. rwebi (paharehi) 66,7.

*katipaham, adv. {fr, katipaya-\- alia/i. by elision of y) a few days,

7,27. 36,15. 112,24 (vaaitva); 67, 17

(vasi). - katipabaccayena, a few dayslater, 49,22 (c. accaya).

*katoka8a. mfn. [sa. *krta -|-

avakai^a] who has got opportunity or

permission, v. okasa.

kattabba, grd., v, karoti.

k at tar, »». {sa. kartr) *) a doer,

maker; nom. katta (kammanarii)97,13. — *) a benefactor; v, a-katta)".

kattjirika (or kattari), f, {sa.

kartari, f.) scissors; instr. ^kaya,6,17.

kattha, adv. interr. (by assimila-

tion fr. kuttha, sa. kutra) where,where-in, where-to, wherefore? ov aiii-

hebi sikkbitabbam, 81,i9 (iu what

67 kanaka

— kasniim atthe); -^ gamissasi, 87,36-= kaliaiii gacchasi, 88,5. — *kattha-vasika, mfn. living where ? m. pi.

tuuihe ~a, 21,8. — cp. kuto.

katthaci, adv. {sa, kutra-cid)somewhere; 62,i2.

katva, katvana, ger., v. karoti.

kathaiii, adv, interr. (— sa.)

how? 1,17, 4,38. Il,t7 etc. kathamnama, how then? 41,30.

kathamkatha, /". (= sa., cp.sa.

kathamkathika, fr. katham) doubt,

uncertainty. — vigata-kathamkatha,

mfn, free from doubt; m. /vO, 69.18,

- a-kathaihkatbi«i, mfn, id. (y, h!),

*kathalika, n. (= ka^hahka /".

?)probably a foot-stool, or another im-

plement, used by washing the feet (a

towel? Rh, Davids & Oldenberg, 8BE,XIII, 92); nom, pada-katbalikam,

83,6 {cp. the foil, quotation : imesaiii

yeva padanam candimasuriye pada-

ka^balikam katva nisldim, Fs. on MN.ch. 77; kathalikam (ace.) v. Dham-roapndatthakatha (Colombo '98) p. 161,6

fr. b.).

katha, f. (-= sa.) ') speech, talk,

words; nom, r^a,, 24,33, 83,4. 86,24

(Buddhanam acchariya); ace, /N.-aiii,

4,18. 33,4. 73,9. 89,20 (sammodaniyam,q. v.); — gima-katha, f. praise; loc,

-N/Sya, 31,23; — sarambha-katha, f.

angry speech, Db. 133. — ') speaking

about, conversation ; ace, (x/aih (sam-

uttbapesum) 29,28; loc, />.'aya, 29,3i.

31,24; — *katba-8allapa, m. conversa-

tion, instr. /v^ena, 94,22; — ***-samut-

^hapana, n, starting a conversation,

64,10 (**-attbam). — ') exposition, ex-

planation; dfaanimi katba, a sermon,

religious discourse, inntr, dbammiya/N^aya. 71,s»; — attba-katba, anama-

tagga-katba, anupubbi-katba, dana-**,

sagga-*, sila-® (g. v.); cp. Dbatu-katba& next,

""katba-magga, m, {sa, ""katba

-{- marga) way or method of exposi>

tioD, explanation; ace, /^am, 113,80.

*Katba-Tatthu, n. {sa, katba

-f- vaBtu) nom. pr., name of a cano>

nical Pali-book, the 5th part of the

Abhidharonia-pitaka; 102,19.

kathika, mfn. {== sa.) a speaker,

narrator; dhamma-Katbika, q, v.

katbitaiW/w. (pp. katheti) spoken,

told, answered, pointed out; m. r^O

fpucchitapanbo) 88,24; ace. f. /^am(gatbam) 102,24; n. /x/am, 88,26; m.

pi. <^a (guna) 44,5; — taya katbita-

maggena, 66,34.

*katbiH, mfn, {fr, katba) at the

end of comp. — kathika, v. vicitra-

katbin,

katheti, v 6. («a. ^/katb, katbayati)

to tell, say, speak of {acc.)\ to spuak

with (saddhiih); to mean; refer to

{acc,)\ pr, 3, sg. (^eti, 24,27. 31,7. 88,4;

,9, s^. <^esi, 49,26; i, s^, <^emi, 85,28;

5, p^/venti, 9,8o; —part, m, «N/ento,

3,6; instr, ,x/entena, 1,24; gen, rs^en-

ta88(a), 20,28. 30,14; part, med, f.

^ayamana (gunam, praising) 29,9;

— imp. 2. sg. .^.-ebi, 64,82; — pot. 2.

sg, /N^eyyasi, 49,28; — fut, 1. sg, /^^es-

bami, 26,33; - aor. 3. sg. />/e8i, 12,i9.

68,19 (anupubbikatbam); — inf.

(x/etum, 49,27. 66,17; — ger. r^eUa.

(ranno gune) 42,4; a-katbetva, 49,2?;

- pp. kathita {q. v.),

kadariya, mfn, {sa. kad-arya)'not liberal', mean, niggardly, avari-

cious; ace. m. /N,'am (danena jine)

44,9 "= Db. 223; m. pi. ^a, Dh. 177.

kadali, f. {sa, kandali & kadal!)

^) a sort of deer; ') a flag, banner;

^) the plantain or banana tree (Musasapienturo); °-punna-gbata-, 62,6.

kada, adv, interr, (— sa.) when?

cp. next,

kadaci, adv, {sa, kadacid) ^)

sometimes, 6,19, *) perhaps, 55,s4, cp.

kudacanam.kaddama,ff}. (sa. kardama) mud,

mire, dirt; '*-makkbita, mfn, mud-stained (<vebi padebi) 71,29; apeta-kaddama, mfn. Dh. 95.

kanaka, n, {— sa.) gold; *"'-vi-

mana, n. a golden palace; rwam, 61,11^;

loc, /%>e, 23,18. - uttatta-kanaka'san-

nibba, mfn. 85,t.

a*

kanittha 68

kaniUha, mfn. (sa. kanisHha)the yoangeBt, /onger born ; m. a younger

brc'her or the foungest son (opp.

jettha(ka)); /vo, 35,81. B6,»o; gen.

/vassa, 36,18; — •'-bhatfi, 9,?; — jet-

thaka-kanitthe (ace. pi.) an elder

and a younger brother, 32,«i. — ka-

flittka-bhagini, f, a younger sigter,

indr. /viya, 66,86 (cp. bhagini).

kantati, vb. (sa. j/krt, krnatti)

to spiij; part. f. n^anti (tapasi) ill,6.

kantara, n. (c^ m.) {sa. kantara)

a forest, wilderneaa; a difficult road;

dittlii-kantaram, 94,i (q. v.).

Kanthaka, tn. (so. Kanthaka)nom. pr. of the horse of Bodhisatta

(Siddhattha); ace. .^am, 65,i9-2o.

kandati, vb. {sa. \/krand) to cry,

weep; pr, 3. sg. /v-ati, 30,i9; aor, 2,

sg. mU. kandi, Dh. 371; ger. -N/itva,

49,10 (~ roditva).

kapanu, mfn. {sa, krpana), mise-

rable, poor; "-addliika, 88,u (q. v.),

kapala, «. (— sa.) a shell, the

skull; a howl or pan; tatta-kapale,

loc. „on a hot plate", 11,7,

kapi, tn. (= sa.) an ape, monkey;

108,M. - *»-yoni, f. 1,3, 2,n {v. h.).

— *''-rajan, m. 1,7 {v. h.).

kapi la, mfn. (— sa.) brown,

tawuy, reddish; "-ga/i, 61,28.

Kapilavatthu, n. {sa. Kapila-

Vastu) nom. pr. of a town in which

Gotnma Buddha was born (within the

frontier of Nepal, cp. JRA8. 1897 &1898); abl. c.-uto, 62,5; loc. ,x/U9mim,

81,7; "-nagare, 61,8.

kappa, »« (sa. kelpa) ') age, any

one of the ajeb cf the wbrld; accBakala-kappaifa, throughout the whole

kalpa, 16,15; loc. patbama-kappe, in

remote antiquity, 10,2, — ^) mfn, (at

t'le end of comp.) almost like or equal

to; m. pi. Satthu-kappa, similar to

the Matter, 109,?7. - cp. kappatthiya,

kappika.

kappaka, m. (sa. kalpaka) a

barber; r^.-o, 44,33; voc, ^v-a, acc, (^am,

44,22.

*kappattbiya (& -x-ika), mfn.

{sa. *kalpa-8tha, re. suff. -ka) lasting

for a whole kalpa; '-rukkha, 69,89.

kappana, f. {sa. kalpana) 'pre-

paring, arranging', esp. oaparlsoning

of a horse or an elephant, tightening

of the saddle-girth; ^& (atigalha)

65,21-88.

kappara, n. {sa. kurpara) the

elbow, the forearm; instr. ^ena (sise

pahari) 60,i9, 51,i.

kappika, mfn. {sa. kalpaka, &.>/ika) at the end of comp. = belong-

ing to a certain kalpa : — pathama-

kappika, m. pi. the first people of

this kalpa {q. v.) 10,25; pathama-

kappikato, abl. n. (?) from the be-

ginning of this world, 4,io.

kappura, m. & n. {sa. karpiira)

camphor; -kappura-, 48,9o. 73,ii.

kappeti, vb, cans. {sa. \/k\p,

kalpayati) ') to arrange, prepare;

imp. 3. sg, -%/ehi (assaiii njsaddle")

66,17; — inf. rweturil (id,) 66,8o; -aor. 3. sg, -^esi (id,) ib. {cp. kap-

pana); vasam ^ („lived") 1,*. 2,2<i

{pr. 3, sg. kappeti) 11,25. 35,87; 3.

pi, rvesum, 34,n8; jivikaiii .>/esi („got

livelihood") 8,15; — seyyarii ^eti, to

lie, to sleep, 46,2J (ekako va); —pass. part. m. rviyamano (whilst he

was beiui? saddl^jd) 65,21. — *) to trim,

to cut off; part. m. »N.ento (kattari-

kaya kumudanalara) 5,i8; — gei:

o.-etva (givarii) ib, cp. kappaka, m.

kamati, vb. {sa. ykram) to walk,

to go; intens. cankaniati, q. v.

kabala, m. (sa. kavala) a mouth-ful, morsel; acc. ,N.am (na bhufijati,

kuiijaro baddho) Dh. 324.

kampati, vb. {sa. \/kamp) to

tremble; part, m. rvamano, 36,8.

kambala, m. (£• n. (— sa.) awoollen cloth or blanket; *''-ratana,

w. ^precious ruft", 26,b {acc. rv-arii

mabaggham). - ratta-", scarlet cloth,

6,27. - pandu-", 16,8 ("-silasanaiii)

q. V.

kamma (& kumman) n. {sa.

karinan), nom. acc. sg. ^arii & .-^a.

1) what has been lone, deed, act; nom.

69 karuna

«^aiii, Dh. 67; ^a, Dh. 96; ace.

rwEih, 51,19. 73,30. — raho-kammaih,54,17 (what is to bo done in secret).

- ^) doing, action, work, labour; 6,i6;

- *kamma-ccheda, tn, interruptionof one's labour, 6,i; — karana-kam-maril, 9,13 (what she is doing); ~pana-vadha-o, 60,i3 (killing of living

beings); — papa-**, 9,i8 (wickedness,

cp. papa); — vicakkhu-kammaya,dat, in order to make (him) perplexed,

71,87; — mulena n^am n'attbi, 67,4(ttgratis* or „tbere is no need of

money"?); —duty, errand; Dh. 217;kena kammena (instr.) 21,8; uposa-tha-*, 14,13 (q. v.); — business, occu-

pation, vocation; kasi-kamma, agri-

culture, tillage, 8,15 (inatr, /^ena);-tuQiia-kamma, trade of a tailor, 57,8;— niyyamaka-kamma, a mariner's

vocation, 24,i4. — *) (in the dogmatics)

good or bad deed, past deeds, esp. the

influence of past deeds on one's future

destiny — merit, deserts, karma; ix/aiti,

24,1. 100,8; instr. .>^ena, 100,6; gen.

(N/assa (vipiikavasena) 84,aa; abl.pl.

/%..ehi (papakehi) 100,8; gen. pi.

<^anam, 97,n; attano pubba-kam-marii. 16,87 = attana kata-kanimaiii,

17,4 (his own past deeds); papa-kamma (abl.) Dh. 127; saka-kani-

mani (n. pi.) one's own deeds, 106,20-= Dh. 240; anantarika-*', 76,5 (q. v.);

yatha-kammaiii , adv. (q. v.); -^kamma-kilit^ha, n, evil karma, opp.

*kamma-vi8uddhi, f. good karma,

Dh. 16. 16; — kanima-patha. »«. wayof action, ace. pi. f^e (tayo) Dh. 281.

— •) mfn. at the end of comp. nihina-

kamma, suci-kamma (9. v.). - danda-kamma, parikammakata ^ next,

kamma-kara, m, (sa. karma-kara) a labourer, a servant ; /wO (nS-

vikanam) „a sailor's drudge", 36,80.

"'kamma-karana, f. (cp. sa.

karana) punishment, pain, torture;

^'-anubhavanattbanam, 23,tT (v. A.).

kammaja, mfn. {sa. karma-ja)'caused by karma', inborn. — *"-vata,

m, pi. pains, birth-throes; assa r^

calimsu (came upon her) 62,i». (cp.

vata).

kammanta, m, (sa. karonanta)action, work, business; saimma-kain-manto, right conduct, 67,4.

kammara, m. (sa. karmara) a

smith (blacksmith or goldsmith); t^o,

Dh. 239; grcw.rvassa, 78,29. - "'•'-putta,

m. by family a smith, <n/0, 77,80. —**'-8andasa, m, a smith's tongs; instr,

<vena, 6, a.

k amm in, mfn. (sa, karmin) acting

(only at the end of comp.); m. pi,

papa-kammino, evil-doers (upapaj-

janti nirayam) Dh. 126.

kayirati, kayira (kayra) etc,

V, karoti.

kara, mfn, (— sa.) doing, making;V. anta-kara, takkara, dukkara, pa-

bham-kara, vacana-kara, su-kara.

karana', mf(i)n. (— sa.) making,effecting, causing; cakkhu- n^\ (pati-

pada) leading to insight, 66,90; fiana-

>vi (id.) leading to wisdom, ib.

karana*, n. (= sa.) the act of

making; *''-kammam, 9,i3 (w. /».);

a-karana, n. avoiding (q. v.)\ cp,

dvidha-", vak-", vohara-**.

karana, f. (cp, sa. karana), v,

kair.raa-karana.

karaniya, n. (grd. karoti, = sa.^

'to be done', duty, buRiness; katam/>^am, „the duty is fulfilled", 71,i6;

instr, kenacid-eva rviyena „on somebusiness", 32,i9.

karandaka, m. (—= sa.) a basket

of hurdle-work; *jaia-karandaka, m,probably a fence or enclosure of net-

work, used as a sort of bathing-house

in the river (Tr.), loc. .v/e kilantassa,

36^80 („oaBting nets and weels in the

river for sport" ? Fau8b0U, Five .Tat.

p. 27).

karavira, m. (— sa.) name of afragrant plant, Oleander; """-patta, n,

name of a sort of arrow, f^aoi, 92,94

(cp, patta').

karisa, n. (sa, karisba) feces;

f^&m, 82,4 — 97,99.

karuna, mfn. (— sa.) ^) miserable,

karunS 70

pitiable, v. ati-karuna. — *) compaa-

tiionate ; ace. f. /N^am (vacam), 103,4.

cp. karufifia, nikkarunata S next.

karuna, f (— sa.) pity, com-

paggion, mercy ^ tnsir. >N/aya, 22,2.

karoti, vi. {sa. Y/kr) ») w. ace.

to do, make, perform, accomplish,

finish, esp. kalaih <%.., to die (q. «.);

to execute (vacanaril); to effect, pro-

duce, 6,3. 47,4, 89,6. etc, very often

periphrastioally : kopaiil -^j 40,7 fto

become angry); satim «>., 63,i8 (to

think of); sannam .x/, 6,7 (to imagine)

etc.; to put, place, direct, 6,io. 15,sa.

6C,i9. 66,15. 71,38. 83,11- ji; to treat,

67,36. — ^) w, double ace. to make(adj.) 73,6; to elect (subst.) 10,8. -^) w. adv. to act. tehave, 58,5; to

manage, irrauge, 1 J,3. — The usual

preiant foimation ii karoti, but besides

th B we fiud kubbati (I. sg. also

kuQimi), aud even °^karati must be

supposed as base for certain forms of

part., imper., pot. (kayirati is found

at the grammarians) ; 8. sg, o/Oti

(ttitli' eva) 2.a5; 2. sg. .>..osi (sannam)B,7. (papakammam) 9,3o; 1. sg. i^omx

^evKrCpsMi), — fut.) 61,98; nao./, 74,i

{l did not do it); 1. pi, ,%.-oma, 4,7.

60,13 (-= fiit.y, -- pr. med. 3. sg.

kurute (vasara, subdues) Dh. 48.

(piyam) Dh. 217. - part. •) m. ka-

ronto (voharam) 8,ib. (sotthira) 54,3i

;

loc. o^e, 19,89, (viriyam akaronte)

42,11 ; ace, pi. ,%/e, 21,3; gen. sg.

karoto, Dh. 116; ace. f. .x/im (ana-

caram) 62,3i; pi. <N/iyo (kalaham)59,3. •') gen. sg. m. kubbato, 13,88.

Dh. 51—62; med. *) kubbana, ace.

t)i. ^&m, Dh. 217. ") kurumana, f.

.x^a, 49,13. 89,6 ;pi. f. ix/a, 61,88. ") m.

karaih, Dh. 136. — imp. ») 2. sg.

karohi, 19,28. 73,9. 86,i; 2. pi. -x^otha

(mama vacanarii) 32,35. 76,6. 108,6;

3. pi. /xontu, 8,7. ••) 2. sg. kara, 22,i6.

- pot. •) 3. sg. kareyya (kalam) 92,6;

2. sg. ^eyyasi, 16,34. 36,8 (aggiih).

86,3 (papam); 1. sg, /x/eyyam, 16,ia;

5. pi. -x^eyyum, 17,2g; 2. pi. -x-eyyatha,

4,8. ^) 3. sg. kare, Dh. 42— 43; 3.

pi. (?) 48,7 (perhaps we have here an

old form of pr. 3. pi. med., ep. Kuhn,

Beitr. p. 94; but kar6 is also pr. 1.

sg. med. — karomi, J5t. II 138,i8.).

0) 3. sg. kayira {fr. *karyat), Dh. 42.

53. 106. 117. 159 (kayra); 3. sg. med.

kayiratha, Dh. 25. 117. 313 (kayra-

tha). "*) 2. pi. kubbetha, 29,ii. -fut. •) 5. s^. karissati (mukham) 11,".

(satim) 63,18; 2. sg, rwissasi, 16,si

(— imper.), 77,6 (id.), 64,b3 (cp. the

use of fut. bhavissati. v. bhavati);

1. sp. fx/issami, 9,2i. 12,8. 47,4 (lo-

bharii iuiassa); 3. pi. .-wissanti, 4,6.

7,15; 2. pi. ^issatha, Dh. 276. »"•) ka-

hami & kassami etc.; 2. sg, kahasi,

103,7 (pufiriani), Dh. 164 (geham).- aor, •) 3-2. sg. akasi, 19,33. 67,26.

60,19. 86,1 ; 1. sg. akas' aham, 108,3o;

3. pi. akamsu (siham rajanam) 10,3.

13,8. 21,83. 109,5. •>) 3. sg. akari, 80,33.

85,5 (=• akasi, 86,13); 3. sg. ma kari,

63,8; 1. sg. karim, 47,4 (karin ti);

3. pi. karimsu, 10,87. 24,i2 (namamassa). 68,5; 2. pi. ma evariipaiii

karittha, 39,2. «) 3, sg. aka (Visud-dhimaggaiii nama, composed) 114,ia;

i. jsZ. med. akarani base, 13,36. - inf.

katum, 11,8. 27,16. 61,u etc. - ger,

») katva, 4,36 (givam sugahitam).6,2-10. 40,84 (dalham /^, with a strong

grasp). 68,12 (kusulam z^^, sc. taya).

66,15 (ummare sisaiii). 82,9i (nicam^, holding down); a-katva, 24,i7.

34,3. 40,7. 42,13; adirii-katva, v. adi.

'')katvana, 112,5. ") karitva, 42,i8.

71,88 (nangalam khandhe, „ havingshouldered"). 73,6. 74,i9; vasim ^.q. V. (cp. sakkaccam). - pass, kayi-rati, Dh. 292 (- kayrati). - pp.kata, mfn. (q. v.). - grd. •) kattabba,mfn. what is to be done ; n. ovarii (sa-

hayassa, „a friend's part") 12,s4. (vi-

riyam) 42,18. 54,13. Dh. 63; O-kicca(v. h.) ; o-yutta. mfn. what ought to bedone, n. ,x.am, 64,39. •>) katabba. mfn.;m. .^0 (saiiisaggo) 29,7; n. ^am (kinnu kho -X.) 11,39; »». ^0 (brahma-dando, to be imposed) 79,i3; "^-yut-

takam (etesarii karissanti, shall do

71 kasSva

for them) 39,S4. ") kicca, mfn, (v.

separately). ^) kariya, mfn.; a-kari-

yam, n. 106,i5 — Dh. 176. •) kayira,

mfn. (= kariya, fr. sa. karya); n.

<v an ce, Dh. 313. *) karaniya, mfn,(v. separately). - cans, kareti (q. v.).

- atthi-". alam-**, avi-", manasi-**,

sacchi-karoti (v, h.), cp. kattar,

kamma, kara, karana, kara(ka),

karana, kariw, kiriya.

*Kalandaka-nivapa, m. nom.pr, of a garden at Veluvana near Bs-jagaha (lit. 'an offering to the squirrels',

Sp. H. Man." 198); ioc. -^e, 84,87.

kalala, n. (= sa.) *) the embryoa short time after conception; gen,

(vftssa, 99,10, — *) mud, mire; ace,

/vaiii, 46,93; loc. kaina-kalale, „iD the

mud of desire", ib.; gutha-kalale

(nimugga-gamasukaro) in the dung-

bill-pool, ib,

kalaha, m. (— sa.) strife, quarrel;

ace, /x/aih (karontiyo) 59,8; ^aih(afinamannam karonti) 74,5.- *°-sadda,

m. brawl, ace. <^aiii, 59,i.

kala, f. (— aa.) •) a part, portion

{esp, the sixteenth part of the moon's

diameter), acc, >vam (sojasiiu, a six-

tepnth part) Dh, 70, — *) any rae-

chiinical or fine art, 113,8 (vijja-sippa-

kala-vedi).

kalapa, m. (— sa.) *) a bundle;

aec. daru-kalapaih (sisena adaya) ala adaya)

bundle of fire-wood, 67

quiver; aec. dhanu-kalapam, bow and

quiver, 75, 15,

kali, m. (= sa.) the unlucky

die, loss at game, misfortune; sin,

vice; n'atthi dosasamo <%/, Dh. 202

(— »in? cp. SBE. X, 55); aec. /vim

(the bad die), 106,i8 — Dh. 262

[kali, opp. ka^a (sa. kyta) v. Jat. VI,

228,19. 282,17. 367,i].

""kalifigara, m. & n. (also spelt

with }, Burm. read, kaliiikara) *) a

log of wood (explained by comm, by

katthakhanda, khanu); n. «..arii (nir-

attham) Dh. 41 (cp. Thi. 468, MN.I, 449,i«). — ») (sa. kadaagara & ka-

dafikara) straw, chafif (Abidb. 453).

kali r a, »», (sa. karira) the top-

sprout of a plant; ^o (pa^hamuggato)47,9.

kalyana, mfn. (— sa.) beautiful,

good ; loc. n, «./e, Dh. 116 (opp. papa);acc. m. pi. »^e (mitte, opp. papakemitte) Dh. 78. 376. - *0-riipa, mfn,beautiful, m, ^o (catuppado) 30,8.

Kalyani, f. (^ sa.) nom. pr.

of a river in Ceylon; acc. <%/im, 21, 16.

kalla, mfn. (sa. kalya) healthy,

salutary; able, clever; ready, prepared,

perfect; n. <x/am (kalian nu kho tad

abhinandituih) 97,6; m. kallo si

bhante, 99,85. — *''-citta, mfn. whose

mind is prepared, ace. m. ^arii, 68,»i,

kavata, n. (sa. id. & kapata) a

door (not the aperture, dvara, q. v.,

but that by which the aperture could

be closed, cp, SBE. XX, 160). -*''-pi(tha, n. the backside of the door

(„door & doorpost", SBE. XIII, 169),

ace. ~arii, 84,i2 (cp. pittha & Vin,

J, 368,9; SBE, XX, 106),

kasa^a, mfn. (probably by meta-

thesis fr, sa. sakata, which also is

found in the mss., cp, sa. Qata &kash^a) bad, vile, nasty; a certain

taste : sour, bitter, acrid, or : insipid,

tasteless = niroja, niyyusa; subst,

m. fault, vice; bitter juice, sediment,

dregs (?); — kasata-phalani (n. pi.)

1,18; — nimba-kasatam (acc.) bitter

nimba-juice, 37,25.

kasati, vb. (sa. v^kysh, krshati,

cp. kaddhati & (sam)ukkaihBati) to

plough; pr. 3. sg. i^&ii, 56,i6; 3, pi.

rwanti, 30,99. cp, kasi, kassaka <&

next.

*kasana, n. (fr, kasati, sa. kar-

shana) the act of ploughing; o/am,

66,16. "-tthanam, n. the place where

one is ploughing, 56,i.

kasa, f. (sa. ka^a) a whip; acc.

kasam-iva (= kasam viya) Dh. 143;

acc, pi. rwa, 55,u; instr, pi, .vahi,

77,w. — """-nivittha, mfn, touched by

the whip, m, <^o (asso) Dh, 143 >>.

kasava, m. <^ n. (sa, kasbaya)dirt, impurity; fault, ain. — vanta-

kasi 72

kasava, nifn, one who haa thrownaway Bin, m. ,v^[o] Dh. 10. — a-nik-

kasava {q. v.), cp, kasava.

kasi, f, {sa. krshi) ploughing,

agriculture; "-kamma, n. id; instr,

r^ensL, 8,16. — "-gorakkhadini, 21,8

(ploughing, tending cattle &).kasma, adv. why? (pron, interf.

abl.) V. kim.

kassaka, m. {sa. karsbaka &krshaka) a ploughman, farmer; pi.

/%.a, 31,1. — *''-kula, n. the family of

a farmer, loc, r^e, 8,i4. — •"-vanna,

m. the appearance of a ploughman,

ace. /varii, 71,27.

Kassapa, »». {sa. Ka^yapa) ')

nom. pr. of the Buddha before Gotnma;

gen. ^assa (Bhagavato) 84,28. "-da-

sabala, gen, -x/assa, 22,is. "-saimna-

sambuddha, 28,i8. — ^) nom. pr. of

a thera, one of Buddha's great disciples,

president of the first council; /^O

(dautavadanarii a^gc) 109,6; = Ma-hakaasapathero, lC9,i7. — ^JKumara-kassapa, q. v,

*kahaiii, adv. inlerr. {cp. kattha,

kubirii & sa, kuha) where? whereto?

1,25 (/^ thapetha). 21,8(gacchi8satha),

34,1'j (kahan nu khoV 49,6 ^,>^ ga-

tasi), 73,13 (gacchasi), 88,6 (id. —kattha gamissasi, 87,9e).

kabapana, m, (c^ n,) {sa. kar*

shapana) a certain wfight of gold,

silver or copper a ooio, a piece of

money, monej in general; iustr, o^ena,

18,: o; ace. pi, <%.e (attba) 24,sb;

dhuttiiDarii >we dalva, hiring some

villains, ?3,t9; initr. pi. r^ehi (suramp'vanta) 74,4. — ''''-vassa,'^. a shower

ol money, instr. .^ena, Dh. 186. —"-satarii, n. 100 k.s, 18,i3. — "-sa-

hassena {instr. n.) 1000 k.s, 67,8s.

k.a, pron. interr, f,, v, kiiii.

kska, m, (— sa.) a crow; iv/O,

11,5. 18,16; ace. /vam, 18,8. — '•'"-sisa,

mfn. having a head like a crow, nt,

fs/O. 21, SI. — *''sura, ni. „a crow hero",

designation of a cowardly or impudentfel'ow, instr. ^ena, Dh. 244. — disa-

kaka, m, q. v.

kakaochati, vb. onomat.^ to

snore; part, f. pt. o^antiyo, 65,6.

This word is said to be akin to ^kas,

to cough, cp. Faushell, Bein. 1888,

p. 38 (44), but Kern and Trenckner

derive it from ^krath, v. Mil. 85,sf

Note.

kaka, indecl. (= so.), „caw, caw".

onomat, fr. the cawing of a crow,

18,30.

kaja, m, {sa. kaca) a yoke to

support burdens; v, khari-kaja.

kana, mfn. {— sa.) one-eyed,

blind of one eye; "-maha-macchaiii,

ace. m. 4,16.

katabba, grd. & katum, »«/".,

V. karoti.

kiipotaka, mfn, {sa, kapota &kapotaka) pigeon-coloured, grey, white

;

n. pi, /^iini (attbini) Dh. 149.

kama, m. (—> sa.) •) wish, desire;

most frequently pi. = desires, (sen-

sual) pleasures, (sensual) love; acc.

{adv.) r^&m, q. v.\ abl. ^Siio (jayati

soko) Dh. 215; pi. o^a, 20,i7. 45,5

fmanusaka, opp. dibba-kame, acc.

(ib.)); 103,35 (te [Marassa] pathamasenjl); acc.pl. ,>.e, 46,is. 69,27. 103,24.

Dh. 88. 383. 415; instr. sabba-kam-ehi, 61,29; gen. .>^anam, 68,20; loc,

rwcsu, 47,29. 62,24 (atittarii), Dh. 48(id); 66,9 (viratto); 97,n (micchacarati, , commits immorality"); Dh.186 (titti) 218. 401. - ^o-kalala {v,

h.), — *''-tanba. thirst for pleasure,

67,14 (in the series : kama-, bhava-,vibbava-). — *kama-rati {dvandvacomp.), love and lust; "-santhava,Ml. familiarity with rv, acC, ^&n\, Dh.27. — yattha-kama(m), g.w. — kama-kama, etc v. below. — *) mfn. (at theend of comp.) desiring, longing for,

intending; a-kama, mfn. {q. v.);

sukha-kama, mfn. longing for happi-ness, n. pi. rwani (bbutani) Dh. 131;very frequently comp. w. inf. in tu- :

aropetu-«, 74,i2. uddisapetu-", 84,6.khadapetu-o, 1,23. kbaditu-o, 1,7. 4,ii.

gaiihitu-'',_ 66,10. _gantu-o, 4,i8. 22,2.

60,9 (brahmanam paharitva r^o,

73 kfirana

kama- is here logically to be com-bined with paharitva). caritu-o, 36,io.

jivitu-o, Dh. 123. daUbu-«, 19,ia.

(datu-^ V. a-datu-kamata). nahay-itu-", 83,24. nikkhamitu-", 65,i6.

paripucchitu-**, 84,7. pavisitu-", 82,34.

83,87. paharitu-", 29,85. bhunjitu-",

83,18, maretu-", 9,2o. vaiicetu-", 5,j.

51,16. sotu-", 87,13.

kamaiii, adv. (ace. sg. fr, kama,= «a.) willingly, readily, with pleasure;

r%, cajaina asuresu panam, 60,i7.

kama-kama, mfn. (— sa.) desi-

10U8 of lu8t, having desires; m, pi,

na 'va (lapayacti santo) Dh. 83.

*kama-gaveBi», mfn, looking

for pleasures; m, pi, ivino, Dh. 99.

kama-guna, m. {== sa.) passion,

affection; object of sensie, pi. the pas-

sions, taken as five different kinds,

according to tlie five external senses;

ace. pi. r^e, Dh. 371; instr. pi. o^ehi

(pancahi samappitassa) 67,85.

*kamata, f. {cp. kama, *)) in-

clination to; comp. w. inf. in tu- :

kilitu-** (salavana-kijam, deviya uda-

padi) 62,16. cp. a-datu-kamata, 16,i4.

*kama-bhava, »>., v, kama-bhava.

*kama-8ukha, n. sensual plea-

sure, the pleasure of love; aec. r^&va

(pahaya) 47,s8 — Dh. 346—47. -*kamasukh'allika, mfn, (?), "-anuyoga,

mfn. 66,80 (v. h,).

*kamabhava,»». (— kama-bhava,

with a lengthened metri causa) ') sen-

sual existence in one of the eleven

Karaalokas, *) rise or origin of lust;

"-parikkhina, mfn, one in whom lust

can rise no more, ace, m, /vam, Dh,

415 („in whom all concupiscence is

extinct"), cp, tanha-bhava, nandi-

bbava.

kaya, m, (— sa.) the body; -n.o,

70,88. 107,6 = Dh. 41; gen, ^^assa,

7,88 ; itistr. />^ena (safifiato) 84,89;

(samvuto) Dh. 231—234 (in the

series : kayena, vacaya, manasa);

/wena dhammam passati, nsees the

law bodily", Dh. 259 (cp. 8BE. X,

65); loe, fvasmim, 71,io; ace. pi, r^e,

112,80. — aru-kaya, m, or mfn. (?)

V, h. — santa-kiiya, mfn. whose body

is quieted, m. r^o, Dh. 378. — *''-gata,

adj. f, directed to the body (sati,

q. V.) Dh. 293. - *»-duccarita, n,

the bad deeds of the body, ace. <^am,Dh. 231. — *°-ppakopa, m, bodily

anger, acc, /^aiii, Dh. 231, — "J-ban-

dhana, », a girdle, /v-am, 82,85. —*''-vififiana, n. body-consciousness, the

sense of touch, rw-am (dukkha-saha-

gataih, a painful perception) 98,i. ~-

""o-samphassa-viilAa^&yatana, n. the

sense of touch, <N/aih, 72,ia (ep, aya-

taua).

kSyika, mfn, (— aa.) belonging

to or oouoerning the body; instr,

m, >%/ena (safifiamena, samvarena)86,17-18.

kura, mfn, (— sa.) doing, making(at the end of eomp.), v, andha-",

abim-", unha-**, usu-", mamim-",sadhu-**, cp. purekkhara, sakkara.

karaka, m(fn). doing, making;

a maker, doer (at the end of eomp,),

V, ku^atta-', gaha-**, pesuftna-",

bhatta-", sassa-", sasana-".

karana, n, (— sa.) *) cause,

reason, motive (means) ; nom. <%^am,

3,1. 7,4. 29,1 (taiii f^&ra, that is why).

37,7. pabbajja-" (tumhakaib), 46,9;

acc, «N/am (imam, the cause of that)

15,9. <N/am katvii, giving as cause,

85,84; instr, kena >vena, for what

reason? 16,8s. 100,i7; kin te mamahasita-karanena, „what is that to

you why I laugh", 53,84; a-kara-

nena, q, v.; dbl. i^a,, often in comp.

w, kiifa-o, why? 9,8o. 28,84. 53,84;

manussavasa-karana, „becauBe 1 have

had to do with men", 112,io. — *)

event, afi'air, the state of the case,

circumstance, fact; acc, /vam (asal-

lakkbetva) 3,i8; (sutva) 24,88; (natva)

35,1 ; kinoi (x/am ajananto, unsuspect-

ing, 50,17. — ') doing, making (at the

end of comp.; sometimes written -ka-

rana); asanta-paggaha-^ 29,87 (v.

a-santa).

<SranS 74

(accX to

(ace), to

karana, f. (— sa.) pnniBhment,

paio, torture (in comp, often shortened

to kardns-); '"kanna-ghara, n. dt m.houBe of ^rment, loc. is^e, 21,i5. cp.

(kamnua-) karanf..

kSrin, mfn, (;.= ,»o.) doing, mak-ing (at the end of comp.), v. nisamma-^papa-", satacca-".

kariya, mfn. (sa. kirya) grd. v.

karoti & a-kariya.

karufina, n. (/V. karuna, sa.

karunyp,) compasBion ; ace. <%^am (w,

loc. brshmane) '.6,8i; instr. /^/Cna

(tayi) 17,13. 68,14. cp. karuna.

k are tar, m. (sa. karayitr) one

wlio CHUseB somethini; to be done;

wow. sg. o^ta (kamtnanam) 97, 13,

ep. kattar.

kareti, vb. {caus. karoti, sa.

karayati) to cause to do or to be done

to cause another {ace.) to be

cause another (ace.) to per*

form (acc); periphrastically : rajjam

fs,, to reign, to be king (cp. karoti :

rajjam karotha, 42,6); part. loc. m.

rvente (rajjara) l,a; part. med. loc.

m. karayamane (id.) 5,S4; — imp. 2.

sg. «^ebi (id.) 47,io; — aor. 3. sg.

fvesi (rajjam) 19,6; (mangalam) 58,ao;

a-karayi (yakkhiiii sapatham) 111,89;

— ger. /^etva (danaspla) 88,13; (pu-

rohitam rajanara) 4i),i6; (abhisekam,

q. V.) 36,29. — subst. karetar, m. (v,

h.)', cp, kakkareti.

kiTla, tw. (— sa.) time, space or

point of time, right or proper time;

death (in the plirase : kalaih karoti,

to die); worn, r^o bhante! the time

has come, sir! 78,s; abhisambujjbana-

kalo, 63,7; nekkhaimia-kalo, 45,6;

a?r. ^aih (arocripesi) 78,a; '>.'am

(nkiiri, died) 80,!iii; /N/arii (kiitvii) 34,S8.

B'tfiio (c)), ktila-kiita, ktilu-kiriyii);

gen, o^asHa (ass'eva, betimeH) 82,1?;

ubl. o^ato, comp. tass' agata-kalato

pa^^haya, „froiii tlie day of his com-iDK", 18,99; GotaniaBsa uppaima-kalato pa1;thaya, 72,8o; tassa nikkban-ta-", y,jft; loc, kiiln (or ktiliiinlii) in

time, seasonably (opp, vikale) 9,12;

kale gacchante, in the course of time,

14,18. 102,4; tasmin kSle, 2,»6; pac-

chime kale, in the hour of death,

86,18; hemantike kale, in the winter-

time, 100,24; very frequently in comp.

w. verbal nouns or pp. '.rajabhiseka-",

11,«; 8uriyuggamana-°, 72,2_9; maha-

janassa nagaram pavisana-kale, 73,i3;

dhitu marana-kale, 89,i3; tava san-

tikam agata-kale (mam ganhahi)

3,17; asuka-kale, 88,23 (v. h.)\ utthana-

kalamhi (time to rise) I)h. 280. -

kalantarena (=- sa.), v. antara. -

kalika. mfn. (q. v.). - a-kala, m.

(= sa.) wrong time; *''-pupphani

(n. pi.) flowers out of season, 37,18;

**'-vatam, n. unseasonable wind (con*

trary wind?) 25,si.

kala (or kala), mfn. (sa. kala)

black; m. «^o (puriso) 92,i3; n. pi.

^ani (kesani) 47, 1. — °-pasana-, a

black rock, 24,9i. — *°-vanna-kata,

mfn, blacked, f. r^& (bhumi) 84,9i.

cp. next & kala-kanni.

kalaka, mfn. (sa. kalaka) black;

subst. n. (?) dirt, speck, stain : *apa-

gata-kalaka, mfn. free from dirt or

black specks, n. rvaih (vattbaiii

suddham) 68,25.

kala-kanni, f. (sa. kala-karni)

ill luck, misfortune; a fatal or ill-

boding person or thing, a fury; -•

*~i-8akuna, m. a bird of ill omen,instr. ^ena., 12,io; — *«vi-9alaka, f.

the lot which points out the guilty

or fatal person, 23, 11.

*kala-kata, mfn. (— kata-kala,sa, *kala-krta, cp, kala-gata) dead;

ace, m, >\^&m, a dead person, 63,25;loc, /"ve (pitari) 22,i5.

kala-kiriya, f. (sa, kala-kriya>death; putbujjana-killakiriyam (ace.)

katvil, hnving liiud llkn common people,

87,29.

kala, /*. (sa. kala) name of a certain

plant, tt climbing or creeping plant

(— kala-valli, Comm.); *»-pavala, f.

u tender stalk (said of a tender maiden),47,20.

killika, mfn. (— sa.) 'depending

76 kicca

on time', future o: which will not comebefore long (opp. sandit^hika, MN.I 474,6. SN. I 117,86); n. ma ~amanudhavi, 47,io (cp. bhavitabbamev'etarii kathesi, 47,ii).

kasava, mfn. (sa. kashaya, cp.

kasava) yellow, dark-yellow; n. theyellow robe of the Buddhist monks;ace. ^am (vattham), Dh. 9— 10. -***-kantha, mfn. 'yellow-necked', wea-ring the yellow robe; m. pi. ^a, Dh.307^ {cp. SBE. X. 6 Note.)

Kasi, m. (pi.) (sa, Kagi) nom.pr, of a country and its people, whosecipital was Benares (Baranasi, q. v.) ;

^-rattha, n. the kingdom of K., ace.

-x,_aiii, 38,21 ; Ice. ^e, 34,3i; "-rattha-

vasi-manusso. m. a man from K. 35,»8.

Kasika, mfn. (sa. Kagika) com-ing from Kasi or Benares; "-vattha,

n, Benares-cloth, a sort of fine cotton

cloth; Joe. o^e, 62,29 (cp, Fick, Soc.

Glied. p. 176).

k i rii *, pron. interr. n. (= sa.)

what? mf, ko, ka, who? which? —kiih, ») MOW. n. 13,i3 (-x-dukkham);

16,11 (kiih nam' etaih); 93,9 (kin ca,

and what?); constructed «;, ^en. |jers.

<t instr. rei = what is one {gen.)

to do with {instr. ") : 31, si (kin te bha-

tara); 32,82 (kim me dukkhena);

49,14. 53,84. 69,25. 79,31. 106,io etc., or

only w. instr. 20,29. lll,2o; — eomp.

"•"kiihsaddo nam'esa, ,what sort of

noise is this", 60,9; kimsaddo iti

(apucchi) 112,8; kiriikarana {ahl.)

why? 9,20 ; kinnama, mfn. (q. v.Y,

kimattham & kimatthaya, v. attha );- '') ace. n, kim (cintento) 4,8 ;

(ka-

rissanti) 7,i8; (karomi) 55,6; (mafi-

flasi) 69,84; kin'ti vyakareyyasi, 95,8;

- «) kirfi (adv.) V. below. — m. nom.

ko (si tvaiii) 3,ij; (janati) 13,i7;

(ettha) 65,14; (pan' ettha Nagaseno)

97,81 ; («^ nu dipo) 110,8i; (/%/ nu

liaso) Dh. 146; - aec. kaiii, 25,i8.

Dh. 363. — f. nom. ka (nama tvam)

56,10. — instr, •) (w.) n, kena, 16,ss.

35,5. 70,28; •>) adv. why? 22,8». 54,27.

- instr. {etc.) f. kaya, 29,8o (katbaya).

— gen. m. ») kassa, 98,i3; '') kissa,

36,38 (phalarii, scil. rukkhassa). —gen. n. {adv.) kissa, why? 101,6, —abl, n. {adv.) kasma, why? 7,7. 87,28.

— As to the rest the declension is that

of tarii and other pronouns, e. g, instr,

pi. m. kehi, 74,9. An old neuter form

kad- has been preserved in kac-ci &kad-ariya {q. v.). — kiii carahi, kocarahi, v. carahi. — cp. kiiica, kifi-

cana, kincapi, kinci, koci etc.

kim*, adv. interr. {— prec.\ in its

different meanings often combined with

other particles). — i) — how? 1,8 (kin

ti); 70,94 (kin ca sabbam adittam);

74.28 (Icim pana, „how much less");

86.29 (kin nu kho bhavissati, how is

she now, I wonder?); 87,13 (kin nukho); Dh. 146 (kim anando). - «)

— why? 1,14. 3,8. 85,32. 88,4 (kimnama, why then?). — ^) interr. particle

(introductory of a full sentence) : ») =latin -ne, num\ kiiii janasi, do youknow? 113,11 ; kim so sabbarattiiii

dipeyya {pot.) 99,i8; kim bhavissati,

Dh. 264; kin nu kho. 38,27 {w. pot.

siya, should be possibly be?); 89,22,

97,18; kirii pana (by putting forth a

second question) 89,25. 97,26; kim pana(expressive of astonishment) 44,4. — '')

— latin nonne {w. foil, 'na'); kin

te . . . na va^tati, had you not better, . .?

1,15; kim na passasi, lll,i9; kin ca

lohitam n'upasussaye {pot.) 103,i9.

— ') kim . . . na . , . (disjunctive, —utrum , . an), 9,24 (kim mata vo ana-

caram karoti na karotiti). — *) used

as a mere interjection, by calling one's

attention to a question (without full

sentence) — now I look here! hallohl

8,11 fkim bho vSnarindal); 73,i6 (kim

Sundari, kaham gat&si).

kicca, ^) mfn, {gra, karoti, sa,

kftya) to be done or made; n, <^am(atappam) Dh. 276 ; kiccaih, a-kiccam,

Db. 292; kiooclkicca, loc. pi, /^esu,

Dh. 74. — *) n. duty, service, kindness

;

buBiness, purpose, cause, motive, use,

need ; nom. tumbakam vioasena rvamn'atthi, „tbei'e is no need for" {instr,)

kiccha 76

55,7 ; ace. i^am, 13,s6 (gervice); sa-

kicca-ppasuta, mfn. intent upon one's

own businegs, m. pi. /N/a, 86,88; kat-

tabba-kicca, ». pi. ,,the objects of

one's mission", loc. i^esu, 114,8i. —itthi-", kata-o, kilamana-", bhatta-",

q. V.

kiccha, mfn. (sa. krcchra) pain-

ful, attended with pain or labour ; m.

f^o (Buddhanam uppado) Dh. 182;

n. /v-aifa (saddbammasavanam) ib.

kiiica, n, pron. indef. (— sa. cp.

kind) auything; afiiiarii kinoa yathi-

cchiteii), whatever else you might wish,

111,28.

kiflcaDa(m), h. p.-on. indef. (sa.

kira-cana) anything; na .-vaiii, nothing,

Dh. 200. 421. - a-kiiicana, mfn.

(q. v.). — cp. akincanna, n. & ea-

kincana, wt/w.

kiiicapi, indecL (— sa.) certainly,

although, in spite df; «^ na janati {w.

/bW.pana) 63,3i ; rw 8 J evam vadeyya,

100,M („in spite of what he might

say").

kiiici, *) w. pron. indef. (sa. kirii-

cid) something, anything (whatever);

w, foil, negation — nothing; nom.

yajb kinci . . . sabbarii taiii (whatso-

ever) 68,87; adj. r^ ditthigataih, 94,6;

ace. api kiiici labhamase (any reward)

13,28; ai.fiaiii ^ (v, h.) 7,ii; ma kinci

vadetha, 66,26; <^ Yattura na visahati,

87,21 1 adj. na kiftoi paparii, 104,34;

na . . . anumuttaiii r>.^ dubbbasitaih

padam (not even thu smallest) 110,12;

instr, kenaci, 73,4; kenacid-eva(karaniyena) 32, 13; loc. kismici, Dh.

74. — *) adv. altogetter, u), foil,

negation — not at all; sace kiiici

aharam labheyyam, 16,ii; na kinci

abhavissa, 42, 11; >^ karanaiii a-ja-

nanto, 60,17. — koci, m. (v. h.) cp,

kacci & kinca above.

kinati, vb. (sa. \/kri) to buy;

pr. 1. sg. ^ami (dadhim tava hat-

thato) 101,29 (— I did not buy);

ger. kinitva, 101,26.

kitava, m. (•= sa.) a gamester,

gambler; kitavasatbo, a fraudulent

gambler, 106,i8 - Dh. 252, which

probably ought to be written kitava

satho, kitava being nom. (— sa.

kitavaA) after the analogy of words

ending with -va< (Tr. cp. Jfit. VI,

228,19 : kitava sikkhito yatha, m both

instances before 's'; gen. ^assa, SN.

I, 24,4 - Vin. Ill, 90.) The Comm.

takes kitava — kitavaya, but Weber

(Ind. Str. I, 168) and Max Miiller

(8BE. X, 63) take it for an abl. —vor dem Spielgepner, from the player.

*kittaka, mfn. (formed after the

analogy of ettaka etc. Tr. PM. p.

80, cp. sa. kiyat), how much? how

many? n. -^aiii pacanii, how much

have I to cook? 67, 10. cp. next.

*kittavata, adv. (cp. ettavata &prec), how far? to what extent? 96,5.

kinnara, m. (= sa.) a kind of

mythical being, a male fairy, f. /^i;

the kinnaras are of extraordinary

beauty, celebrated dancers and musi-

cians (cp. Jat. IV, 262 & 438). -

""-lilha, f. the grace of a kinnara,

instr. ~aya, 49, 12.

kinnama, mfn. (sa. kim-naman)having what name; m. r^o 3i bhante,

what is your name? 96, 20.

kipillika, m, (sa. pipllika, cp.

pipilika) an ant; pi. /x-a, 60, 1.

kimattham & kimattbaya, v.

kiiii & attha ^).

kira, adv. (enelit, — sa, kila)

indeed, really, probably; namely, often

to be rendered by „you know", „you

see"; „we hear", „it is said"; or in-

dicating what the subject concludes

from facts mentioned or imagined; —87,6 ; evam kir', 40,3, 61,86; saccara

kir' evam, 64,i6; na kir', 31,6; ex-

pressive of astonishment : 64,i8; in

interrogative sentences : 61,7. 68,15.

69,7 (kiraham); after a question : 32,i7.

87,28; - 3,2. 18,5. 23,26. 29,22. 32,9;- 8,8. 11,10. 31,8. 39,14. 64,18. 60,2.

61,2-9. 72,27; — ayam pi kira r.^ja

yeva, 43,25.

kiriya, /". (sa. kriyii) doing; work,undertaking; nom. rwS (pannavanta-

77 kiva

nam i.i.ihati) 57,6, - anta-«, kala-o,

sacca-", q. V.

kilanta, pp. v. next,

kilamati, vb. (sa. yklain) to

grow weary, to become tired, to betroubled or exhausted; pr. 3. pi,

«.anti, 6,si; 1. pi. kimattham .>^ama(why weary ourselves) 66,»; irnper. 3.

pi. /*^antu, 60,iJ, — pp. kilanta, m.pi. f^si, 112,28. cp. next.

kilamatha, m, (sa. klamatha)fatigue, exhaustion, suffering; inatr,

appa-kilamathena, 28,is (v, h.). -•atta-o (v. h.)

*kilamana, n. — prec, —o-kic-

caiii (n'attbi aiifiesam, nDone shall

suffer") 39,16 {cp. kicca).

kill tt ha, mfn. {pp. y/kWq, sa.

klishta), impure, dirty; n. impurity;

^kamma-kilittham, evil karma {opp.

o-visuddhi) Dh. 15, cp. kilissati &kilesa.

kilinna, mfn. {pp. ^klid, sa.

klinna), moistened, wet; lala-kilinna-

gatta, adj. 65,s.

kilissati, vb. {sa. \/k\\q) •) to be

tormented, feel pain, suffer; pot, 3. sg.

/veyya, Dh. 168. — ^) to be impure

(through sin); pp. kilitt'ia (9- ''O <^P'

next.*

kilesa, m. {sa, klega) pain; de-

pravity, passion ; acc. pi. i^o (jabitum^

44,31 ; ioc.i)?. /ve8u(virattaniana8a88a)

64,19-39; sabba-kilesa-darathesu {loc.

pi.) „all passions and torments", 64,8i;

kilesa-vasena, „under the influence of

passion", passionately, 20,ii; *''-rati,

f. sensual pleasure, love, acc. <vim,

46,18; instr, (viya, 63,84. 73,i8. -*citta-kle8a, m. {— *-kilesa), depra-

vity of mind, abl, pi. <x/ehi, Dh. 88.

kiloma&kilomaka,M.(so.kloma& kloman) any kind of membrana-

ceous tissue, esp. the peritoneum,

abdomen or paunch; nom. <^kam,

82,8 — 97,»i {cp. J5t. IV, 292,18. Ill,

49,«s-u).

kisa, mfn. {sa. kiqa.) lean, ema-

ciated; m, <vo (tyam asi) 108,s; aoo.

^am, 106,19 — Dh. 395.

*Ki8agotaini, f. nom. pr. of a

theri, a relative of Ootama; nom. /^i

(khattiyakaiina) 64,ii; gen. {dat.)

rviya, 64,25.

kismici, loc. sg. n., v. kiilci,

kissa, ^) gen. pron. interr. ^) adv.

— why, 101,6. V. kim'.

kidisa, mfn. {sa. kidrQa) of whatkind? what like? m. »vO (silacaro)

43,83 ; n. rwarii (kammam) 85,ia.

kija'ti, vb. {sa, ykrid) to play,

to sport, to amuse one's self in or by

(w, loc. or acc. of the name of the play,

very often a comp, ending with -kija,

q, V.)-, pr, 3, sg. i^kH (jutarii Tam-barajena saddhim, plays at dice) 19,io.

48,b; (nakkhattam, enjoys the festival)

61,8; 1. pi, /s.-ama, 48,22; —part, m,

rvanto, 48,5; gen. ^antassa {w. loc.

jala-karandake, q. v.) 36,3o; part,

med. m. ^ amaiio, 7,29; — aor. 3.

sg. klli (raiiiia saddhim) 48,8i ;(pok-

kharaniyam udaka-kilam, amusedhimself in the lotus tank) 52,28; —inf. (N/itura (jiitam) 20,*; comp. kilitu-

k.amata, f. 62,i5. — cans, kilapeti

{q. v.\\ cp. next & kila, kilika.

kilana, n. {sa. kridana) playing;

*>-kiile (amhakarii pokkharaniyarii)

63,0 ;jiita-kUana-, playing at dice,

ao.ti.

kijii, f. {sa. krida), play, sport,

amusement; frequently last part of

comp. (object of the verb kilati) :

udaka-kilam kill (amused himself by

bathing) 62,28; uyyana-kiladi-gamana,

n. riding in the park etc. 66,22; ku-

mara-kilam [sc. kilitva] 44,2o {v. h.);

nakkhatta-kilam (anubnavamana, the

festivities) 61,5; salavana-", 62,i5.

kilapeti, vb, {caus. II. kilati)

to cause to play, to play with (acc);

ger, »./etva (tarn, sc. darakam) 68,38.

*kilika, f. {dimin, fr. kija)

pleasure, excursion; acc. uyyana-kili-

kam gacchanto (taking a walk in the

park) 52,18.

*kiva, indeol. (eorrel. of yava, cp.

aa, kiyat & ved. kivat) how much?(quanto), w. foil, pi — how much

ku- 78

soever (quamvie) ; - '-mahanta, mfn,how great, ace. n. <vam pi (pSpakam-mam) 51,11.

ku-, indecl. (— na.) prefix, im-

plying deterioration, contempt etc.

(originally pron. base, cp. kuto). —Kii-samudda, m, the dreadful or fatal

Bea, ^0, 20,16. (cp. kim, kimsadda).kukku^a, m. (^ sa.) a cock;

paiijare pakkhitta-kukkuto, a cock

in a cage, 46,2o.

kucchi, m. & f. (sa. kukshi, m.)

the belly, womb, uterus; acc, <^im,

61,2i; — dbl. matu-kucchito, 62,9b;

ahl. m. />.imha, 42,23; — loc. m. »x/is-

mim, 38,9; .^..imJii, 61,8i; — inHtr. f.

/viya (parihariiva) 62,a; — loc, f.

/x/iyam (pakkhipitvi, „even if youhad her inside you") 50,84.

kujjhati, vh. (so, ykrudh) to be-

come angry; pot. 3.sg. na kujjheyya,

Dh. 224; aor. 2. pi. ma mayham.>.^ittha, 19,31

;ger, ,^itva, 33,ie; a-

kujjhitva, 67,25. -pp. kuddha (g. v.),

cp. kujjhana, kodha.*kujjhai. a, n. becoming angry.

— "-sila, mfn. prot.e to anger, irascible;

f. pi. <%.a, 52,6.

kufljara, m. (-- sa.) an elephant;

voc. -^a, 77,3-4; pi. r^a, Dh. 322.

kuti (& kuti), f. (sa. kuti) a hut,

ahouoe; nom. r^i (channa) 104,22-25;

Zoc. />^iyam, 14,i»; (eka-)gaiidha-kuti-

yaiii (q. v.) 73,i7.

ku^umba, n. (= sa.) household,

iamiiy; acc. ->>aiii (vicarenti) 22,i5;

(santhapetum) 66,e.

kutumbik t, m. (— so. cp. ku-

trtnbin) a householder, 'paterfamilias

(tsp, of the miduie class, cp. Fick, Soo.

61. 166); *nahapi'.a-'', m. 28,ib (v. h.).

k una pa, n. (—» sa.) a corpse, a

dead body ; vippKviddhf-naiia-kunapa-bharita, mfn. 65,io.

kundala, w, (— sa.) a ring, ear-

ring or bracelet; loc. pi. mani-kun-dalesa, precious ston^is and rings,

i)h. 345.

kundika; f. (-=- sa.) the water-

pot of au ascotic; loc. ix/ayaiii, 110,38.

kuto, adv. interr. (sa. kutas, ep.

ku-) *) whence? from where? 21,8.

55,8. 59,». 87,85. - *) how much less?

(latin nedum) : na 8oko kuto bhayam(neither -- nor) Dh. 212. - a-kuto-

bhaya, mfn. (q. v.).

*kutta, n. (?) at the end of comp.

— acting or performing the part of (?).

— itthi-kutta- ^women's wiles", 21,i3.

(kutta is explained in the commen-

taries by -katam or kiriya, and is

synon, w. kutti. /". (sa. krti ?) ; accord-

ingly it is possibly derived from sa.

suff. krt).

kudacanaih, adv. (sa. kadScana)ever, at any time; w. negation =-•

never at any time; na <-«/, 106,»8 —Dh. 6; ma -^, 106,J5 — Dh. 210.

cp. kadaci.

kuddha, mfn. (sa. kruddha, pp.y'krudh, v. kujjhati) angry; m. <%.o,

67,28; instr. ,%.ena, 11,?; gen. /N/assa,

11,6. — a-kuddha, mfn. (q. v.); cp.

kodha.

k u p i t a , mfn. (= sa.; pp. kuppati,

^kup) offended; angry; «». /^^o, 74,30.

cp. kopa.

kubbato, kubbanam, kubbe-tha, V. karoti.

kuniara, m. (— sa.) a son, a

young roan, prince; *"-kilam [katva]

(having amused himself as prince, cp.

kila) 44,20; *°-panha, n. the novice's

questions, 82,i4; deva-kumara, a son

of a god, /%/ vanni/i, mfn. 46,26 (v. h.).

— kuniara is often used as last part

of u worn. pr. — younger, junior, v,

Ajatasattu-, Brahmadatta-, Siddha-ttha-, Silava-, Supparaka-, Susinm-.cp. kumari.

*Kumara-ka8sapa, m. mm. pr.

of a thera; -wO (vicitrakathi) 109,9.

kumari. f. (^ sa.) a young girl;

acc. r^^im (daharim) 47, 19. cp. ku-

mara. - dimin. kumarika, f. (^ sa.)

id. r^si, 86,36. 112,14; voc. .^e, 87,35;

acc. o.-arii, 48, 19; instr, »N.-aya, 86,30.

kumuda, n. (= sa.) the white

lotus; acc. ^&m. (saradikam) Dh. 286.— **'-na}a, m. a lotus-stalk, acc, rwam,

79 kuhim

5,18. — "-patta-vanna, mfn. havingthe colour of the petals of the whitelotus, ace, ph ~e (maBgala-sindhave")63,4.

kumbha, m. (= sa.) *) a jar,

pitcher; *°-'upama, mfn. like a jar

(fragile), acc. /v^am (kayaiii) Dh. 40;— uda-", »l. a water-pot, ,>^o, Dh. 121.*) one of the frontal globes of an ele-

phant; acc. -%.am (hatthissa) 77,i,

kumbhila, m. {sa. kumbhira) a

crocodile (of the Ganges); /vO, 2,a6,

108,27 (ruddadassano); gen. pi, Ha-naro, 3,17. — *°-raja, m. I,i8 (voc.)

cp. raja /I.

kuru&ga, m. (sa, kuranga) a kind

of antelope; *<'-miga, m. the k.-deer,

f>^o, 11,24; ~jataka, p. 11—13.

kurute, kurumana, v, karoti.

kula, n. (= sa.) a family, house-

hold; class or caste in general (v. Fick,

Soc. 61. 22, cp. jati), and more espe*

cially designation of a family of the

numerous castes of the middle class

(merchants and tradesmen, v. kula-

dhitar & "-putta below); nom. tamkulam, Dh. 193; jati-gotta-kula-pa-

desa, m. 43,8o (v. h.); para-kulesu

(loc. pi.) „among other people", Dh.

73; raja-kula, n. the king's palace,

acc. rv&m (pavisitva) 68,17; abl. <x/ato,

48,16; loc. ^e, 53,8o. — kassaka-",

8,1s; vanija-'', 30,s; purana-settbi-",

66,81 (v. /».). cp. upaUhaka-", 81, 11.

kulin, mfn. (g. v.).

kula-dhitar, /". (sa. kula-duhitr)

the daughter of a respectable family

(esp, of the middle class); acc, «<varari),

87,18. cp. next.

kula-putta, m. (so. kula-putra)

a young man of respectable family

(esp. of the middle class, cp. Fick,

Soc, Gl. 164); ~o (setthi-putto)

67,21 ; acc. t^am, 68,10; gen. -N/assa,

67,25.

^kula-santaka, mfn. belonging

to one's family; acc, m. >v<am (naga-

ram), 62,4.

""k u 1 a 1a , m. {cp. sa. kurara& krura)

a hawk or falcon; gen. rvassa, 92,20,

kulavaka, n. (sa. kulaya, m. +-ka) a nest; ,>^ka, f. (or pi.?) brood

of birds (= supanna-potaka, Comni.)

60,16 (cp. SN. I," p, 8,1 flf.) — viku-

lava, mfn. (q. v.Y

kulin, mfn. (— sa.) belonging to

a noble family; *a-kuli«, of base ex-

tractiou, 102,4 (q. v.).

*Kuveni, f, nom. pr. of a female

yakkha; o/i nama yakkhini, 111,5.

kusa, m. (sa. kuQa) the Kusa-graas

(Poa CynoBuroides); 1^0, 26,2o; Dh.

311 (duggabito hattham auukantati^

;

nila-kusa-tina, m. dark K.-grass, «^am,

26,18.

kusagga, n. (sa. kugagra) the

sharp point of a blade of Kusa-grass;

instr. /N^ena (bhuiijetha bhojanam,like an ascetic) Db. 70.

Kusamala, m. (?) nom. pr. of

an ocean; acc. ovarii (nama samuddam)26,19. = Kusamalin, m. (?), 26,22 (^maliti vuccati), cp, Aggimala.kusamudda, m, v. ku-.

kusala, mfn. (sa. kuQala) good,

right; clever, skilful; m. />/0, Dh, 44;

n. ovarii, 4,82 (sace . . ., icc-etam ku-

salam); acara-kusala, mfn. perfect in

behaviour, m. r^o,,i>h. 376; para-

ppavada-**, skilled in disputation, m.

0^0, 110,9; ^e«. j?Z. kusala-kusalanam

kammanaiii, good and bad deeds, 97, is.

— subst. n, a good thing, good things,

good deeds, merit; nom, /^am, 97,12;

>vBm bahum, Dh. 63; acc. /warn

katva, 58,12 ; instr, <s/ena, Dh. 173;

gen, .vassa, Dh. 183. - a-kusala,

.

mfn. (q, v.).

Kusinara, f. (sa. Ku^inagara)

nom. pr. of a town in Northern India,

the capital of the Mallas, where Buddhadied; ,^a, 78,27; acc.^f^&m nagaram,

78,82.

kusita, mfn. (sd, kusida) idle,

lazy; m. ~o (synon. ^inaviriyo) Dh,

112. 280; acc, ~am, Db. ,7. cp.

kosajja.

kusuma, n. (= sa.) a flower;

mluppaladi-kusuma-dama-, 47,is,

'*'kuhiiu, adv. interr, (cp. kabam

kuhiSoi 80

& ^a. kuha) *) wheret<t? /^ me puttamneoi, 59,1 ; >^ gantva, 72,i. - *) where?46,5 (/>^ me rna'a); 94,i8 («. upa-

paijati),

*kuhinci, aiiv, f/r. last, cp. sa.

kuhaoid) to aiy placr;; na ix/. nowhere,

Dl). 180.

ku^a', mfn. ('- sa.) false, deceit-

fu'. — *kutaUa, m. false suit (cp.

a.\i\&^)\ "-karaka, m. a false suitor,

pi. /va, 42,29.

ku^a*, m. & n. (— 8a.) summit,

ueak; kala-pasana-kuta-vanna, w/n.

24,21 ; gaha-kutam,. M. Dh. 154; pab-

bata-kuta, m. pi. 75,8c. cp. Gijjha-

kuta.

kupa^, m. (^= sa.) a^hole, — loma*kupa, m. a pore of the shia; "-mattampi, 16,10 {y. matta').

kupa* & kupaks,, m. (= sa.)

the mast of a ship; kilpagge, on the

top of the mast, 18,6 (v. agga); pi.

kupaka (tayo) 28,s9.

kula, n. (= sa.) the bank of a

river; loc. nadi-kule, 108,24; para-

kule, on the opposite ba'nk, 108,19. —paihsu-kula, n, {v. h.).

kedara, ». (=^ sa.) a field; instr.

pi. ^ehi, 66,30.

kevala, mfn, (— sa.) ') alone,

only. *) whole, entire, all; ace, m,

/N^arii (dhammam) 109,9&; gen, .x^assa

(dukkhakkhandassa) 66,ii-i7.

kevalam, adv. (= sa.) only,

merely; if only; 88,a«; 11,is.

kesa, m, & n. {sa. kepa fn.) the

hair of the head; ace. rs.<am (ekam)

46,28; pi. m. -^a, 63,ii. 82,2. 97,i8;

pi. n, nwiini (kalani) 47,i; gen. /s^a-

nam, 44,24; loc. ^esu (gahetva, bythe hair) 111,24. — palita-kesa, mfn.

63,9; muiija-kesa, mfn. 21,85; hata-

hata-kesa, nfn. 71,?« (g. v.) cp, vi-

kesika.

ko, pron. intetr, m., v. kim.

koci(d), pron. indef. m. (subst.

or adj. — sa. ka?.-cid) [n. kinci, q.

v.] some, any, anybody; w. negation

= nobody; koci (agunavadi) 43,5;

kooid eva, only some few, 88,94;

kooid eva satto, id. 89,i; kooid eva

puriso, some man or other, 99, it.

100,11; koci (puriso) few persons =nobody, Dh. 143 ; - na koci, nobody,

8,3. 72,81; koci na, 18,29; ma koci,

68,8; koci kinci vattum na visahati,

87,2i; - ace. kanci (a-passitva, a-

disva) 13,6. 42,3i. 43,6; ma ~, Dh.

133; - instr. kenaci (asucina) a-mak-

khito, 62,29; ~ (na sakka puilnam

samkhatum) Dh. 196; - gen. kassaci

(pi na) 17,18; ->/ an-agamanabhavam,

40,11; na ~, 66,95. 106,8; -combined

w. other pron. : na aniio koci, nobody

else, 61,8. yo koci (samano) which-

soever, 110,8; pi. ye keci pana . . . te

sabbe, 91, 1; ye keci pathavitthita.

„any earthly being", 110,ii.

*koiica^, nt. or «. (?) name of a

certain sound, a cry, roar, esp, the

roaring or trumpeting of an elephant

(also written kunca (& kufija) cp,

V'kuc & v^kvij & kuiijara; Jat. VI,

681,18. V, 49,16. VI, 638,8); konca-

nada, m. the trumpeting of an ele«

phant, ace. r^'Am naditva, 61,i9.

kofica^ m. (sa. kraunca) a kind

of heron; pi. jinna-koncii, old herons,

Dh. 166.

ko^i, f. (= sa.) ^) end, top, point;

loc. ,M..iyam thito. last, 17,8. - *atthi-

koti, the end of a bone, acC. rwim,

13,20. — vema-**, the part of a loomthat is moved, loc. .^iyaiil, 89,6. —^) the highest number (10 millions);

asiti-koti-vibhava, mfn. (g. v.).

ko^eti. vb. (sa. Vkutt) to crush,

pound, grind; ger. ,-vetva (tandule)

57,20. (cp. akoteti).

*kottha(ka)S m. (Birm. read,

ko^taka, which is probably the true

spelling, cp. kotteti) a certain bird.,

a woodpecker, v, rukkha-kotthaka(cp. Jat. Vr, 639,9; Ind. Stud. Ill,

128; Five Jat. p. 36).

kotthaka*, m. n. {sa. ko8hta(ka))a surrounding wall, any enclosed space,

reservoir, receptacle for, store-room;

dvara-kotthaka, 48,S2 {v. h.).

*kotth.nsa, w(. a part, portion;

81 khanti

ace, ovarii (ekam, one half part) 58,a»;

pi. r\^a. (dve, two companies) 33,2o;

ib, so (-= two portions); ace, pi. ^e,41,18.

•Kotthita, m. nom.pr. of a thera;

/S.0 (patisambhida [aggo]) 109,io.

kodanda, »i, (= sa.) a kind of

bow; rw.0, 92,15.

kodba, »». {sa, krodha) anger;

ace. n^&m, 44,8, 106,83 = Dh. 222. -a-kkodha, m. mildness (g, v.). -kodha-vagga, m. the XVIlth chapter

of Dh. cp. kujjhati.

kodhana, mfn. {sa. krodhana)angry. — a-kkodhana, mfn, free fromauger {q, v.).

kopa, m, {= sa.) anger; ace,

's.am akatva, without getting angry

{opp. metta) 40,7. cp. kupita.

kolahala, m. (= sa.) uproar,

turmoil ; ace, ^am (katva) 73,2a.

kovida, mfn, {= sa.) skilled,

learned in {gen, or comp.)\ ace. m.

o^am (maggatnaggassa) Dh. 403;Sambuddha-mata-^ (saihgham) ex-

perienced in the doctrines of Buddha,

114,13; uirutti-pada-kovida, Dh, 352.

(3. f.).

kosajja, n. {sa, kausidya; cp,

kusita) indolence, sloth; /v^aib, Dh.

241.

Kosala, m. (= sa.) mm. pr. of

a people and its country (north of the

Ganges). — "-rattha, .w. the kingdom

of K. loc. rs/e, 30,89. — "-raja, m. the

king of K. 43,16; gen. -raniio, 31,i.

- "-rajja-samiko, id. 43,»s.

kosiya, m. {sa. kaugika) an owl

(= ulnka); «x/0, ll,io.

klesa, V. kilesa.

Kh.

kbagga, m. {sa. kbadga) a sword;

ace. /vam (gahetva) 33,»4; "-talena,

with the flat of the sword, 41,se. -

ma&gala-**, a sword of state, ace,

<wuu, 41,18.

FUi OlMHIJT'

*kha.jjopanaka, >«. (akin to sa.

khajyotis, khadyota etc.) a firefly;

"-sadisa, m. pi. like fireflies, 72,S9.

k b a n a . »i. (so. kshana) ') an instant,

moment, the ripht moment, ^o, 108,

o

(ma upaccaga); ace. tarn kbanarii

yeva, just at that moment, iustautly,

17,81. 32,30. 63,18; loc. tasmiiii khane,by this time, 12,8o; khane khane, from

time to time, Dh. 239; comp. w. vb,

nouns orpart, : vanditva (hita-kkbane,

87,88; khanatita, mfn. who allows the

right moment to pass, pi. <^&, 108,7.

— ') leisure, state of rest; ace, ovarii

parara, llO.is {synon, santi).

kbanati, vb, {sa, ykban) to dig,

dig up; pr. 3. sg. /N^ati (mulaiii) Db.

247; imp, 2. pi. <N/atha (do.) 108,*;

ger. /^itva (avate) 39,32. This verb is

sometimes written kbanati, cp. Olden'

berg, KZ. XXV (1881) p. 326.

khanda, *)»». n, (= sa.) a piece,

fragment, section of a book; n, puva-khandam, a morsel of cake, 63,i8. —') mfn, broken ; **'-danta, mfn, „bro-

ken-toothed", acc. m. >vam, 63,8.

khandeti, vb, {denom. fr. prec.,

sa. khandayati) to break, to inter-

rupt; — to renounce, to remit (acc);

ger, yetanam <%/etva (in stead oi),

19,85.

kbattiya, «». f. {snbst, <& adj..,

sa. kshatriya) one who belongs to the

warrior (or royal) caste; (>wO, 92,io.

107,21 = Db. 387; rajano khattiye

{ace. pi.), „valiant kings", Dh. 294.— '"-kanfia, f, a maid of that caste,

64,11 ; /v/adinara, 47,i5. — *"-sukhu-

mala, m. „a delicate prince", 97,33.

k hat turn, indecl. {sa. krtvas) a

suffix of numeral adverbs, implying

multiplication (ntiraes"); v, ti-kkhat-

turh.

kbanati, vb., v. kbanati.

khanti, f. {sa. kshanti) ') patience,

forbearance, forgiveness; "-mettanud-

daya-sampanno, 7,i8. 38,i5; nom,

khanti, Dh. 184. - *»-bala, mfn,whose strength is patience, acc. m,

fs^&m, Dh. 399. cp. khamati. — *)

6

khandha

acqniesoing in, belief, faith, v. afifia-

khantika, mfn.khandha, m. (sa. skandha) ')the

shoulder; loc. /v-e ^karitva) 71,28;

(-varanassa) 46,si; hatthi-", on the

back of an elephant, 102,J3. — *) a

stem, a mass, multitude ; v. aggi-kkhan-dha, mani-kkhandha. — ') in the dog-

matics : ») aggregation ; dukkha-kkban-dha. aggregation of misery, ace. rv&m,108,»i!; gen. r^a,8S& (samudayo, niro-

dho) 66,11-18; — '') pi. ^a, the five

constituent elements of a human being,

viz. rupa, vedana, saiina, saihkhara,

vinfiana {q. v.) 94,8-io. 96,9. i6. i8. 19;

99,97 (in one comp.)) paflc' upadana-kkbandha, „the fivefold clinging to

existence", 67,ii. 82,ioi loc, kwCSU,

98,31 (santesu, </. «.); gen. .>.^anam,

Dh. 374 (udayE,vyayaih); — *khan-dha-disa, mfn. '.ike the elements of

the body, pi, ,>,h (dikkhil, q. v.) Dh.205J.

kliamati, v?». (sc;. i/ksham) *)tobepatient, 'Endure; to forgive anything

((icc.)i imp. 2. &g. kbarna (ekapara-

dham) 47,8. — *) to b« fit, to seemgood to (gen.); yatha te khanieyya(pot, 3. sg. „a8 may seem good to

you") 94,98. — cans, v, next, (cp,

khaflti, f,)

khainapeti, vb, {cans. II. kha-

TOati) to propitiate, conciliate; to ask

onu's (t/m.) pardon : ger. /^etvfi (rS-

janaih) 41,96.

khaya, n, (aa. kshaya) loss, de-

struction, extinction; ace. <^&m. (tan-

hanam) Dh. 154; a^l, f^a. (sabba-mannitanam etc.) 94,i2. — asava-

kkhaya, jati-", jivita-" {v. h.)\ tanha-kkhaya (v. tanha) cp. khiyati.

kbara', mfn. (= sa.) hard, rough,

sharp, painful; m. «^o (abadho) 78,2i;

/'. pi, rwa (vedana) 13,i3;(sakkhara-

kathala-valika) 97,35.

khara*, m. (= sa.) a donkey (=gadrabha), a mule. — *"-putta, m. a

derisive name of a sindhava (q, «.),

64,19 (voc); Khara-putta-jataka, n.

p. 62 ff.

khalu, indecl. (= sa., generally

contracted tokho, q.v.) indeed, surely;

111,18.

khanu(ka), v, khanuka.

khadaka, m. (= sa,) an eater,

eating (at the end of eomp,) ;instr. pi.

lohita-mam8a-kbadakehi,_41,94.

khadati, «6. (sa. ykhad) i) to eat.

») to chew (e. g, tambulam), to gnaw

(asunder), to grind one's teeth (dante).

*) to destroy. — pr, 3, sg, ^ati, 13.S3

rvana-mahisam) ; 106, 19 = Dh. 240

(destroys); 1. sg, n^ami, 13,i6 (== ftit,);

3, pi, r^aati (sassani^ 7,86; — imp,

3. sg, kliada (puvaifa) 67,36; 2. pi,

/vatha, 6,10 (maiiisath), 21,s (kha-

daniyam); —part, gen. m, (^antassa,

53,18; f. pi. /^antiyo (dante) 66,6; -pot. 3. sg. ciram khadeyya (might long

have eaten) 9,i; 2. sg. .^eyyasi, 13,15;

2. pi. rveyyatha, 14,2o; — fiit. 1. sg.

rvissami, 4,2-12; 8. pi. .^issanti, 21,3o;

— aor, 3, pi, /x/iifasu, 22,ii; — inf.

rvitum, 1,16. 12,7 (camma-varattam)

;

- ger. ^itva, 2,21 (phalani); 41, i4

(tambulam). — grd. ») khaditabba;tumhehi khaditabbaharato datva,„giving food from your own table",

14,19; *>) kbadauiya (q. v.); — pp.kbadita (q. v.); — cans, khadapeti

(q. V.) cp. khadaka, »».

khadaniya, n. (sa, khadaniya,grd, fr, khadati) hard or solid food

(opp. bhojaniya, q, v.)\ ace. ^aiii

(khadantassa) 63,u ; 78,i; khadaniya-bhojaniyam, 18,8o.

khadita, mfn, (pp. khadati)eaten, gnawed asunder; m. pi. ^a(inaccha) 6,9; f, pi. ,N.a (varatta)

12,20. — *''-tthana, n. eating-place,

ace. r^&m, 62,».

*khanuka, m. (often written klia-

nuka, fr. khanu or khanu (^/kshan?)cp. Prakr. khanu, sa. sthanu, Tr. PM.68. Note 6, Pischel, Gr." § 309.) a

stump or trunk; loc. ^e, 12,25.

khayati, vb. (pass, ^khyii. sa,

khyayate) to seem to be (nom.), to

have the aspect of, to appear as (viya)

;

pr, 3. sg. r^ati (uccataro) 3,i; part.

83 Khuddaka-Pa^hs

med. (x-mana, ace, »i. ^am (veluva-narh viya) 26,25; aor. 3. pi. rJimsn(aditta-geha-sadisa viya) 65,ii.

khari. f. (= sa.) a certain measureof capacity (of grain etc.); the provi-

sions of an ascetic, worn by means of

a yoke (*khari-kaja, m. (or -kaca, cp.

sa. kaca)) = *khari-bhara, m. 30,i7

(vattito -^o) cp. 8BE, XIII, 132.khitta, mfn, (pp, khipati, sa.

kshipta) thrown, cast; »». (n/O (rajo

pativgtam) Dh. 125. ratti-khitta,

shot by night, m, pi, ,vg (sara) Dh.304.

khipati, vb. (sa. ykship) to throw,

cast; pr, 3. sg. <vati (pasake) 48,b;

(dajbain da^hassa, to repel force byforce) 44,1 ; — fut, 1. sg, <vi88ami

(bhumiyam sisam te) 5,u; — aor, 3,

sg, kliipi (khuracakkam tassa sise)

24,4; 111,13-14; 3, pi, rwimsu (tamsamudde) 23,u; — ger. /x/itva, 69,S2;

- pp. khitta (q. v.); — cans, khepeti

& khipapeti (q, v.) ep, khipana,

kbepa.

*khipana, n. (fr. khipati) the

act of throwing or the state of being

thrown; raiifia (instr.) pasaka-khi-

pana-kale, when the king was throwing

the dice, 48,ts.

*khipapeti, vb. (caus, II, khi-

pati) to cause to be thrown or cast;

aor. 3. sg. r^eai (a6ure Sineru-papate)

69,26; ger. <wetva (jalam, flowered a

net") 26,1.

khippam, adv, (sa, kshipram)

quickly; 27,i7. Dh. 137.

khila, m. (= sa.) stubbornness,

obduracy; vigata-khila, mfn. free from

stubbornness, m, <^o, 104,24.

khina, mfn. (sa. kshlna; pp.

khiyati) destroyed; exhausted, sub-

dued; n. .>.«aih (mayham kammam)24,1 ; f. /v-a (jati) 71,i6. - khinusava,

mfn. having subdued the passions (v.

asava). — **'-iEaccha, mfn. without

fishes, loc. n. /s^e (pallale) Db. 165.

khiyati, vb, (pass. \/kshi, sa,

kshiyate) to perish, to waste away;

part, med. (vmana, loc, pi, n, ^esu

fmamsesu) 103,2i; fut. 8. sg, n^ieanti

(dhanam) 48,ii. - pp. khina, v. above,

subst. m. khaya, q. v. (cp. khepeti).

khira, n. (sa. kshira) milk; nom.

ace. /vam, 26,ti-i3; (matu >x/) 24,82;

(duyhamanam) 99,28; 106,2i = Dh.71; — *duddha-khira, mfn. one whohas milked, 104, 21 (m. 1^0). — khiro-

daka, «, milk-water (v. udaka). —*°-ghata, m. a pot of milk, ace. /»/am,

101,26. - *"-paka, mfn, drinking milk,

uoking, m. rvO (vaccho matari) Dh.

284 (var, khira-pano). "-paiiiriiw,

m, (sa. kshira-par^in) name of a tree

whose leaves contain a milky sap,

Galotropis gigantea, gen, t^\no, 92,iT.

khila, m. (sa, kila & khila) a

pin, stake, post; pi, /va (nikbata)

106,17. inda-khila, q. v,

khuda, /*. (sa, kshudh & kshudha)hunger; v. khuppipasa.khudda & khuddaka, mfn, (sa,

kshudra(ka)) small, little, low; trifling,

insignificant;gen. masc. rwkassa (mata,

mother of the little child) 99,n. — comp,°-niancaka, m. a small or low bed,

loc, i^e, 42,1; repeated in a dvandva-comp, U), anu inserted : khuddanu-khuddakani (n. pi,) sikkbapadanisamuhantu (saihgho), the order mayin the course of time abolish someprecepts or other that are of minorconsequence, 79,i2.

*Khudda(ka)-Nikaya, m. nameof a collection of canonical books (the

fifth of the five KikSyas) comprising

the foil, books : Khuddaka-Patha,Dhammapada, (Udana), (Itivuttaka),

Sutta-Nipata, (Vimana-Vatthu),(Peta-Vatthu) Thera-Gatha, Theri-Gatha, Jataka, (Niddesa), (Pati-

sambhida-Magga), (Apadana), (Bud-dha-Vamsa), Cariya-Pitaka. Spe-

cimens of these books are found in

the Reader, except those put within

parentheses. The name Khuddaka-Nikaya is probably due to the title

of its first section, viz. Khuddaka-PStha; nom, Khuddanikayo, 102,ie.

*Khuddaka-Patha, m, name

6»

khappipSBB 84

of the fltat section of Khuddaka-NikSya;

Bpeoime&B thereof p, 82,'i-u.

k h u p p i p S B a, /". (sa. kshut-pipSsS,

cp. khuda) hunger and thlrit; >vu

(tatiya sena MSrassaJ 103,80. *<*-ftbhi-

bhuta, mfn., v. abhiuhavati.

khura, m. (sa. khura & kshura)

*) the hoof of an animal. *) a razor;

*''-cakka, n. a wheel sharp as a razor,

nom, ace. ,^am, 23,3o-s6; — *khura-

nasa, mfn. {cp. $a. khura-nasa) having

R nose like a razor, m. pi. ^a (maccha)

25,23; "-nasika, mfn. id. pi, /^a (ma-

nussa) 26,26. cp. next.

khurappa. »». {sa. khurapra &kshurapra) a kind of arrow; ace, ^aiii,

92,33.

*Khuramala, »».(?) name of an

ocean ; •'-saraudda, tK. 25,82 {ace. o^aih).

- *Khurainali(n), m. (?) id. 26,si

{cp. Aggimala).khetta, n, {aa. kshetra) a field;

r^&m, 100,87 (daddham); ace. ^aih,

8,7; 100,86 (daneyya); pi. o^ani (tina-

dosani) Dh. 366; loc. r^esu, 8,9;

sali-yava-khettesu, 8,i8. — *khetta-

gopaka, m, a field-watcher; gen.

<-..^assa, 14,2s, — khet'.a-pala, »i. id.

gen, ~assa, 16,ii. — "-rakkbaka, m.

(.sa. kshetra-raksha) id. pi. ^a, 8,18.

'- *'*-samika, m. the owner of the field.

rs/O, 100,86.

khepa, m, {sa. kshepa, cp. khi-

pati) 'throwing, casting'; loss; *citta-

kkhepa, m. {cp. sa. mana^i-kshepa);o88 of mind, perplexity; ace. (%/aiii,

Dh. 138,

khepeti, t)6, (caws. khipati,\/k8hip)

*) to throw ftvay, to do away with

(act'.). ^) to puss or -vhile away (kSluifa,

ayuih etc.];

ger. .%.etva (dighnmaddhar.am), having grown old (?)

Of long time after, 44,21-23. Inthis sense TretiCkner takes it = sa,

kshapayati, ykshi, PM. 76,s8. {cp,

khiyati.)

khema, m,''n. {sa. Ifshema) safe,

giving tranquillity, security & happi-

ness; n. rx^am. (saranaih) 107,3i =Dh. 189—92. - siibst, w., safety,

tranquillity, happiness fof NibbBna);

yoga-kkhema, n. {v. fc.).

khemin, mfn. {sa. kshemm) en-

Joying security or peace; m. is^l, Dh.

258., , ,

khe|a (or khela), m, {sa. kheta,

cp. kshveda) phlegm, saliva; /n/O,

82,5 = 97,28; instr, ^ena, 57,2*. -

paggharita-", mfn. „with trickling

phlegm", f pi. -x/a, 66,5. - *<'-mal-

laka, m. a spitting-box, nwO, 84,i5.

- vi-kkhe}ika, mfn, {q. v.) cp, lala

& next.

*khelapaka, m. (t>ar. khelasika,

fr. khela + \/ap or a-\/pa) lit. 'whose

teeth water', or 'eating spittle' 0: a

covetous person or a lick-spittle (?),

used as a term of abuse of Devadatta;

gen. -^assa, 74,28. <'-vada, m. use of

the abusive term khelapaka, calling

one by that name; instr. ,^ vadena,

74,29. {cp. 8BE. XX, 239; Dhp. (1855)

p. 143.)

klio, adv. (before vowels sometimes

khv'-, sa, khalu) an enclitic particle

of ascertainment or emphasis : indeed,

verily, truly; kho 'ti avadharanani,

85,34; abhabbo o.., 69,37; pasada /n^,

79,39; avyakatam .-v, 89,23; — after

pron, : mayhaiii f^, 2,29; ete <x/, 66,28;

idara ow, 67,8; so ca rw, 61, 31 (et

quidem); yo ~ evam vadeyya, 92,2;

- after a negation : na <^, 28,i4; noca khv'assa, 90,35; ma rw, 32,26;

ma h'evam rv, 90,24; — combined w.

foil, panaina sakka kho pana, 7,8;

na .-V pana, 9,31. 79,4; api ca khopana, 32,25; yatha ^ pana, 79,6; siya

~ pana; 79,3; — following other par-ticles (atha, pi etc.) esp. in historical

exposition = now, now further ; athakho, 66,3. 76,9. 89,19; tatra kho, 66,24;

tapi kho, 22,10; te pi kho, 74,4; Bo-dhisatto pi kho, 34,i; api ca kho,97,1 ; evam bhante ti kho, 76,i4; -in interr. sentences (after nu) i kinnu kho, 1,81. 89,33; kacci nu «^, 3,5;

atthi nu rv, 14,36: kahan nu «^, 34,ii.

{cp, kluilu.)

85 ganhati

ga, Mi/V». (= sa., only at the endof comp.) going; v. atiga, anuga,dugga, paraga.

tranga, f. (= sa.) nom. pr., the

river GaDges; l.ie; ace. ,^am (adho-x/, q,y.) 14,s4; loc. ~aya, 1,5; para-Gafigaya. on the other side of the G.,

1,14; — *"-nivattane, loc, in a curveof the river, 1,4.

gacchati, vb. (sa. Vgam) to ro,

to move, start, go away ; to go to (w.

acc. or adv. (tattha etc, or santikamw. gen.); gahetva r%., to go away with;

- pr. 3. sff. /vati, 6,8 (migavam);6,3t (gahetva); 7,8o (santikaih^; 47,>o

etc.; 3.sg.>s^m, 1,17 (=/"M^); 88,14

(gacchasUi janatha, you know where

1 am going); 1, sg. /N^ami, l.aa. 9,ii.

69,10 (Bhagavantam saranaih); 78,39

(^am'aham); 5. pi. rvanti, 19,»4;

104,9 (yena, sc. maggena); 1. pi.

/vaina (let us go) 39,i4; — part. m.

-x/anto, 9,11. 34,4 (on his way); acc.

o^antaih, 2,97; loc. ^ante (kale) 14,i5.

102,4; f. fwanti, 49,8; m. pi. r^anta,

6,14; gen. m. pi. o^antanam, 9,i6;

part. med. f. o^amana, 87,33; f. pi.

(id.) 23,18; — imp. 2. sg. •) gaccha,

2,13. 7,1 (/x<tvam); 75,6 (gacchavuso);

'') gacchahi, 4,i9. 6,35; 2. pi. ~atha,

4,15. 8,3; —pot. 3. sg. <x/eyya (naga-

raih pattharitva („would spread

through the town") 66,84; parinamam<N^ (yassa), could be digested (by) 78,i7;

2. sg. rweyyasi, 7,39; — fut. •) 3. sg,

gamissati, 58,i4; 2. sg. *vasi, 7,96.

77,«. 87,86; 1. sg. /%^aini, l,i7. 4,36j

23,7 (/%/ain'eva); 101,97 (sve gahetva

f^ „I will come to-morrow and take

if); 3, pi, ^anti, 104,io; l.pl. «^ama,

6,88. 22,4; - •>) 2. pi. gacchissatha,

21,8; — aor. •) 3. sg. a-gama (na-

bhasa-) lll,r, - >") 8. sg. a-gamasi,

2,4. 87,94; 3. pi. a-gamaiii8u, 8,30.

23,90 ; - ')2, sg. ma garni, 23,7; 2.

pi, ma gamittha, 39,i7; — *) 3. sg.

a-gancbi (naganchi, 20,8o, probably

from a-gacchati, q. v.) cp. Tr. PM.

p. 71—74; - inf. ganturii, 35, 3«. 62,5;

comp. gantu-kama, mfn. desiring to

go; m. /s/O, 50,0 (cp. kama); pi. >x<a,

4,18;- (/er. gantva, l,i3. 89,7 (moving);

104,10; a-gantva (not going) 39,(i.

42,27; — grd. gantabba, mfn, r^am(n.) 83,2; —pp. gala (v. h.) cp. ga,

gati, gama, gamana, gamika, garaiH.

gana, >«. (= sa.) a flock, com-

pany, multitude, number, (herd, swarm);

mostly at the end of comp, amacca-**,

39,28; go-gane (acc. p?.) 21,4; dasi-",

21,1; deva-ganena(ms<r.) 60,93; dvija-

gana (nom. pi.) 7,ao; — bhamara-ga^a (do.) 62,19; miga-ganam (acc)

6,11 1 saku^a-gapa (pi.) 10,7. cp. next.

gani)i, mfn. (= sa.) one who has

attendants; m. uaha-gam, a great

teacher, 109,i7 (Anuruddlio); m. pi,

gani (thera), teachers, 109,8i.

ganeti, vb. (sa. \/gan) to count,

number, reckon;part. m. sg, ganayaiil

(gavo) Dh. 19.

*ganthika, f. (fr, sa. granthi,

m.) a knot, tie; acc. >^&m (patimun-citva) 82,28. cp. gandika.

ganda, m. (= sa.) ') the cheek.

*) a boil, pimple ; a bump ; ^0 (ut^hahi)

60,20.

*g a n d i k ii ,/". (or gandi, also written

ganthi & ganthika, cp. sa. gandi(ka))

a block; dhainma-gandika, f. a block

for execution, shambles; loc. rs^&ya.

(sisaih thapetva) 6,27; "-tthana. n.

the place of execution, loc. o.^e, 6,25.

ganbati (& ganhati), (sa. ^grah)to take, seize (acc.) ; to catch, capture,

14,94. 32,90. 39,15; to acquire, obtain,

get, 33,9,->. 52,17. 55,16; to take pos-

session of, to conquer, win, 35,i9. 39,8.

59,89; to keep, retain, 33,»9. 49,9i;

to receive, adopt, 113,18; to assume,

put on, 58,16; to follow, obey, 9,ie.

52,83; to choose, 10,8-96; to take uponone's self, 7,ip. 17,i6, — pr. 2. pi,

ganhatha, 33,s; 1. pi. /s/ama (let us

capture) 39,i6; — part. m. ganbanto(macche) 14,24; (gocaram, seeking

food) 62,17; acc. f. .N/antim (attano

vacanam a>ganhautiin, disobeying)

ganhSpeti 86

52,8s; — imp, 2. ig. ganha, 1,»( gan-

hahi, 3,ir; 3. 8g. r^&tu, 10,8. 102,»8;

3. pi. />^atha (niulena, buy it) 18,io;

3. pi. ^antu, 39,17; — pot. 8. ag,

ganheyya, 12,8s; :'. sg. />.fiyyara, 33,82;

- fut. ») 1. sg, gf.nessami, 39,8; •>) 5.

sg. ganhissati, 65,8; 2. sg, .^issasi,

4,28. 2ij,32; 1. sg. «x<ii8aaii, 2,3i. 29,4.

39,u. b5,£2; l.pl. .x^iisama, 6,8. 36,22;

- or. ») 3, 5^. aggahi, 118,i»i 8. pi.

oggahum, 114,3o; '') 3. sg. aggahesi,

62)19; ") 5. sg. ganhi Ojatisandhim.was born) 6,S5; (manavikam hatthe)

51,21 ; 40,19. 59,2; 2. sg. ganhi, 69,2o;

.*. pi. fviifasu, 18,2P, 22,6. 33,8; 2. pi.

«^iUha. 18,93. 33,1 ; — inf. ») gahetura

(sa. grahitum) 4,34. 36,8; ') ganhiturii,

1,9. 13,u (gocararh, lo est); - ger. »)

gahatva (so. grhitva) 1,23. 4,8. 15. 98.

7,<o (tassa santaksih mai-anam); 8,20

(nivasam); 12,8; IT.ic (arakkhara

(te, gen.) to guard); 22,32; 24,2?

(hatthim ~ agate, those who had

brought the elephant); '') ganhitva,

4,19; —pass, (gayhati), part, gayha-

mana; >>i/ka, mfn. being captured,

loc, pi. rvesu (vat^akesu) 88,34; -pp. galiita & gahita (v. h.). — caus.

V. ganhapeti & galiapeti. cp. gaha",

gahana, gaha, gahin.

ganhapeti, vb.(caus. 7/. ganliati)

to cause to be taken or beized; to pro*

cure (ace.)', part. m. ^x-ento (akala-

phalani) 37, le; ger. ,>.etva, 39,3o. cp,

giihapeti.

gat a, tnfn. (pp. gacchati) gone(away), arrived at, directed towards,

fallen into (ace. or comp.), pften used

as finite tense = went, ha^ gone; wi.

gato, 2,15. 3,28; f. ^fi (kahaih gatfisi)

49,e ; upari - pasada - vara- tala - gata,

ascended on, 64,i2; n, r^&m (patitva

o., fell away) 13,2o; sitbst. n. gatam=^ ganianaiii, 51, 31. 62,i; instr. ».ena(kin te anfiattlia <%. nwhy go else-

where for thatV") 49, ib; loe, m. ,>..e

(suriye atthaiii) J2,29; m. pi, ,^5,

26,3. 109,3 (gunaggatarfi, ^. v.)\ loc,

pl. ^esu (pannitthitiiii, fuUfllled)

1 14,31 ;— gata-tthfina, n, == gata-

bhava, 19,i8 (y. thana); gata-gata-

t^hane (loc.) wherever he went, 8,it;

gata-gata-kaie, whenever he went,

20,4. — comp. V. addha-gata, 74,«i

(cp. gataddhin below); ujju-», Dh.

108; kaya-o, Dh. 293; ditthi-", 90,95;

nitthafl-gata. Dh. 361 {v. nittha, f.);

para-o, 104,3o; parami-". 109,si;

Buddha-o, Dh. 296; vi8amkhara-<*,

Dh. 154. - a-gata, mfn. not gone to.

not yet frequented ; ace. f. -N/aril disarii

(Nibbana) Dh. 323; purisantararii

a-gatam matugamam „a maid that

has not seen another man", 48,ii. cp.

duggata. -saha-gata, su-gata, sugatin.

*gataddhiH, mfn. (cp. sa. gata-

dhvan) one who has finished his jour-

ney (= addha-gata. v, addhan);gen. m, rwino, Dh. 90.

gati, f. (= sa.) going, moving;

course, way, esp. the course of fate

(the five gatis are the several modes

of receiving existence after death, viz.

in hell, among animals, petaa, men, or

devas, cp, next)\ nom. /^i (sakunta-

naiii ak.^se) Db. 92 ; atta hi attanogati, Dh. 380 (refuge); gati papika.the evil way (hell) Dh. 310; ace.

/viiii, Dh. 420. — a-gati, f. not ad-

mission; ^ tava tattha, there youcannot come, 72,8. — variika-gati.

adj. f, 48,0 (v. h.). cp. duggati, su-

gati (suggati).

gatika, mfn. (sa, gatika, n.) at

the end of comp. = having a certain

gati (q. v.); niyata-", mfn. whosepath is certain, f, ^a, 87,30 ; a-niyata-",

87,29 {v. h.).

gatta, «. (sa, gatra) the body;ace. f^&m, 84,9; abl. />^ato, 84,8. -lala-kilinna-°, mfn. 66,6 {v. h.).

gadrabha,»i. (sa. gardabha) anass, donkey; r^o. 8,24; ace, rwam.8,17; gen. -^assa, 16.; gen.pl. <vaDam,113,11 ; — *"-bharaka, m. goods car-ried by a donkey; instr. ,>.ena, 8,i6.

- *"-bhava, wi. the being an ass (cp,

bluTva), ace. ,>^ari), 8,25. - *0-rava(or -lava) m. the braying of an ass;

ace. ^am, 8,25; instr. -ravena, 113,io.

87 gamana

gantabba, gantu-, ganturii,gantva, v. gacchati.

gantha, m. {sa. grantha) >) aband, fetter; j3?.,>^a, fetters (o: desires)Dh. 211; sabba-gantha-ppahina,nifn. „who has thrown off all fetters",

gen. m. ^assa, Dh. 90. - ^) coraposi-tioD, text, book ; often opp. to attba :

abl. r^ato attbato, 114,80 {cp. attba •'^).

*Ganthakara, m. (sa. *grantha+ akara, lit, a mine of books) nom.pr. of a vihsra at Anuradhapura in

Ceylon; loc. <v^e, 114,86,

gandha, m. (= so.) odour, scent,

perfume; /n^o. 20,i6; Dh. 66; pi. ^&,70,31 ; acc.pl. <%.e, 41,5. 63,86; instr,

o.-ehi. 33,3; /oc. /x-esu, 71,9; — maccha-gandbam {ace.) scent of fish, 14,s5;

catu-jati-°, the four kinds of scent,

41,5; o-dhupa-, 48,30 ; "-maladini,

49,14; "-cunnam, 53,86; mala-", 61,4.

73,11; vanna-", 106,8. 37,3o; -*(sabba-)gandb'apana, m, a perfu-

mery shop, 48,31 ; — gandhodaka, n.

Ecented water, instr. >N^ena, 20,8

(dibba-); 38,8; — "-kuti, f. v. sepa-

rately ;— O-jata, n, a sort of perfume

;

gen. pi, f^&n&m, Dh. 66; — Mela, n.

scented oil; instr, ,^ena, 37,3; "-tela-

ppadipa, 66,8. — *''-paiicangulika

(v. /*.); — dibba-gandha-puppha, »».

a flower of heavenly perfume; instr.

pi. /v/Cbi, 20,9. — puppba-", sila-",

suci-" (3. V.) cp. su-gandha, a-gan-

dbaka, sa-gandhaka & gandhi».

gandha-kuti, f. (sa, "-kuti) 'a

perfumed house or room', name of a

room or house occupied by Buddha,

esp. that made for him by Anutha-

pindika in Jetavana; Gotamassa in/-

satnipe, 73,3o; Gotameoa saddbimeka-gandha-kutiyam (loc.) vasitva,

dwelling in private with G., 73,i4-i7

(cp. eka*-«). (cp. .Tat. I, 92,98. Ind.

Ant. XIV, 140. ZDMG. XL, 65.)

gandbabba, m. (sa. gandharva)

') a Gandharva or heavenly muBieian;

<%^o, Dh. 105; o-manusa, pi. Gan-

dharvas & men, Dh. 420. - *) a singer

or musician in general; /vO, 19,to;

ace. -waiii, 19,3i. — ^) n. (?) (sa. gan-dharva) music, song; ace. />^am (ka-

roti) 19,80-28.

gandhiji, mfn. (= sa.) fragrant,

odoriferous; f. candana-gandhini,having a scent of sandal wood, 20,34.

gabbha, m. (sa. garbha) *) em-bryo, foetus, child; <x/0 (kuccbimbipatit^hito) 61,31 ; ittbi-gabbbo, a

female child, ib.; purisa-gabbbo, a

main child, ib.] paripunna-gabbha,aclj, f. ready to be delivered, 62,3; —*gabbha-parihara, m. 'protection of

the embryo', a certain ceremony per-

formed when a woman became preg-

nant; laddha-", mfn, duly protected

while being in the womb, m. >x/0,

42,88 (cp. paribarati); — *gabbba-vutthana, n. delivery; ,x/aril, 62,8i.

-

*) the womb (cp. kucchi) ; ace. ^ara(upeti, to be born) Dh. 325; (upa-

pajjanti, are born again) Dh. 126;abl. o^ato (pa^thaya) 48,i3. 50,32; -gabbha-seyya, f. the womb, ace. /x<am

(upessaril) 105,8o. — ') the interior of

anything; loc. gabbbe, at the end of

comp. : afSgara-", amid the flame, 15,83.

— *) a bed-chamber, any interior cham-ber; ace. /%..arii, 63,8; loc. anto-gabbbe,66,28; gabbba-dvara, n. the door of

the bed-chamber, >^aiil, 66,27; —sayana-", airi-" (v. h.) cp, next.

gabbhini, f. (^adj, sa, garbhini)pregnant; ace, ,>^iin (duggatitthim)

48,17; "-migi, f. 6,32.

gam a, (at the end of comp, =isa.) ^)mfn. going, able to go; v. du-rangama, mano-pubbangama, veba-saiigama. ^) m. going, course; v,

atthagama, attbaagama.

gamana, n. (= sa.) going (to or

away); ^aiii (= gatara) 62,i; ace.

'%.'am(na labhami) lOS.ss; instr. <^en&(saggassa) Dh. 178; ^oc. uyyanaki-l&di-gamane, 65,88; nibbana-gamana,mfn. leading to Nibbana, aoc. m. ^am(maggam) Dh. 289; - 'O-antaraya,m. <^o (me, hindrance to ny depar-ture) 65,38 ; - *'*-bhava, m. the havingdeparted, going away, aec, /x>am (afi-

gatnl 88

flassa purisassa) 9,i»; ~ *''-niagga,

tn. way; afiflo me «vo n'atthi, 3,i4;

loc. tassa <N/e, along his way, 60,a.

garni, gamitths, gamissati,etc. V. gacchati.

gambhira, mfn. («o. gabhira &gambhira) deep, profound; difficult

to be perceived; m. <%/0 (dhammo)94,24; (Tathagato) 95,i2; - "-gho-satta, n. {sa. *'*-ghoshatva) 'the having

a deep voice', the being profound in

predication; a.W. <N/a, or, account of

his profundity (elo<;uence?) in prea-

ching the law, 11S,!0; — *''-paiina,

mfn, one whose knowledge is deep,

ore. m. »s/am, Dh. 403.

gamma, mfn. {sa, gramya, cp.

giima) 'relating to villages', relating

to common people or to sensual plea-

sures, mean, sensual; m, <x/0 (anto)

66,26.

Gay a, /". (= sa.) nom. pr, of a

city in Behar; lor. ^ayam (viharati)

70,23.

Gayasisa, n, (ja. Gaya^irsha)

nom. pr. of e mouncain near Gaya;

nom, ry^aih, 70,21; liic, -%^e, 70,23.

*i?ayharaana ca, mfn. v, gan-

hgti, pass.

garahati, vb. (sa. \/garh) to re-

proach, blame; pp. garahita, m. rvO

(pamado, is blanied) Dh. 30 (gar-

hito),

garu, mfn. ('sa. guru) heavy; valu-

able; reverend; m. pi. »>/U, 109,27.

cp, garavi:. c& nexi,

garuka, mfn. (sn, guruka) heavy,

hard, serioua; ace. m, (v-ari (abadhaifa)

Dh. 138; (dandarii) Dh. 310.

gar hit a, v, garahati.

gala, 'H. (=^ sa.) the throat, neck;

rwo, 13,11; all. o^ato (patthaya) 85,3o;

loc. ^e, 13,11 ; — *"-pariyosana, mfn.

forming the end of the throat, n. (^am(mukhatundakarii) 18,7; — *''-ppa-

mana, mfn. going up to the neck,

ace. m. pi. ~e (avate) 39,33.

galati, vh. {sa. \/gal) to drip;

part, galanta, mfn. dripping, n. ovarii

(lohitaih) 23,32.

gava-, base of the eubst. tn. f.

go, a bull, cow; sometimes used ia

comp. {v. below).

gavampati, m. (fr. go, gen. pi.

+ pati, sa. gavampati) 'lord of cows ,

a bull; 105,12 (usabho »>^pati).

*g a v e 8 a k a , w/w. (/r. wea;<) seeking,

searching; a-guna-", mfn. 43,i6 (v.h.).

gavesati, vb, {sa. gaveshate)

to seek, search for (acc); part. m.

/^anto (nibbanam) 64,23; Dh. 163;

fut. 2. pi. -^essatha, Dh. 146; inf,

^itum, 64,2 1; adj. gavesaka, gavesin

(2- v.).

gavesi)!, mfn. {sa. gaveshin)

seeking, locking for (at the end of

comp.); kama-o, Dh. 99; para-°, Db.

366; 8Uoi-o, Dh. 246.

gaha', n. {sa. grha, cp. geha &ghara) a house; loc. /^e („the lay-

man's life") 47,36. — gaha-karaka

etc, V. below, cp. gihi«.

gaha^ mfn. {sa. graha) seizing,

holding (at the end of comp.), v, aih-

kusa-ggaha.

gaha-karaka, m. {sa. grha-ka*

raka) 'a house builder', metaph. the

cause of existence; acc. fx^am, Dh.

163 fComm.imassa attabhava-gehassa

karaKHiii tanhavaddhakim); vac. r^a,

ib. 154. {cp^ SBE.' X. p. 43.)

""gaha-ku^a, n. {sa. *grha-kuta)the peak of a house, roof, ridge ; /-vatu,

Dh. 154 („ridge-pole", SEE. X, 42).

gahattha, m, {sa, grha-stha) a

householder, one who leads a layman's

life; inatr. pi. rwehi, Db. 404 {opp.

an-agara).

gahana, n, {sa, grahana) seizing,

catching, getting; grip, hold; ,N.,am

(ambakaiii su-gahanarii, „w6 havegot a very tight grip") 4,35; *'-atthaya,

3,6 {v. attha^); ajjhasaya-gahana-ttharii, 11,4 {v. h.); — dariidaka-",

20,13; — nama-gahana-divase, 38,9;- maccha-", 25,35; — hattha-", 51,u.

gahana, n. (= sa.) an imperviouswood or thicket, abyss ; metaph. im-

purities; ovarii (abbhantaran te) 106,u= Dh. 394; dittbi-", a jungle of

89 gKha

theories or heresy, 94,i ; — *»-tthana,«, a place or lair in the jungle, abl,

.N^ato, 6,12 ; loc, /^e, 33, ai,

gahapati, wi. (& gahapatika. sa,

gfhapati) a householder, esp. designa-tion of a man of higher rank within

the third caste (cp. kutumbika);setthi /^, 68,31 ;

gen. /x-jssa, 69,9;

brahmana - gabapatikesu {loc, pi,

dvandva comp.) 7,85; amaoca-brah'nana-Rahapatike {ace. pi, v. amacca)42,2. cp. Fick, Soo. Gl. p. 166.

gahita & gabita, mfn, {ppganhati, sa. g^hlta) seized, taken

captured; m. ^o (hatthe) 23,9; pi

<va (-1-) 111,18; n. pi. galiita-gahi'

taoi turiyani, the various instruments

which they held in their hands, 65,8

- *°-arakkha, mfn. carefully guarded

{v. /«.); — M. a grasp, tug; *<'-nimit-

tena, by a tug {v. nimitta) 89,7; -dalha-", duggahita, su-gahita {q. v.).

gahetum, gabetva, gahessa-mi. V. ganhati.

gatha, f. (= sa.) a verse, stanza;

f^sL (catuppadika) 102,22; ace. r^afix,

3,85; osana-^, the final stauza, 27,8i;

instr. />^aya, 42,i8; anantara-gatbaya,

in the stanza next following, 26,7; pi.

fs^a (satarii) Dh. 102; ace, pi, ~a,

2,9. 103,11 ; ->.ayo, 80,8o; instr. pi.

<vabi, 77,8; — comp. (also shortened

to gatba-) : *°-iiva8ane, after the

stanza has been ended, 87,i

; — '"-pada,

n. a word of a gathu, -%,am (ekara)

Dh. 101 ; — gath'-udan'-itivuttukaifa

(parts of navaiigaiia Satthu-sasanara)

109,38 ; - *gatha-dvayam, two gSthss,

47,23-29; 114,9 (gatba-); - catuppa-

dika-gatha-jananaka, m. 102,87. -Thera-o, Theri-gatba (g. v.).

gam a (& gamaka), m. {sa. gra-

ina(ka)) a village; acc. ^am, 82,2$;

luddassa vasana-", 12,8; gen. ^&s^i^_

96,81 ; loc. rv-e, 67,7 (sakala-); 32, n

(gamake); -^ambi, 111,*; - *''-jana,

m. the people of the v., 101,5 (•^o);

— purana-gama-tthana, n. a ruined

v., 35,sa (loc. -x-e); - "-daraka (wi.

pi.) the village boys, 52,i7; -*Mvare

{loc.) before a v., 8,8o; - *°-vara, m.

the best of villages, an excellent v.,

acc. t^&m datva, 45,8; - "-vasin, w.

the inhabitant of a v., pi. i%/ino, 8,23-aa;

- *''-satnipe, near a v. 33,88 ; - "svi'

kara, m. a village pig, <^o, 46,3»

(gStha-kalale nimugga-). - dvara-",-

.)

nigama.paccanta-", matii-" (v. h.) cp, gamma,

gamika, mfn, {e. c. = sa.) going,

wandering, travelling; m. a traveller;

pi. ^a, (Jambudipa-, nPf^^Bengeri

for India") 28,3j.

g5mi»i, mfn, (c. o. == sa.) going,

leading to; acc. m. rvinaiii (dukkh''

upasama-", maggaih') 107,>o = Dh.

191; f. ^ini (dukkba-nirodba-°,

pa^ipada) 67. i7. - apaya-°, nibbana-",

para-" {q. v.),

gayati, vb. {sa. Vgai) to sing;

recite; pr. 3. pi, -x^anti, 77,u; part,

m. /N^anto. 48,8; ger. ,%^itva, 48,83;

pp. gita {q. v) cp. gatba, geyya.

garava, >». & n. {fr. garu, sa.

gaurava, n.) venerableness; reverence,

respect; Satthu-garavena {instr.) out

of respect to the teacher, 79,24.

galba, mfn. {sa. gadha,, pp. Vgab,as to the signification confounded

with -y/gadh) tight, close, fast; acc.

m. ovarii (arakkharii) 48,i5; *''-pale-

pana, mfn, thickly smeared, 92,7

(fx^ena sallena); - *°-bandbana, mfn,firmly tied down, acc. m. »jam (ban-

dbitva) 39,31 ; - ati-galha, mfn. {q.

V.) - galbaiii, galhakarii, adv. tightly,

49,6; 40,19.

*gavi, f. (a younger form of go,

pi. gavo) a cow; kapila-gavi-dana,

n, a gift of tawny cows (to Brahmans),

61,28.

gavuta, n. {sa. gavyiita) a mea-

sure of length, a quarter of a yojana

{q. V.) = 80 usabhas (about 5,6 Kilo-

metres); ti- gavuta-ppamana, mfn.having an extent of three gSvutas, loc,

(x-e (padese) 63,83.

gavo, V. go.

gab a, mfn. {e.s.sa. graha) seizing,

holding; v. rasmi-ggaba, m. 106,84.

gahSpeti 90

gEhapeti, vb. (eaus. II. ga^hati)

to canoe to take; to cause to be taken,

seized or feiahed; to remove (ace);

aor, 8. pi. o^esum (utuA sarire) t»2,s»;

ger. ^etva, 16,»4. 21,i. 55,i4; 59,8

(darakaih matara padosu); w. double

ace. tnahajanam tava kathaih <vetTa

(having caused people it believe yourwords') 73,9. cp, ganhapeti.

gafiiN, mfn. (e. c. sa. grilliin)

grasping after; m. piya-ggahi, Dli.

209.

gijjha, w. (sa. grdhra, cp. grdhya)

B vulture;, gen, r^ansa, 93, i9.

GijjhakO(a,»j. (sa. Grdhra-kuta)'tiie Vulture'* Peak', nom, pr. of a

mountain near Rajagaha ; ace. /xiaih

(pabbatam) 76,8t; gen. -vassa, 76,83;

loc. ,x/e (RiTjagahp.-samipe) 84,8ii

giiii. m. '(— ukkI, hh. ngni) firo;

nom, (x-i (Sliito, niltbut"') 104,iiii-ii5.

giiiiliii, {ill.) (bu. griHliiiiii) thii iiot

Benson, summer; loe. pi. hsmunta-gitn-

hisu (metri causa for -gimhesu?) in

winter and summer; Dh. 286. cp,

next,

*g i m h 1 k a , mfn, {fr, prec) relating

to tliu summer, made for the summer;w». <N,o (pilsiido) 67,113.

gira, n. & gira. f. (sa. gir, f.)

speech, words; nom. ovarii (subhanam)

9,31 ; aec. f. <^am (saccam . . . yaya)

Dh. 408.

giri, m, (= sa^ a mountain; i>.

Nalagiri.

gilati, «&. {&a, \/gf) to swallow,

devour; aor. 2. sg. (ma) gili (loha-

gulam) Dh. 371.

gilana, mfn. {sa. glana) sick, ill;

f. -^.a, 46,6; m. pi. />^a, 6,m ; - *"'-alaya,

m {v. h,); - '*-paccaya-i»hesajja-, me-

dicine for the help of tiie sick, 97,8.

gibiii, w. (sa. grbin) a householder,

one who leadn a domestic life; nom.

pi gibi (laymen, )pp. pabbajita) Dh.

74. cp. paha, ge'ia,

git a, mfn. (r= ,ia., pp. gayati,

yi^ai) BUDg, recivcd, arc. m. /vain

(kathamaggarii, Saripu itadi-", pro-

pounded by S. and others) 113,30. —

n. singing, song; *0-rava, w. sound of

song, ace. -^am, 112,7; - *»-8adda,^

m. id. ;v-o (madhura-) 23,b»; - *»-8sara,

m. id. aec. .^am, 19,82; - dvandva-

comp. nacca-gita-, 64,»e. 81,«4. -

juta-o, 48,8 {q. v.),

giva, f, {sa. griva) the nsoic,

throat; 10,i9; aec, /^aifa, 4,83; (ukkhi-

pitva) 40,17. 87,»4; loc. <vaya. i4,3».

40,18. 111,»b; 17,«4 (paBarita-°); -

mani-vanna-", mfn. „with a neck of

jewelled sheen", aec. m. .-^aib (morath)

10.9.

guna, m. {= sa.) kind, quality;

good quality, advantage; virtue, merit;

^0. 16,111 ; ace. o^niii, 29,9. 30,a. 41,88;

abl. -^ato, („as though they were

virtues") 43,3i; pi, 'v-a, 41,3*; ace.

pi. ^e, 42,4; pabbajita-gune, 63,38;

Huddliii-%.., 28, in; lor.pl. ».cm (vat-

tJHHiiiiii, to live a good life) 43, t;-

Hila-guiiflciiro, 28,111 {'J.v.),- *"-kiithii,

f, praise, 31,«3 {loc. .^^ayu); 43,6 {ace,

«^arii); — anta-", kama-**, mala- {q.

V.) cp. a-guna, sa-guna.

*gunaggata, f. {sa. *guniigrata)

the state of having the best qualities,

perfection; ace. o^um (gatii) 109,3.

gutta, mfn. {sa. gupta) guarded,

protected; wi. .^0 (dliaminassa =dhamma-gutto, law-protected, one whois well-guarded with respect to the

law) Dh. 257 {cp. iirartbikassa bhin-

no, Jst. I 317,31 and the curious

rending udarassa pbaletva, Jfit. Ill

297,37, o: udaraiii assa (?). Otherwise

Fausbell & M. Mull' ' who take

gutta = sa. goptr („gunrdian of the

law")), n. .^am" (cittam) Dh. 36;(nagararii) Dh. 315. - atta-" {q. v.)

cp. gopeti & next,

gutti, f {sa. gupti) guarding,

protecting, protection; nom. indriya-

gutti, Dh. 376 {v. h.),

gumba, m. (so. gulma) a bush;

a thicket, jungle; the lair of an animalin a thicket; rukkha-gumbadayo {pi.

V. adi) 6,11 ; loc. ^e, 11,24. 15,4;

pasanapittharii nissaya jata-", 17,so;

nivasa-**, vaaana-", sayana-", the

91 gopeti

thicket where one is dwelling, 14 15,

87-33 ; vana-", 16,i8.

gula, m. {sa. guda) a globe, ball;

ayo-gulo, 107,1 (3. v.) = loha-«,Dh. 371; mani-«, a jewel, pearl, 6,26.

18,7.

guha, f. (= sa.) a hiding-place,cave; the heart; °-8aya, mfn. beinghiding in the heart, n. ^am (cittaih)Dh.^7. cp. Sattapanna-guha, 109,si.

gu, mfn. (e. c.="

sa.) going; v,

addha-gu, para-gu.

gutha, »i. «.(= sa.) faces, dung;*°-kalala, «. 46,33 (q. v.).

geyya, n. {sa. geya) a certain

kind of the holy scriptures (navaiigamSatthu-sasanam) mixed prose andverse; ^am, 109,38.

geruka, n. & geruka, f. (sa,

gairika, pwka) red chalk; "(N.a-pari-

kammakata, wfn. ^coated with red

chalk", f. ^a (bhitti) 84,i9.

geha, n. (= sa.) a house; nom,f^&m, 48,31 ; ace. .^am (home) 8,29.

13,6; abl. ^a, 3B,2»; .v-ato (pesakara-")

88,6; loc. -N^e, 41,28; asuka-", 68,3;

^-patana-, falling of the house, 19,i6;

aditta-geha-sadisa, tnfn. 66,u (9. v.)

cp. gaha, gihin,

go, m. f, (= sa.) an ox, cow; pi,

cattle; gen. gavassa, 92,2i; nom. pi.

gavo, 61,33. 104,27; instr. gohi, 105,28;

gen. gavam, v. gavampati. cp. gave-

sati, gavl & next.

gogana, m, (= sa.) a herd of

cattle; acc. pi. i^e, 21,4.

go car a, m. (= sa.) *) pasture-

ground, hunting-ground; pasture, food;

nom, n^o (mando) 4,5; acc. «>/ain,

13,11; Dh. 136; - *'»-tthana, n. id.

14,11 (loc. -^e); - *<'-pa8uta, mfn.

intent on seeking food, m. r\^0, 13,13;

- jala-o, mfn. 1,8 & thala-', mfn. ib.

(q. v.). — *) sphere of perception,

object of sense; />/0, Dh. 92; loo. r^/Q

(ariyanam) Dh, 22; - ananta-", mfn.

Dh. 179 (v. an-anta); — miccha-

samkappa-", mfn, & samma-saih-

kappa-», mfn. Dh. 11—12 (v. h.).

Go tarn a, m. (sa. Gautama) nom.

pr. of Gotama Buddha, by non-Bud-

dhists mentioned as samano Gotatno,

7 1,2s. 93,30 etc., and adressed as

bhavaih Gotamo (nom. in stead of

the pron. of the second person) 93,27,

or bho Gotama! (voc.) 89,22; instr.

bhota Gotamena, 90,i6. His mother

was Maya : Maya janayi Gotamaiii,

108,91, his father Suddhodana (64,5),

and his son Rahula (64,7). — maha-Gotama-buddho, 87,7. — *Gotama-savaka, m. pi, the disciples of G.

Dh. 296; gen. ix-anam, 74,i8. cp.

Bhagavai!, Sattha)*, Sugata.

Got ami, f. (sa. Gautami) nom,

pr., V. Mabapajapatl.gotta, n. (sa. gotra) family, race

(more comprehensive than 'kula', but

not so extensive as 'jati') ; instr. >N/ena,

by family, 106,8 = Dh. 393; 79,9

(by the family name) ; — evaih-gotta,

mfn. 92,12 (q. v.) ;— jati-gotta-kula-,

43,30, - cp. Kaocayana-gotta, Vaccha-gotta.

*godharani, f. (adj.) being able

to be paired (said of a young cow)

or : being with calf (?); pi. <viyo (pa-

veniyo) 106,ii-ii.

god ha, f. (= sa.) a kind of great

lizard (which is eaten by poor people);

nom. sg. ^a,, 15,2o; acc. ^am, 14,30-32.

gopa, m. (= sa.) a cowherd,

herdsman; rvO, 104,20 ; Dh, 19, cp,

gopi, f.

gopaka, m. (e, c. = sa.) a guar*

dian; v. khetta-gopaka.

gopanasi, f. (= sa.) the woodof a thatch; "-bnogga-sama, mfn.„bent like rafter-tree", acc. f. ivaril

(narim) 47,22.

gopala(ka), m. (= sa.) a cow-

herd; /x/lo, Dh. 136; gen, rwlakassa,

101,2s.

gopi, f. (= sa.) a herdsman's

wife; 104,38. 105,2S. cp. gopa, m.

gopeti, «&. (sa, gopayati) to guard,

protect; pot. 3. sg. (med. or imp. S.pl.)

<vetha (attanam^ Dh. 315; pp. gopita,

mfn. 68,18 (raklcbita-gopita-vattnu).

op, gutta.

gumfka 1

""gomika, m. (cp. sa. gomin) the

owaor of cowb; /w6, 105,(8.

gorakkba, f. {sa. goraksha)oow-keepliD^, tending cattle; kasi-go-

rakkhA.dini, 21,3.

€!h.

ghacca (gid. = fo. ghatya?^ to

be killfid or riestruot^d ; mula-goac*

cam, adv. (q. v.) cp. ghateti.

*ghafl6a, n. (/r. su. ghana, cp.

hatya & ghatya) Itilling, degtruction;

atti-ghafifia {q. v.).

ghata, m. (= sa.) a jar, pot;

ace. «wam, 16,s9; kadali-punna-gbata-,

pSantaintreeB set in pots, 62,6; **'-ppa-

niSna, mfn, as largo aa a waterpot;

n. -i^am (ambapakkaih) 36,38; khira-",

dadhi-**, yasu-", q. v,

ghateti, vb. {sa. ghatayati, Vshat)to connect, unite; gir. »vetva (anu-

saudhim, q.v.) 32,5; .-wetva (vamsarii

osakkamanam, to restore) 46,i7.

ghata, w. {sa. ghrta) clarified

butter; ace. f>/aiii, 99, aa.

ghana, ') mfn, (== sa.) compact,

bard, firm, dense, thick; ace. r^tim

(pamsum akotetva) 40,6; "-sa^aka,

m. a thick cloth; acc r^aih, 50, ta;

ekaghana, mfn, (q, v.), — *) »». (=sa.) the loetuB at ti oertaia stage (the

last before birth?); pen, r^asssi, 99,u.

ghara, n, {sa. grha; cp, gaha &geha) a house; noni. ^am, 101,s;

ace, rvam, 56,28; abl. .%^ato, 48,30;

loc. o^e, 23,6. 48,18 (/v/e karissami,

.,to keep under lock in the house");

pi. ^a (= gharani) Dh. 241. 302;— '-dvara, n. a housj-door; loc, rve,

27,27; — "-avasa, m. {v. h.). — ka-

rana-" {v. karana); - nati-", q. v, —cp. jantaghara, sayanighara; Maha-padnana-ghara.ghasa, m. (= sa.) an eater; v.

mahagghasa.ghana, v. ghana.

ghata, m. (= sa.) ki'.liug, murder;

pantba-ghata, m. 32,i5 {q, v.).

ghataka, mfn. (= sa.) killing,

murderer; manussa-", 76,9 (g. v.).

*ghatitatta, n. {fr. ghatita, pp.

ghateti; sa. *ghatitatva) the having

killed; abl. ~a (because I had killed)

17,7.

ghatiM, mfn. (= sa.) killing,

murderer; pana-ghati, m. 17,29 {q.v.).

ghateti, "v6. {caus. -v/han, gha-

tayati; cp. hanti) to cause to be killed;

to slay, kill, slaughter (ace); pr. 3.

sg. -^eti, Dh. 405; imp. 2. sg. ~ehi

(yakkhe) 112,n; ghataya, 112,i9;

pot. 3. sg, f^aye, Dh. 129; 1, sg.

o^eyyam, 33,s8; fitt. 1. sg. ^e8sami,

112,18; 3. pi. ."vessanti, ll2,io; aor.

3. sg. aghatayi, 112,8i; 3. pi. gha-

tayiifasu (aniiamauiiam) 33,23; ger,

«^etva, 16,3o; ghatiya (sabbe yakkhe

ca ~) 112,9, is probably a modern

formation {cp, cintiya, fr. cinteti)

which however more likely ought to

be corrected thus : sabbe yakkha ca

ghatiya {m, pi, grd., sa. ghatya).

cp, ghacca, ghata etc.

ghana, n. {sa. ghrana) smelling,

the nose (as the organ of smelling, cp,

nasa); ovarii, 70,9i; instr. -^ena (spelt

ghanena) Dh. 360; loc. <%^a8mirii,

71,8. — "-samphassa-vinnanayata-nam, the sense of smelling, 72,i2 {v,

ayatana).

ghayati, vb, {sa, \/ghra) to smell,

scent; ger, />/itva (macoha-gandhaiii)

14,95. ghana, n, {q. v.).

ghuUlia, mfn. (sa. ghushta, pp.ygnush; cp. ghoseti) proclaimed; n.

/vaiii (asalhi-nakkhattatfa ^ ahosi)

61,2.

ghosa, »«. {sa. ghosha) sound(of speech etc.) v. Buddha-ghosa.*ghosatta, n. {fr. prec.\ sa.

*gh08hatva; only e. c.) the having a

certain sound; gambhira-", 113,20(t;. h.).

ghosavaf, mfn. {sa. ghoshavat)sounding, roaring; m. rx,ya. (kusam-uddo) 20,16.

ghoseti, vb, {$a. ghoshayati,caus. yghush) to cry aloud, pro-

93 catu

claim; aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 28,3i; ger,«^etva (tikkhattuih) 14,»6, cp. ghu-ttba, ghosa, etc.

C,

o', *) = ti (after preo, -i and be-fore a vowel ; sa. -ty-) 74,i ; — *) byelision = ca or co (v, h,),

ca, ind, encUt. (= sa.), by elisioD

and contraction before vowels : c' or

ca-, *) and; also (connecting twowords, whole senteuces, or parts of

sentences) : attham anatthan ca, Dh.266; after a dvandva-comp. pubba-parani ca, Dh. 362; c'ettha, 3,8>;

c'assa, 6,30 ; only after the third or

fourth word of a series ;2,io; 114,2i;

after the third and second word: 4,5;

tato . . . ca (also) 102,5; in hiBtoriciil

exposition : tada ca, now at that time,

19,24. — *) ca . . . ca, both , , . and,

3,2. 7,13 etc. ; c'eva . . . ca, 16,32. 18,i4.

30,8. 63,io; 107,17 (thrice); connecting

whole sentences (or parts of sentences) :

'ti sanipaticchitva . . . 'ti ca vutte,

l,io; 42,12 etc.; yo cayarii . . . yo

cayarii. 66,86; hoti ca na ca hoti,

89,30 ; api ca . . . api ca kho, 96,3i

(v. api); anacoluthic ca . . . ca, 112,9

(but see corrections). — ') = but, 9,2,

18,34, 108,1 (yo c'etam); often after

a negation : 2,i2. Dh, 54, 190. 256,

- *) sometimes = ce, if {q. v.) : 96,n

(tan c'ayam). cp. kinca,

cakka, n. (sa. cakra) a wheel;

pi. /v-ani, 98,8. — khura-", n, (v. /«.).

cakkavattin, m. (sa. cakra-var-

tin) a sovereign of the world, universal

monarch; worn, sg. »Ji (raja) 61,82.

cakkavala. m. (sa. cakra-vala

& -Tada) a mythical range of moun-

tains supposed to encircle the world;

pi, worlds or spheres (thus encircled)

of which an infinite number ii>iupposed

to exist through the space; abl, pi.

«vehi (afl&ebi, from other' worlds)

60,«o.

cakkhu, n. (sa. oaksbus) the eye;

sight, insight (esp, e, c); nom. sg.

fvuih, 70,25. 71,32; instr, i^unsi, Dh,

360; loc. <N.u8miiTi, 7),5; pi. /viini,

24,16; — dibba-", «, supernatural vision,

loc, ^umhi, 109,8; — dhamma-", n.

knowledge of the truth, nom. ^uiii,

68,26; — pafifia-**, n. intellectual fa-

culty, nom. *vuiii, 88,27; gen. ^uno,88,81 ; -**'-karani, adj. f. v. karana*;- o-vififiana, «. & *°-8ampbas8a, m,

(v, h.)\ **'-8anjpba88a-vinfianfi,yata-

naih, the sense of sight, 72,i (cp.

ayatana). vioakkbu-kamma, q, v.

cakkbuma^ mfn. (sa, caksbu8b>

mat) having eyes, seeing, clear-sighted

;

m, sg. rvtna, Dh, 273; voc. i^ma,

(Buddha) 106,24; pi, (v/anto, 69,i7.

88,28.

cankama, m. (sa. caQkrama, m,

& (x<a, f.) walking about; the place

where one is walking, esp, a covered

walk or portico; abl. <N/a (orobitva)

68,10.

caflkamati, vb. (intens. v^kram,sa, caiSkramyate) to walk about, walk

up and down; pr, 3, sg. ivati, 68,9,

75,33.

'''oamgota(ka), m. a casket, box;

ike,

casket, 102,24.

suvanna-camgotake, loc, in a golden

cajati, vb. (sa. \/tyaj) to leave,

abandon, give up, offer; pr, 1, pi.

>v>ama (asuresu panam) 60,i7; pot,

3. sg. caje (mattksukbam) Dh. 290,

cp, caga.

can da, mfn. (= sa.) fierce, violent,

passionate; m. ^0 (battbi) 76,8,

catasso, f. pi, v. catu.

catu (in comp, also catur) base

of the numeral pi. m, cattaro, caturo,

f. catasso, n. cattari (sa, catvaras

(ace, caturas), catasras, catvari) =:four; nom. m, cattaro, 14,io; Dh. 109;

caturo, 3,26; Dh. 273; ace, cattaro,

25,11. 45,1s; instr, rs^uhS, 3,23; gen.

(vunnam, 89,u; — f. oata880, 38,ta

(dSnasSla); - n. cattSri, 61,6. 83,9;

loo, /vU8U, 88,12. 86,st. 91,7. Theinatr, dt loo, >vubi, kJSam. are very

catuttha 94

frequently spelt <vuhi, r^usu; the base

catur is catur- in comp. w. foil,

vowel, before cons, the r drops throughassimilation, e. g. oatuddasa {sa. ca-

tur-da^a) which generally (throughelision of t) is shortened to cuddasa{q. v.). — catu-jati-gaadha-, the four

kinds of scent, 41,6 {cp. corrections).

~ catuttha, mfn. (v. h. etc.),

catuttha, mfn, (sa, caturtha)the fourth ; m. loc. f^e (vare) 58,7 ; f.

/vS & />^i; notn. f. o^i (sena) 103,86;

ace. .vam (gatham) 15,9s; n. r^&m(adv. = the fourth time) 88,85, —°-jjbana, 80,4 [v. jharia).

r^catuddisai adv. (abl. loc. sg. =aya, or ace. pi. ? cp. sa. catur-dipaih)

in or towards the four quarters (of

the horizon); 68,8i (assadiite uyyo-

jetva). cp. disa.

catu-dvara, mfn. (sa, catur-

dvara) having 4 doors or gates; n.

r^&m (nugaraih) 23,8e; *>-iataka, p. 22.

*catu-pari8a, /'. (sa. *catu8h-

parishad) the fourfold assembly, sc.

of male and feiaale bhikkhus and

apSsakaR; catupf risa-majjhe, amidst

of an assembly (thus cumpounded) 86,6.

catuppada, m. [sa. catushpada)a quadruped; />,o, 3D,8; pi. /^^a, 7, is.

catuppadaka, mfn. (sa. catush-

padaka) consisting cf four parts; f.

<N.'ika gatha, a fom-line stanza, 102,88;

catuppadika-gatba-jananaka, m. one

rho remembers o.ie sickle four^line

ftanaa (of the ho'y scriptures), aco,

n^aril, 102,87.

c a t u • b h a g a , m. (5a. caturbhaga),

the fojr'.h part, quarter ; aco, rs/&m

eti, is worth a quar*,er, Dh. 108.

catur-aHgiH, mfn. (= sa.)

'having four limbs', comprising four

parts; f. iN/ini (sena) an army consist*

iiig of elephants, chariots, cavalry,

and infantry, 36,83; instr. rs^iniya

senaya, 36,i4. (ep. Jat. VI, 275,25.^

catur-angula, mfn, (= sa.)

four fingers or four inches broad; n.

/vaih kannam (ussaretva, v. ussareti)

83,10.

caturasiti, num. f. (sa. oatur-

a<;iti) = 84; o-vassa-sahassani,

84,000 years, 44,»o. (cp. asiti.)

catu-visati. num. f. (sa. catur-

viriKjati) = 24. - catu-visatima, mfn.

the 24'"; m. «.,o (vaggo) Dh. XXIV.

catu-8atthi> num. f. (sa, catuft-

shashti) = 64; »-matta, mfn. (sa.

°-matra) being 64 in number; ace.

m. pi, ~e, 61,88.

cattari, cattaro, v. catu.

cana & canam, indecl. (sa. cana)

a suffix added to interrogatives, mak-

ing them indefinite; v. kincana, ku-

dacannm; shortened to ca, v. kiflca.

can da, m. (sa. candraj the moon;

ace. />/am, 14,i6; -"-manaala, n, the

moon-disc; /N/am, 32,si; loc. r^e, 16,le;

— punna-", m. 'the full-moon; ace,

r^&m, 42,3; °-mukha, mfn. with a

face like the full-moon, m. i^O (Go-tamabuddho) 87,e. cp. candiraa.

candana, m. dt n. (= sa.) san-

dal-tree or -wood; n, <%/am, Dh. 64

—

65; — *"-gandhin, mfn. having a

scent of sandal wood; f. ^\m, 20,94;

— '"-vilepana, n. perfumed powder

of sandal wood, ^am, 23, ss. — tagara-

candani/i, mfn. (q. v.).

candima, f. (?) or candimas,m. (sa. candramas, m. & candrima,

f cp. piirnima) the moon; nom. .>^nia,

107,88. Dh. 172. 208. 382. 387. cp.

Cauda.

capala, mfn. (= sa.) trembling,

unsteady; ft. ,>.arii (cittoifi) Dh. 33.

caniara, m. (= sa.) a kind of

ox, the Yak; gen, o^assa (valadhi)

5,88,

camma, n. (sa, carman) ') skin,

leather; nom. o^am, 29,98; siha-", a

lion's skin, 8,8g; instr. fs^ena, 8,18;

°-jataka, p. 8; - *"-varatta, f a

leather-thong, ace, rvaifa, 12,7; —*''-8ataka, m, an ascetic weavingclothes of skin; acc, r^snh (namaparibbajakaih) 29,99; "-jataka, ib. -*) a shield; asi-cammarii, sword andshield, 76,15.

car a, mfn. (= sa.) going, wan*

96 cSti

dering; v. eka-cara, saddhim-cara.(cp. gocara.)

carana, n, (= sa.) acting, be-

haviour; good conduct, virtue; sani-

panna-viija-carana, mfn, Dh, 144(r. /..).

carati, vb. (sa. ^car) *) to go,

walk, wander about (w. ace. carikam)travel; dwell, live, *) to behave, con.

duct one's self; to practise, exercise,

commit (ace, dhammam, anacarametc.). — pr. 3. sg. <^ati (gocaramga^hanto) 52,it; (viravanti) 53,8i;

(kamesu miccha rv, comroitB immora-lity) 97,11 ; 3. sg. -x-asi, l,i4; 1. sg.

<^&tni (sabbaloke) 105,e; (gaveBanto

>v, I am looking for) 64,i8; 3. pi.

/s.^anti, 104,«7; 1. pi. med. caramase,

105,85; — part, m. ») cararii (mom.)

travelling, Dh. 61 (carafi ce); Dh.306 (eko /%.-); gen. m. carato, 103,8;*>) o/anto (dhammam, walking in

righteousness) 7,25; (samam, q. v.)

7,26; (bhikkbaya f^, wandering about

for alms) 29,24; f. aec. -N/antim, 47,82;

gen. pi. /N^antanam (amhakaib) l,2s;

part. med. m. caramano (carikam,

wandering) 81,8; — imp. 2. sg. cara

(dhammam) 7,2i; 47,s (cara, with

a metri causa); (brabmacariyam,lead a holy life) 70,i6; — pot. 3. sg.

») care (game, dwell) 106,3 = Dh.

49; (eko ~) Dh. 329; (nanneaampibayam oj, let him not envy others)

Dh. 365; (dbammam sucaritam ^,practise virtue) Dh. 168; (kayena

sucaritam ^) Dh. 231; •") careyya

(samam) Dh. 142; Dh. 328; - fut.

1. sg. carissami, 92,8; — aor. 3. sg.

») a-cari (carikam) Dh. 326; '')cari

(anacaram) 9,i5; — inf. caritum;

comp. o/itu-kama, mfn. wanting to

go (w». <N.'0, akasena, through the air)

36,10 ; — ger. /vitva, 2,82. 61, is. 86,6

(pindaya); a-caritva, Dh. 155; -pp. V. carita & cinna; — caus. II.

carapeti (q. v.) cp. cara, carana,

cariya; caraka, carika, cari».

carahi, indecl. = tarabi (aa.

tarbi) combined esp. to. interrogativea,

and also other pron. & adv. = then,

in that case; kiiS ^, 90,i6; ko />.-, 97,7.

The change of t into c is probably

due to the frequent combination with

interrogatives (analogy of kinca, kiiici,

koci etc.) cp. etarabi.*

carapeti, vb. (caus, II. carati)

to cause to move; bbei^ilii n.', to beat

the drum; ger. .^..etva, 42,2. 102,26.

carita, n. (= sa.] fr, carati)

acting, behaviour, conduct; living;

ekassa caritarii, living alone, Dh. 330,- duccarita, sucarita (q. v.).

carima, mfn. (sa. carama) aub.

sequent, last (opp. pubba); a-carima,

mfn, (q. v,) cp, a-pubba.

cariya, «. & cariya, f. ^mostly

e. c. ; sa. carya & carya) wanaering;

conduct; — eka-*", f (v, h,)\ — kapi-

raja-", n. a chapter of Oariya-pitaka

(q. V.) 108,28; — nagga-®, f. naked-

ness, Dh. 141 ; - brahma-*, n. (v.h.),

- sama-®, n. (v. h.).

Cariya-pitaka, n. nom. pr.

name of the last book of Khuddaka-nikaya; specimen thereof 108,28 ff.

cala, mfn. (= sa.) moving, trem-

bling, unsteady; a-cala, nic-cala

(.;. ;..)•

oalati, vb. (sa, ^/cal) to be moved;to tremble, to be agitated, excited,

confused, or frightened; fut. 3. pi,

<x/issanti (maccba) 19,29; aor. 3. pi,

'>.'imsu, 19,33; assa kammajavata »./,

62,18 (came upon her). - cala, calana,

cala (q. v.).

calana, n, (= sa.) trembling,

excitement; /x/aiii (maccbanam) 19,8i.

cavati, vb. (sa. V^y") *** ^*"»

fall away, disappear; to die, esp. to

pass (through re-birth) from any^ exi-

stence into another; ger. <K<itva (tato)

84,81 ; pp. cuta (q. v.); caus, caveti

(q. v.) cp. cuti. •

caga, m. (fr. cajati; sa. tyaga)leaving, abandoning, giving up; re-

signing, devotednesB, self-sacrifice;

f^o (tanbaya) 67,i6; abl. <^a, 94,ii;

gen, .^.^assa, 29,io.

'''ca^i, /., a vessel, jar, waterpot;

(Spa 96

madhu-*, a honey-jaT, 63,Jo. cp. Hindi

cjita.

capa, m. & n, (a.- sa^ a particular

kind of bow (dhanu); nom. m. ,^0,

92,15, abl. ^ato, Dh. 820 (metri

cause capato); pi. capa (atikhi^a,

q. V.) Dh. 156..

Cftra(ka) & carika, mfn. (e. c.

= sa.) wandering abcut; v, vana-caraka, akasa-carika.

*cariku, f. {fr. \/c&r) wandering;

ace. rvaiii carati, to wander about

(said of the mendicant friars) 81,8.

Dh. 326 ; ,^aiii pakkami (yena Gaya-sisam tena, went forth to G. ; other-

wise w. ace, Vin. I, 80,9) 70,ai.

cariij, mfn.' (t. c. = so.) wan«

dering, living; "v. atidhona-", anu-

dliamma-**, dhamma-", bala-saiigata-'*,

brahma-", pamatta-*', safinata-".

cala, m. {— sa..) moving, trem-

bling; v. bliumi-".

caveti, vh. (caus, cavati; sa,

cyavayati) to cause to fall (occ); to

drive away from {abl.)\ aor, 3. sg.

a-cavayi (ma mam t^ana rv, that

he may not drive me away from myplace) 104,4.

ci, ind. {sa, cid) suffix to inter-

rogativea, rendering them indefinite;

V. kacci, kadaci, kinci, koci; cp, ca,

cana(m).

oinna, ^) mfn, (pp. carati; sa,

citna) that has been wandered over;

practised, performed ; cinna-tthane

yeva, „in this old familiar place",

1.14. — *) n. deed, good deed; v. sam-mukha-".

citaka, m. & 'litaka, f, (sa.

cita, citika) a Leap, pile; a funeral

pile, pyre; ace, <>.am, 34,8. cp, cetiya,

ciyati (y/ci).

citta^, n, {= sa.) thinking,

thought, intention; mina, heart; nom.

.>.am (pabbagiiya rami) 65,is; ace.

->.am, 96,27; instr. ^eua. (mettena)

76,j4; 80,34; pi. ^ani, 71, is. Veryoften used at the end of adj. comp.,

V. an-avatthita ", an-avassuta-",

u(Jagga-», kalla-', thita-o, tu^tha-o.

duttha-®, namita-o, nana-S patibad-

dha-«, pamudita-®, pasanna-', mudu-

,

metta-», vadhaka-«, vinivarana-",

vimutta-o, viratta-". santa-", su-

patitthita-", suddha-"; - sacitta, n,

(sa. sva-citta) one's own thought or

mind, ace. ^am. Dh. 327; "-pariyo-

dapana, Dh. 183 (v. h,) cp. 8a-». -

citta-k(i)le8a etc. (q. v) cp, cinteti,

citta« & oitra, mfn. (sa. citra)

variegated, manifold; bright, brilliant,

excellent; ace, m. r^&Ai (imam lokam)

Dh. 171; 8U-citta, mfn. very brilliant;

m. pi, ^a (rajaratha) Dh. 151; —*citra-pekkhuna, mfn, having a varie-

gated tail; ace. m. ^am (moram)

10,10. cp, ati-citra, vi-citra; citta-

kata etc,

*cittakata, mfn. (fr, citta^ -f-

kata) adorned, decorated, dressed up;

ace. ,-^am (bimbam) Dh. 147.

*cittak(i)lesa, m, (fr, citta')

V, kilesa.

"cittakkhepa, m, (fr, citta*) v.

khepa.

Cittapatali, f (fr. citta* -f-

patali) nom. pr. 'the pied trumpet-

flower , name of a tree (kappa^thiya-

rukkha) in the world of Asuras, 69, 29;

loc. pwiya, ib.

*cittarucita, mfn, (fr. citta'

-f- rucita) being after one's heart;

ace. m. ^aiii (samikam) 10,5.

*Cittalata, /". (fr, citta* -f* lata)

nom. pr, of Sakka's garden; *'-vana-

sadisa, mfn, equal to the C. -grove in

SSakka's heaven, 62,14.

*cittavagga, m. (fr, citta^ +vagga) name of the third chapter in

Dhammapada.citra, mfn. (= sa.), v, citta*.

cintana, n. (= sa.) thinking,

reflecting; care. '^ *cintanaka, mfn.thinking for, taking care of; maccba-nam "-bako, 4,io.

cinteti, vh. (sa. y'eint.) to think,

reflect; to care for (gen.); pr. 2. sg.

/^^esi (amhakaih) 4,*; part. m. o..ento

(nisidi) 4,3; (tumbakam) 4,4; aor.

97 sdeti

5. sg. ^esi, 3,a; 2. sg. ma cintayi(etarii nissaya) „don't worry yourself",

49,31 ; 61,30 (be not anxious); 3. pi.

~e8Uiii, 6,3; ger. *) ^etva, 3,n; •>)

cintiya, 111, is. 112,n. - cintana (g.

V.) cp. oitta ', cetas.

cira, mfn. {^ sa.) long, lasting

a long time; ace. m. ^aiii (addhauam)110,5; — n. adv. ciraiii, long, for along time; 9,i ; 23,34 (long enough);

69,83 (^jiva); Dh. 248; - dat. adv.

ciraya, id. Dh. 342; — *ciragata,

mfn, V. agata; — cira-ppavasin, mfn.long absent; ace »rt. ^vasiih (purisam),

Dh. 219; — a-cira, mfn, (g. v.) cp,

next,

cirassam, adv. {sa. cirasya, gen.)

after a long time, at last; -^ vata bhonago nagena samgamessati, at last

we shall see an elephant (sc. of men)that can fight a fight with (this) ele-

phanti 76,33; na cirass'eva or naci-

rass'eva, shortly after, until in no

long time, 23,3. 89,i6.

ciyati, vb. {pass, cinati, sa. y'ci)

to be gathered, heaped up, acquired,

constructed; pras. 3. sg. ciyate (=sa.) 103,9 (pahutaifa (te) ^ puiifiam).

civara, n. {^=^ sa.) the robe of

a Buddhist monk; nom, 'x.am, 83,s;

ace, 83, ao; patta-civaram, bowl and

robe, 76,16; civara-" 97,8; - "-rajju,

f. a rope for hanging up a robe, ace.

/N^um, 83,91 ; - *°-vaihsa, m, a bamboo

peg for hanging up a robe, aec, i^&va,

83,30.

cunna, *) mfn, {sa. carna) pul-

verised, grinded, crushed; cunna-

vicunna, mfn, severely hurtaA or in-

jured, "«. ovarii (hadayam) 1,86. - *)

n. aromatic powder; /x/am, 83,s7;

gandba-°, id. 63,i6; gandba-dbupa-

cunna-, 48,8o.

ciita, mfn. {pp. cavati; sa. cyuta)

fallen; having died or passed from

one existence into another; m. i^o

(tato) 46,i«. - a-couto, mfn. {q. v.).

cuti, f. {sa. cyuti) falling down;

destructioD; ace. '^im (sattanam) Dh.

419 {opp, upapatti).

TkU Olottary.

cuddasa, num. (contracted fr.

catuddassa {v. catu); sa. catur-daga)= 14; — cuddasama, mfn. the 14*'',

m. ^0 (vaggo) Dh. XIV.*Cunda, m. nom. pr, of a smith

(kammaraputta) in Pavu, whomBuddha visited before his death; nom.

^0, 77,so; ace, n..am, 77,24; gen.

-x^assa, 77,20.

oe, ind. {sa. ced) if; most frequently

combined with other particles {v, sace,

noce, yance) and never found at the

beginning of a sentence; ettba ce te

mano atthi, 72,8i; tan c'ayam, 96,

u

(cp. ca); attha ce patthayasi, 104,3a

sg.; punfian ce puriso kayira, Dh. 118;

passe ce vipularii sukham, Dh. 290;

yan ce vinnu pasaihsanti . . , ko tarn

etc, (si quern , . ., quis eum . . .) Dh.

229; yan ce = than if, 107,3. Dh.

106, V, yance; — api ce or pi ce,

even if; sakalo pi ce . . . (n'eva) 16,i3;

alamkato ce pi, Dh. 142 = alamkato

pi ce or : sace alamkato pi ; — ti ce

(in commentaries = if you ask so)

83,39 (kirn idan ti oe ti aba = viz.

with the following words; cp, cor*

rections),

ce^a & cetaka, m. (= sa.) a

servant, slave; aec. pi. ^ke, 55, 13.

cetas, Ml. w. (?) (= sa.) mind,

thought; instr. ,>^asa (vippasannena)Dh. 79; gen. -^aso, 80,35. 91,6. 96,i3;

sabba-cetaso, gen. adv. with all one's

mind, 71,a» ('^samannaharitva dham-mam sunanti). - an-anvahata-cetasa,

mfn. (g. v.).

Ceta, m, pi, {sa, Cedi) nom, pr.

of a people and its country, south of

the Ganges; >^R, 34,si. cp, next.

Oetiya*-rattba, n, {cp, sa,

Cedika) = prec; ace. f^a,m, 32,ii.

cetiya^ n. {sa. caitya) a sepulchral

monument, sanctuary, temple, place of

worship; loc. rwe TAggafave) 86,1a;

pi. -N/ani, Dh. 188 (arama-rukkha-*').

codeti, vb. {sa. codayati, cans.

ycud) to exhort, correct, punish, re-

prove; to request, ask; imp. 2, sg.

oodaya, Dh. 379 (coday' attanam,

cors 98

sifncn. patimaso, ib. & safifiSmaya,

380); pp. m. oodito, 113,i4.

cora, m. {sa. cora. & caura) a

thief, robber; ace, <^arii, 36,sa; pi.

^a, 30,3o; ace. pi. f^e^ ib. ; — payut-

taka-°, pesanaka-^ (v. h.). — cora-

rajan, m. gen. /v.r8Bfio („the ruffianly

king") 39,35; — corupaddava, tn.

attask from robbers, ^0, 42,5.

cori, f. {sa. con & cauri) a female

thief; as adj, «= f.hievis.i, deceitful

;

pi. r^iyo, 61,f4. 52,«; (= prodigal,

extravagant?); gen. pi. /%/inam (thi-

narii) 51,30; — daraka-**, f. a female

kidncpper, ace, .%^im, 5P,i5.

cclaka, m. {sa co-ia(ka) & cola*

(ka)) cloth, rag, eep. i rubbing-cloth

or mop; ace, /%^ain, 84,20.

€h.

cha, :nfn. (mom;, ccc. pi.) num.

{sa. shaeh (shat)) ^ 6; 38,i8. 82,n;

the declination is : instc. abl. chahi,

gen. dat. channam; loc. chasu or

chassu. cp. next & chattimsati,

chabbanna, chabbisati, cbalabhinna,

sa^thi, solasa.

chattha, mfn. {sa. shashtha) the

sixth; f. />^a (seoa) 103,»7.

chaUhfinifl'* w'/"- {^^- shash-

thama) — prec.\ ace. f, ^aih (ga-

thaih) 54,8S.

chaddana, n. (sa. cbardana)

throwing away, ejecting; kaoavara-',

V. h.,

chaddapeti, vb. {cans. 1^1. y/chtd)

to cause to be tbrcwn away; aor. 3.

sg. f^tai (appagghabhandam) cast

overboard, 26,8,

chaddeti, vb, {sa. chafdayati,

cutis. \/cbrd) to flingf, throw away,

eject, vomit; to leave, quit, expose,

reject {ace.); pr. 3. sg. />^eti (kaca-

varam, tassa upari) 60,2; part. m.

pi. r^enta (matamanussam amaka-susane) 40,3i ; aor. 3. sg. ,>..e8i, 60,i

;

3. pi. ^esum, 40,3a; ger, «^etva

(brahmanaih magge) 33,i«; (sinvi

bbavaA)' 47,88; 52,8-4 (rejecting);

64,83 (gharavasam) ; 86,»i (aBivisam

dandakena); grd. ,%^etabba, n. >^&m

(samkaram) 84,84; o-bhavam papuni,

42,32 („wa8 deserted", cp. bhava). -

eatis. II. chaddapeti {q. v.) cp. chad-

dana, n.

c halt a, n. {sa, chattra) a parasol,

umbrella, canopy (ensign of royal

power); gen. seta-cchattassa hettha,

under a white canopy, 42,8. cp. cha-

deti (v/chad) etc.

chattimsati, f. num. {sa. shat-

triiiKjat) thirty-six; Dh. 339 (^ti

sota).

chadana, n. (= sa.) a thatch,

roof; loc. pi, o^esu (arulha) 76,89.

chad da, n. {sa. chadman ?) a

thatch, roof (Abhidhana.); only in the

comp. vivatta-cchadda (3. v.).

chanda, m. (= sa.) delight, wish,

will, desire; ace. rwam (na tamhi .>^

kayiratba, let him not delight in it)

Db. 117; chandadi-vasena, according

to one's will etc. (by chandadi is

probably meant chanda, dosa, moba,bhaya. or the four wrong courses

(modes of proceeding, agati)) 42,27 {v.

vasa); - *cbanda-jata, >«/«. in whomdesire has sprung up, m. r^o (anak-

khate) Dh. 218.

clianna', mfn. (=^ sa..,pp. Y/chad,

cp. chadeti) covered, thatched; f, ,%.a

(ku^i) 104,88 {opp. viva(a). — due-

channa, mfn. & succhaona, mfn. {q. v.).

*Channa*, m, ') nom. pr. of

Buddha's servant; .%.o, 66,15; ace.

-x/arh, 66,26. — *) nom. pr. of a certain

bhikkhu; ,-wO, 79,14; gen. ,^a8sa, 79, 12.

*cbabbanna, mfn. {fr, cha +vanna; sa. *8had-varna) six-coloured;

gen. pi. ^anam (ramsinam, the six-

coloured rays of lij^ht emitted fromBuddha's body) 87,33.

chabbisati, f. num. {sa. shad-vimQati) = 26; A^ti vagga, Dh. p.

94, V. 3. — chabbisatima, mfn. the

26'"; ^0 (vaggo) Dh. XXVI.cbajabhiniia, mfn. {fr, cha +

99 J»

abhinna, sa. shad-abhijna) posgesBed

of the six abhijoas, v. abhiniia.

chava, ') »». «. (so. (java) a corpse,

dead body, ~ *) mfn, low, vile, con-

temptible; gen. m, .N^assa (khejapa-kassa) 74,88.

chavi, /". (= sa.) skin, colour,

splendour; *chavi-vanna, m. beauty;

ace. ^am, 18,6; — *chavi-8anthana,n. the appearance of the skin; loo.

>N/e, 85,sa (vaijinasaddo idha >v vadaUbabbo, the word va^na ia here to

be underitood as oomplexioo);- man-gura-cchavi, mfn. (q. v.) cp, anu-cohavika, mfn.

ohata, mfn. (= sa., cp, sa. psata)emaciated, hungry; m. pi. r\,si, lll,8i

(cp. Pischel, Gr. d. Prakr. 8pr. § 328& next.)

*chataka, n. (fr. prec.) hunger;

"-akara, »». sign of hunger; ace. />^am

(dassesi, gave them to understand

that he was hungry) 41,8,

chadeti, vb. (sa. cbadayati, caus.

ycbad) to cover, hide (ace); pr. 3.

sg. ^eti (attano vajjani) 106,i8 =Dh. 262; aor. 3. pi. ^esuih (devata

pottbakaih, rendered the book invisible)

114,16. cp, cbatta, chadana, channa.

chaya, f, (= sa.) shade, shadow;

nom. o^a (anapayini) Dh. 2; gen.

rwSya (abhavena, on account of the

absence of shadow (sign of being a

Yakkba) 69,u; - *8ita-cchaya, mfn.

chijjati, vb, {pass, chindati,

V'chid) to be cut off, to be split, torn,

destroyed; pr. 3, sg, <v^ati (vanatho^

Dh. 284 ; 3. pi. /M^anti (hatthapada)

99,13; ger, ~itva 17,S3; repeated : 60,7

(being mowed down everywhere); pp.

cbinna (q. v.),

cbidda, n, (sa. chidra) a hole,

leak; fault, defect; accbiddavutti, v.

a-ccbidda, mfn.

chindati (& a-cchindati), vb.

(sa. ;/cbid & a-v/cchid) to cut off; to

tear, split, cleave, destroy (acc); imp.

2. sg. chinda (pasam) 12,i; 2. pi,

«^atha, Db. 283; -pot, 3. sg. chinde,

Dh. 370; - fut. 3. sg. checchati, Dh.

350 (esa-ccbeccbati, probably fr.

a-cchindati); - aor. 3. sg, acchidda

(= acchida, B. acchindi, fr. chindati

or a-ccbindati) Dh. 3,51 ; - inf. cbet-

turii, 105,18; - ger. •)chinditva(givain)

4,33; (sisam) 6,19; (dvidha »/, to cut

in two) 33,18; a-chinditva (vissasaih,

,in unbroken amity") 13,7 ; - ••) cbetva,

33,!ii. 105,19; Dh. 283. 369; - <')chet-

vana, 47,a8; Dh. 346; — caus. II.

obindapeti, pass, chijjati, pp. chinna

(q, V.) cp, ohidda, cheda.

ohindSpeti, vb. (caus. II. chin-

dati) to cause to be cut off, to let be

removed (acc); ger. .%/etva, 36,ie. 38,i.

chinna, mfn. (== sa,, pp, ^'chid^

cut down, torn, split; m. /s^-o (rukkho)

Dh. 338; aee, o.-arii, 34,b; m. ^am.(musika-cchinnam tbanaih) 26,7;

chinna-pasibbaka, 13,5; chinna-tata-,

a sheer precipice, 27,3; chinna-tthana,

n. a crack, fissure, 91,30 ; vata-ccbinna,

mfn. driven away by the wind, •*-vala-

haka, m, 40,28 (v. h.).

chuddha, mfn. (sa, kshubdha,y/kshubb) thrown away, rejected; m.

,-wO (kayo) Db. 41 (Coram. = apa-

viddho; cp. Jat. V, 302,4. 303,4 =chaddita). Fausbell (Bern. p. 19) &Trenehner (Mil. p. 422—23) refer it

to ^/kshiv = v'shtbiv; cp. Pischel, Gr.

d. Prakr. Spr. § 66 & 120. v. ia\\hx-

bhati & nuttbubhati beloxo.

cheka, mfn, (= sa.) clever,

shrewd ; skilful, skilled in (loc.) ; instr.

m. /x^ena (sakunikena) 88,33; nom.

/%/0 (aiSga-vijjaya) 48,i6.

checchati, cbetva, chetvana,chettum, v, chindati.

cheda, m. (= sa.) cutting off;

interruption, abandonment; asa-cchedat

m., kamma-", m., sandhi-®, mfn.,

sisa-', m. (v. h.).

J.

ja, mfn. (e. c. = sa,) born; v,

atta-ja, daru-", dvija (dija), pabba-",

- 7*

jagati 100

yoni-", varl-', SihabShu-narinda-".

op. jayati.

jagati, f. (= 8a.) the earth,

world; ""jagati-ppadesa, m. a Bpot In

the world, /vO, Dh. 127.

jacca, instr. ~ jatiya, v. jSti.

jaggati, vb, = jagarati {q, v.),

jajjara, mfn. (sa. jarjara) infirm

from age, decayed, old;

jara-", mfn.

{v. h.) cp, jara etc.

jafifia, mfn. {sa. janya) 'to be

born or produced', charming, excellent

(? cp. MN. I p. 528, ad p. 29,19);

V. a-jafifia & purisajafina.

janna, pot. v. janati.

jata, f. (^ sa.) the platted or

m<itted hair (of an afcelic); Dh. 141;

instr, pi. ^E.hi, 106,8 = Dh. 393.

cp. next.

jatila, m. (= sa.) an ascetic

(wearing matted hair) ; instr. pi.

puriina-jatilehi (who had been Ja^tlas

before) '70,«>.

jana, m. (•- so.) people {ooll.

aoroetimei conatructed u>. pi, of the

V'drb), pi. men, prrsoni; nom, rvO,

106,31 — Dh. 222; Dh. 249 (w. pi.

dadanti); bahu-jano, many people,

a multitude of people, the vulgar,

88,38; bahujiano, ici. Dh. 320; maha-jano, id. 17,23; niahajana-tnajjhe,

before iA\ the people, 51, lo; loka-

niiihajano — loko (q. v.) 88,31 ; ace.

jinam (aunam b.ihukaA) 108,i9;

luaha-janam, fe8,6; jen. janassa.

110,16; maha-janassa, 73,i8. 87,3;

ioc. tuaha-jane (among men) 114,i5;>- pi. dve jana, 6,33. 37,l6; gen. pi.

tinnaiii jananam, 14,ia; -gama-jana,puthujjana (v. h.) cp. janapada,janifidti.

janana, mfn. {e. c. '=• aa.) pro-

ducing, causing; bhaya-**, mfn. terrific;

m. ~o (saddo) 27,4.

janapada, m. (— sa.) ') an in-

habited country, thfl country (opp.

the town), the continent; ace. pwaifa,

22,3 {opp. Tambapannadipa) ; 43,io

{opp. nagara); rattha-janapada-va-sino, m. pi. „the country people of

the kingdom", i02,s. - *) a n«tio»»

tribe; subjects, cp. janapada.

janinda, m. {fr. jana + inda;

sa. janendra) a sovereign, king; voc.

^B,, 47,10 (janinda'ti); 55,i.

janeti, vb. {cans. Vjan, sa. ja-

nayati, cp. jayati) to bear, bring

forth (ace); aor. 3. sg. j&myi (MayaGotamara). 108,2i. cp. jana, janana.

*jantaghara, n. a bathing place

for hot sitting baths; nom. acc. r^&m,

83,27-31 ; all. ^.a, 83,85; Ioc. ^e, 83,34;

"-pitha, n. the chair belonging to the

jant.^ghara, acc. o^aiii, 83,38. Theetymology of this word is not clear;

Bilhler {& Oldenberg) take it = sa.

yantra-grha (an oil-mill) KZ. XXV(1881) p. 325, but the prakritizising

of ya (into ja) is upon the whole very

questionable and esp, in this case, be*

cause yanta {sa. yantra) frequently

occurs in Pftli-texts. E, Hardy, (Deut-

sche Lltt. Zeit. 1902 p. 339) refers

to sa. jentaka (a dry hot bath) the

etymology, of which is likewise un-

known, cp, 8BE. Xm p. 167.

jantu, W(, (— sa.) a creature,

man, person; nom. r^n, Dh, 107; acc,

.^um, 106,13 = Dh. 395; gen. .-vuno,

106,11 = Dh. 176; Dh. 105. 341.

janibu, f n. (-= sa.) ') f. the

rose apple tree (Eugenia). *) n, the

fruit of the Jambu tree; instr, pi.

<N.uhi, 2,10.

Jambudipa, m, {sa, Jambu-dvipa, the central one of the seven

continents = the known world) mow.pr, of India {sa. Bharata-varsha)

;

acc, rwarii, 114,38; Ioc. sakala-Jam-budipe, 39,11. 98,i3; *o.gamika, mfn.{v. h.).

jambonada, n. (so. jambunada)a kind of gold (from the Jambii river);

gen. ^assa (nekkhaih) Dh. 230.jam ma, mfn. {sa. jalma) ') con-

temptible, poor, miserable; m. ».>0

(gadrabho) 8,38. -) cruel, fierce; f.

^'i (tanha) 107,3i; acc. ^iih, 108,i.

jay a, m. {= sa.) victory; jaya-parajaya, »«. victory and defeat, acc.

101 jataka

/^am, Dh. 201. - jayaih (Dh. 201)part. »«., V. (jinati &) jeti.

jara, mfn. (only as first part ofcomp. = sa. jarat) old (an epithetimplying contempt or vexation); jara-Sakko,^ 59,31. cp. jirati, jinna <t next.

jara. f, (-= sa.) old age, decre-pitude, decay; nom. ^a, 63,i3. 67,8;instr. ^aya. 70,89; - *»-jajjara, m.a decrepit old man; ace. ,>.am, 63,8;- *jarappatta {sa. *jara-prapta) mfn.decrepit, decayed; gen. f. pi. <>^a,n&m.

47,15; — "-maranaih, w. old age anddeath, 66,io-i6; - jati-jara, /"., jati-

jarupaga, mfn., yava-jara, adv. (v.h.).

- Jara-vagga, m, the U*"" chapter

of Dh.

jala, n. (= aa.) water; instr,

/^ena, 110,a!i; loo, />,e (aaniattho.

q. V.) 4,ii; - *''-gocara, mfn. living

in the water; w», pi, ^a, 1,8; - thala-

jala-, 19,28, lona-jala-, 24,i6 (v. h.),

jalati, vh. (sa. VJ^^O *° bum,shine; pr, 3. sg. ^ati (aggi) 94,3o;

part. loc. pi. .^.antesu (padipesu),

65,18; pot. 3. sg. ^eyya, 94,s9; aor.

3. sg, a-jali, 95,7 ; cans, jaleti & jaleti

jaleti, vb. (cans. fr. prec.) to set

on fire, light, kindle (ace); ger,

-^etva (aggirii) 100,34. cp. jaleti.

Java, mfn, (= sa.) quick; Java-

sakuna-jataka, n. (the tale of the

dexterous bird) 13,8 (if not Java is

the name of a bird; Trenckner refers

to sa. cavya = vaca, but this seems

not to agree with rukkha-koUhaka,

13,10, which is = sa. Qatapattra.

Jutakamala p. 235,2o). - m. speed;

instr. />^ena, quickly, 23,u.

jaha, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) leaving,

abandoning; v, sabbafijaha. cp. next.

jahati (& jahati), vb. (= sa.

y/h&) to leave, abandon (acc); pr. 3.

pi. /N..anti (okamokam) Db. 91 ;pot.

3. «^. jahe, Dh. 221. 370 (cp. vippa-

jaheyya); 1. sg. jaheyyam (rajjam)

8,s; fat. 3. s^r. jahissati (attanam,

will loose his life) 54,so; inf jahitum,

44,81. 46,34; ger. hitva (abalassam,

leaving behind) Dh. 29; (kame) Dh.88; Dh. 91. 231. 417; pp. hina (v.

h.) ; cans, hapeti, pass, hayati (q. v.)

cp, jaha, mfn.jagarati (& jaggati), vb. (sa,

y/jiigr) to be awake; part. gen. m,

<N/ato, 107,9 = Dh. 60; part, med.

jagarainana, gen. pi. rwanaih (sada

/x-, ever watchful) Dh. 226. cp, pa^i-

jaggati & bahujagara,

jata, *) mfn. (^^ sa. pp. y/jsLiij cp.

jayati & janeti)born, grown, produced;

become (in this sense often used as

finite tense); m. f^o, 18,28. 34,2<. 45,24.

113,s; instr. f^ena (maooona) Db.

53; gen. <vaB8a (nsvery one that ii

born") 63,13; loc. /ve (varanarukkhe)

4,9t; o-ainhi (atthan)hi) Dh. 331;

f, r^a, 28,8; acc. ^am, Dh. 340;

Yakkhini jatftsi (you have been born

a Yakkhini) 59,2i; n. >v^am, 31,>i.

49,84; m. pi. ^a (danta) 12,8t; n.

pi. fN^ani (kesani, sisamhi) 47, i;

camp, piti-somanassa-jata, adj. f.

filled with pleasure and satisfaction,

64,13; pasanapittham nissaya jata-

(gumbe) 17,2o; — *jata-divasa, m.birthday, loc. f^e, 24,3i. 45,2i; —chaiida-", mfn., sayam-", mfn. (q. v.).

— '') n. a kind, sort; gandha-" (v. h.)

cp. jatarupa & next.

jataka, ') mfn. (=: sa.) born; m.

a child; nahapitassa /vo, 25,lo (a

bastard). — ^) n. •) nom. pr. name of

a Pali work, the 10"" section of the

Khuddaka-nikSya; acc. r^&m, 102,i6;

loc. ^e, 102,8o; com^}, jatak'-abbbuta-

vedallaih (parts of the navafigaifa

Satthusasanaih) 109,34. The Jataka

is the Book of Birth-Stories, containing

547 tales of the anterior existences

of Gotama Buddha (jatakani) and an

introduction (nidana-katba) about the

legendary history of the Buddhas; cp.

L. Feer, ]^tude sur les Jfitakae, lAs.

(1875) sir. 7. vol. V-Vl; a useful

bibliography is given by H. Wemel,JRAS. 1893, p. 351. Specimens are

found p. 1-60, 72-74; of NidSna-katha p. 61-65. - *>) a tale of the

jatariipa 102

Jataka-book, consisting of two chief

parJ^s, viz. paccuppanna-vatthu (story

of the present) generally in prose only,

and atlta-vatthu (story of the pastj

in mixed prose and verses (gatba)together with a verbal commentary(atthavannana Dr atthakatha) ; the

tale concludes in a short summary(samodhana, identification of the ac-

tora ;n t)ie atita-vatthu). Jataka-tales

are also found in Cariya-pitaka,

Buddba-vamsa and passim in other

holy scriptures (cp. Bhys Davids,

Buddhist Birth Stories, Introd.), with

the northern Buddhists in Maha-vastu,Jataka-mala, Divyavadana, Avadana-Qataka etc. ; numerous scenes of Jataka*

tales are figured on the Bharhut-Stupa,

Boro-Boedoer, and Mangala Cheti Da-gaba (cp. the notes of Pafrt 1). Spe-

cimens of Jatakas in their whole ex-

tent (without commentary) are found

p. 28-32, a little proof of the verbal

commentary p. 52, 1-7. />^aiii samo-dhanesi („identifijd the birth") 29,x6.

30,24, 32j5.

jatarupa, n. (= sa.) gold; jata-

riipa-rajata-patiggahana, n. accepting

gold and silver, abl. ^a, 81,26.

jati. f. {=^ sa.) ') birth, re-birth,

(former) existence; nom. /^i, 66, lo.

67,8; instr. rviya (or jacca, v. helotoS

70,99 ;gen, /N/iya, 63,i3; loc. rwiyam

(atita-**) 86,12; — •"-kkhaya, m. endof births, ac:. .^jair, Dh. 423; -^'-jara, f. birth and decty, ace. /^aih,

Dh. 238. 348; "-ja.-'-upaga, mfn. {v.

upaga); — ^'-nirodha, m, cessation

of births, ^0, 66,16; ahl.\ /N^a, ib.;

- ***-marana,

^asaa, 1 05,26

;

-saicsara, n. the revolution of

being, 108,i8; — *°-8ambhava, m.existence, 17,38; — **-s8ara- {sa. jati-

SDiara), remembering one's formerexistences; """-iiaaa, n. the power of

remembering one s former existences,

instr. ^ena, 17,4 ; - i)anca-jati-satani{are. through 500 births = 600 times)

17,10. - ^; age j ms^r. jacca=:jatiya, by

- *'*-paccaya {v. h.);

n. birth and death, gen.=)_

age, 47,ji. - *) caste; ace, /x/im, lll,ti

(mama jatin ti, my royal lineage);

instr. jacca, by caste, 106,9 — Dh.

393 ; - "-gotta-kula-padesa, m. posi-

tion with regard to caste, race and

family, ace. r^am, 43, so; — °-mant'-

upapanna, mfn. (v, upapanna). ep.

Fiek, 80c. Glied. p. 22. - *) kind,

sort; catu-jati-gandha, m. (v, catu,

cp. jata, n.).

jatu, adv. (— sa.) at all, ever

(generally explained by ekamBe(Da)or kadaoi); tasu ko -v vissase, 61,i.

*janana, n. (nom. act. fr. jaDati)

knowing, knowledge; *'-manta, m. a

spell of knowledge, ace, ».<am, 63,36;

sabba-ruta-janana-manta, m. 63,i4

{v. rata).

*jananaka, mfn. (fr.pree.) know-ing, a knower; catuppadika-gatba-",

V. catuppadaka, 102,27.

janapada, mfn. (— sa.) living in

in the country; m. pi. country-people;

ace. pi. ,^e, 6,2 (negama-"); - *jana-

paditthi, f. a country-woman, ace,

nwim, 30,28.

janati, vb. {sa. \/jna) to know,understand, learn (ace); perceive, ob*

serve; recognize; be aware, fiod (find

out); experience (suffer); pr. 3, sg.

-Np-ati (ko ->. kim karissati) 13,i7:

30,6. 32,9. 72,24. 102,25; 2. sg. .^asi,

6,11; 1. sg. .>.,ami, 41,s3. 61,io. 87,S6.

92,io; 1. sg. med. jane, 113,i»; 2. pi.

o^atha, 59,16; 3. pi. r^anti, 61,35.

69,30. 104,2; - part. •) (janam) gen.m. janato, Dh^ 384; a-janato (te)

101,30; >>)»!, jananto, 67,3; pi. ^a(nama naheaum, no one knew) 19,i9;

a-jananto, not knowing, unaware, un-suspecting, 5,1. 50,17; pi. ^a, 21,6;/". j-^anti, 67,24; *=) med. pi. m. jana-mana, 17,28; — imp. 2. sg. janahi,46^8. 72,23 (evam); Dh. 248; 2. pi.

-^.atha (find out) 74,8; — pot. •) 2.sg. janeyyasi, 94,29; 1. sg. janeyya(^ahaiii) 94,3i; 3. pi. ^eyyum, 17,s8;

2. pi. ^eyyatha, 9,i4; ") 3. sg. jaftna,Dh. 157. 352; - fut. 3. sg. ^issati,66,8; 2. sg. ^issasi (tuyham pattam.

103 jiva

suffer) 6,35; 1. sg. ^issami (paccha,see to it afterwards) 15,ig-, — aor. ») 3.

sg. afinasi, v. ajanati; «>) 5. pL ja-

nimsu (tarn karanam) 37,8; - ger. »)

fiatva, 3,20. 8,95. 12,9-86. 33,5. 34,u(sabbam)._Dh. 12. 22 etc.; >;) janitva,

50,31;

_a-janitva, 63,i; -pass, fiayati,

pp. fiata, caus. iiapeti & janapeti

{q. V.) cp. nana, iiataka, iiati, -fiiiu,

& janana(ka).

janapeti, vh. {cans, II. janati)

to let know, to inform any one (occ);imp. a. sg. />/ehi (nam) 65,23; ger.

*>^etva (tam) ib, cp. fiapeti.

jani, f. (sa. jyani; fr. japeti, Vjya)*) I08B (of property), amercement. *)

growing old, infirmity; ace, ^vim, Dh.138.

jayati, vb. (=- sa. \/J£in) *» ^«

born; pr. 3. sg. ^ati, Db. 193; o.ati,

Dh. 212 foil. Dh. 282 foil. (birm.

read, ^te); pot. 3. sg. med. ->.etha,

Dh. 58; aor. 3. sg. jayi, 46,82; pp.

jata, ^rd. janna (v. h.y, caus. janeti

(2. V.) cp. jataka, jati, jana etc.

jar a, m. (— sa.) a paramour, lover;

ace, rwam, 51, 1.

jala, n. (— sa.) a net, snare;

cob-web; wire-net, lattice; ace, »/aih

(khipapetva) 26,i; Dh. 347 (cob-web);

antojalam, 88,35 {v. anto) ; suvanna-**,

a golden net, 62,23; instr. .>/ena, 88,3*;

62,23 (savanna-"); 88,35 (Mara-");

abl. ^ato (muccati) 88,34; "-mutto

(sakunto) 88,30; - *nana-jala, n. the

limits of one's perception; gen. o^assa

(anto pavittham disva, calling her

into his mind) 86,28; - *°-karandaka,

m. (v. h.).

jali'J, mfn. (— sa.) 'having a net',

ensnaring, deceptive, fascinating ; f.

,^ini (tanha) Dh. 180.

jaleti, vb, {caus, jalati) to cause

to burn or shine (occ); pr. 3, pi,

««enti (dipara) 37,» (cp. jaleti}.

ji, mfn. (e. c. — sa, jit) winning,

victorious; v, BaBgamaji {cp, jinati).

jigaccha,/'.(sa.jighat8a) hunger;

Dh. 203 (var. B. digaccha).

jinn a, mfn, (pi».jirati; «a. jxrna)

old, decayed ; »>. ^0, 74,20 ; ace. i^&m(purisam) 63,i5; — "-konca, w». pi.

Dh. 156. - mogha-o, m. Dh. 260(v. h.) cp. parijinna.

jinnaka, mfn. (sa. jirnaka) old,

worn out; n, pi. ^ani (pilotikani)

57,5.

jita, mfn. (pp. jeti & jinati; =sa.) conquered; atta jitaiii. seyyo

(n one's own self conquered is better")

Dh, 104 (where jitam is an old

nasalized form instead of m. jito, cp.

Dhpd. (1856) p. 287; Knhn, Beitr.

p. 59); ace. m. f^&m (Maraiii) Dh.

40; — siihst. n. victory; Dh. 179;

ace. ~am, Dh. 105 (opp. apajitaih).

Jina, m. (= sa.) 'victor', epithet

of the Buddha; "-sasana, n. the doc-

trine of Buddha; ace. i^&m (navaSgam)109,22 (— Satthu-sasanam, 109,32);

loe, -we, 109,6.

jinati (& jeti, q. v.) vb. (sa. ^/jya

& y/ii) to win ; to conquer, overcome

(ace); pr. 3. sg. .x/nati (niccam)

48,9; Dh. 354 (sabbadanam, exceeds);

103,32 (nam); — pot. 3. sg. jine

(kodhara) 44,8; 107,s = Dh. 103;aor. 3. sg. a-jini, Dh. 3; pass, jiyati,

V. parajiyati.

jiya, f. (sa, jya) a bow-string; ace,

rv&m, 92,iG.

jivha, f. (sa. jihva) the tongue;

70,31. Dh. 65; instr. -^aya, Dh. 360;loc, /x^aya, 71,9; — "-samphassa-vin-

iianayatanam, 72, 15, the sense of taste

(cp. ayatana).

jiyati, vb, *) = jirati (q. v.) -*) pass, jinati & jeti, v. parajiyati.

jirati, vb. (sa. yjf, jiryati) to

grow old, become decrepit; pr. 3. sg.

-wati, Dh. 152; 3. pi. /x.anti, Dh.161 (are destroyed); pp. jinaa, (q. v.)

op, jara, jara, iajjara.

jiva, m, n, (= sa.\ ') n. life, aoul;

nom, ^aiii, 89,ta-i9 (opp. sariraib);

ace, <N/ain, 103,it; - yavajivam, adv.

all the life long, l3,T. Dh. ^64; -dujjiva, sujiva, mfn, (q, v,). — ») m.

a living being; Moka, m. living beings;

<^0, 47,17,

jivati 104

jivati, vb. (sa. Vjiv) to live; to

iiv<( by, Bubsisv. on (nissiiya); pr. 2.

sg. .^asi, 13,89; 1. sg. med. (or pot.)

jive, 103,31 ; 1. pi. /v-ama, Dh. 197;part. m. juram, 103,7; f. med. jiva-

mana, 31,i7; pot. 3. sg. jive, Dh. 110

{1. sg. 103,34 ?) ; imp. 2. sg. jiva

(cirrm) 69,»3; jiva bho, 103,7; fut.

1. sg. /viissami (rajauaih nissaya „in

th.^ king's service") !:4,i8; inf. ^ituril

(asakkonta) 39, i; jivitu-kama, mfn.

loving life, m. i>^o, Dh. 123. cp. jiva,

jivika, jivita, jimh.

jivika, f. (=i--'sa.) livelihood; ace.

n^aih (kappeii, kasikammena) 8,is.

jivits, n. (= sa.) life; mow. /N^arii,

86, 'v5; aC'^. <^am, 4,33; abl. o.a, 76,3;

— "-kkhaya, m., dmtb ; ace. ^Siva, 4,28;

— *'*-dana, n. sa/ing one's life; ace.

ovarii (dassami) 12,26 ; 42,i2. - *<*-pa-

tilabha, m. rescue, escape, <x/0, 42, lo;

— *''-pariyosana, n. thb end of life,

ioc. .\.e, 34,29; — "'^-saiiikhaya, m. =jivita-kkhaya; Ioc. />.amhi, Dh. 331.

jivin, >«/«. (e. c. = sa.) living,

V. dhamma-jivi/i.

juti, f. (sa. dyuti) splendour; —*jutin-dhara, mfn. bright, splendid;

m. pi, rs^a, (pakkbi) or voe. n^a, (?)

11,14; — jutima^, mfn. (= sa.) id.,

m. pi. ^inanto, Dh. 85, cp. jotati.

juhati & juhati, vb. (sa. \/hu,

junoti) to offer; to sacrifice to, wor-

ship (ace); part. gen. m, jiihato

(aggihuttam) 103,8; pp. huta (q.v.).

juta, M. ((& m. ?) (sa, dyuta)game at dice; act. rvait, kijati, plays

at dice, 19,io. 48,5; — *°-gita, n, a

verse sung for luck in game; ace. »/ara

(gayanto) 48,8; 60,29; — "-mandala,

n. a game-chamber or dicing-table;

ace. «^am, 19,i!.; 60,28.

juhati, vb. =: juhati {q. v.).

je^tha, mf(n). (sa. jyeshtha) first,

chief; first born, eldijr brother or sister;

m. gen, (dat.) ,>.as3a (yakkhassa)112,13; niyyaraaka-", 24, jo; "^-putta,

m. ace. ^aih, 45,3; "-bhata, 34,33;

''-yakkhini, f. 21,21; "-vanija, m.ace.f^am, ib.

*jetthaka, mf(n). — pree.\ m.

niyyainaka-jetihako, 24,i4; "-kanitthe,

ace. pi. m. two brothers, 32,si (cp.

kanittha); "-tapasa. m. ace. ovarii,

36,2; "-bhatika, m. ace. /^aiii, 32,Ji.

Jetavana, n. nom.pr. of a garden

near Savatthi, bought from prince Jeta

(a son of Pasenadi) by Anathapindika,

who built a monastery there and pre-

sented it to Buddha (Jat. I p. 92.

II, 216); aec. o^ain, 86,20; abl. -^^a,

87.3; Ioc. r^e, 28,2; — "-abhimukhi,

f 73,13 (v. abhimukha); - "-magga,

m. the road from J., ace. >^aifa, 73, is.

jeti,v&. (sa. jayati, v/ji ; cp. jinati)

to win; to conquer, overcome, exceed

(acc.);pr. 3. S51, jeti (sadhum sadhuna)„pay8 good with goodness", 44,2; part,

m. jayaiii (the victor) Dh. 201 ;pot.

3. sg. jeyya (jeyya-m-attanarii, con*

quers himself) 107,4 = Dh. 103; ger.

jetva, 103,32; pp. jita (v. h.) cp. jaya,

m. ji, mfn. & Jina, m.

jotati, vb. (sa. dyotate, \/dyut)

to shine; part. m. -x-anto (manirata-

naiii viya) 62.3o, cp. juti, f.

Jh.

jhana, n. (sa. dhyana) abstract

religious meditation, ecstasy, dividedinto four stages, through which the

mind comes into a state of completeindifference; mm. .vaifa, Dh. 372;ace. palfhama-, dutiya-, tatiya-, ca-

tuttha-jjhanaifa, 80,s-8; abl, <^a., ib.;

Ioc. a-parihina-jjhane, 46,is; - *jha-

nabhififia, f (v, abhifina); - *<'-pa-

suta, mfn. given to meditation, m. pi.

^a., Dh. 181; — *samadhi-jhana,n. the ecstasy of self-concentration,

ace. rvam, 109,2i.

jhapeti, vb. (eaus. jhayati') to

burn, set on fire (ace); pr, 2. sg,

^esi (gamam) 101,6; 1. sg, ^emi(naham khettam ,-v, I did not set thefield on fire) 100,28; pot. 3. sg. ~eyya,101,4; aor. 3. sg, /^esi (ayarii aggi

105 ^hapSpeti

ma maiii ->.) 51,is; ger. -x/etva, 34,6;

pp. jhapita, »i. ^o (gamo) 101,8.

j h ay ati S v6. {sa, kshayati.Vkshai)») to. burn (intr.); pr, 3. sg, ^ati,65,28; 3. pi. o^anti, 65,8; pari, med,•^^mana, m. >^o, n. <^ari), 101,4. —*) to waste away, dry up, to beemaciated, perish; pr, 3. pi, .^..anti,

Dh. 156. cp, Bollimsen, ZDMG,XVIII, 834; TTefccr, Ind.Str. I, 143;Pischel, Gramra. § 326. Fausbell,

Dhpd. (1866) p. 323 refers to ^jya.Trenckner to y'dah {cp, PM. p. 66,15),

but jhama, mfn. (burnt, scorched)

must be identical with sa. ksharua. -cans, jhapeti (sa. kshapayati) v. h.

jhSyati*, vft. (so. dhyayati.ydhyai)to contemplate, meditate; part, m, *)

ace. «%^antam, 103,8; 106,is = Dh.

395; gen, /v-ato, 66,«o; a-jhayato,

Dh. 372; - *) nom. ^anto, Dh. 27;- iinp. 2. sg. jhaya, Dh. 371. jhana,

n. (3. V.) cp, next.

jhayi«, mfn, (sa. dhyayin) re-

flecting, thoughtful, absorbed in medita-

tion; nom. m. ^i (brahmono) 107,8i

= Dh. 387; ace. ~im, Dh. 386;

gen. »x/ino, Dh. 110; m. pi. /x-iuo,

Dh. 23. 276.

N.

natta, «. (sa. jnatra) the intellec-

tual faculty; nom. »^am (balassa

jayati) Dh^ 72. (cp. Dhpd. (1855)

p. 262 = jananabhava; it can hardly

be sa. jnapta, Max Miiller, SBE. X,

p. 22; fiatte (loc.) Jat. V, 26,6 &486,13 (= santike. near) stands for

nante. sa. ny-ante).

11 at V a, ger. v. janati.

nana, n. (so. jnana) understanding,

knowledge, intelligence; nom. i^aih,

71,15; 79,80 (opp. pasada); 90,35 (assa

evam <^ hoti, he reasons that) ; 96,1*

;

instr. -%/ena (sekhena) 69,8*; jatis-

sara-", 17,4; -'O-karana, »»/>»., "-jala,

n. (g. V.) ;— **-8ainpanna, mfn, full

of intelligence, m. .vO, 24,i4; —a-nn_ana, n. (v. h.).

*Nanodaya, »». (^sa. jnana +udaya) nom. pr. of a work by Buddha-ghosa; acc. i%/&m (nama pakaranam)113,28.

nata, mfn (pp. janati; sa. jnata)

known; pi. m. /va (guna) 41,34; gen,

/x>anaiii, 90,33. a-iinata & a-nnataka,

mfn. (v. /«,),

*fiataka, m. (fr. *iiatika, cp. sa.

jflati & next) a relative, kinsman; pi.

/va, Dh. 43; raja-o, 76,it. (op. Tr,

PM. p. 76,1.)

fiati, m, (sa, jfiati) a relative,

kinsman; pi, nom, <v!, Dh. 204; instr,

/villi, 11,10; gen, ^inam, Dh. 139.

207 ; loc, /visu, Dh. 288 ; iiati-mitta-

etc. 47,31 ; fiati-mitta, m. pi. kinsmen

and friends, Dh. 219; — *"'-gharam,

„home to her relatives", 62,3; — '•-8a-

lohita, m. pi. 92,8 (v, h.),

napeti, vb. (cans, janati, sa.

jnapayati) to make known, explain

;

part. m. «vento (iti .v) 9,3o. cp.

janapeti.

naya, m. (sa. nyaya) *) method;

*) right manner, fitness; the right path

(= ariyo atthangiko maggo, 67,3);

gen. /^assa (adhigamaya) 90,i8 (cp.

Tr. PM. 58,15).

nayati, vb. (pass, janati^ to be

called, named;pr. 3. sg, .^ati (katbam

bhadanto /v) 96,2o; 1. sg. .^ami,

(Nagaseno ti -v) 96,3o.

n e V a , indecl. (after a nasal = yeva),

V. eva').

"-finii, »»/M.(e.c.,sa.jfla) knowing;

V. a-katannO, mattaiinu; cp. viiinii.

Th.

thatva, ger., v. tit(hati.

ibapapeti,t)&. (caus. II. tifthati)

to cause to stand, to cause to be placed;

ger. /^etva (matamanussam ujukam,setting the dead body upright) 41,it;

102,14.

thapita 106

thapita, mfn. {pp. thapeti; cp.

aa, stbapita) placed; left at one's

disposal, prepared for; mukhe ^bapita-

matta (yagu, as soon as It bad comeinto her nioath) 57,82 (cp. matta*);*'-vasita-udakani, 41,s; like ^bita this

word is ofteo combined with a pre-

ceeding ger. : saihbaritTa ^hapite (sii-

take, ace, m. pi., the clothes that werelying folded up) 41,4.

thapeti, vb, {caus. tit^hati; sa,

stbapayati) 'to cause to stand', to

place, set, lay {ace. db loc.)\ to fix,

make firm {acc.)\ to appoint (to any

office, loc.) ; to place aside, save, except

(ace); pr. 3. so. kim ^bapesi (why do

you except her?) 50,3i ; 2. pi. o^etba,

l,2o; — imp. 2. sg. ^x-ehi, 44,26; -aor, 3, eg. (vssi, 6,i7. 76,8; 3. pi.

'^eiiuib, 16,27; — inf. ^etuiii (nica-

thaniyaifa ucce ^baue) 76,n; — ger.

~etva, *) 6,27. 9,10 (te putta-ithane)

;

13,19; (pitu yagum rw, having saved

a portion for her father) 56, 3i ; 57,33.

65,90-31 ; 87,27 (laid aside); (cittam

idam .^, making firm) Dh. 40; a-

thapetva (hattbe) 56,27; — ^) used

likfi a prp. to. ace. (oefore or after)

— except, but; ekam eva vaddbarii

^, 12,20 ; /^ mam (except me) 27,is;

^v mama manavi)..am, 48,24; tumhe^v^, 61,9; Savatthi-vaaino '^i 73,32; —ijrd. ») (hapetubba, " yuttakam {ace.

m., raja-ttliane) ll,i; - •) thapaniyara(paiiham, ace. m., a question not to

be isked) 91,si; —pp. thapita {q. v.)

cp. tbapapeti.

(bassati. fut., v. tittdati.

tbahati &thati, vb. — tittbati;

V. nttbahati, adhi^tbati.

^b. ana, n. {sa. stbana) ') place,

spot, locality, dwelling-place; nam./vara, 85,7; abl. ->.a, 104,4; loc. ,%/e,

17,24; cinna-ttbane, l.t4 {v. h.);

pbasuka-", 35,26; a-vijjamana-", 18,l^

{v. vijjati) loe.pl. saka-saka-tthanesu,

22,9; paiicasu ^esu, 30,2?; — apa-gata-", 91,29 (g. v.); — arafina-".

32,14; - gala-", gata-gata-", gabana-®{q. V.) — chinna-" (-= vivara) 91,ho;

- dhamma-gandika-", 6,» {v. gan-

dika); - nivesana-", 2,i6; - purana-

gama-", 36,2» {v. gama) ; - yujjhana-',

29,2*; - vasana-", 2,m. ^.i©. - *)

place or room for; rathassa ukkamana-

t^hanam, 43,i». — *) space, extent;

aec. ^aifa (yojanamattaiii) 6,9; (attbu-

sabbamattaiil) 27,27. - *) case, circum-

stance, point, occasion; loc.pl. catusu

(N^esu, 86,82. — *) state, condition (e.

c. = bbava); ace. <x/am, Dh. 137;

aec. pi. /%^ani (cattari) Dh. 309;- agata-tthanam va gata-tthanam

va (her coming or going) 19,is; —

loc. {e. c.) = instead of : putta-ttbane,

9,9. — *") position, office, rank; loc.

raja-tthane, ll,i; ucce thane, 76, it

{ep. nica-thaniya, mfn.). — ') cause,

object, thing, means {e. c, ^= things

that serve to or cause); instr. pi.

tihijhanehi, Dh. 224. 391 ; O-pamada-

ttbana, abl. (veramam, which cause

indifi'erence) 81,23; "-vibbusana-ttbana{id. which serve to decoration etc.)

81,28. — a-t^bana, «. (g. v.) cp. next.

(baniya (or ^bauiya) mfn. {sa.

sthanika & sthaniya) e. c. = havinga certain position; v. nica-thaniya.

*tbanuppatti(ka), mfn. {fr.

thana + uppatti) 'arisen on the spot',

immediate; (or : resulting from one's

office (o; practice or competence?));instr. f. ^iya (medhaya samanna-gato, comm. on 'medbavi') 91,27. cp.

Jat. VI, 304,18 & 308,23.

tbita, mfn. {pp. ti^tbati; sa. stbita)standing; »i. .^0 (dipake) 2,32; (ko-tiyam, q. v.) 17,8; kiinattbam .^^o'si,

why do you stand there? 16,it; aec.

(^arii, 66,19; loc. .^^e (saraih nissaya)3.3i; aec. m. pi. <^e (mige) 6,8; often

combined with a preceeding ger. {cp,

tbapita) : nahatva .-wassa, gen. m. sg.

(when he had finished his bathing)

41,3; nivasetva ^, 41,4 etc,\ alsocomp. w. kale, khaiie : 41,7-14; 87,35;darakam gahetva o^a, f. (she whohas taken the child) 59,i4; ,^puriso,86,21 (like a man who, having seen asnake from afar, has cast it away by

107 tam

means of a stick). - *o.oitta, mfn.whose mind is firm or constant, gen.m. ^assa, 80,32; - pathavi-o, yattha-",mfn. (g. v.).

*thitaka, »»/>!.(= prcc.)standing;m. r^o (pade pasaretva) 62,38; 65,3i.

thiti, f. (sa. sthiti), 'standing,remaining'; continuance, steadfastness:Db. 147.

*thitika, mfn. (e. c, fr. prec.)standing, remaining, lasting; existingor living by, depending on ; v. ahara-**.

°-ttlia, mfn. (e. c. = sa. stha)standing; v. gahat^ha, dhamma-o,nava-o, pabbata-«, bhaya-o, samipa-".cp. kappatthiya.

D.«

dayhati, vb., pass, dahati (g. v.).

dasati. vb. (sa. dahati, Y^damc)to bite

;part. ace. m. (rned.) -%/manam

(givaya) 40,i8; inf. «^ituih, 40,i7;

ger. ,x/itva, 4,88; 14,J7 (valliyam);

35,24 (manikkhandham mukhena).cp, sandasa,

dahati, vb. (sa. dahati, Y^dah)to burn (trans.); pr. 3. sg. /^ati

(agarani) Dh. 140; part, nom. m.

dahani, Dh. 31 ; nom, n, rwantam(papam kammam) 106,2a = Db. 71;pot. 3. sg. r^eyya (khettam) 100,26;

pp. da^dha (always spelt with initial

*d', which occurs also in the other

forms) V. aggi'da^^ha; pass, 4ayhati

(sa. dahyate & fs,i\)\part, m, ^mSno,Db. 371. cp, next, (Pisohel, Or.

§ 222.)

daha, m, (sa, daha) burning,

h«at; V, anto-(j[aba.

T.

tam^, pron. demonstr. (sa. tad),

n. tam, 13,S9. 22,si etc.; by sandhi :

tam, 26,16 (tam pi); 97,28 (tam abam);

tan t'aham, 85,85; tafi fieva, 5,io;

the older form tad is also to be foundbefore vowels : tad avasari, 81,9; tadeva, 91,10; tad abhinanditum, 97,5;tad ajj'aham foittam) Dh. 326, andin some comp. (v. below; cp. takkara);- m. so or sa : l,i8. 2,4. 7,9 (sv-aham= 80aham); 106,7. 107,4. 114,8 c<c.;

- /". sa : 2,27 etc, ; — except the nom.sg, the declension is a regular pron.

inflexion of the base ta- : ace. m. tam,1,8. 5,1 ; f. tam, 68,17; — instr. m. n.

tena, 1,9. 2,24 (ten'eva); 50,i; f. taya,

19,19; - gen. (dat.) m. n. tassa, l,6-ii

etc; f. tassa, 2,i9. 7,io etc, — abl.

m. n. tasma, 17,ii; tamha, 14,4.

108,2 ; — loc. m. n. tasmirii, 2,82 etc.;

tamhi, Dh. 117; - plur. m. nom, ace,

te, 3,24. 21,!)o etc.; f, nom. ace, ta,

20,33. 59,3-4; — instr. m. n. tehi,

25,28; f. tahi, 21,6; — gen. m. n,

tesam, 4,i7 etc. Dh. 4 (tes'); /". tasam,21,17; — loc, m, n. tesu, 14,2i

; f.

tasu, 61,4. — ') = it, that, this; m.he; f, she; (subst, & adj.) : 25,97. 29,27.

58,17 etc, — ') corresponding to. prec,pron. rel. (cp, yam) ; 68,23 (ya . . .

tam) ; 84,7-8 (yasmim ... so) ; 99,8o

;

107,4; and sometimes combined w,pron, rel, in the sense of a pron,indef. = whichsoever, whatsoever; n,

yan tam, Dh. 42 (quicquid); instr,

yena tena upayena, 1,9; pi, m, yete manuBsa, 76,3o. — ') repeated :

ace, m. tam tarn (bhaccam, each)

112,23; loc. m. pi. tesu tesu (kathen-tesu, all of them constantly) 49,9;tuiii jivam tadi sarlraiii (= the same,opp, aflAam . . . afifiam) 89,98. — *)

emphatically, *) before subst. or nom.pr. : tassa sS bhariya, 2,87 ; ayamkbo sa majjhima patipada, 67,5;80 Kassapo, 109,6; — •>) before pron.1. pers. : sv'aham, 7,9; aco. tam mam,103,9; gen. tassa me, 103,88; — «)

before pron, 2. pers. : tassa te, 97,84;

cp. so karobi, Dh. 236. - ') pleonasti-

cally : m, pi. te (pamatta) 77,5 (or

corr. w, a prec. ye that has dropped).- *) several cases are used adverbi-

ally : tam (ace, w.), tena (instr. n,),

tarit 108

tasma {abl. n.) v. neparatety. — ')

comp. t. tud-, takkara, tam-namaka.

Jam*, adv. (by iianclhi tad = tam',ace. ».) ') = there, to that place :

tad avasari (corr. to. yena = where)

77,is. 81,9. — *) = DOW, then, in that

case; thereafter; tad eva (^corr. w,

yad evaj 91,io; tam kira inanfiasi,

94,29. 09,4; tam aham, 97,«e. 98,io;

tam eaarfi, 47,i!i. 100,is. — *) there-

fore; tail c'ayam, 96, i:.

tam*, pron. 3. pcrs. acc,\ v, tvaifa.

takka, m. {sa. tarka) reasoniDg,

speculation; v. a-takkavacara, mfn.

takkara, mfn, {sa. tat-kara)

doing that; m. rs.,0 (naro) Dh. 19.

Takkasila, f. {sa. Taksbagila)

nom. pr, of a city in the Gandhara-

country {TdBi^a in Panjab) ; ace.

^am, 42,25; loc, «^aya, 46,ac.

takkola(ka), n. {sa. kakkola,

cp. takkola) a sort of perfume, Bdel-

lium; tambiila-takkolakfidiDi, 49,i6.

tagara, n. (= sa.) a kind of tree

and a sort of perfume or fragrant

powder prepared from it; ,-«,aih, Db.

56; — **-candani», mfn, prepared

from Tagara and Candaua {q. v.)\ m.

^i (gandho) Dh. hC; — "-mallika,Tagara and Mallikri {q. v.) Dh. 54{cp, SBE. X p. 18).

taca & taoa«, >». d)- m. (sa. tvac.

tvaca, f. & tvaca {comp. -tvacas) ».)

») skin ; num. ^0, 82,8 — 97,80, ^) bark

;

•"-papa^ika, pi. f, „loo»e shreds of

bark", 95,22; e.pagata-", mfn, free from

thiit, III. »>^o (salaiukkho) 95,23-24.

ta';chaka, »i. {sa. taksbaka) a

carpenter; pi, i^a,, 106,28 =- Dh. 80.

tajiita. mfn, {sa. tarjita, pp.tajjeti) frightened; »«.^?. ^a (marana-bhayena, struck with horror of death)

6,21 j marana-bbaya-tajjito, »i. 5,u;bhaya-tajjita, m, pi. (^driven by fear")

Db. 188.

tajjeti, vb, {sa. tarjayati, Vtarj)to threaten, frighten, scare; ger, «%^etva

(niraya-bhayena) 17,3o.

tata, m. (=- sa.) a shore, bank,

slope; precipice; chintia-", » !>•«•

precipice; 27,t.

tandula. m. (— sa.) rice-grain;

ace. /^am, 67,i8; pi, --vS, 16,i; ace.

pi. ^e, 33,25. 67,20 ; instr.pl. mula-

tandulehi. the roost coarse-grained

rice,, 57,2o; majjhima-", the middle-

sort of the rice, ib., opp. kanika, the

finest grains or flour, 67,»i; — tan-

duiadi, adj. n. (navatiham) consisting

of rice etc. 111,si; tila-tandultldayo,

16,6.

tan ha, f, (rarely tasina, sa,

tfshna) 'thirst', desire, craving; <N..a

(vedana-paccaya , originating from

vedana and causing upadana, q. v.)

67,13; 107,29; Dh. 180; catuttbi

(sena Marassa) 103,26; ace. -%.am,

108,1 ;gen. -N.^aya, 67, is. 108,4; abl.

^aya, Dh. 216; gen. pi. .>..anam

(khayam) desires, Dh. 154; - *°-anu-

aaya, m. the attachment to desires,

loc. -wC, Dh. 338; — tanhakkhaya,»(. (tanha -|- khaya) destruction of

desire, loc. >^e, Dh. 353 ; '>,rata,

mfn, delighting in tliat, »«. ^o, Dh.187; - o-bhava-, Dh. 416 {cp. kama-bhava); — **'-vasika, mfn. being in

the power of desires, enslaved bydesire, m. »^o, 23, 20; — "-vagga, m,the XXIV"' chapter of Dh. ; - kama-O,

bhava-", vibhava-tanha, f, 67,u;hetu-», /: 108,18 {v. h.)\ - vita-tanha,

mfn. who is without desire. Dh. 351-62 («(. rvo). cp, pipasa.

tatiya, mfn. {sa. tftiya) the third:

acc.f, ^am, ll,i5; Dh. 309 (tatiyaiii):

loc. m, o^e (vare, for the third time)

114,17; ace. n. adv, ^aih, thirdly,

for the third time, 74,2.'i. 79,22 (-^ampi kho); yava-tatiyaiii, up to the

third time, 3,7 {cp, 102,26); - "-jjhana,n. 80,4 {v, jhana); — o-savana, f.

{v. h.) cp. addhatiya, addhateyya,& ti^ (tayo, tini).

tato, adv, {sa. tatas) *) thence,from that place; 2,23. 3,2i; -^ yeva,from the same source, 101, 13. — *) there-

upon, then, afterwards, further; 6,18

{^ patthaya, q. v.); 63,i4 (^ va);

109 tad-uUhaya

101,16. 103,16; Dh, 42 (papiyo ^)]tato tato {corr. u>. yato yato, as soonas, the more ... the more) Dh. 390.- 3) for that reason; 112,3o (corr. w,yato).

tatoparam, ady. (so. tata/jparam& tato 'param) then, afterwards, im-mediately after; 55,i5 (cp, itoparaiii,

para & apara).

tatta, mfn. (sa. tapta;i)p. tapati)heated, hot, red-hot; w. (vO (ayogulo)107,1 ^_ Dh. 308; loc. f. ^ayafbhumiya) 97,84; - o.jjapala, m.

(v. /».).

tattato, adv. (sa. tattvafas, fr,

tattva) accordinpr to the truth, really,

accurately ; r>^ ajanitva, „not knowingthe truth", 63,i.

tattha (& tatra, v. next) adv.

(sa. tatra) ') there, on that (this)

place; 2,23-25, etc.; 108,27 (tatth');

tatth'eva, *) on the same place, 3,6.

12.24, ••) on that very spot, straightway,

72.25. 104,18; — tattha tattha, here

and there, 21,3; yattha . , . tattha,

72,7-8 ; tattha idbapi, hoth there and

here, 11 2,is; — very frequently used

at the begin of commentaries : 85, n-

17-27. — *) there, to that place; l,i5

(^ gantva) l,i7. 2,4; lll,u; tatth'-

eva, to the same place, 58,is; tattha

tatth'eva (bhijjissama, in all direc-

tions) 11,8. — ') then, therefore, thence;

Dh. 249; 112,16 (tattha saddo'yam).

tatra, adv. (— prec.) 110,2i;

tatr'assa, 73,23. 90,.s2; tatrapi, 43,8-9;

tatrayam, 82,i7; tatra kho, 66,24.

70,23; - tatra-tatrabhinandi«, mfn.

67,13 (v. abbinandin).

tatha, adv. (= sa.) so, thus;

tath'eva, in the same way, likewise,

2,25. 39,5. 105,28; 44,20 (id. without

eva); tatha ... c'eva ... ca, 10,8o;

tatha . . . ca . . . na, nor, 113,»7; often

corr. w. yatha, so . . . that, 12,s-8;

Dh. 282; yatha . . . tath'eva, as . .

.

0 alio, 6,9; corr, w. yena, •© . . . that,

77,6. comp., V. next,

Tatha-gata, m. (— sa.) 'who

comes and goes in the aame way' [as

Ihe Buddhas], probably orig. a designa-

tion of an Arhat, afterwards esp. of Go-tama Buddha (as Sammasainbuddha,while still living as a human being,

preaching the truth), used in the holy

scriptures when Buddha is represented

as speaking of himself in the third

person; hence pi. r^a. appellatively=the Buddhas {cp. the most important

note by Bhijs Davids & Oldenhwg,8BE. XIII, p. 82; E. St'nart, JRA8.1898 p. 866; E. Chalmers, ib. p. 103;BUhtlhigk, Ber. d. Sachs. Ges. 1898p. 78; Dbammasaiigani, transl. p. 294).- nom. 0^0, 80,25. 94,io; hoti /^o

parammarana, does T. exist after

death? 89,29; rOpasamkhavimuttoT-o, gambhiro appameyyo duppa-riyogaho seyyatha pi mahasamuddo,95,12 ; ace. fs^Sim, 76,27 ; instr. ^en&,66,39. 94,8; gen. ^assa, 76,4. 94,7.

110,2ti; pi. -vS (anupakkamena «%/

parinibbayanti) 76,28; aggadhamma~a, 109,28 (v. h., otherwise Geiger,

Dipavamsa u. Mahuvaibsa, 1905, p. 5);akkhataro ^vS, Dh. 276 (the "iD.s are

only preachers); nippapanca 'va, Dh.254 („free from vanity").

tatba-bhava, m, (= sa.) the

being so; ace. /v^aih (fiatva) 3,so.

/tatba-riipa, mfn. (= sa.) such,

like that; pregnantly = so great, im-

portant, etc. ; ace. m. <N.am, 68,35 {w.

foil, yatha); gen. m. /-^assa, Dh. 105;gen. f. /^aya (parisaya) 87,34. {cp.

eva-rupa).

tad-, pron. demonstr. w., used bysandhi instead of tam (v. tam *'^) &comp. {v. tad-anurupa, tad-utfbaya,

tad-ilpika).

*tad-anurupa, mfn. conformable,

suitable to that; ace, n, r^&m (vyau-

janam) 57,2i.

tada, adv, (== sa.) at that time,

then ; 1,6 ; 29,i8. 3'0,2i (cp. tena sam-ayena, 32,6); tad&si, 81,t (= tadaasi).

tad-utthaya, {fr. ger, utthahati)= having sprung from that, 106,i»

= Dh. 240; tad- stands possibly for

tad-upika 110

tat' (Comm. tato utthahitvS, Bhpd,

(1866) p. 870).

*tad-upika (or '-Spiya) mfn.

(fr, tad- + opiiyika = ««. aupayika)conibrmable, suitable to that, answer*

ing; f. ^S, (pafiiia) 2,i2. (Trenckner,

PM. p. 78, takes it =- sa. *tadopya,

fr. a T- \/vap).

tanaya, m. (= sa.) a son; nom.

raja-tanayo, 112,* (a prince).

tanu, mfn. (= sa.) thin, little,

small; *<'-bhuta, mfn. id.; '*-soka,

mfto. whose mind has been relieved,

light-hearted, comforted, »n. o^o, 89, is.

cp, su-tanu.

tanuKa, nfn. (=^ sa.) = prec.\

M. »vO (tanuk' ettlie vipassati, few

only) 83,2f = Dh. 174; 88,82 (= nabahujano).

tanti, f. (= '\a,) a string (of a

luto); *''-ssara, m, the sound of the

strings; instr. «^ena, 19,82 {cp. sara').

tantu(ka), w. (= sa) a thread;

tftsara-" (g. v., cp. correitions).

tandila, mfn. (sa. tandrita; fr,

tandi, drowsiness, lassitude, sloth, =sa. tandra & tandrl) only comp. w.

the negative p:'efix a- {v. h.) cp.

dandha.tam-namika, mfn. (sa. tan-na-

mika) named thus; f. tvii.E, 56,ii.

tapa, m. & tapas, n. {sa. tapas,

n.) ') religious austerities, penance,

devotion; nom, rwO (sukho) Dh. 194;

rvO (paramaiii) Dh. 184. - *) virtue,

chastity; ^o (bbinno, manavikSya)

50,82; gen, ^vassa, 60,29. cp, tapasa,

tapasi.I

tapati, vb, («a, \/tap) ') to shine

(as the sun), to be bright; pr. 3, sg.

-^ati, 107,23-21 = Dh. 387. — «) to

burn = to cause pain or repentance;

paccha tapati dukkatam, Dh. 314.— pp. tatta, pass, tappati (q. v.) cp,

tapa etc.

tappati, vb, *) (^tass. tapati ; sa,

tapyate) to be burnt, tormented ; to

suffer; pr. 3. sg. ^ati, Dh. 17. 136(sehi kammehi dummedho). — *) (sa.

Y^trp) to be satisfied or weary; pp,

titta {v. h,, cp. titti.)

tamba, mfn. (sa, tfimra) red,

copper-coloured; "-bhunai-, 112,i9; —

tamba-panni, 112,2», ie probably a

pun (= tamba-panayo, adj. m, pi,

with red hands, c^). pani) in order to

make the etymology of the nom. pr.

Tambapanni to agree with the tale.

Tamba, m, nom. pr, of a king;

voc, ^&. 20,17; ^raja, 19,8; instr,

/>^rajena, 19,io.

Tambapanni, f. (sa. Tamra-parni) nom, pr, of a city in Ceylon

and of the island itself, 1 12,30 ; acc,

^iih — "-nagaraiii, 112,21-25; -"i-dipa, m. the island C, loc. /n/C,

20,32; - "i-sara, m, n. a lake in C,loc. 'oC, 21, 3«. cp. Lanka.tambula, n. (sa. tambula) betel

or betel-leaves (to chew after the meal);

acc, <>,arii, 41,u; "-takkolakadini,

49,10; - """-pasibbaka, m, a betel-sack;

loc. ^e, 57,33.

taya, w. (sa. traya) a triad; e. e,

-ttaya, v. Pitaka-", potthaka-°, SaiS-

giti-o.

tayo, ntim, mf. (sa, trayas) v, ti*.

tarati, vb. ') (sa. y'tr, tarati) to

cross over (acc); aor, 2, sg. atari

(samuddam) 20,i9; pp, tinna (g. r.)

cp. 8u-duttara, mfn. — *) (sa. ytvar)to make haste; v. abhi-ttharati.

tarahi, adv, (sa, tarbi) then, at

that time; 74,bi; cp, carahi & etarabi.

taruna, mfn, (= sa.) young,tender; new, fresh; m. /^o, 46,22.

99,1; f. r^\ (darika) 101, 19; taruna-kale yeva, ,

while (they were) yet quite

young, 9,8; "-daoba-tina, n, youngKusa-grass, 16,iT.

'taro, v, itara.

tala, n. (= sa.) level, surface,

bottom; side, end, flat, tool etc. \ loc.

imasmirh .^e, on this side, 35,i3;

pathavi-0,28,7; pasana-", 10,7; bheri-^

35,21; Manosila-", 61,n; mahi-",113,21; hetthima-", on the lowest

level, 59,27; — instr, khagga-talena,with the flat of the sword, 41,26; —

Ill tSvatfi

abl, pasada-talato, down from thepalace, 65,34; — pasadavara-tala-,the roof of the palace, 64,i9; — maha-tala, n. (v. h.),

tasa, mfn. {sa. trasa) moving,trembling; feeble; loc, pi, ^esu(bhutesu) Dh. 405 (opp. thavara).

tasati, vb. {sa, ytras) to tremble,

to be afraid of (gen.);pr, 3. sg. r^&nti

(dandassa) Dh. 129; tasa. mfn. {q,v.).

tasara, m, (so. id, & trasara) a

shuttle; ace. <vam (vaddhetva) 87,ia;

- *"-tantuka, m. 87,n {v. corrections);

- *"-pacchi, f. a basket or box with

a Bhuttle,_89,6; ace. /vim, 87,«7. 89,8.

tasina, f. (= tanlia, q. v.; sa.

trshna) ace. /vara, Dh. 343; instr,

fvaya, ib.

tasita, mfn. (pp. tasati; sa.

trasta) trembling, frightened; m. pi.

bhita-tasita, 27,5.

tasma, adv. (abl. n. pron. taiii;

sa, tasmat) on that account, therefore;

12,35. 86,22. 110,25. Dh. 211 etc.;

.N/hi, Dh. 366; - tasma ti ha, 'there-

fore just so', accordingly (pointing to

the following) 93,2.

*tahim (or *taham), adv. (formed

after the analogy of kuhim, kaham)= there, thither; 112,25 (^ vasi);

114,18 (-x- santhapesuih).

tana, n. (sa, trana) protection;

dat, /vaya (na santi putta, „are no

help") Dh. 288.

tSijata, f. (fr. tana w. suff. -ta)

protection; Dh. 288.

tata, m. (= sa.) a father; voc,

tata & pi. tata is very frequently used

as a term of affection to one or more

persons (esp. to younger or inferior

persons) -» friend, my dear etc.; tata,

9,21. 16,82. 69,81 (tataYasa); to two

persons : 9,i» ; - tata, 16,24. 26,i8. 38,88.

tadi, adj. m. (sa. tadr^) such,

like that; often pregnantly said of

Buddha's holy disciples ('like him')

and even of the Buddha himself; gen.

m. ,vino, Dh. 94. 95. 96; 80,»».

tadisa, mfn, (aa. tadr^a) such,

like thftt; m. <vO, 7,ii. 56,i; 86,ie

(vanno); ace. .^am, Dh. 76. 208;aoc. m, pi, ,ve, Dh. 196. cp. etadisa.

tapasa, m. (— sa.) a hermit,

ascetic; ^o, 36,6; panduroga-", 35,4

(v. h.); ace. jetthaka-tapasam, 36,8;

gen. r^assa, 36,7.

tapasi, f. (— sa.) a female ascetic;

111,6; ace, .^im, 111,7.

tala, m. (= sa.) the Palmyra or

fan-palm; "-vanta, n. (sa, "-vfnta),

the leaf of P. used as a fan; loe, pi,

'wesu (mani-, „upon jewelled fans")

41,a; — '•-vana, n, (— sa,) a grove

of P.'trees; ace, -vara, 60,7; - *tala-

vatthukata, mfn. (— tala+ a-vatthu-

kata) npulled out of the ground like

a P.", n, .vaiii (rGpaiii Tathagatassa)95,11.

taleti, vb. (sa. tadayati, Y/tad)to beat, strike (acc); ger. ivetva,

61,21.

tava, adv. (before vowels sometimes

tavad- ; sa. tavat) ') so much (before

adj.); <v mahato, 10,u. — *• •) so

long, until; pato va ^, until to-mor<

row, 15,16; ajjapi <>/ na, never befoie

to-day, 10,18; often corr. w, yava :

33,21 ; 102,3, Dh. 284; na /v, . . . yavaua. not , . , until, 92,2. — *") mean-while, 37,22. — ") now, first (w. fut.) :

vlmamsissami •«/, 3,6. 38,3i; 41,a,

65,26; likewise w, pr. 1. sg, 55,25.

— '') tavad-eva, at once, immediately,

straightway; 7,s. 23,i4. 33,6. 62,i». 64,2o.

105,11. — ') well, indeed, really; well

and good, be it then (often w. imp,

or fut.) 7,18-21. 44,6; w. foil, pana :

aham <>/,,, ayam pana (quidem, ^ev)

17,10 ; — yasma taya ^v ditiham,

tasma . . 8&,3i;

yakkhini r^ janati,

111,81. — ^) emphatically in exhorta-

tions (w, imp.) : ehi (v, 9,22; tittba

<v, 11,6; gaccha <^, 19,2i; tarn tava

me detha, 22,si ; adhivasehi ^v, 53,26

;

kathehi ^v, 64,82. cp. next,

*tavataka, mfn. (fr. prec.) so

much; pi. so many; ace, pi, m. >ve

(corr. w. yavatake) 81,i8.

tavata, adv. (— sa, tSvata, inatr.)

*) 10 long; 110,5 (corr, w, yava). -

t&Tatimsa 112

*) on that account, for that reason;

106,5 (na tavata, sell, yavata bhik-

khate pare = Dh. 266).

tavatimsa-", *) mmw. (sa. trayas-

trim^at) 33, only at the beginning of

comp, ^= the 33 gods, whose chief is

Sakka (while the vtum. 33 always is

tettimsa)-, *<'-bhavana, n. Sakka's

devaloka on the mount Sineru (Meru),

loc. r^e, 59,21 ; — *"'-devaloka-ppa-

mana, mfn, „ equal in extent to the

realm of the Thirty-tree", «. .^am,

59,28. - *) mfn. id., frequently m. pi.

-^a (deva). cp, Pis:hel, Gr. § 254

& tirasa below.

ti'

, indecl. (sa. iti) thus, so ; besides

ti we also meet with the full form iti

which is contracted to -iti with a prec.

i, 1,16-17, and before a vowel is changed

into ice', 4,82; but generally the first

i drops by elision, and a prec. short

vowel (a, u) is lengthened, 1,9-18-19

etv.f while prec. lii is changed into

n, l,;i-2i. 3,1 etc.; instead of the final

i we find also y ; ty'aha, lll.ao (=c' after prec, i : nt, karomi c'alia,

74,1 = Dh. 306) and even v : tv'eva,

42,24. 00,25, or the i drops before

e : r/eva, 32,i8. - ') The full form

iti is used ») at the beginning of a sen-

teuce = thus, in this manner (as told

before) 30,23. 47,2s. 88,2. 110,33. Il2,ii.

Dh. 62. 74. 186. 286; dittham h'etam

Tathagatena : ici rupaiii etc., thus

(is) form = vhis is the nature of form,

94,3. — *•) after ovarii, 47,26, cp.

evaihgot'.O iti, 92,is. — <>) after an-

other (i)ti : ino;jharii annan ti iti

pat(ho (iti perhaps = etc., cp. ^)

below) 90,4. — **) in the apodosis :

sace . . ., icc'etara kusalaih, 4,83. - •)

metri cauisa like the ordinary ti : 98,80.

111,1. 112,81 («. below). - »)ti (iti)

is most frequently u&ed by quoting in

oratio diresta one's words uttered or

the c.'>i:i^:entB of one's thoughts, emo-

tioQS, or judgemenlB, preceeded or

followed by a verbum sentiendi et

declarandi : l,8-i6 (after aba); 3,5

(after ten'assa etad ahosi); l,i8 (ti

sampaticohitva); l,i9 (ti vutte); l,«i

(ti aha); 3,i (ti cintesi), but also

without a such word preoeedmg or

following : 3,6-9-12. 35,39. etc. etc.

Of such quotations we find often one

included within another : ti saflfii

ahosl, 2,6 etc. Verses quoted end

always with ti which stands without

the metre : 2,i8. 3,27 etc., but in poetic

style it is often omitted, 103, lo (followed

by ima gatha bhanam); 104,i6 etc.

(cp. 111,4. 113,17, where iti forms the

half of the last foot), and even in

prose ti may be omitted by very

short sentences (questions and answers^

and generally before maiiiie (g. v.)

3,25. 5,7. 35,35 {cp. 50,33. Dh. 74).

Useful examples illustrative of the use

of ti are also found on p. 88. - *) ti

after single words or names (in nom.) :

mata ti, such a thing as a mother,

99,7; pita ti, 99,8; ditthigatan ti.

94,7; saddo ratho iti, the sound

(word) 'ratha', 98, 30; satto ti sam-

muti, the phrase 'a living being' 98,31;

Nagaseno ti, 96,a9 etc.; balo ti

vuccati, Dh. 63. cp. Dh. 218. 257.

3B7. 370. 388; likewiEe by glosses in

commentaries : 'me' ti mayharfi, 85,20;

'tan' ti tasma, 86,27 etc.; cp. above

under iti '). — *) ti is sometimes used

to connect two sentences (coordinate)

= in this way, by means of, for this

reason, etc, : atth' eko upayo ti kha-dapessiimi tarii . . ., l,io; abbirupaahositi so tassa varaiii adasi, 10,4:

pufinam me katan ti nandati, 107,27

= Dh. 18; so siham adinnava iti

Sihalo, for that reason (he was called)

Sihala, 112,3i. — **) = and, and so on

(w. foil, adi) ! 73,80 {cp. adi *));

ti anukkamena, and so on by degrees,

34,8; ti iti, 90,4. v. above ••<>). -") ti is sometimes strengthened by a

foil, eva or evarii : 32,i8. 42,24.

60,25; 86,17. — ') emphatically after

other adv. ; kin ti, how? 1,8 (=kiiii*); tasma ti ha, accordingly, 92,2

{v, tasma). cp, Franke, ZDMG, vol.

48, p. 87.

113 tibba

ti*, num. {sa. tri) three; n. tini,

nom. 21,11. 82,9; ace. 28,S5 (saranani);

67,88. 86,86; — wj. tayo, nom. 14,9

(sahaya^; 6B,ii (bhava); ace. 6,ai

(pahare) ; - f. tisso, nom. 82,9 (vedana)

;

ace. 20,81 (gatha); — instr. tihi, Db.224. 391 ; - gen. tinnaih, 14,i8. 28,26

(ratananarii); Dh. 157; — loe. tisu,

31,16. 114,88. — comp. V. ti-kkhattumetc., tiha, te-pitaka, etc., cp. tatiya,

taya, tavatimsa (tettimsa), timsa,

terasa.

timsa (& timsati), num. (nom.

timsaih or timsa; sa. trim<jat) thirty;

timsa-yojana-maKgam, ace. (agato)

87,19. cp. tavatimsa (tettimsa), dvat-

timsa & chattimsati.

ti-kkhattum, adv. (sa. tri-kytvas)

three times; ll,i.

tikhina, mfn., v. tinha.

ti-gavuta, v. gavuta.

titthati (& (hati, eomp. w. prp.

aho (hahati; sa. tish^hati, \/8tba),

to stand; to stay, reroaiD, stop; to be

present, be alive; to abide by, acqui-

esce in, etc,;pr. 3. sg. o.^ati, 102,8

(pali, is extant); 103,82 (bhiyyo ->./,

"gets more steadfast"); 110,6. Dh.

340; 2. sg. ^asi, Dh. 235; 3. pi.

/>^anti, 110,i; — part. med. gen. f.

tittbamanaya(8akham gahetva) 62,2o;

— imp. 2. sg. ti^tba, 11,5. 16,is. Ul.io;

— pot. 3. sg. tittheyya, 98,3s; - fut.

2, pi. thassatha (mama vinicchaye)

59,6; 1. pi. ^ama, ib.; - aor. 8. sg.

•) attha, 103,11, '') atthasi, 3,22. 15,io.

26,4. 41,20 ;pharitva ~, pervaded,

57,28; 3. pi. ^amsu, 22,7. 87,i8; -

c/er. ihatva, 3,6. 8,i3 (Bodhisattassa

ovade); 17,83 (id.) 34,S9 (yavatayu-

kam); 36,«o. 46,i. 108,S6; -pp.thita; caus. fhapeti & fbapapeti (v.

h.) cp, -ttha, mfn., thana, «., thiti,

/, etc.

tin a, M. {sa. tr^a) grass, straw

/of a thatch); herb, weed; aco, ^am(the thatch) 101,*; gen. bahu-tinassa,

61,88. 62,8 ;pi. .^^ani, IS.s; comp.

tina-«, 94,86; tina-dosa, mfn. "damaged

by weeds", n. pi. /v/ani (khettani)

PUi oioiiur.

Dh. 356; dabba-", nivapa-", nila-

kusa-°, rulha-" (v. h.).

tinna, mfn. (pp. tarati, sa. tirna)

who has crossed, gone through, passed

over to, overcome; m. i^o ("I havepassed over to Nibbana") 104,3o;

*''-vicikiccha, mfn. having overcomeuncertainty, m. rwO, 69,i8; *''-soka-

pariddava, mfn. "who has crossed the

flood of sorrow", ace. m. pi. «x/e. Dh,196; ogha-« (q. v.).

tinnaih, gen. pi., v. ti*.

tinha, mfn. (generally tikhina,

sa. tikshna) sharp; instr, m. ^ena(asina) 33,i7.

titikkhati, vb. (sa. titikshate,

desid. ytij) to bear, endure (ace!);

pr. 3. sg. ^&t\ (ativakyam, akkosam)Dh. 321. 399; eond. 1. sg. ^issam(I had to endure) Dh. 320 (cp. adhi-

gacchissam, sandhavissam etc.).

titikkha, f. (sa. titiksha) endu-

rance, forgiveness, long-suffering; Dh.184 (synon. khunti).

titta, mfn, (pp. tappati*; sa,

trpta) satisfied ; v. a-titta, cp. titti.

tittaka, mfn. (sa. tiktaka) bitter;

**'-bhava. m. a bitter flavour, ace.

<N/am, 37,9.

titti, f, (sa. trpti) satisfaction;

Dh. 186 (kamesu).

tittha, n. (& rarely »t.) (sa. tirtha)

a landing-place (on the shore of a

river), a bathing- place; a ferry or

harbour, metaph. religious persuasion;

loe. .%^e, on the shore, 28,5. — paniya-",

a watering-place; loe. i^e, 11,28. cp,

next.

titthiya, m. (sa. tirthya & tir-

thika) an adherent of another sect,

a heretic; pi. <%<a, 73,2r, gen. <x<anam,

19,4. - *afina-', v. h. - *titthiyarama,

m., V. arama.ti-pi^aka, n. (sa. tri-pitaka)

'the three baskets', the three ooUections

of the Buddhist sacred books (cp.

pitaka etc.). - tepi^aka, mfn, (v. h.).

tibba, mfn. (sa. tivra) sharp,

strong, violent; **-raga, mfn. full of

strong passions, gen. m, ^x^assa, Dh, 349.

ti-bbBgft 114

ti-bhagft, m. («a. tri-bhSga) the

tbird patt; «,o, £0,:i8,

*ti-mandala, n. (sa. *tri-man-

dala) 'the three circles', vie. the navel

and the two knees; acc, •N/am, 82,ii

{cp. SBE. XIII, 166),

timira. m. (= sa.) name of n

tree; gen. pi. /^^anaifa (gfcndho) 20,i8.

*ti-j'OJana-satika, mfn, {sa,

*tri-yojana-5ataka) 300 yojanas lonp

{cp. yojami); gen. n. -^^assa (rajjassa)

43,31.

tila, m. (= sa.) aesame, Besarae

seed; pi. /va (tatta-kapale pakkhit-

ta-") 11,7; "-tan^ulaclayo, 16,fi. cp.

tela.

tisso, tini, V, ti'.

tira, n. (= sa.) a shore, bank;

acc. «^am, Dh. 86 (anudhavati, "runs

up and down the shore", i. e, without

reaching the other shore (NibbSna));

4,20 (sara-o) ; 21,i7 (samudda-^) ; 28,t

^Aciravati-**) ; Ice. <-^e, 66,3; 1,12

(Ganga-"); 2,i9 (nadi-«); 3,si (para-»,

on the opposite bank); abl, oriina-

tirato {v. h.) cp. anutire.

tiha, n. {sa. tryaha) three days;

dviha-tibam, two or three days, 36,6

{cp. aha).

tihi, imtr.y v. ti^

tuccha, mfn, (= sa.) empty;

"-patim {acc.) the empty bowl, 66,S7.

tuttha, mfn, {pp. tussati; sa,

tushta) pleased, sbtisfied; m. r^o,

24,88; *"-citta, mfn, id.; m, ^0, 32,i;

pi. ^a, 41,21; - *''-mana8a, mfn. id.;

m. ,^0, 65,88; f. ^a, 87,7; - *°-haUha,

mfn, pleased and rejoicing, m, rwO

(Ramgho), r;.4,88.

tuUl»ii /"• (sa. tushti) joy, enjoy-

men;; nom, tutthi, Dh. 331; acc,

rviiii ("the glad news") 64,6; instr,

ati-tutthiya ("by iiis extreme joy")

10,13.

tup da, n. (= .«a.) a beak; instr.

^ena, 4,8i. — *tundaka, n. (?) id.;

raukha-", 4,8. 18,7.

tu n h i, indccl. (sa. tushnitn) silently

;

r.^ ahosi (Bhagava, remained silent)

90,89; ny ahesum, 79,.ii| by sandhi ;

tu^him asinarh, Dh. 227; - eomp.

tunhl-bhava, m. the being silent;

instr. ^ena (adhivasesi Bhagava)

70,11 = 77,«»; - tunbi-bhuta, mfn.

silent; m. /^o (nisidi) 87,so; acc, «/am,

87,81.

tudati, vb. {sa. v't«<i) ^0 strike,

torment; pr, 3. pi. -vanti (mam,

kama) 20,i7; pp. v. next.

tunna, mfn, {pp. tudati) struck,

hurt; gen. pi, vyadhi-marana-tunna-

ntirii, suffering from disease and death,

108,88.

*tunna-kamma, n. the trade of

a tailor; acc. f^&m, 67,8.

tunna-vaya, m. (= sa.) a tailor;

-^0,57,8; •'-upakaranani, n. pi. 66,8»

{v. upakarana); "-vesam gabetva, in

the disguise of a tailor, 58, le.

tumhe, pron. pi. & tuyhara,gen. sg., v. tvam.

turiya, n. {sa. turya) any musical

instrument; pZ. ^ani (gahita-gahitani)

65,3; nana-", all kinds of musical

instruments, 64,30 ; instr. r^ehi (nip-

puriselii) 67,83; *°-bhandani, n. pi,

musical instruments or implementp,

66,4; *''-sadda, m. souud of music,

acc. <v.aifa, 112,7.

t u 1 il,

/'. (= sa.) a balance ; acc.

f>„a.m va paggayha ("as with a ba-

lance") Dh. 268; a-tula, mfn. {v. h.).

tuTam, pron, in the gfithas =tvam, 47,9. 64,i9. 106,8*.

Tusita, m. nom. pr. {sa, Tushita)pi. 'N.a (deva) a class of celestial

beings; "-vimana, n. the residence of

the T.-angels (the fourth devaloka),

loc, o^e, 87,81.

tussati, vb, {sa. y/t\iih) to besatisfied or pleased; ger, o^itva, 24,83.

66,8 ; pp. tuttha {v. h.) cp, i\i\\h\, f.

te, pron, ») gen, sp., v, tvaiii;

*)m. pl.^ V, tam'.teja & tejas, m{n), {sa. tejas)

splendour; power, efficacy; ins<r. ,>.asa

(tapati Buddho) 107,8s = Dh. 387

;

-vena, 15,7 (sila-«); lll,u (paritta-Butta-o).

115 thala

tejana, n, {=> so.) an arrow;

ace, ~ain, 106,2? = Dh. 80. 146.

tena, adv. (instr, fr. tam*; =so.)*) in that direction, there (^corr, to,

yena) : 68,s (yena nivesanadvaramten' upasamkami); 68,6 etc, 74,so.

') for that reason, therefore, now then

(in this sense often comb, w, hi) :

3,3, 7,13. 54,30. 106,4; tena hi : l,to-i9.

2,3. 19,81. 83,80. 41,11, 118,u.

''tepitaka, mfn. {fr, tipitaka)

btlongiDg to 'the three baikets' (op,

pitaka); n, loo, ^e Buddhavacane,the word of the Buddha contained in

the holy icriptures, 102,i.

*temeti, vb, (cans, \/tim) to wet,

moisten; grd, temetabba, f, fs^si (mat-

tika) 83,38,

terasa, num, (sa, trayodaga) 13;

terasania, mfn. the IS**"; m. ^o(vaggo) Dh. XIII.

tela, n. (sa. taila) oil (prepared

from the seeds of the sesame plant);

ace. »^&m, 50,24; instr. r^ena (gan-

dha-°, with scented oil) 37,2; - "-ppa-

dlpa, m, an oil-lamp; rwO, 67,i7; pi,

f^S, (gandha-") 66,3; — "-pajjota, m,

id. aec. o^aih, 69,i7. cp. tila.

*tevacika, mfn, (sa. *traivacika,

cp, trivacika) effected by the three

words or the triple formula, vie, Bu>ddbam saranam gaccbami etc. (v.

sarana); m, /^o (upasako, a lay-

discipei by the triple formula) 69,2i.

tevisati, num, (sa. trayovim^ati)

23; r^ima, mfn. the 23">; m, .%/0

(vaggo) Dh. XXIII.torana, n. (== so,) an arch, portal,

gateway; dalha-pakara-°, mfn. 90,3i

(w. /vain, nagararii); 9 1,21 (dalha-

toranam= thira-pittnasamgba^kuih).

ty', ») = ti» (iti), 11 1,20 ; cp, c',

74,1. — >)= te (gen, tvaih) 13,26.

tv', = ti» (iti); 42,24. 60,86. 64,9.

tvam, pron. 2. pers. (= sa.) thou;

MOW. •) tvam »(taifa) l,i4. 3,!8 (tvan

ti); ") tuvam, 47,». 54,i». 106,84; -aoc. tuih (tvam) 1,u-it-8i. 2,8. 4,it

(tani pi); fi,io (tali fieva); 94,8t (tuih

yev'); »4,m. 105,8*; — instr. (abl.)

tayS, 4,29. 5,fl; - gen, dat. ») tuyharh,

3,16. 3,26 (^ abbhantare); 7, 19; *•)

tava, 1,23, 3,16 (n^ santikam); 12,i.

66,4; ") te, 1,15 (va^tati); 2,8 (dus-

sami); 2,8 (atthi); 7,i8 (pasanno);

13,26 (ty' atthu); 78,i8, 85,4 etc.; te

may also be used for instr. (and ace.) :

kathentena te sundaram katam, 1,24;

78,7 (?); cp, t'Sham = te aharii

(000,?) 85,87 [Pischel, QGA. 1877,

p. 1066; ZDMG. 86, p. 714]. - he.

tayi, 10,19. 17,14; — pi. nom, tumhe,

1,16; to a single person : 25,i7. 85,t8;

- aoc, tumhe, 4,ii. 12,88; 97,t6; -instr. tumhehi, 12,88; — gen. dat.

*^ tumbakaiii. 4,4, 6,i», 36,i8, 97,7

;

^) vo, 9,9S. 108,8; dat. ethicus : 42,i6;

47,19 (id. or gen, partitivus); vo mayalso be used for aec, 4,8. 108,6; —loc. tumhesu (= sg.) 50,io.

Til.

thandila, n. (sa. sthandila) an

open place, bare ground; ''-sayika, f,

the act of lying on the bare ground(as a penance), Dh, 141.

thaddha, mfn. (sa. stabdha) firm,

hard; m. ^0 (paliaro) 50,22 (opp.

muduko); — *'*-hadaya, mfn. hard-

hearted; f.pl, /N^a (comm. on ka^hina)

52,6,

thambha, m. (sa, stambha) a

post, pillar; metaph. insensibility, stu*

por; /vO, 103,28; ace. /s/am, 60,3,

tbarana, n, (sa. starana) the act

of spreading, v, bhumma-tthara^a,which is probably "-attharana (sa.

astarana, a -f- {/stf) = a carpet,

84,17.

thala, n. (sa. sthala) the land,

dry land, firm earth; ace. <vaih, 15,i4.

106,91 (opp. ninnam); loo. >^e (opp.

jale) 4,14; 27,97, 52,ie; Dh, 98 (opp.

ninne); *^-gocara, mfn, living on land,

m. <vO, 1,8; — *>-patha, m. a road byland; aee. "•jala-pathaifa, everywhere

by land and water, 19,99.

8*

thavikS 116

""thavikS, f. a purse; ace. sahassa-

thavikaih, a purse containing a 1000pieces of money, 102,14,

thavira, v. thera.

thama, n. (sa, sthSman, n.)

streng^th, powtrj *'-sainpanna, mfn,

Btron^;; m. ^o, 1,8, 40,st.

t ha vara, mfn. (sa. sthavara) im-

moveable, firm, stron;; ; loc. pi. rvesu

(bhutesu) Dh. 405 (opp. tasa).

thira, mfn, {sa. sthira) firm, hard,

solid, strong;- n. pi. r^aai (uddapa-

dini) 91,18 (opp. dubbalani); *thira-

pakara- etc, mfn. 91,20-.i (comm, on

dolha-»).

thi, f. (sa. 8tr!) = itthi, a woman(v. h.); gen. pi. ^hinam, 51, si.

thina, n, (sc, styana) sloth, in-

diiTerei'oe; *'-middlia, n. "nUith and(IrowNi Mini"

(i iiflc'ui'i Hoiitt MftniHMa),

103,»7.

tiiula(& thulla), m/«, (sa. sthula)

large, thick, coarsii; v. anumthula.

thera, m. & («/i) f. (lo. sthavira)

old, venerable; an 'Elder' (Haid of

vtmuruble bhikkhiu); m, nam, ^o,61,12. Dh. 260; Dh, 261 (to be scan-

aed thaviro); maba-thero, 113,8;

instr. *x/ena, 85,is; pi, ~a, 109,8*;

inaha-', 109,ii; ace. />/e (bhikkhu)83,ll^; tnstr, r^ehi., 109, u; pen. ^annm,109,5; addud to a nom. pr, ; llpiili-",

109,18; MahtikiiHsupa-", 109,1?; -dhamma-kathika-", m. (v. h.) — com.

par, theratara, »i./>^o (bhikkhu) 79,io;

instr. ^ena, 79,e. cp, next.

Thora-Biitha, f, pi. name of a

canonical book, a Keotion of the KhuO*daka*Nikaya; iipecimeu thereof : 107,!i)

seqv.

''thera-Tada, mi. the doctrine

of the ThoraB, the urthodoxe Uuddhistdoctrine; /x/O, 109,u (therehi kata-MaiiiKivho); i-j HKHavtido, 109, no; itco,

»>/aiii, 114,ft( instr, pi. ,%,olii, 114,ji.

*theriya, mfn. (fr. thera) be-

longing to the thertis; m. pi. "-acariya,

the old teachers or, the propoundersof the thera-vado, 114,3o.

Theri-giitha, f, pi. name of a

eanonioal book, a section of the Khad*

daka-Niklya; specimen thereof: 108,jc

teqv.

thoka, mfn, (ta, Btoka) little,

small, short; ace, ~am (adv,) a little :

^ netva, l,8o; >^ gantva, 36,ii; o^

sayitva, 12,ir, ^ kilapetva, 58,8s;

f «^a (yagu) 57,i ; - thoka-thokam,

adv. little by little, Dh. 121—22(^am pi); Dh. 239.

*thokaka, mfn. (fr, prec.) amall,

short; f. ^ika. (rati, a short pleasure)

Dh. 310.

thometi, vb. (denom. fr. *thoma,

sa. stoma, stomayati) to praise (ace);

ger, r^etva. (panditarh) 69,»3.

-d-, sandhi-consonant, inserted in

attadattha, sadattha-pasuta (q, ti.V,

likewise in samma-d-eva etc. (v.

sanima), On account of sandhi anold 'd' is often preserved in somepron. : tad-, yad- (v. tarn, yam),kocid- (= koci) etc, [Euhn, Beitr.

p. 62—63; Tr. PM. p. 82; Windisch,Ber, d. Bachs. Ges. 1893. p. 228 seqv.]

*dakkhati & dakkhiti, vb.

(v^drO to nee, perceive; pr. (fut.) 3,

eg. ^Asi (na me raaggam rv, "thepath 1 tread you never can fiad")

72,s8; 3^ pi. ^inti, 69,i8 (^cakkhu-manto rupani ^); - aor. a.ldakkhi,^. 8.(7, 77,8! 3. sg. 20,10. Formally(lakkhati & dakkhiti look like fttt.

fr. v'drQ (sa. drakshyati), but really

these forms may have sprung either

from aor. addakkhi (ia, adrakshit)or from an old base *d)rksh-° [Kiihn,Beitr. p. 116; Tr. PM. p. 61; Phchcl,<ir. § r)54j cp. diHHiiti.

dakkliina, tnfn. (sa. dakshina)*) right, on the right hand; instr. m.-^ena (hatthena) 77,i. 11),»4 (opp.vama-hatthena); "-passarh, the rightside, 61,21. — *) southern; ace. f.

~uih (disaiii) 95,s; o-samuddn, »«.

117 dadhi

the southern sea, gen, rvassa, 60,4,

cp. padakkhina.dajja, pot., V. dadati.

datthabba, grd, & datthum,inf., V. dissati.

d add ha, mfn, (pp. dahati, q. v.)

burnt; n. r^&m (khettain) 100,27;

aggi-°, *»fn. {v. h).

danda, vi. (= sa.) *) a stick,

staff; a handle; ace. .%/aih (gahetva,

"staff in hand") 47,s»; instr. -x/ena,

77,18; loc. 'N/e (the handle) 36,5; -"-battha, mfn, leaning on a staff;

ace. m. (vaiii, 63,9; — a-danda, atta-

danda (g, v.). — *) punishment; aec.

<%,am, Db. 310. 405; instr, i^ena,

Dh. 131; purisa-vadba-", punishment

for murder, 74,u; gen, «%/assa, Dh.

129; — "-kamma, «. fine, mulct,

penalty; idam me /vam, "in this wayI make amends", 63,i3; — *®-ppatta,

mfn. liable to punishment; m. /^o,

100,15; — patidanda, brabiua-danda

(g. v.). — Danda-vagga, tn. the 10*''

chapter of Dh,dandaka, m. (= sa.) a stick,

staff; ace. /^am, 13,ie; 36,t (a twig

from a tree); instr. /x/Cna, 86,»x; —*ratha-°, m. (g. v.).

datta, mfn. [e. c. = sa.; pp.dadati, cp, dinna) v. Devadatta,

Brahmadatta. cp. atta^.

datva, ger., v, next.

dadati, vb. (sa. y/da) *) to give

(w, gen. pers. <Ss ace. rei) 29,8. 31,i6

etc. ; to hand, deliver, give in charge,

pay (do.) 82,18; 31,2; 39,2o. 111,ij;

37,18 ; 102,8; to offer (an oblation,

aec.) 17,6 (e}akam); — *) variously

constructed w. ace, : okasam •>/, to

give an opportunity to (inf.) 40,i7;

ovadam, to admonish, 86,24; danam,to make gifts, give alms, 14,i2. 86,14;

jivita-danam, to spare one's life, 12,26;

pativacanam, to answer, 3,»; pbalam,

to bear fruit, 36,86; maggam, to give

place to, 44,11; matakabbattam, to

offer an oblation to the dead, 16,2$;

safifiam, to make a tign, communicate,

55,2»; sadhukaram, to applaud, 6,i»;

— ') to permit, allow (ace, dk inf.)

6,10. 12,17. 17,19, 39,24. 48,19. 52,20

;

— *) constructed w. ger. of another

verb = to do that to any one : darHniaharitva . . . dassati, 35,9; rajjamgahetva datura. 35, 19; aharitva

adaihsu, 41,4; vibhajitva adasi, 41, 19.

— )i>r. 1. sg. dadami, \Um\ 3. pi.

dadanti, Dh. 249; part. 7/n. m. da-

dato, Dh. 242; part. mcd. m. dada-

mano, 12,33; f. /va, 6,20; pot. 3. sg.

*) dadeyya, 98,84; 2. sg. f^&si, 53,i5;

1. sg, ovarii, 33,13. 41, i; ') 3. sg. dajja,

Dh. 224; — ') pr. 1, sg, dammi,7.14, 15,24. 29,8; — ") pr, 3. sg. deti,

12,17. 28,24. 98,8; 2, sg, desi, 3,9; 1.

sg. deini. 31, le; 3, pi, denti, 37,2;

^.j)!. detha, 18,ii. 52,2o; i. p2. dema,18,11. 39,94. 114,10 (dema'ti); imp,

3, sg, detu. 36,2i. 39,2o; 2. sg. dehi,

5.15. 69,32. 101,28. 111,27 (read : jivi-

tarn debi); 2. pi. detha, 18,9. 31,2.

114,8; part. m. dento, 40,i7. 86,24;

— ["•) rare or ficticious present-forma-

tions are : dajjati_(cp. pot. dajja) &

dati]; - fut. 3. sg. dassati, 3,8. 30,i3;

2. sg. rwasi, 2,2; 1. sg. 2,4. 5,io; 16,i2

etc.; 1. pi. />^ama, 17, 19. 60,i4; -aor. 3. sg, •) adasi, 3,ii. 6,18. 36,36;

dasi, 114,9; 1. sg. adasim, 17,6. 42,i3;

3. pi. adamsu, 4,i5. 31,s. 41,4 etc,

'') ada (5. s^.) 111,12 (nada), 114,25;— inf. datum, 16,6. 31,30. 102,8;

a-datu-kamata. f. (q. v.); — ger.

datva. 7,28. 16,26; a-datva, 48,i9. 66,20;

— grd. ») databba, n. >^&m. 14,i2.

82,18; ^) deyya, n. ^a.m. 112,9; -pp. dinna (& datta, e, e.) v. h.\ —[pass, diyati, cp. a-diyati]; — caus,

dapeti (v. h.) cp. dana, daya, dayaka.dadhi , n. (= sa.) sour milk, curd^

nom. dadhi, 99,28-so. 101,27; dadhim,26,13; ace, <vim, 26,ii. 35,22. 101,28;

instr. f^ina, 35,i7; loc. rwimbi, 36,26;

— *'*-ghata, m. a milkbowl, ace. o/am,35,17; — """-mala, m. n. pr, of anocean; ace. i^&m, 26,i2; "-uialin, id.

26,16 C-maliti) cp. Aggimala; -*<'-Taraka, m. a pot of milk-curd, mc./vaih, 14,80; gen, /^assa, 14,8i; —

dantgt 118

'-vahana, m. n. pr. of a king; «^o

Dama raja, 36,»9; "-jataka, w. 34,80.

danta', m. (= so.) a tootb; worn,

jjj. ^a, 12,1. 82,« = 97,Jo; ace. pi.

/ve, 65,6; instr. pi. /x/chi, 12,6;

khanda-^ mfn. {q. v.)] danlantara-

gata, V. antara; - "-kattba^ »• (f» '*•)•

danta*, mfn, (pp. y/dam, sa.

danta) tamed, mu-jdued; tame, mild,

patient; wi. r^O, 77,io-iJ; Uh. 321;

aco. m. r^ara, ib.; n. i>^ara (cittam)

Dh. 35; pi. m. ^a. Dli. 322; - *atta-

dauta, mfn, St sudanta, mfn. (v. h.)

cp. danieti.

*dandlia, tM/w..8low, slothful, in-

docible; ov/am, adv. elothfully, Dh.

116. The etymologi' of this word is

doubtful; Faushell & Weber, ZDMG.14. p. 48 refer to 3a. *tandra (cp.

a-tandra); Trenckner, PM. p. 66 to

drdha (& dhandha), but cp. tandita

& dalha. According to Miiller, PGr.

p. 22 we ought to look for Bomething

like *dardhra or drdhra (cp. Ltiders,

ZDMG. 58 p, 70C).

dabba (& daboha), m. (sa. dar-

blia) the Ku9a-graBs; — *°-tina, n.

id., pi, ^ani, 15,*; °-sayana, n, a

lair of K.-grass, abl, .%/to, 16,4.

dabbi & dabbi, f. (sa. darvi &i>A) a ladle, spoon; nom. ^i, Dh, 64.

dama, m. (^= sa.) moderation,

self-command (synon. sa.'ifiania); <x/0,

Dh. 261 ; instr. ^.^ena, Dh. 25;

'-aacca, n. temperanct and truth,

instr. ^ena, Dh. 9; duddama, mfn.

(q. v.).

daniatha, »». (= sa.) self-cora-

maud; ^<) (cittassa^ Dh. 35.

dameti (& damn^ati), vb, (sa.

demayati, ca«s. ^darii) to tame, sub-

dte; to convePt (ace.)'-, pr. 3. pi,

damayanti (dandena) 77, i»; (attanampandita) 106,88" ~ Dh. 80; part,

nom. m. damayaiii (Httanain) Dh.

305; inf. df.metum (vat^ati, q. v.)

to convert, 113,9; cp. danta & prec.

dan mi, pr, 1. sg., v, dadati.

dara, *.j. (=- sc.) tear; v. niddara& vita-ddara.

daratha, »!. (= sa.) pain, suffer-

ing; loc. pi, sabba-kilesa-darathesu,

dari, f. (= sa.) a cave, hole,

cleft; *"-8aya, m. a lair in a hole or

cleft, loe. f^e, 108,«4 (if not to be

corrected into darisayo (mfn.) 'having

my lair iu a hole on the bank of a

river', cp. .Tttt. I. p. 18, v. 106, &daricara, mfn. Jfit. V. p. 70,t5).

dalha, mfn. (sa. drdha) firm,

hard, strong, fast; f, /n/S (bhumi)

110,7i n. /^am ("viriyarfa) Dh. 112;

/>/am dajhassa khipati (v. h.) 44,i;

"-ppahara, m. a violent stroke, ace.

,^&m, 30,18; — *°-parakkama, mfn.

Undaunted, firm, energetic; m. pi. ^a,Dh. 23; ace. />^e, 108,i9; — *°-pa-

kara-torana. mfn. having strong walls

etc., strongly fortified; n. r^&m (na-

garam), 90,si. 9l,!i; — *°-uddapa.

mfn, havirig a strong foundation; n.

r^&m, 90,31. 91,80. — dalham, adv.

firmly, strongly; Dh. 61. 313; r^&mkatva (gahita-sigale) with a fast hold,

40,24; da|ha-gahita-, 40,80. (cp,

dandha).

dasaS num. (sa. da(;a) ten; 31, is

(bhataro); 81,!i (sikkhapudani);

"-mase (ace.) 62,t; instr, dasahi.

18,16, 82,14; gen. dasannarii, Dh. 137

(dasann'). At the end of comp. num.'d' is often changed into 'r' (or 1)

cp. a^tharasa, ekadasa, cuddasa,terasa, pannarasa, so}asa.

dasa^, mfn. (e. c, sa. drga), v.

duddasa, sududdasa, (cp. dassa).

dasabala, m. (sa, da<ja-bala)

'possessing 10 powers' = Buddha;Kassapa-" (q. v.),

dasama, mfn. (sa. daQatna) the

lO""! ^0 (vaggo) Dh. X.dassa, mfn, (e. c, sa. dar?a), v.

sudassa. (cp. dasa-).

dassati, fut., v. dadati.

dassana, n. (sa. darpana) seeing,

looking; perception, intelligence, in-

sight; religious persuasion; ^Am(appiyanam, to see what is unpleasant)

106,30 = Dh. 210; (ariyanam, "the

119 daraka

Bight of the elect") Dh. 206; instr.

<s^cna(sekhena) iuBight, 69,35; ittara-",

30,12 (v. h.)\ ahl. /v.a (°-visuka-,

8e>-iiig spectacles etc.) 81,(4; gen.

-^assa (visuddhi) Dh. 274; — sila-

dassana-sampanna, mfn. (q. v,)\ cp,

a-dassana.

dassaniya, mfn. (sa. dar^anlya)vif>ib1«, fair to see, beautiful; tn, /^o

(raja) 47,9,

dassayati, vb., t;. dasseti.

dassiH, mfn, (e. c, sa, dar^in)

seeinp, finding; v. ohaya-", vajja-",

diissiyas, mfn. (e. c, sa, dar^i-

vas) seeing; v. bhaya-".

dasseti, vb. {caus. y/djq, cp,

dissati) to cause to be seen or to

apppar, to show, point out, produce,

manifest, give to understand (acc);

to show to, present to, to bring be-

fore {acc, & gen.y, pr, 3, sg. /veti

(maynam apacitiih) 29,s6; 3, pi.

fventi, 21,4; dussayanti (uocavaoaifa,

q. v.) Dh. 83; part. m. dassento, 2,i;

imp, 2, sg. ,%.-ehi, ll4,io; 2. pi. «vetha,

24,28*, pot. 3. sg. (veyya, 100,i2; fut.

1, pi. 'X'essama (pubbanimittaih) 63,b;

aor. 8. sg, ") ^esi (attanaih) 12,2?;

(unbakaraih) 15,8; (chatakakaramj

41,8; (paharam, q. v.) 62,33; (som-

riipena, sell, attanaih, presented her-

self) 111,2; '') dassayi, 113,is. 3. pi,

-N^esum, (core raflno) 38,33. 74,8;

63,10 ; inf. dassetum, 91,25; ger,

-%/etva, 4,16, 86,9.

daha, m, (sa. draba, by metathesis

^ hrada) a lake, pond ; acc, Ano-tatta-daham, 61,is ; abl. Kannamun4B>*dabato, 36,3i,

dahati, vb, ') Tsa. dadbati, \/dha^

to put, hold, oonBider; pp. bita (3. v.^

ep, dheyya; antaradbayati, pidabati,

saiiividanati, saddabati, sandabati.

- *) = dahati (q. v.).

dabara, mfn. (= sa.) young; m.

^0, 46,«», 99,4; (bli ;,t;>u) Dh. 382;

pt. <x<a (pakkbi^ ll,i<, f.^i (darika)

101,19; ace. <N/im, 101,u; 47,i9 (ku-

marim) ; — dabarittbi, a young wife,

gen. /^iya, 49,i$; — compar. dahara-

tara, mfn, the younger of two, gen,

m. o.'assa, 43,26.

databba, datuih, v. dadati.

dan a, n. (= sa.) giving, gift,

esp. alms, almsgiving, liberality; nom.

~am (databbam) 14,i2; Dh. 177;

(linna-°, almsgiving, 14,i8; acc. ^aifa,

86,14 (Sattbari Alavim anuppatte ni-

mantetva ^v adamsu); maba-°, 61,6;

instp. /x/ena, 16,i3. loc, ^.-e (attana

dinna-") 29,2; — dan3,dini punfiani,

1 7,33; danadibi, 22,i7 ; - '*'daDa-katba,

f, talking about (the duty and profits

of) almsgiving, acc, r^&m (pakasesi)

68,19; — "-sala, /"., a hall for alms-

giving, pi. -x/S, 38,13} — jivita-",

dhamma-* (t>. h.),

dani, adv, = idani (g. v.).

dapeti, vb. (caus. dadati, sa.

dapayati) to cause or order to be given

(acc. dk gen.) ; aor. 3. sg. «vesi (tassa

attba kabapane) 24,28; fut. 1, sg.

/vessami, 43,(7; pp. dapita, n, /vam(aggaih) 111,86,

dama, n, <& m, (sa, daman, n,)

a rope, cord; a chain, wreath; m. pi,

^a (munjamaya) 106,t7; n.j^^^ani(ma1a-°) 37,2; kusuma-dama-sadisa-,mfn, 47,13} rajata-dama-vanna, mfn.61,19 (v. h.),

daya^, m. (= sa.) a gift, dona*

tion; /x/O, 2.'),io; nabapita-", ib. (a .

barber's fee).

day a*, m, (sa, dava) a forest,

grove; v. miga-daya.

dayaka, mfn. (= sa.) giving; v,

paccaya-dayaka,

dara, m. sg. (sa, dara, m, pi.) a

wife; loo. pi. >s/6svi, Dh. 345; para-**,

another man's wife, acc. <%/am, Db.

246; paradSriipaseTiti, mfn, one whoooveti another man'i wife, nom, m,

<vi, Dh. 309; puttadara, m, sg. wife

and children, acc. /^am, 38,20.

daraka, m, (= 5a.) a child, bod,

boy; <N/0, 68,82; acc. /^am, 58,so.

81,11 ; loc. <N/e, 59,i(; j?/. <x/a (gama-")

52,17; acc. pi. ^e, 21,i; •"-cori, /.

(q. v.); *-matar. f. nom, /vfi, the

child's mother, 69,(2.

darikft 120

darikS, f. {== «a.) a daughter,

gir), youDg m<rtd; <n,S, 101,i9; ace,

^am, 55,»T. 101,i».

daru, «. (= M^ wood, timber;

a stick, loff of wood, pi. fire-wood;

ace. «^uiQ, 106,:'8 ^= Dh. 80; pi. ace.

'>/Uni, 15,31. 35,6. 5^,is; instr. oaHoS,

35,7; *>'-kalap9, ». (g. «.); *"-rasi,

»». (g. v.) ; darudaki-, '?0,i3 (fire-wood

and water).

daruja, mfn, {==. aa.) made of

wood; n. /N^am (banalianaih) Dh. 346.

daruna, mfn (^=- sa^ horrible,

dreadiui; ace. n. rwHm (abbhakkba-nam) Dh, 139.

dale'. i, vh. {sa. dalayati, \/dal)

to cause to burst, to break through

(ace); ger. dalayitva (putilatam),

105,t9.

dasa, m. (= sa.) a slave, servant;

fs.0. 5,7.

da si, f. (= sa.) a female servant

or slave; voc. r\>i (term of abuse)

111,25; dksi-gana-, 21,i (a troop of -%/).

di-", at the beginning of comp.

= dvi (two, double), v. dija, dipada,

diyaddha.

digaocha = jigaccha (q. v.).

dija, m. (sa. dvija) a bird; pi.

(N^a, 60,17. cp. dvija.

dittha^ mfn. (pp. dissati, y/djq',

sa. dfshta) *) se^n, perceived; m. f\^o,

12,u. 108,17; n. ^am, 85,s&; t>i5^r,

<»vena (imina, what we have seen here)

54,15; "-pubba, m/'».; yatha-", mfn,(v. ft.); — *) known, understood; n.

/N^aiii (h^etam Tathagatena) 94,8;— ') belonging to tins world (cp. di-

ttba-dbamma below); loc. o^e vadhamme, in the present life, 92,ss,

dud-d^ha, mfn, (v. /».).

dittha*, »». (sa. dvishta, tnfn.)

an euneray; acc. i^am, 3,87.

dittha-dhan;iDa, (sa, drshta-

dharnia) ^)mfn. having seen the truth;

tn. »vO, 69,12. — ') "ti. this world, the

present life; '-sukhaviharam anuyutto,"in the enjoyment of happiness reached

even in this world'\ 74,22; cp. dhamma& dittha* abovt.

doctrine, theory, esp, false theory;

acc. -x<im (papikam) 91,i«. Dh. 164;

loc. (i)ti ditthiya sati, even if we

suppose that, 92,»7; - "-gata, n. (false^

theory or doctrine; ,^am (pSpakam)

90,2*; (sassato loko ti) 93,ss; (uppan-

na-*) 91,17; 94,7 (apanitam etam

Tathagatassa); pi, ~ani, 93,33; -

*»-gahana, -kantara, -visuka. -vi-

pphandita, -sariiyojana (v. h.) 94,i-2;

- 8amma-°, /". right bjdief, right views,

67,4. 96,5; - miccha-*, f false doc-

trine, acc. />^im, Dh. 167; "-samadana,

mfn. (q. v.) Db. 316. — cp. evaih-

dit^hi, mfn, & anna-di^thika, mfn,

*dinna, mfn. (pp, dadati) given,

presented; n. ^aih. 21,6 (tahi); 49,2i

(raiilam); Dh. 366 (vitaragesu, a

gift bestowed on . , .) ; as finite tense :

m, t^o, 8,2; f. .-va, 67, i; n. /s.^arii,

7,7; — "-dana, n. almsgiving, 14,i8;

"-sunka, f. (maya) 10 1,21 (v. sunka).

cp. a-dinna.

dipada, m. (sa. dvipada) a biped,

a man; gen, pi. ^anaiii, Dh. 273.

dibba, mfn. (sa. divya) heavenly,

divine; charming, beautiful; acc. m,

^&m. ^yogam) Dh. 417; f. ^&m(ariyablmmim) Dh. 236; loc, pi, m.

«^e8u (kamesu) Dh. 187 ; comp. dibba-kame (acc. pi, m.) 46,5; "-gandha-,20,8-0; -cakkbumhi (loc.) 109,8; -pa-naiii, 69,25; -pupphani, 61,u; -bWjanaiii, 20,7; -vattha, n. 20,8. 6l,is;

-sampatti, 23,i7; -sayana, n. 20,9,

61,18.

diyaddha, mfn. (sa, dvyardha)lV»i "-yojana-satika, mfn. 160 yo-janas long, instr. m, ^en&, 60,*. cp,

addha.

divasa, m. <& n. (= sa.) a day;nom. m. ^0 (uposatha-^, fastday)

14,16; ace, ^&m, by day, in the courseof the day, 2,32; taiii .^am, on thatday, 87,31 ; ^am pi, 'all day long',

42,3o; ,-^am pi sapathaih kurumanananacitta va honti, even on that sameday they will change their minds andtake their oath . . ., 61,28; eka-°, one

121 Dipavathsa

day, 13,»8. 63,2; instr, ,>^ena (eka-",on one and the same day) 64,3; all.

/^ato (sattama-* patthaya) 61,8;

(dbaiTimadesanam 8uta-°, from the

day on which she had heard) 86,80

;

loc. r^e (puna-", next day) 2,95; (jata-",

on his birthday) 24,8i. 45,»i*, (eka-°,

on the same day) 46,m; ace, pi, m.ime '/>/e, "the last few days", 73,28;

n. <s^ani. 25,2o; loc, r^esu (afinesu,

q. V,) 3,10. 65,21, cp, devasikam,adv, & next,

diva. adv. (= «o.) by day; ^tapati adicco, 107,i8 = Dh, 387;rattim pi div&pi, night and day, 9,i6;

f\> va rattim va, Dh. 249; «v/ caratto ca, Dh. 296. cp, rattindivam,

adv. 86,25.

disa^ mfn. (e. c; sa, dr^a) like

that; V. idisa, eta-°, ki-°, ta-", sa-**;

khandba-disa, v. kbandba. cp.dasa*.

disa*, m. (sa. dvisha) an enemy;

/N..0, Dh. 162; ace. ,^&m, Dh. 42.

disa, f. (sa, di^ & di^a) quarter,

direction; region, country; ace, r>.^&m

(katamam, in which direction) 95,6;

(agataiii /%/, "the untrodden country"

= NibbSna) Dh. 323; abl .^wato

Tuttara-", q. v.) 61,i8; ace. pi, i^a,

fsabba) 85,*. Dh. 54; loc. pi. ^sisa

(sabba-", in each direction) 63, lo. cp,

catuddisa & next,

""disa-kaka, tn. a crow kept on

board ships in order to search for land

;

ace. fs,&m, 18,4. (cp. Fick, Soo. Gl.

p. 173; E. Hardy, Buddha, p. 18.)

'*'disa-painokkba, mfn, world-

famed, very celebrated; m. /vO (aca-

riyo) 16,25.

*di8va, *di8vana, ger.^ v. next.

dissati, vh. (sa. y/irq, pass,

df^yate) ^jpass. to be seen, appear;

pr, 3, sg. /^ati, 44,26. 62,ii ; na <x/ati

Thas disappeared) 68,8o; 3, pi. <N/anti

(na, are not seen, opp, pakasenti)

Db. 304; 104,i (ettha [scil. safigamej

na t\>, don't devot« themselveB to this

battle, cp.Windiaeh, M&ra, p. 27; the

'na' ii perbapi interpolated); part.

dissamana, aec. pi. m. ive (= a-

dissamane, invisible) 112,i8; pp.dittha, seen (v, h.); grd. dat^babba,

mfn. to be regarded or understood,

m, <x/0 (attbo) 85,io-23, n. <x/am, 79,4.

— ') act, to see, regard, understand

(ace.) (the suppletive verb is passati,

q. r); aor. 3. sg. ») addasa, 4,a5

(n]:asa); 23,i6; addasa, 76,i8. 76,20

(>% hho); 2, sg. addasa or addasa,

71,81 (addasa ti); 3. pi. addasasum,

76,18; i. p?. addasama, 105,23; i>^ ad-

dakkhi, v. dakkhati; fut. v. dakkoati;

inf. da^buih, 48,i9. 87,9; oomp.

daUbu-kama, mfn. wishing to see, f.

/vS (tam) 19,12; ger. ») disva, l,e etc;

*>) disvana, 67,8i. 68,io. 76,i9 (at the

beginning of a sentence), cp, dasa',

dassa etc, di^^hi, disa^

digba, mfn. (sa. dirgba) long;

m. ^0 (puriso, tall) 92,i8 (opp. rasso);

f. «^a, 107,8r = Dh. 60; n. >^&m,Db. 409; ace.^am (addbanam) 44,2i;

(pacanayattbim) 71,29.

"'Digba-nikaya, m. name of a

Pali work, the first of the 5 Nikayas

(q.v.)\ ^0, 102,16. Specimens thereof

:

p. 77,14-81,4.

"'Digba-bbanaka, m. a repeater

(expounder or follower) of Digba-,

nikaya; pi, ix^a, 64,2.

digba-rattaii), adv. (sa, dirgha-ratram) for a long time ; 90,27. 104,88.

dipa^, m, (== sa.) a lamp; aec.

i^&m, 37,2; dipalokena, 41,2T (v,

aloka). cp. padipa.

dip a*, ».(&«.) (sa. dvipa) *)

an island; land, continent; t^o, 110,si.

112,8o; ace. <N/am, 114,2; loc. r^e,

19,9; sabba-dipamhi (over all Jam-budipa) 113,6. — ^) metaph, a support,

refuge; karohi dlpam attano, Dh.236. cp. Jambu-dipa, Naga-", Lanka-**,

Seruma-", n. pr,

*dipaka, m. (fr. prec.) a little

island; t\,o, 2,20 ;gen. /s/assa, 2,22;

abl, rvii, 3,20; /^ato, 2,8i; loo. t^e, 2,98.

dip ana, mf(>sA)n. (= sa.) ex-

plaining, illustrating; v. Paramattha-dipani.

""DipavaiiiBa, m. (fr, dipa')

dipin 122

oatne of aPsli work, <he oldest ohrontole

of Ceylon; 8peeim»n thereof : p. 109-110,16.

dipin, m. (sa. dTipin) a panther

or leopard; gen. ^ino, 8,i7.

dipeti, vb. (caus. )/dip) *) to

illustrate, explain, teach (ace); pr.

3. sg. />/eti (atthadi dhammaii ca)

Dh. 383; - ^) intr, to emit linht,

uhine;pot. 3. sg. /-^eyya (sabbaiattiiii)

99,'.8.

du*, indecl. (an. dus-) prefix to

nouns (subst. & aclj.) implying 'evil,

bad, difficult' (opp.su-). Before vowels

the old form dur- is preserved, e. g.

dur-accaya, ets., before consonants

du- with the foil. cons, doubled, e. g.

dukkata, ducchanca, dummana, etc.

{v becomes bb : dubbaca, dubbanna),except before r, where the u is length-

ened, e. g. dii-rakkha. By vrddhi

we have do-", e. ^. domanassa (cp.

dohtla).

duk:{ata & du'ckata, n. (sa,

dash-kfta), evi! deed, sin, oHending;

vara (akatam) V)h. 314: (-1-, manasa)Dh, 391; 8ukat('-dukkr(a, mfn. goodand evil, gen. pi. o,a.n&m (kamma-nam) 97,u.

dukkara, tiifn. (sa. dusli-kara)

difficult to do, difficult; m. fs.fO (maggopadbanaya) 103,10; n. parama-dukka-ram, vary d. Dh. 163.

dukkha, *) mfn. (sa. du/ikha)unpleasant, painful (opp. auklia); m.

^0, 66,27. 67,10. Dh. .U7; f ^a, 67,s;

n. «^am, 67,9 j 70,i7; a-dukkham-asukhari), neither plensant nor painful,

70,s7; - dukkham, adv. Dh. 201(-"w seti, "is unhappy"). - ») n. (some,times written dukha uietri causa, Dh.83. 203) pain, misery; grief, suflfering;

nam. ^am, 36,i9. 77,8; kin te ^,"what ails you?" 13,ib; dukkh', 17,.8;

,>. ariyasaccam (q.v.) ^7,8; sabba-**,

108,13; ace. ,^am, l6,3o. 23,ie. 107,i9;

(raarana-<*) 7,9; (sisaccheda-") 17,ij;

instr. r^ena. (-kh-) Dh. 83; dat.

^aya, Dh. 248; gen. ^assa, 70,i7.

107,19; abl. «) ..a, 16,28. 107,2» =

Db. 192 (sabba-*); *) '^ato, 31,m;

loe. ^e. 107,11 - Db. 277; pi. ~5(— -^ani, cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p. 72)

Dh.202. 203 (-kh-)- 221; instr. pi.

>^ehu 70,80 ; -comp. *diikkhanupatita,

mfn. "beset with pain", Dli. 302; -

*o-anubhaTana-, 23,i8 (v. annbha-

vana); — "-flpiidhana, n. causing

pain; Dh. 291 (para-', v. upadhana);- *0-ftpftsama-gamiH, mfn. leading to

quieting uf puin, ace. m. -«^inaiii (mag-

gam) 107,20 = Dh. 191 (v. upnsaiiia);

- *»-kkhandha. m. (v, khandha); -"-domanassa, n. pi. (dvandva comp.)

90,18; — *"-nirodha. m. cessation or

destruction of misery; -^.^am (ariyasac-

cam \q. v.\ adj. n., a scholastic ex-

pression "> concerning the cessiation

of misery) 67,is; "-nirodha-gamini

(adj. f. leading to that) 67,n; —*"-ppatta, mfn. afflicted by pain, m.

1^0, 59,io; — *"-sauQudaya, m. (v. h.);

/N.-am (adj. n, cp. dukkba-nirodhaabove) 67,i»; — *"-samuppada. m.

107,19 (v. h) cp. 8a-dukkha, mfn. &next.

dukkhix, mfn. (sa. du/ikhin)pained, afflicted, sorrowful; m, ,-vi,

2,u. 72,25.

dukha, n. — dukkha.dugga, mfn. (sa. dur-ga) difficult,

impassable; painful, evil; m. ^o(maggo) 103,10 ; ace. «^am (samsa-ram), Dh. 414; abl. n. ^S. ("out ofthe evil way") Dh. 327.

dugga ta, mfn. (sa. dur-gata)unfortunate, miserable, poor; "-itthi,

f. a poor woman, ace. rvilii, 48,i6;- *"-bhava, w. poverty; ace, f^BiA,

67,2.

duggati, f. (sa. dur-gati) 'evil

path', hell, unfortunate existence; ace.

^im. Dh. 17; 106,20 — Dh. 240,(cp. suggati).

*duggahita, tn/n. badly grasped

;

tn. ^0 (kuso) Dh. 311.duccarita,') mfn, (sa. duQ-carita)

evil; ace. m. ,>.,am (dhammam, —sin) Dh. 169; - ») «, ill-conduct, sin;kaya-o, mano-o, vaci-o (v, k.).

123 duroroana

*ducchanna, mfn, ill-thatohed;

M, 'N^aiii (agaram) Dh. 13,

*dujjana, mfn. (cp. sa. dur-jfiana & janana above) difficult to beunderBtood; m. -vo (dhammo, taya)94,86.

dujjiva, mfn, {sa, dur-jiva) dif-

ficult to live; n. ,^am (jivitaiil) Db.245 (w. instr.).

duttha, mfn. (sa, dushta) bad,

evil, malignant; f. pi. ,^a, 62,8;

"-brahmana, voc. 33,i6; *''-citta, mfn,eviUminded, with evil intention; m.

<vO, 75,14, cp, a-duttha, padu^tba &dussati.

dutiya, mfn, (sa. dvitiya) the

enoQd (cp, afifla, itara) aec, m, ^aih,

35,10 ; f. 'vuih (gatbaih) 8,st ; *>-jjb&na,

n, (v. jhSna)) — dutiyarii, adv. for

the second time, .N,am pi (^kho) 74,8S,

79,si. 88,17; yava <N/am pi, up to the

second time, 102,ae. cp, dvi (dva).

duttara, mfn, (sa. dus-tara) dif-

ficult to be passed; v, su-duttura.

dud dam a, mfn, (sa. dur-dama^difficult to be subdued; m. »/0 (atta)

Dh. 169.

duddasa, mfn, (sa. dur-drga^

difficult to be seen; m. >vO (dhammo)94,25; n. ^arii, I06,i6 — Dh. 262(opp. su-dassa); su-duddasarii, Dh.36.

duddittha, jn/n. (sa. dur-drsli^a)

confused, misguided ; ace, m, r^Rva,

Dh. 339.

duddha, mfn. (pp. dohati, duhati

(-U-); «tt. dugdha, ^/duh) milked;

*<'-khira, mfn, (v. h.) op, duyhati,

pass.

dundubhi, m. (= sa.) a kettle-

drum; deva-°, m. & f, thunder, pi,

/^iyo (f.) 80,80.

dunniggaha, mfn. (sa. dur-ni-

graba) difficult to be restrained; gen,

n, o/assa (cittassa), Dh. 35.

dunnivaraya, mfn. (sa. dur-ni-

varya) difficult to be kept back or

restrained; n. /^am (cittaih) Dh.

33; m. /vO (kufijaro) Dh. 324. cp.

nivareti.

duppaiida, mfn. (sa. dusb-prajfia)

stupid, foolish, ignorant; m, >%>o, Db,

HI. 140.

duppabbajja, n. the painful

life of a pabbajita (q. v.); nom. rvam(durabbiramaifa) Dh. 302 (dififerently

Max MUller, 8BE, X. 73). ^p, pab-

bajja, f"'duppamunca, mfn, difficult to

be loosened; n. r^&va. (bandbanam)Dh. 346. (cp, pamuncati).

*dupparamattbai ''»/^> badly

practised; n. o/am (samanfiam) Dh,

311. (cp. paraniasati).

*duppariyog5ha, mfn. difficult

to get at the bottom of, uafathoroable;

m. fsiQ (TathSgato) 95,i8, (op, pari-

yogShaVduboaoa, mfn. (sa. dur-vaoas)

abusive, unruly; difficult to reason

with, self* willed; "'''•bhava, m. self'will,

instr. /x/cna, 34,i6. (cp. vacas).

dubbanna, mfn. (sa. dur-varna)

of a bad colour, ill-favoured; m. /vO,

103,5.

dubbala, mfn. (sa. dur-bala)

weak, feeble; m. ^0, 12,aT; ace. ^arb,

Dh. 7; n, pi. ^ani (uddapadini)

91,19.

dubbalatta, n. (sa. *dur-ba-

latva) weakness; abl. >^a, 12,2i.

*dubbali-karana, mfn. whocauses weaknees; ace. pi. n. .^e (w.

gen, paiiiiaya, soil, pafica nivarane)

91,7.

dubbuddbin, mfn, (sa, dur-

burldhi) fuolish, without insight; m,

pi, /vino, 76,80.

dubbhati, vb. (sa. ydrub, drub-

yati) to be hostile to, plot against

(loc); fut, 1. sg, -vissami (tayi) 41,85.

op. dubba.

dubbbasita, mfn. (sa. dur-bba-

shita) badly spoken ; n. f^&vd (padam)110,18.

duma, m, (sa. drama) a tree;

dumagga, n. the top of a tree, dbl.

<^amba, 13,4 (cp. agga*).

dummati, m. (sa. dur-mati) a

fool; nom, ^\ (abaifa) 30,88.

dura man a, mfn. (sa. dur-manas)

dvinimedha 124

dojected, in b»d spirits; m. /n/O, 2,u.

72,15. 104,18.

duinmedha, m. ($a. dur-medha)a fool; nom. >^o, Db. 136; voe. i^Bl,

106,10 = Dh. 394. cp. next.

^dummedhlN* mfn. foolish, stu*

pid; m. pi. /N^ino (jana) Dh. 26.

duyhati, vb. {pass, dohati, y/inh)

to be milked; part. n. r>, manam^khirniii) new milk, 99,28; pp. duddha

la. v.).

duraccaya, mfn. (so. dur-atyaya^

difficult to be conquered; accf.r^&va

(tanham) 108,i = Dh. 336.

duranubodha, mfn. (= sa.)

difficult to be comprehended; m. r^O

(dhainmo) 94,s5.

durannaya, w/n. (sa. dur-anvaya^

difficult to be fathtmed; f. <^a. (gati)

Dh. 92.

*durabhirama, w/w. difficult to

be enjoyed ; n. ^&m (duppabbajjam)

Dh. 302.

durabhisambhava, mfn. (=sa.) difficult to reach or enter upon;

m. »vO (maggo) 103,io.

*duraja.aa. mfn. difficult to be

understood; m. /^vO (bbavo thinam)

51,31.

•duravaaa, w/n. difficult to dwell

in, d. to be lived or led; pi. (n.)

.^a (ghara, the houEehold life) Dh. 302.

duliabha, mfn. (sa. dur-labha)

difficult to be /ound or obtained; m,

vo, 31,18. Dh. 193; ace. /%^am, Dh.

160; M. 8u-dullabham (saccam) 61,so;

— ''-manussattem, n. the state of manwhich is one dit3cult to obtain, 22, is.

dussa, 15 19, according to the

Comin. gen. ;oron. dfmonstr, = amussa{ep. asL', aMuka), but this can hardly

b<) correct; the roaoing dussam which,

T. spite of the Comm., has been main-

ained by the Cingalese Mbs., ought no

doubt to be preferred; dussa, n. (sa.

dushya, dii^ya or dSrcja) a kind of

woven siuff, occurs frot^uently in the

Pali texts; hence *dussika, »». a ma-nufacturer of that stuff, or a cloth-seller

(Jat. VI, 276,88. Mil. 262,u. 333,i»);

but 1 think that in this case dussa

must be adj. = sa. dushya, corrup-

tible, easily to be spoiled or damaged,

n. ,^am (khettapalassa rattibhattam).

Francis & Neil, J&t. III. p. 16, trans-

late "wrongfully" (dussaiii, adv.^ cp.

dussati below) and it is perhaps in

order to avoid . this interpretation

(which does not agree with the ten-

dency of the prose tale) that the Comra.

has taken it for gen. pron. Trenckner

accepts the gen. dussa (= amussa)

although that form is not found else-

where. Henrif (Precis de gramm. Pfilie,

p. 94) corrects dussa into amussa.

dussati, t)6. (so. du8hyati,-v/(iush)

to sin, offend (against, gen. or loc.

pers.)] pr.3.sg.-^a.ii (appadu^thassa)

Dh. 125; fappaduttbesu)_ Dh. 137;

pp. duttba (f. h.)\ caus. duseti (g. v.)

cp. dussa above.

dussila, mfn. (sa. du/i-gila) ill-

natured, bad, wicked, vicious; m. f^O,

107,2 ^ Dh. 308; Dh. 110. 320; f~a, 9,11 ; inslr. f. -^aya, 20,29.

*du8silya, n. {fr. prec.) wicked-

ness; nom. P^aiii (accanta-") Dh. 162.

duhati, vh.y v. dohati (duhati).

duta, M. (= sa.) a messenger;

pi. rs^Bi (deva-*) 45,12; ace. pi. .-we

(assa-") 68,81.

*diiDha, m. (fr. dubbhati, v/druh;

base of dubhati, vb. = dubbhati; cp,

sa. droha) malice, perfidy, treachery;

only in comp. a-dubha (g. v.) cp. a-

dubhaya (dot.) Jat. I, 180,2!; a-drii-

bhaya, Vin. I, 347,2 «r.b.

dura, mfn. (= sa.) distant, far

{opp. vidiira); — diiram, adv. far

away, 12,29; duraiS-gama, mfn. going

far away, ace. m. />.,am, Dh. 37 ; - du-rato (abl.) adv. from afar, 68,io. 76,20.

86,20. Dh. 219 ; - diire (loc.) adv. &.

prp. ic. abl., far, far away ; ^ (hito,

56,8; ^ pakasenti, Dh. 304; dumag-gamha ^, 13,4; -^ito, 20,i7; cp.&ti'

dilra.

diirakkha, mfn. (sa. du-rakshya)difficult to be guarded; n. n^m\ (cit-

tam) Dh. 33.

125 desanS

dujafigama, mfn. {=Ba.) v. dura.*durama, mfn. difficult to be en-

joyed; yattha -^ain (n.), where enjoy,ment is difficult,

duseti, vh. {caus. dussati, sa.

diishayati) to spoil, destroy, infest

(ace); aor. 3. s^. dusayi, 9,j (withoutohj. = spoiled the game; = attanamdusayi, Comra.).

deti, vh. & deyya, grd., v. dadati.deva, m. {= sa.) i)a god, deity;

mostly pi, the gods, esp, the Devas(opp. Asuras) or inhabitants of the

Devaloka, whose chief is Sakka; nom,<^o, 110,11; Dh. 105; gen. ^assa,110,87; ^/. ^a, Dh. 94. 181. 230. 366.

420; /N^a abhassara (v. h.) Dh. 200;gen.pl. ^anam, 59,28. 80,26; Dh. 30.

224 (devana); Zoc. />^esu, Dh. 66; -comp. (often implying the sense of

'celestial, superhuman', etc.) : "'deva-

nubhavena {instr.) by the power of

the gods, 63,3a(v.anubhava); devinda,

m. the lord of the Devas (Sakka),

110,24-26; *>-kafifla, f. a celestial nymph,pi, ~a, 64,80 ; """-kuniara, m. a son of

a god, "-Tannin, mfn. beautiful like

that, pi. m, ^ino, 45,»6 {cp, °-putta);

"-gana, m. a class or troop of gods,

instr. ,%^ena, 60,28; "-ttbana, n. place

or seat in heaven, 16,i8; '"-nagara,

n. = "-pura, n. the city of the Devas,

17,34. 69,S2; 27,31 ; "-putta, m. (=*-kumara) ace. <%^am, 63,8 (cp. putta)

;

"-rajaw, m. (= devinda), nom. ,x/a,

45,30; Moka, m. the world of the

Devas or any superior world, heaven,

nom. /N/0, 59,30; ace. ^am, Dh. 177

;

loc. />./asmim, 59,3o; loc. pi. -^esu

(dvlsu, vie. Sakka's and Brahma's

worlds) 60,28; <*-abhimukha, mfn. (v.

abbimukha) ; tavatimsa-°, 59,28 (v. h.);

— '"''-vimana, n. the palace of the gods,

^•sadisa, mfn. like that, ace. m, /x^am

(ratham) 63,6; — *o-saihkhalika, f.

a magic chain, instr. <%/aya, 21,u. —')the sky, atmosphere; the rain-god;

/x/0 (na Tassati) 102,6; voc. >va, 104,28;

gen. /x/assa (vassato) 105,88; <*-dun-

dubbi (v. h.). — ^) the god of death;

deva-duta, m. a messenger of death;

pi. .x/a (uttamangaruba) 45,i2. - *) a

lord, voc. deva frequently used in

addressing a king ('sire, your majesty')

6,14. 31,9-19. 65,17; Makhadeva, m.nom. pr. (q. v.). cp. dibba, mfn., devi,

f,, sadevaka, mfn, & next,

devata, f. (& m.), (== sa.) a god,

deity; a spirit, ghost; in sg, often

used instead of deva (cp. deva-putta)

;

nom, fs/S (varanaruklche adhivattha)

5,19; pi. r\/&, 63,7. 65,24. 114,is; instr,

<N/ahi, 63,20 ; loc, >x/a8u, 34,26; -rukkha-", a dryad, 3,8i ; - samudda-",a spirit of the sea, 28,28; — devatanu-bbavena, instr. 17,25 (v. anubhava);- *'*-paribhoga, mfn. fit to be enjoyed

by the gods, n. .x/am (ambapakkam)36,31 ; — "'"-sannipata, m. an assemblyof gods, loc. o^amhi," 110,20.

Devadatta, m. (^=: sa.) nom. pr.

of a relative (cousin) and enemy of

Gotama Buddha; n,/0, 74,i9, seqv,

""Devadaba, n. nom. pr, of a

town, near the Lumbini-Grove, be-

longing to the family of Gotama Bu-ddha's mother; "-nagaram, 62,B-e.

[cp. Lassen, lA. II, p. 66 & XXXIII.]

'*'devasikam, adv. (fr, divasa,

cp. sa. daivasaka, mfn.) daily, every

day; 6,2.

devi, f. (= sa.) •) a goddess;

pi. ~iyo, 61,12. — ') a queen; nom.'N/i, 61,23 ; voc. devi, 55,26; ace. «x/iin,

19,14; gen. /^iysi, I9,2i. 61,30; comp.to. nom. pr. Amara-", the wife of

Mahosadha, 65,32. 56,22; = Amara,56,12; — Udumbara-" (g. v.).

desa, m. (sa. de^a) region, place,

country; part, portion; nom. /^o, 82,8s.

112,80; ace. <^an), 31,85; loc. ^e(majjhima-") 91,i8, cp. padesa, vi^

desa.

desana, f. (sa. devana) a sermon,

discourse, lesson; nom. iN/a, 86,9. 87,2;

ace. fK/&m, 30,24; o-d,vasane, at the

end of the discourse, 89,2; — dham-ma-**, f. id.; instruction in the sacred

doctrine; 68,21 (buddbanam); ace.

deBita 126

>vam, 17,81. 29,ie; - Baddhamma-',

t. id. Dh. 194.

desita, mfn. (pp. deseti, sa, de-

;ita) shown, set forth, taught; m. >vO

(dhammo) 79,e, n. ^am (nibbanam)

Dh. 286; asc. tn. o^am (Buddha-®,

taught by the B.) 109,J5; (Samma-3aml)uodba-°, katLamaggam) 113,«9;

m. pi. r^a. (vagga) Dh. p. 94. v. 3.

nu-dosita, mfn. (q. v.).

deseti, vb. (so, dn^ayati, caus.

-i/dig) to show, set forth, teach, preach

(acc.y, pr. 1. sg. r>.emi rdhamniam^

90,it; part. m. .-wento (dhammam) I

17,27. 47,18. 74,16; aor. 3. sg. /^esi,

17,3o; fut. 1. sg. -x^essami, 68,15; ger.

^etva, 7,«; part, pass, desiyamana,

loc. m. /"we (dhamme) 69,jj; pp.

desita (q. v.), cp, desana.

deha, m. (= sa.) the body; no.n.

0,0, 86,6 (conim. on kaya).

domanassa, n. (sa. daurinana-

Sya) dejestednesB, despair; griel; instr.

pi. ^ehi, 70,80 ;gen. pi, o^anaih

(dukkba-° dvandva-comp.) 90,i8;

66,10-17 (do.); **-ppatta, tnfn. sorrow-

ful, tn. />.,o, 13,8. cp. dumniana, mfn,

dovarika, m. [sa. dauvarika) a

door-keeper, porter; /n^O, 90, 3»; ace.

rwaiii, 91,»5; gen. ,>..asaa, 58,i; ace.

pi. ~e, B8,8i {cp. Fick, Soc. Gl. p.

102); instr, pi. ,-vehi (pandita-*)

91,s3. cp. dvara.

dosaS tn. {9a. dosha") fault, guilt;

/vO, 74,1s; e. c. tnfn. (damaged by)

V. iccha, tina,'do8a*, nioha, raga.

dosa*, «i. (sa. dvesha) hatred;

ace. /vam, Dh. 20 (in the serieg :

raga, dosa, moha); *''-aggi. tn, the

fire of hatred, 64,«o (do.); "-dosa,

mfn. (sa. *dve9ha-dosha) damaged

by hatred, f, ^a, (ayam paja) Dh.

357; ***-8ama, mfn. like hatred, m.

^0 (kali) Dh. 202; vanta-», vita-",

»'/n. free from hatred, Dh. 263. 357.

(cp. Pischel, 6r. .^ 129).

dobati (& duhati) vb. (sa. \/duh)

to milk; pass, duybati, pp. duddha

(<Z. v.).

dohaja, m, (sa. dohada, m., cp.

ta, daurhrda, m.) with, desire, e»p.

the morbid longing of pregnant women

(w, loc.y, nam. ^0, 1,«»; «cc. -x.am,

l,fl (hadayamaihse); hence the fre-

quently occurring adj. f. dohalini,

1) pregnant, ») desiring, longing for

(w. loc. or comp,) : Jat. IV, 334,8i.

VI, 484,26; HI, 27,».. VI, 326,is ete.

The sanskritic etymology dohada =daurhrda has been called in question

by Liiders (G6tt. Nachr. 1898,i: fr.

*dvihrd); likewise Jolhj, Idg. Forsch.

X, 213 and Pischel, Or. § 436; but

BOhtlingk, ZDMG. Vol. 56,98 takes

it = doha-da ("das Verlangen nach

dem, was Milch erzeugt", scil. kama?)

dva-, dva-, in comp. = 2; v.

next (cp. dvi (dve)).

dvattimsa. num. (sa. dvatrim*

^at) 32; 23,J3 (petiyo); "-akara, n.

name of a chapter of KhuddakapS^ha

(the 32 parts of the body) 82,8.

*dvattikkhattum, adv. (sa.

*dva-tri-krtvas) for a second and third

time; 114,i6. cp. khattum & tikkhat-

turn.

dvaya, ^) mfn. (= sa.) twofold,

double; loc. pi, ^esu (dhammesu)Dh. 384. — *) M. a pair, couple; two

(opposite) things; acc, .N/am (nissito

loko) 96,6; gatha-dvayam, two gathss,

47,23. 114,9; potthaka-", 114,i8 (two

copies).

dvadasa, num. (sa, dvada^a)twelve; dvadasama, mfn. the twelfth,

»M. <^o, Dh. XII.

dvara, n, (= so.) door, gate,

entrance; nom, ^am rnivesana-',

nagara-*") 68,«-&; acc, ^am, 6,5. 68,»;

instr. >vena, by the door or gateway,

12,10 (pure-", the front door); 12,is,

67,18 (pacchima-", the back door);

55,30 (uttara-**, the northern gateway)

;

69,8 (sala-", q. v.); loc. /N^e, 67,i3

(pure-**) ; often e. c. = at, before :

gama-", 8,20; ghara-", 27,j7; acc.pl./>^ani (nagara-«) 39,25; loc.pl. ,^esu,

38,12. 43,9; comp. gabbha-" (q. v.);

o-samipaiii (v. h.); - dvara-koi^haka,m. a gateway; loe, pi. ^esu, 48,82;

127 dhamma

satta-dvara-kottbaka, mfn, having 7

gateways, ace, i^&m (geham) ib. ; -*dvara-gama, m. a suburb ; ahl, r^-ato,

19,83", "-ganiaka, m. id., ace. pi, ^e,43,9; — aparuta-dvara, mfn. (v. A.);

eka-dvara, mfn. (v. eka*); catu-*,

pihita-", bahu-", mfn, (g. «.) cp.

dovarika,

dvavisati, num. (sa. dvaviibgati)

22 ; dvavisatima, mfn. the 22"> ; m.

^0 (vaggo) Dh. XXII.dvi-, (= sa.) base of the num.

dvo {nom, ace, mfn.) = two; nom.

6,83 (jana); dve pi, both, 19,u; 24,i6

^cakkhuni); aco, 6,i8 (mige); 62,ir

(hattbe)', ekaih dve karoti (= ka>

sati) 56,is; instr. dvihi, 7,i4; 12,i;

gen. dvinnam, 13,8s; 40,8i; loc. dvisu,

60,23. cp. di- (dija, dipada, diyaddba)

;

dutiya, mfn.; dva-, dva-; dvaya,

mfn. & next.

dvija, m. (= sa.', ep. dija) a bird;

***-gana, m. a flock of birds; pi,

/N^a. 7,20.

dvidha, adv. (= so.) twofold,

divided in two; 33,i8 (cbinditva);

58,22 (bhinditva); — "-karana, n. the

dividing in two (= kasana), 56,i6.

ep. dvedba.dviba, n. (sa, dvy-aba, m.) a

period of two days; v. aba, cp. tiba.

dve, num. nom. aco., v. dvi-.

dvedba, adv. (= sa.; cp. dvidha)

twofold, divided in two; "-patba,

m, a double path, cross-way; doubt;

acc,.<N/ain, Dh. 282.

Dh.

dbamsin, mfn. (rather = sa.

dbarshin than sa. dbvaiiisin (Tr,); cp.

Dhpd. (1855) p. 372-3) audacious,

obtrusive, importunate; instr. m.

r^ina, Db. 244 (cp. MN. I p. 236,i).

dhaja, m. (sa. dbvaja) a banner,

flag or standard; "-patak&dibi, 62,7.

dbajini, /". (sa. dbvajini) an army(arrayed); ace, •vim, 104,1.

dbana, n, (= sa.) wealth, pro-

perty; money; nom, ««./am, 23,6. 48,ii;

ace, rwaiii, 29,s. 38,8o. 48,i8; gen,

.vassa, 52,s ; - **abaranatthaya, 32,i7

(v. abarana); dbanatthaya, 32,29 (v.

attba*); Mobba, m, desire of money;

instr, rwena, 22,22; '*''*-va3sa, n, &*<'-va8apanaka, mfn. (v, h.) ; "-santike,

33,86 (g. V.) ; — mabad-dbana, mfn,

(q. v.)\ cp. nid-dhana, sa-dhana &alianesin.

Dhanapalaka, m. nom. pr. of

an elephant (said to be identical with

l^Slfigiri, q, v.); nom. (vo namakufljaro, Dh. 324 (op. Jttt. V, 337,i).

Dhaniya, m, nom. pr. of a

herdsman; o/O (gopo) 104,80.

dbanu, n. (& m. ?) (sa. dbanus& dbanu, m.) a bow; ace. n^nva, 61,80.

92,15; asi-satti-dbanu-adini(avudbani)

6,12 ; dbanu-kalapa, (m. ?) bow and

quiver, 75,i6.

dhanesi», mfn. (sa. dbanaisbin^

longing for riches; gen. pi. rvinam(vanijanam) 20,22 = 25,so.

dhamani, /". (=:sa.) a vein, nerve;

*-santhata, mfn. (g. v.) covered with

veins (said of an emaciated person);

n. (N^am (jantum kisam) 106,i2 =Dh. 395 (ep.Weher, Bhag. II. 289,2-s).

dbameti, vh. (caus. dhamati, to

blow; sa. y'dbma) to blow (any in-

strument, acc.)\ part, m, pi. xwenta

(sumkhe) 8,28.

dhamma', m, (rarely n.) (sa.

dbarnia) ') ordinance, law; right,

duty; nom. r^Q (sanantano) 106,2i

— Dh. 5; ace. x^am (ekam) 106,ii

= Dh. 176; (vissam, the whole law)

106,5 — Dh. 266; gen. o^assa (anu-

dhammacari, g, v.) Dh. 20; «. pi.

^dm, Dh. 82; samana-**, priestly

duties, 15,12; often opp. attba (v. h,).

-> *) righteousness, morality; virtue,

good quality; /vO, 106,9 — Dh. 393;

3,87 ; Dh. 261; <vam (cara) 7,8i, cp,

Dh. 169; instr, /^ena, righteously,

36,88. 42,86. Dh. 257; /^assa (gutto,

q. V.) Dh. 267; loo. /^e (with honour-

able intantioni) 1,»; pi. •vS (caturo)

dhamma 128

3,i<; (oattaro) Db. 109; (pSpakS, sim)Dh. 242; instr /N/ehi, 3,k; gen,

<s^anam, Db. 273. cp. a-dhamma,m. - *) "the trutb"; •) any religious

doctrine or philoaophical syatern, esp.

thot taught by Buddha (the Four Truthsetc.); preaching of that doctrine; r^O,

94,15; fv&m ^sunShi) 22,i7; (sossamn87,re-, (deseti) 7,»7. 51,5; (uttamam)Dh. 115; (kanham, q. v.) Dh. 87;vara-', 87,9; 8atthu />vara, 87,is; loc,

f>^b (desiyamSne) 69,»j; — •>) the

second great collection of the Buddhistsaured books (tipi^aka, also namedsutta-pi^aka) opp. vinaya (q. v., cp,

abhidhamma) : '>.'0 ca vinayo ca,

79,5) ,x-am, 109,i5; "-vinaya-samgaha,tn. 109,s3; — «) ir the triple formula :

Buddha, dhamma, samgha, 69,i9.

107,17 = Dh. 190 {cp. tevacika &sarana). — cp. sad-dhamma, a-sad-

dbamma (v, a-saf); Bt the end of

adj. comp. v. aggs-dbamma, dittha-",patta-o, pariyogalha-", vidita-", 8am-khata-''. — *) In the psychology =nature, character; coadition of being,

condition cf life; thing; in pi. dhammais often = menta: objects in general,

phenomena (just as rupa are the objects

of sense to the eye, tO.ss), sometimestaken as identical with saiiikhara (q.

v.); loc. di^the va dhamme, in this

world, in the present life, 92,3» {cp.

dittba- dhamma); sahetu- dhamma,m. the effect together with its cause,

ace. -vam, 66,jt.pt. /»va, 66,so; 70,st;

Babbe /va anatta, 107, is — Dh. 279;manopubbangama /^.a, th^ states of

mind are the result of thought (?)Db. 1 {cp. manaa); loc. pi. .N^esu

Tsabbesu) Dh. 363; dvayesu -vCbu(in two tliiiiRs; i. e. Raniatlm & vipiis-

Hunfi, Comm.) Dli. 384. — Tliu duno-tion of "nature, state, condition" maybe seen in many comp. {stibst. & adj.) :

mitta- dhamma, m. friendship, 14,3;methuna'", m. love, 54,ii; more fre-

quently at the end of adj. comp, ^^liuvinx lli0 imtum of, bolii)( Mulijnit, (u ;

a-nivattaiia-dhunima, a-vinipatu-".

an-uppada-«, nirodha-", pSpa-«, ma-

rici-«, vaya-«, samudaya-", mfn. {v.

h.). As to the different explanations

of the meaning of the word dhammaep. Max MUller, 8BE. X. p. 3-4;

Caroline Rhys Davids, Transl. of

Dhamma-SaSgani, Introd. p. XXXIIseqv., p. XLI. cp. next, etc,

dhamma^ mf{i)n. {sa. dbSrma)belonging to dhamma'; instr. f. ^iya

(kathaya, by a sermon or religious

discourse) 71,!2 = 77,S5.

dhamma-kathika,»». (sa. dhar-

ma-kathaka) a preacher or propoun-

der of the dhamma; r^Q, 22,t9. 62,S7;

instr. ,%.,ena, 22,3o; gen. pi. o.-anam,

109,9; *''-thera, m. the elder whopreaches the dhamma, ace. .-varh, 22,S7.

""dhamma-gandika, f, a block

for execution; 6,85-87 {v. gandika).

""dhamma-gata, mfn. directed

io the law; f. ^a (sati) Dh. 297.

dhamma-oakkhu, n. {sa. dhar-ma-cakshus) the eye of the truth;

nom. r^^x^m. (udapadi, Yasassa) 68,88.

dhamraa-carijj, mfn. {sa, dhar-ma-carin) observing the law, virtuous,

dutiful; nom. m. ««vi, Dh. 168 {cp.

anudhammacarin).*dhamma-jivi>i, mfn, virtuous,

dutiful; gen, m, ,v.ino, Dh. 24; gen,pi, ~inam, Db. 164.

dhamma-Uha, mfn, {sa. dhar-ma-stha) just; m. ^o, Dh. 256. 267;ace. m. ,vam, Dh. 217, — "-vagca,m. Dh. ch. XIX.dh am mat a. f. {sa. dharmata)

inherent nature; manners, practice,habit; 21,i7. cp. Bu-dhammata, fdhamma>dana, n. {sa. dharma-

diXnu) the gift of the law (or the truth)

;

Dh. 354.^

dhamma-desana, f {sd. dhar-ma-de(jana) instruction in the truth(or In the four truths^; a sermon,religious discourse; ^a (Buddhanaiii)G8,«n; ace. ^m\, 17, ni.

(Ill II III III II . (1 h II r II , m. {sa. dliariiia-dhara) 'a supporter of the dhamma',

129 dhstuka

one who knows the sacred doctrine;

^0, Dh. 259; pi. -^a, 109,3a.

'"dhamma-pada, n. a word or

verse of the sacred doctrine, also nom.pr, of a canonical book, being a col-

lection of moral sentences; nom. & ace.

/vaiii, Dh, 102; 44. 45 (sudesitaih)

;

ekam pi r^ani, one single word of the

sacred doctrine, 22,23. cp. Max Milller,

SEE. X, Introd. p. LlII; Weber, Ind.

Str. I, 125; Franks, ZDMG. XLVI,

734. Specimens thereof p. 106-107. -Dbammapadattbakatha, f, the Com"mentary on Dh. ; specimen p. 86,ia—

89,17.

"'dhamma-piti}!, mfn. drinking

in the law; m. rvi, Dh. 79. — "-rasa,

m. the sweetness of drinking in the

law; ace. ^am, Dh. 205,

dhamma-rata, mfn. (sa. dhar-

ina-rata) delighting in the dhamma,virtuous; m. '>./0, Dh. 364.

dhamma-rati, f. {sa. dharma-rati) delight in the dhamma; nom.

^i, Dh. 364.

'''dhamma-rasa, m. the sweetness

of the dhamma; r^o, Dh. 354,

dhainma-raja(»i), m. {sa. dhar-

ma-raja) a righteously ruling king;

*the king of truth' (epithet of Buddha);

nom. f^a., 88,12; Buddho -x/a, 19,i.

*dhamma-vinicchaya, m. in-

vestigation of what is right, righteous

decision; instr. <x/ena, Dh. 144.

dhamma-samgaha, m. (sa.

dharma-samgraha) the collection of

sacred books, called Dhamma-, or

Sutta-pitaka; ace. (N/aih, 109,i6. -dhamma-vinaya-samgabo, the collec-

tion of Dhamma & Vinaya, 109,18.

cp. dhamma ^*Dhamma-8afigani, f. nom. pr.

of a canonical Pslibook, the first part

of the Abhidhamma-pitaka, being a

compendium of psychology; 102,is;

gen. (x/iya, 113,18 (commentary there-

on : Attbasalini, q. v.).

"'dhamma-santati, /*., the con-

tinuity or serial BuccesBion of the liv-

ing beings, 99,15 (/^ sandahati).

FW OIoiMiy.

dbamma-sabha, f. (sa. dharma-sabba) a place or hall of religious

meeting; loc. ix/ayam, 29,28.

dbamma-savana, n. (sa. dbar-

ma-Qravana) the hearing of a sermon,

attending divine service; ^-attbaya

(gate), in order to attend service,

28,5.

dhamma8sami(n), m. (5a. dhar-

ma-8vamin) 'lord of Dhamma', i, e,

Buddha; gen, ^issa, 114,6.

*dbammanuvattiw,»»/M., follow-

ing the law (cp. anuTatti/i); m. pi,

o^ino, Dh. 86.

*dbammar5ma, mfn. 'one whohas Dhamma for his pleasure garden',

dwelling in the law; m. 1^0, Dh, 364(cp. arama).

dhammasana, n. (sa, dbarma-sana) a cathedra, preaching-seat; abl,

fvato, 62,17.

dbammika, mfn. (sa. dharmika)righteous, pious, religious; m. 1^0

(dhammaraja) 38,12; 39,8. cp, a-

dbammika, a-dhammikata."dbammi/j, mfn. (sa. dharmin)

having the nature of, subject to ; uppada-vaya-® (v. uppada, cp, dbamma'),80,28.

d bam mi, adj. /*., v. dbamma^-"dhara, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) holding,

wearing; possessing; jutin-" (v. juti);

dbamma-", pamsukula-**, vinaya-"

(q. v.); uttama-rupa-" (v. rupa) cp.

dbareti.

dharani, f. (= sa.) earth, land,

kingdom (orig. adj. f. bearing, sup-

porting); godbarani, f. (y. h.).

dbati, f, (sa. dbatrl) a nurse;

ace. pi. (N/iyo, 46,25.

dbatu, f. (<& tn.), (= so. dbatu,

m.) a primary element (e. g. a verbal

root); the property of a primary ele-

ment (colour, etc.); any constituent

part (esp. of the body); a sacred relic;

*pacina-loka-°, the eastern quarter

(or horizon), abl. rwto, 32, so.

"dbatuka, mfn, (e. c. = sa.)

having the qualities of, affected with;

panduroga-**, having jaundice, m. ^0,

9

DhfitukatbB 130

36,ie; — vamanaka-*', "having the

qualities of one that is deformed", m.

r^o (paccha-°) 24,2i.

Dbatukatiia, f. nom. pr. of a

canonical book, the third part of the

Alihidhamma-Pitaka; 102,i3.

dhana, «. (= sa.), only e, e. =a receptacle for, a heap of, t>. saifa*

kara-".

dharana, n. (= sa.) holding,

wearing (of ornaments); mala-gandha-vilepana-", 81,35.

dhara, f. (= sa.) stream, current;

udaka-". 62,82 {q. v.).

dhareti, vb. (caus. v'dhFi *^'

dbarayati) '") to hold, bear, wear;

carry, bring (acc.)\ pot. 3. sg. -^^eyya

(andhakare telapajjotarii) 69,1?; pp.-N<ita, n. r^&va. (uadumaih) 23,36. -*) to hold back, restrain (occ); pot.

3. sg. dharaye (kodham) 106,83 =Dh. 222. — ^) to b>jar in mind, re-

member (by tradition); to hold, con-

sider, understand {aCi^. or ace, & ahl.);

aor, 3, pi, .^esurii (Jinasasanam)

109,23; fut. 3. pi. .N^ayissanti (Jata-

karii) i02,i7-2'. ; inf. rwayitum, 102,i8;

- imp. 2. pi, r.,etha (vyakatam meVyakatato, consider only that elucidated

what has been elucida':ed by me) 93,2-3.

— *) to admit, receive, tuke up, sustain

(a cause, ace); imp, 3, sg. ^etu(upasakaiii mam) 69,2o; pot. 2. sg,

rveyyasi (kassa attham^ 101,o. cp,

uhara, dharana, etc; dliiti.

dhavati, vb. {aa, \/Aha.\) to run;

pr, 3. sg. o^ati (vanum, q. v.) Dh.

344; part, gen. f, dhavantiya (patlie)

31,34; ger. ^itva, 59,i.

dhi (or dhi), indecl. (sa. dhik)

interj. of reproacrt or displeasure : fie!

shatne on, voe upon (commonly w.

ace. or gen.); dl.l (brahmanassahantaram) Dh. 339; dbi (y'assa

muiicati) ib.; very often combinedwi'ih imp. attbu before which ane aphonic 'r' it inserted : dhi-r-

atthu (idha jivitaiii) 103,33; rw (ja*

tiya) 63,13.

dhiti, f, {sa. dhfti) firmness, for*

titude, courage; nom. /vi, 3,»t; ace.

/x/im (upattbapetva) 41,»r.

dhir- & dhi, v. dhi.

dhitar, /: (sa. duhitr) a daughter;

nom. dbita, 10,*; lO.ii (raja-°); 86,2*

(pesakara-")-, ace. /s.-aram, 10,e; 86,13;

gen. dhitu (later dhitaya, v. below.)

57,1; pi. ~aro, 32,20 (matu-", i. e.

mother and daughter). Besides dhitar

we find also the base dhjta (esp. in

younger texts & at the end of comp.) :

gen. ^aya (pesakara-") 89,i7 ; loe. pi,

,>.a8u (putta-", dvandva-comp.) 7,25.

- kula-dhitar, f, {v. h.).

dhira, mfn. (=^ sa.) constant,

firm, energetic; wise, thoughtful; m.

^0 {i. e. Buddha) 78,8o; Dh. 28 etc.

m.pl. ,^a, 47,28. 109,2o; Dh. 23 etc,

dhuta, mfn. (sa. dhuta & dhiita,

'shaken') 'one who has shaken off his

sins', dutiful (?) cp_, Vin. II. 197,i;

dhuta, n, ^= dhutanga, n. is a desig-

nation of certain priestly duties; lience

dhutavada, »»., ') the doctrine of

Dhutanga, the Dhutanga precepts, cp,

Dh. (1855) p. 259,7; «) a teacher or

propounder of those precepts (^ dhu-tavadi(/j), Jat. I. 130,22), gen. pi.

.-.^anarii (aggo, Kassapo) 109,6, cp,

AN. I. p. 23; ') adj. == dhuta (Mil.

380,20, "pufe in speech") cp. dhonabelow,

dhutta, m, (sa, dhurta) a frau-

dulent fellow, gamester; scoundiel,

villain; scamp, rogue; 1N.0, 49,S2; ace.

~aih, 48,27; gen, .vassa, 49,8; pi.

«.a, 74,4; occ. o^e, 74,7; gen. /N.,anaiii,

73,19.

dhura, »«. (= sa,) the foremost

or chief part of anything, a yoke, thefore end of a ship; loc, ,^e (navaya),18,19. 27,19. cp. dhorayha.dhuva, ')»»/«. (sa. dhruva) fixed,

permanent, certain; n. rvam (mara-nam), 86, is. a-ddhuva, mfn. (v. h.),

*) n. permanence, durability; ^atil.Dh. 147.

dhupa, m. (= «a,) incense; gan-dba-dhupa-o etc, (dvandva comp)48,80.

131 nam

dhenu, f. (= sa.) a milk-cow;*miga-'', a female deer, hind, doe;

7,29.

*dhenupa, m, a calf; pi, ,va,

105,11.

"dheyya, n. {sa. dheya) realm,

region; v. Maccu-", Mara-".*dhona, mfn. (probably = dhota,

pp, dbovati, to wash; 5a. dbauta,V'dhav *) pure, purified from sin. Thecommentators agree in explaining this

word by dhuta-papa (v. dhuta, i/dhu,

dhunati) or by dhuta-kilesa — bud-dha (Pj. ad Sn. v. 834 & Ps. ad MN.ch. 56). Fatish0ll, Gloss, Sn. p. 203refers it to ydbu, to shake, whichafter all may be closely related to

dbovati; but it is questionable whetherthis word is contained in the comp.

ati-dhona-cari»j (g. v, Dh. 240). I

think it better to take atidbona —sa. atidhavana ft; vb. atidhavati, to

transgress. A sitbst. n. dbona is men-tioned in the Comm, on Dh. v. 240(-= the 4 paccoyas, v. Childers) andon MN. ch. 66 (— fiana; hence dbona,

mfn, 'tena samSgato').

*dhorayha, »«. (/V. *dhorvayha,sa. *dhaurvabya, abstr. fr, dhurvaha)a beast of burden. — "-Rila, mfn. having

the virtue of a (good) draught-cattle,

"much enduring"; ace. m, /vam, Dh,208.

dbovati, vft. (so. dhavati,\/dbay")

to wash, to clean by rinsing or rubbing

(acc); aor. 3. sg. dhovi (pade) 57,i6;

get: <N/itva, 22,25 (Diukham); 41,i9

(kbaggam); 82,2i (bbajanam); a-

dbovitva (patim) 56,25; pp. dbotaor (more rarely) dbovita : hattbe

dbovita-kale ("when he was washing

his hands") 41,is. cp. dbona & next.

dbovana, n. (sa. dbavana) wash-

ing; mukba-dbovanattbayA gantva("when he went to wash his face")

21,tB; battba-'*, 56,ss (washing the

hands, or : water for washing?).

na, adv. (= sa.) not; before vowels

'a' may be dropped (n'atthi, I,i5;

n'etam, 8,27) or contracted with a foil,

'a' (naham, 1,21); before 'i' we find

sometimes *y' inserted (na-y-idam,

23,35). — ') na is the usual negation

before verbs : 1,9. 16. etc., but it occurs

also often before other words : naSakbaih upasamvase, 7,33 (cp. ma);na gabe rame, 47,26; natidure, 83,2;

na tavata, 106,5, and especially at

the beginning of a sentence ; naliHlii,

1,91; na koci, 8,s etc. — ^)m questions,

used like the English 'not' : *) kim napassasi (have you not seen?) Ill,i9;

kaccin nu . . . na, 9,28 ; '') in disjunc-

tive questions : kirn , . . karoti na ka-

roti (— or not) 9,25. — ^) repeated ;

*) n' . . , na , . . na (neither , . , nor . ,

.

nor) 8,27. 94,3. Dh. 127; n'eva , . , na,

3,3. 10,16. 74,12 (id.); n'eva upapajjati

na na upapajjati, 89,8i. 94,i8; cp,

neva-saniia-nasaiinayatana; na ca . .

,

na ca (id.) 99,3; •>) na kiiici na (all,

every) 61,36, cp. na . . , akifici ("not

a little") Dh. 390. - «) comb, w,

other particles : ») n'eva, not for all

that (after 'pi ce') 16,u; n'eva . . . na(v. above); '') na kbo (pana), verily

not, 9,31. 93,27; ") na ca -=• than, 8,3

(rajjam jabeyyam na ca tam patin-

nam); ca na ca (both . . . and not)

89,30. 94,16; na ca . . . na ca (neither

. . . nor, V. above); •*) na hi (non

enim) Dh. 5 ; in answers — no, nayverily, 97,i9. — ') negative prefix in

comp. = a- (cp. uir-, vi-) v. na-cira,

na-nikama-seyya (natthita, f. (g. v.)

is abstr. fr, the phrase n'attbi). cp,

nanu, nuna, no & ma.*nam, pron, demonstr. (in several

cases besides nom, substituted (encli-

tically) for taifa, cp. enam & the base

ana-, sa. instr. anena etc.) him, her,

it; acc. mfn. nam : m. 4,S8. 7,8o. 16,t5

etc. 103,82. 113,20; nan (ti) 3,e. 12,28;

f, 55,16. 88,2; nan, 9,i8; n. 94,i8; -acc. pi. ne, 74,8; gen, pi. nesam,

9*

nakkhatta 132

8,10. 73,1. — naih is alao Botnetiraes

pleonastically inserted, e. g. 73,i8 {cp,

tarn, 9,1 ; Ginghalese reading : nam).In such cases the commentaries explain

it as a particle (nipata) or as a

shortened form of nama (?); cp,

Pischel, Gr. § lEO. (431).

nakkhatta, n. {sa. nakshatra)

^) an a&terism or corstellatton, a con-

junction of stars (esp. that of the moonwith any constellaticn, a lunar man-

sion); ace. /x/am (olcketi, to read

th'^ stars) 32,81 ; — "-yoga, m. id.,

loc. r^e laddhe, ("a. a certain con-

junction of the planets") 32,io. — ^)

a festival; «>..aiii (kilati, to enjoy the

festival) 61,3; - *<'-kila, f. "the festi-

vities" (v. h.) 61,5; "-patba, m. 'star-

path', the starry sky, acc. >N^an), Dh.

208. - asalhi-o, 61,2 (v. h.) cp.

asalha.

nakha. m, (^ sa.) a nail; pi.

rwa, 82,» — 97,2J.

n agar a, n. (= sa.) a town, city;

a fortress; worn, i^arii (yakkha-")

20,38 ;(atthiuam, "a stronghold of

the bones") Dh. 150; acc. n^ara, 68,84

(the inhabitants of the city); anto-"

(v. h.); saka-", to his own city, 44, is;

loc. ^e, 19,15; 61,3 (Kapilavatthu-");

77,15 (Bhoga-"); comp. *-abhirauklia,

mfn. {v. abhimuk'ia); nagarupama,

mfn, like a fortress, n. r%/am, Dh. 40{cp. upama). "-dvara (v. h.)\ "-sa-

mipe, 21,18; "-vithisu, 73,29; "-vasi/i,

mfn. {v. h.) ;- *deva-" = deva-pura,

n. (q. v.); anto-nogare & bahi-nagare(inside & outside the town) q. v, cp.

nagura.

nagga, mfn. {sa. nagna) naked;

f. .^a, 31,10-13; n. «v.alia, 31, 12. —"-cariya, f. going naked; Dh. 141.

naSgala, «. (sa. lafigalu) a plough;

acc. rwam (mahantaiii) 71,:i8.

nacira, mfn. {=^ sa.) not of long

duration; nacirass'eva {adv.) v. ci-

rassaii).

iiacca, «. {sa. nrtya) dancing;

instr. r>/ena, 10,2o; "-jiitaka, n. 10,i;

dvandva-comp. -vadini, ^.^adisu, 66,1.

64,8»; »-gita-, 64,8». 81,s4.,

naccati, vb. {sa. nytyati, ynrt)

to dance; pr. 3. sg. />^ati, 18,i8; part,

m. ~anto, lO.is; imp. 2. sg. -v^assu,

60,u; /"m*. I. s^r. ^iasami, 60,18; aor.

3. sg. nacci, 18,2o; inf. />./itum, lO.is;

comp. naccitu-kama, mfn. wishing to

dance, 60,85 (O-kam'amhi, I (/".) wish

to dance), cp. nacca & natalca.

naUha, mfn. {pp. nassati; sa.

nash^a) lost, perished; acc. m. <x/am

(yasaiii) 42,i2.

nattar, »«. {sa. naptr) a grandson;

gen. nattu, 64,9.

natthita, f. {sa. nastita; fr.

n'atthi) non-existence, non-reality;

acc. r^&rh, 96,7 {cp. atthita).

nadati, vb. {sa. -^/nad) to cry,

roar; to make a noise {acc.)', pr. 3.

sg. oi^ati, 8,28; part. m. pi. ,-vanta

(mahanadam) 6,13; aor. 3. sg. nadi

(sihanadam) 16,u; ger.,>,\t\ai (konoa-

nadam) 61,2o; pp. nadita {v. next);

cp. nada.

nadita, n. {pp. fr. prec.\ cp. sa.

nadita) roar, noise; ,>,am (sihassa)

8,27.

nadi, f. (= sa.) a river; notn.

<^i, 14,9; 35,18 (maha-°); acc. .^^irii,

16,25. 103,2; instr. ~iya ("upstream")

29,5; gen. rwiya, 2,i9-ai; tassa nadiyavasati, 2,86 (tassa must here be taken

as loc. /., cp. Jut. I. 170,u; MN. I.

385,9); loc, (viyarii (maha-") 36,3o;

gen.pl. f>./inarii, 103,i8; 72,37 (maha-");- "-kiila, n. ^^ "-tira, n. the bank of

a river, loo. /^e, 2,i9. 108,24; — "-pare,

ou the opposite side of the river, 56, ai;

— "-niajjhe, in the middle of the river.

2,22.

n add ha, mfn. {pp. nayhati (nan-

dhati); sa. naddha.^nah) tied, bound,put on; ^'-paiicayudha, mfn. Ill, is

{v. ayudha). cp. onaddha, sannaddhu.*nanikama, mfn. {fr. nikitua,

m.) disagreeable; "-seyva, f. "an un-

comfortable bed", Dh. 309 {acc. ->^aiii).

niinu, indecl. (^^ sa.) ') particle

of interrogation {latin : uonne); c^

133 navanita

maya tuyhaih abhayaiii diiinaih, 7,8;

/^ brahmacariyassa te kalo, 46,S4;

o^ so mutto bhavissati, 100,7. - *)

particle of affirmation : surely, cer-

tainly; n^ na sakka, 91, ic.

nandati, vb. (sa, ynand) to re-

joice; to delight in, to be glad of

(instr.); pr, 3. sg. ^ati (puttehi)

105.ss; 107,86 ;= Dh, 18. cp. next.

nan dan a, f. (= sa.) delight;

105,39. — raja-nandana, ni. a prince

(poetically); ace. ^am, 112,xi.

nandi*, »i. & nandi, f. {sa. nandi,

«i.) joy, pleasure; "-raga-, pleasure

and lust, 67,i3 (-sahagata); *nandi-bhava, »>. riBe of pleasure; °-parik-

khiija, tnfn. "in whom all gaiety ia

extinct", Dh. 413 (ace. m, ^am) cp,

kamabhava, — nandi ^ /"., v. next,

n a n d h i ,/". (sa. naddhri) a leathern

strap or thong (often spelt nandi);

ace. o^im (chetva) Dh. 398.

nabha(s), n. (sa. nabhas) sky,

atmosphere; instr. ,^asa ("-agama,

"departed through the air") lll,i.

nam at i. vb. (sa, ynam) to bend

or bow to (intr.y, aor. 3. sg. nami(cittaih, pabbajjaya) 66,13; pp. na-

mita, bent; "-citta, mfn. 46,is (m.

/s^o, pabbajjaya, one whose mind has

turned to retiring from the world), —caus. namayati (& nameti), to bend

(ace); pr, 3, pi, ^ayanti, 106,>7 =Dh. 80. cp. an-amatagga.

namassati, vb. (denom, fr. na-

mas (v. namo below); sa. naniasyati)

to pay honour to (ace); pr. 3. sg.

fv&ti (apujjarii) 30,8i ;pot, 3. sg,

«^eyya, Dh. 392.

namita, w/m. (iJi?. namati, q.v.).

Namuoi, m. (== sa.) nom.pr. of

a demon (identical with Mara, q. v.);

nom. /vi, 103,4; voc. f^\, 103,3i.

namo, indecl.(sa. namas, ».) an

exclamation of adoration or homage

(w. gen. pers.\ also often combined

with verbs, as karoti, dadati); 1^

ty'atthu ("homage to thee") 13,»6.

108,11 ; <%/ tassa fihagavato ArahatoSammasambuddbasBa, 81,t (the usual

formula at the beginning of a Pali

book).

naya, >«. (= s&.) 'leading', in-

struction, plan, method; way, manner;instr. ^ena (Mahapadane agata-",

"in the manner related in M.") 63, la;

'ti adina ~, 91,8i (v. adi''); purima-nayen'eva, in the same manner as

before, 26, 10. 63,2i ; hetthavutta-", id.

63,22.

nayati, vb, (sa. v'ni) v. net!.

nayhati (or nandhati), vb. (sa.

y'nah) to bind, tie; only comp. w,

prep., V. upa-nayhati, piiandhati;

pp. naddha (q, v.) cp. nandhi (nan-

di) /".

nara, m. (= sa.) a man; nom.

/N.0, 111,10; ace. /N.^am, Dh. 47; gen,

ivassa, 105,29; loc. pi, >N/esu, 47,2o,

- f. nari (v, h.) - narinda. m, (sa,

narendra) 'man-lord', king; ^0, 112,3i;

voc, :^&, 7,1s; Sihabahu-narinda-ja,

HI. son of S. (Vijaya) 110,22 (nom,

~jo).

nala or nala, m. (sa. id. & nada)name of a species of reed; a reed or

stalk in general; nom, iv/O, 26,27;

ace, ,^am (-1-) 108,5 = Dh. 337;

5,18 (kumuda-"); — "-vana. n. a

thicket of reeds, 26,25. cp. nalik.a, f.

Nalaniala, m. (sa. Nalamalin)•reed-garlanded', nom. pr. of a.a ocean;

ace. o^&m, 26,25. — Nalainali(«), m,

id. 26,80.

nala^a, n. ($a.lalata) the forehead;

loc. >\^e (seda muccimsu) 46,3i.

nava*, mim. (= sa.) nine; 82, 13.

- "'navanga, mfn. ninefold (v. afiga).

navama, mfn. the ninth, m. ,>.,o (vaggo)

Dh. IX. cp. nayuti, navutika.

nava*, mfn. (= sa.) new, young;

m. pi, o^a (dama) 105,i7; (bhikkhu)

83,33. cp, abhinava & next.

navaka, mfn. (= sa.) new, young;

compar. /N./tara, younger (opp. thera-

tara), m. /x-o (bhikkhu) 79,8; instr.

/x/ena, 79,».

navanita, ». (= sa.) fresh butter;

nom, i^&m, 99,«»; abl. <vato, ib.

DaTtiti 134

navuti, num. (sa. navati) 90; ». I

navutika, mfn.\

nassati, vb. {sa, na^yati, y/n&(})

to perish, to be deetroyed; pr. 3. sg.

.x/anti, 6,24; aor. 3, pi. ^^iihsu (tassa

cakkhuni /v, "lost tljeir sight") 24,i6;

cond. 3. sg. nassissu, 29,8 (he would

have perished); pp. nattha & caus.

naseti (g. v.) cp. nasa, »».

nahata, mfn. {pp. nahayati, q. v.).

nahataka, m. {sa. snataka) 'one

who has bathed', a Brahman who has

finished his studies; ace. »N^am (metri-

cr.lly — nhatakaro) Dh, 422 ("accom-

piished", SB3. X. 96). cp. MN. I,

280,i9 & Sn. V. 621 (who has washed

away all sins).

nahana, n. {sa. snana) bathing,

bath; .^am, 83,25; **-atthaya (rafino,

for the king's bath) 41,3.

nahapita, »». (sa. napita) a bar-

ber; gen. o.-assa (jStako, "a barber's

brat", i. e. bastard) 25,io; — *'-ku-

tumbika, >». & *''-daya, »». {v. h.). -

In the ancient times the barbers be-

longed to the lowett castes {cp. Fick,

Soc. Gl. p. 211); there cannot in

ray opinion be doubt about the iden-

tity of sa. napit.i dnc nahapita, but

if thia latter is not a mere literary

form (it is not raiely spelt nhapita

and even napita), thea it must be

derived from nahapeti {v, next)

through *nahapitar (an salla-katta

from ?alya-kartr). cp. Pischel, Gr.

§ 210.. , , .

uahapeti, vh, {caus.^ nahayati;

sa. sntipayati^ to cause to bathe, to

wash;ger. r^etvc. (elakain) 16,85.

nahayati (or nhayati), vb. {sa.

'snayati, Vsna) to bathe; imp. 2, sg,

nahaya, 111,so; fut. 1, sg. .^issami,

41,1 ; inf. rvitum, 58,3o; nahayitu-

katna, mfn. wishing to bathe, m. r^O,

83,34; ger. nahatva, 41,3. 53,s3. 111,8;

nahayitva, 67,94. 61,0; pp. nahata,

one who has bathed, instr. m. iv-ena,

84,1'. dvandva-comp. "-^nulitto, 41,9

(bathed and scen'.ed); cans. v. naha-

peti, cp. nahataka, nahana & naha-

^^n'aharu, m. (& n. co«.?)(««•

snayu, f. n. Pischel, Gr. §^255) a

sinew, tendon; />^u, 82,8 — 97,2o;

instr. ^una, 92,«i; gen, ^uasa, 92,i7.

naga, m. {= sa.) ') a NSga or

serpent-demon; *<'-bhavana, n. {sa.

nagaloka) the world of serpents; abl.

^a, 62,16 ; - "^o-manavaka, m., a young

Naga; pi. ~a, 53,io; acc.pl. ~e, 53,i;

- *0-manavika, f., a Naga girl ; 52,27

etc.\ — o-raja(n), m., a serpent-king;

worn, ^a, 28,27. 52,io; instr. ^ena,

62,15. - *) an elephant (with the

Buddhists the emblem of endurance);

metaph. a preeminent man; nom. r^O,

Dh. 320; 105,i9; ace. ^aih, 77,3;

instr. /^ena, 76,3i ; - *naga-m-asada,

m. attacking an elephant, 77,s {v.

asada) ; — "-bala, mfn., strong as an

elephant; m. ~o, 1,3; instr. ^ena(raiiiia) 40,i9; - *'>-vagga, m. the

23"' chapter of Pbpd.; — "-vana, n.

the elephant grove, gen. o^assa, Dh.

324; - naga-hata, m. "he who strikes

the elephant (of men, (. e. Buddha)"= *hata-naga; gen. ,-wassa, 77,4. cp.

maha-naga, hatthi-naga. {Rhys Da-vids, Buddhist India, p. 220).

Nagadipa, wi. {sa. Nagadvipa)nom. pr. of an island {i. c. the north-

western part of Ceylon?); «^o, 19,8

(formerly called Seruma-dipa, q. v.)

cp. Lassen, lA. I.^ p. 241 ; Tennent,

Ceylon I. p. 331.

n agar a, m. {fr. nagara; = sa.)

a citizen; ace. pi. ^e, 6,7.

Nagasena, m. {= sa.) nom. 2»'.

of a Buddhist sage (thera), in the

philosophical work Milinda-panha dis-

puting with King Milinda {q. v.)\

nom. rwO (ayasma) 96,24; voc, r^&,

98,32. etc. ci?. 8BE. vol. XXXV. p.xxv.

na^aka, n. (= sa.) a play or

drama; ace, pi. ^ani, 63, i7.

natha, m. {= sa.) refuge; protec-

tor, lord; ^0, (atta hi attano ~)Dh. 160. 380.

nada, »«. (= sa.) roaring, crying,

135 nava

noise; ace, ^arii (maha-") 6,13; -konca-", m. (v. h.).

nana, indecl, (= sa.) separately,

differently, variously; this word is mostlyused at the beginning of subst. or adj.

comp., where it may be translated by'different, divers, various, many' etc.

;

before double cons, the final a is

shortened ; *nanaggara8a, m. (or mfn.)

(= nana -f- agga-rasa^ all the choi-

cest delicacies (of food) ; ace, pi. <^e,

57,14; "-bhojanam, 41, lo; - nanappa-kSra, mfn. various, of all kinds (cp.

pakara); m, pi. ^R (sakuna-saihgha)

62,12; n. pi. ^ani (phalani) 2,83;

inslr. pi. ^ebi (phalarukkhehi) 2,80;

- *nana-kunapa, n. (v. h.); *nana-citta, mfn, of different mind, false-

hearted; pi. f. .n/S (itthiyo^ 51,89, -•nana-turiyani, n. pi, 64,3o (v, turiya)

;

- *nana-pupphani, n, pi, flowers of

diverskinds, 41,6, 49,16;— *nanavudha,

n. 6,7 (muggaradi-°) v. avudha,

Q a m a

'

i-») V.

. (fr.i', indecl. (fr. next\ = sa.)

') by name (after nom. pr. or in inter-

rogative sentences) : Tambaraja <%/,

19,6; cp, 44,13. 102,2; namena N.nama, 5,3o; kissa phalam ->., 36,s4;

ka rv tvam (what is your name?)

56, 10; kiihsaddo nam' esa, 60,9; ko

nam' esa puriso, 63, 11 (who is this

man?). — *) particle of affirmation or

emphasis after subst. (adj.) pron. etc,

= just, indeed, certainly; 2,6, 4,io.

9,23. 88,23 etc.', tvam ~, 9,2i; ekan

/^, 82,8; — app'eva nama (perhaps,

V. api) 17,26, 69,5; seyyatha pi ~(just as) 68,84. — ') in exclamations

:

aho pufinanarfa phalam <%/, 68,12;

86,24, cp. 63,13, - *) after interr. ='then'; katharii '>^ (how then?) 41,8o;

kirn ^, 4,8. 16,u. 88,4. - ») in an-

swers : imaya -x/, 29,8i. 31,8*. — *)

with negation == not at all; ... naman'atthi, 4,ss. 8,10. 10,3i. 18,j (cp. 18,84).

19,81 (cp. 19,19), 87,82.

nama*, n, (sa. naman) name,

appellation; nom. /v&m, 9,7. 98,84;

afc. (x/am (akamsu, called) 38,io, 60,95

;

96,81 ;(the old ace. nama is used

adverbially, v, above) ; instr. namena,by name (often combined with nama,before the nom, pr. or after nama,5,3o) 112,12; — nama is often opp.

to rupa (q. V.) cp. namarupa beloto]

- comp. ', "-gahana-divasa, m, name-day, loc. ^e, 38,9; "-matta, n. a mere

name (cp, matta^) ^arii, 97,o; —evam-nama, kin-nama, tam-namika,

mfn, (q. v.); sa-nama, n. (hie name)

111,82, V. sa*. cp, next,

namaka, mfn, (= sa.) named,

called (e. c); anupariyaya-" (q, v.)

91,28 (^aih maggam). cp, tam-na-mika,

nama- rupa, n. (= sa.) 'name

and form' = individual being; nom.

>^a.^Al, 66,7 (viiifiana-paccaya, origi-

nating from vifinana and causing

salayatanam) ; 100,8; loc. <vasmim,Dh 367 ("mind and body", cp. 8BE.X. p. 87); o-nirodha, m. 66,i8 (v. h.).

nayaka, m. (= sa.) a leader,

chief, lord; loka-", m. 'lord of the

world', i. e, Buddha, 1^0, 110,19.

Narada, m, (= sa.) nom, pr. of

several persons; nom. >\.>o (ayasma,a thera living at Gijjhakuta) 84,34;

voc, (%/a, 85,10,

naraca, m, (= sa.) a kind of

arrow, an iron arrow; ace. -^am, 92,34;

— *''-valaya, wj. n. an iron ring or

collar, instr, .N^ena, 111,33,

nari, f. (= sa.) a woman; nom.

/s/i, 64,15; ace, -^im, 47,2i; loc, pi,

/N/isu, Dh, 284. cp. nara.

Nalagiri, m. (= sa.) nom. pr.

of an elephant; nom. »^i (nama hatthi)

76,8; ace. 'v/iih, 76, 13; gen. >%'i8sa,

77,1. ep. Dhanapalaka.nSjika, f. (sa. nalika & na^ika)

^) a small tube or pipe, a hollow stalk

or stick; ') a small measure (of capa-

city) : addna-nalika-matta, mfn. con-

taining as much as a half nfi)iks, ace.

m. <s/am (tandulam) 57,i8.

""navattlia, n. (sa. *n5va-8tha)"articles from ships", /v/am, 111,88.

(cp. Vin. Ill 49,11.)

nava, f. (sa. nau & nava) a ship,

n&Tika 136

boat; nom. >va, 23.io; aco, /vatn, 19,st;

Dh. 369 (metaph.-=^- the buman body);

instr. gen. abl. Ice. .vava, 18,i; 19,

S6-17; 23,5; 112,s7; 20,1- 25,i9; 24,15

(arujha-", v. arohati); — bhinna-

nava, mfn. Bhipvreeked (v. h.) cp.

next & navattha*

navika, m. (:^ sa.) ') a mariner,

sailor; gen. -^assa, 27,37; gen. pi,

/>.anam, 35,3o. — *) b ferryman; loc.

iN^e, 28,5.

*navutika, tnfn. (fr. navuti) 90years old ; ace. f. r^&m. (nariih) 47,8i.

nasa, m. («a. naga) destruction,

ruin, death; ace, ,%,&m (maha-** pa-

punissanti) 34,i8.

nasa, /. (= sa.) the nose; *<'-vata,

»(. the breath from the costrils, instr.

fs^ena, 53,2; — khura-nasa, mfn. &"-nasika, mfn. {v. khura).

naseti, vb. {caus, nassati. sa. na-

Qayati) to destroy, spoil; to kill (acc);

pr. 2, sg. .>.-e8i rmama tandule) 57,a4;

2. pi. «^etba (amhakam kammam)6,15; 63,17; ger. rt-etva, 37,9; inf.

.^eturii (attanaiii) f-4,34.

ni-, indecl, ') (= sa.) prefix to

verbs and nouns, implying 'in, into;

down', sometimes confounded with next.

— ^) before double cons, — nir-, ni-

{su, nis (nir-)) prefix implying 'out,

away', v. below,

nikati, f. (sa. nikfti) wickedness,

fraud; instr, 'viyM (metri causa : ni-

katya) 5,gi ; — "-ppanna, mfn. versed

in fraud; m, »^o, o,2i.

nikama, m. {•- sa.) desire,

pleasure; v, nanikama, mfn,

nikaya, m. (= sa.) a collection

of fiuddhist Su;tas, name of the 5

sections of the Sutta oi' Suttanta Pi*

teka, via. Digha-^ Majjhinia-*', Sam-yatta-o, Angutttra-", Klmdda(ka)-",102,14-16 {q. v.).

nik ?ta, mj. (•= sa.) a house, abode;

loc. /-vC, Dh. 91.

liikkaddJiati, vb,(sa. tii8li-\/krsh^

to drive cut, expel; jp. -vito, m. (geha)

36,29.

nikkarunati., f, {sa, nish-karu-

nata) ttnmwcifulnesi, bardheartedness;

instr. /vaya, 59,ib.

nikkasava, mfn. (»a. nish-kaBh-

aya) free from dirt or sin; v. a-nik-

*nikkujjati, vb. (fr. ni + kubja?

opp. ukkujjati, q, v.) to overturn;

pp. n. ^itam, B3,20. 69,i5 (Coram,

adhomukha-tthapitam hetthamukha-

jatam).

nikkhanta, mfn. {pp, nikkha-

mati, q. v.).

nikkhamati, vh.[sa,msh-\/kram)

to go out, go away, depart, get out,

issue (w. abl.)\ pr. 3. pi. o^anti (ma-

tukucchito) 62,26; 90,86 (uagaram

pavisanti va rv va); part. m. -%.anto

(mukhato) 13,3i; ace. rvantam (pure-

dvarena) 12,io; jMS^r. ^^antena, 12,u.

83,35; pi. m. ,%^anta, 62,25; — aor.

3. sg. nikkbami, 12,8. 36,23; 3. pi.

rwimsu, 19,16; — fitt. 1. sg. -^^issami,

12,15; 3. sg. ^issati, 12,i3; — ger.

») nikkhamraa (agara, leave the house-

bold life) 61,33. 64,23; '') nikkhamitva,

13,31. 40,39. 45,2 (to retire from the

world); 86,26 (tatc). I14,i (id.); -inf. ^N^ituiii, 12,17. 36,25; 65,i3 (ma-habbinikkhamanam, v. abhinikkha-

mana); comp. ">.itu-kama, mfn. 65,i6

(»t. ^0, id.) — grd, nvitabbarii, n,

83,36; — pp. nikkhanta, rn. ^o, 5,25.

12,12; °-kalato, 9,15 {v. kala); -caus.nikkbameti (& ,%^ameti, v. h.) cp.

next & nekkhainina.

nikkhamana, n, {sa. nish-kra-

mana) going out, departing; "-bhava,

m. 12,9 {v. h.).

nikkbameti (& nikkbameti), vb.

{caus. nikkhamati ; sa. nish-kramayati)to cause to go out, to bring forth or

away (ace); aor. 8. pi. /^amesum,39,36; ger, f%^etva (ubho pi jane sa*

mudda, "conveyed them oversea") 29,4.

*nikkbittaka, m{fn). (fr, nik-

kbitta, pp. nikkbipati, q. v.) one to

whose charge anything has been com-mitted; m. pi. agga-nikkbittaka(thera) 109,ii (v. agga).

nikkbipati, vb. {sa. ni-^/ksbip)

137 nitthubbati

to throw, lay down or away, loose,

drop (ace); to give in charge of (ace.

loc); part, instr. m. .^antena, 83,i7;- aor. 3. sg. nikkhipi (nahapitamupasakassa hatthe) 28,2i; 86,27; 3.

pi, <N.iriisu, 73,28; - ftit. 3. pi. ,^is-

santi (samussayam) 80,23; — ger,

^itva, 67,13. 73,20. 75,2i. 101,26; -grd, «^itabbaiii, n. 83,ig; ,^0, m.

83,18; — pp. nikkhitta, ace. m. ^am(mangalakhaggani, usslsake, lying)

41,15; comp. "-maniratanam (Kasika-vattbe) 62,29. cp. nikkhittaka & next.

vnikkhepa, m. (sa, ni-kshepa^

') throwing away, laying down; *)

mark, footprint; ace, /^-aih (suvanna-padukanam) 68,8b.

nikbanati, vb. (sa. ni-y'khan)

to dig into, bury (acc); imp. 2. sg.

(N^ahi (tam sobbhe) 78,i4; 2. pi,

/x^atha, 39,33; ger, ,vitva, 78,i9; pp.nikbata, rammed down, m, pi, rwa

(khila) 105,17.

nigacchati, vh. (sa. ni-^gain)

to enter, undergo, come to (aec); pr,

3. sg. /N^ati (dukkbaiii, suffers) Dh,

69; (dasann' aiinataram ^hanam)Dh. 137.

nig a ma, m, (= sa.) a little town,

or market>piace; gen. ^assa, 95,2i;

loe, fs^e, 92,14. cp, negama. (Pick,

Soo. Gl. p. 104.)

nigaja, m. n, (sa, nigada) an

(iron) chain for the feet; loha-niga)a-

sadisa, mfn. U.ss (v. h,).

niguhati, vb, (sa. ni-i/guh) to

hide, conceal (ace,);pr. 3. pi, rvanti

(itthiyo rahassam na -%.-) 46,9.

nigganhati, vb. (sa. ni-v/grah)

to hold back, restrain; fut. 1. sg.

^gahessami (cittarii) Dh. 326; grd.

niggayba (sa, ni-grhya) v, next; cp,

dunnigaba, mfn.

*niggayba-vadi(n), mfn. (fr,

sa. nigrhya, grd, m-\/grah) 'resenting

what is to be blamed\ censuring, re-

proving; aec. m. >%/im, Dh. 76.

nigrodba, m. (sa. nyagrodha)

the Banian-tree, Fious Indioa; *'*ruk-

kba, m. 20,8 (gen, /vassa). - Nigro-

dba, m. nom. pr. of a deer; aec. r^Am,

7,33; loc. <x/asmim, 7,34; =^ *-miga-

raja, 5,3o.

nighata,'»t. (= sa.) striking

down, suppression, destroying, extinc*

tion; acc, r^&m (ye8[airi] i, e, jati,

jara, maranarii, etc.) 92,32.

nice am, adv. (sa. nityam) always,

constantly; rv luddani kubbato, 13,28;

xv candanagandhini, 20,24; xw jinati,

48,9. a-nicca, mfn, & a-niccata, f.

(q. V,).

*niccamma, mfn. (sa. *ni(;-carma^

excoriated, scourged; acc. f. f^&m(pit^him karetva, "flogging the skin

of her back") 55,i7.

niccala, mfn. (sa, ni^-cala) im-

movable; f. ^a (nava attbasi) 23,ii.

niccbareti,v&. (cans, niccbarati

;

sa, ni^-^/car) to cause to issue or

come forth; ger. /N^etva (madburassa-ram) 18,2o.

[nice bin a ti], vb. (sa. niQ-^ci)

to decide, fix upon; to discriminate

(acc); to persuade oneself, be con-

vinced, consider (to, prec. 'ti'); pot,

3. sg. niccheyya (attbam anattban

ca) Dh. 256; ger, nicebiya (ti ^)convinced, 114,6; pp. nieehita, do.

111,21 (m, f^o).

niU^^t f- (s<i- nisb^ha) firm per-

suasion; completion, perfection; con-

clusion, end; ni^^hangata, mfn, (sa,

nish^ba-gata) y/ho has reached per*

fection, m, /%/0, Dh. 351.

*nitthapeti, vb. (caus. nittbati,

nittbayati, sa. ni-i/stha) to accom-

plish, complete, finish, make ready;

imp. 2. sg. ^^/ebi, 48,29; aor. 3. sg.

i^Qix (ahatahatam) 57,6; fut. 1, sg,

/^essami, 87,ii-i2. cp. next.

nitthita, mfn. (sa. nishtbita, j^i).

ni-\/8tba, cp. prec.) finished, come at

an end; completed, ready, prepared;

n. «wam (jatakam etc.) 62,it. 71,is;

(bbattam) 78,$; loc. <%/e (bhatte)

B3,8i. a-nittbita, mfn. (q, v.) ep.

pari-nittbiti, f.

nittbubbati & nu^tbubbati,vb. (sA. *nih -f V^^i^^^i ^"^ ' ^^ ^^*

nidda 138

signilcation equal to at. fiiA-shthiv'')

to Bpit out; aor. 3. 8g, nutthubhi(kakkaretva iJ) 37,js; ger, ni^thu-

thitva (yagum) 57,«». [Pischel, Gr.

§ 120.] cp. chuddha.nidda (& other varr, uiddha, nidha,

nida = nua, sa. nida) n., a nest;

place, Beat; roga-niddaih {idaih rQpam,«rull of BickneBs")' 107,7 = Dh. 148.

nidahati, vh, (so. ni-\/dba) to

lay down, depoBi'.; to lay aside; grd.

^Np/itabbam, w, ((;ivaram, unhe) 83,9;

ger n'dhaya (dandai {q. v.) sabbesu

bhuteiu, "wJthout burting any crea-

tur-is") Dh. 142. 405. cp. nidhi.

nidagba, »». (=^ sa.) heat; ^o(I'.iahanto) 4,5. *''-3amaya, in, the

hot season, loc, ^e, 3,3s.

niddara, mfn, (sa. nir-dara) free

>Tom fear; m, <^o, Dh. 205. cp,

dara & vita-ddara.

nidda, f. (9a. nidra) sleep; .v^a

fYasassa okkami) 67,26 ; ace. (vaiii

(gate, being aslaep) 21,28; (okkamitva

(okkami) fell asleep) 22,94. 64,32;

(upagato, id.) 6J>,«. cp, nexl,

niddayati, vb. (sa. ni-drayate,

Y^dra) to sleep; pr. 8. sg, /x^ati, 41,96.

65,3o; pa.'t, m. aoc, .-bantam, 35,o9;

gen. /^antassa, 41,96; f. pi. »>^antiyo

(itthiyo) 65,5; aor, 8. sg. niddayi,

89,4.

*niddayitar, »m. {fr. prec.) a

eleepy person; nom. />./ta, Dh. 325.

niddhana, mfn, {sa, nir-dhana)

without property, poor; acc. nt. >^&m.,

52,4.

niddhanta, mfn, {pp. niddha-

mati, q. v.) blown off, dHven out;

*<'-inala, mfn, one whose impurities

are blown away, free from sin; m,

1^0, Dh. 236. 238 {synon. an-afigana).

tuddhamati,t;6. (sa. nir-^dhina)

to blow off; to drive out, expel, re-

move (occ); pot. 3u sg, niddhame(malalii) Dh, 239; pp. niddhanta(v, h.).

nidhaya, ger. nidahati {q. v.).

nidhi, m, (= sa.) a treasure;

gen, pi. «N.inam, Dh. 76,

nindati, vb. (= sa. }/a^nd) J^o

blame (occ); pr. 3, pi. ~anti (bahu-

bhaninam) Dh. 227; inf. -^itum, Dh.

230; pp. -"vita, mfn. blamed, nt. r^o

(poso) Dh,228; a-nindita, mfn.Vh.

227; cp. next.

ninda, /". (= sa.) blame, reproach,

reproof; aco. -warn, Dh. 143. 309;

o-pasamsSsu {loc. pi) blame and

praise, 106,30 = Dh. 81.

ninna, mfn, {sa, nimna) deep;

loc. m. ~e (sakata-magge, a sunken

road, defile) 43,i8. - «. low ground,

depth (of the sea); acc. -^am {opp.

thala) 105,21 ; ioc.^e (do., "on sea")

Dh. 98.

*nipaka, mfn, {sa. *nipaka) in-

telligent, prudent; acc, m. r>/am (sa-

hayam) Dh. 328.

nipajjati, vb. {sa. ni-\/pad) to

lie down; pr. 3. sg. ->^ati, 6,3o; imp.

3. sg. ^atu, 6,28; aor. 3. sg. nipajji,

2,31. 3,19. 12,84.30,16; 3. pi. ») ^iriisu,

65,3; »>) (N^iaum, 112,6; ger. ^itva,

42,1 ; pp. nipanna {q. r.); cans, v,

next.

*nipajjapeti,ti6.(coH8. nipajjati)

to cause to lie down, lay down, deposit

(occ); aor, 3. pi, rwCsum, 32, 3o. 61, le;

ger, rvetva, 13,u. 16, is. 20,7. 41,36.

59,7.

nipatati, vb. {sa. m-\/pat) to fly

down, descend on, fall down on {loc);

pr. 3. sg. t^&t\, 2,92; ger. -x^itva (Bha-gavato padesu sirasa, "falling at his

feet") 75,22. cp. nipata etc.

nipanna, mfn, {pp, nipajjati)

lying; m. >vO, 3,8-i8. 7,4. 36,3i (pha-

lake, floating on a plank); 65,i9

(sleeping^; I10,i9; comp. tassa ^..^t^ha-

nara (where he was lying) 49,2i;

"-kale (while he was sleeping) 53,3.

"nipannaka, mfn. {fr. prec)lying} acc m, .x-am, 6,3i.

nipata, m, (= sa.) ') falling;

instr. udabindu-nipatena, "by falling

of waterdrops", Dh. 121. — *) a par-

ticle or indeclinable word; nom. /-vO

('ma'ti) 85,33. - 8) a section of a

book {esp, of Jataka or Anguttara

139 uibbaaa

Nik., whose single books are arrangedaccording to their length or numberof stanzas) ; Sutta-', w, nom. pr. (y.h.) cp. next.

*nipataka, mfn, (fr. nipata')divided into nipatas (as Anguttara-Nikaya) ; ace. m. r^&m (saddhamraarapavibhajja) llO.j.

nipati«, mfn. (= sa.) flying or

falling down; yattha-kama-", mfn."rushing wherever it listeth", ace. n.

rvinaiii (cittam), Dh, 36; gen, r^ino

(cittassa) Dh. 35,

nipuna, mfn. (= sa.) clever,

skilful; fine, subtile; m. /vO (dhammo)94,2j; 8U-nipuna, mfn. (g. v.) cp,

nepunna.nippapanca, mfn, (sa, nish-

prapafica) free from diffuseness, calm,

undisturbed; m. pi, .v-a (Tathagata)Dh. 254.

n i p p a b h a , mfn. (sa. nish-prabha)without splendour; m. pi. ^a (anna-

tittbiya) 72,29; cp. pabha, f.

nippapa, mfn. (sa. nish-papa)free from sin; m. ^o, Db. 206.

nippileti, vb. (sa. nish-pidayati,

ypid) to press, squeeze (dec.) j aor,

3. sg, ^esi (tassa givam) 5,i3.

nippurisa, wi/M. (sa. nish-purusha)

without men, female; instr. n, pi.

/N.ehi (turiyehi, "a female orchestra")

67,23 (cp. Speyer, Rem. on DivyavadSna,

Wien. Zeitschr. XVI p. 105.)

nipphatti, f. (sa. nishpatti^ com-pletion, perfection; ace, ,N/im (niyya-

makasippe) "complete mastery", 24,i3.

n i b a d d h a , mfn. (pp. nibandhati

;

= sa.) *) bound (on or to), fixed;

*/varii, adv. constantly, 6,i4. - *) asked,

pressed; m. k^o (punappuna, "being

asked again and again") 53,86.

nibandha, m. (= sa,) binding,

chain, attachment to; continuance,

continuity; upayupadanabhimyesa-**,

96,10 (q. v.).

nibandhati, vh. (sa. ni-v/bandh)

*) to bind on; *) to press, urge, im«

portune; aor. 3. sg. nibandhi, 54,i;

pp. nibaddha (q. v.) cp. nibandha.

nibbattati, vb. (sa. nir-\/vrt) to

become, come forth, be born (again),

sprout up; pr, 3, sg. rK/Siti (dukkham)Dh. 338; fut. 3. sg. ^issati (Tusita-

vimane) 87,3i; 2. sg. r^issasi, 88,15;

1. sg. /N^issami, 88,10; aor. 3. sg,

nibbatti (rukkhadevata hutva) 3,8i;

ger. <x/itva (kapiyoniyam) 1,8 ;(ruk-

kho) 36,36; pp. nibbatta, m. ^0,17,24. 28,27. 84,30 (niraye), 101,ii

(aggi); nibbatt'amhi, 88,10; f. nib-

battasi, 88,9. caus. nibbatteti (q. v.).

nibbattana, n. (sa, nirvartana)

the coming forth, being born, growing,

sprouting ; rukkha-nibbattana-bbay-ena, for fear that a tree would growup, 37,6; amkura-o-tthana, n. (q.v.).

nibbatteti, vb. (caus, nibbattati)

to bring forth, produce, complete, per-

form; ger. (vetva (jhanabbiftnaih)

47,88.

nibbana, mfn, (sa. nir-vana) ')

without forest, woodless (Jat.II, 368,8).— *) free from desires; m, pi. o..a,

Dh. 283 (cp. vana'').

*nibbanatha, mfn. (fr. nir -f-

vanatha, q, v.) free from lust; m.

/N.,0 (synon. vana-mutto) Dh. 344.

nibbana, n. (sa. nirvana) ') ex-

tinction, the being extinguished (as afire or a lamp); ,>.,am (pajjotassa)

80,35 (cp. Jat. I, 212,8). ^ «) the

Buddhist Nirvana : *) absolute extinc-

tion of all desires and passions, com-plete sanctification or Arhatship (cp,

arabai); *") absolute annihilation of

individual existence (i, e, in the Sarii-

Bara), release from every conceivable

attribute of being (cp. an-abhavakata),the eternal happiness attained after

death by an Arhat or a Buddha (ta-

thagata), whereafter he shall not be

born or die again; ,N/am (Sugatenadesitam) Dh. 285; ace. ^&m, 64,s3.

89,8. Dh. 23. 134. 184. 203. 226. 369;dat. <N/aya (samvattati) 66,so; gen.

'x^assa (sacchikiriyaya) 90,i8; ^ass'-eva santike, near to N., Dh. 32 =o-santike, Dh. 372; - *o-gamana,

mfn. leading to N., ace. m. /vam

nibbilpetl 140

(maggaiii) Dh. 289; *».gamin. mfn.i<5., f. ^Jni (sc»7. pa^ipada) Dh. 76;*°-pati8amyuUa, mfn. 71,sj (v. h.);

— magga-phala-nibbanani (w. p/.,

dvandva-comp.) *tbe paths, the fruits,

and the N.", 97,)o; — The transition

into N. is described as vimokho ce-

taso, 80,35, which is compared with

the extinction of a laiiap (pajjotasseva

nibbanarii, cp, AN. I, p. 236; epithets

of N. are a-kata, a-mata, para etc.

cp. nibbayati, nibbuta, parinibbana.

[D'Alwis, Buddhist Nirvuna; a review

of Max Miiller's Dharamapada. Co-lombo 1871 ; Childers, Dictionary

(sub voce) 1875; Dahlmann, NirvBna.

Berlin 1896; Ekliind, Nirvana. U'p-

sali 1899; Pfiin(,s(, "Was ist das

buddl istische Nirvfii-a in Wirklichkeit?

(A us der indischen Kulturwelt. Stutt'

gart 1904, p. 56); Oldenberg, Buddha,3. Aufl. p. 310; Trenckner, Mil. p.

424]nibbapeti. vb, {cans. fr. next;

sa. nir-vapayati) to extinguish, annihi-

late; to cool, refresh; imp. 3. pi. o^etha

(sokaiii me) 89,is; inf. />^etum (do.)

89,10.

nibbayati, rb. {sa. mt'\/\a,) to

be blown out or extinguished ; to be

refreshed, to feel happy, attain the

Nirvanft; yr. .''. sg, ,>.ati (matuhada-yam) 64,i»; pot. 3. sg. ^eyya (aggi)

96,1 ; ct:«s. nibbapeti (q. v.); pp. v.

nibbuta, cp. nibbana.

nibbijia, ger. (fr. nibbindati;

sa, nir-vioya) having become despon*

dont, depressed, or disgusted with

{cM> or acc); ger. nibbijjapema(Gotamaiii, cp. apieti, vb.) 104,i3 [or

have w« ^.o lake nibbijjapema as pr.

1. pi. from *nibbijjiipeti, to give up(on account of despondency) ? cp.

*nibbeianiya, f, pi. cr gen. sg, nir-Tijo?) "SN. I, p. 124,3|.

nibbi^tha, mfn. (}>p. nibbisati;

sa. nir-vishya) gained, earned ; instr.

n. .%.ena (carami, "with what I havegained I wander about") 106,8.

nibbida, »». (or nibbida, f. (?);

sa, nirvid, f. & nirreda, »»., cp. Jat.

IV, 471,«!i. 473,») aversion, disgust,

weariness; dat. /v-aya (cittam santhasi,

"his mind became weary") 67,3i ; ->.aya

(samvattati) 93,7 (cp. Kulin, Beitr.

P- 70).

nibbindati, vb. (sa. nir-\/vid,

nirvindati & pass, nirvidyate) to be

indifierent, to become weary of or dis-

gusted with (loc); pr. 3. sg. 'N.-ati

(riipesu) 7 1,5-14; (dukkhe) 107,i2 =Dh. 277 (metri causa o,^ati); l)art.

m. ^am, 71,u; pot. 8. sg. ~eyya(^opp. jisimsetha) 42,i6; ger, nibbijja

(v. /».); cp. nibbida.

nibbisati, vb. (sa. nir-y/vig) lit.

'to enter into'; to earn, gain; pac<,

m. nibbisaih, v. a-nibbisaiii.

nibbuta, mfn. (sa. nir-vrta) ')

happy, content, free from passions;

^) extinguished (through false etymo-

logy combined with nibbayati, nib-

bana); 7)1. ^0 (pita) 64,14; (gini, 1. e.

the fire of passions) 104,25; (anupa-

daya) Dh. 414; acc. -.^aiii (opp. atta-

danda; "mild") Dh. 406; arc. pi. ^e,Dh. 196; /'. ^a (mata) 64,i4; loc. n.

kasmim nu kho '>.^e hadayam -^aiii

nania hoti, after what having becomeextinguished does the heart feel happy?64,18.

niraanteti, vb. (sa. ni-^/mantr)to invite; aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 56,S8; 3,

pi, ^ayimsu, 87,5; ger, ^etva (da-nam adariisu) 86,14.

Nimi, m. nom. pr. of a king (=sa.); ^ nama raja (Mithilayaiii)

45,18.

nimitta, M. (:= sa.) ') sign, omen;pi, -^ani (cattari) 64,3; pubba-", id.

acc, ^am, 63,?; pi, ,^ani, 63,i. -^)

cause, reason; gahita-nimittena,instr. 'on account of his having takenhold of it', i. e. by a tug, 89,7; a-ni-mitta, mfn. (v. h.),

nimisa, wi. (sa, nimisha) winkingor twinkling of the eye; a-nimisa,mfn. not winking; subst. f, a-nimisata(v.h.).

nimilati, vb. (sa. ni-v'mil) intr.

141 niraya

to shut, close (as the eyes); pr. 3. pi.

-^anti (akkhini, kumbhilanaih mu-khavivate) 3,i8; cans, nimileti, to

close (the eyes, ace); get: ,^etva(akkhini) 3,i9.

nimugga, mfn. (pp. nimujjati;sa. ni-magna) sunk or plun^jed in

(loc); guthakalale "-gamasiikaro,46,33.

nimujjati, vb. {sa. ni-Y/majj) to

sink, dive in (loc.);pr. 3. pi. ^anti,

25,86; ger. ,x,itva (kamakalale) 46,88;

pp. nimugga (q. v.); cans. II. nimuj-japeti, to cause to sink (ace); ger.

^etva (navam) 27,i8; ummujja-ni-mujja, m. (v. ummujjati).

nimba, m. (= sa.) the Nimb tree,

Azadirachta Indica (with bitter fruits);

pi. ^a, 37,20 ; ace. pi. i^e, 38,i9 =pucimanda, 37,33. 38,i. -- *°-ka8ata,

n. (v. h.). — "-panna-sadiaa-rasa, mfn.having a (bitter) taste like the leaves

of a Nimb tree, m, ^x/O, 37,si,

nimmakkhika, mfn. (sa. nir-

makshika) free from flies; "-madhu-patala-°, 38,s8 (v. h.).

nimmala, mfn. (sa. nir-mala)spotless, taintless, sinless; m. pi. i^a.

(bhikkhavo) Dh. 243.

nimmita, mfn, (sa. nir-mita,

yma) constructed, built, fashioned,

created; acc. n, ts^&m (uyyanaiii de-

vatahi) 63,so.

niyata, mfn. (= sa.; Vyam) ')

held back, restrained ; m, <>^o (synon.

danto) Dh. 142; — ^) fixed, certain;

sure, insured ; limited ; m. rwO (bhik-

khu) 79,34; n. /^am (maranam) 86,17;

***-gatika, mfn. (q. v.) ; a-niyata, mfn.uncertain, unlimited (v. h.).

n i y am a , m. (sa. niyama & niyama)*) restraining, determination etc. —

*j practice, way, method ; instr, ^ena(imina) 2,i6; maccha-gahana-** („aB

if to catch fish") 25,3S.

niyyati, vb. (sa. mr-\/ya) to go

out, depart; to get out (esp, from the

samsara);pr. 3. pi. /vanti (lokamha)

91,6; aor. 3. sg. r^sisi, 39,0; 3. pi.

'N.'iiiisu, 91,5; flit. 3. sg. r^issati, 90,a9;

3. pi. o.'issanti, 91,«.

niyyadeti, vb. (also niyyateti;

so. nir-Y/yat, cans, niryatayati) to

deliver, to give anything (acc.) into

one's charge (gen,); pr. 1. pi. o^ema(-mige rafiiio) 6,5 ;

ger. r^etva (brah-

maniiii amhakaiii) 9,i8; 38,&.

niyyanika, mfn. (sa. nir-yanika)

conducing to blessing, salutary, pro-

fitable; *a-"', mfn, (q, v.),

niyyama(ka), m. («a. nir-yama-

(ka)) a navigator, master, mate; o^ko,

25,16; acc, /^kam, 25,i8; *niyyamaka-kamma, n. "the mariner's calling",

acc. o/am, 24,1*; *^-jettha, m, "master

mariner", gen. ^v-assa, 24,io; *°-jet-

tbaka, m, id., ^ko, 24,u; '"-sippa,

n. "the art of seamanship", loc. >N/e,

24,18; "'"-sutta, n. "mariner's lore",

instr. <x/ena, 25,s8.

nir- (before vowels) indecl. prefix

(sa. nis) to verbs or nouns, implying

"out, away", or ."without, free from"

(cp. a-, an-, na-, vi-); before cons.

it is always shortened to ni- (v. h.)

and the foil. cons, is doubled (nik-

kaddhati etc.; nu(tbubhati), but be.

fore r, h it is lengthened to nl-

(niroga, niharati, cp. nibbana, niva-

rana).

niramkaroti (or nirakaroti)vb. (sa. nir-a-\/kr) to throw away,

repudiate; to ruin, destroy; ger. >x<atva

(attam) 55,i.

nirattha, mfn. (sa. nir-artha)

useless, vain; f. r^a, (tassa sevana)

14,8 ; n, i^&m (kalingaram) 107,6 =Dh. 41. — niratthaka, mfn. id. (sa.

nir-arthaka) ; Mapana, n. 52,6 (v, h.).

niraparadha, mfn. (= sa.)

unoffending, guiltless; acc. m, t^&m,

39,98.

niraya, m, (= sa.) hell; acc.

^am, 58,14. 74,i; dat. ^aya (upa-

kad^bati) Dh.311 ; loc. <x/e (nibbatto)

84,80 ; '%'amhi, 108,7; ussada-", 23,ae

(q. v.); — •"-bhaya, «. fear for hell,

instr. /x<ena, 17,8o; "-bhaya-bhita,

mfn. fearing hell, m, pi. t^a, 17,8i;

cirasaiLkata 143

*«-vagga, m. nan<e uf the ch. XXIIof Dh. (cp, nerayika).

*iiira8amk9,ta, f, {cp, aa. nir-

H^aBka, mfn.) tbo not, hesitating;

imtr, .vay^, 69,i8 (<(p. asaaka, /".)•

nirasaya, mfn. (so. nir-aQraya)

standing alone, supportless, who has

no inoliaa'ions; asc, m, .N/am, Dh.

410 {cp. asaya).

nirujjhati, vh, {pass., sa. ni-

\/rudh) to cease, end, io be dissolved;

pr, 3. pi. ^anti, 66,i7. 80,89; part.

/^mana, n. ->^am (dukkham nirujjhati,

opp. uppajjati, {q. v.)) 96,i3. {cp.

nirodba).

nirutti, f. {sq. nirukti) gramma-tical analysis, etymology; pronuncia-

tion, diction, dialect; instr. (or abl.?)

~iya (Magadhanam) 113,38; (Maga-dhaya) 114,88; ^-pada-kovida, mfn.

skilled in the [interpretation of] words

of the nirutti, i. e, the old dialect or

the original language of the holy

scriptures, m. ^o, Dh. 362. {cp. SBE.X. p. 84.)

*nirupakara, mfn. {cp. sa. nir-

upakarin) useless; tn ^o^ 35,28.

nirupaddava, mfn. {sa. nir-

upadrava) without affiiction or mishap,

happy, secure; f. o^a (nava) 25, 20.

nirumbhati, vb. {sa. ni-\/rudh)

to stop, suppress; to hush, silence

{ace); ger. ^itva (saddam) 66,85.

{cp. Tr. PM. p. 69.)

Tiirupadh;, mfn. (sff. nir-upadhi,

with u lenghtened cietri causa (?), cp,

Faush0ll, Dhpd. (1866) p. 433 &Tr. PM. p. 78) free from passions;

106,2'j. Dh. 418 {v, upadhl).

nirokasa, mfn. {sa, nir-avakacja)

inaccessible, impossible, inconvenient;

loc, /i, f^% (tbane) 41,89 {cp, an-ava-

kasa & okasa).

airodha, m. (= so.) cessation,

deptruction; nom. <n^o, 66,18. 108,

u

{sell, aabba-dukknassa) , saifakhara-'

2tc. 96,18 etc. {v. },.); a-sesa-viraga-",

37,15 {v. /».); ace. ^am (sanna-ve-

dayita-**) 80,ic; dat. r^siya., 93,8; abl.

/>,a, 94,1s; *-dukkhu-''. mfn, {q. v,);

- »-dhamma, mfn. Bubjectio destruc

tioD, n, ^a±, 68.ST {cp. dhamma *)).

nilina, mfn. {pp. niliyati; = aa.)

sitting on {loc); hidden, concealed;

m. ^0 (sakhaya) 13,is; loc. -x/e, 60,88.

niliyati, vb. {sa. ni-v^i) to sit

down {esp. in order to hide one's self);

pr. 3. sg. ,^ati, 60,7 ; aor. 3. sg. niliyi

(sakhagge, loc.) 13,s2; 60,83; ger.

^itva (riikkhe) 4,2i; - cows. II.

*niliyapeti, to cause one to hide one's

self, to conceal (ace); ger. .x/etva

(dhuttarii) 60,9.

nivattana. n. {sa, nivartana)

turning back, fleeing; a bend or curve

of a river; loc, ^e (Ganga-") 1,4. -

a-nivattana, mfn. {q, v,),

nivattati, vb, {sa. ni-\/vrt) to

turn back, return; to flee, disappear,

vanish; pr, 3, sg. rvati (himsa-mano)

Dh. 390; part, instr. m. ->/antcna,

83,5; imp. 3. sg. i^ain (sotthim nava,

"return to safety") 27,84 ; aor. 3. sg.

nivatti (nagarabhimukho) 43, 15; inf.

«^itum, 27,11 ;ger. ^itva, 6,i6. 12, 11;

pp. nivatta, wi. ^0 (bhavissati) 60, 31.

— cans, nivatteti & nivattayati, to

turn, lead back; part. ace. m. />.aya-

manam, 60,19; imp. 2. sg. o^aya

(nivattay'etam rathaiii) 60,i4; ger.

<%/etva, 60,18.

nivattha, mfn. {pp. nivasati; sa.

nivasita) *)dwelling, living, inhabiting;

') clothed, dressed in, wearing {ace,

or e. c); f. ,-wa (satakaiii) 31, 10; mj.

ojO (sSna-satl-") 71,29; su-nivattha,

mfn. carefully dressed; ace. m. ,%.am

(pabbajitarii) 63,30.

nivata, mfn. (= so.) sheltered

from the wind, low {opp. pavata, sa,

pravata); — *nivata(ka), n. a place

sheltered from the wind, calm, stillness;

loc. o^e (labbhamane) 48,? must beunderstood in the sense of "opportu*nity", if we have not here an old error

for nimantaka, m. {sa. nimantraka,cp. nimanteti) an inviter, i. e. a wooeror seducer, cp, the comm. Jat. V,437,18 (raho nimantake paribhedake)& Mil. p. 206.

143 nisldfipeti

nivapa, m. (= $a.) seed; food, a

portion of food, gift of food ; acc, ,^&m(vapitva, miganain) 6,4; — *°-tina,

n. "grass to eat", acc. /v-am (ropetva)

6,6; *"-puttha, mfn, "fed on grains",

m. <v.o (maba-varaho'), Dh. 326.

*nivaretar, m. (sa. *nivarayitr)

one who holds back, who refuses to

admit any person; nom. «N/a (a-fifia-

tanam) 90,8a (opp, pavesetar).

nivareti, vb, (^caus. ni-y/vi", sa,

nivarayati) to keep back or away from

(abl.); to prohibit, forbid; pot. 3, sg.

/varaye (asabbha) Dh. 77; (papacittam) Dh, 116; aor. 3. sg. r^esi,

39,17-19; grd. -^etabba, m. ,%^o, 83,4;

nivaretar, to, (q, v.^ cp. dun-nivaraya.

nivasa, m. (== sa.) dwelling,

abode; acc. o^am (gahetva, "stopped")

8,30, — pubbe-", m. {v. h.).

nivasana, n. (= sa.) an under-

garment; MOTO,/N/am (opp. parupanam)29,23 ; 82,84 (cp. patinivasana)."

*nivasapeti, vb. {cans, II. ni-

yvas, cp. next) to cause to be dressed

(with double acc); ger. ,^etva (mamahatavatthani) 27,i8; (deyim dibba-

vattham) 61, is.

nivaseti, vb. {caus. ni-^vas, sa.

nivasayati) to put on (clothes, acc),

to dress one's self; ger. /%/etva (te,

sci7. sa^ake) 41,4; 76,i6. 78,4 (having

dressed himself); parimandalam f>^,

82,27 (q. V.) cp. nivasana & i^rcc

nivittha, mfn. (pp. nivisati, sa.

ni-v'vi?, nivish^a) entered, settled

down, founded, situated; married;

kasa-", mfn. touched by the whip, m,

^0 (asso) Dh. 143'' (lit. "married

to the whip"?).

nivedeti, vb. (caws. ni-\/vid, sa.

nivedayati) to communicate, report,

announce, proclaim (acc); imp. 2. pi,

/^^etba (tuttbim) €4,6; aor. 3. pi.

(vayimsu, 31,e.

nivesana, n. (sa. nivepana) ')

'entering', dwelling, manBion, house,

home; nom. ^aiii, 78,6; aco. (vaih

fgantva, **weDt home") 51,6; loo. r^e

(sake) 78,1 ; — *o-UbaDa, n. i4. 2,is;

— '-dvara, n. the entrance or gate of

a house, 68,2. 73,3i; loc. /N.,e, 38,i3;

- raja-", the king's palace, abl. /^a,

19,16. - *) metaph. attachment of mindor false opinion (Coram. = di(thi),

V, a-nivesana, mfn, Dh. 40.

niveseti, vb, (caus. ni-^viQ, sa.

nivedayati) to cause to enter; attanam<^, to place or direct one's self; pot,

3. sg. .x/aye, Dh. 158; /-veyya, Dh.282. cp. nivittba, nivesana.

nisamma, indecl. (.^er, nisameti,

to observe, attend to; sa. ni-gamya,

V'^am) carefully, considerately; '""O-ka-

rin, mfn, acting considerately; gen,-

m, f^ixio, Dh. 24.

nisincati, vb. (ni-^sic, sa. ni-

shincati) to sprinkle, besprinkle (aCc);

ger. r.^iya (te jalena) 110,3s.

nisinna, mfn. (pp. nisidati; sa.

nishanna) seated, sitting; m. »./0

(dhanasantike) 33,26; acc ».^&m (kii-

pagge) 18,6 ;gen. ^assa, 86,6; pi.

/^a (assembled) 109,32; gen. pi. -^a-

nam, 61,25; comp. *'-kale, while sitting,

1,1a; "-pallamkato, 66,27 (q. v.);

rukkhe "-puriso, 36,3; as finite tense :

nisinno'si (cintento), 4,3. cp. san-

uisinna. — nisinnaka, mfn. (sa. ni-

sbannaka) id., m, ^0 (va niddayi)

89,4,

nisidati, vb, (ni-ysad, sa, nishi-

dati) to sit, be seated, sit down; to

dwell; part, m, ,>/anto (ekato), 46,28;

imp, 2, sg. nisida (dvare) 57,2o; aor.

8. sg. nisldi, 11,26 (rukkhagge); 12,i3.

66,4; 5. pi. ») -x/iifasu (tassa guna-

kathaya, were lauding) 31,23; ''),N..isum,

112,28; ger, »)nisiditva (rukkhe) 2,5;

42,31. 87,34; '')nisajja, 78,6; pp. ni-

sinna (q. V,)] grd. nisiditabba, n.

>^&m, 83,88; caus. nisidapeti (q, v.)

cp, next.

""nisidana, n,, a mat to sit on;

"-paccattharanam, 84,io (v. h,),

*nisidapeti, vb. (caus. II. nisi-

dati) to cause to ait down or take

place, to cause to remain, leave;ger,

o/etvS (Bodhisattam hatthipiUhe)

45,u; 68,i*i».

nisedha 144

nisedha, m. (sa. zii?vhedha) keep-

injg; off, holding back, retitraining, pro-

hibition; f^o (manaso piyehi, "holding

the mind back from the pleasures of

life") Dh. 390; - *hin-», mfn. re-

strained by shame, m. t\/0 (puriso)

Dh. 143.

nisedheti, vb. (caus. ni-y/sidh,

8CT. nisbedhayati) to keep off, restrain,

prohibit, warn (acc.);part, m. (v/Cnto

(paribbajakam) 30,io.

nisevati, vl, {sa. ni-\/8ev, ni-

shevatfc) to »ttead, follow, practise,

cultivate; {acc.)pr. S.pl.med.msevBixe

(sakhii sukha, wind round one another)

37,34.

uissamsaya'-ii, adv. {sa. ni/i-

SljiKjayam) undoubtedly, surely; 114,S4.

{cp. samsaya).

*ni8sakkana, n. {ft, nissakkati,

tia. ni/<-\/8rp) creeping out; bilara-

nissakkana-matta, mfn, 90,85 {v. /».).

nissajjati, vh. (sa, ni/i-y/srj) to

let loose; give up. give over (occ);

imp. 3. sg. .^atii (inaaia bhikkhusam-

gham) 74,23; poi. I. eg. ^eyyam,74,2V.

nissadda, ntfn. {sa. ni/i-^abda)

noipeleas, silent; ace. n-. .>./am (maha-

janam) 88,s.

*nis8aya, prp. w. ace. {get. nis-

sayati, so. *ni5raya, \/Qri, lit. 'leaning

on') ') near to; padumasaram '>^, 3,3i;

pasanapittham, 17,»o; — *) by means

of, by one's support; tumhe ^, 12,3s;

raianam f» ("in the king's service")

24,18; tarn ekikam >v, 31,sp; tarn r^,

87,3; imam kayam,^^, "through con-

nection with", 99,16 ; — *) because of,

by the reason of, for sake of; Mitta-

vindakam '^, 23,u-i8; dhanam '>^,

33,3s; mam r«., 39,ie; etam^, 49,8i;

amhe /x/, 60,u; issaviyam r»/, 60,i8;

dittbim ^ papikam, Dh, 164. cp.

next.

*ni8 8ita, mfn. {pp. ni-y'^ri; cp.

sa, a-Qfita) depending on, devoted to

{ace. or eomp.)\ m. ^o (dvayaiii,

ayaiii loko) 96,6; raga-", mfn. devoted

to passions, w. pi. ~a (saifakappa)

Dh. 339. cp. a-nissita, san-nissita.

nisseni (or^i), f.{sa. ni/i-(?re?i)

a ladder, 'sUirs; ahl. ^\io (otaranto)

62,87. . ,, .

nihata. mfn, (= sa.^pp. m-y/hm)

•slain', dejected; humiliated, humble;

m. ^0 (seti) 30,»i; *»-mana, mfn.

whose pride is defeated, humble;

/^mana-bhava, m. humility, ace. /%/aifa,

nihina, mfn. (= sa.y pp. m-v/ba)

low, vile, mean; *0-kamma, mfn., pi,

m. ~a (manuja) "men of evil deeds",

74,2.

nigba (or nigha), m. {cp._ sa.

nigha, sin) suffering, pain; *a-mgha,

mfn. {q. v.).

nica, mfn. {= sa.) low {opp,

ucca); ace, m. n. r^&m (katva, "hold-

ing it down, turning it downwards")

82,21. 84,11 ; *»-thaniya, mfn. occu-

pying a low position, aec. m, •^&m.

(ucce thane tbapeturii) 76,u.

nita, mfn, {= sa.; pp. neti) led,

brought; ace, pi, ni, ^e (attano san-

tikarii) 38,80.

niyati, niyamaDa, pass. v.

neti.

niroga, mfn. (= sa.) free from

sickness; m, ^0 (siho) 13,22.

nila, n. {sa. nida) a nest; v.

nidda.

nila, mfn. (= sa.) dark, blue,

green; "-vanna, mfn, id. ace. m. ^am(samuddam) 26,i8; — nH'uppala-,

47,13 {v. uppala); — "-kusa-tina, n.

26,18 {v, kusa); - "-mani & inda-nila

{v,h.).•

nivarana, n. (& «». ?) (sa. mva*rana & nivarana, n.) an obstacle,

hindrance; occ, pi. pafioa -^e, 91,8

(the five obstacles to a religious life,

i. c. lust, malice, sloth, pride, anddoubt, V. Childers, Diet.); vi-niva-

rana-citta, mfn. {q. v.) ep. nivarana,n. fr. nivareti {q. v.Y

nibarati, vh. (sa. xiiv-\l)ai) to

take out, to pull or drive out {aec.)\

aor. 3. sg, nibari (kaccbapam) 12,32;

145 nerayika

60,25; ger. ^itvS (migaganaih gaha-natthanato) 6,ia; 14,26; 37,i7. 67,o3,

84,9,

nu, indecl, (= sa.) ') a particle

combined with interrogatives, very

frequently followed by kho (q, v.)\

kin nu kho, l,8i. 86,2» etc. (v. kim*);kin nu karanam, 3,i; kacci ^ kho,

3,K', kaccin nu, 9,28; kaya nu . . . ka-

thaya, 29,3o; ko nu dipo, llO.si;

kahan <%^ kho, 34,n ; kathaih /v kho,

81,15; kati .>/ kho, 81,i9; api nu,

73,4. — ') particle of interrogation

(generally = we, num); atthi nu kho,

14,8g; bhabbo nu kho, 70,i; saddoyeva nu kho Nagaseno ("is N. any-

thing but a mere sound") (= nonne)

97,80 ; BoroetimeB pleonastically inserted

after a relative before the following

interrogative sentence ; yan nu ahaiii

balo, atha kena . . . 54,ie; yo nu khoevarii vadeyya . . ., samma nu khoso vadeyya, 99,80-si. — ^) particle of

asseveration; at the end of a sentence ;

nu 'ti cintiya (certainly, surely) 1 11, is.

cp. nanu & nuna.

nutthubhati, t»6. = nitthubhati

(3- v.).

nudati, vb. (sa. •\/n\id) to push,

drive away (acc); pr, 3, sg. />/ati

(pamadam) Dh. 28.

nuna, indecl. (sa. nunam) ^)inter-

rogative (comb. w. yara) : yan nuna,-what if?" (w. pot) 6,4. 33,27. 46,23.

68,35. — ^) affirmative : certainly, surely;

na nuna visahati, 90,26; nibbuta nunasa mata, 64,i4. cp. nu.

nekkba,m.(ornikkha; «a. nishka)

a golden ornament; a certain coin of

gold; acc. r^vim (jambonadassa) Dh.230.

n e k k b am m a, n. (sa. naishkramya,

fr. nish-\/krani, cp. nikkhamati) re-

nunciation of the world, abandonmentof desires; loc, ,^e, 68,20; ''-kalo,

45,6; o-sukham, Dh. 272, "the happi-

ness of release", cp. SBE. X, 67;"•fipasama, m. (v. upasama) Dh. 181.

As nekkhamma frequently occurs in

the phrase /waiil nikkhamati and the

FUl Oloituy.

Burmese often write nikkhamma, it

seems to be advisable to derive it

from sa. naishkramya, The northern

Buddhists write generally naishkarmya

(fr, karman), but this is surely due

to false etymology; nekkhamma is

often opp. to kama, wherefore BhysDavids & Oldenberg (SBE.Xlll, 104)

have preferred to derive it from sa.

""naish-kamya, cp, abhinikkhamana.negama, m, (= sa.) a citizen,

townsman (opp. janapada); "-jana-

pada, m. pi, "townsmen and country-

folk", acc. rwB, 6,2 ; loo, /x-esu, 7,25,

cp. nigama.

neti (& nayati), vb, (sa. ^ni)

^) to lead, guide; to bring, carry off,

take, take with (acc.);pr. 2. sg. nesi,

5,5; 101,18 (tava bhariyam); I. sg,

nemi, 101,i9; 5. sg. ^ati (raetri causa :

o^ati) Dh, 257; 3. pi. ^&nti, 106,20-27

= Dh. 240; 80; imp. 3. sg. nehi

(main) 2,3; 2. pi. netba, 19,26. 68,15;

put, 3. sg, naye (attham sahasa, "to

carry a matter with violence") Dh.256;fut. 1. sg. nessami, l,i8; 2. pi. nes-

satha, Dh. 179-80; aor. 3. sg. nayi

(sa nayi, perhaps = sanayi, fr. aneti)

111,30; 5. pi. nayimsu, 24,23; inf.

netave (= netum) Dh. 180; —pass.niyati, 3. pi. -x^anti (iokamha, abl.)

Dh. 176; part, loc. pi. niyamanesu,

40,2 ; pp. nita (g. v.) cp. naya, nayaka& next.

*nettika, m. (fr. sa. netra) one

who makes conducts for watering;

pi. .-wa (udakaih nayanti) 106,27 =Dh. 80.

nepunna, n. (sa. naipunya, fr.

nipuna) experience, skill, wisdom;

acc. f>/&a\, 114,16.

Neranjara, f. (sa, Nairanjana)

nom. pr, of a river in Magadha, near

TJruvelS; acc, /x/am, 103,2; gen, /vaya,

66,9.

nerayika, mfn, (sa. nairayika,

fr. niraya) belonging to hell, suffering

in hell; """-satta, m, an inhabitant of

hell or condemned to hell; nom. /<wO,

24,1; gen, pi, ^anarii, 23,tT.

10

neva 146

neva, indeel. («o. naiva, fr. na +eva) V. na*^.

neva'8aflfla-iiS,8aflflS, f. (sa.

naiva-samjfia-nasaihjfia) neither per-

ception nor not perception, only eomp.

'-ayatana, n. 80,8-» (v. ft.).

no*, gen, pi, pron., v. ahaih.

no*, adv. (= fa.) a negative par*

tide, equal to *na', but with more

emphasis ; *) not inon) 10,so. Dh. 96;

no h'etarii, "certainly not so", 70,8

{cp. h'); no ca kho, "and certainly

not", 90,35 (followed by atha kho);

'ti evam no, "in this way you cannot

reason", 92,28 ; 'ti evani pi no, "nor

po", 92,»b; no yati koci, Dh. 179

fComra. = na uyyati?) ; — *) and not

{neque) i sariisadeti no vissajjeti,

90,^6. cp. nex'.

note, adv. (fr. no -f ce. q. v.\

sa. no ced) if not {opp. sace); 4,33.

56,20 (w. foil, fut.); no ce paragave-

sino (v. ft.) Dh. 3.56.

P.

*pa', indeel., a syllable indicating

abbreviation = etc., sometimes used

instead of pe (q. <>.); lC2,u {cp, la).

pa-', indeel, {sa. pra) prefix to

Qouns and verbs, sometimes implying

'on, forth, awpy', otherwise giving the

verbs a certain perfective meaning or

making them inchoative {cp. parodati)

or intensive {cp, pamodati); in cotnp.

after vowels the p it sometimes doubled,

e. g, a-ppamiida etc,\

-pa', wi/n. (= sa.) only e. c. ')

drinking; v. dhenu-pa; '') guarding,

protecting; v. gopa.

pamsu, m. & n. {sa, pamsu, m.)

soil, dust, earth; nom. w. ^u (sithilo)

40,24; ncc. .x^uiii (oiadhuram) 88,2-3;

gen, .>..uno, 40,.'6; n. pi. ,^uni {ace.

pjida-", "the dust at his feet") 77,7.

— "-kula, n. 'a dust-heap', a certain

Mscetic dress made of rags; "'"-kula-

dhara, mfn. "wearing dirty raiments",

ace. m, rN..arii, 106,ia = Dh. 395.

pakati, f, {sa, prakfti) nature,

natural state; at the beginning of comp,

= natural, real; usual, ordinary; what

has been hitherto, former; *0-8amudda,

m. {opp. the mythical or supernatural

ocean) 26,»i; **-uyyanapalaka, m,

("his former gardener") gen, <N/assa,

.38,5.

pakarana, n. {sa. prakarana)

'production^, a literary work, book,

treatise; Nanodayaiii nama (^am,

113,28; Mahg-», (v. ft.).

pakara, m. {sa, prakara) kind,

sort; nana-ppakara, mfn, {v. nana).

pakaseti, vh. {cans. pra-\/ka?,

sa. praka(jayati) *) to illustrate, ex-

plain, declare, preach, make known

(acc); part.m. /^..ento (imam attham)

2,9; 30,16. 43,36. 47,24; aor. 3. sg.

^esi (saccani) 62,a; (anisamsam)

68,21; inf. />^etum, 11,9. I14,i5; ger.

/s^etva, 29,16. 47,3o; pp. pakasita, m.

^0 (dhammo) 69, is. — *) intr. to

shine; pr. 3. pi, ,^enti (diire santo.

opp. na dissanti) Dh. 304.

pakinnaka, «/"«. (sa. prakirnaka)mixed, miscellaneous; "-vagga, m. the

XXl'h chapter of Dh.pakopa, m. {sa. prakopa) anger,

••age ; *kaya-ppakopa, *mano-°, *vaci-'*,

Dh. 231-33 {v. ft.).

pakka, mfn. {sa. pakva) *) boiled,

roasted; acc. m. f^&m (aggina) 16,2;

loc. n. ^e (sarire) 15,83; *pakkodana,mfn. {v. odana). — ') ripe, mature;

pakka-phala-, 2,i ; n. ix-arii, fruit (=phala); amba-", mango fruit, 16,«5

(ambapakk'); 36,8i. cp. paripakka.

pakkamati, vb, {sa. pra-v/kram)to go forth, go away; pr. 8. pi. o^anti,

42,32; pot. 3. sg, ~eyya, 100,25; aor.

3. sg. pakkami, 9,4. 69,23; carikaiii

»v., 70,31 {v, carika); 3. pi, pakka-miiiisu, 6,1?; pp. pakkanta, f. /^a,

went away, 73,io; loc. m. acira-ppak-

kante, 70,i3 {v. a-cira).

pakkosati, vh. {sa, pra-y/kru?)to call, call upon, invite (acc); aor.

3. sg. pakkosi (nabapitara) 28,33;

ger, rvitva, 9,22. 19,28. — caus, II,

147 pacoati

*pakkosapeti, to send for (ace); aor,

3. sg. /^esi (dhitaraifa) 10,9; ger.

ni^etva, 6,23; pp, »». rwito (tena), 37,i9.

pakkha, m. {sa. paksha) a wing;

acc^ pi, rwe (pasaretva) 10,1*; (vi-

dhunitva) 18,i9. cp, pakkhiH & pek-khuna.

pakkhandati,v&.(&'a.pra-\/skand)to make off, spring forth (out) or over

(occ); aor. 3. sg, pakkhandi.(navayasainuddaiii, weut to sea) 23, lo; (navasamuddam >v) 23,u; 3. pi." rK/Xrhsn,

25,80 ;ger. /witva (thanaih) 27,87;

pp. pakkhanta, «i. t^o (Siinbalivanarii)

60,c; /". ^a (videsam) 27,8b. cp. next.

pakkhandika, f. (sa. praskan-dika) diarrhoea; v. lobita-".

pakkhandi>i, mfn. (sa. praskan-

din) 'springing forth', attacking, ic-

Bulting; instr. m. /x/ina, Dh. 244.

pakkhitta, mfn. (pp. pakkhipati

;

8a. praksliipta) thrown, cast or put

on (intoV, comp. "-tila (tattakapale)

11,7; "-Kukkuto (paiijare) 46,2o,

pakkhin, m, (sa, paksbin; fr.

pakkba) a bird; nom. pi. n^'i, 11,u.

pakkhipati, vb. (sa, pra-^ksbip)to throw, cast, place (acc.) on or into

(loc.);pr. 3. pi, rw-anti (te karana-

gbare) 21,i5; aor. 3. sg. pakkhipi,

9,84; inf. ,<viturii (maranadukkbamannassa upari) 7,9; ger. ^itva, 4,2i.

18,14. 39,33 (pamsum); 40,i8, 50,34.

— cans. II. *pakkhipapeti, to cause

to put into; aor, 3. sg. rvcsi (tamnavaya) 26.i7; ger. f^et\a,, 38,3.

pagabbha, mfn. (sa. pragalbha)bold, arrogant; m. instr, <>wena, Db.244. - a-ppagabbba, mfn. (v. h.).

pagalha, mfn, (pp. pra-v/gah;sa, pragadba) sunk or plunged into,

devoted lo; m, pi. rva (ettha, v. h.)

104,1.

pagganbati (or >N/ati), vb. (sa.

pra-^grab) to stretch out, raise, lift

up; to take, seize etc, (acc.)\ ger,

•) paggayha (anjaliiii) 22,4; (baba)

30,19 ;(tulam) Db. 268; - ••) pagga-

hetva (anjahm) 22,6; - •) paggan-

bitva (anjalim) 30,6. cp. paggaha.

paggayha, ger,; v, prec.

^paggava, m. a kind of creeping

(bitter) plant (probably = pbaggava,"a sort of pot herb", Abhidhanap.,

cp. Vin. I 201,14 & 381,17 (pakkavanti latajati)); acc. pi. ^e, 38,i. -"-valli, f. id.; acc, pi. o.^iyo, 37,i9.

paggaha, m, (sa. pragraba)'stretching forth, seizing', assunaing,

accepting, friendly reception ; ""asanta-",

V. a-uanta.

paggahetva, ger., v. pagganbati.

paggharati, vb. (sa. pra-i/gh)")

to flow, trickle or ooze forth; part,

instr. n, ^antena (assuna) 5,i4; pp,owita, n. ^am (assum) 89,i3; "-khela,

mfn, 65,5 (v. h).

pamka, m(k; n). (= sa.) mud,clay; dirt, sin; loc, t^e (sanno) Dh.

327 ; "-pi^be, on the mud (v, pit^ha)

6,17; pi, /%^a (dirt) Dh. 141.

pacati, vb. (sa. ^pac) ') to cook

(acc); pr. 1. sg, «^ami (kittakaiii)

67,10 ; imp, 2, sg, «%..abi, 67,i9; aor,

3. sg. paci, 67,u; inf. .^..ituib, 67,84;

ger, «N/itva, 28,83. — *) intr. to burn,

to be tormented (iu hell); ger. /s^itva

(cp. pass, paccati, q, v,) 84,5o. — caus,

II, *pacapeti, to cause to be cooked

(acc); part, m. ,>/ento (patarasain)

8,80 ; inf. »^etum (bhattam) 33,85.

cp. pakka.

pacinati, vb. (sa. pra-\/ci) to

collect, pluck (acc); part, acc. m,

-^antaiii (pupphani) Dh. 47-48; fut,

3, sg. pacessati (puppham iva-ppa-

cessati) Dh. 44.

paccakkhato, adv. (abl, fr.

paccakkha, mfn. visible, perceptible;

sa. pratyaksbatas) before the eyes,

visibly; attaiia /^, natva^ 38,i8; >^

passasi, 85,8i.

paccakkhati, vb. (sa, praty-a-

\/khya) to refuse, deny, abandon (acc)

;

ger, >N/aya (purimam ambaih a-pac-

cakkhaya, not being able to deny the

first mango) 100,i8.

paccati, vb. (pass, pacati); *)

to be cooked, ripen (metaph. of actions

which are ripe for retribution); pr. 3,

10*

paccattam 148

sg. ^»i\ (papam) Dh. 69. 119. - «)

to burn, be tormtnted (in hell); part,

paccamana, ace. w. ^an (nerayika-

sattarii) 23,30 ; m. pi. ^a, (satta,

Avicimlii) 27,u,

. p a c c a 1 1 am, adv. [sa. praty-atiuam)singly, by one's sel:, suddhi asuddhi/x^, "one is pure or impure by him-

self", Dh. 165.

*paccatthp.rajaa. n. {fr. praty-

a-\/3tr, cp. sa. astarana) a carpet or

sheet (to lay on a bed) ; nisidana-''

^aih, 84,10 ("the mat and the sheet"),

paccanta, mfn, ha. pratyanta)bordering on; n. ^aiii (nagaram,"frontier fort") Dh.316; comp. "-gatna,

m. & "-ganiaka, m. a border-village,

38,29. 14,9; *'-bhumi, f. a bordering

country, ace. rviiii, 43,13 ; "-simato,

abl. from the frontier, 43,u. {cp,

81ma, /".)

paccantima, nifn, (sa, pratyan-

tima) = prcc. ; n. rvaih (nagarnm)90,31.

paccaya, m. (sa. pratyaya) ')

belief, trust, confidence; ^) requisite,

means, help, reliance; acc. pi, i^e,

102,8; gilana-** -bliesajja, 97,8 (v. /(.);

"-dayaka, m, "one who gives the re-

liances (to the priests)", pi. ,^a, 102,8;

') cause or concurrent occasion (cp.

lietu); vinasa-", 34,24 (q. v.); abl,

])accaya (e. c.) :=: depending on, on

account of, avijja-" [etc.] 66,e e/c,

cakkhu-samphassa-'*, 70,27 (q, v,);

a-para-ppaccaya, mfn. {v, /«.) cp. pa-

tic':a; Waddel^ Lamaisn, p. 118.

pa jcavekkhati, vb, (sa. praty-

ava-yiksh) to look at, consider, con-

template; part, gen, m. ,%^antassa

(yathaviditarii bhumim) 69,33.

paccassosum, aor, 3, pi., v,

putiMiniiti.

paccagacchati, vb. (sa. praty-

a- /gam) to come back again, return;

ao". 3, sg. ,-^agairi, 25,13; 3. pi, »^a-

gamiihsu, 40,i2. •'.i5,27. :p, next.

paccagan.ana, «. (sa. pratya-gamana) coming back; na ''-ttlianam,

the place from where one does not

return, 56, 18.

paccamitta, m.{sa. praty-amitra)

an enemy, adversary; pi. /n/S, 36,i4;

acc. pi. op-e, 3,24. On account of false

etymology the 'a' has been lengthened,

as it were derived from pacca (sa.

praty-a) + mitta (sa> raitra), cp,

mitta & a- mitta.

paccasimsati, vb, (sa, praty-a-

\/(^ins) to expect (acc); pr, 3. sg,

^ati (luamagamanarii) 87,ao-s7.

paccuggacchati, vb. (sa, praty-

ud-Vgam) to go out (towards), go to

meet \pr.l.sg. ,>^ami [w, dat, yuddhaya,

to battle) 104,4; ger, /^gantva, 83,6.

paccuttheti [or paccutthati], vb,

(sa. praty-ut-y'stha) to rise, arise;

ger. /^tthaya, 68,9.

paccusa, m. (sa. pratyusha) dawn,

daybreak; "-kiile (loc.) at dawn, 12,8;

"-samayaiii (aec.) & "-samaye (loc)

id. 68;8, 86,97,

pacceti, vb. (sa. praty-(a-)\/i)

to go back, return; to fall back (upon,

acc); pr, 3. sg. <N^eti (papam; to be

scanned : pa(i-eti) Dh. 125.

*pacchato, adv, (& prp. w, gen,)

(abl. fr.sa. paQca); behind; 83,32 (opp.

purato); Dh. 348 (opp. pure); tesara

(x- agamilsi, 33,7; o^ nisinnara, 46,2;

». kassaci anagamanabhavaiu natva,"having observed that nobody pursuedthem", 40,11. cp, next,

pacclia, adv, (sa, patjcat) *) be-

hind; Dh.421 (opp, pure); cp.paccha-bahaiii. etc.\ — -) afterwards; ^ janiS'

sami, 15,27; rw pivissatni, 22,32; 35,3o;

66,3; 113,19; paccha-bhattam (v. /».),

cp. paccliima.

*paccha-baham, adv. (fr. bahaor = paccha-baddham?) with the

hands tied behind the back; r^ ban-dhitva, 39,31.

*paccha-bhattam, adv,^ after

the meal, in the afternoon; 86, .1.

*paccha-vamanaka-dhatuka,mfn, deformed behind; m, r>.,Q, 24,94

(cp. dhatu & dhatuka).

*paccha - vippatisarin, mfn.

U9 pancangulika

feeling regret or remorse afterwards;

m. pi. o^ino, 79,18.

pacchaya, f. (sa. pracchaya, n.f

cp. chaya) a shadowy place; loc,

.v-ayaiii, 7 6,3s.

"'pacchasana, n. a back seat (on

an elephant); loc, o^e (hatthipitthe)

45,3a.

paccha-samana, m. [sa. pa^cac-cliramana) a junior Buddhist monkwho accompanies a senior monk, walk-

ing behind him at sorae distance; an

attendant priest; ace, r>^aii], 82,26;

instr. o^ena, 70,io. 83,i.

*pacchi, f, {cp. sa. pra^na, m.

(?) & pastya (Tr.); Prakr. pacclii.

cp. Pischcl, Gr. § 293) a basket;

loc. «N/iyarh, 60,85; puppha-°, flower-

basket, instr. >x/iya, 49,36; loc, 50,4.

- kacavara-chaddana-o, 48,s4 (v. ka-

cavara). — tasara-", 87,87 {v. /».).

pacchindati, v&. (sa. pra-y^chid)

to cut off, break off, discontinue, leave

(flcc); ger, .^.-itva (abararii) 46,*. —pass, pacchijjati, to cease ; aor. 3. sg,

pacchijji, 42,3o.

pacchima, mfn. {sa. pa^cinia,

cp. paccba) ^) being behind or at the

back of; "-pehe {loc.) behind the house,

12,13; "-dvareva {instr,), by the back-

door, ib.; o-padehi {instr.pl.) "in his

hind feet", 24,J6. — *) last, latest; f. ,^5

(vaca Tathagatassa) 80,s; loc. m,

^e (kale) 86,i8; (yame) 99,»3; °-vifi-

nana-sariipaha (q. v.) 99,86. - ') western

;

ace, f. /^aih (disam) 95,8.

*pacchimaka, mfn. {fr, prec.)

back, last; m, <^o (l)hikkhu) 79,33.

pajahati, vb. {sa. pra-yha) to

leave, abandon, give up, eschew (acc);

fut. 2. pi, pahassatha (metri causa

/N.-a, B. jahissatha) to get rid of,

overcome (dukkhaih) Dh. 144; inf. •)

pabatum (yasaifa) 64,3.1; '') pahatave

(in order to escape, niaradheyyam)

Dh. 34; ger. ») pahaya, 9,4 (tarn);

43,4; 91,6 (pafica nivarane) ; Dh. 329

;

'») pahatvana, Dh. 243. 416; pp,

pahina (v. h.) cp, pahana.

paja, f. (»a. praja) offspring, race;

creatures, men, people; nom, t^a,, Dh.

85. 264. 342; acc. ,^itm, Dh. 28;

loc. ~aya, 78,i6. cp. pajapati.

*pajana, mfn. {nom. ag. fr. next)

possesseil of knowledge; siimmappa-

jana, mfn. Dh. 20 {v. h.) cp. panna.

pajanati, vb. {sa. pra-y'jiia) to

know, understand, perceive (acc); pr.

3. sg. ->./ati (sahetudhammaih) 66,21;

71,16; Dh. 402 (dukkhassa khayam);pass, pannayati, caus. pafinapeti {q.

V.) cp. pajana, panna, paiina etc,

pajapati, m. {f. rJi) {sa. praja-

pati) lord, husband {f. lady, wife);

«N/i-nadayam, the heart of a wife,

64,18; — sa-pajapatika, mfn. being

together with one's wife or husband;

m. r^o (kumbhilo) 2,86. - Pajapati,

f.nom.pr., v. Mahapajapati Gotami.pajjalita, mfn, {pp, pajjalati,

pra-\/jval, sa. prajvalita) flaming,

blazing, burning; loc. /^*i sati (nic-

caiii, "as [this world] is always burn-

ing") Dh. 146 ; "-aggikkhatidha, m.

26,3 {v. h).

pajjota. Ml. {sa. pradyota) light,

flame, fire; gen. ^./asst'va nibbanam,80,35 ("even as a flame dies away");

tela-", m. {v, h.).

pajjhayati, vb. {sa. pra-\/dhyai,

cp. jhayati*) to muse, mourn, to be

afflicted; part,m.r^&nto (parajito viya

dukkhi duoimano) 2,u.

pafica, num. (== sa.) five; nom,

acc, o^a, 82, 10; 67, 11 (pailc' upada-nakkhandha); 91,6 (~ nivarane); ^{sell, sailge) Dli. 370 {cp. panca-saiigfitiga) ; instr. {abl.) /^abi (kama-gunehi) 67,85; gen. {dat.) (^.-annarii

(mahanadinam) 72,87; (bhikkliu-sata-

nara, cp. pancasata) 79,33; loc. /x/asu

(silesu, q. v.) 7,84; ((hanesu) 60,86;

— comp. panca-vanna-, of five colours,

4,9. 62,18 ; "-sugandhika-parivara, mfn,

41,13 (v. /».) cp. next etc., pannasa,

pannarasa & pannarasa.

pailcaQgika, mfn, {=sa.) having

five parts, five-fold; <*-baDdb&na, n,

23,81.

""paficafigulika (or paftcaflgula,

paSoama 160

.N/li), n. {cp. sa. paflcangula & -vli)

'a mark of five fingers', *) an ornament

in tlie sliape of n spread hand used an

a symbol to avert misfortune; gandba-pf^ncafigulikaii (aec.) "perfumed gar*

laads with fivo sprcys", 37, i (cp. .ffit,

III 303,»i; III 23,80 & 160,a; IVlo3,s7; Vin. II 123,18); - *>) an

iniiuKurul murk (oomt^Rting of perfumed

KurliindH) tu be placed on tliii neck

of tlie victim; avc, ^aih, 16,ss {cp,

Jat, I 192,d). [Morris, JPTH. 1884

p. 84; .lat. transl. by House, II p. 72;8BE. XX p. 116.]

pancaraa, mfn. (= sa.) the fifth;

ace. f. rt^aiii (gaharii) 64,28; nom. f.

^i (sena) 103,!'; loc. r^e (i. e. in

the fifth cliapter of Upasaka>vagga of

the AW) 91,19; veyyaggha-^ Dh. 296

iy.h)."^panca-vaggiya, mfn. {cp, sa.

piinca-varga) beionging to a group

of five; ace. m. pi, o.e (bhikkhu) the

five monks («'. e, Kondanaa, Vappa,

Bhaddiya, Mahunama & Assaji, Vin.

I 12-13; Jut. I p 82) 66,84.

paficn -visati, num. {sa, pafica-

virhcati) 25; "-visatima. mfn. the 26"',

f». ^o (vRggo) Dh. XXV.*pai'ica-safigatiga,m/'n.,"e8caped

fiom the five fett«-s", »t. «.o, Dh, 370;V, saiiga .^ atigu.

pafica-sata. m((»i., mfn.pl. (sa.

pinca-cjata) 500; wi. pi, ^a, 21, J8.

32,15; ace. ^e, 21,22; f. /vS, 21,8i;

instr. .^ehi (therein) 109,i2; gen.

»>^auaih, 109,b; comp. ^-niiga-parivara,

mfn. 5,89; sata is often separated from

panca, forming the last part of a subst,

camp.., panca-jati-satani (n.pl.) 17, lo;

pauCasu attabliava-satesu (loc.) 17,?;

pancannaiii bhikkhu-satanam (gen.)

79,33. - panca-satima, mfn. the SOO"*

;

i«. <^o, 1 7,8.

*p a fi c a 11 a n t a r i y a - k a ra m a , «.,

V. Snantariya.

paucayudho, n. (= sa.) five

sorts of weapon; naddha-", mfn., v.

ayudlia.

panjara, n, (£ m.) (=,sa.) a cage;

loc. ^e, 18,86. 46,80 ; 18,t4 (suvanna-");

— *ratha-', n. the body of a chariot,

«^ara, 98,5; - *8iha-», n. a window,

loc. /v-e, 46,1.

panna, mfn. (sa. prajna) wise,

prudent, intelligent; ace. m. -^/am,

Dh. 208; nikati-o, mfn. (q.v.) cp,

a-panfia, duppafifia & pafifiii, f.

pafifiatta, mfn, (pp. paftflapeti.

sa! i)rajilnpta, caun. pra-VJ'"0 '"'*'^«

known, ordered, appointed; prepared,

arranged, laid down; m. <%^o (dham-

mo ca vinayo ca desito -%/) 79,5;

n, ,>^am (sikkhapadam) 81, is; loc.

f>^e (asane) 68,u; yathapannattara

(bhumniattharanam) 84,i7 ("how it

was spread out").

paiinatti, f (sa. prajfiapti) ')

declaration, ordinance; ^) name, desig-

nation; nom. rvi (synon. voharo) 97,2.

— puggala-" (v. /*.).

pannapeti, vb, = pannapeti

(q. v.).

pannavat & panfiavanta, mfn,

V, pannavatpanna, f. (sa. prajfia) wisdom,

intelligence, knowledge, understanding;

nom. ^vi, 5i,8. 103,10 ; Dh. 372; imtr.

~aya, 91,84. 104,6, 107,u = Dh. 277;

gen. o^aya, 91,7. Dh. 280 (rnaggara,

"the way to knowledge"); — "-cakkhu,

M. (q. v.). — *''-pasada, m. 'palace of

wisdom', aec. ^aih (aruyha, "climbing

tlie terraced heights of wisdom") Dh.

28; - *''-avudha, n. (v. avudha); —"-sila-samahita. mfn. rich in knowledgeand virtue, ace. m. .-waiii, Dh. 229;— '"-samkhata, mfn, named paiina,

instr. f. ^aya (medhaya) 91,27. —gambhira-panna. mfn.^ maha-paiina,

mfn. (q. v.), sammappanna, f. (v.

sain ma) cp. paiina, mfn. etc,

pannapeti (& pannapeti) vb.

(caus. pajanati, pra-Y/jna, sa. pra-

.liiapayati & prajnapayati) to makeknown, declare, prescribe; designate,

predicate; to prepare, arrange, lay

down (aec. as a seat, carpet etc.); pr,

1. sg. /v^apemi (nigb.ataiii, q. v.) 92,sa;

yena rupena Tathagataih ^apaya-

161 patiganlmti

mano {part. med. m.) pannapeyya{pot. 3. sg.) "all form by which onecould predicate the existence of the

Baint", 95,10; ger, ,N>etva (asanarh)

22,88; (dibbasayanam) 61,i6; grd. n.

(N^etabbaih (asanaifa) 82,io; pp, pan-flatta (3. v.).

pannayati, vb. (pass, pajanati)*) to be known or seen, to be visible,

appear, look like; pr. 3. sg, <wati

(maha hutva) 3,4; (mabasobbho viya^

27,3; 3. pi. <N.anti (sise me palitani)

46,»3; — ') to be, exist, be found;

pr. 3. sg. <N/ati (raja) 10,8o; fut, 3,

sg. iN/issati (jara, "old age must come")

63,13.

paiinavai (or pafiuava<) & pan-fiavanta (or pannavanta). mfn. (sa.-

prajnavat) wise, intelligent; nom. m.

.^va (-a-) 99,9; pi. m. ^anto (pakkbi)

11,1 1; — gen, m. ^antassa, Db. Ill;

gen. pi. »N/antanam, 57,6,

p an n a s a (lii) , num. {sa. pafica^at)

60; n, a collection of 50 suttas in the

Majjliima-Nikaya; pafinasaka, mfn.(sa. paricapaka) divided into paBDusas

(as M. N.) ; vagfja-pafiiiasakam (8ad-

dbammaiii, ace.) according to vaggas

and panSusas, 110,9.

pafiha, »». c& w. (sa. pragna, »i.)

a question; nom. ^0 (maya pucchita-**)

88,11; aec. <N^aih (pu^tbo) 90,8o; ace.

pi. rwe (cattaro) 86,32; n. kumara-"(v. h.); *''-patibhana, n, (g. v.) cp,

Milinda-o.

pa^a, m. & n, (== sa.) a sort of

cloth, dress; **'-sani, f. a curtain, veil

or screen of fine cloth, instr. r^iyS,

(parikkhepo pan'assa >v ahosi) 37,8.

cp. patta.

pa(ala, n. (= sa.) a layer, cover,

membrane; a heap, mass; madhu-",a honey-comb, 38,84 (nimmakkbika-luadbupatala-sadisaih).

pa^i, indecl. (= pati, 3. v.; sa.

prati) prp. (w. ace, cp. pa(i-lomam,

pa^i-vataiii) & prefix to verbs and

nouns implying 'towards, near to,

against, back, in return' etc. ; it is also

used distributively, esp. inserted in

dvandva comp, like vatta-pativatta

(g. V, ep. anu). Before the vowels a,

U, e, it is always contracted to

pace- (f. above), which still some-

times may be metrically equivalent to

pati, Dh. 126 ; pacceti = pati-eti.

*patikujj eti, vh, (denom. fr,

*patikuija, mfn. (sa. *prati-kubja)

lying flat with the face downwards,

Jat. I 456,86 ; V 145,8?) to cover (ace,

as a bowl or a dish); ger. ^x/Btva

(-patiyo) 61,87; cp. ukkujjati, nik-

kujjati; Pischel, Gr. § 206!

*patikutati, vb. (^sa. prati -fy'kuQ to bow, bend (towards or back);

pp. --..-ita, bowing, »«. r>,o (pa^isakki)

77,8; (cp. Mil. 297,iR : patikutati).

pa^ikkamati, vb. (sa. prati-

Y^kraiii) to retire, turn back; imp. 3.

sg, .x/atu, 76,95; aor, 3. sg. /vami,

29,96. 62,90 ;ger, a-pa^ikkamitva, 30,6;

pp. m. paiikkanto (pindapata-", q.

V.) 86,6.

patikkilla(& patikiila) mfn. (sa.

pratikilla) 'against the bank', contrary,

disagreeable; instr, n, »/ena (a-sucina)

62,85. The form with 'kk' relates to

sa. *prati-k\ila, cp, Kuhn, Beitr,

p. 19, d.

*patikko8ati, vb. (sa, prati-

ykruij) to contradict, reject (occ);

pr. 3. sg. ^ati (sasanam arabatam)Dh. 164.

patikkhipati, vb. (sa. prati-

y'kship) to refuse, reject, repulse; ger.

^itva, 46,15; pp. patikkhitta, f. /^a

(pi puna nibandbi) 64,i. cp. next.

*patikkbipana, n. (cp. sa. pra-

tiksbepana) refusing, rejection; nom,

/waii], 56,83.

""patigacca, indecl, only in the

phrase pa^igacc'eva, previously, 67,86

({. e. "sooner than usual"); pa^igaoca

(ger.) derives from sa. pratikaroti

(y/kj; the Birman spelling is often

patikacc'eva) = 'to provide against

future events', Tr. Mil. p. 421-22.

pafiganbati (& -ganbati), vb.

(sa. prati-\/grah) to take, receive,

accept (ace); pr, 3. pi, «s/anti (pati-",

pBtiggahana 152

C; pati-« B.) Dh. 220; imp. 3. sg.

r\,dX\x (accayam accayato, v. accaya^

75,88 ;pot. 3. sg. /vcyya (rajanaifa)

•)8,«5; ger. patiggahetva (with the 'g'

doubled before the weak form of the

root) 82,21. 109,81} grd. n. ^ggahe-tabbain, 82,8i. cp. next,

patiggahana, n. {sa. pratigra-

hana) accepting; abl. ^v-a (jatarupa-

rajata-") 81,26.

paticodeti, vb. {sa. prati-\/cud,

cans. /v.codayati) to exhort, admonish,

reprove (ace.) ; imp. 2. pi. /^etha

(nianusse) 73,3a.

p a 1 1 c c a,

prp. '{prig, ger, from

prati-yi) resulting from, depending

on, on account of (w, ace); kim .^,

94,33; isBih [etc.] . . paticca • . ratho

ti , . namarii pavattati, "the word

'ratha' is but a name for pole" [etc.]

98,88. - "-samuppada, m. 'origination

by dependent?', the Buddhist chain of

ciusation, or the formula explaining

the Iwelve causes of existence, begin-

ning with a-vijja (v. 66,6 etc.); ace,

~am, 66,5. cp, paccaya.

paticchati, vh. {sa. prati-yish)

to take, receive {ace); inf. ^.ituih

(etam, aihsena, v. amsa) 24,s5j cans.

V. paticcliapeti.

paticchanna, wfn. {pp. pati-

cohadeti; sa. praticchanna) covered,

hidden, concealed; protected; n. /x/arii,

what has been hidden, 69,16 ; loc. /^^e

(thane, a secluJed or private place)

33,31;paticcl anna-tthiine, 36, u. 54,i3;

a-ppaiicchar;na, 8U-paticchanna,»i/'n.

{v.h.).

pa^iccliade:i, vb. {sa. prati-

ychad, r».ccbadayati) to cover, con«

ceal (ace), to hid or cover one's self;

part, instr. m. ^eiitena (timandalam)

82,27; fi(t. 1, pi. rvessiima (-papa-kawniam) 73,2?; ger. ^etva (roliita-

macche valikava) 14,34; 20,io. 83,32.

*paticchapeti,vh.[caus. II. pati-

cchati) to deliver over, to charge with,

i'ltiust to {w. double ace); ger. ,>^etva

(brahmanim sukapotake, "leaving his

wife in charge of the young parrots")

9,14; (rajanaih rajjaifa) 42,». 47,»i;

(amacce rajjam) 43,n.

patijaggati, vb. (sa. prati-\/jagr)

to watch over, take care of, look after;

to feed (acc); intr. to be awake, be

watchful; pr. 3. pi. «^anti (uyyanam)

37,15; part. med. f. .^niana. 20,io; pot.

3. sg. ^eyya, Dh. 157 {intr.); aor.

3. sg. patijaggi, 9,io; 3. pi. -^imsu

(tam, phalaphalena) 18,i5. - cans. II.

*patijaggapeti, to cause to be carefully

tended (or fed ; acc.) ; aor. 3. sg. /^esi

(gandhodakehi ambam) 38,4. cp.next.

patijaggana, n. {sa. pratijaga-

rana) watching over, attending to;

*8arira-'', n. care of the body (washing

one's self, etc., cp. sa. garira-cinta)

acc. «.am (katva) 85,i.

*patijanapeti, vb. {caus. pa^i-

janati, sa. prati-\/jiia) to cause to

consent (promise or believe, occ);

ger. ^etva (rajanaih, "make him be-

lieve it") 46,24 {cp. Dhpd. (1855) p.

164,2 fr.b,)._

patifiiia, f. {sa. pratijiia) promise,

agreement; acc, ,^am, 8,3.

pa^idanda, m. {sa. prati-danda,

tnfn.) retribution; pi, ,y.E ("blows for

blows") Dh. 133.

patinivattati, vb. (sa. prati-ni-

^/vrt) to return; aor. 3, sg. ^vatti,

63,18 ;ger. /^itva, 63, i4.

patinivasana, n. (sa. pratiniva-

Bana) a kind of garment, a second

under-garment (used only as a house-

dress); acc. owara, 82,2i {cp. SBE.XII], p. 156).

pa^inissagga, M». {sa. prati-ni/i-

sarga) giving up, abandonment, doing

away with; noni. ^o (tanhaya) 67, le;

abl, ^a, 94,12; adana-", m, {q. v.).

patipajjati, vb. {sa. prati-^/pad,

(N^padyate) *) to go to, arrive at, reach

;

to walk on a path (acc); aor. 3. sg.

-^pajji (lam €va maggam) 66,2; 76,i7;

imp. i>. pi. ^atha. (etarii maggam) Dh.274

; pp. «i. patipanno (imam racchaih)

76,13; m, pi. ^a, Dh. 275. - 2) to

undertake, take upon one's self (acc);imp. 2. sg. patipajja (rajjam) 45,6. -

163 patiyadeti

') to proceed or deal with (loc.)', to

behave; ger. r^itva (bhatte pi tath'eva)

57,27; ffrd. n. -N^itahbarii (katharii nukho maya «%/, "now what am I to

do?") 81,15, - caws, patipadeti {q. v.)

cp. next,

patipada, f. {sa. pratipada) the

path to be walked ; nom. ^ti (majjhima,the middle path) 66,89; (dukkhaniro-

dhagamini, q. v.) 67, 17; loc. .v-aya,

79,18 (the right path, the right course

of conduct, synon, w, magga (?) or

= the first steps on the right path (?)).

pa^ipanna, mfn. (pp, prati-\/paa)

V. patipajjati.

pa^ipati, f. (sa. prati-pati, cp.

paripati) order, row; instr, (or loc.)

^iya, "in B row", 34,3a.

*patipada(ka), m. (sa. *prati-

pada) that which supports the bed-

stead; manca-patipadaka. /)?, ("sup-

porters of the bed") 84,i4.

patipadeti, vb.{caus. patipajjati,

sa. pratipadayati) to cause one (ace.)

to go on a road or in a certain direc-

tion {acc.)\. imp. 2. pi. o/etba (ha-

tthirii, imam racchara) 76,i4 ; aor, 3.

pi. o^esuih, 76,19.

*patipuggala, m. (sa. *prati-

pudgala) one who is equal to -another,

a rival ; a-ppa^ipuggala, mfn. unequal-

led, 80,24.

pa^ipucchati, vb, (sa. prati-

yprach) to inquire, ask in return

' (ace); ftit. 1. sg. o^issami (tam yeva)

94,28; inf. o^itum (Bhagavantaiii)

79,20.

*patippassambhati, vb. (sa.

*prati-pra-v'5rambh) to cease, to be

dissolved or dispersed; cai<s. o/eti, to

cause to cease, put an end to (acc);

pot. 1. sg. />^eyyam (iddhabhisaih-

kharam) 69,a9; aor. 3. sg. /x/esi, 69,3o.

patibaddha. mfn. (sa. prati-

baddha, pp. prati-ybandh) bound to

;

^-citta, mfn, whose mind is turned to,

fallen in love (with loc), m.^o (mayi)

64,se; pi. »^5. (aflfiamailflnih) 19,i«;

—. i'O.Qiana, mfn. whose mind is bound,

m. /vo, Dh. 284.

patibala, mfn. (sa, pratibala)

able to (inf.), competent; m. pi. ^a,76,11 ; m, instr, />.,ena (bhikkbuna)81,10.

*patibaheti, vb. (caits. *pati-

bahati; sa. prati-y'vrh, cp. prati-

ybadh) to repel, dislodge (acc); grd.

m. pi. rwetabba (nava bhikkhu;asanena, with regard to their seats)

83,34.

pa^ibujjhati, vb, (sa, prati-

ybudh) to awake; ger, (vitva, 67,88,

""pa^ibhaga, mfn. (sa, *prati-

bhaga) like, equal to; m, pendant,

counterpart; Eravana-", mfn. equal

to £., gen, m. ^assa, 45,8i; kancana-riipaka-*', mfn. like a golden statue,

gen. pi. />.^anam, 47,i4.

patibhana, n, (sa, pratibliana)

intelligence, sagacity, presence of mind,

readiness of speech; *panha-'*, n. a

difficult or intricate question, pi, rvani,

98,33.

pa^ibhanavai, mfn, (sa. prati-

bbanavat) endowed with intelligence

& presence of mind, quick-witted; m,

rvva (Vaflgiso) 109,8.

paiimandita, mfn, (sa, prati-

mandita) decorated, adorned; f, pi,

f^a, (sabbalaiiikara-") 64,29.

*patima8ati, vb. (sa. *prati-

y'mrQ, cp. pari-y/mrc) to examine,

explore; pot. 2. (3.) sg. (?) pa^iniase

(sa. *prati-marQes>"mr5e8) Dh. 379;cp. Pischel, Gr. § 486 (samphase);Dhpd. (1856) p. 424; Childers & Ed.Muller take it for imp. 2. sg. from

caus, *pa(iinaseti (not yet traced in

Pali).

patimuiicati, vb, (sa. prati-

y'lnuc) to put on (clothes, acc); to

tie; ger. /N.-itva (ganthikam) 83,i.

patiyatta, mfn. (pp. prati-Y/yat,

cp. next) made ready, prepared ; adorned,

decorated; n. <x<am (sukaramaddavam)78,8; alamkata-**, mfn. splendidly

dressed (or decorated), acc, m, <& n.

>x<aih, 39,89. 61,8. 65,9; f, pi. ^a, 21,i.

patiyadeti, vb. (caus. prati-

\/yat, pratiyatayati) to prepare, make

pa);ilabhati 154

ready (bcc); get. /N^etva (bhojaniyam>22,s8; grd. t;. <x<etahbaiti (nabanaih)

83,25; — caus. IT. "^patiyadapeti, to

cause to be prepared (acc); ger,

(x^otvR, 78,».

pa^^ilabiiati, vh. (sa, prati-

y'labh) ') to nceive back, recover

(acc.) ; aor. 1, sg, /vlabhira (natthBlfa

yasmii) 42,is; - *) to take, form (hs

a dislike, or a resolution); pr, 3, sg,

r^ati (papakaifi uirtbigatam) 90,25.

cp, next,

pa^ilabha, m. (sa. pratilabha)

recoverinpr, cbtaining, attainment;

MOM. ^0 (pannavE,) Dh. 333; jivita-",

42,10 ; manussa-" (the conception of

men) Db. 182.

patiloniaiii, adv. (sa. prati-lotna)

'against the hairs', contrarily, obsti-

nately; in reverse order, backwards;

anuloma-", 66,o {v, h.).

pativacana, «. (sa. prativacana)

answer; acc, ,^am (alabhanto) 3,7

;

73,1.

pa^ivatta, v, vatta'.

piiii vatteti, vb, {caus, prati-

yvrt) to overturn, subvert; inf. ^etuih,

1 10,10;

grd. pativattiyn, v. u-ppu^i*

vattiya, nifn.

pativadati, vb. (sa. prati-\/vad)

to answer, reply; pot. 3. pi. o^eyyu

(taiil, 'will answer thee in the same

way') Dh. 133.

pativasati, vh. (sa, prati-Y/vas)

to live, dwell; pr. 3. pi. ^&nt\,, 59,24.

pativatam, adv. (sa. prativatam)

against the wind; />^am (kbitto) Dh.

125; ^ani (eti) Dh. 64.

pativedeti,t)i*. (cans. prati-\/vid)

to make know>], announce; uor. .3, sg,

->,esi (Bodhisattassa) 6i),5.

patisaiiiyutta. mfn. (sa. prati-

sam-yukta) connected with, concerning;

resulting from; inst)'. f. o^aya (nib-

b-lna-") 71,22; acc, m. ^aiii (vacisu-

carita-o) 86,8

pati.ta rii vediH, mfn. (sa. prati-

Bamvedin) feeling, experiencing; nom,m. -wi (vinmtti-sukba-'*, "experiencing

the bliss of emancipation") 66,4.

patisakkati, vh. (sa. prati-v/sfP)

to go back, retire; aor, 8. sg, patl-

sakki 77 s.

pa'tisattu, m. (sa. prati-^atru)

an enemy, adveriary; acc. -x/Um,

39,87.

•patiaantbara, m. (sa. "pmti-

saifastara, V^tr) friendly greeting,

conversation; acc, -^.aifa (karontu

21,7; 28,11. - "-vutti. mfn. (sa. *»-vr«i)

friendly, kind ; "-vutt'assa (varr. "-vu-

ttyassa, -vuttissa) "let him live in

charity", Dh. 376.

patisandabati, vb, (sa, prati-

sara-v/dba) to be re-born (into a new

existence); pr. 3. sg. ~ati, 100,2-5;

pot. 3. sg. ~eyya, 100,9. cp, sanda-

hati c& next.

patisandbi, m. (& f. (sa, prati-

samdhi, »».) le-birth, transmigration;

acc fK,\ra. (ganbi) 5,a5; 42,22; loc.

,>.istuim, 101,12.

*patisambbida, /". (cp. sa. pratij

samvid, f.) analytical science; loc. rva

(i. a, ^aya) 109,io; patta-', adj. pi,

«n,, possessed of analytical knowledge,

109,90. The four pa^isambhidus are :

attlia-", dbaiuma-", nirutti-", pa^i-

bbana-", i. e, expertness in the Bud-

dhist theory and practice, etymology,

and dialectics, Mil. 339,7-6; cp. Chil-

ders sub voce.

patisammodati, vb. (sa. prati*

Sam-Y/mud) to exchange friendly greet*

ings, to return one's greeting; aor, 3,

sg, rvDiodi, 96,27.

patisameti, vh, (caus, prati-

\/Qain) to arrange, put in order; to

put by, keep aafe, lay away (acc);

grd. n, <%^etabbam. 82,22.

pa^isunati, vh. (sa, prati-Y/^ru)

to promise, assent (gen.)\ aor, 3, sg.

paccassosi (Bbagavato), 77, is; 3, pi,

^osurii (Devadattassa) 76,i5; ger. »)

pa^issulva, 78,io-i8; •>) pa^isunitva

(sadbu'ti) 16, 2o. 63,3; pp. n. patisu-

tam (tuinbebi maybaiii sabassaiii)

22,31.

patisedba, m. (sa. pratisbedha)prohibition, denial; loc. r^e (nipato,

165 pandicca

"iua"ti, a particle implying prohibi-

tion) 85,33.

patisedhana, n, (so, pratishe-

dhana) warding off, warning against;

phala-patisedhana-mukhena pi hetumeva patisedheti, by warning against

the results he even warns against the

cause. 86,4.

patisedheti, vb, {caits, prati-

\/sidh) to prevent, prohibit, warnagainst (ace.)

;pr. 3, sg. -^eti (hetura)

86,4, cp. patisedha, ^vsedhana,

pa^isevati (&patisevati, q.v.)

v&. (so. prati-^/sev) to practise, pursue;

feel, undergo, suffer (ace); pr. 8. sg,

/N^ati (vipakam) Dh. 67.

patissutva, ger,, v, patisunati.

paiiliafiflati, vb, {pass, pa^i-

banti, sa. prati-Y/han) to knock to.

gether, strike against {loc.)\ ^er.^^^itva

(veraakotiyara), 89,d.

patta, m. (= sa.) *) a tablet or

plate (of gold etc. for writing or pain-

ting upon); kancana-pa^ta-sadisa,

mfn. 46,31 (3. v,) — 2) a strip or slip

of cloth (cp, pata); sumana-pat^a-

vitana, mn. 65,i8 (q. v.).

pAi/Xana,, n. (sa. pattana&pattana)a port, seaport; ace, ^avi (Bharu-

kaccha-") 26,i9; *''-gama, m, a sea-

port-town, /^o. 24,10.

patthana, n. (sa. prasthana)

•) origin, cause; *sati-patthana, n.

(v. h.) — *) nam, pr. name of the

seventh (laut) hook (pakarana) of

Abhidharomapi^aka, also called Malia-

pakarana, 102,ii.

paUhaya, prp, (ger. patiUhati,

sa. prasthaya) beginning from, from

(w. abl,)\ •) (ivara-gamato p., 19,S3;

sisato p., 57,29; mulato p., 62,io;

galato p., 85,30 ; - *") pathamakappi-

kato p., 4,10; tassa nikkhanta-kalato

p., 9,15; dhammadesanaib suta-diva-

sato p., 86,80 ; ito p., henceforth, 6,i6;

ito dani p., id. 39,8; tato p., thence-

forth, 6,18.

patbama, mfn. (sa. prathama)

*) foremost, first, former (cp. puriraa);

f. o/S (sena) 103,js; ace. f. rvam

(gatham) 8,20; pathama-jjhana, n,

80,3 (opp, dutiya etc); pathama-kappa & -kappika (v. h.)\ paihama-gaiuta (m.pl.) "others already caught",

21,14-19; — at'c. w. /varii (adv.) B.t first,

for the first time, 4,i9. 12, i«. 15,9.

18,93. 69,21, 102,14. Dh. 158; ^ameva (op^, paccha) 35,3e; 102, 11 (first

of all). — ^) comp. = just, newly;

*pathamabhisainbuddha, mfn. having

just attained Buddhaship, m. »,/0, 66,3;

*pathamuggata, wi/n., newly-blown,

m, 1^0 (kaliro) 47,9.

patliamaka, mfn, (sa, pratha-

makaj = prcc,\ "-bhanavara, n, (v,

h,) Dh. I-XIV.patbaiiiataraiii, adv. (sa, pra-

tbamatarain) before, first (of two)

83,» = 84,1-4.

patbavi (or pathavi [putbuvi,

/-».'avi]), f. {sa, pj-tbivi) the earth; ace,

,x,im (maddanto) 28,i4; /N/irii (adhi-

sessati) 107,r = Dh. 41 ;gen. (or

loc.) '>^iya, Dh, 173 (patbavya); pa-

thavi-tale (on dry land) 28,7; *pa-

thavi-tthita, mfn. living on the earth,

m, pi. ^a, (earthly beings) 110,u;*pathavi-sama, mfn, like the earth,

m, 0./O, Dh. 95.

panameti, vb. (caus. pra-\/nani)

to bend forwards, stretch out (aec,);

ger. ^.^etva (anjalim) 74,20,

panihita, mfn. (sa. pra-nibita,

pp. pra-ni-v/dha) lajd on, applied;

miorha-**, mfn, wrongly directed, n.

ovarii (cittam), Dh. 42; samma-",mfn, well-directed, Dh. 43.

panita, mfn, (pp. paneti, sa,

pranitu) 'performed, firtished'; excellent;

m, ^0 (dbammo) 94,i6; n. /vam(kbadaniyam) 78,i.

paneti (& paneti), vb. (sa. pra-

}/nl) 'to lead to', perform, execute,

apply (ace.); pr, 3. sg. ^eti (dandamgarukam) Db. 310; pp. panita(v. h,).

pandara, mfn. (sa. pandara)white, pale; instr. pi, n. r^ebi (-ke-

sebi) 47,18.

pandicca, n. (sa. panditya) erudi-

pandita 156

tion; cleverneBB, skiU; inatr. >N/ena,

91,26.

pandita, mfn. (= «a.) wise, in-

telligent, clever; m. /vO, 57,38; gen.

.%.assa, 24,s2; m. pi. /x-a, 9,29; (w.

loc. appamadamhi) Dh. 22; /". ~a,5S,8j often e, c. ; sasa-pandito, 14,i8;

Supparaka-o, 25,:4; UpSli-», 109,7;

- '•-dovarika, m. 9l,ss (q.v.); "-bhava,

m. cleverness, skill, gen. .^assa, 91,84;

®-mani«, mfn. out who thinks him-

self wise, »(. ^i (balo) Dh, 63 ; *''-vagga,

m. the sixth chapter of Dh. ; *<'-veda-

niya, tnfn. "intelligible only to the

wise", m. ,>..o (dhammo) 94,8g; """-sam-

sugga, m. company or intercourse with

v.-ise men, gen. -vassa, 29,8.

pandu, mfn ^su. pandu) yellow,

pale, white; "-kambala, »n. a white

woollen blanket : "-silasanaiii, 15,8 {v.

/(.}; "-palasfi, m. a withered leaf, nom.

1^0, Dh. 235; "-rofrn, m. jaundice :

<*-!.apaso, m. 35. i, *''-dhatuka. mfn.

fcufiering from jaundice, 35, le.

pa-nna, n. (sa. parna) ') a leaf

(esp. betel leal); ace. j)Z. -^ani, 17,9i;

nimba-panna-", 37,88 (q.v.) ; "-safifia,

f. a aiark of leaves (tied up in order

to indicate the boundary of a field),

acc. rwarii, 8,8; *panna-bandhana-sanfii, n.'=panna-sann:"i-bandhana?)

tying up leaves, nom, r^aiii, 8,0; panna-

t-alS, f. tt hut cf leavtes and grass,

hermitage, acc, ^aiii 'laciitta-") 44,8o;

loc, rvSya (by tlio hut) 35, u; acc.pl.

^ii, 34,83. Satta-", fiom. pr, {v. h.).

— 2) a leaf for writing upon, a Utter;

a bond, deed of gift, donation; acc.

rwarii (pahesi) 36,S2 (cp. next), - ^)

u feather, wing (only e. C.) V, supanna.

*pannakara, t«., a present, dona-

tion; acc. ^arii, 58,81-24; acc.pl. r>^e,

68,22. cp. panna -) & akara.

Patanjali, m. (= sa.) nom, pr,

of a philosopher (propounder of the

Yoga philosophy); v, Piitafijali-.

patati, vhi [si. \/pat) to lly, jump,

fall; to fall dowit (upon, loc. or acc.)\

pr. 3. sg. /%.ati (dipake) 2,«3; 1. sg.

^aini (yanih'okase tliatva orapararii

patam'aham, Btanding where I use to

jump over, cp. oraparam) 108,2«;

part. m. «^anto (navaya) 20,i; loc.

f. /^antiya (asaniya) 39,io; part. med.

,^mana, loc. n. /x-e (pittbiyaiii paha-

rasate) 55,i2; - fut. 3. sg. -x-issati,

53,26; 112,20 (tesam kaye, acc. pi.)

\

1. sg. -x-issami (angaragabbhe) 15,33;

- aor. 3. sg. pati, 16,7. 89,6; (tassa

batthe, fell' to his share) 23,18; 3. pi.

.-wimsu (poured down) 33,6; — perf.

3. sg, papata (kalam katva) 89,8

[but here the reading of the Colombo

edition : papata, aor. 3, sg, (from

papatati, q. v.) undoubtedly ought

to be preferred, because this formation

is generally found elsewhere, e. g.

.Tat. VJ, 566,8 (= patita); Vin. Ill,

17,23 (cp. II. 126,3)]; - ger, ^itva,

13,20. 49,s. 89,9; - pp, ~ita, i^- ~a(asani), 17,22; acc. m. -^.am (capato

sararil, "sent from tlie bow") Dh,

320; - caits. pateti (q. v.) cp, patana,

pata.

patana, n. {^= sa.) falling, ruin;

***-akara-ppatta, mfn. being on the

point of falling out, m.pl. ,%^a (danta)

12,21; H. pi. ^ani (akkhini) 50,i9;

- geha-", 19,16 (3. v.).

pataka (& pa^aka), f. (= 4a.)

a flog, biiiiiier; dhaja-patakfldihi,

62,7 {cp. adi),

pati', »i. (= sa.) husband; lord,

master; nom, /N,i, 31,34. 64,i6; contp. v,

gavampati, gubapati, ^^aliampati.

pati*, indecl. {sa. prati) ') prp.

W. acc near to, towards; nadiiii

Neraiijaram /v, 103,2; *) prefix to

verbs & nouns, generally spelt pati-

{q, V,) cp. next etc,

patikafa, m. {sa, pratikara) re-

ward, return, retribution; *a-ppati«

karaka, mfn. {q. v.).

pati^thati, vb. {sa. pra-\/8tba)to depart from, originate; ger, pa-tthaya {prp. w. all.) v. h.; cans, pa-tthupeti, to set forth, propound, ex"

plain ; cp. patthana, n.

patittbahati & patitthati,vb. {sa. prati-v'stiia) to stand firm,

157 patti

to be established; nor. 3. sg. ^^tliahi(sotapattiphale) 89,3; (sakadajjami-phale) 29,17; 1. sg. -^tthahim (para-kule) 108,29; - fut. 8. sg. •) ,>^ttha-

hissati, 87,s; ') rvtthissati (Lankayammama sasanaih) I10,2i; - (/er. .^tthaya(sile. "standing fast in moral practice")

14,18; (rajje, "becaiuo king") 42,36;

- pp. .^tthita, m. ^0, 38,n (rajje),

61,81 (gabbho kucchimhi), 95,34 (sare,

"standing in its strength") ; su-pati-

tthita, mfn. (q, v.) - cans, patittha-

peti, to set or lay down, establish

(occ); aor, 3. sg. i^esi (phalitamranno panimhi) 44,87; ^er. ^etva,22,9. 29,6; (rajanara pancasu silesu)

7,84; 17,38, 69,88.

patiUba, f. {sa, pratishtha) ')

resting-place, support; acc. r^&m (la-

bhitvil, to get footing) 28,i3-i6; -^) security, refuae; nom, ,^a, 28,85,

patidissati, vb, (pass, patipas-

sati; so. prati-\/d]:(;) to appear (as),

to look like; pr, 3. sg. o/ati (yatha

aggiva suriyo va) 26,5 etc,

patimaneti, vb, (sa. prati-Y/man,

cans.) to honour; to await, wait fur

(acc); part.f, ^enti (tassagamanara)

22,28.

patirupa, tnfn. (sa. pratirupa)

like, sioailar; suitable, fit; loc, n, -^e

("what is proper") Dh. 158.

patisevati (& patisevati, q.

V.) vb. (sa. prati-ysev) to practise, pur-

sue (acc); part. m. ,-vanto (methuna-dhammara, making love) 54,ii; aor. 3.

sg. ~8evi (asaddhammaih, id.) 62,39.

*pati88ata, mfn. (sa. *prati-

smrta) recollecting, thoughtful; m.pl,

<^a, Dh. 144.

patissaya, m. ') (sa. pratigraya)

refuge, house; **) (sa, praQraya) obe»

dience, respect; v, next.

patissava, m. (sa. prati^rava,

l/^ru) obedience, respect ; *a-ppati8ava,

mfn, (also ipelt a*ppati88aya and some-

times shortened to a>ppati88a) dis-

respectful; hence ^a-ppatissavasa, m.

BDarcby, 10,8i.

patita, mfn. (sa. pratita, pp.

prati-y'i) pleased, glad; m.r^o (synon.

8umano) Dh, 68.

patoda, m. (sa. pratoda) a goad;

cp. •'-patodam (w., "pole, axle [etc.]

and goad unitedly") 98,7; Matthi,

f. (sa. pratoda-yashti) "the goading-

stick", 98,6.

patta', n. (sa. pattra) a wing,

feather; a leaf; karavira-", n, (q. v.),

instr. pi. ,^ehi (vajitara, kandaiix)

92,i9j kumuda-patta-vanna, mfn, (v.

h,); pokkhara-", w, a lotus leaf, loc,

,ve, Dh. 401,

patta^, m, (sa. patra, n.) a vessel,

pot, bowl, esp. the alms-bowl of a

Buddhist monk; nom. >vO, 82,86; acc

.^aih, 87,18; (amam) 104,6; instr.

-x/ena, 62,8; - *''-civara, n. bowl

and robe, 76, lo. 83,7; - *°-pariya-

panna, n. (v. h.).

patta^ mfn. (pp. papunati; sa.

prapta) *) pass, attained, reached,

acquired; ^) act, one who has attained

to, reached, etc. (w, acc, or e. c, also

used as finite tense); m. >vO (jatik-

kliayaih) Dh. 423; patto si nibbanam,Dh. 134; f. ^a (Khuramala-sain-uddaifa) 26,82; n. ,>^am (vin.asam)

34,9; tuyharii pattaih (pass, "the

consequences of your own fortune")

6,35; gen. m. ^ass' (uttamavedanarii)

103,23; acc pi, m. patte (jivitakkha-

yaiii) 34,8; — comp. (mfn.) apaneta-

bbiikara-ppatta, 45, 1; jara-**, 47, 15

(t'. jara); danda-", 100,i5; dukkha-",

59,10 ; donianassa-", 13,e; patana-

kara-", 12,31 ; bala-", 80,35; rupa-",

64,30 ; rupagga-", 49,i8; Jabhagga-yasagga-o, 18,i6; vajjha-o, 40,i4;

vaya-", 8,15; vara-**, 6,37; vesarajja-",

69,13; vyasana-", 8,30; samvega-",

53,11; 6antasa-^ 86,ig; so(nanassa-^

15,89; hattha-", 67,8o; - *patta-

dbamina, mfn. "having mastered the

truth", m. <%/0, 69,18; *''-pati8ambbida,

109,80 («. h.); a-ppatta, mfn, (q. v,),

patti, f, (sa, prapti) acquiring,

gain; share, part, portion; acc, /^-im

(attana . . . bbaTita-bhavanaya, etassa

dammi) 29,8; dat, >viya (yogakkbe-

pattbadd'^a 168

ma&sa, "for tb« sakn of acquiring")

103,8.

pattbaddha, mfn. (sa. prastab-

dha) stark, stiff (as a pillar) ; instr,

tn. ^ena (kayena) 76,i7.

patthayati,v6. {sa, prarthayate)

to wish, desire (^acn.y^ pr. 2. sg. /^asi

(atlia ce /%^asi, if you like) 104,2ii

etc.; part. med. m. /v/inano (tava

hadayamarasarii) 3,i8; pi. ,x,inaDa

(vaddhim) "seeking gain", 34,i8.

pattharati, vh. {sa. pra-\/8tr)

to spread, extend (trans. & intr., tv.

ace); ger, ^itva (sakalanagararii,

"through the whola town") 65,84.

patva, ger., v. papunati.

path a (or pattha, q. v.), m. (=sa.) road, path, way; loc. ^^e, 31,84;

maha-o ("on the highway") L)b. 58;conip, V. ""anupariyaya-", adicca-",

kainma-°, thala-jala-". *dvedha-°,

nakkhatta-o, sagga-", *hatthii-''. cp.

pada, palipatlia, piltlieyya.

patliavi, f, (=^ pa^havi, q. v.)

the earth; gen. ~vya, Dh. 178.

pada, m. d n. (= sa., cp, pada)')toot: V. catuppadr, »n., dipada, m.— *) step, footstsp, irace, track; ace,

^am (vaiiceti, q. v.) ]2,3o; uttinna-",

lll,n (v.h.); pada i>&dam{abl.<&acc.)

"step by step", 104,n; instr. ^ena(kena, "by what track") Dh. 179;

*''-vaiaiija, m. footprint, ace, />.ara.

11,38. — ') way, path; position, stand-

poitit; place, abode, home; nom, (n.)

rvam (maccuno) Dh. 21; Dh. 93.

254; ace. ^urii (8t\ntam = Nibbnna)

Db. 368 = anifttarii padarii, Dh. 114,

cp, amata-pada {v. a-Duita) & a-pada,

w/n. ; aosania-". w., jaiia-", mi., sagga-**,

n. [cp. sagga-patha) <,. v - *) a, word,

verse (o!' quarter of a v?rse), sentence;

«. idaiii nwani, 85,t; ace. ovarii (dub-

bliaiitam) llO.iz; »f. p^ r^a (caturo,

saccaiiam ('. e. cattari ariyasaccani)

Db. 273; altha-o, n. {v. /-.):, gatha-O,

n. (v. gatlia); *dhania]a-", «., nirutti-

pada-kovida, mfn., sanipunna-",

mfn., sikkha-", n, {v, h.).

padukkhina, Mfn, (sa. pradak-

shina) 'moving to the right*; clever,

good, auspicious; ^am, indecl. (conatr.

w. karoti, to walk round persons or

objects, keeping the right side towards

them as token of respect, to salute

respectfully (ace); to go round (a

city, ace.) in procession; />/aih katva

(matu 8ayanam)61,si; (Bhagavantamabhivadetva) 70,i2; .^am kuruma-

nassa (nagaram) 64,i«; /x-am akasi

(do.) 46,38.

pad ad a ti, v. padeti.

padara, mn. (sa. pradara) ^) tn.

'splitting', a cleft (in the earth); —*) w. a piece of wood, a plank; nom.

pi. ^ani,. 28,30.

padeti (padilti & padadati) vb,

(sa. pra-\/da) to give away (ace);

ftit. 3. sg. padassati (uttamattham

bhariya) 64,s9.

padipa, m. (sa. pradipa) a lamp,

light; nom, «^o, 99,28; 101,8; ace,

r^&m, 99,18; "-aggi, «». & tela-", m,

(v. h.).

padipeti, vb, (cans, sa, pra-di-

payati) to light, kindle (ace); pot.

3, sg. .%^eyya (padipam) 99,i8; pp,padipita, mfn. burning, shining; m.

~o (sabbarattiiii) 99,24.

padu^tha, mfn. (sa. pradushta)corrupt, wicked, malignant; instr,

~ena (manasa) Dh. 1 (opp, pasatina);

a-ppaduttba, mfn. (q. v.) cp. dussati.

*padubbhati, vb. (sa, *pra-

\/druli) to do wrong, offend, committreachery; ger. /vitvS (antopure) 38, it

(??. dublJbati).

pad u ma, n, (& m,) (sa. padma)a lotuH; nom. .^aih (liutva) like a

lotus, 23,81 ; 23,34; ace. /vaiii (seta-",

a white lotus) 61, lo; panca-vaima-"(of five different colours) 4,9; *''-punja,

m. a cluster of lotuses, loc, o^e, 16,c;"-sara, mn, a lotua-lake, ace. rvaiii,

3,30.

padesa, nt. (sa. prade^a) *) spot,

place, region, district; nom. ^o (ja-

gati-ppadeso) Dh. 127; ace, -^am,43,18. Dh. 303; loc, ^e, 22,24; (Hi-

niavanta-") 1,2. 13,9; - *) extent,

169 papatati

distance; loc. .x/G (tigavuta-ppamane,yojana-ppamane) 63,ss-28; yatha-

padese, adv. {cp, sa. yatha-pradeQam)all over, at all sides, 47, i; — ^) posi-

tion, rank, order (?V, ace. ^aih (jati-

gotta-kula-", q. v.) 43,3o; samana-bal(adi)-'', mfn. having equal position

with regard to military force e<c., tn.

pi. -^a, 43,31. cp. next.

*padesika, mfn. (Jr. prec.) 'being

in the region', in the neighbourhood

of (only c, c); solasa-vassa-'', mfn.

about 16 years old, m, ^^o, 38,io.

cp, uddesika.

padhana, n, {sa. pradhana, as

to the meaning = sa. pra-ni-dhana,

cp, also buddh. sa, prahana) exertion,

profound religious meditation; instr,

-x-ena (kirn kahasi, "what do you

want with exertion?") 103,9; dat.

<N^aya, 103, lo; *ukku(ika-ppadhana,

n. Dh. 141 (v. h.) ; *<'-pahitatta, mfn.whose mind is intent upon meditation,

accm.^&m, 103,2; ***-sutta, n.nom,

pr. of a chapter of Sutta-nipata, p. 103

-04; cp, Mahapadhana-ghara.pana, indecl, (the enclit, form of

'puna', q, v.\ sa. punar) ') now! well I

(in the continuation of a tale) : 2,i9;

2,s6 (tasmim <>/ kale, "now, at that

time"); 10,3 etc. — *) but (adversative,

often combined with other particles)

:

l,3!i. 4,12. 8,8 (the preceeding sentence

negative); 5,s. 50,22. 66,25 etc. Dh.

252. 292; ca pana (but) 7,35. 71.i7;

atha ca ~ (nevertheless) 3,*; na khopana (but certainly not) 7,8, 9,3i;

eva pana (on the contrary) 5,io;

corresponding with a preceeding eva

(it is true, no doubt . . , but, cp.

greek fiiv , , . di) : maranabbavameva janami [maranadivasam] panana janami, 88,22-23 ; sometimes repeated

in both sentences : eva pana . . . panana, 2,8; - va pana (or else) 81,i7; cp.

Dh. 42 (venva pana = veri va

pana ?) ; — ') then ! (in interrogative

sentences, often expressive of surprise):

kaham ~, 1,«6; kim /w, 44,*; agunapana kidisa, 44,5; katamo »/, 79,t8;

in a second question : kim f^, 89,25;

ko -x/ ettha N., 97,3i; after a negative

sentence ; kilh />» (how much less) 74,28,

cp. Pischel, Gr, § 342.

panasa, »». (= sa.) the bread-

fruit tree; instr. pi. /x/cbi, 2,io; amba-panasadihi, 2,2o.

panudati, vb. (sa. pra-v'nud) to

drive away (ace); rajJ, 5. S51. panuda(kame) Dh. 383.

paneti, v6., var, led, for paneti,

Dh. 310 (v, ;».).

pant a, mfn, (sa. pranta) distant,

secluded, solitary; n, <x/am (sayana-

sanari), "sleeping and sitting alone")

Dh. 186.

pantha, m, (= patha; cp, sa.

panthan) way, road; "^"-ghata, m.

murder and robbery of highwaymen,

brigandage; ace, ^&m (karonti) 32,i5,

panna, mfn. (= sa., pp. "-pajjati,

v/pad) fallen, gone; "'•'-bhara, mfn.

"who has put down his burden", acc,

m. o^aiii, Dh, 402,

pannarasa, ««»». (sometimes writ-

ten pannarasa = paflcadasji, sa.

pancadaQa) fifteen; rw-ma, mfn, the

fifteenth, Dh. XV.papanca, m, (sa. prapanca)

abundance, diffuseness, error, vanity;

this word may also often be translated

by 'detriment, decay; delay, omission,

waste of time' etc, it is generally

explained in the commentaries by

tanba- ditthi - mana-" ; *'>-a.bbirata,

mfn, "delighting in vanity", w. pi. r^ai,

Dh. 254; '"-samatikkanta, mfn. "who

has overcome the host of evils", acc,

pi, m. -x/C, Dh, 195. - *Papanca- •

siidani, f. nam. pr. of a commentary

on Majjhima-nikaya by Buddhaghosa;

specimen p. 61,

*papatika, f. (rarely papatika)

') a splinter, piece, fragment; nom,

~a (-t-) 76,1 ; - *) the outer dry

bark of a tree, falling off in loose

shreds; taca-", 96,s»-s8 (v, h,).

papatati, vb, (sa, pra-^pat) to

fall off; pr. 3. pi, ».>anti (soka tamha)

papatiki 160

108,j; aor, 3. sg. papata (Ed. papata)89,8 (v. patati).

*pnpatika, f, v. pnpatika.papata', pf, {fr. patati, to be

corrected to pipata, 39,8) v. papatati.

papata*, w. {sa. prapata) a steep

rock, prtcipite; -vO, 27,7; loc. o/C

(Siiieru-^) 69,86; "-sadisa, mfn. like

a wallj n. ^am, 27,,^.

*papupphaka, n (sc. "pra-push-

paka) 'flower-pointed', pi. the flower-

arrowg of Mfirft; pi. acc. ^ani, Db.^.6 {dnai key.).

pappotheti ((;«• papphoteti), vb.

(cans, pra-y'sphut) to beat, slap, shake

(as clothes, in order to dust theui,

acc.

)

; to .3ap the wings (^acc.);

ger.

^etva (pakkhe) 12,?.

piippoti, vb., V. papunati.

papphasa, «. {sa. pupphusa, ni.

& jihupphusa, n.) the lungs; nom.

^aih, 82,-.. 97,21.

*pabrillia, mfn. {cp. sa. badha,ybaihh) strong, sharp; f. ,>.a (vyadhi)

78, 3i; j)l. ^K (vedana) 78,24; acc.m,

rwaiii (abadham) 78,3o.

pabujjhati, vb. {sa. pra-Y/budh)to wake up, nwake {Mr.); pr. 3. pi,

-M-anti, Dh. 296; f'tit. 3. sg. ^issati.

66,33; ger. ^itva, 36,i. 66,4. 89,6;

pp. pabuddha, f. r^a (devi. awoke)

61,23. cp. su-pabuddham. adv,

pabbaja, «i. (=^ babbaja, sa,

balbiija) u sort of coarse grass; *pab-

baja, tnfn. (= pabliaja-niaya) madeof grass (hemp), n. ,^om (bandbanaih)Dh. 345. cp.Welc; Ind. Sir. Ill, 394.

pabbajati, vb. {sa. pra-\/vraj)

'to go forth', esp, to leave the world

in order to become a hermit, or to

«nter the order of Buddhist monks',

fi(t.3. sg. ^issati (agara nikkhamnia)61,33; 63, lo; inf. r».itiira, 46,3; comp.

o^ilii-kama, tifn, "bmit on retiring

from the worlo", acc. tn, ^aih, 45,8;

ger. ») pabbajja, 113,1?; '')pabbaiitva

{tv. acc. isi-pabbajjam) 34,32. 45, is;

64,24 (nikklianin)a); 113, is; - pp,pabbajita (>«.) q. v, — cans, pabbajeti

{q. V.) cp. next & *duppabbaja.

pabbajana, ». (sa. pravrajana)

passing over to a religious life; a-

pabbajanattbaya, 47,5 (v. a-pabba-

jana).. .

pabbajita, «. {pp' pabbajati)

a monk (or hermit); .^0, 63,3*; Dh.

184; acc. /v-am, 63,so; instr. ^ena,

66,25; pi, ~a. Dh. 74; •'-guna, m.

{q. v.).

pabbajja, f. (sa, pravrajya) re-

tiring from the world, the ordination

of a layman wishing to become a

Buddhist monk; acc. -^arii (iabheyya-

harii) 70.15; (yacitva) 89,i5; (isi-»,

q. v.) 34,38. 46,18; gen. {dat. & abl.)

rwSya (namitacitto) 46,i8; (satim

na karissati) 63,i8; (cittarii nami)

65,12; (antarayam, agarasma ana-

gariyam) 68,4; - o-karana, n. &"-saiuaya, m. 45,9-i2 {v. h.); laddha-

pabbajjupasampada, mfn. {v. upa-

sampada).pabbata, m, {sa. parvata) a

mountain, hill, rock; nom. /^O (Hi-

mavanto) Dh. 304; acc, -x-ain, 16,is;

gen. o^assa, 76,33; pi. r^^siai (with

neuter termination by attraction to the

foil, vanani (?) or adj. n. = sa. par-

vatani (?)) Dh. 188; gen. pi. ^anaih,Dh. 127; - *<'-kuta, m. a mountain-

peak, pi, -^a, 76,3g; - *''-pada, m.

the foot of a mountain, >vO, 14,9;

loc. /^e. 84,31 ; - *°-ra8a, m, "the

essence of the mountain", acc, >varil,

16,ig; Rajata-". Suvanna-", m, nom,

pr. {q. v.).

pabbata-H'ia, nifn, {sd. par-

vata-stba) i standing on a mountain;

m. ^0, Dh. 28 {opp. bhumattha).pabbajeti, vb. {cans, pabbajati 1

sa. pravrajayati) ') to send or drive

away {acc.) Tfrom, abl.)\ part. nom.m. o-ajayarii (attano nialara) Dh.388;aor, 3. sg. <x,e8i (rattba). - *) to or-

dain {acc), admit to the Buddhistmonastic order (through the pabbajja,

q. v.); imp, 3. sg. r*^ei\x (imaiii da-rakaiii) 81, is,

pabhamkafa, »»., v. pabha.pabhaiiguna (&pabhangu), mfn.

161 pamuDcati

(sa. prabhaflgura?) fragile, brittle;

frail! n, /^&m (idam rupam, var,

~gurara) 107,7 = Dh. 148; - *pa-

bhanguna, w. siibst. fragility; destroy-

ing, destruction, ^ara (bhoganam)Dh. 139.

pabha, f. (sa. prabha) light,

splendour; instr. -^aya, 86,7; - pa-bhaiiikara, m. {sa. prabbakara) 'light-

maker', the Bun; epithet of Buddha;(%^o (Buddho dhammaraja) 19,i; -nippabha, mfn. (q. v.),

pabbata, mfn. (sa, prabhata)begun to become light, loo, f. >^Sya

(rattiya) "at daybreak", 42,i, - subst,

n, = daybreak, morning.

pabhSseti, vb, (caus., sa. pra-

-y/bnas) to illuminate, enlighten (ace);

pr. 3. sg. ^eti (sabba disa; tassa

pabhaya = attano pabhaya V) 85,8;

(imam lokam) Dh. 172.

pabhiuna, mfn. (sa. prabhinna,

pp. pra-^bhid) 'burst open', flowing

with juice, esp. m. said of an elephant

in rut; *hattbi-prabbinna, ».. a furious

elephant, acc. rv&m, Dh. 326. cp. next,

pabhedana, n, (sa. prabbedana,

cp. prabheda) the flowing of juice

from the temples of an elephant; '''ka-

tuka-ppo, mfn. Dh. 324 (v, h.).

pamajjati*, vb, (sa. pra-\/mad)

to be careless, negligent, or idle;

trans, to neglect (acc); pr. 3. sg.

<vati (na-ppO) Dh. 172. 259; pot. 3.

sg.f^eyya. (do.) Dh. 168; per. .s/itva,

Dh. 172; aor. 2. sg. pamado (ma fJ)

77,B (cp. Notes) ; Dh. Zl\\ pp. pamatta

(q. «.) cp. pamada, m.

pamajjati*, vb, (sa. pra-'y/mrj)

to sweep, rub, scour, wipe off (acc.);

to stroke (along with the hand); ger.

fJAsa. (hattbena civaravaihsam) 83,sr,

grd. n. ^itabbam (udakam gattato)

84,8 ; f. fJs. (bhitti) 84,so ; m. pi. i»,vi

(-kannabbaga) 84,i9.

pamatta, mfn. (pp. pamajjati';

sa, pramatta) careless, inattentive,

negligent, thoughtless, indolent; m,

/vo, Dh. 19. 309; gen, <vassa, 41,S6;

pi. /^a, 77,5. Dh. 21 ;gen.pl. i^aiaam.,

Fill Oloiitrjr,

Dh. 292; *0-bandhu, m. "friend of

the indolent" (». e. Mara) 103,i8 (voc),

- *°-carin, mfn. (cp. sa. pramada-carin) acting in a careless manner,

gen, m. /N.-ino, 107,89 = Dh. 334. -a-ppamatta, mfn. (q. v.),

pamathita, mfn. (pp. pra-\/math)

agitated; *vitakka-**, mfn. (q. v.).

pamana, n. (sa. pramana) mea-

sure, size, extent, length, etc, e. c.

(mfn.) : equal in extent to ; nom. /^am(n'atthi gacchantanam, "there was no

end to them") 9,ie; acc. o.-am (attano,

na janasi, "you don't know your mea-

sure") 9,98; instr. ^ena (tesaih, in

proportion to them) 57,n; comp,

udaka-ppamana, n. 3,i; pasa^a-", n,

ib.; - assa-potaka-^ mfn., gala-',

mfn., gbata-", mfn., tavatimsa-deva-

loka-°, mfn,, ti-gavuta-", mfn, & yo-

jana-", mfn. (v. h.).

pamada, m. (sa, pramada) neg«

ligence, carelessness, indolence; nom.

n^o (maccuno padam) Dh. 21; r^o

rajo sabbada, >N/&nupatito rajo, indo-

lence is always dirt (i, e, moral de-

filement), dirt is the result of it (v,

anupatati), 108,8; instr. ^ena, Dh.167; <*-pamada-tihaDa (abl,) 81,i8

(t>, thana ')).

pamareti, vb, (sa, pra-marayati,

coMS. pra-\/mr) to strike one dead,

to maltreat, hurt severely (acc); pot.

8. sg, 'N/eyya (mam) 87,i6.

pamuicba, mfn, (sa. pramukha)being at the head of, chief (e. o.)

;

Vijaya-ppamukha, m. pi, "with V. at

their head", 110,30. 112,S7. cp, pa-

mokkba.pamuccati, vb. (pass, pamu&-

cati, q. v.).

pamufioati, vb. (sa, pra-'\/muo)

to liberate, send away, shake off (acc)

;

pr, 3. sg. fv&ti (pupphani, "sheds the

flowers") Dh. 377; - pass, pamuc-cati, to be delivered (from, abl.), Dh,189. 192 = 107,22 (sabbadukkha);

fut. pamokkhati, 3. pi. <N./anti (Mara-bandbana) Dh. 276; — caus. pamo-cati, to deliver (acc) from (ab^); aor.

11

pamudita 162

2. & 8, 8g, o/esi (main dukkhS) 108,it.

- cp. duppamufica. mfn.pamudita, mfn.. {pp. pamodati;

50, pramudita) greatly delighted,

pleased; *'*-citta, mfn, greatly de-

lighted in bis mind, m. <^0, 16,T.

pameyya, mfn, (so. prameya)measurable; v. a-ppameyya, mfn.

pamokkhati, fut, pass., v. pa-

muflcati.

pamocei.i, v'!>. (cais. pamuncati,

q. li.).

pamodati, vb. (sa. pra-\/mud)

to be delighted, to rejoice greatly;

pr. 3. sg, i^aXx, Dh. 16; pp. pamudita

(g. v.); cp. pamojja.

pamohana, n. (sa. pramoliana,

mfn.) bewildernieni, delusion ; nom.

~am (Marassa) Bh. 274.

payati, vb. (sa. pra-.\/}a) to go

forth, set out, advance, proceed; aor.

3. sg, piTyasi (j!. attgm.) 6,i. 34,4.

54,4; 3. pi. payimsu (do.) 33,?; pp.

payata, loc, fern. ,^aya (sukha-**,

navaya, "when the ship was fairly

of'"). 19,27; gen. pi. m. ,>,anam (vil-

nijaDam, Bharikaccha, who have

tome from Bh.) 25,ao; Bharukaccha-payatanam (do.j 20,22.

payirupasati, vb. (sa. pary-upa-

yas) to sit beside, attend on (ace);

pr. 3. sg. -r^ati (metrically = pay-

rupasati) Dh. 64-66 (panditarii).

""payuttaka, tnfn. (fr. sa. pra-

yukta, cp. mxt) hired, bribed, sub*

oraed; m. rs..o, S8,?b; "-coro, 38,2t;

"-diiutta, »». pi. 49,7.

payojeti, vb. (caus^ payufijati;

sa. pra-yojayati, \/}uj) io use, em-

ploy; direct; practise (ace); pr, 1,

pi, payojayama (naccadini) 65,i;

aor. 3, sg. r^.-esi (purise, "directed

some men") 74,4; 3. pi. r^ayimsu

(naccagitavaditani) 64,3i.

para, mfn. {= sa.) ') other, dilTe-

>ent {opp. attad; cp. tifina, apara)i

m. ko . . , paro ("who else?") Dh.

160; ace. .-warn, Dh. 184; (lokarfa)

Dh. 220; gen. rvassa, 68,13; parassa-

hetu, "for the sake of others", Dh.

84 {opp. attahetu); toe. ^amhi Qoke,

opp. aamim) Dh. 168; - itutr, n.

{adv.) parena (= aparena samayena)

afterwards, later on, 47,2i; - m. pi.

nom. pare (others, other people ; some-

times pregnantly = bad or impious

people) Dh. 6; acc. pare, 103,3o.

106,4. Dh. 267; gen. paresam, 8,5;

34,25 {opp. attana, cp.arinesam, 34,24);

41,83 (paresam (= instr.) tava guna

nata) ; - comp. "-santaka, mfn. {q. v.,

cp. corrections); - '-kula, «. {v. h.);

o-kula, n. = "-lira, n. (g. v.) ;*o-du-

kkh'upadhana, v. upadhana; Moka,»»; another world, 106,15 (vitinna-°,

q. v.); *"-vajjanupa88i»i, v. anupassin

{cp. vajja); para-paccaya, v. a-para-

paccaya; *para-ppavada etc., r.below;

in '^omp. with words beginning with

U the final a drops and the u is length-

ened, V. parupakkania, parupaghati«.— '') higher, superior; highest, supreme;

acc. Ml. -^am (khanam) 110,i8; santi-

para, mfn. "higher than rest", n.

«^am (sukham) Dh. 202. - param,indecl. {v. next). — superl. parama

{l- ^)- ~ ^P- parato, parattha, para,

parato etc.

paraiii, indecl. (= sa^ afterwards,

after {iv. abl.) ; ito-paraiii, tato-param{v. h.)\ paraiu-marana, after death,

89,20.

parakkama, m, {sa. parakrama)exertion, effort; acc. ^arii (karonto)

34,23; instr. ^ena (kata-**, "when wedo our best") 12,3; *da}ha-<', mfn,{v. ;..).

parakkamati, vb. {sa. para-\/kram) to advance, attack (acc); to

show courage etc.\ pot. 3, sg, parak-kame (dalham enam) Dh. 313; ger.

^kamma,' "valiantly", Dh. 383.

parato, a(i«;. (sa.- paratas) ') after-

wards, further; 26,3. 34,7 (gaccbanto).— ^) on the other side; 21, le {opp.

orato) cp. pilrato.

parattha', adv. {sa. paratra) in

another place, in the other world;

74,3 (^a'ti); Dh. 177.

parattha-, m. {sa. parartha) the

163 pariganhati

advantage or interest of others ; instr.

(for the sake of) ^ena, Dh. 166 {opp.

attadattha, q. v.).

*parappavadaj m. (cp. aa. para-pravadin) disputation ; "-kusala, mfn,110,9 (3. v.) cp. pavadiH, mfn.para ma, mfn. (= sa.) highest,

best (or worst); f. <>^a (roga) Dh.203; M. rwara ^sukharii) ib. & 184;n. pi. »,& (dukba, v, dukkha) ib.

;

abl. n. parama va seyyo (better than

the best) 55,8; — comp, *arogya-pa-rama, mfn. having health for its best,

f. /^a (labba, v. arogya) Dh. 204;*vis8asa-°, mfn. ib. (q. v.). — *''-duk-

kara, mfn. (q. v.)\ °-attha, m. the

best sense, the whole truth {v. next);

abl. paramatthato (adv.) v. attha *').

*Parani attha-dipani, f. nom.

pr. of a commentary, by Dhammapfila,

on several books of the Khuddaka-NikSya; specimen of the comm, on

Petavatthu p. 84,25-86,10.

parajaya, m. (= sa.) defeat;

jaya-*", »». victory and defeat, ace.

r^atm, Dh. 201.

parajita, mfn. (= sa.\pp. para-

VJ^ [& jya]) defeated, conquered; one

who has lost (in game, w. ace.)', m.

/N/O (sahassam) 2,14; 60,3i (as finite

tense, "he lost"); 60,i (tehi -^0).

parajiyati, vb. (pass, parajeti

[& -jinati] ; sa. para-VJi [& jya]) to

be overcome, defeated; to lose (in

game); pr. 3. sg. /x/ati {ppp. jinati)

48,9.

paramasati, vb. (sa. para-\/inr?)

to touch, feel, stroke (ace.);part. m.

/>./aDto (hatthissa kumbbam) 77,i

;

ger. rwitva ([tam] batthena) 24,30.

25,8 ; pp. parama^ba, v, duppara-

mattba.par ayan a, n. (sa. parayana) aim

;

refuge, resort; e. c. mfn. = destined

for, resorting to; *Brahmaloka-<*, mfn.

47,95; *8anibodhi-', mfn. 79,8* (q. v.).

pari-, indecl. (= sa.) prefix to

verbs and nouns, implying 'round,

around; richly, fully, completely' etc.;

before vowels it takes the form pahy-

(v. below), but before u also payir-

(metathesis, v, payirupasati) ; it is

sometimes changed into pali- (q. v.).

parikamma, n. (5a. parikarman)') attendance, waiting upon; ovarii (ka-

tabbam, w. gen.) 84,i. — *) prepara-

tion, treatment (as painting, cleansing,

dressing etc.); *°-kata, mfn. prepared,

treated (e.c.) : geruka-°, 84,i9 ; ]akha-°,

5,88 (v, h.),

parikkhaya, m. (sa, parikshaya)

destruction, ruin, loss; ace. «x/am

(gaccbati, to be lost) 48,io; (ilatinam

etc.) Dh. 139. cp. parikkhina.

parikkbara, m. (sa. parisbkara)

provisions, utensils, esp. the priestly

requisites (civara etc.); ace, (e, e.)

^arii, 97,8.

parikkhipati, vb. (sa, pari-

yksbip) to put, hang, or wind around,

to surround (ace); pr. 3. pi. o^anti

(maladamani) 37,8; aor. 3. pi. «^imsu,

6,10; ger. *) .x/itva (tbanam) 6,9;

(malam kantbe) 16,85; (assa sanim)

62,90 ; '') ~itvana, 112,6; - pp. pa-

rikkbitta, m, ^0 (rajjuya, tied with

ropes) 64,80 ; n, f^&m (nabaruna,

kandam, "wound round with sinews")

92,91 ;pakara-°, 23,8o (v. h.); su-

parikkbittaiii (sayanarii) 112,3 (sa-

niya). cp. parikkhepa.

parikkhina, mfn. (pp. parikkbi-

yati; sa. parikshina, pari-yksbi) va-

nished, disappeared, extinct; m. pi.

^U, (asava) Dh. 93; *kamabhava-'*,

*tanhabbava-^ *naiidibbava-*', mfn,

(v. h.) cp. parikkhaya.

parikkhepa, m. (sa. pariksbepa)

throwing about, surrounding, that by

which anything is surrounded; ^0,37,8.

pariganhati, i)6. (so. pari-^grab)

') to embrace (ace.);part. m. f^&uto,

21,86; ger. pariggahetva (bababi)

20,0; — ') to examine, search (through);

to try, test (ace.); part. m. ^anto(babivalafijanake) 48,s; 43,6-88; 38,i8;

57,If (tam, in order to test her);

part. med. m. ^/amano, 43,i8; aor.

3. sg. n^i (antonagaram) 43,»; fut,

11»

pariggaha 164

1. so. /xfissaini (janapadam) 43,ii; ger.

/^ggahetva (do.) 44,i5. - caus, 11.

pariganhSpeti, to cause to be ex*

amined; part. m. .^ento, 48,s6. cp.

next,

parig^aha, m. (sa. parigraha)'belonging to, dependent*, family, wife,

property, etc, ; a-pariggaha, mfn. (un-

married) V, h., opp. sa-pariggaha,

mfn. 56,*-7.

pariggahetva, ger., v. parigan-

hati.

parighamsati, vl. (sa. pari-

Y/ghrsh) to rub, scrub; part, instr. m.

a-parighamsantena {sc. bhajanaib,

without rubbing) 82,si.

par i car at i, vh. (sa. pari-\/car)

'to go round', to attend, wait on ; to

serve, worship (ticc); pot. 3. sg. /^care

(aggim) Dh. 107. — caua. paricareti

ly, h.) cp. next,

paricarika, f, (= sa.) a female

attendant, waiting woman; nom. .^a

(itthi) 49,»; gen. pi, .vanara, 19,u;pada-'', f. id. & wife, instr. />^ttya,

56,n;i>?. ^a, 21, i»; *''rvika-yakkhim,

f. a menial Y., 111,8.

paricarf ti, v6. (caits. paricarati;

sa. paricaraj ati) to surround {aec.);

pasi,. part. m. paricariyamano (ni-

ppurisehi turiyehi, 'surrounded by")

67,si.

pariccajati, vb. (sa. pari-v/tyaj)

to abandon, give up, sacrifice (ace);

fui. 1, sg, .^isss mi (attanam tuyhaiii)

3,16; ger, ^xiya. (attanam) 15,33;

(jivitam) 60,i4. cp. next,

pariccaga, m. {sa.\ parityaga)

leaving, abanrlcning, giving up; ahl.

/vS (mattSfJukaa-') "by leaving (a

emal) pleasure)" Dh. 290.

purijani, m. (== sa.) surrounding

or attending poople, servants; acc.

^.am, 67,»e; get. rwassa, 67,26.

parijinna, mfn. (pp. parijiyati;

sa. parijirna, y'j}') worn out, decayed,

exhausted; n. ~am (puranasetthiku-laiil, impoveri&h'.id, reduced) 55,9i

;

(idam ruparii) 107,7 — Dh. 148.

p a r i n fi a t a , mfn, (pp. parijanati

;

sa. parijnata, i/jfia) thoroughly known

;

n. r^&m (sabbadukkham, sc. maya)

108,t8; *0-bhojana, mfn, "living on

recognized food", t. e, one who has

the right view of the food he eats

(who exactly knows the substance of

which it consists, that it is only vile

and impure matter, and that there is

no pleasure in eating it) m. pi. /x'S,

Dh. 92 (cp, Dh. (1865) p. 281 ; Chil-

ders Diet, parinfia).

parinamati, vb. (sa. pari-\/nam)

to bend, change (intr.); to develop,

ripen, become old, be digested (as

food); part, loc, ~ante (vaye, "as

age ripens") 47,u. cp. next.

parinama, m. (= sa) change,

development; digestion; samma-pariua-

mam (acc.) gaccheyya, 78,i6 (can be

fully digested).

paritassati (& paritasati), vb,

(sa. pari-v/tras) to be frightened or

alarmed, to tremble; pr. 3. sg, naf^a.ti (sabbasamyojanam chetva) Dh,

397 (''after cutting all fetters he does

not tremble"); but we had perhaps

better to translate "he does not feel

any desire", and take paritassati =^

sa. pari-^tfsh, to be afflicted by thirst,

metaph. to feel desire or longing; the

explanation Dhpd. (1855) p. 428 : tan-

haya na bhayati (he does not fear on

account of thirst) and on several other

passages in the commentaries is pro*

bably due to a confusion of those twoverbs, of which pp. paritasita (cp.

tasita) frequently occurs; paritassana,

f. seems to have both significations :

fear & longing; cp. Mil. p. 263,86 (gonochato paritasito), Rhys Davids, Dial,

of the Buddha (1899) p. 63.

paritoseti, vb. (sa. pari-v'tush,

cans, paritoshayati) to satisfy com-pletely, to appease (acc.)\ part. med.m. ^ayamano (aiiike nisinnarii put-

tarn) 38,14 ("cherishing").

p ari tta', mfn. (sa. paritta) limited,

small, little; n. rs^aiii (udakam) 4,5;

parittatthakatha, f, a concise commen-tary, acc. ^atii, 113,2i.

165 pan

*paritta^ n. (cp, sa. paritiana,

fr. pari-y'tra) protection, an amulet;

"-sutta, M. a thread for defence, a charm,ing thread, lll,n ("-tejena).

paridahati, vb, (sa. pari-Y/dha)to put on (clothes, acc.)

; fut. 3. sg.

.vdahessati (kasavam vatthaih) Dh.9.parideva. m. (= so.) lamenta-

tion ; instr. pi. ^ehi, 70,29; gen. pi.

/>^anam (soka-'')90,i7; soka-" (dvandvacomp.) 66,10-17. cp, pariddava.paridevati, vb. {sa. pari-\/dlv)

to lament, cry, gro&n\ part. m. >^a,T\iQ,

30,83; f, /vanti, 31,3; gen, pi, omenta-

nam, 47,si;part, med, m, (^-tnano,

30,15; oor. 5. s^iT. paridevi, 24,7. pari-

deva, m. & paridevana, n, (a. v.).

pari de van a, n. (= sa.) lamen-tation, groaning; "-sadda, m, "the

Bound of groaning", nom. <vO, 23,33,

cp. parideva & next,

*pariddava, m. (sa. *paridrava,

ydru; this word is formed after the

analogy of upaddava {q. v.) and mayprobably be due to an old confusion

with parideva (v, above), by which

it is generally explained in the com-mentaries (Tr.); it is only found in

comp. with soka-**) lamentation; tinna-

soka-^, infn. "who has crossed the

flood of sorrow"? Dh. 195.

*parinitthiti, f, (fr. pari-ni-

\/stba, cp, nitthita) completion, accom-

plishment; acc, ix/iih (gatesu, fulfilled)

114,31.

parinibbati, vb., v, parinibba-

yati.

parinibbana, n. (sa, parinir-

vana) complete extinction of indivi-

duality, so that one shall not be born

again; attainment of Nirvana; abl,

/va, 80,19; "-maficamhi nipanno,

110,19.

parinibbayati & parinibbati,(sa. parinirvati, \/va) to be extin-

guished, to attain Nirvfina; pr, 3, pi.

/N^ayanti (Tatbagata) 76,98; o.^anti,

Dh, 126; aor, 3. sg. ^ayi, 29,i8;

80,19 (Bhagava); pp. v, parinibbuta,

cp. parinibbana, n.

parinibbuta, nifn. (pp, sa. pari-

nirvrta, \/vr, but as to the signification

belonging to parinir-\/va, v. pari-

nibbayati, cp. nibbuta) completely ex-

tinguished or liberated (from the saiil-

sara) ; m, ^o, 80,ii ; loc. <%/e, 80,i9

;

pi. m. ^si (loke, "even in this world")

Dh. 89.

paripakka, mfn, (sa, paripakva)completely cooked; quite ripe, accom-

plished; m. >^o (vayo) Dh. 260.

paripucchati, vb. (sa. pari-

ypvacb) to put questions to (acc);

inf. '>.itum, comp. <'-kama, mfn, whowiBhes that questions shall be put

to himself, m, rvO, 84,7; grd, m,

/>^itabbo, ib.

paripunna, mfn. (sa, pari-purna)

quite full; accomplished, perfect; n,

-x/am (candamandalam, "the full

moon") 32,30 ; *sabbakara-*, mfn,altogether perfect, acc, m. /v-am (pu-

risarii) 10,96; *°-gabbha, f, adj, (v,

gabbha).paripurati, vb. (sa. pari-v'pf)

intr. to become full (completely); to

become perfect; pr. 3. sg, ^ati (pafi-

iia) Dh. 38; pp. paripunna (q. v.).

paripphoseti, vb, (cans, pari-

\/prush) to besprinkle, water (occ);

ger, ^^itva ([bhumim] udakena) 84,99,

pariplava, mfn. (= sa.) swim-

ming round; unsteady; ^O-pasada, mfn,"whose peace of mind is troubled", gen,

m, ,N./a8sa, Dh. 38,

pariphandati, vb, (sa, pari-

\/8pand) to tremble all over; pr. 3,

sg. /-vati (idam cittam).Dh, 34 (cp.

phandana).paribbajati, vb, (sa. pari-y'vraj)

to wander about (esp, as a religious

mendicant, cp. paribbaja(ka)); pr. 3,

pi. >N^anti (etam [bandhanam] che-

tvana) Dh. 346; pot. 8. sg. paribbaje

(kame pabatvana anagaro) Dh. 416.

paribbaya, m, (sa. parivyaya)

payment, salary; travelling expenses

or travelling cash; acc. <varil, 18,i8;

48,18.

paribbajaka, m. (& paribbaja;

paribhavita 166

$a. parivrSja(ka)) a religieuR mendl-

cant, ascitic; nom. >vC (Ilttiyo) 89,i»;

ace, /x-am, 29,s«; "-avama, m. (v. A.).

— '-vesena, in the character of a p.

lie,29.

paribhavita, mfn. {pp. pari-

bhaveti; = sa., cans. paii-\/bhu) pre-

pared, treated; n. i^&m. (cittam,

^highly cultivated") 106,»; ace. f.

^a± (raanusivacara.karunaya, "filled

with compaBBion") 2^,9.

pHribha8ati,»'6.{.ta.pari-\/bha9h)

to blame, ceosure, abuse (acc); pr,

8. ag. -wati (bhikkhu) 8A,S9.

par ibhuiijati,v6.(sa. pari-Vbhuj)

to eat, enjoy (ccc); pr, 3. ag. -w^ati

(dadhirii) 35,23; 97,9 ("makes use of

it"); 3. pi, o/anti, 21,o; inf. ,-vitum

(kame) 69,s7; ger. «xitva, 36,35; pp.

paribhutta, n, r^&m (yassa, "whenha has eaten it") 78, la. cp. next,

paribhoga, m. {:— sa.) enjoyment,

use, *devata-*, mfn. 36,3i. {v. h.).

parimajjati, vb. (sa. pari-ymrj)

to cleanse, wipe; to touc^i, stroke (ace);

pr. 2. sg. ,^asi (bahiram) 106,u =Dh. 394; part, f, ^anti (pi^thiifa)

46,8,

parimandala, m/«.(=sa.) round,

circular; n. /vaiil, 36,33, adv. »/am,

all around, 82,17; *8U-parimandalam,

adv. completely, 113,7.

parimaddati,D6.(so, pari-\/mrd)

to rub, stroke {ace.) ;ger, o/itva (ha-

tthena tassa sariraifa, "passed his

hand over") 24,88.

parimana, n. (= sa.) circum-

ference,* extent; ace. .v^aiiii (rajja-")

43,89.

pariyatti,/". (aa. paryapti) learn-

ing, esp. study of the holy texts; the

texts themselves handed down through

oral tradition (= tipi^aka); nom. ^i,

102,10 ; "-antaradhana, n. 'the dis-

appearance of learning', name of a

chapter of Anagata-vamsa {q, v,)

102,8,

pariyanta, mfn, {sa, paryanta)endecl, ceased; far, remote; — m. end,

circumference, edge, border, outskirt;

aee. ,vath* (parlsa-*, ». parisS) 8T,i»;

loo. »H,e (udaka-o) 4,«; (sara-*) 6,i7;

pi. hattha-pada-pariyanta (the hoofs)

5,".

pariyati, vh. {sa. pan-y/ya) to

go round (ace); pr, 3, sg. .^ati (ra-

janivesanam) 31,s.

pariyadana, n. {btiddh. sa. pa-

ryadana) consuming, consumption,

exhaustion, destruction, end; abl. /x-a

(ta88a, "when that has been consumed")

96,8.

*pariyapanna, tnfn. {fr. pan-

S-v/pad) included, contained in; patta-

pariyapannaih, n. "what has been put

in the bowl", 83,s.

pariyaya, m. & n, {sa. paryaya)

'going round', encompassing (also a

synonym); turn, succession, series,

enumeration (also a religious discourse

in general, opp, nippariyaya, a dis-

course delivered on some particular

occasion); way, manner, order, method,

precision; view or point of view; nom,

n. aditta-pariyayam ("the sermon of

the burning") 71,18; instr. ^eua(aniiena = aniienakarena, in another

way, from a different point of view

o; wrongly?) 91,ii-38; aneka-pari-

yayena, adv. in many ways, 69, is.

pariyesati, vb. {sa. pari-^/ish)

to seek or search for, inquire, inve»

stigate (occ); part. m. /vanto (gooa-

ram) 14,i9; (phalaphalani) 35,38;

part, med. m. pi. ^-wraana (mige, in

order to find) 6,8; fut, 1, sg. ^issami,

14,88; (dibbakame) 45,b; tn/'. ^itum,

43,8; ger. o^itva (core) 30,3o.

"pariyogalha, mfn. {pp. pari-

yogabati, to inquire into, penetrate;

sa. *paryava-Y'gah, cp. ava-gadha);

"-dhamma, mfn. who has penetrated

the truth, m. ^o, 69, i3. cp. next,

'*'pariyogaba, m, {fr, pari-ava-

\/gah) inquiring into, penetrating;

*duppariyogaha, mfn, {q, v.).

*pariyodapana, n. {fr. next)

cleansing, purification; sacitta-", Dh,183 {v. citta').

"pariyodapeti, vb, {cans, pari-

167 pttriBsaya

ava-i/dai) to cleanse, purify (occ);pot. 3, sg, ~eyya (metrically = paryo-dapeyya, attanaiii) Dh. 88.

pariyosana.M, (sa. paryavasana)end, conclusion; loc. /x-e, 29,i7 (sacca-",

q. V.) \ 34,89 (jivita-") ; e. c. mfn, =ending with : (jala-**, 18,?; marana-",

86,16 ; vipatti-", 47, lo (y. /».).

parilaha, »». {sa, paridaha) burn-

ing, heat; pain, suffering, sorrow; nom,

^0, Dh. 90; sa-parilaha, tnfn, filled

with pain, n. /vam, 94,a.

parivajjeti (& parivajjayati)vb. {sa. parivarjayati, caus. pari-

i/vrj) to avoid (ace); pr. 3. sg. />.,eti

(papanj) Dh. 269; imp. 2. sg. {med.)

^^ayassu (kulavaka {ace. f. or n.pl.?)

"dont disturb the birds' nests") 60,le;

pot. 3. sg. /v^aye, Dh. 123.

parivattati, vb. {sa. pari-v/vrt)

to turn, change {intr,), to change into

(worn.); pot. 3. sg. '>/eyya (khiram,

dadhi /x/) 99,88; ger. ^.-itva, 47, 12; -caus. V. next.

parivatteti, vb. {sa. parivartay-

ati, caus. pari-v'vrt) ') to overthrow,

turn topsy-turvy; also intr, to rush,

hurtle (on account of confusion) : part,

m. pi. /N.-enta, 60,8. - *) to repeat,

rehearse, recite {ace.);pr. 3, sg, /v/eti

(Pataiijali-matam) 113,?; pot. 2. sg.

/N./eyyasi (mantaiii) 52,26; ger, ,%.^etva,

32,10. - *) to translate {ace.)\ imp, 2.

sg.r^Gh.\ (tam, Magadhanam niruttiya)

113,33; aor. 3, sg. r^B%\., 114,27.

parivara, m. (= sa.) suite, re-

tinue, followers; e. e.mfn., surrounded

by; instr. />^ena (mahantena) 7,5.

62,8; paficasata-bhikkhu-", mfn, 87,s;

pancasata-Diiga-", mfn, 6,29; panca-

Bugandhika-", mfn. prepared with five

kinds of fragrant substances, n. (vam(tambulam) 41,xs; sa-parivara, mfn,

together with the retinue, ace, m, .x/am,

110,26.

parivareti, vb, {sa. parivarayati,

caus. pari-^vy) to surround, encom-

pass (ace,)', without obj. to stand

around; aor. 3. s^. '/x^esi, 36,S8; fut.

3. pi. <vessanti, 36,i6; ger, fs,tiy&

(atnbarukkham, "round the Mangotree") 37,i9; pp. m. parivarito (amacca-°)

112,86. cp, parivara, m, & parivuta,

mfn.*parivitakketi, vb. {fr. pari-vi-

\/tark) to reflect, ponder; aor. 3. sg,

fx^esii 53,33.

parivisati, vb, {sa. pari-\/vish,

but as to the formation confounded

with pari-^/vi?) to serve, wait on (occ);

imp, 2. sg, parivisa (mam tena, "serve

me with it") 78,8; aor.3.sg. parivisi,

78,11 ;ger. /^itva, 87,i7; part. f.

/xanti (rajanam, suvanna-katacchumgahetva) 53,32.

parivuta, mfn. {sa. parivrta, pp.pari-\/vr) surrounded by {instr. or

e. c); m. >^o (deva-ganena) 60,28;

36,28; 74,17; 7,28 (miga-gana-"); ace,

m. /vara (amacca-gana-*') 39,88; f.

pi, «xa (dasi-gana-°) 21,i.

*parisainvuta, mfn, {sa. *pari-

samvrta) covered, hidden, guarded;

restrained, controlled; su-parisamvuta,Dh. 234 {q. v.).

parisappati, vb. {sa. pari-Y/srp)

to run about; pr. 3. pi. /^anti, Dh.342. The common form of this verb

is pari-sakkati, cp, osakkati, nissak-

kana etc,

pari 8 a, f. {sa. parishad) an as-

sembly; multitude, group, crowd; nom,

/x/S (assa, "his followers") 40,3; ace,

<xara, 88,2s; instr, /^aya, 74, n; gen.

dat. /x/aya, 6,3a; 86,10 (sampatta-**,

the assembly present) ; loc, ^ayaiil,

87,25 ; comp. catu-", f. {v. h.) ; at the

beginning of comp. generally shortened

to parisa-, 87,23 (**-pariyantam)

;

'-majjhe, 10,2i. 42,4. 61,i5.

parisuddha, mfn. {sa, pari^ud-

dha, \/Qudb) clean, pure; a-parisud-

dha, mfn. 41,i {q. v.).

parissaya, n. (& m.) {sa. pari-

Qraya, m. (?) Weber, Ind. Str. Ill,

395; as to the signification nearly

agreeing with parissama {sa. pari-

Qrama) by which it is sometimes re-

placed in the manuscripts; Fau8b0ll,

Dbpd. (1855) p. 407 & Qloss. Sn.,

pariharati 168

derive! it from ea, ""pftrismaya, \/Bmi,

which can hardly be potBtble) danger;

pain, trouble, annoyance; n. pi. xwEni

(sabbSni) Dh. 328. [Phyeioally paris-

saya seems to moan 'the internal heat

of the body', as it is sometimes in the

conim. explained by kaummja-tejo;perhaps it ought to be derived from

pari + V*?ri = Vv^'S- (*" V?'*™)'cp. utu-parissaya-vinodana, MN. I

p. 10,17.]

pariharati, vh, (sa, pari-\/hr)

•) to carry (round), to wear (ace.);

pr. 1. sg. med. /N^hare (munjaiii, q. v.)

103,.^3; ger. f^itva (kucchiya Bodhi-8£;tta.m) 62, s. — *) to protect, take

care of, be the leader of; fut. 1. sg.

^issami (bhikkbu-rjaiiigham) 74,a3;

inf, /N..itum, 74,8i; cp. parihfira.

pari ban a, n. (sa. parihuna) the

being deprived of, falling away from

;

dai. /vaya (abhabbo) Dh. 32.

paribayati, vl.(sa, pari-hiyate,

pass. pari-Y/ba, cp. jahati) to be de-

prived of; to (t\\\ away from (o6i.),

disappear, vanis.'i, decrease, eto,\ pr.

3. sg. «^ati (saddbamma) Dh. 364;aor. 3. sg. rwhayi, 18,29; fut. 3. sg.

isjUiiiii, 102,10 ; - pp. parihina, loc.

m. f>,e, 102,10 ; n. /N-aiii n'attbi (w.

abi. 'has not been neglected') 37,27;

a-parihina, mfn. unbrohen (v. h.).

parihara, m. (= sa.) 'carrying

round'; protection, taking care of, the

making much of anything; abl. ^ato(poranaka-", as hitherto) 37,27 ; *gab-bha-o,' w. (g. v.) 42,2» (laddba-").

parihina, mfn, (pp. paribayati,

3. 'v.).

"^pariipakkania, m. (,'V. para +Upalckama) approaching or attack of

others (external eneraiss); instr. <^ena,

76,27 {cp. an-upakkaiuena).

*parupaghati«, tnfn, (fr. para\- Upaghati/i) who strikes or injures

others; nom. m. /vi, Dh. 184.

par eta, mfn. (;= sa. pp. parS 4"

yi) reached, approached; e. c. = fol-

lowed by, overcome with ; *8oka-^,

mfn, overcome with sorrow, gen, t».

/xasna, 104,it.

parodati, vh. (sa. ^TBi-y/nid) to

begin to weep or lament; aor. 8, sg,

parodi (raabantena saddena) 16,8i.

pary-, v. pariy-.

palavati (or pilavati, plavati),

vb. (sa. plavati, Vpl«) t° ^°**' "*'''"

'

pr. 3. sg. fs,&t\ (hurahuram) 107,3o

= Dh. 334 ^metri causa .^ati); aor.

1. sg. a-plavim (phalakena) 20,2s.

palapeti, vb. (cans, palayati,

q. V.) to drive away (occ); imp. 2,

sg. .x-ebi (te) 36,i2; 3. pi. .>^etha,

62,20 ; aor. /^esi, ib.; inf. ^.-etum, 8,i.

palayati (& paleti), vb. (sa. pa-

layati) to flee or fly away, escape;

pr. 3. sg. paleti, 106,3 = Dh. 49;

2. sg. r^ayasi, 54,2i ; 3. pi. ,>.ayanti,

6,81 ; 1. pi. rvayaraa (let us escape),

21,3o; aor. 8. sg. '>-ayi, 10,83; 3, pi.

^ayimsu, 30,3o; fut. 3. pi. ,-wissanti,

35,u; 1. pi. /^issama, 21,32; inf.

^itum, 21,27; ger. ^itva, 60,2i; -cans, *palapeti (v, h.).

palasa, »i. «£• n. (sa, pala(ja) ')

m. a leaf; pandu-palaso, Dh. 235 (q,

v.). — *) n. (coll.) leaves, foliage;

sakba-palasam, 95,23 (q. v.); apa-

gata-", mfn, 95,23.

pali- or pali-, prp, = pari-

(q. V.) cp. next etc.

paligha, m. (sa. parigha [&paligha]) a bolt or bar of a door; anobstacle, hindrance; ukkbitta-", mfn,Dh. 398 (v. h.).

pali t a, mfn. (= sa.^ but often

spelled with ph through confusion with

phalita, q.v.)\ ') grey, greyhaired;

«. ^aiii (siro) Dh. 260 (ph"); *-kesa,

mfn. greyhaired, acc m, ,%,aifa, 63,9.

- ") n. grey hair (sg. & pl.)\ nom,sg, rvam (ekaiii) 44,25 (ph"); 46,2i

(eka-p"); 46,27 (ekamp"); pi. ^ani,46,23; 44,22 (pb"); - *phalita-patu-bbavn, m. 44,32 (v. patubhava).*palipatba, m. (read : pali-"; fr.

pra-yiip. w. sitff. -atha) mud, mire;acc. ^aiii (duggam) Dh. 414 (this

miry road, which is difficult to pass?)

169 pavittittba

cp. Tr, PM. p. 80-81 Notes ; JPTS.'84, p. 86. Childers & Fausbell de-

rive it from pari-patha (-pantha),"adversary".

palibuddha, mfn, (probably iden-

tical witb sa. pari-ruddha, throughdissimilation (?) or from *pra-vi-rud-

dha by metathesis; in palibodha, m.

hindrance, we could suppose influence

from sa. pari-Vbadh (Tr. PJI. p. 66)or pari-ybandh {Leumann); from

palibuddha we have verb, denom.palibuddbati, to check, restrain; to

urge, dun; to seize upon, usurp)

checked, restrained ; m.pl. f>^si (titthiya,

'there was put a stop to their mischief)

74,14. (cp, also sa. pary-ava-rodha.)

palujjati,r6. {pass. sa. pra-\/ruj)

to be broken, destroyed ; to fall off;

pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (sakhapalasam),

95,82; 3. pi, ,>.-eyyum (tacapapatika)ib.

paleti, vb. =^ palayati (q. v.).

palepana, n. {sa. pralepana) the

act of smearing; *galha-'', mfn, 92,7

{v.h.).

palobheti, vb. {sa, pralobhayati,

caus. pra-\/lubh) to allure, seduce

(acc); ger. ,%^etva ^vanije) 21, is.

pallaihka, m, {sa. paryafika ft

palyanka) a couch or sofa; a throne

or palanquin; the sitting cross-legged

(as in meditation), in the phrase : pal-

lamkena {instr.) or «we {loc.) nisidati,

17,85. 65,4. 66,4 (eka-o, q,v.); 63,83

{loc.) ; °-majjhe, 39,26 ("on the royal

throne"); kaficana-", 42,9 (w. h.);

nisinna-pallaihkato, abl. "from the

couch on which he was sitting", 65,27

(vuttbaya).

pallala, n. {sa. palvala) a small

pond or lake; ace. rs^&m, Db. 91;loc, <ve, 21,s6. <

.pavadi4^ati» ''*• (*<*• pra-\/vrdb)

to grow up, increase; pr. 3' sg, ix/ati,

Dh. 282; 8, pi, ,^anti, 107,8« = Dh.

335.

pavattati, vb, {sa, pra-^vrt) *)

to arise, set out, break forth; aor. 3.

sg. pavatti (mabanadi) 36,i6; (uda-

nam) 65,i2. - *) to become, appear;

to be, exist; pr. 8. sg. /%/ati (ratho'ti

namam) 98,24; (Sihalesu ^ati, "is

extant among the S.") 113,8i; fut. 3,

sg. .N/issati (manussesu catuppadika

gatha) 102,22, caus, v. pavatteti; cp,

next,

pavattar, m, (rather fr. sa. pra-

vaktr than fr. pra-vartitr, cp. next)

one who tells or relates, expounder,

teacher; ace. >x/aram (nidhinaih, "whotells of hidden treasures") Dh. 76.

pavatti, f. {sa. pravptti) appear-

ance, what appears or happens, news,

tidings, etc.; ace. >N/iih (arocesi) 6,22;

tatr'assa ^.^im na janama, "we dont

know what happened afterwards",

73,23.

pavatteti, vb, {caus, pavattati,

sa. pravartayati) to cause to arise,

send forth (acc); ger. ,%..etva (maho-gham) 35,19.

pa vara, mfn. {sa. pravara) the

choicest, best; noble, excellent; acc,

m, <x-am, Dh. 422.

pavassati, vb. {sa, pra-Y/vfsh)

to rain, begin to rain ; imp, 2. sg,

pavassa (deva!) 104,88; aor, 3, sg,

pavassi (mahamegho) 105,2i.

pavati (& pavayati), vb. {sa. pra-

y/vS) to blow through, pervade (acc);

pr. 3. sg. rwati (sabba disa) Dh. 64.

pavadi/i, m. {sa, pravadin) a

disputer, polemic; acc. pi. /^ino

(ahindanto) 113,5. cp. parappavada,pavala (& pavala^, m. n. {sa.

pravada & pravala) *) coral; comp.

-ppavala-, 27,88; 8) a sprout, a youngleaf or branch; kala-°, 47,2o {q. v.),

pavasa, m. {sa. pravasa) absence

from home, departure; abl, >^a, (agato)

9,27. cp, cira-ppavasiH, mfn.

pavijjhati, vh. («a. pra-\/vyadh)

to hurl or oast down (acc); aor. 8,

sg, pavijjhi (mahantaro silam) 75,85.

pavitt ha, mfn, (j7j). pavisati, sa,

pra-vishta) entered, one who has en-

tered or come into {acc, or abl.)', m,

f^o (himagabbham) 16,9; acc /^am(adittapannasalatb) 44,8o; mukhe

pavibhajati 170

/vam.(ambapha)adi) 37,m; (Mna a-

jassa e,nto >») 86,i8 ; eowip, kuccbimpaTittha-sadiso^ 61,4» ;

gabana^thana-pavittba-maggan, "the path by which

they ba(? turned into *-he jungle", 34,ii.

payibhajati, vb. (sa. pra-vi-

y'bhaj) to divide, distribute, arrange

(ace); aor. 3. pi. i>.ajjira8u (Satthu-

Basanam) 109,3s (incorrect spelling

instead of pavibhajinKu); ger. ^ajja,

110,1. cp. vibhajana.

paviveka, »». (aa. praviveka)solitude; **'-rasa, tw. "the sweetness

of solitude", Dh. 20B {ace, o^amVpavisati, vb, (sa. pra-y'viQ) to

enter, go to, come into {ace. [or loc.])\

pr. 3. pi. ^anti (nagaram) 90,36;

(antojalam) 88,35; part, m, instr,

/>/antena, 83,9i; imp. 2. sg. pavisa

(udakain, dive into) 13,i; (aggirii)

61,12; fut. 1. 8g. fv/issami (aggiih,

i, e. I will pay with my life for it)

54,4; aor. *) (w. augm.) 3, sg. pavisi,

13,8 (~i, metri uauHn), 33,«ii; **) 3. pi,

pavisiiiisu, 53,*. 60,«a; 2. pi, n^ittha

(ma) 27,30 ; inf. «>^iturii, 13, 15; comp,

<N/itu-kama, mfn, 82,24. 83,87 (w. ^0,w, acc.)\ ger. ) pavissa, Dh. 127;'') i^itvil, 6,7. 14,18. 37,12; grd. /vitab-

baiii, n, 83, .11; pp. pavil^tba {l-v.);,

caun, pavesoti & pavesiipoti (q, v.)

cp, next.

*pavi3ana, n. (iiom, act. fr. pa-

visati, cp, paveeana) entering, coming

in; ''-kale {w, ace. aggim) 51,14; 73,i2

(do. nagaraiii); "-velayarii (tesuih,

"tts thoy came in") 53,4.

pavuccati, vb. {pass, pra-^/vac)

to be called; pr. 3, sg, dhamma^tho'ti .'«^ati, Dh, 257 ; tanba /^ati, 103,26.

pavedeti (<%.ayati), vb, {catts.

pra-y/vid, sa. pravedayati) to com-n'.unicate, rulute, touch (acc); pr. 3,

pl. /N..ayanti {sc, dbaminaiii) Dh. 161

;

pp. pavedita, tr.ught; acc. m, n^&m(isi-pp", maggaiii) Dh. 281 ; loc, m,

r^ii (ariya-", dhamnae) Dh. 79.

pavedhati, v^t. {fr. sa. pra-\/vyatlti hut (trlMiin iik a tiuw Mimplvx

to cans, *pm-vyti;liayati > pavedbeti

;

cp. Tr. PM. 76,»5) to tremble, quiver;

part. med. acc. m, f. rwinanarii, 47,»t.

63,9. .. ,

paveni & paveni (of ^Ot,'-{sa. praveni) 'a long braid of hair',

hence *) race, lineage, esp, breed of

cattle, cattle for breeding; pl. ^iyo

(godharaniyo, q, v.) 105,n-u. (Comra.

on Sn. V. 26 : vayappatta balivaddehi

saddhim metbunapatthana - gavo)

;

') tradition, traditional custom or doc-

trine (also = the holy scriptures) cp,

Tr. PM. p. 69,7-44.

pavellati, vb, {fr. pra-\/vell)

to shake or swing to and fro, to sway;

part, med, f. ^mana, 47,20.

pavesana, n. {sa, prave^ana)I) entering {cp, pavisana) ; *) placing

or putting on, application ; dandepavesana-vasena {v, vasa) "according

as you fit it to the handle", 35,5.

*pavesapeti, vb. {cans. IT. pa-

visati) to cause one {acc.') to enter

(occ); pr, 3. sg. r^eW (miitugainamaggirii) 61,80.

*p a V e 8 e t a » , m. {nom, agentis fr.

next) one who allows to enter, whogives admittance; nom, r^a (iiatanarii)

90,33.

pavoBoti, vb, {cans, paviftati;

sa, pravegayati) to cause or allow to

enter {acc.) into {acc. or loc), to put

on, introduce; pr, 3, pl, /x-enti, 49, 1;

fut, 3, sg. ^Hsaaii, 102,j7; ^er. ,%.etva

(bahumige uyyane) 6,5; (migaganarii

uyyiinarii) 6,in; (uggahana-rajjukariigiviiya) 14,b9; (nagaraiii) 73,9o; cans,

II. pavesapeti {q, v.) cp, pavesana,

«., paveSetar, m,

pasaiiisati, vb, {sa. pra-y/^ams)to praise (acc); pr, 3, pl. <N^anti

(appamadinii) Dh. 30; Dh. 229. 366;iia-ppaHuiiisanti, Dh. 177; gcr, ^itva,

3,28; pp. pasainsita, m, />/0, Dh. 228~30. cp, next,

p a 9 a rii s a ,/". (sa. praQaiiisa) praise

;

ninda-pasariisasu, loc, pl, (blame andpraise) 106,80 = Dh. 81.

paHaniia, nifn, {pp. piisldati; m.prasanna) ') clear, bnghtj placid.

171 passati

tranquil; pleased, happy (w, gen, or

loc.)', »n. ,x/0, (te) 7,t3; (tassa) 31,ii;

(Buddhasasane) Dh. 368; 114,r,

instr, (x/ena, 8,»; Dh. 2 (manasa). —^) who is clear in his persuasion, be-

lieving, full of faith or devotion, pious;

m. ^0, 28,8. 102,33; evam ^o aham,79,27; pi. «.-a, 76,3s (opp, a-ppasanna,q. v.); *°-citta, mfn. with a pious

mind, believing, ace, m, >^aiii, 68,S3.

pasavati, vb. {sa. pra-y'su) to

procreate, produce (ace); pr, 3. sg,

<N,/ati (veram) Dh. 201; pp. pasuta

(g. v.).

pa 8 ah at i, vb, (sa. pra-Vsah) to

conquer, overcome (aco,); pr, 8. sg,

^ati (metri causa ^at!) Dh, 7 (tarn);

Dh. 8 (na-ppasahati) ; 104,5 (taih

senam) ;pot. 3, sg, mcd, ^etha (na-

ppO) Dh. 128.

pasada, m. (sa. prasada) i) bright-

ness, purity; ^) favour, kindness (opp.

kopa); ^) conviction, persuasion, faith

(opp. nana); abl. ^E, 79,29; *°-matta,

f. a minute portion of faith (Gota-massa, "on G.") 94,23; *pariplava-°,

mfn. Dh. 38 (v. h.).

pasadana, n. (sa. prasadana)') clearing, calming, propitiating; ^)

= prec, *yatha-pasadanara, adv.

according to one's favour, pleasure,

or faith, Dh. 249.

pasadbana, n. (sa. prasadliana)

decoration, vesture; r^&m (uraccha-

da-*, q. V.) 23,38 ;(yakkharaja-**)

112,29; instr. pi. ^ehi, 112,23.

pasadheti, vb. (sa. pra-Vsadh)

to adorn, decorate, array (ace); uor,

3. sg. /N/ayi (bbaccam, pasadbanebi)

112,23; pp. pasadhita, m. ^o (man-

dita-°, "dressed and arrayed") 41,io.

cp. prec.

pasareti, vb. (sa. prasarayati,

cans, pra-^sr) to stretch or spread

out, to open (ace); aor. 3. sg. /vesi

(apanam, 'opened a shop") 48,8i;

ger. ,^tva (pakkbe) 10,u; (battbam)

62,18; pp. pasarita, outstretched,

«-giva, f. 17,22 (v. h.),

pasibbaka, m. (sa. prasevaka,

cp. Fausbell, Dhpd. (1855) p. 268;

fr, *pra-sivyaka (V) Childers) a bag,

sack, purse; aco. /vaib, 12,3i; 13,5

(chinna-**); loc, rwe, 12,24; tambula-",

57,38 (q. v.),

pasidati, vb. (sa, pra-y/sad) to

become clear, tranquil, or pleased (w.

gen,); pr, 3. sg. n^&ti (cittam) 103,2i;'

ger, ^itva (tassa) 37,i7; pp. pasanna

(q. v.) cp, pasada & pasadana,

pasu, m. (sa. paQu) cattle; putta-

pasu-°, Dh. 287 (children and cattle).

pasuta, mfn, (sa. prasita, pp.pra-\/8a, si) intent upon, devoted to

(gen. or loc, or e. o.) ; m, «vO (uiiga-

vadha-") 5,8«; (gooara-") 13,i8; (sad-

attba-") Dh. 166; pi. <va (sa-kioca-*)

86,28; (jhana-*) Dh. 181.

pasuta, mfn, (pp. pasavati, sa,

prasuta, v'^u) procreated, brought

forth; n. >x'am (babum apunfiam) 76,8,

passa, n. (sa. par^va) side; instr.

/vena (nipajjapetva, "upon his side")

13,17 ; loc. ~e (pitthi-", brabmanassa,"behind") 50,i8; loc.pl. r^esu (ubbo-

8u) 40,5; — *8ammattba-*', mfn, 47,i9

(v. h.).

passati, vb. (sa. Vpacj) to see,

look at, consider, perceive, notice, find

out (ace.) cp. dissati ^) ;pr. 3. sg,

<vati (panfiaya, understands) 107,

u

= Db. 277; (rajanarii, comes to see,

visits) 52,24; 2. sg, /vasi, 10,i3. 73,6.

85,16.111, 19; 1, sg, /x/ami, 31,36. 97,8o;

42,17 (fv vo'ham attanam, 'an ex-

ample thereof I am myself^?); 3, pi.

/vanti, 63,10. 110,]2 (find); 1, pi.

-vama, 73,22; part, m, ^) passam(evam, 'considering this') 71,4; a-pas-

sam, Dh. 114; ^) passanto, 14,a7.

46,4 (a-°, not seeing); gen. ») passato,

96,8. Dh. 114; •>) passantassa (gen.

abs.) 17,24; instr. passata (intelligent)

Dh. 246; pi. a-passanta, 30,si; f. a-

passanti, 68,29; gen. ,x/antiya, 64,i7;

- imp. 2. sg. passa, 2,i. 6,7 (pass');

11,17. 19,22. 103,24; 2. pi. rwatba,

18,8. 51,19. 88,8; -pot. 3. sg. •) passe,

Db. 76. 170; »>)pas8eyya, 16,i4(find);

69,1 ; 90,84 (look for); - fut. 1. sg.

pasEBsa 172

i^iisSmi, 66,tti; - aor. 3, tg. passi,

28,«. 36,T. 64,t (ccahajano ma /<v);

a-passi, 111,it; 3. pi. .^iifasu, 27,i;

l.pl, .%/imha, 54,i3; - inf. passitum,

4,18; — ger. a-pasaitva (not seeing)

13,5; - pass. v. dissati*); - cans, v.

dasseti.

passasa, m. (sa. pra^vasa) breath-

ing in, inhaling; no'.n. ,vO (assasa-**,

q. V.) 80,32.

pahamsatiS v6..(sfl, pra-^/ghrsh)

to rub, stroke (acc); ger. rs^itva

(phara&uiii h;itthena) 36,8. cp. pari-

ghamsati.

[pahamsati*] vh. {sa. pra-y/hrsh)

to "ejoice. be glod; pp. v. paha^^ha.

pahata, mfn. [pp. paharati, q, v.).

pahattiia,- n-.fn. (sa. prahrshta,

pp. pra-\/hf8h) erect (as the hairs ol'

the body etc,)', delighted, glad, pleosed;

^'-kanna-vala, mfn. with the tail and

ears erect, m. .^o, 75, 2i.

pahata, mfn. {sa. prahata, \/han

;

sometimes confounded with paba^a,

sa. prahrts^ v. paharati) beaten, killed,

severely hurt; m. rwO, 30,22. cp. next.

pahatvana", ger, v. pajahati (Dh.

243. 415-16 == Sn. 639-40; the

Birm. reading is alwa.vs pahantvana,

fr. pra-yhan).

paharati, vb. {sa, pra-^hr) to

beat, strike^ cut; to strike at, hit,

attack {w. acc, or rarely w. loc. or

gen,); pr. 3.sg,i>^&i\ (kannam, "reaches

his ear") 22,si; part. m. pi, ^anta(bhumim, tnuggarehi) 6,ii; imp, 2.

sg, .^ahi, 60,i7; pot, 3. sg, ~eyya(brahmanassa, B. has hareyya) Dh.

389 ; aor. 3. sg. pahari (tarii niukhe)

12,10 ; 13,80. 60,19 (sise kapparena);

89,8; 1. sg. i^im, 61,8; 3. pi. ^imsu,52,18; inf. ^iturii, 7,s8; comp. ,>^itu-

kama, mfn. desiring to beat, »«. ,>.,o,

29,25 ("to butt"); f r^a, SO.ie; ger.

->^itva; 13,21. 23,9. 36,3. 41, is. 50,9; —cans, II. *paharapeti, to let strike;

imp. 2. sg. rvchi (etaih katipayehi pa-

harehi) 65,8; aor. 3. sg. r^esi (ubho-su passesu) .55,i4; ger. ^etva (javarii

tava sise) 61,i ; — pp. pahata, m.

<vO, 12,n; n. pi. /x-Sni (lonajala-',

cakkhuni, "injured") 24,i6; cp. pa-

bata, pahara.

pahassatha, pahatave, pa-

ha turn, V. pajahati.

pahana, n. {sa. prahana) aban«

doning, giving up; nom. /x/am (sab-

bassa dukkhassa) Dh, 331.

pah ay a, ger., v. pajahati.

pahara, m. {sa. prahara) ') a

stroke, blow; nom. r^O (thaddho)

60,22; acc. pi. <^e, 55,i5; instr. pi.

,«.-ehi, 56,8; pahara-sate {loc.) 66,is

(a hundred stripes); eka-ppabaren'eva

(instr.) V. eka^); dalha-paharam\acc.) 30,18 = su-ppaharam, ib.;

pani-ppahara-saddena {instr.) "at

the clapping of the hands", 18,i8. —*) the mark of a blow, wound; acc,

r^am, 60,24. 62,83; acc, pi. ^e, 6,ji.

pahinati (& ^ati) vh, {sa, pra-

Y'lii) to send, send away (acc); aor.

8) (augm.) 3. sg. pahesi (pannam)36,22; (darakaiii) 81,12 [hence we have

by false analogy a new verb paheti,

pr. 3, sg.\; •>) 3. sg. pahini, 48,29;

64,6 (sasanam); 3. pi. pahinimsu(pannakare) 68,22; pp. v, next.

pahita, mfn. {pp. pahinati, sa.

prahita) sent, directed towards; acc,

m. <^am (pannakaram) 68,32; — pa*hitatta, mfn. {sa. prahitatman, cp,

attaJl) whose mind is intent upon,

energetic, resolute; acc, m, .^am,

103,17; padbana-", 103,2 (v. /(.); pi.

m, ,>.a, 104,9; acc. pi. r^e, 108,i9

(savake).

pahina, mfn. {pp. pajahati; sa,

prahina, ^ha) thrown off, abandoned,ceased; n. r«.-am (tarii riipara Tatha-gatassa) 96,io; *puniia-papa-'', mfn."who has ceased to think of good andevil", gen. m. ^assa, Dh. 39; *8abba-gantha-", mfn. Dh. 90 {v. gantha);"""-mana, mfn. free from pride, gen,

m. ^assa, Dh. 94.

pahuta, mfn. {sa. prabhuta, pp,pra-^bhu) much, abundant; n, /^am(snkaramaddavam) 78,2; (pufinarii)

103,9.

173 pStiinokkha

pakata (or pakata) mfn. (fr.

pakati, q. v.; sa. prakrta, cp. sa. pra-

ka^a) 'natural', vulgar, universal;

known, widely known, famous; w». ^ofsakalakappaiii) 16,i5 ; 38,i7 ; n. ^am(bhikkhusamghe) 29,J8; comp. °-bi-

bhaccha-sambadba-tthana (disclosed)

66,7._

pakara, »«. (.^ «.?) (sa. prakara)a wall, ratnpart; ,N^am (n.? perhapswe have to read : sabbaso va panatesaih pakaro na hoti, "or else [be*

cause] those [towns] have no fortifica-

tion at all") 91,19; thira-», & dalha-"(v. h.)\ - o-parikkhitta, mfn. but-

rounded by a wall, n, r^am (nagaram)23,26

j^*°-vivara, w. ace. <x/ara, 90,3*

= pakarassa chinnatthanam, 91,so;

*°-sandhi, /"., ace. <vim, 90,84 = dvin-

nam itthakanam apagatatthanam,91,S9.

pa ana (rarely pajana) n. (sa,

prajana) a goad; *<'-vatthi, f. 71,89

(= patoda-latthi, 98,6) v. ya((hi. cp.

paceti.

paoina, m/n. (sa. pracina) eastern;

°-loka-dhatu, 32,3o (v. h.); *°-si8aka,

mfn. with the head turned towards

the east, n, rvaiii (dibbasayanam)61,16,

*paceti (& pajeti) vb. (sa. *pra-

\/aj, caws.) to drive (as cattle, occ);

pr. 3. sg, r^eti (gavo) Dh, 136. cp,

pacana.

pa tali, f. (= sa.) the trumpet

flower tree (Bignonia suaveolens)

;

*Citta-°, f. 59,29 (q. v.).

pa(ha, m. (= sa.) reading, leo.

ture; the text of a book, passage,

lectio variaai; Kbuddaka-°, m. nom,

pr. (q. v.),

pana. m. (& rarely n, pi, (sa,

prana; breath, life; a living being;

pi. & sg. coll. living beings; nom,

rwo, 17,19; ace. r^&m, 60,iT (= jivi-

taih, 60,u); eka-panaih, 27,2s; eoll.

97,10. Dh. 246; n. pi. ^a.m, Dh. 270;gen. pi. <%/anam (sabba-") ib. ; •o-va-

dhakamma, n. destroying life, ace.

r«am, 60,18, cp, next etc.

panaka, m. (sa. pranaka) a little

animal, a worm or insect; pi. r\/a,,

16,5.

*panaghatin, m(fn). (cp, sa.

prana-ghataka) one who kills or mur-ders; m. nom. rvi, 17,29.

pana tip ata, m. (sa. pranatip' .

destroying life, taking animal In

nom. >N/0, 97,15; ace. r^&m, 15,3i.

17,28; abl. <N/a, 17,3i; 81,29 (vera-

mani). cp. panam atimapeti, Dh. 246.

pani, m. (= sa.) the hand; instr,

/%/ina, 112,28; Dh. 285; loc. />/imbi,

44,26; comp. "-ppahara-saddena, 18,i8

(v. h.) cp. tamba-panni (v. tamba).

pani/i, mfn. (sa. pranin) living;

suhst. m. a living being; aec. ^inam,17,99; gen.pl, ~inam (= paninam)Dh. 135 (cp, Kuhn, Beitr. p.'Sl).

panupeta, mfn. (sa. pranopeta)living, "while one's life lasts"; aco.

m. f^iiva. (main, sarai^am gataih)

69,20 (cp, upeta).

pata, m, (= sa.) falling (downor into); v. pindapata, m. 83,i2.

*Patanjali-mata, n. the doc-

trine of Patanjali (q. v.)', acc. >vaiii

113,6. (Patanjali- must either be

adj. = *Patanjaliya or subst. =Patanjali; cp. sa. Patanjala, mfn. &Patanjali = Patanjali.)

patarasa, m. (sa. pratar-a^a)

morning meal, breakfast; acc. fx/am,

8,90 ; *"-bhattam, 67,9 (id.); bhutta-",

mfn. one who has eaten his breakfast,

m. /s/O, 22,22, cp. pato.

pati, f. (sa. patri) a cup, bowl;

aco. /vim, 56,96; tuccha-**, 56,27;

pu^na-", 27,18; bhatta-", 34,i8; loc,

->/iyg, 56,26; pi. <viyo (suva^na-ra-

jata-**) 61,17; instr. <vibi (id,) ib,

patimokkha, n. (budah, sa,

pratimoksha, m., fr, prati-\/muo, cp,

SBE, XIII. p. xxvi) the moral law,

the title of the oldest ooUeotion of

moral precepts of the Biiddhists; loc.

^e (samvaro, "living restrained under

the law") Dh. 185. 375 (cp. SBE. X.

p. 51 Note; Hardy, Eastern Mona-chism p. 8; a translation of the Fsti>

pstn* 174

mokklia>precepta ii given bjr BhysDavids & Oldetiberg, SBE. XIII. p.

1-69.)

patu-, indeeh (before vowels :

patur-; sa. pradur) fottb, in eight

(only prefixed to tbe verbs karoti &bhavati and their derivatives) v. below.

pa turn, tn/"., v. pivati.

patu-bhavati, vh. {aa. pradur-\/bhii) to become visible or clear,

appear; pr. 3, pi, rvanti, 66,so; aor.

3. sg. patur-ahosi, 67,3i; pp. patu-

bbiita, n. ,^am, 45,4. cp, next,

patu-bhava, m. (sa, pradur-bhava) becoming visible, manifestation,

appearance; acc, rvam (phalita-**)

44,32.

pateti, vb, {cam, patati; sa.

pitayati) to caUEe to fall, let fall,

drop, loose, throw down (acc); part,

m, rwento (dandakam) 13,81; aor. 3,

sg. /wcsi, 29,87. 36,i ; fut. 2. sg. /x/es-

sasi, 4,a9; ger. r>^€tva, 4,83. 12,3i.

23,9; pp. patita, m. .^o, Dh. 407.

pato, adv. {sa. pratar, cp, pata-

rasa above) in the early morning;

/^ va (nikknamitva) 'quite early in

the morning", 14,2i; i^ va tava hotu,

"let it be till tc-morrcw", 15, lo.

patheyya, ;. {sa. patheya; cp,

patba) provisious for a journey, via-

tic im; ,>^am. Dh. 235.

pada, w). (= sa.; cp. pada) •)

tho foot or leg (of a person or an

animal), the foot (ol' a mountain, tree

e'c), basis, foundation ;?); norm, /%/0

(pabbata-°) 14,9; instr, rvena (gac-

chantasaa) 97,f6; loc. /-^e, 76,i; pi,

pvil, 97,8o; hattha-", 99,i3'(hands and

feflt) comp, 6,37; acc, pi, ^e, 49,6.

67,16. 62,28; imtr, .^ehi, 40,86; pac-

chima-^, 24,aG (hind feet); loc. <%..esu,

59.8. 76,22 (sicasa iiipatitva) cp. pa-

da-niule {loc) "at one's feet", 49,5.

36,27 ; - padodaka,, n., *°-katha]ika.0. pamsu, n. -raj a, «.. pa-

••-sanfiata.riciirika, f., "-pi^ha, »».,

mfn, {v. /(.). - *thiia-pitkara-piida,

»ifn. whose fortifications have a strong

foundation; «. ^aiil, 91,so (comment

on dajhuddapam). - ») the fourth

part of a verse; abt. pi, /^-ehi, 114,ti.

cp. catuppadika, mfn.

padaka, mfn, (= sa,) having feet

(e. c); *8arabha-», mfn. 42,9 {q. v.).

paduka, f. {== sa.) a shoe, slipper;

acc, pi. ->.'ayo (suvanna-®, "gilt slip-

pers") 68,«; abl.pl, .v.ahi (do.) 68,ie.

pana, n, (= sa.) drinking, a

drink; imtr. -%..ena {opp. anna) 20,26;

comp. o-bhojana, «. (drink and food)

loc, <^e, Dh. 249; dibba-", n. 59,25

{i. e, the liquor of the Devas) ; sura-",

sura-meraya-° {q. v.).

panaka, n. (= sa.) a drink, be-

verage; *sakkhara-panakadihi {instr.

pi.) "sugar-water and the like", 18,27.

paniya (or paniya), «. (= sa.)

a drink, esp, water, drinking water;

acc. -vaiii, l.ia; ms<r. paniyena, 83,i3;

*Mittha, n, a watering-place, 11,28

{loc, <^e); vasita-", n, 4l,ii {q. v.).

papa, mfn. {= sa.) bad, evil,

wicked; »». -wO, Dh.ll9 (ojjp.bhadra);

n. snbst. evil-doing, sin, crime (often

esp, of sexual intercourse); worn, /vam(maya kata-°) 17, 17; acc, ^am, Dh.117 (op^. puiifui); 48,7 (unchastity)

;

69,21 ; 85,86 (mukhasa); 104,34; gen,

/^.assa (phalaiii) 17,26; Dh. 183 (sab-

ba-°); abl. /%.a, Dh. 116; loc, ^as-mirii, ib.; pi, ^ani, Dh. 119. 265;gen. pi. rvanam, Dh. 265. 333 (pa-

pan') ;- cp. nippapa, mfn., bahita-",

mfn. {v, /».); puiina-papa-pahina,

mfn. {v, pahina) ; "-vagga, m, the

9"" chapter of Dh. — compar, «%/iyo

(or <N/iya) v, h. cp. next etc,

papaka, mfn. (= sa.) bad, evil,

wicked; f ^ika (gati) Dh. 310; acc.

^.ikam (dit^hira) 91,i6. Dh. 164; n.

ry^hm (ditthigataiii) 90,2*; (kammam)lOO.c; abl.pl. ^ehi (kammehi) 100,8;n, stilst. fx-aiii, evil-doing, 59,8i.

pilpa-kamuia, n, {sa. papa-karman) wickedness, sin, crime ; nom,rvarii, 61,7; acc. ^arii (vacaya) 86,34;

99,13. (Satthara kata-") 73,87; abl,

^a, Dh. 127.

papa'kammiji, mfn, (sn. papa-

175 pSra-gu

kartni))) evil-doing; tn. pi, .^/ino,

Dh. 126.

papa-kariH, mfn. (= sa.) s=prec; m. /x/i, Dh. 15.

papimai, mfn. (sa. papman)wicked, sinful; w». subst, 'the wickedone*, i. e. Mara; nom. ^m&, 71,87

(Maro); gen. ^mato (Marassa) 7l,8i;voc, rwma, 71,31,

papiya(s), compar.fr, papa (sa,

papiyas) worse; [»». /x-o; n, rv-am &]payiyo, Dh. 42. 76 (opp, seyyo).

papunati (& pappoti) vb, (sa.

pra-\/ap) to arrive at, attain to, reach,

obtain (ace, or gen. (dat,)); pr, 3, sg.

pappoti ([sukham) Dh. 27; 8. pi.

papunanti (maranam) 6,m; imp, 3.

sg, /N..natu (varo, mama parisaya(gen, dat.) cp. 6,39) 6,26; put, 8. sg,

/^ne, Dh. 138; aor, 8. sg. <^n\, 6,32

(to. gen. dat.) ; 20,3 (rukkhassa santi-

karii); 42,32; 89,i6; J. s^. (x-nim, 17,?;

fitt. 3. pi, /^nissanti, 34,i9; 3, pi,

/N^nissatha (vinasam) 32,28; (/cr. patva,

17,11 (dukkham); 23,2i (dipam); 30,i.

38,11. 46,29, 87,23. 110,18; pp, patta

(q. V.) as finite tense : »». >^o, 30,83;

n. ^&m, 43,3 (= papuni); catis, v.

next. cp. patti, f.

papeti, vb, (cans, papunati; sa.

prapayati) to cause one (acc.'\ to reach

or attain (ace, or gen. dat.); pr. 3,

sg, /x^eti (navam vinasam) 27,i2;

imp. 2. sg. />./iehi (varam annassa)

7,8; flit. 1. sg, /x-essami (tam vina-

sam) 5,10; inf. /x-etum (varam aiiiie-

saiii) 6,35; ger, ^eiyei (tam jivitak-

khayaih) 4,22.

p am ado, aor, 2. sg, (v, pamaj-

jati.)

*pamokkha, mfn, (fr, pamukha,

q. V.) eminent, famous; chief, principal;

disa-*, mfn, (v. h,)\ brahmana-pa-mokkhe (ace. pi. the most eminent

among the Br.) 61,24; Mabakassapa-pamokkha tbera, the Theras whose

chief was M., 110,16,

*pamojja, n. (fr, pamodati; cp.

sa. pracQoda) joy, delight; ace. /vain

(pitl-S "happineis and joy") Dh. 874;

*-bahula, mfn, full of delight, «». <v0,

Dh. 376.

payasa, m, n, (sa. payasa) rice

boiled in milk, milk-porridge; gen.

/x-assa (vara-", excellent milk-porridge)

61,26.

payasi, payimsu, aor., v, payati,

payeti, vb, (cans, pivati; sa.

payayati) to give to drink (w;. doubleace,), to give suck (ace); pr, 1, sg,

rvemi (nam) 58,38; imp. 2. sg, -x-ehi,

ib.; ger, .x/etva (asure dibbapSnam)59,95.

para, n, (= sa,) the opposite

bauk or shore, the other side; the

highest end, metaph, =: NibbSna;(x-aiii (prp. w, gen,) on the other side,

beyond; 2,ii (samuddassa) ; comp,

"-GaHgaya (loc^, on the other side of

the Ganges, l,i4; nadi-pare (loc.)

56,21 ; ace. ovarii (essanti) Dh. 86(perhaps to be taken as one word :

param-essanti, "will pass over", SBE.X. p. 26); abl. (adv.) parato, v. be-

low; pararii a-param va, 'neither the

further nor the hither shore', Dh. 385,& paraparam, 'both shores', ib. seemto be used metaph, in the sense of 'this

and the future existence, the wholeexistence' (?) ep, oraparam, adv, 108,26

(v. /».)•

para-ga, mfn. (= sa,) going to

the opposite shore, crossing over, whohas overcome or mastered, knowingthoroughly, versed in (gen. or loe,);

m, /xo (tisu vedesu) 113,s; pi. <xa(jati-maranassa) 106,26. ep, para-gu.para-gata, mfn. (= sa.) who

has reached the opposite shore (i. e.

Nibbana); m. rvO, Dh. 414.

*para-gavesi», mfn., looking

for the other shore; m, pi, r^ino,

Dh._355.

para-gamin, mfn. (= sa,) pass-

ing over to the opposite shore ; m. pi;

(x^ino, Dh. 85.

para-gii, mfn. (= para-ga, q.

v.) nom, sg. m. t^xi ('ti^^am vedSnam,brShma^o) 16,S8; (bnavassa) Dh. 848

;

(dvayesu dhammesu) Dh. 884.

piSrsto 176

parato, adv, (ia, pSratas; abl.

ft. para, j. p.) on or to the farther

side; 83,11 {p^p, oraio).

*parami, f> (& paramita, f.;

huidh. sa. id.) perfection, accomplish-

tnent; virtue (esp. pi. rwiyo, the ten

virtues : dana, Sila, liekkhamma,khanti, metta, panua, viriya, sacca,

adhitthr^na, upekkha) ; sacca-", 108,8i

;

— paramigata, mfn. having attained

to perfection; m. pi, ^wS (w. lot,

saddhamme) .I09,3i.

*Paricchattaka, >». {op, sa.

parijataka) nom, pr. of a tree in

Devaloka, under which Sakka's throne

(pandukambalasilasana) is placed;

<x/0, 59,88.

paruta, mfn, {sa. pravfta, pp.pra-i/vf) covered, dressed

;put on ; m.

>^o (sibacammena) 8,s8; su-paruta,

tnfn, duly dressed (t. e, according to

the rules of the order) ace. m. .^am(pabbajitam) 63,8o. cp, next,

parupati, vb. (sa, pra-\/vr) to

cover, dress;put on (ace)

;ger. ^it\sL

(gadrabham sihaoammena) 8,i8; (sam-

ghatiyo) 82,«8; pp. paruta {q.v.) cp.

parupana, n, [Tr. PM. p. 63; cp.

aparuta & avapurapeti.]

parupana (or papurana) n, {sa.

pravarana) an upper garment; nom,

rv&m, 29,23 {cp. nivaaana).

pala(ka), wi. (= sa.) guard, pro-

tector keeper (e, c); v, uyyana-",

khetta-^ & gopala(ka), cp, Dhana-palaka & Samgbapala, m. nom, pr,

pali (often written pa}i) f, {=sa.)a line, row, series; a holy text, reading

or passage of the holy text; nom.sa^bakatha pali (^he text together

witla the commentary) 102,8; ace, ,%/iifa

(viya, "as the text itself") 114,30

;

>v/im (abhidharaiuassa, "a passage

from the A.") 113,i6; pt. abl. /N/ihi

(the verses ?) 114,ai; pali-mattam,the text alone without the Comm.] 13,36. [Tr. PM. p. 69: Franke, An-zeige, BB. XXII. 296.].

pavaka, «• (^^ sa.) fire; nom,/vc (bhasmachannc) 106,S8 = Dh.

71; aggi -^o, Dh. 140 ("lightDing.

fire" ?).

pavacana, n. (sa, pravacana)

speaking, recitation, discourse, esp,

the words of Buddha, the holy scrip-

tures (the Buttas); nom, /x/am (atita-

satthukam) 79,3; nwam (Gotamassa)

95,w.

Pava, f. nom. pr, of a city of the

Mallas (near Vesali) ; nom. <^si, 77,i6;

ace. /s.-am, 77,si; loc, rwayam, 77,i».

pavisi, aor,, v, pavisati.

pas a, m. {sa. pa^a) ^) a snare,

trap; ace, r%^B.m (oddetva) 11,»9; loc,

^e, 11,80. - *) = pasaka (v. next),

pasaka, m, (sa. pavaka, cp, prS-

aaka) a die; ace, pi. rs^&ke (suvan-

na-°, khipati) 48,8; pase = pasake,

60,99; "-khipana, n, throwing the

dice, 48,23.

pasana, m. {sa. pashana) a stone,

rock; nom. i^o, 3,i ; vac, o/a, 3,7;

ace. »%/am, 2,32. 104,i8; instr. /x/ena,

3,6; kala-'*, a black rock, 24,2i; *pi-

tthi-" {v. h.) ; "-tale, 10,7 ; "-ppamana,n. 3,2 ; "-pitiha, n, 17,2o; *"-sakalika,

f, 17,29 (g. v.),

pasada, m, {sa. praaada) a plat-

form or terrace, the upper story of a

house, a lofty building, palace; nom.

/^o (Vejayanta-", q. v.) 60,24; ace,

-x-ani, 63,14; abl. ».,&, 67,24; loc. <x/e,

50,6; pi. f\,a,, 67,22; loe, pi, ^esu,76,99 ; "-talato, 65,84 («. tala); upari-",

64,19 {v. /».); tnetaph, pafifla-", Dh.28 {v. h,\

pasaaika, mfn, {sa, prasSdika;ep, paaada) kind, amiable; graceful,

beautiful; m. /x<0, 24,it.

pabesi, aor,, v. pahinati.

pi, indecl. {enclit, form of api.

q, V,) ') and, also ; 2,25 (punadivasepi); 4,96 (tam pi); 6,8i (anno pi);

6,33 (so pi); 6,33 (abam pi); 7,it

fetesam pi); 26,io (tato pi); 29,ss

(pubbe pi) etc.; w, negation ; rni^x,

16,1 {neqne); 97, is (nor). - ') empha-tically : very, even, although; 9,1

(ciram pi); 7,i3 (manussesu pi^;

27,97; 53,16; 68,21 (seyyatha pi nama);

177 pitta

106,8 (yathapi); 112,i5 (idhapi, cp.

idha); - 20,80. 22,i8, 24,u. 31,is.

41,33. 67,3 etc.; pleonast. repeated

114,23 (potthakesu pi lisu pi); iv,

negation ; 4,25 (eka-inaccham pi na);

16,10. 17,18. 18,30. 27,23. (cjj. kificapi).

- ^) Similarly used after word express-

ing 'quantity' (numerals etc.) implyingthe notion of totality ; sabbe pi, 3,2i;

ubho pi, 5,12; tayo pi, 11,26 (cp. te

pi tayo, 13,8); dvihi pi, 12,2; cattaro

pi, 14,10; saiialo pi, 16,i3 etc. - *)

but {vcro] after a new subject at the

beginning of a sentence) : 9,8, 10,2S.

13,6. 23,16. 79,81 (but then). - ») per-

hnps, probably, may be (iv. foil, fat.

or pot.) '. 7,16. 36,19; 13,i8. 87,ib. -^)repeated \ ") both - - and; 4,ii (jale

pi thale pi); 9,i6. 67,8. 76,i2; *>) either

- - or ; 6,82. 36,5; 17,u (whether - - or).

- ') prp. (prefix to verbs) v. pidahati

(pithiyati), pilandhati (.>^apeti).

pimsati, vh. (sa. -^/pish, pinash^i)

to crush, pound; to hurt, injure (occ);

part. med. n. /v manaiii (tassa ma-tthakam) 24,5.

pitaka, n. (= sa.) a basket; a

collection of sacred books ('a basket

of oral tradition', cp. Tr. PM. p, 67

—68). The Buddhist canonical works

are divided in 3 great collections :

ti-pitaka, n. (q. v., cp. tepitaka) viz.

*)Vinaya-pitaka, 102,i6-i7; i'")(Sutta-)

or Suttanta-p. 102,is (which is also

named agama-p. 110,3); '^) Abhi-dhamma-p. 102,i3 (cp. dhamma^'')).

The term pitaka is also applied to

the last book of the Sutta-pitaka :

Cariya-pitaka (g. v.). — ""Pitaka-ttaya,

n. = ti-pitaka, ace. >%/am, 11 3, is.

114,11; loc. f^e, 114,25.

pitiba, «. (& piithi, /"., v. next)

(sa. prsh^ha) the back; the binder

part or upper side of anything, top,

surface; pasana-**, n. the top of a

rock, ace. ^am, 17,8o; kava^^-", n.

84,12 (v. h. ; in this comp. and in

pittba-8amgba^(ka) n. 9 1,21 (comm.

on torana) pi^tha seems to have the

signification of 'post, door-post'; cp,

P411 GlotMry,

sayana-pitthaih, 'bed-side', 41,8o);

instr, & loc, (at the end of comp.)

are often used prepositionally = along,

over; beside,' on etc.] instr. .^ena

(samudda-° gacchanto, "passing the

ocean") 23,2i. 60,6; (udaka-») 28,io;

loc, pii(he, 6,17 (pamka-"); 16,i8 (ta^

runa-dabbatina-") ; 20,7. 41,85. 65,4

(sayana-"); 23,ii, 69,83 (samudda-");

46,32 (hatthi-°). c^. 8BE. XX. 106.

pitthi, f, (sa, prshtha & prshthi)

= piitha [cp. Tr. PM. p. 66 ; Franks,Anzeige, BB. XX. 287]; nom. ^i(rucira^ 10,i9; ace, ,%/im, l,i7, 46,8;

abl, fK/ito, 2,5. 8,17; adv. ni/ito '^'ito

(upajjhayassa, 'hot-foot upon') 83,28;

loc, >%^iyari), 62,83. 66,12; "'"-passe,

behind (w, gen,) 60,i8 (v. passa);

""r^pasana, m. a rock in the surface

of the water, or a fiat rock, a bare

rocky ground; /vO, 2,22; loc. ^^e, 2,3i.

10,29 (cp. pasana-pittha, 17,ao).

pinda, m. (^^ sa.) a lump of food,

alms of food (received by the Buddhist

monks in their alms-bowl); ace. rL^am

(rattha-", "the charity of the land")

107,2 = Dh. 308; dat. ^aya (for

alms) 76,17. 86,5. — *pinda-cara, m.wandering about for alms, 85,2 ("-a-

tthaya). — pinda-pata, m. the food

received in the alms-bowl, 83,12, 97,8;

"-patikkanta, m. one who has returned

from seeking alms, 86,5 (^x/O). cp.next.

pindi, f. {sa. pindi) a ball, lump;

a cluster or bunch of fruits; ace. »/im(amba-°) 16,2; comp. pakka-phala-**,

2,1.

pi tar, m. (sa. pitr) father; nom.pita, 87,10. 108,16; (ace. />.'aram, loc.

o/ari); the weak stem is pitu (or piti),

hence gen. (dat.) sg. pitu, 24,is. 66,31.

87,11 & pituno, 69,23 (after the ana-

logy of u-stems); pi. nom. ace. /x/aro,

22,18 (mata-°, parents); gen. />/unnam(do.) 31,18; loc. rwiisu (do.) 7,8i; pita-

putte, ace. pi. a father and a son,

32,18; pitu-hadayam, a father's heart,

64,17. cp. petteyyata, f.

pitta, n. (= sa.) bile; nom. ^am,82,4 = 97,22; 103,20.

12

pitbiyati 178

pithiyati, vb. (pass, pidahati;

sa. (a)pi-v/dbS; the Burmese write

pidhiyati, v. Tr, PM. p. 62(i7)) to be

covered or shut ; tc shut^ close (intr.);

pr. c'. sg. /vati, Dh. 173; aor. 3. pi.

/^^imsu (akkhini) 3,i9.

pidahati, vb. (sa, (a)pi-y'dha)

to cover, conceal; to shut, close (ace);

part. med. f. ^mana (tassa akkhini)

50,;4; inf. ^itum (mukham) 13,i8;

ger. pidhaya (dvaram) 6,14; pass.

pithiyati, pp. pihita (q. v.).

pipati, vb., V. pivati.

pipaaa, f. (-- sa.) thirst; v, khu-

ppipasa.

pipilika, f. (= sa.) an ant; nom.

rvE (aka) 63,19; pf. -^a, 63,so; gen,

pi, o-anam, 53,i6. cp. kipillika.

piya, «»/>». Isa. priya) beloved,

dear; pleasant, agreeable ;m. ovarii, 65,1;abl. ^ato, Dh. 212 ("fiom pleasure");

n, pi, f^Rni (beloved objects or plea-

sures) 60,1; piyo = piyilni, 66,2;

instr. abl. ^eni, 67,io. i06,9R = Dh,

210; gen. ^iir,[aiti] 106,30; - subst,

m, = friend, ace, ovarii, Dh. 220; -comp, piyjipaya, m. {v, apaya)

;piya-

ppiyaiii, n, phasant and unpleasant,

Dh. 211 [cp. a-ppiya, mfn,)\ piya-gga-

hill, mfn. grasping at pleasure, m.

^i, Dh. 209; «-bha^da, 54,34; »-ma-tulaka, 5,5; "-samvasa, 11,87 (v,h.);

Piya-vagga, »i. the XVl"" chapter of

Dh. - compar. piyatara, mfn, 64,38

(tn. /v,o) cp. next.

piyayati, vb, (denom. fr, piya;

sa. priyayate) to be fond of, love,

fondle; part. med. f. ^miina, 9,2a.

*piiandhati, vh. (denbm. fr. pi-

landha ^ sa. pi-naddha, api-y/nah)

to dress, deck, decorate (tv. double

acc); to deck oneself with (ace);ger. -^itva (pupphani) 41,7. - cans.

*pi]andhapeti; g<^r. rwetva (maiii pu-pphani) 33,3. cp. onaddha, upa-nay-hati, san-nayhati. (Tr. PM. p. 55.)

pilavati, vb., v. palavati.

pilotikii, f, (rarely n.) cloth,

stufl' (made of hair, worn by poorpeople; felt?) n. pi. ^ani (jinnakani)

57,5. If this word ii not a loanword

[Trenehner referB to Syriao piloto fr.

Greek miwtv« (?)] then it is probably

derived froir. 50. plota = prota, mn.

pivati (or pipati) vb. (sa. \/pa,

pibati) to drink; pr, 8, sg. /^ati (maj-

jam) 97,11; 3. sg. >^a.a (suram) 74,?;

part. nom. m. *) pivam, Db. 205;

•>) pivanto, 45,s8; pi. />.'anta, 74,*;

imp. 2, sg. piva, 22,30. lll,8o; 2. pi.

rwatha, 21,5; fnt. 2. sg. A^issasi, 66,22;

1. sg. (x-issami, 22,32; inf. patum,

11,30; ger. ») pitva, Dh. 205; »>) pi-

vitva, 1,12 etc.; pp. pita (q. v.); cans,

payeti (q, v.) cp, pana, paniya, piti»/,

pipasii.

pihaka, n, (sa. plihan, »».) the

spleen; nom. ^arii, 82,3 = 97, 21.

pihita, mfn. (pp. pidahati; sa.

pihita) covered, shut, closed ; *°-dvara,

mfn. whose doors are barred, loc, n,

^e (bliavane) 41,2o.

piheti (or pihayati) vb. (sa. \/8prh,

sprhayati') to desire (acc, or gen.);

to envy (gen, pers.); pr. 3. sg. r>,et\

(pihet'attiinuyoginaiii, gen. pi.) Dh.209; 3. pi. ^ayanti, Dh. 94; Dh.181 (according to the metre : pihenti);

part, nom. m, ^ayarii (aunesam)Dh. 365.

pitha(ka), «. (= sa.) a chair,

stool; nom. ,v/aiii, 84,i3; acc. .%/am,

83,18 (hettha-o, v.h.); 83,29 (janta-ghara-o, v. /».); loc, ,^ake, 87,it; -pada-", n. a foot-stool, nom, rwaih,

83,8.

pi nit a, mfn. (pp. pineti; sa, cans,

prinayati, Vpri) satisfied, pleased, de-

lighted; f. ^ha, (yakkhi) lU.ss. cp,

piya, piti.

pita, mfn, (pp. pivati; = sa.)

drunk or having drunk; gen. m. /^assa(yagurii) "when he has drunk it",

82,20._

piti, f. (sa, priti) pleasure, joy;acc. 2^im (buddharammanam) 28,6(cp. arammana); o-pamojja, n. Dh.374 (v. h.); *»-bhakkha, tnfn. "feedingon happiness", p?. m. ^a (deva yatha)Dh. 200; *''-somanassa-jata, mfn.

179 putta

64,13 (v. jata); - *dhamina-piti, f.

delighting in the dhamraa, Dh. 205(o-rasaiii); dhamma-piti, m{fn). id.

Dh. 79 (so all Mss; the comm, takes

it = dhamma-plti/j (i. e. piiyako,

pivanto), but 1 dont know whetherthe word piti« (drinking) is foundelsewhere in the Pali texts).

pitiH, mfn. (sa, pitin, e. c.) drink-

ing (v. piti & dhamma-"').

pijeti, vb. (sa. v'piai pidayati)

to press, squeeze, wring; to hurt, an«

noy, oppress (ace.) ; ger. <N/etva (pab-

batam) 16,i6; (colakam) 84,8i; 45,i

(without obj. oppressing); pp. pilita,

vexed, annoyed, m. /vO (sumsumarena)108,25,

puggala, m. (sa. pudgala) a per-

son; personality, individuality, the Egoor individual soul ; nom, /^o, 3,34.

92,0 ; na h'ettha f^o upalabbhati,

97,2. cp. patipuggala & next,

Puggala-paiinatti, f. nom. pr.

of a canonical Pali work, the 4"' part

of the Abhidhamma-pitaka; 102, 13.

pucimanda, m. (sa. picumandaor "-marda) another name of the Nimbtree (v. nimba); ace, pi. r^e, 38,i

;

*''-parivara, mfn. surrounded by Nirob

trees, m. ^0 (ambo) 37,33.

pucchati, vb. (sa. ^prach, prc-

chati) to ask, question (ace, ])ers, &rej); pr, 3, sg, ^ati, 91,u; 3. pi.

,>/aDti, 21,9; 2. pi. -^atba, 88,9; part,

m. (N^anto, 9,25; pi. rv-anta (Maha-sattam samuddassa namarh) 25,24;

imp. 2, pi. ~atha, 79,i8; pot, 3. sg.

/v.eyya, 94,82-34; 2. pi. <x/eyyatha

(mam imam karanaifa) 17,i; 79,24;

fut, 1. sg. />..issami, 66,7; aor. 2.-3.

sg, apucchi, 91, 10 (Bhagavantampanham); 112,8; pucchi, 9,i7; 3, pi,

apucchisui)}, llO.so; pucchimsu, 4,s;

ger. ^s/itva, 29,8i; 43,se (vayaih); 86,8a

(kumarikam pailhe); 109,i5; grd. m,

<^itabbo (upajjbayo paniyena, he

ought to be oifered water to drink)

83,18; cp, a-puccba, mfn.\ — pp, *)

puit^a, m. >x/0, 25,S6 (evam tehi fvV,

85,14 (katakammam); 90,s< (panham)

;

f, o^a, 73,13; *>) pucchito, m, 64,27;

91,15; comp. maya pucchita-pafiho,

88,11. cp, pafiha & next.

puccha, f. (sa. prccha) question;

ace, ^&m, 91,is; gen, pi, ^vanarii

(sabba-o) 91,i4.

pujja, mfn, (grd., v, pujeti).

puiija, m, (= sa,) a heap, mass,

quantity, multitude; loc, /x/e (padu-

ma-") 16,7; comp, ratta-kambala-",

5,17.

pufiiia, M. (sa, punya) virtue, good

work, moral or religious merit (opp,

papa); nom, ace, ->/am, Dh. 196. 331;

103,9; 107,27 = Dh. 18; 106,6 = Db.

267; instr, .^ena, 103,i4; pi. o^ani

(katva)8,i3; danadini />./, 17,34; 103,7;

gen.pl. -^..anam (phalaiii) 68,12; 103,i5

(read ipuiiiiena?).- cow;}. kata-puMa,mfn. one who has done good, virtuous,

m. r^o, 107,26 = Dh. 18; ace, r^aiii,

Dh. 220; — °-papa-pahina, mfn. (v,

pahina); - """-pekha, mfn. (v, h.),

puiinavai, mfn, (sa. punyavat)full of merit, virtuous, fortunate; f,

,%.vati, 66,1.

puUba', vtfn. (pp, v, pucchati).

puiiha^, mfn, (sa, push^a, pp.

V'push; cp. posapeti) nourished, fed;

m. ^0 (nivapa-", q, v.) Dh. 326, cp,

phuta & phuttha.

punna, vifn, (pp, piirati, pixreti;

sa, purna) full; "-gha^a, 62,e (q, v.);

"-pati, '27,18.

Punna, m, nom. pr. of a thera;

nom. ,^0 (dhammakathikanam [aggo])

109,9.

punna-canda, m. (sa. purna-

candra) the full moon; ace, «x^am,

42,3; **'-mukha, mfn, with a face

splendent like the full moon, m, <^o

(Gotamabuddho) 87,0.

punnama, f. (sa, purnima (pur-

nama)) the day of full moon; gen,

r^aya, 61,3; punnamuposathadivasa,

22,19 (v. uposatha).

putta, m. (sa, putra) a son, pi,

children (also the brood of animals);

ace. f^&m, 7,19; pi. nom. in/S, 105,5;

ace, t^e, 13,4; instr. ^x^ehi, 105,a8; at

puttaka 180

the end of comp. it is often used as

designation of family or caste, as me*tronyraio or patronymic, v. kammara-',kula-o, khara-°, devR-O, raja-°, ludda-O,

setthi-S MaluBkya-'; cp. ayya-putta,bhagini-putta ; dvandva : "-dara, ««.

(g. v.); o-dhitasu {loc. pi., v. dhitar);

"-pasu-, Dh. 287; pita-putte, ace,

iA 32,18.

puttaka, »>. (ao. putraka) a little

son or child ; nom. ^o (eka-°, an only

son) 23,6*, ace. r^am, 6,33; ace. pi.

/N/e, 12,35 (young oneaV

*p u 1 1 i m a < , nifn. ^probably arisen

by confusion between sa. putrin &*putra-mat = putravat) having sons;

nom. m. o^ma, 105,s8-3i.

p u t h u , ') nifn. (sa. prthu) exten-

sive, broad, laige; manifold, diverse,

common, general; ace. m. pi. o^O (sa-

mana-brShmane) >-9,8. — *) indecl.

{adv.) extensively,, far tnd wide, all

round; 104,8 {cp. sa. prthak & next.)

puthujjana, m. (sa. prthag-jana)

a vile or ignorant person, a fool; coll.

common peoplp. the vulgar; loc. o^e

(andhabhate) Dh. 59; a-puthujjana-

sevita, Dh. 272 {q.v,)\ ^'-kalakiriya,

f. 87,29 (g. v.) cp. pothujjanika.

puna (& punarii) adv. (before

vowels also pun' or pu)3ar-, punad-;

sa. i:'unar) back again; r^ gantva,

4,23; ~ ilnetva, 4,i7; at the beginning

of a sentence : 53.29; 63,i9 (pun'eka-

divasani);puna pi, again, once more,

3,8. 60,31, punar eva (do.) Dh, 338;

puna . . . va, agtin as before, 38,4;

fc. nertation ; na punari?, not again,

no more, Dh. 238. 348; puna-nasak-khi, 55,17; na . . . vii puna (nor yet)

Dh. 271; puna asuranaiii an-agama-natthaya, in order that tuey might

not come back again, 60,26. The en-

clitic Corm of this word is pana {q. r.)

cp. ve.vt etc.

*puna-di vasa, m. the next day;

loc, /^e, 2,25.

pu nappun a (ill), adv. (sa. puna/i-

punar) again and again, repeatedly;

25,18. 73,4; ^aiii, 52,23. 108,5.

punabbbava, m. {sa. punar-

bhava) new birth, transmigration;

nom. ^0, 108,18. cp. pono(b)bhavika.

*puna-vare, adv. (loc,, cp. vara)

another time, the next time; 18,i7.

puppha, «. (so. pusbpa) a flower;

ace. o.,&m, 106,2 = Dh. 49 ;pi. .v^ani,

33,s; 37,16 (akala-'); 41,6 (nana-");

Dh. 47 (/>^.an'eva) ; instr. ,^ehi, 20,»

(dibba-gandha-°); 34,6 (vana-"); gen.

^anam, 66,29; - comp. pupphanta-

rehi, 62,12 {v. antara); *°-kannika-

sadisa, mfn. 7,29 (v. kannika); **-gan-

dha. m. the scent of flowers, .^0, Dh,

54; *''-rasi, m. a heap of fl., Dh. 53{abl. /N/imlia); ^''-vagga, m. the IV""

chapter of Dh.

pupphati, vh. {denom. fr. pu-

ppha; sa. pushpyati) to flower, blos-

som; pr. 3. sg. rvati, 59, 31; pp. ,%^ita,

gen. f. r^aya, 59,29; - cans. *puppha-peti, to cause to flower or blossom

;part,

m. /%.ento (akala-pupphani) 37, lo.

pubba*, m. {sa. puya) pus, puru-lent matter; nom. ^0, 82,4 = 97,22,

pubba^, mfn, {sa. purva) first,

former; except loc. pubbe {adv. q. v.)

it is only used in comp, like "-kamma,n. & **-nimitta, n, {q. v,) and esp, at

the end of adj. comp. whose first part is

a past participle, implying the sense

of 'before', with a negation : 'not be-

fore, never' : dittha-pubba, mfn. seenbefore, m, ^0 (na maya, I have neverseen (before this day)) 7, 13; ito metinnaiii saiiivaccharanarii matthakeSattha fK/O, it is three years since I

saw the master, 87,8 ; the same comp,is also used in an active sense {w. obj,

ace.) : afinapurisam ditthapubbariiitthiiii, a woman who has seen anotherman before, 48,i3 (but this construc-tion may probably have arisen througha dissolution of a longer comp. *auiia-purisa-dittha-pubba, mfn.); dinna-pubba, mfn. given before, v, a-dinna;cp. a-pubba, anu-pubba & next.

pubbangama, mfn. {sa, piirvam-gama) preceeding, going before, leading,chief; v, mano-".

181 purohita

pubbanha, >», (sa. purvahna)morning, forenoon; **'-samaya, in. id.;

ace. />/aiil, in the morning, 76, is; rat-

tindivam-pubbanhadisu (loc.) 88,9a.

pubbapara, nifn. (sa. piirvapara)being before and after; successiTe; n.

pi. ace. r^ani {scil. akkharani, in the

right order) Dh. 352; "-vasena, ac-

cording to the consecutive order, 114,20

{cp. vasa).

pubbe, adv. {loo. fr. pubba, cp.

sa. purvaih) before, formerly, in times

past; 28,16 (^ pi); 54,i8; 69,«8; 85,i8;

86,7 (-%/ va). - *"-niva8n, m, (cp, sa,

purva-nivasa) 'former habitation', i. e.

former existences, ace. ^atii, Dh. 423.

pur a, M. (= sa.) a city, town;nom. o^am (yakkha-°) 112,ia; ace,

^arii (deva-") 27,3i. cp. antopura.

pura(s), indccl. (sa. puras) at the

beginning of eomp. pura-° or puro-"(v. below) = pure (q. v.) cp. purato,

purima.purakkhata, mfn, (sa. puras-

krta) 'placed before', followed by,

filled with, attacked or injured by

(gen. or instr.)\ f. <%.a (paja, tasinaya)

Dh. 342.

purato, adv. & prp. (w. gen.) (sa.

puratas) before (of place), in front

of; forward, further; ^ thapetva,

36,27; /v paticcbadetva (opp. pac-

cbato) 83,32; after ^e». assa xv, 23,i;

tesam /%/, 42,3; ratbassa <v, 54,9;

matu '^, 62,23; 76,36. 94,29.

purattha, adv. (sa, purastat)

before, in front; hence : *puratthima,

mfn. eastern; ace. f. .vam (disam)

95,5 (opp. pacchimam).purana, mfn. (= sa.) ancient,

old; "-gama, m. 35,22 (a ruined vil-

lage); "-jatila, m. who has been Jatila

before, 70,22; "-settbikula, n. 55,3i

(q. v.); n. pi, puianani, events of the

past, Dh. 156. cp. poranaka.

*purima, mfn. (fr. pura(»), cp.

pure) former, previous, first; the same

as before; instr, m. rvena (katbasal-

lapena) 94,2a; gen, .^^assa, 101,11;

loo. <ve (yame, the first watch) 99,i»;

comp. ''-bhave, in a previous existence,

58,11 ; "-nayen'eva, t). naya; "-sadisa,

mfn, happening as before (or above),

n, /vam (sabbarii) 31,28.

purisa (rarely purisa), m. (sa.

purusha) a man, person; nom. ^o,92,7; Dh. 117 (puriso); 36,3 (rukkhe

nisinna-"); 86,19 (bhita-"); sap-puriso,

Dh. 54 (cp. s&t & santa^); voc. .^a,

23,31. 101,6; 76,3 (mopha-"); ace.

/vam, 10,26; gen. /vassa, 9,i3; pi. .va

(raja-", royal servants) 40,3. 74,7; Dh.

236 (Yama-o, q, v.); ace, pi, -ve,

74,4; - comp, purisadhama, m, ace,

pi. .ve, low people, Dh. 78 (cp.

adhama); ""purisajaiiiia, »». a remark-

able man, supernatural person (i, e,

Buddha) Dh. 193 (cp, ajafifia); puri-

suttama, »», ace, pi, <ve, the best

people, Dh. 78 (cp. uttama); puri-

santara, w»., v, antara*; *°-gabbha,

m. (q. v.); "-vadha, murder, 74,u

("-danda, q. v.); '•-sahassam, n. a

thousand men, 34,9; — eka-purisika,

f. & nip-purisa, mfn. (v, h.) cp, po-

risa & posa.

pure, adv. (sa, puras) in front,

before, formerly; .v ca paccha ca

majjhe ca, Dh. 421; munca .v ("give

up what is before") Dh. 348; of time :

37,30. 47,1. 61,3. Dh. 326 (once, for-

merly); 108,15 (in former births); 86,5

(id. = pubbe atitajatiyam, 86,12).

cp. pura(s) (pura-, puro-) & next.

purekkhara, »i. (sa. puraskara)

'placing before', intention; giving pre-

ference to, preference, precedence; ace.

,vam (bhikkhusu) Dh. 73. cp. pu-

rakkhata.

*pure-dvara, n, the front door

of a house (opp. pacchima-dvara)

;

instr. .vena (nikkhamantam, by the

front door) 12,io; loo. /ve (dariini

nikkbipitva) 67, 13.

purohita, m, (= sa.) a family

priest, a king's domestic chaplain; /vO,

48,0 ; instr. /vena, 48,6; gen. .vassa,

46,21 ; *°-brahma9a, m. id.;gen. fvassa,

51,19; "'''-tthSna, n, the rank or situa-

pQJana 182

tion of a p., Ice. /s^e, 45,19 (cp, Fick,

800. Glied, p. 107-1 17Vpujana, «. & pujanS, f. (so.

pujana, «.) worsh.p, homage, adora-

tion; nom. <x/a (sa) Dh, 106.

puja, /".(== sa.) worship, honour,

cere, etc.; ace. >y.jam, 37,3i; ace. pi.

n^h, Dh. 73; ~ pujaraha, mfn. {sa.

pujarha) deserviag homaga; ace, pi,

tn. ^e, Dh. 195 (cp. araha).

pujfjti, vb.. (so. pujayati, VP^J)to honour, worship, revere (ace); part.

gen. m, ,^ayato (piijarahe) Dh. 195;pot. 3. sg, .%/aye (bhavitattanarh) Dh.106, aor, 3. pi. a-pujesum (kakammiiriisena) 18,83; ger, ^etva, 34,7;

pp. pujita, »». o/O, Dh. 303; grd,

pujja, mfn., v. a-pujja. cp, pujana(^a), puja.

puti, mfn. (= 5a.) stinking, foul,

putrid; f. stink, stench; ***-sandeha,

m. a heap of corruption, rwO, 107, b =Dh. 148.

*piiti-lata, f. name of a certain

kind of creeper or shrub; ace. i\^&m,

106,19; according to the comment Jat.

I. p. 177,0 & Dhpd. (1865) p. 313,s

[read : taruna pi galocilata pQtilata]

it is another name of the young (or

eoft) galoci- creeper,

purana, mfl^i)n. (= sa.) filling,

completing; v. Manoratha-purani.purati, vb, {pans, i/p?, piir, sa,

puryate & ^ti) to be filled; pr. 3,

sg. rvati, Dh. 121-22; pp. punna &cans, pureti (q, v.).

piirisa, m. = purisa (g. v.).

pureti. vb, (cau.i. \fp^; piir, sa,

purayati) to fill (ace.) with {gen, or

instr.); to fulfill, complete (ace); part,

m. /vayanto, 106,3i; part, ined, tn,

rwayamano (saggapatharii) 34,99; aor.

3. sg. .^esi (tuccha-patirii yaguya)66,28; devanagaram, devapuraiii,

saggapadam (or saggapatharii) pii-

resi is a frequently occurring expres-

sion for 'going to heaven \ or 'attaining

heavenly bliss' ; 17,34. 27,3i. 44,ij

(34,29); aor. 3. tiled. (=-- aor. 3. pass.)

piirayittlia ("waa filled with", instr.)

28,»»i ger, -vetvS (pStiyo paySsaBsa)

61,»7; (silarh, "fulfilling the moral

law") 16,19 ;i)p. purita, filled, ti. ^ti±(uyyanam) 6,i6; pass, purati (».

above).

pnva (rarely pupa), tn. {(A n.) {sa.

pupa, tn.) a cake; ace. <^a.vi (a rice-

cake) 67,19-2); o-khanda, m, ti. 53,i8

{v. h.).

p5, indecl., a syllable indicating

abbreviation = 'and so on' (in the

same way); 92,4 {cp. 89,25, etc.)\

92,83-33. 93,1-5 {cp. 89,28-29, CtcM93,29-31. 94,4 (do.); 96,19-21 (=66,13);100,23-24 (= 100,12); instead of pe

we find also frequently pa or la (3. v.),

and in the Birm, Mss. gha is similarly

used (probably arisen through corrup-

tion of the letters pe or pa-la). Ac-cording to the native comra. pe is an

abridgment of peyyala, m. m., which

most likely is another form of pari-

yaya {q, v.) i. e, 'repetition' [*pali-

yaya, ""payyala] cp. Oldenberg, KZ.'25,324; Tr. PM. p. 66. Bitddh. sa. pe-

yala & preyala, v. Windiseh, Muraund Buddha, p. 316.

pekkha(ka), tnfn. {e. c. = sa.

preksha, f. & prekshaka, tnfn.) see-

ing, regarding, looking at; *puiina-

pekha, tnfn. aiming at merit, Dh. 108.

pekkhati, vb, {sa, pra-Y/iksh)to look at, regard, wiew {ace.)

;part,

tiom, tn. /^aih (atthara anagatarii,

foreseeing) 112,i; part, tned, tn.

iN^milno (ti ^) 47,20. cp. prec.

*pekkhuna (or pekliuna), n., a

tail feather {esp. that of a peacock)

;

pi, r^Eni (Vyamamattani) 10,2o; citra-",

mfn. 10,10 {v. h.). - The etymologyof this word is unknown; but it maybe akin either to pakkha {q. v,), orto piiija, n. {cp. sa, piccha), by whichit is explained in the comm. Jat. I,

207,27 & VI, 218,29. Pischel, Gr. § 89,refers to sa. prenkhana, Prakr. pe-huna; cp. Weber, Ind." Str. Ill, 396.pekha, pekhuna, v, pekkha,

pekkhuna.

I pecca, adv, {orig. ger, fr, pra-

183 porisa

\/i, sa, pretya) after death, in the

next world; 74,j; 107,26 == Dh. 18{opp, idha). cp. next.

pet a, mfn. (sa. preta, pp. pra-y'i)

dead, deceased; in. the spirit of a deadperson, a ghost, demon; nom. /-vO,

84,33 ; ace. ^aiii, 86,9 ; *sukara-mukha-*',

a peta with a pig's mouth, 84,S7; *8U-

kara-peta-vatthu, the story of that

peta, 86,10, peti, f. {q. v.),

Peta-vatthu, n. nom. pr. of a

canonical Fuli-book (a section of the

Khuddaka-Nikaya); specimen thereof

(with the comm. of DharamapSla [Para-

raattha-dipani]) p. 84,85—86, lo,

*peti, /"., a female peta (g. v.); pi,

ace. 'X'iyo, 23,t6-38.

*petteyyata,/', (fr. pitar through

*petteyya, mfn.) the state of a father;

Dh. 332. cp, matteyyata, f.

pern a, n. {sa. preman, m, «.) love,

affection; abl. ,^ato, Dh. 213.

peyyala, m. n., v. pe.

*pesakara, m. (fr. sa, *pe(;as-

kara?) a weaver; "-geha, n. 88,b;

o-dliita?-, f. 86,13; <>-saIa, f. 88,5 (v.

/(.) cp. Fick, Soc. Gl. p. 211,

*pesanaka, mfn. (fr. pesana, n.

'sending', errand, commission; sa.

preshana) one who sends a message;

only in the eomp. ''-cora, m. pi. robbers

who use to despatch one to fetch the

ransom, 32,i5, etc.

pesala, mfn. (sa. pe^ala), beauti-

ful, lovely; skilful, clever; su-pesalo,

m. (catuppado) 30,8.

pesi, f. (sa. pe^i) a small piece

of flesh or meat; the foetus shortly

after conception; gen. ^iya, 99,it.

pesika, f. (sa. pegika) a piece,

stick (esp. of bamboo); instr, /vSya

(velu-o) 52,81.

pesunna, n. (sa. pai^unya) back-

biting, calumny ; '"''-karaka, m. a slan-

derous person, gen. >x/assa, 42,7.

peseti, vb. (sa. preshayati, caus.

pra-yish) to send, send forth or away

(acc.)\ pr. 3. sg. >^eti (pannakaram)

64,s7; 3. pi. /^enti, 32,i8; imp. a.

pi. ,^etba (maccham) 4,i4; part, m.

-x/ento, 37,1; aor. 3. sg. r^esi, 24,3o;

ger. ^etva, 65,26. cp. pesanaka.

pokkhara, n. (sa. pushkara, cp.

paushkara) a lotus-flower, esp, the

blue lotus; aco. pi. ix/O (== pokkha-rani?) 111,9; "-patta, n. a lotus-leaf,

loc. <^e, Dh. 401.

pokkharani, f, (sa. pushkarini

& paushkarini) a lotus-tank; ace,

(viih, 58,88. 111,7; ioc. /x/iyaih, 52,88.

"•pokkharata, f. (fr. pokkhara)beauty; instr. /v.aya (vanna-°, beauty

of complexion) Db, 262.

PoUhapada, m. (ep.sa. proshta-

pada) Mom.iJr. of aparrot; nom.r^o, 9,8.

pota(ka), m. & potika, f. (=sa.) a young animal; assa-pota-", 2,i8;

assa-potaka-", 5,29; suka-potaka, m.

ace. pi. «.^e, 9,ii; supanna-potaka,

pi. 60,8; hamsa-potakassa, gen. m.

10,21; o-potika, f. 10,4.

potthaka, m. n. (sa. pustaka) a

book or manuscript; aec. /^am, 114,te;

ace. pi. 0/6, 114,8; loc, pi. /x-esu,

52,11 (porana-"); 62,i4. 114,22; °-dva-

yaiii, 114,18 (two books); "-ttayaih,

114,19 (three books).

*pothujjanika, mfn. (fr. pu-

thujjana) vulgar; m. «%^o, 66,26 (synon.

hina, gamma).potheti, vh. (sa, \/puthj caus.

pothayati) to strike, beat, cudgel

(flcc); pot. 3. sg. ->^eyya (mam) 87,i5;

ger. ^etva, 8,29. 39,i5. 51, se.

pono[b]bhavika, mfn. (sa. pau-

nar-bbavika) causing new births; f.

<N/a (tanha) 67,i8 (ep. punabbhava).

p oran a, mfn. (sa, paurana) re-

lating to the past, ancient; n. (subst,)

f^o.m, "an old saying", Dh. 227 (opp,

ajjatana); "-pottbakesu, loc, pi, in

the old manuscripts, 52,ii. cp, purana& next.

poranaka, mfn, (sa, pauranika)

ancient, former, old; what has been

hitherto, usual; comp. "-uyyanapala,

m. 37,17; "-parihara, «». 37,27.

porisa, m, (fr, purisa; sa, pau-

rusba) a man; nom, ^0 (uttama-",

q, V,) Dh, 97. cp. next.

posa 184

*posa, n», (= purisa, porisa;

arisen by contraction, perhaps influen-

ced by the verb poseti, v. next) a

man; nom. /vO, Dh. 228; purisa

(metrically = posa) "joc, Dh. 248;gen «./as8a, Dh. 104.

*po8apeti, vh. (cans. II, poseti,

to feed, nourish ; sa. poshayati, ^push)to rear, bring up (ace); ger. <%^etva

(kumarikam) 48,20. cp. puttha, mfn.

plavati, fb., V. palavati (pilavati).

Ph.

phacdana, r,ifn. {sa, spandana)moving (suddenly), quivering, trem-

bling; n. t^&m (cittaiii) Dh. 33 (synon.

capala). op, pari-pbandati.

p'larati, v6. (^^a. ^sphar (sphur^)

to spread, extend (trans. & m<r.);

to pervade, suffuse fili up (acc); aor,

5. 8<7.phari (hatthim mettena cittena)

76,84; gcr, -vitva (rtiSaliaraniyo) 67,88;

I'jp. phuta & phuttha (g. «.).

paarasu, m, (sa. paragu) an axe;

nom, ~u, 35,5 ; azc, <N.urii, 35,7; —dim. ""pharasuka, w. 35,5 (vasi-°,

q. v).

pbarusa, »n,At. (sa. patusha) harsh,

cruel ; ace. f. /<wam (vedariarii) Dh.

138; n, .%/am, Dh. 133 (of speech);

instr, m. pi, ~ehi (yakkhehi) 41,34.

phala, «. (= sa.) fruit; metaph.

consequence, result (good or bad), re-

tribution, reward, advantage ; *) pi,

«^ani, 2,»3; l,i3 (kasata-"); gen. pi,

»%^anam (madhura-") 1,155 pakka-phala-", ripe fruits. 2,» ; "-rukkha, »«.

a fruit tree, iusir, pi, ^ehi, 2,zo; cp,

phalaphala below; - ^) nom. ace,

r^am, 17,j6 (papassa); 29,io(8ila8sa);

58,18 (pufiiianam); 42,.4 (kataviri)'-

assa, samijjhati); 42,i8 (viriya-");

***-pati8edhana, n. (3. v.)\ sakada*gami-<*, 29,17 & 8otapatti-^ 87,i {v,

h.)\ magga-phala-nibbanani, n. pi.

(^dvandva comp.) v, nibbana; — at

the end of adj, comp, phala is often

spelled with 'pph', v. katuka-pphala,

madhura-^ maha-", cp. a-phala &sa-pbala, mfn.

phalaka, n. (= sa.) a board,

plank ; nom. /x/am (apassena-®, 3. v.)

84,ie; instr. ^ena,, 20,ss; loc. >^e,

20,1; 48,8 (*rajata-", a silver table

for dicing).

phalati, vb. *) (sa. ^ph&\) to

burst open, split asunder; aor. 3. pi,

/>^imsu (devadiindubhiyo) 80,so; pp.phalita (3. v.); cans, phaleti (q. v.),

— ^) (sometimes written phallati; sa.

phalati, ~te, denom. fr. phala) to

bear fruit, ripen; pr. 3, sg. phallati

(dummedho, phalani katthakasseva)

Dh. 164._*phalaphala, n. (sg, & pi.) va-

rious kinds of fruits (cp. phala); /^arii,

1,15; 2,7 (tava ^ tam eva hotu, 'only

keep all those fruits to yourself);

instr, ^ena, 18,i5. cp. maggamagga[Tr. PM. p. 74].

phalika, wt. (sa, sphatika) crystal;

•"-vimana, n, a crystal palace, 23, is.

phalita, mfn. ^)(pp, phalati; =sa,) burst, split; bearing fruit; instr,

n, rwena (hadayena) 59,io. - ^) grey;

n, grey hair (through confusion with

palita (q. v.), because the grey hairs

split and fall off).

phallati, vb,, v, phalati.

phassa, »». (sa, spar^a) touch,

contact; nom. ,^0, 66,8 (salayatana-paccaya); "-nirodha, m, 66,14 (v, h,);

"-paccaya, 66,8 (v, paccaya). cp, phu-sati.

phanita, n, (= sa.) the juice of

the sugar cane, molasses, sugar; *''-bin-

du, n, a drop of molasses, 63,i8; *°-sa'

ka^a, n. a cart-load of m., 53,so;

dvandva-comp. madlm-phanitehi (in-

str. pi.) 53,17; madhu-phanita-puve(ace, pi.) 63,si.

*phali-, only in comp. phali-phuUa,mfn., which seems to be either anintensive formation of vb. phalati, or

a dvandva-comp. phalifj (— sa. phalin,bearing fruit) + phulla (= sa. flowery)

;

at any rate, preceeded by words like

185 bandhati

sabba or eka as it is always found,

it means 'flowery all over', or 'with

fruits and flowers all over'; sabbameka-phalipbullaiii [scil. Lumbini-va-naiii] ahosi o: it was in full blgw,

62,11._

phaleti, vb. (cans, phalati; sa.

pbalayati) to split, break (trans, w.

ace); part. m. ^ento (hadayam)27,5; ger. ,>.,etva (pasibbakarfi) 12,8i.

*phasu, n. [& adj.?] (either from

*prasu, i. e. pra + asu, or from ved,

sa. pra(;u, quick) health, healthiness;

ease, comfort; Vin, I, 92,M. Jst. II,

394,18. cp. next.

*pbasuka, mfn, (fr. last) agree-

able, comfortable, pleasant; *'-^tbane

{loc.) on a pleasant spot, 35,36; a-

phasuka, mfn. (v. /».), The etymology

of pbasu & phasuka has often been

discussed ; Childers derives it from sa.

sparha (ysprh), but see the objections

of Weber, I'nd. Str. Ill, 396, and

Scnart, Journ. As. 1876, II, 485 (re-

ferring to Buddh. sa. sparha); Trench-

ner, PM. p. 81,20, takes it = ved.

sa. pra^u; Jacobi refers to Prakr.

phasuya, sa. prasuka (from pra -{

asu) ZDMG. 34, p. 311; Pischel, Gr.

§ 208, to -v/sprCi *spar5uka.

phasuka, f. {sa. parguka, par-

^.uka & par^vaka, m.) a rib; pi. r^a,

Dh. 154 {metaph. said of the rafters

of a house).

phuta, mfn. (pp. pharati, cp. sa.

spbuta; it is often written put^ha &phuttha, q. v. cp. MN. I, 276,' Note)

thrilled, pervaded, filled with (instr.);

m. »^o (manasa, thoughtful? = pu-

rito, Comm.) Dh. 218.

phuttba, mfn. *) = phuta (v.

above); m. ^o (mettena cittena)

76,35. - ^) = phusita (pp. y/sprq,

sprsbta) touched; m. pi. f>^a, (sukbena)

Db. 83; tamba-bbumi-rajo-o, 112,89

(v. corrections), cp. pbusati, pho-

ttbabba.phulla, mfn. (= sa.) blown (as

a flower); v, phah-® above, cp. pha-

lati.

phusati, vb. (sa. \/sprg) to touch;

to reach, attain (ace.);pr. 1. sg. /^ami

(nekkhamma-sukhaiii) Dh. 272; 3. pi.

-wanti (nibbanam) Dh, 23; pot. 3.

pi. ^w-eyyu, Dh. 133; pp. v. next;

grd. V. pho^habba; cp. pbassa &pbut^ba.

phusita, mfn. (= phuttha, pp.phusati, q.v.) touched, reached, attained

;

»j. <^o (maya, maggo) 108,i4.

pheggu, f. (? = sa. phalgu; cp.

sa. velli = valli, Tr.) brittle or weakwood, fibrous wood, bast (?); nom,

^u, 95,22; apagata-phegguka, mfn,"free from the unsound wood", m,

rvQ, 95,24.

phena, »t. (sa. phena & phena)foam, scum; phenupama, mfn. (sa.

phenopama) resembling scum; ace.

m. ^&m (kayam) Dh. 46.

photthabba, »». (<& n.) (orig.

grd. fr, phusati, q. v.; sa. sprash-

tavya, n.) touch, contact; pi. the ob-

jects of contact; nom, pi. <^a, 70,32;

loc. ix/esu, 71,10, cp, phassa.

B.

baka, m. (= sa.) a heron, crane;

nom. r^o, 4,1 etc. - "-jataka, n. 3,29.

bajjhati, vb. (pass, bandhati;

sa. badbyate) to be bound or tied,

to be ensnared or caught; ger. iN/itva

(pase) 11,30.

baddha, mfn. (pp. bandhati; =sa.) bound, tied; ensnared, caught;

m. fs.'O (bandhanagare) 46,2o; Dh.

324; f. ~a, 104,3o; *°-rava, m. the

cry of one who has been caught, ace.

r^ava (ravi) ll.so; *alha-", w/m. 111,io

(q. v.); bhandika-", mfn. 34,i2 (q. v.).

bandha, m. (= so.") binding,

bond; emprisonment; vadha-*', Dh.399 (v. h.) ; hatthi-bandha, v. bhanda.

bandhati, vb. (sa. ybandhj to

bind, tie; catch, ensnare ; to bind round,

put on (ace), bandage (ace, (& instr,)-,

imp, 3. pi. op-antu (pannasaiifiam)

bnndhana 186

8,8; aor. 8. sg. bantlhi (mukbam)60,14; 3. pi. .N^iiiisu (veram, afifia-

manaam, "nursed enmity") ll,so; ger.

/x/itva (dvaraii) 6,5; (te devasaiii-

khalikaya) 21,ii; (rajanam galhaban-

dhanam) 39,8r, (mukbam saiakena)

50,13; (kayabandbanaih) 82,s8; cans.

II. bandhapeti, pass, bajjbati, pp.baddha (g. v.) cp. bandba, bandhana,etc.

bandhana, «. (= sa.) binding,

bond, fetter; nom, /svarii, 64,7; 23,8»

(paficafigika-", q. v.); ahl, o^vl^ 33,j;

l)h. 276 (Mara-o); pi ,^ani, 105,i9;

kaya-°, n. (q, v.); galha-", mfn. (0.

v.)\ *panna-bandhana'-sanna, n. (v.

panna); bandhanagiira, n. a prison;

abl. ~ato, 32,1; loc, ^e, 46, 20.

bandhava, m. [sa. bandhava) a

kinsman, relative; pi, ,^a, Dii. 288.

*bandhapeti, vb. {cans. II. ban-

dhati) to cause to bind or bandage

(occ); gsr. ^apetva (mukhaiii) 60, is.

bandhu, m. (= sa.) a kinsman,

relative; a friend; voc. r^u, 103,is

(pamatta-". q. v.); instr. -^una, Dh.

p. 94, v. 3 (adicca-", g. v.).

babbaja, m., v. pabbaja.

bala, n. (= sa.) power, strength,

force; military force, army; nom. /-o^am,

Dh. 109; 13,85 (yarn r^aih ahuvam-hase, "according to what power wehad"); acc. ^arii, 10,18; 60,20 (rein-

forcemeut) ; insti'. «^en.. (mabantena)

36,£8; c. c. tnfn. v. khanti-°, naga-^,

cp. a-bala, dub-bala, etc. — *bala-

ppatta, mfn. might? (;. e. by wisdom),

m. ,^0 (Tathagato) 80,a5; - bah'mika,

mfn. 'who has strength fot* his army',

Btrongminded; acc. t'l. /v/aiii, Dh. 399.

cp. next etc.^

*bala-vahana, n. military force,

army; acc. ^&n\, 39,8; instr. .-^ena,

38;S4.

balava (& balava<), mfn, {sa.

balavat) powerful, strong; ^am (mayakaiapapaiii) 17, i:,

ball?!, mfn, (~= ea.) powerful,

strong; m. r>^i, Dh. 280.

balivadda, m. (sa. balivarda) a

bull, ox; nom. «vO, Dh. 152; acc. pi.

^C 71,31 ; instr. pi. ~ehi, 71,8».

balya, n. (sa. balya) foolishness,

stupidity; nom. acc, rwam, 64,3i. Dh.

63. cp. bala.

bahala, mfn, (= sa.) thick (of

consistence), dense, compact, firm, deep

(as water) etc, ; ati-bahala, ntfn, {q, v.).

bahi, adv. (sa. bahis) out, outside;

rw nikkbante, 60,6; 52,2 (apart from

that place, vie. khaditatthanaih ; but

here bahi is perhaps an error for bahu,

cp, bahu-tinassa, 51,38); comp, bahi-

nagare (loc.) outside the city, 39,20,

43,9. 73,31 {opp. antonagare); *bahi-

valanjanaka, m. pi. out-door people,

acc. ^e, 43,8 {v. valaiija). cp. babira

& next.

babiddba, adv. {sa. babirdba)

outside {abl.), from outside; **'-sainu-

ttbana, mfn, 'originating from out-

side', resulting in outward behaviour

{i. e. in good manners) ; n. i>^aiil

(ottappam) 10,j8 {opp. ajjhatta-").

bahu, mfn. (= sa.) much (many),

great, frequent, abundant; n. ^u &rwuih, Dh. 258 (bahu bhasati); -^um(dhanarii) 23,6; (apunnam) 76,3;

(navattbam) 111,32; tarn ~ yam hi

jivasi, it is a wonder that you are

still alive, 13,29; instr. m. />/una, Dh.

166; n. pi. <N/Uni, 49,i6; »». pi. <n..u

(maccha") 3,33; .-^avo, Dh. 307; instr,

pi. rwuhl, 91,22; gen. pi, -N^unnam,

23,27; ~unara, 108,2i; comp, bahu-mige, 6,5; "-bhattaiii, 67,ii, etc. {v,

below); cp. bahuka, bahula, bahu-",

bhiyyo {compar.), bhiyyoso, yebhuy-yena.

*bahu-abhififiata. mfn. highly

esteemed; m. pi. ^a, (savaka) 109,i9.

bahuka, mfn. (= sa.) much,many; acc. m. ^am (janaiii) 108,i2.

bahu-jana, m. (= sa.\ some-

times written bahujjana, metri causa

or after the analogy of putbujjana;Fausb0ll, Das, Jat. p. 28) many people

;

nom. .^0, 88,32; Dh. 320 (-jj-).

""bahu-jagara, mfn., very watch-

187 bahusacca

ful, awake; m. ,x/0 (opp, sutta) Dh.29. cp. jagarati.

bahujjana, v. bahu-jana.bahu-tina, n. {sa. bahu-trna)

abundant grass, beautiful pasture; gen.

>N^assa, 51,33 (= inanapassa tinassa

52,3).

*bahu-dvara, mfn., having manydoors or gates; loc, n. <vasmim (na-

gare) 91,S3.

*bahu-buddhi, mfn., wily, cun-

ning, crafty; f, gen, pi, (vinam (thi-

naiii) 61,so.

'*'bahu-bhani», mfn., whospeakimuch; ace. m, ^inarii, Dh. 227.

*bahu-bhava, »»,, quantity, abun-

dance; ace, 'x^aifa, 49,10.

bah u la, mfn, (= sa.) much, large,

abundant; e. c. abounding in; pa-

mojja-", mfn. full of delight, m, rwO,

Dh. 376. cp, sambahula.*bahu-sarakappa, mfn., having

many purposes, full of schemes; acc,

«^am (kayam) Dh. 147.

bahussuta, w/m. (sa.bahu-Qruta)

very learned; m. -wO (Anando) 109,is;

acc. (N.-arii, Dh. 208; gen. pi, m, fva-

narii, 109,7. cp. bahusacca.

*babupakara, tnfn., very useful

{v. upakara); m, r^o (amhakaiii,

sakuno) 18,i3.

badhita, mfn. (= sa.; pp. ba-

dhati, ybadb, to press, pain, vex)

pained, oppressed; m. f\iO (saso, "a

snared hare") Dh. 342. cp. bibhaccha.

B a ran a si (& -^i), f. (sa. Vara-

nasi) nom. pr. of the city Benares;

abl. >^\yE (avidure) 36,8o; loc. /x-iyara,

1,1 ; o-raja (<>^i) the king of B., 5,8«,

etc.] °-rajja, n, (-N^i) the kingdom of

B., 38,23; "-rajja-samika, m. king of

B., 43,22.

bala, mfn. (= sa.) ignorant, foo-

lish; m. /x/O, 2,7. 54,16; voc. -x-a, 44,8o;

acc. ^am (yatha) 75,2j; 106,82 =Dh. 71; pi. <N^a, 64,i2; gen. pi. /v-a-

nam, 107,io = Dh. 60_; comp. o-sum-

Bumara (voc.) 2,8; "-raja, 54,6; »-ma-

bajano (many unconverted) 74,i4;

*andha-», mfn. (v. A.); ••-saflgata-

cariu, mfn, "walking in the companyof fools", m. ^i, Dh. 207; o-vagga,

m. the fifth chapter of Dhpd. — coni'

par, balatara, mfn, 64,82 (m, ,vo)

cp, next & balya, «.

balata, f. (= sa.) stupidity, foo-

lishness; instr. <x^Sya (attano, on ac-

count of their foolishness) 6,9.

*bali8ika (& balisika), m. (fr,

balisa or balisa, m. a fish-hook; 5a.

badi^a & vadi^a) a fisherman, angler;

nom. >x/0, 14,88.

*Baveru, /". (?) nom. pr. of a city

(perhaps = Babylon, cp, Minayeff,

Bull, de I'Acad. de St, Fetersbourg,

T. 17. p. 70 (M6I. As. VI 591); Morris,

JPT8 '91-93. p. 25; Franke, ZDMG.47. Bd. p. 606); acc. ^um, 18,34;

°-jataka, «. 18,i; "-rattha, n, the

kingdom of B. 18,i-5.

bah a, f. (= bahu, sa. bahu, «i.)

the arm; pi. acc. '>./Si, 30,i9; itisir.

~ahi, 20,6; *paccha-baham, adv. (v.

h.) cp. Franke, Pali u. Sanskr. p. 102,

bahita, tnfn. (pp. baheti, q. v.)

removed; *"-papa, mfn. 'who has got

rid of evil*, m, r^o ti brahraano (in-

tended to be the etymology of the

word brahmana, cp. Franke, Pali u.

Sanskr. p. 117) Dh. 388.

bahira, mfn. (fr. bahi; sa. babya,

cp, bahika) being outside (one's self,

one's body, house, or family); being

outside the Buddhistic order, non«

Buddhistic; n. o/aib, the exterior

(opp, abbhantarara) 106,ii = Dh.

394; m. /y^o (samano n'atthi, "there

is DO Samana beyond the order" [just

as there is no path through the air])

Dh. 264-55 (var. bahire, loc, adv.)

cp. babiya (.x/ika), Jat. I 421,83 &III 432,88, which probably is a nom,

pr. (cp. Mailer, Pali Gr. p. 31.)

bahu, m. & f. (also baha, f. (q.

v.); sa. bahu, m.) the arm; v, Siha-bahu, nom. pr.

""bahusacca, n. (fr. bahussuta,

sa. bahu-Qruta, rather than fr. *bahu-sati (sa. ""bahu-smrti) which is not

found in P&li) much learning, erudt-

oiheti 188

tion; inatr, f^ena, Dh, 271 {cp. Dhpd.

(1865) p. 381; Tr. PM. p. 75, cor-

rectionu).

baheti, v;>. (sa. barhayati, caus.

ybfh -''Tr ), if not denom. fr. bahi

[V^eler, ZDMG. 14,82) cp. also ^badh& v'vah) to tear or.t, eradicate, remove

{acc^ ; ger. /x^etva (puiinan ca papafl

ca) 106,6 = Dh. 267: pp. bahita

(£. v.\

bindii, m. & n, (= sa.) a drop;

nam. ^u (uda-") 108,2 = Dh. 336;

f^MVA (tnadhu-", phanita-", q. v.) 63,i8;

uda-bindu-uipateca, Dh. 121.

bimba, m. n. {==^ sa.) an image

(as a picture or ettitue); ace, ~aiil

(said of the human body) Dh. 147.

bilara, m. (sa. bidala) a cat;

•"-nissakkana-matta, nifn. just large

enough that a cat can sneak out through

it, n. ^am (pilkara-vivaraiii) 90,35.

bibhaccha, mfn. {sa. bibhatsa)

loathsome, disgusting ; "-sambadha-^thilna, n. 65,7 (q. v.).

birana, n. {sa. virana) name of

a fragrant grass (Andropogon Muri-

catum); ^arfa, 107,33 = Dh. 336(its root is called usira, 108,4).

bujjhati. vb. {sa. ybudh) to

know, perceive, understand (ncc), to

be conscious of; pr. 3. sg, ^ati {w,

part, papiini kaMnuTni karaiii, "whenhe commits evil deeds") Dh, 13B;

(do. raliokainniarii ilvikubbaiii, "whenhe openly does what o'Jght to be secret")

54,17; (antariiyaih) Dh. 286; pp. bud-

dha, nifn, intelligent, wise, enlightened

{csp. sttbst, tii, cO uoni. pr,, v. nexl)\

(ICC. i^^Hiii, Dh. ijys. cp. buddbi,

bodlii, cir,

Buddha, «i. {--^ sa, pp. biijjliati,

q. V.) 0, Buddha, /. e, a person whohns attained to infiuite knowledge, andwho is liberated from all existence, so

that be kIiuII not bo born again; now.

pr. 'tlio Buddl.a' (», c. Gotanin, q. r.)

mostly ineiitionuj by upithuts like

Bh&gava^ Satthir, Sugata ('/. v.) cp.

Tathaf,'ata & Sanimasambuddha; .^o(vjytt) 113,81 ;

yadi -wo tit^lieyya ("if

the B. were alive") 98,8s; -vO bhagava,

66,8; /N.0 dhammaraja pabhaiiikaro,

19,1 ; ~o bhavissati loke vivatta-

cchaddo, 61,88; ~o tapati tejasa,

107,25 = Dh. 387; maha-Caotama-°,

87,8; ace. .^am (anantagocaram) Dh.

179; gen. «^assa (viya) 113,2o; loc.

^e (in the formula B., dhamma,saiiipha, ep. 107,i7)_79,i7; pi. instr.

^ehi, 102,24; jreH./^anaiii, 68,22. 74,i5.

86,24. 108,20 (metri causa : Buddhana).

comp, V. next etc.

*Buddha-gata, mfn., directed

to Buddha; f, ,^a (sati) Dh. 296.

*Buddha-gho8a, »». nom, pr.

of a Buddhist teacher, author of several

commentaries on canonical books (liv>

ing about 420 A. D.); nom. ~o (ti

nam viyakarurii, Buddhassa viya

ganibbiraghosatta) 113,2i.

•"Buddha-desita. vtfn., taught

by the Buddha; ace. m. ^aih (dham-mafi ca vinayaii ca) 109,25.

*Buddhantara, «., a period be-

tween two Buddhas; ace, r^am (ekaiii)

84,30. {cp, antara.)

Buddba-manta, m. {sa. "-man-

tra) a sacred text of the Buddha; /n/O,

113,16.

*Buddha-niha, /"., the grace

or charm of a Buddha; instr. ^iiya

(dbaramaiii desetva) 7,27. 47, 17.

'*'Buddlia-vaKga, m., the title of

ohopter XIV. of Dhpd.Buddha-vacana, n, {= sa.)

the word of the Buddha, the holy

texts; acc. ,%,niii (karotha) 108,o; loc.

/vo (tepi^uke) l()2,a.

""Buddha-vira, »»., 'the enligb-

teiied hero' (Uuddliu); voo, ^n, 108,u.

^Buddha-settha, mi., 'the best

of Buddhas' (Buddha); gen. o^assa,

109,23.

*B uddbarammana, mfn., v,

arnminnna.buddiii, f, (= sa.) intelligence,

insight; V. dubbuddhi & babubuddbi,n)f>i. cp. next.

buddiiima^, mfn, (= sa.) en-

189 brtlhmana

dowed with iuHight, wise; m, ^v-ma,

113,24; pi. o^manto, 76,sa.

*Buddhuppada, m., the appear-ance or birth of a Buddha, the periodafter the appearance of a Buddha; gen.

^assa abhava, because the Buddhahad not appeared, 63,3i; loc. r^e

(imasmim) in the present Buddha-period, 84,3i.

bubbula, m, <& n, (sn, budbuda)H bubble; dimin. bubbulaka, »>. <& n.,

id,, ace. /N/am, Dh, 170; (cp. Morris,

JPTS. '84,89).

bojjhanga, »», («a. bodby-anga,n.) one of the seven faculties neces-

sary for attaining perfect knowledge(or Buddhahood), vie. sati, dhamma-vicaya, viriya, piti, passaddhi, sama-dhi, upekha; pi. r^& (satta) 82,i2;

ace. pi. /N/e, 91,8. cp. sambodhi-auga.

b d h i , m. t& f. (= sa.) *) f. per-

fect knowledge (possessed by a Bud-dha), Buddhahood; v. bojjhanga, cp.

sambodhi ; ^) m. the sacred tree underwhich Buddhahood is achieved, a Bo-tree; °-rukkha-mule, loo. at the foot

of the Bo-tree, 66,3; cp, Mahabodhi& next.

*Bodhimanda, m. or «. (?) the

terrace of the great Bo-tree in Maga-dha; •'-samipamhi {loc!) near B.,

113,2.

fiodhisatta, m. (sa. Bodhi-

sattva) one who is destined to be-

come a Buddha, the Buddha in any

of his anterior births; «vO, 1,3; aec.

/vam, 2,97; (fen, cwassa, l,e; abl,

<^ato, 8,10.

""bondi, f.{(& «».) (probably akin

to sa, budhna) the body; nom, fvi

(inahati) 2,« (= sarira, 2,7). op.

Prdkr, boiiidi, Duriidi; Kuhn, Beitr.

p. 41; Morris, JPTS. '89,so7.

by a- etc, v. vya-.

brabma-cariya^n. (sa. brabma-carya) a holy or religious life, holi-

ness, purity, chastity (sometimes =the Buddhism or the Buddhist reli«

gioug system and practice) ; nom, f^am.

(vusitaiii) 71,15; aec, /^am. (cara,

"lead a holy life") 70,io. 92,8; "-vasa,m. the living a religious life; nom.(x-0, 92,37; gen. ^.^assa (kalo) 46,85.

- """adi-brahmacariyika, mfn. (v,

(idi ')) cp. next etc,

brahmacariyava<, mfn. (sa,

brahmacaryavat) who leads a holy life,

practising chastity; nom, m, >x/Va,

106,6 = Dh. 267.

brahmacari?!, m. (= sa.) one

who leads a religious life, who prac-

tises chastity, a priest; nom: r^i, 30,i9.

Dh. 142; sa-brabmacari (»». pi,)

96,30 ("fellow-priests").

brahmanflata, f, (sa, brahma-nyata) ') friendliness towards Brah-

mans; ^) the state of a Brahman;nom. rwta, Dh. 332.

brabma-danda, »». (= sa.)

name of a certain kind of punishment

imposed by the order on a Bhikkhu;nom. />/0, 79,13-14 ("the Bhikkhusshould neither speak to him, nor ex-

hort him, nor admonish him", 79, 15)

cp. Vin. II p. 290; Kern, Manual of

Indian Buddhism, p. 87.

Brahma-datta, m. (= sa.)

nom. pr, of several mythic kings in

Benares; loc. -we, 1,2. 2,i7, etc.; °-ku-

maro, 42,24; "-mabaraja, 43,s2.

BrahmaH, m. (= sa.) the god

Brahma; nom. >x<a, 110,u; r^ Saham-pati, 80,21 ; instr. rvuna, Dh. 105;

Maha-°, id. (v, h.) cp. sa-brahmaka,

mfn. & next.

Brahma-loka, m. (= sa.) the

world or heaven of Brahma; loc. ix/O,

45,10 ; *°-fipaga, mfn. going to B.;

m. .%/0, 45,18 (cp. upaga); *°-para-

yana, mfn, destined for B.; m, /n^o,

47.88,

brahma-vihara, m, (= sa,)

one of the four perfect states of mind

(viz, metta, karuna, mudita, upekha);

ace, pi. f^6 (bhavetva) 45,is-ib.

brahmana, m. (= sa.) a manbelonging to the priestly caste, a Brah-

man; nom. 'x/O, 9,9. 92,to; 106,8 =Dh. 393 etc. (in a moral sense); ace.

brahman! 190

^aih, 30,e; gen. /vcssa, 9,0. 66,iio;

voc. fs^a, (metri causa), BO,ia; pi. i^S,,

61,3o; gen. .%/anaiii, 61,86; purohita-",

61,19 (3. «.); *''-paraokkha, mfn. (q.

v.)\ *''-manava, m, a young Br., nom.

.^0, 113,8 ; *"-ve8ena (instr.) in the

disguise of a Br., 16,io; *'-Tagga, m.

title of Dhpd. oh. XXVI; - dvandva

eor.tp, samana'", 19,«; ainacca-'-gaha-

patike, 42,9; "-gahapatikesu, 7,25 {cp,

gahapati) ; sa - asamana - brahmana,vifn, {q. v.),

brilhmani, f. (= sa.) a Brah-

nian's wife, 9,io; acd >^im. 9, 14.

bruti, vb. {sa. briite & braviti;

\/bru) to say, reply ; to speak to (ace.);

to tell {ace. & gen.); ^o call {w. double

ace); pr. 1. eg. brunii (tan te, =kathemi) 85,35-38; 106,-.3 (tarn brah-

manaiii) = Dh. ;'96; i06,34; aor, 3.

eg. ^) a-bravi (Maraiii) 103, 13; *>) a-

bruvi, 110,31; 111,9.

bruhtti, vb. {sa. brrahayati,

cans. \/brmh) tc increase, further,

promote, cherish, j)racti8e {acc.) ; imp.

2. sg. ^aya (santimaggam) Db. 285.

bhakkha, ^)mfn. {e. c.; sa. bhak-

sha) eating or drinking; *lohita-'',

mfn, blood-drinkinf»; gen, ~a8Sa,

13,38; piti-o, mfn. '{ri. v.). - «) »«.

(so. bhaksha, m. or bhakshya, grd.)

food ; /%.o si mama ("thou art ray prey")

111,10. I

bhakkheti, vh. {sa. bhaksha-

yati, ybhaksh) to eat, devour; inf.

^etuiii, 111,11; pp. ^ita, m. gen.pl.

/vanam (vanijanarii) 11 1,3a; bhakkha,

mfn, (v. above).

bhagavaf, mfn. (= sa,) illu-

strious, venerable, holy; esp, m. Used

as a term of veneration by Buddhists

when speaking of Buddha, "the Bles-

sed one"; nom. Buddho bhagava or

only Bhagava, 66,2-3-5. 104,23. 108, 17;

acc, rvvantam, 68,17. 104,ii; instr.

/s/vata, 69,18; gen, abt. ~vato, 76,i;

68,11; ioc. -^vati, 74,8j; 92,s ("under

the Blessed one").

bhagini, f.{= 8a.) a sister; also

used as a term of address to any woman

(or said of a woman of the order);

voe, <^i, 73,5; instr. /viya (kanittha-°)

56,80 ; *0-<wi-putta, m. a nephew; v.

ati-bhagini-putta. cp. bhagineyya.

bhagga, mfn. (i)|). bhaiijati; sa.

bhagna) broken; n, /^aib, 30,i7. 63,3o;

f. pi. rx,a, Dh. 164.

bhaflga, m. (= sa.) breaking,

breach; bending, fold; nom. .^0, 83, 11;

acc. rw-ara (sarira-") 47,i6.

bhacca, m. {sa. bhrtya, grd. \/bhr)

a servant, attendant; acc. ovarii (taiil

tarn) 112,23; pi. ,^si, 111,18; acc.pl.

rv-e, 111,19; instr. pi, ,>^ehi, lll,2o.

bhajati, vb, {sa. -y/bhaj) to par*

take of, recur to, keep company with,

frequent, follow, practise (acc); pr,

3. sg. ^ati (padesam) Dh. 303 ;part,

med. gen. m. sg. <%.,manassa, Dh. 76;

imp, 2. sg, med. ,%^assu (mitte) Dh.

375; pot. 3. sg. bhaje, Dh. 76. 78;

3. sg. med. .>^etha, Dh. 78. 208; cans,

bhajeti (3. v.).

bhaiijati, vb, {sa. y'bhanj) to

break, bend; to defeat (acc); pr, 1.

sg. rvSmi (senam) 104,6; part. m. pi.

.^anta (atthini) 8,29; aor. 3. sg. (ma)bhaiiji (vo) 108,5; pp. bhagga (q. v.)

cp. bhanga, m.

bhaiinati, vb. {pass, bhanati,

q. v.).

bhanati, vb. {sa. \/bhan) to speak,

say; to recite, propound (acc); pr. 3.

eg. r,^ati (musa) 97,n; 1. sg. ^ami(do.) 98,21 ; 1. sg. med. bhane {v.

next)', part, m, r>^ari), 103,ii (iina

gatha); Dh. 264 (alikarii); part, med.m. ^ mano, 83,4; gen, ^ manassa,83,3; imp. 3, sg. bhana, 11, 13; pvt.

3. sg. bhane (saccaiiij Dh. 224; 1.

sg. bhaneyy'ahara, 11,11; aor. 1. sg.

abhanim (an old augmented formation)

47,8; pass, bhannati, loc. n. part.

bhaiinamane(veyyakaranasmirii)71,i7f

191 bhante

pp. n. bhanitam (alikaih tassa, soilniaya) 108,3o. cp. bhanaka, bhaniH.bhane, indecl. {orig. pr. 1. sg.

med. fr. bhanati) lit. 'I eay', lookhere! my friends! a term of addressused by a superior to inferiors (the

latter answer with 'bhante', q. v.)\

niayaiii kho ^, 76,io; tena hi r^,

76,18.

bhanda, >) «. (sa. bhanda) sg,

& pi. goods, ware?, things; 'utensils,

iiiiplements, instruments, ornaments,

etc.] nom, /^am, 30,i7; ace. />/aiii

(appaggba-", "wares of a little value")

26,s; (piya-o, "anything that is dear")

54,34; pi. ^ani (turiya-°, "musicalinstruments") 66,5. — ') m. (c. c. =bandha) a keeper, groom (cp. sa,

bhanda); *hatthi-", m, an elephant-

keeper (= *hatthi-bandha, cp, sa,

a^va-bandha) pi. /^a, 76,i5; aco. pi,

r^e, 76,10. cp, SBE. XVII, 141,Notes.

bhandaka, n. (sa, bhandaka)= bhanda, n.\ *as8a-'*, 65,i7 (horse-

trappings),

bhandika, f, (sa, bhandika) a

bundle, a small packet; ace, /vain,

8,17. 33,7; sahassa-^, a purse of 1000pieces, 23, 1 (cp, sahassa-thavika,

102,si); - *bhandika-baddha, mfn,packed, bundled up; gen. f^&saa. (dha>

nassa) 34,i8.

bhata, mfn, (sa, bhrta, pp. bha-rati) 'born', brought up, reared, sup-

ported; f, fs,si (bhariya) 51,4; *atta-

vetana-", v. attaw.

bhataka, m. (sa. bhrtaka) a ser-

vant; nom, ^0, 105,8.

bhati, f. (sa. bhrti) wages, hire,

support; service for wages; instr. /viya,

105,9.

bhatta, n. (sa, bhakta) a meal,

ration; food, esp. boiled rice; nom.

ace. /vam, 78,3; 21,6. 33,25. 53,80.

70,10. 76,11 ; bahu-°, 57,ii; *paccha-°,

86,5; *patara8a-<', 57,9; *mataka-o,

16,j8 (v. ft.); *ratti.«, 15,i9; loo. rs,e,

57,s7; /vasmim, Db. 185; pi. rvSni,

111,88; - comp, *bhatta-karaka, m.

(sa, bhatta-kara) a cook; nom. ^0,6,20; — bhatta-kicca, n, preparations

for a meal; "-avasane, loc. (v. ava-

sana) after the meal, 86,15; - *bhatta-pati, f, a rice-bowl, ace. /vim, 34,i3;

- *bhatta-sakata, n. a cart-load of

rice, 53,30.

bhadanta, m, (= sa.) a vene-

rable person, a term esp, used in ad-

dressing (or mentioning) a Buddhistpriest, often equal to pron. 2. pers.

(but with the verb in 3, sg.); katharii

/vO iiayati, "how is your reverence

named", 96,so. [bhadanta (also often

written bhaddanta) seems to be a

later formation from the voc, bhadante,which has probably arisen from the

phrase bhaddam (or bhadrarh) te

(q. V.) and has been contracted into

bhante (v. below)] cp. WindischMara und Buddha, p. 68; Tr, PM,p. 69-70; Weber, Bhag. II, 165 &I, 418; Scnart, Kacc. p. 115 (11,4,35);

Pischel, Gr. 8 366''.]

bhadda (& bhadra), mfn. (sa.

bhadra) happy, good, pleasant, beauti-

ful ; m, /vfo (a good man, opp. papo),Db. 120; ace. /vram (assam) Dh.

380; f. /vS (mata) 20,25; voc. f. /ve

(my dear!) 1,8; n, /vrnrh, happiness,

Dh. 119; pi, -vrani (good things)

Dh. 120; n, /vam is often used with

gen, pron. 2, pers, parenthetically ia

a sentence, meaning 'if you please',

'let it be said with all deference', 'sit

venia verbo' and the like : na meruccati bhaddaih vo, ll,i6; tam vovadami bhaddam vo, 108,3 (cp. sa.

bhadrara te (va/i) & bhadanta above).

bhaddaka, mfn. (sa. bhadraka)= bhadda; m. su-bhaddako (catu-

ppado), very pleasant or lovely, 30,8.

bhanta, mfn, (pp. bhamati; sa.

bhranta) wandering, moving, or rol-

ling about (unsteadily); ace. m. i^&ra

(ratham) 106,88 = Dh. 222.

Abhante, indecl. (fr. bhadanta,

q. V,) a term of address to superiors

or venerable persons : reverend sir,

your reverence I *) = voc. 28,i» (to

bhabba 192

Buddha); 86,t (tfipftsa); evaih /x-,

76,ii (Devadatta); 79,io (an eldei-

bhikkhu ought to be addressed bybhante or ayasma); 8I),S9 (Narada);kinnamo ai /v, 96,S9; - *) = nom.»^ Bhagaya, 69,t (with 5. sg. of the

verb), [bhante has generally been

considered as a Magadbism, from 5a.

bhavant-(Weher, Trenckner & Franke,

KZ. XIV, p. 419), from which also

bhadanta (v. above) possibly mighthave arisen through insertion of an

inorganic 'd'; but I think it will be

impossible to arrive at a true histori*

cal view of the various terms of address,

bhagava, bhavam (bhonto, etc.)^

bhadanto (nwte), bhante, bhane, which

seem to be connected with one another

phraseologically as v^ell as etymologi-

cal ly.]

bhabba, mfn. (^rd. bhavati; sa.

bhavya) future, what probably will be

or ought to be, suitable, proper ; w.

inf. being able to; m. o^o (kameparibhunjitum) 70,i; a-bhabba, mfn.

{q. v.).

bhamati, vh, {sa, ybhram) to

wander about, to n<ove to and fro (on

account of perplexity) ; caus. bhameti,to swing, agitate, perplex; imp, 2. sg.

tiled, bhamassu, Dh. 371, seems to

be used as imp, 3. sg., but perhaps

we have here an old error; the Mss,

Khar, reads ma te kamaguna bha-

memsu oittaiii, whioh siems to prove

that we ought to read kamagunabaamimsu (aor. 3. pi.) or bhamesum{aor. 3. pi. caits,). \

bhamara, tj. (sa. bhramara) a

bee; rvO, 106,a = Dh. 49; •*-gana,

8warn 8 of bets, 62,i9 (pancavanna-").

bhaya, ') n, (— sa.) fear, danger;

mm. ,^am, 63,i). 110,32. Dh. 283;itstr. bhayena, from fear, 13,is. 43,7,

often at the end of conip. : geha-pa-tana-", 19,ie; niraya-", 17,3o; mara-na-®, 6,81 ; rukkha-nibbattana-", 37,6

(q. V,) cp. a-kuto -bhaya, a-bhaya,maha-bhava, mfn.-, - *''-janana, mfn.

(q, v.) ;- bhayattha, mfn, {sa. bhaya-

stha) terrified, f. -%./5, lll,»e; -o-tajjita, mfn. (q. ».); - "-dassiw &^O-dassivas, mfn, seeing danger, fear*

ing; nom. m. ^va, Dh. 31; pi. -^.^ino,

Dh. 317; - *»-bhita, mfn. & *<'-saa-

kita, mfn. frightened, alarmed {v. h.)

— ^) mfn. dangerous; acc. m. r^&m(maggaih) Dh. 123.

bharati, vb. {sa, Vbhr) to bear,

support, hire; cp. next etc.y bhara,

bhacca, bhata(ka), bhati.

bharita, mfn. (= sa.) filled with

(e. c); vippaviddha-nanaku^apa-*',

mfn. 65,to (f. /».).

bhariya, f. {sa. bharya) a wife;

nom, ^ya, 1,5. 51,4; acc. «N/yara,

101,18; gen. {dat. loc.) ^yaya, l.ss;

54,29 (metri causa contracted to bha-

riya); 58,2 (dovarika-").

Bharukaccha, n. {sa, id. &Bhrgukaccha) nom. pr. of a seaport-

town in Western India (Baroach,

jiaQV)-ain); nom. f^&m (nama patta-

nagamo) 24,9; "-pattanam, 26,i2;

*''-payata, mfn. 20,22 {v, payati);

**'-vanija, »». 19,2i {q. v.).

*Bharu-rattha, n. nom. pr. of

a country; loc. ~e, 24,9. — *Bharu-raja>i, m. the king of that country;

nom. ,^ raja nama, 24,9.

bhava, «». (= sa.) ') coming into

existence, birth; existence, any modeof existence, being, life; nom. r^o

(upadana-paccaya) 66,9; "-paccaya(jati) 66,10 ;

gen. rvassa (paragu)Dh. 348; loc. ^e (purima-", in a

former life) 58, 11; pi. tayo bhava,"the three modes of existence", viz.

sensual, corporeal, formless existence,

or existence in the three worlds kama-,riipa-, ariipa-loka, 65,ii {cp. kama,bhava, vibhava 67,i4); - *o.tanha,

f. thirst for existence, 67, 14; *''-niro-

dha, m. cessation of ex., 66, i«; **'-sal-

lani, n. pi, "the thorns of life", Dh.351 ; kama-", tanha-", nandi-" {v. h,)

— *) increase, welfare, prosperity {opp.

vibhava, q, v.) ; dat. ^Rya, Dh. 282. -cp. bhava, punabbhava, etc,

bhavam, pron. {orig. part, bhavat

193 bhSnavfira

fr. next; sa. bhavan, »n. & bhavati,

f.) thou, you (used as a respectful

terra of address, often comb, with the

name of the person addressed, but

mostly with the 3. pers. of the verb);

iiom. -ovarii (Gotamo) 90,i9. 93,3?;

(ace, bhavantaiii) ; instr. bhota (Go-tamena) 90,i5; gen, bhoto (Gota-niassa) 94,6; {loc. bhavati); pi. nom.voc. ace. bhonto (or bhavanto, nom.,,

bhavante, ace.) : sunantu me ^o,97,3; [instr. pi. bhavautehi; gen.pl.

bliavantanam, or bhavatarii). As voc.

sg, & pi. we have a contracted form

bho (g. V. separately helow).

bhavati, vb. \sa. ^bhu; very

often contracted to boti, q. v.) to be,

exist, stay, become, arise, come into,

etc. (also used as auxiliary verb)

;

pr, 3, sg. -N^ati, Dh. 375; 3. pi.

-^anti (jati-paccaya) 66,n; 111,4;

pr, 1. pi. med, bhavamase, 105,86;

part. V, bhavaih above:, imp. 2. sg.

bhava {cp, hohi) Dh. 236; 2, pi.

bhavatha {yar. ,^atba) Dh. 143; pot.

3. sg. bhaveyya, 1,25; 1. sg. o^eyyarb,

56,5; 2. sg. <%/eyya8i, 86,3; aor. ahu,

ahosi, etc, v, hoti; fut. 3. sg, bha-

vissati {cp, hessati) = will be, 'must

be', or 'is probably', 'is certainly' :

32,26. 87,3. 99.7, etc.; 12,27. 34,3

(vassapitara ~); 40,22 (gahito nS)\

56,30 (laddham r^ manne); also in

questions and answers : kilfa ro (supi-

nam) 61,29; kin nu kho »/ (kumarika)"how may she be"? 86,29; evam rw,

56,15; fut. 2. sg. /^issasi, 46,i4. 56,i2;

1. sg. ^issami, 23,29 ; 3. pi. .N.'issanti,

6,28. 21,11-27. 33,27 (imam dhanamdve kotihasa /v, pi. instead of sg.)\

1. pi. <x/i8sama, 21,i2; — cond. 3. sg.

a-bhavissa, 42,ii. 92,28; bhavissa,

29,8; — inf. bbavitum, 24,24. 56,i;

— ger. v. hutva (under hoti); — grd.

bhavitabba, mfn. (cp. hotabba &bhabba) n. r^&m (used like fut. in

pass, construction) 24,2 (iminapi aga-

tena r^ = ayam pi agato bhavis-

sati); 34,4-10.47,18.48,26. 91,23, etc.;

ace. n. ^a,m ev'etam kathesi, "you

F41I 01o>ur7.

tell of what must be", 47, 11 (cp. ka-

likaiii, 47,10); - pp. bhiita (q. v.);

— caus. bbaveti (q. v.) cp, bhava,

bhava, »»., bhavana. n.

bhavan a, «. (= sa.) house (pa-

lace), home, abode (world); acc, >vaih

(attano) 19,i8; loc, ^e, 41,29; asura-",

tavatiihsa-", naga-°, Sakka-°, su-

panna-" (v. h.),

bhasta, m. (sa. basta) a he-goat;

acc. /N^am, 54,i6 (cp, Jat. VI, 12,2;

Abhidh. has vasso).

b has ma, n. (sa. bhasman) ashes;

*°-achanna, mfn, 106,22 (v. achanna).

bhassati, vb. (sa, y'bhrarii?) to

fall down, drop; to swoop down, go

on shore; to take a road, lounge about;

aor. 3, sg. bhassi (adho GaSgam)14,24; (tassa matthakam) 24,s; aor,

3, sg, med. a-bhassatha (vina kaccha)

104,17 (cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p". 110).

bhaga, m. (= sa.) >) a part,

fraction (often comp. V. numbers, v,

catu-bhaga, ti-bhaga & sahassa-");— ^) a portion, share, lot; task, busi-

ness, wages, salary; (v, acariya-''); —*) place, region, side, quarter (v,

upari-", kanna-", bhumi-", cp, sab-

bato-bhagena, instr, adv,) ;- *) time,

division of time (v. ratti-", cp, apara-

bhage, loc, adv,) cp. bhaga, etc.,

Bobhagga.*bhagava<, mfn. (fr. prec,\ par-

taking of, having a share in (gen.);

nom. m. ^va (samafmassa) Db. 19. 20.

bhagineyya, m: (sa. bhagineya)

a sister's son, nephew; ^'-hamsapota-

kassa (gen.) a young hamsa, a nephewof his, 10,21. cp. bhagini.

bhajana, n. (=: sd.) a vessel,

an earthen jug; acc. ^aih, 82,i9,

bhajeti, vb. (caus. bhajati; sa.

bhajayati) to divide, distribute (acc);

inf, /vetum (matamanussam) 40,32;

ger, ->.-etva, 27,29. cp. bhaga, bhajana.

bhanaka, »M. (= sa.; fr. bhanati)

a reciter, repeater, declarer; *Digha-",

m. (q. v.).

bbanavara, n. (& m.) a section

13

bhSnin 194

of the holy texts, which are divided

it to such sectioDB for purpose of reci-

tation; pathamaka-*'am, the first sec*

tion of Dhpd. ccmtainiig ch. I-XIV

;

Dh. 196.

*bhanin, mfn. {fr. bhanati) say-

ing, :<peakinij; v. bahu-'', manju-",mania-", mita-*', mfn,

bhatur, w. (fa. bhratr) a brother;

Viom. ->.ta, 108,115; 9,7 (kanittha-")

;

ace, .N^tarara, 31,so; instr. o^tara,

31,31 ; nom. pi, />/taro, 31, is. 34,32.

b batik a, »«. (sa. bhratrka) a

brother; ace. ^&m (jetthaka-") &2,2i;

gen. r^assa (jettha-") 35,2o.

bhayati, vh. (sa, \/h\n, bibheti

& bbiyate) to fear, be afraid of (gen,);

pr. 3. pi. ~anti (maccuno) Dh. 129;

aor. 2. sg. (mil.) bhayi, l,io. 4,3o. 75,2o;

2. pi. (ma) bhayittha, 32,2i. 76,ii6;

pp. bbita {q. v.);ger. ohayitva (kassa)

98,13. cp, bhaya, bhiiiisanaka, bhiru,

bherava,

bhiira, tn. (= sa.) burden, load;

trouble, labour; task, charge; nom,

^0 (mayham ->., or mayhaiii esa ^,"let it be my charge, leave that to

me") 42,6. 49,3o; imassa sukba-duk-

khaiii tava --wO, "look after him in

better and worse", 28,20 ; khari-", m.

& panna-", mfn, (v. /«.).

bharaka, m, (?) (= sa.) burden,

load; only in the comp. *gadrabha-'*,

i«. (?) ') an a8^•d^ive^; ^) goods car-

ried by an ase, instr, r^ena vohararii

karonto, 8,i6.

bhava, »l. (== sa.) ') being, be«

coming, appearance, state, condition,

nature; nom. ^0 (thinaiil) 51, si. —*) do., at the end of comp. (subst. ni.) :

") w. adj, I tittaka-", duggata-", dub-

baca-^ nihata-mana-", pnndita-",

babu-", sapariggaha-apariggaha-",

samana-vaya-**, sasf.amika-", sithila-",

auddba-" (q. v.) ;— '') w. adv. : tatba-*'

(q. V.) ;— •=) w. s.tbst. {cp. dliamma) :

atta-", mitta-", sottbi-", & likewise

with the verb attai, 8, sg. : atthi-"

('/. I'.) - klmracakka-" (= "that it

was") 24,6; yakkbini-", 21,2C (do.)

cp. hava-bhava (q. ».) 21,is; - *)«r.

pp. or grd. (which in English is ex-

pressed by a full sentence : *'that it

was . . .", or "that it ought to be") :

agata-o, gata-°, gahita-", bhinna-",

marita-o, vaficita-^ hattha-gata-";

chaddetabba-" (g. v.); - «) similarly

w, nom. actionis : avattharana-°, aga-

mana-", an-agamana-", gamana-",

nikkhamana-", marana-" (g. v.) cp,

tunhi-bbava & patu-bhava, w.; a-

bhava, m. & an-abhava-kata, mfn.

bbavana, /". (= sa.) ^) producing,

acquiring, mastering, developing (one's

own mental faculties), meditation; ace.

/N.-aiii (anuyunjati, "applies himself

to meditation") 97,9; loc. -^aya (atta-

nji bbavita-") 29,2; (rato mano) Dh.

301; — ^) veneration, respect, praise,

reputation ; ace. ->.aiii (asataiii, metri

causa bbavan') Dh. 73.

bhavita, mfn. (pp. fr. next; =sa.) produced, developed, cultivated,

practised; f, />.a (marana-sati) 86,so;

**-bhavanaya (pattirii, "the powers 1

have developed") 29,3; - bbavita-tta(/i), mfn. (sa. bhavitatman) one

who has trained himself (by medita-

tion); ace, rwanaiii, Dh. 106. cp.

a-bhavita, su-bhavita, mfn.

bhaveti (& bhavayati), vh. (cans.

bbavati; sa. bhavayati) to produce,

develop, cultivate, apply oneself to

(ace.) ;pr, 3. sg. ^eti (metri causa

bhavayati) Dh. 350 (asubharii); imp,

2. pi. (or pot, 3. sg. med.) ,>^etha

(mettam) 40,8; (marana-satim) 86,17;

pot. 3. sg. med, <>-etha (pandito) Dh.87; aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 86,25; inf. ^etuib,ib.

;ger. «^etva (brahma-vihare) 46,i5;

(bojjhafige) dlys;pp, bhavita, v, above \

bhavana, f, (q. v.).

bhilsati, vb. (sa, ^/bhash) to

speak, talk; to say, pronounce, recite

(ace); pr, 3. sg. ^ati, 22,3; Dh. 1-2(metrically = ^ati; Dh. 258; 2. sg.

-^asi (alikam) 97,31; part. m. o^mano,103,4; Dh. 19; imp. 2. sg. med, blia-

sassu, 98,20 ;pot. 3. sg. bhase (gatha

satam) Dh. 102 ; fut, 1, sg. ^issami

19B bhii

(gathaiii) 87,i; aor. 3. sg. abhasi,

13,30. 80,22; S. 5(7. med. abhasatha,105,33; pp. bhasita (q. v.) cp. next.

bhasa, f, {sa. bhashil) language(esp. vernacular), dialect; loc. >^aya(Sibala-**, in the Sinhalese language)

113,31 ; mula-bhasaya {abl. or instr.?)

114,38 (v. mula); sabba-bhasa, mfn.(v.h.).

bhasita, mfn, (pp. bhasati) said,

spoken; n. <^&m, 98,38; gen, .^.^assa

(attham) 90,3o. n. stibst. ^&m, speech,

word, Dh._363; 93,i8; cp, dubbha-sita, subhasita, mfn.

*bhiiiisanaka, mfn, (Jr. sa, bhi-

shana & bhishma) terrible; »». ,>.,o,

27,G (saddo); 80,2o (bhumicalo); n,

{siibst."?) ,>.-aiD, 81,3.

bhikkhati, vb. (sa, ^bhiksb,bhikshate) to beg, ask for, esp. to

beg alms (from, acc); pr. 3, sg. med.

~ate (pare, "others") 106,4 = Dh.266. cp. next etc.

bhikkha, f. (sa. bhiksha) the act

of begging alms; dat, ,-vaya (caranto)

29,31.

bbikkhu, m. (sa. bhikshu) a men-dicant, a Buddhist monk or priest;

nom. ^u, 79,8. 106;4 = Dh. 266;Uh. 75 (Buddhassa savako); acc.

^um, Dh. 362; instr. ^una, 79,8;

gen. /wuno, 79,i3; eka-bhikkhussa,

79,17; pi. nom. ^n, 29,28; /o.-avo,

109,16; voc. -N^ave, 29, 3o. 70,85; o./avo,

Dh. 243; acc, ^u, 66,21; instr, ^uhi,

79,15; — *''-vagga, m, title of Dhpd.ch. XXV; - o-sata, n. 79,33; "-sa-

hassa, n. 70,32 (q. v.); *'-samgha, m.

the congregation of Buddhist monks,the Buddhist brotherhood; gen. .^/assa,

72,27; instr, />^ena, 70,2i; loc, /%^e,

29,27; pi. n^&, 109,2.

bhikkhuni, f, (sa. bhikshuni) a

Buddhist nun; instr, /viya, 98,98.

bbimkara, m, (sa, bhrngSra) a

pitcher, bowl or vase (golden); instr,

/N.^ena (euvanna-**) 41,u.

bbijjati, vb. (pass, bhindati) to

be broken or wrecked; to be scattered

or dispersed; pr. 3, sg. <vati, 107,e

= Dh. 148; fut. 3. sg. -^issati (nava)

19,30 ; l.pl. o/issama (tattha tatth'eva)

11,8.

bhitti, f. (= 5a.) a wall; nom.r^\ (kannakita) 84,2o.

bhindapeti, v6. (cans. II. bhin-

dati) to cause to be broken (acc);

fut. 1. sg. .^.^essami (silaiii assa) 48,2c.

bhindati, vb.(sa. -^/hhid) to break,

cut asunder, destroy, disturb, violate

(acc); part, m, r^nnio (ghatam) 16,39;

(sotani) 27,5; pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (met-

tiifa) 53,9; aor. 5. s^. bhindi (navaii)

20,1; -^itum (ranfio vacanaiii, to diso-

bey) 40,s; (itthiya silaifa, to seduce)

48,28; -N.'itva, 10,i4 (hirottappam)

;

60,5. 58,23 (dvidha); pp. bhinna; grd.

bhejja; coms. II. bhindapeti (q, v,}

cp. bheda.

bhinna, mfn, (pp, bhindati; =50.) *) broken, destroyed, violated;

wrecked; n. i>^am (bhandarii) 30,i7;

f. /^a (nava) 20,33. 28,82; loc. ,>/aya

Tnavaya) 28,i6; bhinna-nava, mfn.(cp. sa. bhinnanau) shipwrecked; m.

pi, (N.-a, 21,0; gen. ->..anarii, 20,83. -') separate, different, deviating; *-r5pa,

mfn. id.; m. pi. ^a (acariya-vada,"the schismatic doctrines of old tea-

chers"?) 113,27.

bhiyyo, adv. (sa. bhiiyas; compar.

fr. bahu) *) more, still more; ^ cit-

taih pasidati, 103,bi; /^ nandati,

107,27 = Dh. 18; - «) once more,

again; 1^ opamraam karohi ("give

another illustration") 99,27. cp. next

& yebhuyyena.

bhiyyoso, adv. (sa. bhiiya^as)

still more; only in the comp. *bhiy-

yosomattaya (v. matta, /",, cp. buddh.

sa. bhuyasya matraya) in still higher

degree, 65,8.

bhi8akka,»i. (sa. bhishaj) a pby-

sioian; acc. <^am, 92,8. (As to the

form cp, sa. a-tvak-ka) cp. bhesajja.

bhisi, f. (sa. brs!) a cushion, roll,

pad; nom. n,,l, 104,80 (baddha hi •%/

susamkhata ; in this sentence bhisi

seems to be somewhat ambiguous;

could it also mean a sort of cushion,

13*

bhita 196

made of twisted grass, used instead

of a swimming-girdle? Faushell, SBE.X, (2) p. 4, translates it. by 'raft';

cp. SBE. XX, p. 16S. Note 3); inatr.

/N^iya, 104,31.

bhita, mfn. (pp, bhSyati; = sa.)

frightened, terrified (w. gen. or e. c.)

;

m. i^o (tasarii) 21,33; (raarana-bbaya-*")

8,2j; 75,17; tM. pi. o^a, 40,io; 17,8i

(niraya-bhaya-") ; bhita-tasita, m. pi.

dvandva comp. 27,s| "-puriso, 86,io

(asivisam disva rw),

b h i r u , mfn. (= sa.) timid, cowardly

;

S:tbst. f. bhirii, cowardice, 103,27 (cha-

ttlia [sena Marassa]). cp. bherava.

bhuiijati, «&. (sa. ^bhuj) to enjoy,

eat (ace, rarely instr.), to take a meal;

to swallow, devour {ace.);

pr. 3. sg.

r>^Si.ti (vina niariisena na ^) 6,i; Dh.

324; 3. pi. .N.-anti, 67,lo; part. gen.

tn, /^antaasa (sayamasam) 53,39; imp,

2. pi. ^atha (bhattaih) 21,5; pot. 3,

sg. ^eyya, 101,3. 107,3 = Dh. 308;

3. sg. tried. .>.'etha. Dh. 70; aor, 3.

sg, bliufiji, 41,10. 67,i5; 1. sg. bhuujiiii,

101,t; 3. j'l. a-bliunjisuiii, 111,34;

gcr, ») ))liutva, lo,!!.; *>) bhuiiiitva,

J}1,7 {khaditva .v); 57,is; 61,7 (blio-

janarii); 78,!9 (bhattaiiO; <=)bbuf!Jiya,

111,85; 2^P- bhutta (q. v.)\ grd, v,

bhojaniya; cans, bhojeti {q. v.) cp.

bliOga', bhojana.

bhutta, mfn. {pp. bhufijati; sa,

bhukta) *) enjoyed, eaten; m. pi. r^a,

(me kama) 45,5; m. /%.o (ayoRulo,"swallowed'') 107, i = Dh. 308; ^"-pa-

tarusa, mfn. {v. .'*.) ; — -) one who has

eaten; gen. sg. .^^assa {w, instr, su-

karamaddavena) 78.3t. '

*bhuttiivi()i), mfn, {fr. last) one

who has enjoyed or eaten (acc), whohas finished the meal; gen. m. rvvissa

(bhattaiii) 78,si; 83,i4.

bhutva, ger. v. bhufijati.

bhunima, ^) mfn. {sa. bhiiniya,

cp. bhauma) belonging to the earth.

— -) comp. =: bhtimi, f. (arisen through

bbumnii? or from the old loc, bbutnya,Jat. I, 507,13. V. 84,12, etc.); *bhum-rna-ttha, mfn. standing on the ground;

acc. m. pi. ^e, Dh. 28; - *bhum-

ma-ttharana, w., 'floor covering', a

carpet; /^aih, 84,i7. cp. bhuma.

bhusa', mfn. {sa. bhr5a)_ strong,

vehement, excessive ; m. pi. ~a (sota)

Dh. 339.

bhusa*, n, {sa. busa) cbaff; .N^am

(viya) 53,8iyatba r^am, 106,it =

Dh. 252.

bhiita, mfn. {pp. bhavati; = sa.)

') being, existing, real, true ; become,

happeasd ; «, .^^am, 9,89 {opp. a-bhii-

taiii, q. v.); 101,30. - ") siihst. m. n.

any living being; jfj/. m. -^a (sabbe)

80,23; n. .N^an:i, Dh. 131; loc. .>^esu,

Dh. 405. — ') e. c. being, being like

(sometimes almost pleonast.) : ^) *aga-

rika-", *anda-**, *andha-'', *tanu-",

^sariikara-*', mfn. {v. h.); *>) -i-bhuta:

V. tunbi-", *8amarigi-'', sammukhi-**,

siti-"; cp. yatha-bhiita ("-bhucca) &pahuta.

'bhilraa & "bhumaka. mfn. (only

c. c. =^ bbiimi, cp. sa. blmmikii &bbumma abovii) : satta-bhurauka, mfn.

{sa. sapta-bhuma. & "-bbuniika) hav-

ing 7 stories; n. ^am (geharii) 48, 3i.

bhiiini, f. (= sa.) ') the earth,

soil, ground; nam. •>^i (acala) 110,:;

acc. rs.im, 6,n; (otinna, gone on shore)

1 12,27; loc. rwiya (on the ground) 61,25.

83,10. 97,34; ^..iyaiii, 5,i2. 63, lo. 66,27

(katva); taniba-», 112,29 (3. v.);

"'"-cala, «>. {cp. sa. bhiiini-cala) an

earthquake; nom, n,o (niaba-") 80,i9.

— *) the fluor of a house; 84, 21; story

(of a house) v. bbuiiia. — *) a terri*

tory, country; v. "ariya-", *uyyana-",

paccantaA Suvanna-". - *) place;

*"-ran>aneyyaka, n. a delightful place,

Dh. 98 (q. v.); ukkara-", IS.si {q. v.);

"-bbaga, m, place, quarter, stall (of

a horse); loc. .^.e, 65,i9, - '') step,

stage; acc. ^irii (yatbaviditaiii, "stage

of knowledge") 69,23. [Burm. writing

bhumini; cjj.bbumina&bbuniaaftot'e.l

bhuri, ') mfn. {=^ sa.) mucli,

great (only at the beginning of comp.).— ^) f. knowledge, intelligence; nom.^i, Dh. 282 (yoga jayati); *0-8ara-

197 mamsa

khaya, hi, loss of knowledge, nom, r^o,

Dh. 282.

*bhu8ita, mfn. (pp. "bhuseti,

ybhush) adorned, decorated; f. ,>^a

(sabbabharana-*') 112,i,

bhejja, mfn, (grd. bhindati; sa.

bhedya) to be broken or destroyed

;

a-bhejja, mfn. 39,ia (q. v.).

blieda, m. (= sa.) breaking, de-

stroying, dissolving; 06/. -vS (kayassa),"when this body is dissolved", 7,iifl,

Dh. 140.

bhedana, «. (= sa.) = prec]uco. <N,arii (sarirassa) "injury of the

body", Dh. 138.

bherava, mfn. (fr. bhiru; sa.

bhairava) terrible; n. subst, horror,

terror; */^rava. «». a cry of horror;

ace. .%^aiii (ravanta) 86,19.

bheri, f. (= sa.) a drum, kettle-

drum; ace. ,>/im, 35,i3; (carapetva)

42,2, 102,26 (used generally by pro-

clamations); gen, ^iya, 36,is; "-tale,

35,21.

bhesajja, n. (sa, bhaishajya)

medicament, medicine; comp. gilana-

paccaya-", 97,8, cp, bhisakka.

bho, indecl, (sa. bhos) a vocative

particle, orig. voc. of bhavaiii (q. v.),

used in addressing one or more persons :

! Hallo ! I say, look here ! *) with

a foil. voc. bho pasana, 3,7 ; kirii bhopasana (vanarindu) 3,o-ii ; bho purisa,

23,34. 101,6; bho cora, 32,8i; bhoyakkha, 40,36; *) without voc. ehi bho,

24,3; aho vata bho, 42,i7; dhi-r-attbu

vata bho, 63, 13; upaddutam vata bho,

65,12; nahaiu bho gamam jbapemi,

101,7; ayam bho ko nu dipo, llO.si;

- bhovadi», v, below, cp, ambho &hambho.

b h g a ', «>. (= sa.) a curve, fold

;

ace. rvam (orato katva) 88,21, cp,

obhoga & bhogga.

bhoga', m, (= sa,) enjoyment,

use, advantage; wealth, riches, trea-

sures; pi, ^S, Dh. 855; gen, .vSnaih,

Dh. 139 ; «-tanha, f. "thirst for riches",

Dh, 355 (instr. /x^aya); yaso-bhoga-

•amappita, mfn. (q. v.).

*Bhoga-nagara, n. nom. pr, of

a town (from bhoga*, in the sense of

'serpent'); loc, ^e, 77, 15,

bhogga, mfn, (so. bhugna) bent,

crooked; gopanasi-bhogga-saina, mfn.

47,22 (q. v.).

bhojana, «. (= sa.) •) enjoying,

eating; *vikala-", eating at forbidden

times; abl. r^vi. 81,24 (cp. vikala). -*) a meal, food (esp. boiled rice); aco,

^aih, Dh. 70; 20,7 rdibba-"); 41,

»

(nfinaggarasa-'h 61,7 (vara-'); pana-bhojanaih, food and drink, Dh, 249;- *parififiSta-^ mfn, (q. v.),

bhojaniya, n, (sa. bhojaniya;grd. bbuiljati) soft food (as boiled

rice, gruel, soft cake, meat etc., opp.

khadaniya, q. v.); ace. (vaiii, 78,8;

kbadaniya-", 18,3o.

bhovadi/J, mfn. (= sa.) onewho addresses another person by 'bho'

(as non-Buddhists used to address Bud-dha; hence sometimes = a Brahman);m. ^i (bhovadi nama) Dh. 396. cp.

Tr. PiM. p. 70; differently Weber,Ind. Str. I, 181,

31.

m , ') by sandhi instead of m : vud-

dhitn anvaya, 2,i8; agacchantam eva,

2,31, etc, — ^) an old m (rii) is sometimes

preserved by sandhi, e, g, tunliim asi-

naiil, Dh. 227. - ^) inserted in cotnp. :

naga-m-asado, 77,3; okam-okato, Dh.

34; do. metri causa : bhumim-rama-neyyakam, Dh. 98; cp. annam-annarii.— *) inserted between two words (not

comp.) : jeyya-m-attanam, 107,4 =Dh. 103; apassi-m-uttinnapadam,111,17; idh'eva-m-eso, Dh. 247;

Bammati-m-eva, Dh.390; cp.saSgara,

Dh. 412 (Tr. PM. 82). - ») m', ah-

breviation of me = mama, 112,so.

[Windisch, Ber. d. stlchs. Ges. 1898,

p. 228.]

mamsa, n. (sa. mamsa) flesh,

meat; nom. cwam, 82,i = 97,so; ace.

makara 198

«vam, 1,7 (hadaya-"); 16,t (sarira-'V,

instr. /v8Da, 6,1; liS.u (macoha-");loc. r^e, (hadaya-') l,e; - *mam8a-sula, n. (& m. tL spit with roasted meat,

or 'a bit of rohBted moat' (cp. sa,

^ulya-ma rasa, n. ; Morris, JPT8. '84,9i)

;

n. pi. ^ani, 14,29; m. pi. ,>,ai 16,2o;

ace. m. pi. ^e, 14,32; - maihsa-loliita-,

flesh and blood, Dh. 150 {v. lepana).

makara, w. (= sa.) a certuin sea

monster or fabulous fish (dolphin,

sword-fish ; corresponding to the Ca-

pricorn of the zodiac); nom, 0^0, 20,i;

instr. pi. ^ehi (biiinna nava) 20,83.

makasa, m. (sa. maQaka) a mos-

quito, gnat, fly; "andliaka-", m.

(9. t;.).

makkata, m. (sa, marknta) a

monkey; nom ^0, 14, 10,

makkataka, ni. [sa. inarkataka)

a spider; nom. ^0. Dh. 347.

makkha, m, (sa. mraksha & mak-slia) hypocrisy, dissimulation; nom,

^0, 103,28. Dh. 150. 407.

makkhika, f. (sa. makshika) a

fly; ace. f^am, 68,33; nimmakkhika,nifn. (q. v.).

makkhita, mfn, (pp. fr. next;

SI. mrakshila) smeared (with instr,

or e. c); n. o^am (lohita-", mukham)12,21 ; m.pl, /%^a (asucina) 62,2fi, opp.

a-makkbito, 62,20; instr. ,N.ehi (kad-

daina-", "mud-stained") 71,29.

makkheti, vb, (cans, |/mraksh)

to besmear (ace.) with (instr.); ger.

xwetvu (mukbam inattJKaya) 88,32;

pp. makkhita, v. aiove; cp. makkha.""MakhSdeva, m, ncfm, pr, of a

king; ^0 (laj;?. Mithilayam) 44,i9;

voc. r^a, 44,31 ; "-amba-vana (& -va-

nuyyana), 45,7-u {q. v.).

magga, m. (rarsly «.) (sa. marga)*) track, roao, way ; nom. ^o (gamana-".

Way to go or encape) 3,u; ace. ^arfa

(agacclianto, "on the way") 28,12;

S2,6; (acikkhitva) 63,3*;' (tiriisa-

yojana-'* agato) 87,i9; (Jetavana-")

73,15; instr, r^entx (aiiuena, "by

another way") 12,so; abl. rs.,si (uyviihi,

"make way") 44,3; toc, r^e, 33, is;

(sakata-o, "carriagcroad") 43,i8; (ga-

mana-") 60,t; gen. pi. ^auam (me-

tri causa maggan') Dh. 273 ; - mah5-",

m. a highroad; iMS^r. /%/ena, 34,4. 43,i4;

loc. >^e, 34,5; - hatthi-°, m. an ele-

phant track, 35,n. - ^) in the dogma-

tics : the path or way (leading to

emancipation from the misery of exi-

stence; nom. ^0 (ariyo atthafigiko,

"the holy eightfold path") 67,3, etc.;

^0 visuddhiya. "the way that leads

to purity", 107,12 = Dh. 277 (cp.

Visuddhi-magga); ace. r^&ni (nibba-

naganianara) Dh. 289; loc. ^e (the

fourth link of the series : Buddha,

dhamma, sariigha, etc., cp. patipada)

79,18; dvandva comp. "-pbala-nibba-

nani, 97, 10; "-vaggn, m. title of Dhpd,ch. XX; santi-maggam (ace) "the

path of peace", Dh. 285. cp. next.

*maggamagga, m. (sg. or eomp.)

'various paths', the various parts of

'the path' (or the best of paths?):

gen. ^assa (kovidaiii) Dh. 403. \cp.

phalaphala; 1 think that Trenckner,

PM. p. 74, is right in tracing this

sort of dvandva comp, "to a drawing

together of phrases like gama gamari),

duina dumaiii"; by the commentariesit is generally explained by magga 4"

a-magga, "the right way and the

wrong", SEE. X p. 93.]

Maghavai (or -va«V) »«. (^= sa.)

the chief of the gods, Sakka or Indra;

nom. rwva (devanam) Dh. 30.

mariiku, mfn. (:= sa.) dejected,

despondent, dispirited; m, yo o.u

bhavati (w, loc.) Dh. 249. (cp. ga.

manyu, »«.; Dhpd. (1855^ p. 375.)

maSgala, n. (= sa.) a festival

or solemn ceremony (comp. == any-

thing auspicious or solemn); ace, ovarii

(karesi) 58,3o; avaha-", n. (q. v.);

*kata-mafigala-sakkara, mfn, (q. v.);

*maiigalas3a, «i. a state horse, 24,29;

*"-sindliava, wi. id. 63,5 (q. v.);

"•"-ratha, «(., a state chariot, 26, r,

*°-sala-vana, n., a pleasure- grove of

Sal-trees, 62,io; *"-hatthiH, »»., a state

elephant; 24,2o. cp. a-mangala, mfn.

199 mannati

mafipura, »i. (sa. madgura &maiigura) a kind of fish; *''-cchavi,

»>(/«. having the colour of that fish

(yellow?), 92,13.

macca, m. (sa. martya) mortal,

a man, person; ace. ,>^am, Dh, 141;instr. ,^ena, Dh. 53 ;

gen. pi. /^anaih(nietri causa ^ana) Dh. 182.

maccu, m. (sa. mrtyu) ') death;

gen. o,uno, Dh. 21. - *) Death per-

sonified, the king of death (= Mara,q. v.); nom. ^u, Dh. 47 == 287;*-raja()i), mi. (sa. mrtyu-raj) id.; ace.

(N-vajanarii, 44,29; gen, /vrajassa,

Dh. 46; - *°-dheyya, n. the dominionof death, the world of death (i. e.

sarasara) Dh. 86 (^aih suduttaraih).

{cp, Windisch, Mara, p. 186.)

mace ha, m. [sa. matsya) a fish;

ace. o.am (kana-maha-") 4,i5; (eka-")

4,8:.; gen. />^a8sa. Bl,3i; pi. ^a, 4,i;

ace. -vC, 4,1 ; 14,23 (rohita-°); gen.

/vSnarii. 4,io; *kliina-'', mfn. (q, v.);

•"-galiana, n. catching fish, /^niya-

mena, 25,85 (v. niyama); "-gandha& "-mariisa, m, (q. v.).

niacchaka, m. (sa. matsyaka) a

little fish; ace. pi. /^e (sabba-°, all

the poor fishes?) 4,24.

niacchariM, mfn. (sa. matsarin)stingy, niggardly; m, /^i, Dh. 262.

raacchera, n. (sa. matsarya)stinginess, niggardliness; .>/aril, Dh,

242.

majja, n. (sa. madya) spirituous

liquor, any intoxicating drink (ep, sura,

meraya); ace. /vaih, 97,u; sura-me-

raya-°, 81, as.

majjati, vb. (sa. -y/mad) to be

drunk or mad ; aor, 2. sg, mado (ma)

77,5) pp. matta (q. v.) ep. pamajjati.

majjha, n. (sa. madhya, mfn.)') the middle, centre, the interior of

anything; ace. r^am (janapada-")

39,18; instr. adv. /^/ena, midway,

96,17 (ubbo ante anupagamma) ; Iqc,

adv. majjbe, in the middle (of, gen.

or e. c.) : ^ thite mige, 6,8; n^ katva,

6,10 ; Of janapadam banapesi, 39,i;

pure ca paccna ca >v ca, Dh. 421;

ma -%.- bhango ahosi, 83,ii; sakuna-naiii f^, 10,12; sayanassa -n/, 47,2r.;

eomp. agara-", 46,i8; nadi-", 2,S2;

nagara-", 60,23; parisa-", 10,ai (etc.

V. parisa); mahajana-", 61,io; lekha-**,

59,7; sakuna-samgha-", 10,i8; samud-da-o, 28,io'. Dh. 127 ; - 2) the middleof the body, waist; v. su-majjha, mfn,— cp, vemajjha, next etc.

*majjhantika, m. (sa. *madhy-antika; probably transformation of

sa. madhyamdina or madhyahna)midday, noon; "-samayam, uqc. "in

the middle of the day", 97,34; "-suriyo

viya, "like the sun at midday", 26,4

(ep. Tr. PM. 75,i6.)

majjhima, mfn. (sa. madhyama)being in the middle, middlemost, in-

termediate, central; m). ^0 (puriso,

"of the middle height") 92,i3; f. />^a

(patipada, q. v. cp. Windisch, Mfira,

p. 303) 66,28; loc. m. r^e (yame, "in

the middle watch") 99,so; comp. "-tan-

dula, m. (v. /».); °-tapasa, m. tlie

second brother, 36, 14; *''-desa, m.

(sa. madhyadepa) the midland; also

nom. pr. of the midland country be-

tween Himalaya & Vindhya; loc. ,^e,

91,18,

Majjhi ma-nikaya, m. nom. pr.

of a Pali work, the second of the five

Nikayas (q. v.); nom. ^0, 102,i.');

specimens thereof : 92,1—95,33; com.mentary : Papanca-siidani (q. v.).

manoa, m. (=sa.) a bed, bedstead;

nom. ^0, 84,11 ; aec. r^&m (hettha-**,

under the bed) 83,t8; loc. -x-amhi

fparinibbana-") UO,i»; - *"*-patipa-

aaka, w». (v. h.).

mancaka, m. (= sa.) a bed pr

couch; a bier, litter; aec. <%/aih, 73,26;

loc. ^e (khuddaka-") 42,i.

manju, mfn. (= sa.) beautiful,

lovely; *°-bhani«, »m/"«. lovely-voiced;

gen. m. ix/ino (sikhino) I8,s2.

mafinati, v&. (sa.-\/maa) to think,

reflect; to suppose, imagine; to believe,

conBider; to know, understand (ace);

pr. 3. sg. fs/ati (balyam. *'kD0W8 his

fooliBbness") Dh. 63; S. sg. ^asi.

mBDoita 200

69,84. 94,19 (tam kirh .>.); pr> 1. sg,

tned, maniie («. below); part. m. med,

manAanmno, 44,3o*, imp. 3. pi, <vantii,

Db. 74; pp. mata (q. v.) cp. niafifiita,

maiineti; munati; mati, manas, etc.

*mannita, is (?) {fr. mafliiati)

imagining; gen. .'A. r^anam (sabba-")

94,11.

laafine, indccl. {prig, pr, 1, sg.

med. manfiati; aa. manye) certainly,

to be sure; as it were; I think, sup*

pjse, or dare say (sometimes ironi-

ciilly) ; 3,25. 5,7. 38,58. 56,u-3o. 67,si.

*manneti, vh. (rarely instead of

mafliiati, perhaps arisen through in-

fluence by maniie, v. above) to think,

iijiBgine, ctc>\ aor. 2. sg. «^esi, 50,33.

mani, m. {-= sa.) a preciouB stone,

!?em, je.ve!; acc. ^\m, Dh. 161; nila-°

& indanila-", m. sapphire, 26,83. 28,29;

- '-kundaln, n. jjI. (dvandva) q, v.;

- ''-kkhandha, nt. a large gem, acc.

o-aifa, 36,23; <7t;«.~assa, 35,3i; *''-gula,

m. jewel, pearl, 5,26. 18,t; — **'-tala-

Vanta, n. {v. tala); - "-ratana, «. a

most excellent jewel, 62,30 {cp. ratana)

;

- """-vanna-giva, mfn. v. giva; -*"'-viman8, «. {q. v.); — "-sara, «i.

= mani-ratana, 24,2o ("-adini).

man da, m, n. {= sa.) scum,

cream, essence {",. c. implying 'choi-

ceness'); '''Bodhi-*', the terrace of the

Bo-tree, 113,2 (contracted of man-dira?).

mandana, n. (= sa.) ornament,

decoration; "-vibhiisana-, 81,25.

mandala, n. (= sa.) a circle,

disk {esp, the orb of the sun or the

moon); nom. ^aifa, 32,3i (canda-");

loc. r^e, (do.) 16,u,; apSna-", juta-"

{q. V.) cp. ti-mandala, pari-mandala.

*mandu, *»•{?) name of a certain

plant (perhaps shortened from man-duka = sa. manduka); "-kantakena,with a niandu thorn, 37,5.

tn and its, mfn. {pp. mattdeti)

udorned, dressed , "'pasadhita, mfn,

41,0 {q. v.).

niandeti, vh. (sa. ymand, cans,

mandayati) to adorn, decorate (acc);

ger. ,>,et\&, 16,»«; pp, mandita {q. v.)

cp. mandana.mataS mfn. (pp. roafinati, = sa.)

thought, imagined; known, underitood;

honoured, esteemed; subst, n. opinion,

view, doctrine, belief; acc, r^nm (sa-

kam, otaresi) 113,i«; Pataiiiali-" {q,

v.)\ Sambuddha-mata-kovida, mfn.

114,18 {v. kovida).

mata*, mfn. {pp. marati; sa. mrto)

dead; m. ^o, 34,5. 36,*; pi. ^S. (bha-

vissanti) 21, ii; acc. f. rvarii, 89,9;

comp, "-manussam. 40,3i; n. subst.

rwam, death, 7,34. 103,34 (oiJ/^.jivitaih);

cp, a-mata. an-amatagga & next.

mataka, mfn. {sa. mrtaka) dead;

»(. a dead man; *''-bhatta, n. a fenst

for the dead; acC, />,aril (dassami)

16,23.

*matatta, n. {sa. *nirtatva) the

being dead; abl. /^.a (ir.atapitunnaiii)

"as my parents are dead", 31, is.

mati, f. (= sa.) understanding,

knowledge, intellect; malia-", mfn.eminently wise, w. o/i, 114,3; dum-raati, m{fn). {q. v); *vajja-mati, mfn,

{q. v.).

matima/, mfn. {= sa.) wise, in-

telligent; instr. m. ^mata (metri

causa : mati-") 113,28.

matta', mfn. {pp. majjati; =^sa.)overjoyed, drunken, mad, furious; m.

rvO (vedana-") 24,7; acc. m. pi. ^efasure), 59,25; gen. f. pi. ,>^anaiu

(uttama-yobbana-vilasa-") 47, is; "-va-

rana, m, a rut elephant, acc. pi. /%.e,

39,9; "-vara-varana, m. "a royal ele-

phant in his pride", 46, 31.

matta*, n. {sa. matra; only e. rt.

= matta, q. v.) measure, quantity (e.

c. the exact measure, a small quantity,

as much as, only, mere, etc.) : ') subst.

n. ammana-mattena, instr. in a mea-sure of an amniana {q. v.) 65,20 ; —nama-mattaiii, a mere name, 97,3; -»

pali-mattarii, the text only, I13,a6; -manusa-matte, toe. abs., a mere mor«tal, 19,3o; - lomakiipa-mattam pi . .

.

na, not even a pore of the skin, 16,io;- vidatthi-mattara, as much as one

201 madhura

vidatthi (q.v.); 87, ii; - (na) silab-

bata-mattena, instr. ("not) only bydiscipline and vows", Dh. 271; — *)

mfn, of that measure or number,as large as, just large enough :

b)

atthusabha-matta {v. attha ') ; addha-niilika-matta (v. addha); anu-matta(q.v,)\ catusa^thi-matta (q. v.); bi-

laranisakkana-matta («. bijara); yo-

.iana-matta (q. v.); sabassa-matta

(q. v.); - *>) comp. w, a past part.,

in EngliBh often translated by a sub-

ordinate (temporaH clause ; an-ok-

kanta-matta, (v. OKkamati); agata-

matta, at one's arrival, 33,28; (mukhe)thapita-matta {v. ^hapita); thita-

mattam eva (ace, w. prec. gcr. bha-

ttaiii otaretva, instantly after he had

put it on the ground, cp. ^hita & tba-

pita) 33,33; visattha-matta (g. «.);

vutta-matta, when thus addressed, iu

conformity to the command : m. 1^0

(Sakkena) 110,28; f. ~a, 111, 30. -cp. *appa-mattaka (mfn.) next etc,

*mattaflfiu, 7)ifn. (sa. *matra-jiia) moderate; ace, m. ->/um (bhoja-

namhi, moderate in his food) Dh. 8.

*a-mattaiifiu, mfn, {q, v,),

*mattafinuta, f. (fr. last) mo-deration; nom, rs^a, (bhattasmim) Dh,

185.

matta, f. (sa. matra) = niatta*;

*'*-sukha, n. a small pleasure, ace.

-^aih, Dh. 290; "-sukha-pariccaga,

by leaving a small pleasure; ib. ;—

pasada-", f. (q.v.); - *bhiyyoso-

mattaya (instr, adv.) 65,8 (v, bhiy-

yoso).

mattika, f. (sa. mrttika) earth,

clay; r^a (temetabba; "the face was

besmeared with moistened clay in order

to protect it from the heat", SBE.XIII, 167) 83,28; instr. ^ay&, 83,8i.

*inatti-8ambhava,tn/'M.of(good)

maternal extraction; aco, ^^aib, Dh,

396. ('matti' nay either be another

form of mStu- (v. mStar) or ood>

tracted of mattika, mfn, (aa, mStrka)maternal.)

matteyyatS, f, (fr, matar

through *matteyya, mfn. who loves

his mother) the state of a mother,

motherhood; >x^a (sukba) Dh. 332.

(ep. petteyyata).

mattbaka, m. (sa. mastaka) ')

the head, skull; ace. /^.^aifa, 3,2i. 24,i;

loc. ^e, 66,30 etc.; "-majjhe, 41, 17.

— *) the upper part of anything, sur-

face, top, end (mostly c. c); instr,

matthaka-matthakena (samuddassa,along the crests of the ocean) 60,&;

Himavanta-", over the H., 36,6; loc.

^e (ito tiiinarb samvacoharanam,after 3 years) 87,8; ito saihvacchara-",

33,14.

matthalufiga, n. (sa. mastu-'*

& mastaka-luiiga) th6 brain; matthake/N.^aiii, 82,6 = 97,23,

mathita, mfn. (=sa.pp. y'matb)

churned; shaken, agitated; n. subst.

agitation; gen. pi, »wiinam (sabba-**)

94,11.

ma do, aor. 2. sg., v. majjati.

maddati, vh. (sa. \/mrd) to tread

upon, crush, trample (acc); part. m.

^anto (pa^bavim) 28,u; ger. ~itva

(tini pi ekato) 67,28; (valika) 97,35.

maddava, mfn. (?) (sa. niardava,

M.) soft, putrid, withered; n. pi. rs^diViX

(puppbani) Dh. 377; - suhst. n. 'soft-

ness, mildness'; comp. *8ukara-mad-

dava, n. a kind of meat, generally

transl. by "hog's flesh (lard or bacon)",

"a dried boar's flesh" (Bhys Davids),

but Neumann (in his German transla-

tion of MN. p. XX-XXI) is perhaps

right in translating it by "Eberlust,

eine essbare Pilzart" (cp. Fr. Zimmer-

mann, Buddhistischer ' Katecbismus,

p. 26 ff. ; "in this case probably con-

nected with Y^mrd"?) nom. >^am,

78,11-w; j«s<r./>^ena(vyadhi ppaba^ba

udapadi Satthuno) 78,8i.

madhu, n. (== sa.) honey; comp,

*o-cati, A & '-patala, n. (3. v.)\

"O-bindu, n. a drop of honey, 58,i8;

dvandva^eomp, <>-phanita>", 53,iT-so;

"-iSja-", 18,«t; sappi-", 61,96. ep. ma-dbuvfi.

madhura, mfn, (= sa.) iweet;

madhuVB 202

pleasant, channinfc ace. m. n. /x/atfa

(pamsum) 38,s; (hhasitam) Dh. 363

;

(varadhammaih) 87,9; f.pl. <N^a, 52,7;

n. pi. ^^&m (phalanj) 37,8; comp.

"-gita-sadda, m. sound of sweet song,

23,33; "-phalanain, ^en. pi. sweet

fruit, 1,16; *-phala, mfn. bearing sweet

fruit, m. ^0 (ambo) 37,89; "-rasa,

tn. sweetness, 38,4; "-ssara. m. sweet

voice, instr. /N^ena. 6,8o {cp. sara).

a-madhura, mfn. (q. v.).

madhuva, adv. {sa. madhu-vat)like honey; Dh. 69,

inaaa(s), n. {sa. nianas) *) the

mind, the internal organ or mental

powers in general (often esp, from a

moral point of view) ; ') in the psycho-

logy : the faculty of thought or organ

of thought, considered as the sixth

organ of sense (cj). ayatana), whoseobjects are dhamma (v. dhamma*)

;

tjo.-n. *) mano (sometimeb masc. gene-

ris and considered as a-stem) 70,32

(aditto); Dh. 116; Dh. 300-01 (rato);'^) manarii (sar.ta'Ii, declined like a-

stems) Dh. 93; instr. nianasa, Dh.1-2. 233. 281; manasakasi, v. next;

gen. mans so, }3h. S90; loc. *) manasi,

V. mxt\ ^) nianasnim, 71,n; — cotnp.

mrno-^ v. below, cp. manapa, nia-

nuoiia; e. c. **-niana & "-manas, v.

atta-", dummana (domanassa), su-

mana (somanasso); pa^ibaddha-",

vyasatta-'*, saiiisanna - sariikappa-",

»i/«,; hiriisa-^ n. (a. v.) i?^. " niana-

sa, mfn.

manasi-karoti, vh. (sa. mana-si-kr) to bear in the rnind, tjiink over,

meditate upon, remember (ace); aor.

3. sg. manasakasi (contraction of

manasi akasi) 66,6 (paticcasamuppa-

dam); get: manasikatva (sc. d ham-mam) 71,53.

*manapa, nifn. (sa. *mana-apa)'gaining the mind', pleasant, charming;

f. <-wa (gopi) 104,33; gen. n. ^assa(tinassa) 62,3; "-ssavana, mfn. flowing

with pleasure (cp, savana); m. pi.

^ri (sota) Dh. 339.

manuja, m. (= sa.) a man; gen.

.^assa, 107,»9; pt. /^a, 74,». 110,s».

cp. manussa.manufina, mfn, (sa. manojna)

'agreeable to the mind', pleasing, lovely,

beautiful; n. (adv.) ~aiii (rudam)

10,19.

manussa, m. (sa. manushya) a

man, human being; pL men, beings;

pi. nom. i^S., 6,3. 26,i6; ace. >^e, 21,3;

gen. <x/anari), 6,i; loc, ^.-esu, 7,i3.

102,2a; - comp. "-satani (satta) 27, is;

sassa-karake-**, arakkha-", (q. v.);

*manussava8a, m. (v. avasa); *"-gha-

taka, m(fn). a manslayer; nom. /^o

(hatthi) 76,9; "-patilabha, m. ob-

taining birth as a human being, Dh.

182; **'-bhuta, mfn. being a man (o:

enjoying the benefit of having been

born among men) m. «^o, 41,38; *''-vasa,

m. abode of men, ace. -warn, 21,2;

*''-santbana, mfn. of human form or

figure, 85,21 ; **-samana-sarira, mfn.with body like men, 25,33; cp. a-ma-nussa, manusa & next.

manussatta, n. (sa. manushya-tva) manhood, the state or condition

of man; nom. fs^&m (dullabha-", q. v.)

22,15.

*mano-duccarita. n. the sins

of the mind, Dh. 233.

*mano-pakopa, m. anger of the

mind, Dh. 233.

*mano-pub ban gam a, »«/«. 'hav-

ing the mind (or thought) going be-

fore', resulting from mind; m. pi. ,^a(dhamma), Dh. 1.

*mano-maya, mfn. consisting of

mind (or thought), spiritual; m. pi.

.-^a (dhamma) Dh. 1.

*Manoratha-purani, f. 'ful-

filling desires', nom.pr. of a Pali book,

being the Comm. on Anguttara Nikaya;specimen thereof : 9 1, 13-33.

man Oram a, mfn. (== sa.) plea-

sant, beautiful; n. f^&m (padumam)Dh. 68; siibst. n. a comfortable abode,

15,2.^; cp. ati-manorama.*mano-vinnana, n. 'conscious-

ness of mind', the thinking faculty,

70,33.

203 marati

*mano-sampha8sa, wi. 'contact

of mind', perception through the sense

of thought, 70,33 ; "-vinuanayatana,the sense of thought, 72,5 (cj). aya-tana).

Manosila, f. (sa. raana/i-(jila,

'red arsenic') nom. pr. of a place in

Himavanta near the Anotatta lake;

«-tale (loc) "on the M. table-land",

61,11.

*mano-susamvuta, mfn. "well

restrained in mind"; «». ^o, Dh. 281(cp. manasa saiiivuto, Dh. 233).

*mano-8etthfti «>/"» having mindfor the best or essential part; m, pi,

^iT (dhamma) Dh. 1.

mano-hara, m/Vt. (=sa.) 'seizing

the mind', ravishing, fascinating, char-

ming; n. ovarii (rupam) 111,98,

manta, wi. (sa. mantra) •) delibe-

ration, counsel; ) a sacred text, a

mystical verse, charm, spell; nom, rvO,

32,2; 53,11 (anaggha-°); aco, r^&m,ib.; instr. ^ena, 55, is; pi. »./&, Dh.

241 ;janana-". a spell of knowledge,

53, 3g; 53,14 (sabba-ruta-") ; "-lobhena,

through greed for the charm, 55,is;

jati-mantupapanna, mfn, v. upapanna

;

^) knowledge, doctrine, wisdom (also

f. manta) : nom, ^o, 113,)0 (Bud-dha-") ; cp. next etc.

*niantajjhayaka, m(fn), versed

in mystic knowledge (the Vedas); comp.

'-brahinano, 17, b (probably fr. manta

+ jhayaka, v. jhayati").

*mantatthiH, mfn. desirous of

knowledge; m. /^i, 113,18.

*mantabhiini«, mfn. speaking

wisely; m. /^i, Dh, 363 (manta vuc-

cati panfia, Comm., cp. manta').

manteti, vb. (sa. Y'mantr^ to con-

sult, deliberate, discuss (ace); part,

m. pi. ~enta; aor, 3. pi. /x/ayimsu,

11,32. 72,30.

man da, mfn. (= «o.) *) slow;

scarce, small (of quantity); »». ^0(gocara) 4,5; n. »,&m (udakam) 3,3s;

n. p2. ^ani (sitthani) 66,s8; ') weak,

tender; f. /va, 28,8; m. /v>o, 99,4; ')

fool, stupid; m. fs/O, Db. 325. cp. next.

mandakkhi, adj. f. (sa. man-daksha, mfn.) looking with softness,

tenderness, or bashfulness, languishing

or bashful (?), 20,27. cp. akkhi.

mama, (?c«. pro«. l.pers., v, ahaiii;

cp, next etc.

mamayati, vb. (denom. fr. prec,\

sa. mamayate) to treat anything as

if it were one's own property, to love,

fondle, to be attached or devoted to;

pp. *raamayita, being one's own, be-

loved, dear; n. sg, & pi. one's ownproperty, beloved or desired objects;

yassa n'attbi 'witaih (w. loc, nama*rupasmiiii, "who has no desire at all

for name and form", free from selfish*

ness) Dh. 367; cp, 8n. v. 119.

•mamirakara, m. (fr. *mami-kara; cp. niraiiikaroti = nirakaroti,

sa, mama-kara) the false view that

anything belongs to one's self; sabba-

ahimkara-°, 94,u (comm. = tanha).

cp. ahimkara.

"maya, mfn. (= sa.) only e. c.

= made of, consisting of; v. amha-'*,

indanilamani-", kattha-", munja-**,

rajata-", vaddba-**, suvanna-" & so-

vanna-".

mayura, m, (== sa.) a peacock;

"-raja//, m, an excellent or magnificent

peacock, ace, ,>/anam, 18, it. cp. mora,mar an a, n. (= sa.) the act of

dying, death; nom. ace. r^&m, 67,9.

103,5; 6,22. 7,10. instr. rwena, 70,89;

gen. .%.-a6sa, 103,0; all. ^a, 17, is;

/N^ato, 87,32; comp. ""'-kale, 89,i3;

""-dukkba, n. 7,9; marananta, mfn..

(= sa.) ending in death, 107,8; """-pa-

riyosana, mfn. id. 86, le; "-bhaya, n,

the fear of death, "-tajjita, mfn. 6,u;

"-bhita, mfn. 27, is; "-bbava, m. (q.

v.); "'"-sati, f. thinking of death, call-

ing to one's mind that death is inevi-

table, 86,17-18; dvandva comp. jaxa.-'^,

66,io; jati-", 105,26; vyadbi-", i08,22;

cp. param-marana, adv. (q. v.).

marati (& miyati (miyyati)

q. v.), vb. (sa. y/vax) to die; part. m.

instr. marantena, 49,s7; m. pi. «%^anta

5,11 ;pot, 2, sg, f%>eyyasi, 63,i5; aor.

tnaricl 204

3. sg. tnari^ 9,8. 24,)it; 3. pi. /s^imsu,

16,5; fut. 1. ig. niarissami, 88,«8;

1. pi. />^is8ama, r),it; pp. mata, mfn.(q. v.): fjrd. niuritabba, n. ^&m(maya) 86,i6; Ice. ^e (sati) tj,»4! cp.

macca, maccu, raarapa; caus. mareti{cp. Miira, marana) & marapeti, q. v.

marici & inaricika, f. (= sa.)

a mirage, vapour like a surface of

water, often uppearinf; iu deserts; ace.

-^ikaifa, Dh. 170; **'-dhainma, mfn.like a mirage; ace. m. ^am, Dh. 46.

maruva, f. (Birm. reading : mu-ruva, sa. murva) a sort of herap, from

which bowstrings are made; gen.

o-aya, 92,i7.

maru, wi. pi. (sa. marutas) gods,

deities (= devata), 114, is.

mala, n. (= sa.) dirt, impurity;

spot, tniiit; fault, sio; nom, ace. ^aih,

106,10 = Dh. 240; Dh. 239. 241. 242(mal'itthiyS); 243; abl. rvS (mala-

taraiii) Dh. 243 1 conip. nianusa-",

61,18; ""niddhanta-", mfn. (q, v.);

*vunta-'', mfn. free from impurity,

Dh. 261; vita-", mfn. id. 68,2e; *a-

sajjliaya-", mfn. whose fault is non-

repetition, m. pi. ^a (mania) Dh.241 ; *an-utthana-*', mfn. (v. h.) cp,

nim-mala, mfn.; Mala-vagga, m. the

title of Dh. XVIII.*m ul a t ar a, »i/'w. (cowjoar. of mala)

more impure; «. /s^arb) a greater or

worse taint, Dh, 243.

mallaka, »». (= sa.) an earthen

vessel or bowl; nom, »^o (kheja-", q.

V.) 84,16.

*\!allika, »«. nom. pr. ojf a king;

nom. ~o (Kosalaraja) 43, ib; °-ranno,

gen, 43,!o; "-mabaraja, 43,i9.

laallika, f. (= sa.) JasminumZaaibac; comp. suroaca-mallikadlnam

pupphanam, 66,»e; tagara-", Dh. 64

(q. v.).

mahaggha, mfn, (sa. mahargna)of great pricfn; n. -vaifa, 25,5 (cp.

aggha).

inahagghasa, m. (sa. tnaha-

ghasa) a great eater, Dh> 325.

mahaddhana, mfn. (sa. maha-

dhana) having much money, carrying

much wealth ; m. n^o (vanijo) Dh. 123.

mahai, mfn, (= sa) great, large,

high, numerous, important, eminent,

etc.; w. maha, 3,4. 37,i. 55,i9. 95,2i.

112,15, etc.; (ace. mahantarii); n. nom.

ace. mahantam, 2,8. 5,29. 17,i7. 71,28;

f. nom. mahati, 2,i2. 101,2o; instr.

m. mahata, 70,8i; f mahatiya, 74,i7;

gen. m. n. mahato, I0,i4; the strong

stem mahanta is also used in nom.

m. and sometimes in the weak cases :

nom. m. mahanto, 4,6. 99,5; instr.

mahantena, 7,5; loc. mahante, 10,?;

mahantamhi, 110,8o; at 75,35 mahan-

tam seems to be acc. f. (silaiil); cp,

ati-mahanta, kiva-mahanta & compar,

mahantatara, »i. ^o, 74,i5. - At the

beginning of comp. we generally find

maha (v, below), whose a in most

oases is contracted witii a foil, vowel

(or elided, v. mahanubliava, maha-raha, mahiddhika, mahesi, mahoglia,

etc., cp, mahaggha), but sometimes

the a is shortened before a doubled

consonant (v. mahagghasa, mahad-dhana, mahapphala); cp. mahallaka,

mfn.mahanta & mahantatara, >«/"«.,

V, maha^mahapphala, mfn. (sa, maha-

phala) bearing much fruit, bringing

great reward; fi. -^aiil, 14, is. Dh.

312. 366.

mahallaka, mfn. (= sa.) old;

grown, adult; elder (of two); m. -vO,

45,4. 74,81 ; 65,81 ;gen, f^&saa, 43,s7;

f, /x^ika, an old woman, 46,2s. 67,9.

maha-°, mfn. =^ maha^ at the

beginning of comp. '. "-uposatha-divasa,

m. 22,80 (q. v.) ; "-gani*/, m. 109, i7

(q. v.); "-jana, m. (q. v.); Mala, n.

a royal hall, ace. ovarii, 39,29. 65, lo;

loc. ^c, 39,26. 53,17; "-thera, m.

109,11. 113,8 (q.v.); "-dana, n, 61,6

(q. v.); "-nadi, f. 35, ts, etc. (q. v.)\

**-naaa, m, 6,i8 (q, v.); "-nava, f.

28,27 (q. t).); "-nasa, «», 34,i8 (q. v.);

"-pafma, mfn. very wise, of profound

knowledge, m. />^o, 113,9 (cp. paiina);

205 Mahinda

"-patha, wi. Dli. 68 (q.v.); O-bhaya,

«)/"n._ awful, »H, ^0 (saddo) 27,6;

"-bhumicala, »n. 80,i9 (v. bhumi);o-magga, »i. 34,4 {q. v.); "-maccba,m. 4,15 (kana-", q. v.); "-mati, mfn.very clever, eminently wise, 114,3;

*-niuni, »». the great sage, i, e, Bud-dha, 105,24. llO,2o; "-megha, m. 106,2i

{q, v.)'/-yogSa, M. 58,19 {q. v.); O-yo-

dlia, »«. 39,13 {q. v.); - o-rava, »i,

60,8 (q, v.)\ °-varaba, hi. Dh, 325(q. v.)\ o-virava, hi. 40,si (q. v.);

*-sadda, »». 16,3a (q. v.) ; "-sainudda,

11/. 10,27. 95,13 (3. V.) ; "-sampatti, f.

58,8 (q. v.); °-sayana, «. 41,36 (q. v.)\

"-sara, m. n. 4,9 (q. v.) ; "-sala-rukklia,

»». 61,11 (q. V.)', 0-8oka, m. 89,io (q.

v.)\ o-sobbha, m. 27,3 (3. v.); "-basita,

n. 16,29 (3. v.); cp. oho nea!< c<c.

Maha-kassapa, m. (sa, "-ka-

^yapa) «om. pr. of a thera (president

of the first Buddhist council); "-thero,

109,i7= Ka88apo, 109,6; °-pamokkhatherii, 110,15 (v. pamokkba).

maha-naga, hi(/«).(= sa.) mosteminent, heroic (? C}). naga'); ill, pi.

o^ai (kunjara) Dh, 322.

mahanubbava, mfn. {= sa.) of

great might, powerful; m. rvO (Bha-gava), 75,30; gen. ,^ai§sa (raiino)

62,14 {cp. anubhava),

*AIaha-pakarana, n. (sa. *'>-pra-

karana) 'the great work', i. e. Pa^thana{q.v.)\ noin. r^aiii, 102,ii.

Maha - pajapati Gotami, f.

{sa, "-prajapati Gautami) noin. pr,

of Buddha's aunt aud foster-mother',

gathSs of hers : 10S,u-23.

*Maha-padana, «. {sa, *''-pra-

dana) name of a chapter (sutta) in

Digha-NikOya (DN. XIV); loc, ^e,63,12.

*Maba-padbana • ghara, n,

noin, pr, the Mahapadhana Hall (in

Mabavihara, q, v.); ace, x^am, 114,4.

Maha-bodhi, m, {= sa.) nom,pr, ') the Bo-tree at Buddha Gaya;

ace, o/im (vanditum Jambudipamupagami) 114,32; *) the Bo-tree at

Anurudhapura (Ceylon); <*-samIpainhi,

114,14. {cp. bodhi*),

Maha-brabma»i, i». (= sa,)

nom. pr. the god Brahma, ruler in

the Brahmaloka; pi, •'-brahmano(cattaro) 62,22 {i. e. four Mahsbrah^mas of different cakkav&las, q. v.).

mahabbinikkhamana, n. {sa,

"-abbinishkramana) 'the great retire,

ment', 65,i3 {v, abhinikkbamana).

Maha-raaya, f. {=sa.) nom,pr,of Buddha's mother; (devi) 61,3,

maharaha, mfn, {sa. maharha)precious, splendid; v. araha.

maba-rajaH, «i. (= sa.) ') a

great king or supreme sovereign {opp,

uparajaw); nom. "-raja, 43,23 (Mal-lika-"); voc, "-raja, 7,i6. 96,3o. 97, 19

(^a'ti); - ') pi. °-rajano (cattaro)

61,9, the four lokapalas or guardians

of the world, viz, DhataraUha (in the

North), Virujha (South), Virupakkha(West), Vessavana (East).

maha-rajja, n, {sa. "-rajya) the

title or position of a supreme sovereign;

ace. (N^aiii (katva) 44,2i.

Maba-vamsa, m.{=^sa.) nameof a Pali work, being a chronicle of

Ceylon, written in the 6"" century byMahanSma; specimens thereof ; 110, 17

-114,32.

Maha-vihara, m. {= sa.) nom.pr. of a Buddhist monastery (vihara)

at Anuradhapura, Ceylon; ace. /%/aiii,

114,3.

Maba-satta, m. {sa. •'-sattva)

'the great creature', synon, Bodhisatta

{q, v.); nom, /vO, 7,23; ace. fvam,

25,24.

*Maha-8ilaTa, m, nom, pr, of

a king; °-raja, 38,ii; "-jataka, n,

38,7. cp, Silava.

*mahiddbika, mfn, of great

power, mighty; 75,80. 109,20 {cp, iddhi

& iddhika).

Mabinda, m. {sa. Mabendra)nom. pr, of a prince, son of king

Asoka (he transplanted Buddhism into

Ceylon, in the last half of the 3*^*^ cen-

mahisa 206

tury BC); instr. /vena (matimata)11?,«8.

mahisa, m. («a. mahisha) a buf-

falo; gen. .vassa, 92,ii ; vana-mahisam(ace.) a wild buffalo, 13,m.

irahi, f. (== aa.) >) tbe earth;

Mft!e, "throughout the world", 113,»i;

*) novi pr. of a river; gen> Mahiya,104,81; Mahiy', 104,8*.

mahesakkha, mfn, (sa. inahe*

^akh^a, /. e. maha-i<;a-akhya; diffe-

rently Tr. Mil. p. 422 (65,i4)) emi-

nent, mighty; m, »,o (putto) 62,84.

mahesi, m. (fr maha + isi, sa.

maljarshi) the great sag^ ((. c. Buddha)

;

ace. ».,\m, Dh. 422; insfr. -^ina, 77,i3.

mahesi, f. (sa. mahishi, a buf-

falo-cow) a queen; agga-**, q. v,

mabogha, ut. (sa, mahaugha)a mighty flood, v, ogha.

*mahodaka, utf(^ikii)n, aboun-

ding with ^vater, v. udaka.

*MaboHadha. f», (fr, sa. maha

-f- aushadha) nort pr. of a prince

(Bodhisatta); noni. />.o, 56,84.

ma, indecl. {= sa ) a negative

particle, geinerally used in prohibitive

(or consecutive) sentences : 'not, that

not, lest', and joined with aor. of the

verb (augmentless or augmented), but

also frequently with imper, or pot.,

and even with indie, of pr. & fut.\

ma 'ti patisedhe nipalo, 86,33. - ')

w. aor. n^ bhayi, l,it). 4,3o; ,^ asaih-

kittha, 7,11; ^ karittha, 39,8; .>^ ma-rilhsu, 16,6, etc.\ augmented : /v akasi

(= ma karohi) 86,1 ; -^ ahqsi {3, sg.)

83,n; .^ ahesuih (ma-y-ime, i.e. maime, to be scanned : *may-me) 60,1?

;

^ aciivayi (3. sg.) 104,4. - *) w. iui-

per. n^ gaccha, 7,3i; ,v detha, 62,8o;

,-^ karontu, 8,7; ^ kilamantu, 60,i8;

ivipcr. & aor. alternatively, v, Dh.

371. - ') w. pot, ~ anuyufijetha,

Dh. 27; ^ vadetha, 55,8o. - *) w.

pr, 3. sg. ^ h'evarii kho . . . pati-

labhati, 90,84. - '•') without verb :

vanaih chindatha, ma rukkham,Dh, 283.

Miigadha, tufn. (= sa.) relating

to the Magadha country; M. pi. the in-

habitants of that country, gen. «,.anam,

11 3,88 ; instr. f. rx,&ya (niruttiya) the

M. dialect, i. e. Pali, 114,88.

manava, m. (= sa.) a youth, esp.

a young Brahman; nom. -%/0, 19,nj"-vesena, in the disguise of a young

Br., 19,10; brahmana-o, 113,8. ~ di-

min, 1) manavaka, m. id.; pt. ^a,

16,31 ; ace, pi. r^e (ngga-°, "Niga

youths") 53,1; - *) raanavika, f. a

young girl, aec. rvaih, 48,84; naga-",

a Naga girl, 52,s8; ace. ~am, 62,S5;

instr. .^aya, 52,87; loc. pi. «^asu,

52,84._

matanga, tn. (= sa.) an elephant;

nom, ^0 (matang'araiine va nago)

Dh. 329.

matar, f. (sa. tnatr) a mother;

nom. mata, 20,85; 69,83 (daraka-");

64,5 (Rahula-°, q. v.); ace. r^araiii,

23,9 ; instr, <^ara, 23,8; gen. matu,

9,18, or matuya (Bodhisatta-") 62, 31,

[after the analogy of u-stems, also

used for other oblique cases] or matava(Rahula-") 65,87 [after the analogy of

a-Btems]; loc. ^ari, Dh, 284; — dvan-

dva eomp, mata-pitaro, m, pi. parents,

22,13 (v. pitar); mata-putta, hi. pi.

mother and son, 49,8; matu-dhitaro.

f. pi. a mbther and her daughter,

32,20 (instead of mata-"?); — at the

begin, of other comp. we find the weakstem matu- [or mati-] : "-hadaya, n.

a mother's heart, nom. .-..aih, 69, 12;

a-matuhadayarii, ib.; cp. matti-sam-

bhava, matteyyata & matugama below.

Mil tali, »». (= sa.) nom. pr. of

the charioteer of Sakka (Indra); .^i,

60,18 («o»H,); 60,18 {voc.)\ ace, rvirii,

60,D.

matu, etc., v, miliar

matu-gama, mi. {sa. maty-grama)Womankind, the female sex, any being

of the female sex, woman; nom, .>^o,

50,34; ace. ^aii, 48, la. 50,58; *°-va-

sika, "being in the power of woman-kind", m. -^0 (raja) 64,9.

matula(ka), m. (= sa.) a mater-nal uncle (also used as a term of fa-

207 tniga

miliar address); voc. o^a, 5,4; piya-matulaka, mfn, who loves his uncle,

m. ~o (atibhaginiputto, q. v.) 5,5.

m a n a , m. (= so.) pride, arrogance

;

nom. ~o, Dh. 74. 407; ace. »^&m,Dh. 221; «-ditthi-adi, 64,8i; *o-anu-

saya, m. 94,ii {v. A.); nihata-", *pa-hina-", mfn. {q, v.).

munasa, ». (= sa.) the mind;e. c. mfn., v. tuUha-°, vimutta-",

viratta-"*, samvigga-".

mani)], mfn. (= sa.) thinking,

imagining; pandita-"*, mfn. (g. v.),

manusa. mfn. {= sa.) human;"-mala-, 61, la (human stain); a-ma-nusa, mfn. (q. v.); - m. a man, hu-

man being; pi. f^a (gandhabba-")Dh. 420; ace. -^e, 107,3 = Dh. 103;''-matta, n. (v. matta*); f. manusi,a woman, pi. o^iyo, 21,29; conip. w,

subst, f. manusi-vaca, human speech,

ace. n^arh, 22,3.

manusaka, mfn. (= sa.) human;ace. m. -^am (yogaih) Dh. 417; pi.

m. /^a (kama) 45,5.

mapeti (or mapayati), vh. {sa.

mapayati, cans, yma) to make, pre-

pare, create (by supernatural power,

%v. acc.)\ aor. 3. sg. ^^^esi (sariram

mahanavaih katva, changed his ownbody into a large ship) 28,88; (saya-

nam) 112,9 ;ger. o/Ctva (angararasim,

attano anubhavena) 16,3; o.^ayitva

(rupaiii, nagaraiii) 111,36. 112,a5. cp,

mita, mfn. & atimapeti.

Maya, f. {=^ sa.) nom. pr. of the

mother of Gotama Buddha; ^si (ja-

nayi Gotamam) 108,2i; Maha-**, 61,3.

Mara, m. nom. pr, (= sa.) Death,

the Tempter, the Evil One; nom. e^O,

103,11. 108,5; 71,s7 (papima); ace.

/^am, 103,12; gen. r^assa, 71,24; "-jala,

n. & "-bandhana, n, (v. h.) cp, sa-

mara-ka, mfn, & Namuci, in.- *Mara-dheyya, n, the realm of M., the world

of death, ^vam, Dh. 34 (cp, ""niacou*

dheyya).

marana,n. (=80.) killing, death;

""maranantika, mfn. ') 'bordering on

death', being on the point of killing,

almost mortally; acc, m. o./lLm (aba-

dham) 78,so; pi. f, r^a. (vedana),

78,25; ^) which is to end at death; n.

/>.'am (namartipam) 101, i2 {cp. mara-nanta).

'"marapeti, vb. {caus. II. marati,

cp. next) to cause to be killed or

murdered; pp. ,%/ita, f. -%/a, 74,9 (kehi

.V, "who bade you to kill her"); 74,i8.

mareti, vb. (caus. marati, sa.

marayati, \'mx) to kill, murder {acc.)\

pr. 1, sg. rvemi (tarn) 111,26; 3. sg.

^etj, 97,15; part, loc. m. «vente (&$i-mSrente) I7,u; fut. 1. sg. />/e68a-

mj, 2,8. 12,28; inf. <veturi], oomp,

'N.^etu-kama, mfn, {v. kama'); ger.

<s/etva, 9,28; pp. marita, f. .>..a, 74,8;

"-bhava, m. the having been killed,

acc. <N/am (aiinehi) 74,3.

""mala*, m. a pavilion, a thatched

hut; acc. ^&m, 101,3.

"mala* & •'mali(H) = mala(e. c._).

mala, f. (= sa.) a wreath, gar-

land; acc. .%/am, 16,26; "-dama, n.

id.; pi. ,>.,ani, 37,2; °-guna, m. a

garland of flowers (by the lover cast

over his bride), acc, pi. rs./e, Dh. 53;*''-kacavara, »i. {q. v.)\ dvandva comp,"-gandha-, 61,4. 73,ii. 81,25; gandha-**,

49,14 (perfumes and flowers); e. c. malaor inali(M), v. Aggi-", Kusa-", Khu-ra-«, Dadhi-», Nala-".

*Malu5kyaputta, m. nom. pr.

of a tbera; nom. /^.-o, 93,is; voc. n.,Si,

92,2; his gathas from TheragStha

:

107,29-108,9.

*miiluva, f. name of a certain

creeper, 107,29 = Dh. 334 {cp, sa.

malu).

mas a, m, (= sa.) a month; loc.

fKiQ (mase mase, month after month)

Dh. 70. 106; acc. pi, i^Q (cattaro)

25,21 ;(dasa-") 62,2; "-addha-masa-,

a month and a half, 20,n (v. h.),

miga, m. (& f. fJi) (sa, mrga) a

deer, aotelope; aoo. pi. <ve (babu-"')

6,6; 6,18 (suvanna-"); instr. pi, >»ehi,

8,11 ;gen. pi, i^&a&m, 6,4; f. gen.

1

migadsya 208

i^iyS. (gabbhini-O) 6,8»; comp. ku-runga-", m. {q. v.); Nigrodha-' &Sakha-®, m. nom. pr. (q. v.) ; "-gana,m. 6,10; *o-dhenu, f. 7,29; "-yoni," /".

5,85 (v.h.); "-rajan, m. 7,s; *''-lud-

daka, m. 11,87 (a hunter); "-vadha,

m. hunting, 6,s2 ("-pasuta, mfn. q. v.)

cp. next etc.

mi gad ay a, m. (sa. mfgadava) a

deer-park; nom, 1^0, 68,7; loc. f\,e

(Isipatane) 66,24.

migava, »i. (?) {sa. nirgaya, f.

& mrgavya, n.) hunting; ace. /x/am

(gacchati) 6,2.

miccha, adv.(«a. mithya) wrongly,

Talsely; ^ carati (kaniesu) commitsimmorality, 97,ii; nomp. °-ditthi, f.

fabe doctrine, Dh. 167; 316 ("-sama-

dana, mfn. q. v.)\ *"-panihita, mfn.

(q. v.); ""-laddba, mfn. falsely ob-

tained, m. ^0 (yaso) 103,29; *''-sam-

kappa, m. wrong thought or study

{opp. saninia-") Dh. II ("-gocara.

mfn. q. v.).

niinja, f. (sa. niajja, cp, majjan,

r>,hs, & Prukr. mijja) marrow; *attln-",

f. the marrow of bones, 82,3. 97, 21.

niita, mfti. (^= sa., pp. ininati,

\,'nifl) measu-ed, moderate, little;

"'•-bhanin, mfn. speaking little, acdm. vinam, Dh. 227.

mitt a, m. (sa. mitra) a friend,

conpanion; acc.pt-. (x,e, Dh. 78. 375;comp, fiati-mitta, pi. kinemen and

friends, Dh. 219; inittimacca, pi,

{v. amacca); "-bhilva, m. friendship,

«vO, 62,18 (nagarajena saddbiiii);

*''-dhaniina, »«. id. .%/0, 14,8; a-niitta,

m, (v. h.) cp. metta, metti & pacca-

niitta.

*Mittavindaka, «t. nom. pr, of

a merchant's son; 22, is, ftc.

Mitbila, f. (= eo.) nom, pr. of

a city, the capital of tha Videha coun-

try; loc. -x/ayam, 44,i9.

mitbuna, n, (= sa,) a pair,

couple (male and female); copulation;

V, methuna.middiia, n. (= sa.) the state

between sleeping and waking, drowsi-

nes*, indolence; dvandva comp. thina-^

103,87 (q. V.) cp. next.

*m i d d h i n , mfn. (fr. prec.) drowsy,

indolent; m. <x/i, Dh. 326.

ininati, vh. (sa. ^ma, mi, cp.

\/ml) to measure; pp. mita (q. v.);

cans, mapeti (q. v.).

Milinda, hi. (= sa.) nom. pr,

of the Greek king Menander; 96,24,

etc. - "-pafiba, m, title of a Pali

book, containing a conversation be-

tween king M, and the Buddhist sage

Kagasena; specimens thereof : 96,83—

101,33.

miyati (& miyyati) = marati

(q. v,\ sa. \/mT) to die; 2^r, 3, pi.

^anti, Dh. 21.

mukha, n. (= sa.) ') raouth (of

men or animals); nom. acc, 'N/am, 3, 16.

5,27. 41,12; instr. ^ena, 6,14. 36,84;

*mukbasa = mukhena, 86,26-34; abl,

^ato, 13,21 ; loc. /N.-e, 37,24; comp.

mukhodaka, n. (v. udaka) ; *'-tundaka,

M. (?) a beak, acc. o.-aiii, 18,7; instr.

~ena, 4,8; "-vivate, loc. abs. = mu-khe vivate, 3, 17; *"-safmata, mfn.who controls his mouth, m. rvO, Dh.

363; vivata-", mfn. with the mouthopen, f. pi. rs.,Vi, 66,7; sukara-", mfn.

(v. h.). — *) face, head, front; .>^aril,

11,8. 83,38. 85,8; abl, ,x/ato, 50,23;

loc, f^e, 12,10; comp. *°-dbovana, n.

(v. h.)\ assu-", mfn. (q, v.); obita-

iiiukba, mfn, (v. ohita); *punnacan-da-", mfn, (q. v.)\ sa-mukha-vetliita,

mfn. (v. h.) cp, abhiniukba, pamukha.& sammukha. -'^) entrance, opening;

edg<3, brim; atavi-", 30,8o (q, v.)\

avata-", 40,88 (°-vatti, q. v.); uyyoga-°,Dh. 236 (q. v,). - *) way, method;cause, means; instr, /v.ena, adv. (e. c.)

by means of : isa-<*, 60,i8 (q. v.);

pbala-patisedhana-", 86,4 {v. patise-

dbana); loc. ,x/e, adv. (e. c.) by wuyof, like, as : dana-mukbe, 16,6 ("as

a free gift"), cp. next.

mukhara, mfn. (z^sa.) garrulous,

loquacious; «J. ix/O, 86,2.

mugga, m. (sa. mudga) a sort of

bean (Phaseolus Mungo); pi. ,x-a, 16, 1.

209 munSti

mug gar a, m. (sa. mudgara) a

mallet, mace, club, stick; instr, pi.

~ehi, 6,n; muggar&di-", 6,7.

muccati', vb. (pass, muficati,

sa. mucyate) to be loosed, released,

liberated; to escape (from, abl.); pr.

3. sg. ,^ati (jalato) 88,S4; aor. 3, pi.

i^imsvL (seda sarira, "rolled down"^

46,1 ; *) fut. 2. sg. mokkhasi (me)72,1 ("escape from me"); 3. pi. <N/anti,

Dh. 37; ^) 1, sg. muccissami, 16,28;

inf. mucciturii (marana) 17,i5; pp.mutta {q. v.),

mucoati*, vb. (sa. y'murch; pro-

bably instead of mucchati through

confusion with mucoati') to congeal,

coagulate, turn sour (as milk); pr,

8. sg. .x/ati (khlram va, pSpam kam-mam, with both significations : to

loosen & to turn sour) 106,si = Dh,71. cp.next,

muccheti, vb. (caus. \/m\irch)

to strain, strengthen; to tune (a strin-

ged instrument, acc); ger. ~etva(vinam) 19,32. (Morris, JPTS. '84,92.)

muncati, vb. (sa. y/m\ic) to loose,

release, set at liberty; to leave, give

up; to send forth, utter (w. acc);

intr. med. & act. w. abl. or gen. (dut.)

to free one's self from, to make resi-

stance against (Dh. 389?); pr, 3, sg,

~ati (assa) Db. 389 ;part, m, -N.-auto

(obhasam) 26,4; imp, 2. sg. munca(pure, q. V.) Dh, 348; pot, 3, sg.

^eyja (papakamma) Dh. 127 (w,

intrans, sense; B. has the pass, muc-ceyya); pot. 3, sg, med, ^etha (assa)

Db, 389; aor. 3, pi, o^imsu (atika-

runa-saram, uttered) 27,i5; ^er,^itva,

17,18, 76,18; pass, v. muccati'; pp.mutta (q. v.); cam. moceti (q. v.)

cp. mutti.

munja, m. (= 5a.) name of a sort

of grass or rush; acc. r^&m (paribare,

^I wear ro,-gra8B", a token of sacrificing

one's self in battle : samgamavacarSanivattino purisa attano anivattanaka*

bhavam nSpanattham sise tS dhaje vS

fivudhe vS munja-tinem bandhanti,

Comm,) 103,88; <*-ke8a, mfn. with hair

FUl OloiMrjr,

like ra,, 21,86; °-maya, mfn. made of

m., m. pi. ~a (dama) 105,i7.

muUhi» f- (*"• mushti) the clen-

ched fist; a handful, .a small bundle;

acc. i^im (akasi, closed his hand)

56,8.

munda(ka), mfn, (=sa.) shaved;

siibst. n. mundaka, tonsure, instr.

~ena, Dh, 264.'

mutiiiga, m. (sa. mrdanga) a

small drum, tabour; acc, .^am, 67,29

(cp. Tr. PM, p. 62, 64; 78-79).

mutta \ mfn. (sa. mukta; pp.

raufioati) loosed, released, freed (from,

abl,)\ m. -vO, 54,11, Db, 172 (aboha);

100,8 (pUpakehi kammehi); comp.

jSla-", 88,80 ; vana-", Dh. 844; m, pi.

f\)a (dukkhato) 81,io.

mutta', n. (sa. mutra) urine;

nom. rwaih, 82,5. 97,a8.

mutta, f. (sa. mukta) a pearl;

at the beginning of comp, we find

sometimes mutta-" : """-sara, m. 24,2o;

mutta-hara, m. a necklace of pearls,

acc. -%^arii, 64,26.

mutti, f. (sa. mukti) liberation,

deliverance (from, abl.); 67, ig (tan-

haya); 87,32 (niaranato).

mudu, mfn, (sa. mrdu) soft, mild,

gentle; instr. m. ^nna, (amkena)

20,84; M. 44,1 (,>.,una mudum, sc, jeti);

/wuib, "something soft", 104, 14; '•'"-citta,

mfn, 'soft-minded', impressible; acc,

m. .%^am, 68,22.

m u d u k a , mfn. (sa, mjrduka) soft,

mild, tender; m. n.,0 (hattbo) 50,92;

n. fvam (matubadayaro, w. loc, da-

rake) 59,12,

mudda, f. (sa, mudra) ') a seal,

seal-ring; ') reckoning or speaking by

means of the fingers, signal made by

the baud, at 56,7 called ""battha-

mudda, instr. <vaya (puccbissami).

muddban, m. (sa. murdban) the

head; [nom. >x/a]; acc, .x/ara, Dh. 72;

loc. f^&m, 77,8.

munati, vb, (= mannati, y'man

(Kiihn, Beitr. p. 99) or rather fr.

Y^mi (Trenckner, cp. Pischel, Qr. §

489)) to understand, to know (acc,)\

14

mnni 810

p; 8. $ff. <vSti (ubao 'oIc«; etyno*logjr of muni, q. v.) Hit, 369. (ep,

Db. (1866) p. 880.)

tnuni, m. (= aa.) & aage; nom.»vj (maha-'i Buddha) 110,«o; voe.

106,14 (do.); <*.<! (metpl oaunn) 80,»s

(Budiihi)} 109,8 -^ Dh. 40} Dh.268-69; pi. munayo, Dh. 226. ep,

mona, n,

mummura, m. (?) (so. murmurf»)

emberB, ashes; 2oc. r^e (upakulito)

9,8S.

muyhati, v&. (sa. \/muh) to be

confused or bewildered; pp. v, mu}ha;cp. mogha, moha.

mulali, OT. [& mulala, m. n.] (sa.

mrnala, n.) a lotus-fibre or -root

(edible); ace. pi. /N.ayo, 111,8.

musa, *) adv. {sa. mrsha) falsely;

/»uabhanim, 47,8 (I told a lie); >^

bhanati, 97,n; comp. "-vada, m. lying,

lie; ace. /x>am (katva) 46,24; (bhasati)

Dh. 246; 97,38; nbl. r^E, 81,js; O-tS-

di(?l), mfn. who speaks falsely; gen.

m. /vissa, 106,u = Dh. 176. - »)

*mu8a, subst, f. falsehood, lie, 51,82

s= musavado, B2,i.

muhutta, m. (sa. muhurta) a

moment, instant; acc. (adv.) .^am,for a moment, .awhile, 64,38 (niddaih

okkami); 50,i6(DaccitTa); 83,8; ^amapi, but for a moment, Db. 65. 106.

mula, «. (= sa.) *) the root (of

plants); foot, bottom, base; metaph.cnuse, origin; worn, ,x/ain (mulena,instr. "root with root") 37,3i; pi.

A^ani (mulehi, do.) 37,ao; sala-",

62,16 ; mttaph. Db. 247; tanhaya,x/arii, 108,4 = Dh. 337; vinasa-^,

33,86; ahl. ,^ato pa^thaya, "from the

ground", 62,io; loc, r^Q (rukkha-")

4,83; (pada-", at one's feet) 36,27,

49,6; -x-amhi (rukkha-") 111,6; ^vas-

mim (do.) 112,2; eomp. "-tandula,m. (v. h.); *"-bha9a, f. the original

language (or t'ae chief of all lan-

guages?), instr. /^.-aya (sabbesam, i.

e. Magadbs, nirutti, q. v.) 114,88;

*uccLirma-", mfn, [v. h.). — *) price,

pkyment, money ; nom. «^aiii, 67,4;

49,10 (bahum); 49,u (agahetvS, "gr**

tis"); 49,1 (gandha-puppha-^ "money

to buy flowers and perfumes"); instr.

^ena (ga^hatha, "take it at a price"^

18.10; (ka'rnmam n'atthi, v. kamma*)67,4; oomp. BaliaHsa-mQla, mfn. {q,

V.) ep, next.

*mula-ghaccam, adv. radically

(extirpated); ry, samuhatam, "taken

out with the very root", Dh. 250 (cp.

ghacca).

mu}ha, fnfn. {pp. muyhati; sa.

mudlia) confused, bewildered, stupid;

acc. m. /^arii, 76,24; gen. /^assa, 69, i6;

comp. **'-rup8, mfn. foolish; m. <^o,

Dh. 268. cp. mogha, moha.musika, m. {sa. mUshika) a mouse,

rat; "-cchinna, mfn. cut by mice,

n. rwam (^hanaiii) 25,7.

me = mama, gen. pron. 1. pers.,

V, aham; - 'me = ime, pi. pron.

demonstr., v. ayam.megha, m. {= sa.) a cloud; nom.

f^o (maha-°, "a shower") 105,8i.

*menda(ka), m. {ep. sa. menda,mendha, mendhra, me^ha, meniha)a ram; instr. ->^ena, 30,88; comp.

"-vara, m. 30,9 {q. v.); mendako,30,14 {cp. elaka).

metta, *) n. & metta, f. {sa.

maitra, n.) friendship, kindness; acc.

^arfa, 40,7; eomp. khanti-mettanud-daya-°, 7,i8. 38,i5 (v. h.); *metta-viharijj, mfn. "who behaves withkindness", m. ^i, Dh. 368. - ») mfn.friendly, kind, benevolent; instr. n.

n^ena. (cittena) 76,34; °-citta, mfn.friendly, benevolent, m. pi. ^a, 35,i4.

metti, f. {sa. maitri) = prec.\

nom. ,%^i, 18,18; aec. ,>/im, 53,9.

Metteyya, m. {sa, Maitreya)nom. pr. of the future Buddha; nom.'>.'0, 114,84.

metbuna, n. {sa. maithuna) copu-lation, love, marriage; '•'•'-dhamma, m.id., acc. .x/am, 54,ii.

me da, m. {sa. meda, m. & medas,«.) fat; ^0, 82,5. 97,23; - "-vanna,

211 ya-

mfn. "looking like (a lump of) fat",

ace. m. />^am (pasanam) 104,i8.

*medhaga (or medhaka) m. n.

(cp. red. sa. mrdh & medhayu^ quar-rel, strife; pi. ,^a, Dh. 6 (= kalaha,Comm.) cp. Sn. v. 893-94; Vin. II, 88.

medha, /". [& medhas, «.] (==sa.)intelligence, prudence; instr. r^aya,

91,87. cp, dummedha, sumedha, bu-

medhasa, mfn, & next,

medhavin, mfn. (== sa.) intelli-

gent, wise; nom, m. «^i (dovariko)90,32. 91,S7; ace. »N/im, Dh. 76.

"medhi/i, mfn, (e. c. = sa.) id.;

V. dumraedhiii,

meraya, (n.) (sa. maireya) a kindof strong drink; dvandva comp, sura-",

81,23. Dh. 247 (o-panarii).

mokkhati, fut., v. muccati.

Moggallana, m, (sa. Maudga-lyayana) nom. pr. of one of Buddha'smost ftCmous pupils; 8ariputta-Mog-gallana, pi. S. & M. 74,3o (-weva);

gen. pi, xvanaib, 74,s7.

mogha, mfn, (= sa.) vain, use-

less; foolish; M. fKiBim (anfiani) 89,>s;

"-purisa, voc. foolish one! 76,8;

*°-jinna, mfn. grown old in vain, m./wO, Dh. 260.

moceti, vb. (cans, muncati; sa.

mocayati) to cause to be loose, let

go (ace); to liberate, save (acc.& abl,);

aor, 3. sg. /x/csi (jane dukkha) 31,2s;

inf. »v,etum, 40,2o; ger. /x/Ctva finambandhana) 88,2; (asse) 44,i2; (sata-

kam) 60,24; (puttam) 59,ii.

iQodati, vb, (sa. -^mud) to beglad or happy, to delight; pr, 3, sg,

/N^ati (opp. socati) Dh. 16.

mona, n. (sa. mauna) silence;

instr. rvena, Dh. 268.

mora, m. (= mayura, g. v.) a

peacock; nom. <x/0, 10,i3; voc. «va,

10,11; gen. /s/assa, 92,»o; ®-yoni, f.

18,1 (v. h,)\ dvandva comp. bamsa-mora,dayo, 10,6.

mo ha, m. (= sa.) bewilderment,

infatuation, delusion, folly; ace. <vaih

(in the series: raga, dosa, moba) Dh.20. comp. mobaggi, m. the fire of de>

lusion, 64,20 ; *"-do8a, mfn. damagedby delusion, f. ,^a. (paja) Dh. 358;vita-", mfn, free from delusion, loc.

pi. o.'esu, Dh. 358.

Y.

y, ') on account of sandhi inserted

in ma-y-ime, 60,i7; mama-y-idain,72,20. *) instead of i or e, v. ty' (=ti, te) ep. tv'.

ya-, base of the pron. relat. (=sa.); nom, ace. n, yam (sa. yad) :

56,11. 72,20. 78,8 e<c.; 78,7 (yan); the

old form yad is sometimes preserved

by sandhi : Dh. 346; yad-idam, 97,2;

yad-eva, 91,9; m. yo, 30,9 etc.; with

elision of the vowel : y'assa, Dh. 389;y'ayaih (i. e. yo ayam) Dh. 56; f.

ya, 47,27, etc.; 67,i2 (yayam); ya ce

= yan oe, Dh. 104 (v. yafloe); as

for the rest the declension is like that

of pron. demonstr. taifa : ace. f, yam,67,10. 87,18; gen. m, (n.) yassa, 3,96

(yass'ete); gen. f. yassa, 64,i6 (yassa-

yam); instr. m. n. yena, 1,9. 103,is

(yen'atthena, v. attha*); yen'eva («.)

96,27; f. yaya, 92,i6 (yay'); Dh. 408;abl. m. (n.) «) yamha, Dh. 392; »>)

yasma (v. separately); loe. m. (n.)

») yamhi, 106,9 = Dh, 393; 108,26

(yamh'okase) ; '') yasmiih, 84,7; pi. n.

yani, 2,ii; m. ye, 76,3 ;gen. yesarh,

86,20; 86,18 (yesan hi); 92,8i (yes'-

aham, i. e. yesaih aham); loe. f. yasu,

51,30. — *) who, which, what (often

corresp. with foil, demonstr., cp. tam) :

68,22. 78,7-8 etc.; yam yeva . . . tamyeva (the same . . as) 99,8o; yasmini

vihare . . . sace so vibaro, 84,7; yoyaso . . . esa te sena, 103,29-8i; yo

. . . tanhaya . . . nirodbo (after preo,

idarii) 67,15; yayam tanha, 67,i2(do.);

esa yS (gehe vasato, part, gen.) rati,

47,27; u). pot. of the verb. : yo evamvadeyya, 99,so; anavakaso yo (do.)

76,16 (v. an-avakasa); yam balaih

(2. V.) 13,26. - *) repeated : whatever,

14*

yam 212

whichever; yem yam, 50,s; ya ya,

5C,». — ') combined with other pron.

') w. pron. demonstr. = whatever,

whichsoever ; yan tam, Dh. 42; yad-idam, 70,«6; yena lena, 1,9; ye te,

76,80, •>) in the same sense w. pron.

indef. i yo koci, 110,8; yam kind,

68,!{7; yo aniio, 34,24; likewise fol-

lowed by pi ; yam pi . . . tam pi,

67,to; ') w. pron. 1. pers. (foil, by

1, pers. of the verb.) : yo'ham, 75,8*;

ye mayam (we ivho, si-ace we) 106,83;

yesan no {ffen, pi.) n'atthi kiiicanam,

though we liavo nc'thiog at all, Dh.

200. - *) pleonastic or omitted : yad-idaiii 'Nagaaeno' ti, this word N.,

97,2; yam bhimianakam (v. h.) 81,3;

[yo] jafina, Dh 3£»2; [yo] udiraye,

iJh. 408. — ^) several cases are usedas indecl. (conj.) ; n. avc. yam, instr.

yena, abl. yasmf,, v. separately, cp.

yato, yattaka, yattha, yatha, yada,

yadi, yava etc. & yebhuyyena.yam, indecl. (conj.) {ace. n, fr.

ya-; ta. yad) ') that (quod); tambahuiii yam bi jivaai, 13,2» {v, bahu);*) when, if {quum in its different

meanings) : 80,83 (yam kalam akari

muni); 97, la (yam vadesi); 90,i9

(yam pan'); 54,86 (yan nu, even if);

') as, siace, because . 76,3, 95,7 (yambi); 51,8 (anacoluthic = as (for in-

stance?)); *) comb. w. nuna (in op-

tative sense like Germ, dass, w, pron.

1. pers. and pot. of the verb) i yanniinaham, what if I? = let rael 33,27.

46,28. 68,35. 71,86 eti;.\ yan nunamayaiii, 6,3; ^) comb.^ w. ce, v.

yance.

yakana, «. (sa. yakrt, yakan)the liver; nam. r>^Vim^ 82,s. 97,8 j.

yakkba, w. (sa. yakaha) nameof certain superhuman beings (as

goblins or ogres), who are the enemies

of men; nam. r^o.'J.

e. Mara) 104,i8;

gen. ^assa, 112,if.; pi. -^.-a (inhabi*

tauta of Lanka) 112,10; ace. pl.-^e^

112,9 (to be corr. into yakkba); 112,81

(sabba-");gen. pi, ,%/anam (they eat

dead corpsefl) 40,3i; "-nagara, n. 20,82

= *^pura, «. 112,11 (Sirisavatthu);

o-raja-", 112,88.

yakkhini (or yakkhi), f. (sa.

yakshini & yatshi) a female yakkba;

nam. ^ini, 68,8o; 21,28 (jettha-");

59,19 (^ini-mhi = '>^ini amhi) ; ^i,

111,86. 112,11; ace. rvim, 111,S3; instr.

^iniya, 59,7; gen, ^iniya, 21,S5; pi,

-x/iniyo, 20,33; "rvini-bhava, »». (q. v.);

pa^icarika-^ f. (v. paricarika).

yajati, vb. (sa. Vyaj) to sacrifice;

pot. 3. sg. med. <N/etha (sahassena,

"with a thousand") Dh. 106. cp. yiWha.

*yaflce (or yaii ce), indecl. (i, e.

yam + ce, q. v.) than, than if; ma-tam seyyo <%/ jivitarii, 7,34; 103,34.

Db. 106-07; by attraction to a subst.

f. we have ya ce = yance, Dh, 104

(seyyo ya c'ayam itara paja) cp.

yaii ce, Dh. 229 (v. ce).

yatthi, f. (sa. yashti) ') a stick,

staff; acc. /^im (pacana-",^ a goad)

71,29; *) name of a certain measure of

length = 7 hatthas or ratanas (about

3*/2 metres) v. yojana. cp. la^thi.

yato, *) indecl. (adv. & conj.; abl.

of pron. rel. ya-, carrel, of tato; sa.

yatas) *) whence, wherefrom, where,

31,35 (^ sodariyam anaye); ^) since

when, 27,22 (^ aaranii attanam); "=)

since, because, 66,21. 112,29; ^) repea-

ted : yato yato, as soon as, according

to, w. foil, tato tato : the more - the

more, Dh. 374. 390. - ^) gen, part.,

V, yati.

"yattaka, mfn. (correl. o/'ettaka,

kittaka, q. v.) however much, as muchas (quantus)

; pi, m. <^a, as many as,

57,10 (fr, sa. yavat, v. Tr. PM. p. 30).

yattha (& yatra), adv. (sa. yatra)in or to what place, where, whither;

66,17 (gata); 63,x3 (yatra, sc, jatiya,

jatassa); 104,io (^ gantva); comp.,V, next etc.

yattha-kamam, adv. (sa. yatra-kamam) whereever one plaeses, accor*ding to one's wish; Dh. 326; comp.yatthakama-nipatiH, mfn, (v, ni-

pati/t).

*yatthattliita, mfn. (cp, sa.

213 yasa

yatra-stha) where staying; m. 0./O,

Dh. 127; ace. ^ara, Dh. 128.

yatra, adv, (= so.) v, yattha.

yatha, indecl. (conj.', = sa.',

corrcl. of tatha) ') as, like (with full

sentence, corr, w. demonstr, tatha,

evam, etc, or before nouns; at the

beginning of comp, v, below) : *) w,

full setitence (pres.) : 5,8 (tatha);

34,88 (evam eva) ; r^ (kho) pana . . .

na evam, 62,85, 79,6; tadiso vannoyatha passasi, 85,io; BometinieB at the

beginning of a sentence (w, pot.) by

giving an illustration ; "it is as if",

100,n etc, ;*>) before nouns : 3,«6 (-x-

tava); 26,5. 61,88. 63, 11 (na rv afiiie-

saih); 75,28 (-n^ balaifa, ace, like a

fool). — *) so that, in order that («<;

yatha na, ut non, ne); that (quod);

12,6 (m;. fut.); 12,a (w. pres, indS',

13,is. 22,23. 39,33 (do.); 68,36 (w,pot,);

70,8 {quod). — ^) as soon as, 18, i7 (w,

pres. ind.). ~ comp. : *yath'icchitam,

adv. (or adj. n.) according to one's

desire, 111,28; — yatha-kammaih, adv.

according to one's deeds, 8,i3. 13,7.

22,18; - "-dittha, mfn. as seen, ace,

f, r^via. (bhiimiifa^ 69,23; - *''-paii-

iiatta, mfn, 84,i7 (y, /i.); - "-padese,

loc, {sa. yatha-pradegaih) 47,i {v.

padesa); - *"-pasadanam, adv, Dh.

249 {v. ^.); - "-'bhirantaih, adv.

70,20. 77,16 (r. abhiramati); - •"•bhuc-

ca, mfn. {Jr. yatha-bhutam) accor-

ding to the fact, real; n. ^am (aja-

nanti, "the truth") 108,i6; - O-bhu-

tam, adv. according to the fact, right-

ly, truly, 91,8. 96,8. Dh. 203; - *"-va-

cam, adv. {cp. sa. °-vacanarii) accor-

ding to one's words, 108,30; *''-vatam,

adv. by the wind, 20,2 (gacchanto);— "-vidita, mfn. {sa. ®-vitta) as found

or understood; ace. f. /vam (bhumim)69,28; — "-saddham, adv. according

to faith, Dh. 249; - "-sukham, adv.

according to one's pleasure, 2,i8. Dh,326. cp. seyyatba.

yad-, by sandhi = yam (v. ya-).

yada, indecl. {coty, = sa.; correl.

of tada) when, whenever; from what

time, as soon as; w. aor. 18,31 (aga-

ma, w. foil, atha); 68,21 (do.); 99,i.

108,2*; w, pot. 35,7. 44,22 {w. foil.

atha); w. pr. indie. 66,20 (atha);

76,12 (tada); 107,ii (atha).

yadi, indecl. {conj. = sa.) if; w.

pot. 98,83. 100,8; w. pres. ind. 100,7;

yadi evam (without verb, "if so")

5,15; yadi va or yadiva (after prec.

va, = "or") Dh. 98; yadiva (shot,

tened of yadi va) Dh. 195 ("or");

yadi vS (repeated, without verb, ^whether - or) 92,i6 etc.

yanta, «. {sa. yantra) a vice,

press, machine; loo, /ve (pakkhipitva

viya) 40,18.

yanti, iJr. 8, pi., v, yati.

yan nuna, v. yam.Yam a, m.nom.pr. (= sa.); the

king of hell or god of death; gen.

^assa (santike, "near to the death")

Dh. 237 ; — ''-purisa, m. a servant

of Y., messenger of death, pi. rwa,

Dh. 236; - Moka, »i. the world of

Y., ace. ^am, Dh. 44-45.Yamaka, n. nom. pr, (lit, "the

twofold") of a Pali work, the sixth

book of Abhidhamma-Pitaka; /s/am,

102,11. — °-vagga, m. name of the

first chapter of Dh, (lit. "double'

verses").

[yamati], vb. {sa, \/yam) [to hold,

support; hold back, restrain; intr. to

leave off, to cease {i, e, "to decease"?)];

imper. {injunctive) 1. pi, med. yama-mase, Dh, 6 (the meaning is uncer-

tain fperhaps "to subdue one's self"

or "to be subdued" as by Yama?).

{cp. Franke, WZKM. 1901; Dhpd.

(1865) p, 110.)

yava, in. (= sa.) barley; ace.

rwam, 9,1; "-khetta, n. a field of bar-

ley, 8,18 (sali-"); — "-majjhaka, mfn.having barley(-fields) in the middle, or

being situated amidst the barley-field ?

comp. ""Uttara-yavamajjhaka, m. nom.

pr. of a village, 55,8o.

yasa (& yasas, comp. yaso-) m.

{sa. ya^as) *) honour, glory, reputa-

tion, celebrity; nom, 1^0 (maha) 65,it;

yasassin 214

103,*»; Bh. 24; aec, iv/aifa, 42,t«.

46,(9. 54,84; instr. <^ena, 64,io; eomp.yaBO-bhoga*8amappita, mfn. endowedwith glory and fortune, tn. ^o, Dh.303. — *) Yasa, nom. pr. of a man;nom. r^o (kulaputto) 67,8i etc, ep.

next,

yasassin, mfn, {sa, yapasvin)

glorious, famous, celebrated; nom. m,~i, 30,9,

yasma, indecl. (abt. fr, ya-) since,

because (corr, w, tasiaa) 86,29. 91,is

{cp. yato).

yagu, f, (sa, yavagu) rice-gruel;

nom. ,v/U, 66,99. 82,i9-so; ace. .^um,

21,b; instr, /^uya, 66,s8; ^-gha^a, m,

(q. V.) 56,31.

yacaka, m, (== sa.) a beggar;

ace. pi, rK<e, 14,19; gen. pi, -^anarii,

16,4.

yacati, vb. {sa \/y.ac) to ask or

beg (for, aec.); pr. 1. sg. />/ami, 31,5;

2. pi, /x/atha (etam) 18,28; aor. 3, sg.

ylLci (jivitam) 111,so; gcr, f>^\i\a, {w,

doubl, aec.) 7,»8. 89,ia; — pass, ya-

ciyati;part, pass, m. ") yaciyiimano,

SJ5,i8. 46,ib; ^) *jaciyanto, 111, 19; -pp. yacita, m. /^o (tenp,) 28,1?; Dh.

224 (w. loc, appasmi); yacaka, m,V, above.

yati, vb, (sa. ^/ya) to go, walk;

pr. iJ. eg, yiitr, Dh, 29. 179. 294;

2, sg, yasi, 49,i4; 3, pi, yantl, Dh.126 (saggaih); part, gen, m. yato

(ito paraA, "when le is passing from

henoe") 77,4; imj., 3. eg, yahi, 18, 1.

3i',io. 38,111.

yilnii, n, (= sa.) a carriage, any

vehicle or druught>an!mul| instr, pt,

-vein, Dh. 323.

yama, m, {=^ so.) a night-watch

(three hours); acc, f%./&ih (tinnamHflfiataraiii) Dh. 157; (patliamiira,

durinfj the llrst v/atoli) 66,s; loc. yfimo

(patharaa-") ll,ao; (purime, id.) 99,19;

Aiiajjhime, in tho middle w.) 99,2o;

(pacchime, in the last w.) 99, sa.

yava (or yavarii, by sandhi yavad-)indecl, (sa, yilvat) •) conj, as long as,

until (cotr, w, tilva); w. pres, ind,\

23,u. 48,11. 102,8. 110,4. Dh. 72 (y5-

vad-eva). Dh. 119; w. aor. 33,n.

77,8; yara na, while not, before, w.

pres. ind. 19,i. 92,9. Dh. 284 (ya-

vam); w. fut, 92,8. - ')prp, 10. abl.

12.17 (arunuggamana); 62,6; to. acc,

43.18 (paccantabhumim) ; 62,io (agga-

sakha); f^ tatiyam (up to the third

time) 3,7. 102,26; r^ dutiyam, 102,26.

cp. "-jara, *'-jivam.

*yava-jara, adv, {fr. yava +jara, the last being either contr. of

jaraya (?) abl. of jara. f. (?) or abl.

of the base jara, q. v.) until old age,

Dh. 333.

yava-jivam, adv, {sa. yavaj-

jivam) during all the life, Dh. 64.

yava^ mfn. (= sa.) as great, us

much; pi, BH many; m. pi. yavanto,

108,9 = Dh. 337 (yavanf ettha

samagatiT). cp. next etc.

*yavataka, mfn. {correl. of tava-

taka) = prec; acc. pi. i^e, 81, 17.

yfivata, indecl. {instr, fr. yava',

= sa.) as far as, innsmuch as, be-

cause; 106,1 = Dh. 266 {corr. w,

tona & tiTvata); cp. next.

*yavatayukam, adv. {cp. sa.

yavadayusham) all one's life long;

1^ ^hatva, after having lived out one's

term of life, 8,u, 34,28. 38,s.

yittha, mfn. {pp, yajati; sa, ishta)sacrificed; n. subat. .vuiii (yajetha;Dh. 108 (offering, sacrifice).

yuga, «. (= sa.) a yoke; .x/ath,

98,8.

yujjhati, vb, {sa, Vyudh) to fight

(against, aco,\ with, instr, or prp,)\

part.m.med, «%(inauo, 00,9; wcr. -vitvrt

(corebi saddliim) 33,i8; riififtamafl-

flam) 33,90. cp. next & yuddlia, yodha."yujjhana, n. {fr, prec) fighting;

"-tthilna, n. fighting ground, 29,2*.

•^yufljati, v6. (sa. v'yuj) ') to yoke,haruoss, join; to prepare, arrange; *)

med. & act. ie, attanam, to apply orgive one's self to {loc.)\ pr. 3, sg. med.,-wate (Buddhasasane) Dh. 382; part,m. yufijaiii (attanuiii, ayoge) Dh. 209;pp. yutta {q. V,)-, cans, yojeti & "^yo-

216 yojeti

japeti (q. v.) cp. yuga, yoga, yogga,yojana, etc., yotta.

yutta (& *yuttaka), mfn. (pp.yunjati; sa, yukta) ') joined, yoked;

.64,9 (rathe "-sindhava) ; *) prepared,

arranged; ace, f. r^dim (dhajinim)104,s; *) proper, fit {10. inf.); right;

»». -vO (raangalasso bhavitum) 24,3i;

comp. w. grd. *kattabba-", mfn. right

to do, n. o^aifa, 54,38; katabba-yutta-kam karissanti, 39,84 (y. karoti, grd.);

*thapetabba-yuttaka, mfn, fit to be

Bet in a place (loc,); acc, m, ^am(rajatthane) 11, i.

yuddha, wi. n, (= sa.; pp, fr.

yujjhati) battle, war; aec. ^am (detu,

let him fight") 36,9i. 39,io; dat, ^aya(pacouggaccnatni), 104,4.

yuvan, mfn, (= sa.) young, nom,m. ^va, Dh. 280 (a youth), cp, yob-

bana.

yusa, m, n. {sa. yusha) juice, gravy;

t\/iiTa (amba-", g. v.) 37,a4.

ye, pi, m. pron. rel., v, ya-.

yena, indecl. (conj.\ instr, fr.

pron. rel. ya-, corr. w, detnonstr. tena)

*) in what direction, where; 68,5 etc.

{cp. yena, sc. maggena, 104,2). - ')

(bo) that {ut); 77,6 (tatha karissasi

/%/ gamissasi). — ') because; Dh. 266{w. pot.); 260. 270 {w. pres.).

*yenicchakam, adv. {fr. yena -f-

iccha) where one likes; Dh, 326.

*yebhuyyena, adv. (instr, ofyebhuyya, mfn. numerous, much; fr,

ye = yam (Magadhism) & bhiyyo(Tr. PM. p. 76); cp. sa. yad-bbuyas)generally, entirely, always, upon the

whole, in all; 73,88. 96,T-ii. (cp.

Franke, KZ. n. F. XIV, 420.)

yeva, indecl., v. eva.

yesam, yehi, yo, v. ya-.

yoga, m. (=«o.) i) junction, union,

combination; acc. ,^&m (manusakam,"bondage") Dh. 417; comp. sabba-'-visamyutta, mfn. {v. h.); nakkhat-ta-^, m. conjunction of stars, constel-

lation (v. h.). — *) application of the

mind, exertion, devotion, meditation

etc.; abl, /%>£, Dh. 282; loc. tvasmim,

Dh. 209; comp. *afiiiatra-'', mfn. (q.

v.); yoga-kkhema, m. 'tranquillity of

devotion', complete happiness (= Nib-bana^; acc. >^&m. (anuttaram, nibbS-

nam) Dh. 23; gen. /N^assa (pattiya)

103,8; a-yoga, m. (q. v.),

yogga, n. (sa. yogya) a carriage,

vehicle; loc. r^e (maha-*', a chariot

of state) 68,19.

yojana, n. (= sa.) 'yoking, har-

nessing', a measure of distance (the

length of an Indian yojana is variously

indicated, varying between 4—18 miles;

according to some = 21,400 Metres

(about 12 miles) = 4 gfivutas, one

gSvuta being 80 usabhas & 20 ya^^his

k 7 ratanas (or hatthas, '/g Metre) k

2 vidatthis & 12 angulas (inches));

nom. ^&m, 107,9 = Dh. 60; loc.

'y^e (addha-®, q. v.) 63,i9; comp.

*°-ppamana, & ""'-matta, mfn. having

an extent of a yojana, 63,88; 6,8;

"-sahass'-ubbedha, mfn. (v. ubbe-dha) ; ti-yojana-satika, mfn. (q. v.)

;

timsa-", ,%. diyaddha-" (v, h.).

yojana, /. (= sa.) 'union, con-

junction', grammatical construction;

in the comment style : what is to be

supplied or understood; 'mukhenasukara-sadiso asin' ti yojana, 'I was

like a pig by my mouth', bo is to be

understood, 86,98.

yojanika, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) so

many yojanas long; sattbi-", 61,io;

8atta-^ 61,11.

yojapeti, vb. (caus. II. yuniati)

'to cause to be joined or fixed , to

apply, employ, prepare (acc); ger,

/s.^etva (dvaram) 6,t.

yojeti, vb. (caus. yunjati; sa,

yojayati) ') to harness; to make ready

(acc); ger, «wetva (sindhave), 63,8;

imp, 2, sg. f>,Q\\\ (ratham) 63,8; *)

to fasten, bold fast, grapple, attack

(acc); pot, 3, sg. med. />^etha (Ma-ram) Dh. 40; w. attanam : to apply

or give one's self to (loc), part. m.

a-yojayam (attanaih yogasmim, whodoes not give one's a^lf to meditation)

Dh. 209,

yotta 216

yotta, «. {sa. yoktra) a rope,

conl; ace, x^aih,. S5,85; pi. is-'ani,

28,90.

yodha, m. (== «o.) a warrier,

Bcldier; pi. *'-maha-yodha, 39,i».

Yona(ka), mfn, {m. Yavana)loniaD, Greek; pi. the Oreeks (in Bac-

tria), ^ka, 97,4. {cp, Weber, Ind.

Str. II, 321.)

y n i,

/". (-= 50.) the womb, uterus

;

source, origin ; e, o. a olasB or kind of

living baifigg; toe, yoniyam (kapi-"

nibbattitva, huving been born as an

ape) 1,3; (miga-") 5,93. cp. next etc.

yonija, mfn. (= sa.) born from

the womb, born in a certain class of

beings ; arc. »». i^am (na brahmanambrurui, "on account of his birth")

Dh. 396.

yoniso, adv, (sa. yoni^as) 'by the

source', radically, thoroughly, deeply

(wisely); Dh. 326 (cp. SBE. X. 79).

yob b ana, n. (fr. yuva?j; sa. yau-

vana) youth; loc. f^e, Dh. 165; ut-

tama-yobbana-vilasa-matta, mfn.

47,u (v, vilasa, cp. matta').

B.

r, sandhi-consonant, inserted be*

tween vowels (like sa, Biddhi-r astu,

114,88) : dhi-r-atthu, 63, la. 103,88;

usabho-r-iva, 106,i9; aragge-r-iva,

Dh. 401; sasapo-r-iva, Dh. 407 {cp.

Tr. PM. p. 82; Windiseh, Ber. d.

stlchB. Ges. 1893).i

rarasi, f, (sa, ta^rni, m,) *) a

string, line, rein, bridle (v. rasmi

belou). — ^) a ray of light, splendour;

gen. pi, /^'Inaiii (chabbannanam, q,

V,) 87,8f.

rakkbaka, mfn, {sa. raksbaka)

guarding, watching; m. a watchman;

kbeita-", «i. a fiald-watcher, pi. r».a,

8,18.

rakkhati, vb, {sa. yraksh) to

guard, watch, protect; to keep, observe;

to beware of {acc.)\ p: . 3. sg. >^ati

(silam) 38,u. 97,9; (dhanaih) Dh. 26;

part, m, /x/anto, 33,2* ;gen. /^ato,

Db. 241; imp. 2. sg. rakkha, 22,ie.

110,25; pot. 3, sg. rakkhe, Dh. 40;

rakkheyya (kaya-ppakopam)_Dh. 231

;

Db. 167 (metri causa : ^eyya); 3. sg,

med. ^etha, Dh. 36; inf. ^itum,

20,29; grd, rakkbitabba (to be ob-

served) 14,i3; a-rakkhiya, mfn. diffi-

cult to watch, m. <wo (matugamo)

62,8; pp. rakkhita, & cans. *rakkha-

peti (f. below) cp. rakkhaka, rak«

khana, rakkha, durakkha.

rakkbana, n. {sa. rakehana)

guarding, protecting; "-atthaya, 62,3s

[v. attha*); sassa-rakkhan'attham, 8,7.

rakkha, f. {sa. raksba) protection;

ace. ^aih (Lanka-") 110,37.

*rakkhapeti, vb. {cans. II. rak-

khati) to watch; aor. 3. sg. ^esi,

73,S8.

rakkhita, mfn, {pp. rakkhati;

sa. rakshita) guarded, protected ; comp.

"-gopita-vattbumhi {loc, v. vatthu)

58,13; a-rakkhita, su-rakkhita, mfn.

(2. v.),

raccha, f, {sa. rathya) a carriage-

road, street; ace. rvam, 76, i8. {cp.

ratha).

raja(s), m, {sa. raja8, «.) vapour,

dust; dirt, impurity {metaph, of pas-

sions); nom. rt^o, 108,8 (pamadanu-patito, "defilement"); (sukhumo) Dh.1 26 ; ace. ^aiii, Dh. 3 1 3 ; 58,5 (pada-",

"the dust at his feet", rp. pada-paih-suni, 77,7); instr, /.^ena, 84,23; comp,

rajo-" (originally n.) 112,2» (tamba-bh\inii-°); cp, rajovajiUla below,

rajata, «. (= sa.) silver; nom.rt^am, 26,16; gen, ^.^assa, Dh, 239;comp, "-dama-vanna, mfn, like asilver chain, 61,i9; *<*-phalaka, n.

48,8 {v, h.)\ "-rnaya, mfn. made of

silver, 28,3o; *'*-vanna, mfn, silver-

coloured, 6,27; *°-vimana, n. 23,22{v. h.)\ dvandva comp. savanna-",61,27; jatarupa-o, 81,26. - Rajata-pabbata, »». nom. pr. of a mountain(in Himavanta), 'Pilver-Hill'; nom.rvO, 61,18.

217 rattindiva

raj ana, n. (= sa.) colouring,

dye; ace. />^aiii, 6P cp. ratta*.

*rajovajalla !' r rajojalla), n.

(/v. raia(s) & 'jalla, avajalla = smut,

Boot (?) cp. sa. jhallika & Childers

S. V.) "duBt and dirt", or "rubbingwith dust", Dh. 141 (SBE. X, 38;Dhpd. (1866) p. 306; Trenckner refers

to jaleti, denom. fr, jala, to cover,

which is found in Fsli, cp. Dhatup,XXXlI,io; the Birro. reading is rajo-

jallam, which is always found else-

where : Jat. V, 421,89; Mil. p. 133etc.; rajovajall(aib) might be due to

tmesis = rajo va [= va] jallam; cp.

rajojallika, mfn. covered with dust,

Jat. I, 390,18, & Sn. v. 198. 249).

rajja, n, (sa. rajya) sovereignty,

government; kingdom; nom, r^&m.,

112,9; ace. »N/am, 1,2. 8,3 etc. (~karoti, to be king); instr, />/ena, 69,2b;

loc, o^e, 42,26; contp. *rajjatthika,

mfn, (v. atthika); "-parimana, n.

43,29 (g, v.); *°-8ainika, m. king, 43,s«

(Baranasi-") ; '•-sima, f. 39,i8 (g. v.)

cp. eka-°, opa-°, maha-°, & ra^tha.

rajju, f. (rarely m, = so.) a rope;

nom. r^u (alarabani, 3, v.) 47,»7 ; ace.

urii (civara-°, q. v.) 83,«i; instr. «vuya,

54,20. cp. next.

rajjuka, m. (dimin. fr, last; =sa.) a rope, string; ace, f\/&Ui (ugga-

hana-^ q. v.) 14,38.

rafina, ranne, raflno, v, ra-

ja(«)-

rattha, n. (sa. rashtra) kingdom,

realm, country; abl. /x/a, 38,2i; -%/a

rwam (aec, from kingdom to kingdom)

104,8; loc. (v-e, 18,24; camp, "-jana-

pada-vasino, 102,5 \v. h.); "-pinda,

m. 107,8 (v. h.); Kasi-^, Kosal'a-**,

Baveru-', Videha-" (g. v.) cp, rajja.

rata, mfn. (pp. ramati; = sa.)

delighting in (loc, or e, c); m. <x/0,

Dh. 181. 300; ajjhatta-", Dh. 362;tanhakkhaya-*>, Dh. 187; dbamma-°,Dh. 364 (g. «.); pi. ~a (gocare)

Dh. 22.

ratanaS n. (aa, ratna) a jewel,

e. e, a valuable or precious thing;

pi. ^ani, 33,6; instr.pl. r^aXvi, 27,2»;

28,28 (sattahi, the 7 precious things,

i. e. gold, silver, etc!) cp. satta-ratana-

vicitta, mfn. ornamented with the 7

jewels, 18,26, & Batta-ratana-vassa,

n. 32,11 (v. vassa); gen. pi. /N^anam(tinnam, the 3 jewels, metaph, of

Buddha, Dhamma, Samgha) 28,86; e.

c. assa-", 24,19 ; kambala-**, 25,5;

nilamani-", 26,23; mani-°, 62,3o;

hatthi-"', 24,19 (g, v.) (cp.'jRAS. XII(1880) p. 178).

ratana*, n, (or ratani, f.; sa.

ratni, aratni) a certain measure of

length = 2 vidatthi (g. v.) ep. yojana,

rati, f. (= sa.) pleasure, delight

(often esp. of love); nom. ^i, 47,27,

Dh, 149; ^i, Dh, 310; ace. r^im,

Dh. 187; abl. ^iya, Dh. 214; comp.

kama-°, kilesa-", dhamma-" (v, h.)

cp, a-rati,

ratta', mfn, (pp. ^'ranj, rajjati,

ranjati, rajati; sa. rak^a) coloured,

dyed (esp. with red colour); metaph,

affected with (e. c); comp. "-kambala,

6,87 (v. h.); raga-°, mfn. subject to

passion, pi. >%^a, Dh. 347; saratta-*',

mfn. Dh. 346 (v. h.) ep. rajana,

rattata.

ratta^, m. n. (e. c. = ratti; sa,

ratra) night; addha-", 40,8 (g. v.);

aho-o, Dh. 226" (g. v.); ep, digha-

rattam, adv,

rattata, f. (sa. raktata) redness;

instr. ^aya (akkbinam) 69,5.

ratti, f. (sa. ratri) night; nom.

r^i (digba) 107,9 = Dh. 60; ace.

/N^iiii, 58,17; 22,2i (sabba-"); adv. by

night 9,16 (opp. diva); 112,7 (cp.

rattindiva);gen. loc. ,^iya, 66,b. 78,i

;

41,28. 42,1; an old loc. is ratto (sa.

ratrau) Dh, 296; pi. aec. .>^iyo (sab-

ba-**) 67,87; comp. "-khitta, mfn. (g,

V,); '*'*'-bbatta, n. evening meal, 15,i9;

'"''-bhaga, m. the night time, 21,88;

eka-ratti-o, 104,24 (v. eka«); *aho-»,

f. day & night (v. h.) ; at the end of

comp. we find sometimea the a-stem

ratta* (g, v.) cp. next.

rattindiva, m. & n. (sa. ratrim-

ratto 218

diva) night and day; aec. adv. ivaih

88,»2 (comp. «>/am-).

ratto, adv., loc. ratti {q. v.),

ratha, m. (== sa.) a chariot; .Mn,

/x-o, 60,6; 25,1 (mangala-", q. ».); ace.

/^£m, 7,5; 63,4 (uttama-°) ; instr.

r^ensi (paya8i)-54,4; 98,s; 60,i (Ve-jayanta-", q. v.)

;pL ^a (raja-*) Db.

151; comp. *°-(iandaka, m. the ban*

ner-staff of a chariot, 98,5; *''-pan-

jara, n. 98,5 {v. h.); "-vara, m. an

excellent oh., 64,-'.o (ace. r^Sim)] "-ve-

ga-, 60,10 (g. r.") cp. raccha.

randheti (or randhayati) vb.

{^caus. v'randh). to make subject to,

bring to (^acc. & dat.)', aor. 3. pi,

o^ayum (ma tarn dukkhiaya) Dh. 248.

"ram a, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) pleasing,

deliighting; v. dii-rama, mano-rama.ramariiyti, mfn (grd. fr. next;

= .ia.) pleasant, delightful, beautiful;

n. ,>^arii (uyyanari ) 37,i6; loc. m. -^e,

66,19; n. pi. ,>^ar[i] (amfiflani) Dh.99. cp. ranianeyyaka.

ramati, vb. (sa.y/r&m) to be glad,

to delight in (loc): pr. 3. sg. <^At\,

Dh. 79; 99 (nsetri causa r^ati) ; 1.

sg. med. rame (gahe) 47,26; 5. pi.

»N.^anti, Dh. 91; 1. pi. ^ama (kilesa-

ratiya) 63,a4; fiit. 1. pi. ->/issama

("we will enjoy ourselves") 53,87; fut.

cans. (= simplex) 3. pi. /^essanti,

Dh. 99; pp. rata {q. v., cp. ramita);

grd. ramaniya 8: ramma (3. v,)\ -cans. II. ramSpeti, to gladden, de-

light; ger, /%/etva (tam kilesaratiyS)

73,18.

ramita, mfn. {pp. cans, yram;= sa.) delighted, happy; m. rw^o, Dh.

305.

ramtra, mfn. {grd. ;/ram; sa.

ramya) delightful, beautiful; loc. ^e,

109,31.

rava, m. (= sa.) a roar, cry; song,

sound; nom. »^o, 60,io; ace. .^./am,

53,91; 8,25 (gadribha-"); |60,8 (ma-

ha-"); loc. i^e (gadrabhanam) 113,ii;

*gita-°, m. 112,T {q.v.)] bherava-",tn. 86,19 {q, v.).

ravati, vb. {sa, \/ni, rauti, raviti)

to roar, cry, to set up a cry (ace.y,

part. m. pi. /%,anta (bherava-ravam)

86,19; pari. med. m. >s^msino, 9,i;

aor. 8. sg. ravi, 8,115. ll,so; 3. pi.

<x/iiii8u, 60,8; cp. rava, rava, ruta.

rasa, m. (== sa.) juice, essence;

taste, flavour {esp. s.greeable), sweet-

ness; ace. f\>&m, 37,9. 106,3 = Dh.

49; Dh. 354; 16,i6 (pabbata-") ;pi.

o.-a, 70,32; loc.pl. r^eau, 71,9; "-ha-

rani, f. {v. h.); dhamma-", & dham-mapiti-" {q. v.); naDagga-** {v. nana);

paviveka-'' {q.v.)\ roadhura-** {q.v.);

sadisa-*, mfn. of the same taste, 37,22

(nimba-panna-<*); supa-" {q. v.)\

dvandva comp. vanna-gandha-", 37,30

("-rasupeta, mfn.j.

rasmi, f. {& m.) = ramsi {sa.

raQmi); pi. ^iyo, 98,6 (the reins);

"-ggaha, »». holder of the reins {opp.

sarathi) 106,34 = Dh. 222.

rassa, mfn. {sa. hrasva) short;

m. n.,0 (puriso; opp. digho) '92,13;

n. rwaifa, Dh. 409.

rahada, m. {sa. hrada) a lake,

pool; nom. >^o, Dh. 82 (metrically;

rhado); Dh. 96.

rahassa, n. (sa. rahasya) a sec-

ret; ace. /y^&m, 46,9. cp. next,

raho, adv. {sa. rahas) in secret,

privately; 64,i3; *'*-kamma, n. whatis to be done in secret, ace, /N/am,

54,17.

rag a, tn, (= sa,) ') colour, dye-

stuff {cp. rajana, ratta', & vamsa-rSga); ^) metaph. passion, lust; nom,/<wO, 106,32 = Dh. 14; comp. ®-aggi,

m. the fire of lust, loc. /x'imhi, 64,2o

(in the series : raga, dosa, moha);**'-dosa, mfn, damaged by passion, f.

^a, Dh. 366 {cp. dosa*); "-nissita,

mfn. devoted to passions, Dh. 339{v. h.); *'>-sama, mfn. like passion,

Dh. 202; *tibba-o, & *vita-0, mfn.{v. h.)\ dvandva comp, nandi-raga-",

67,13.

raja(n), m. {sa. rajan) a king,

prince, chief; nom. ^a, 6,3; voc. o^a(maha-") 7,i6; ace. ^anam, 6,u;instr, rafiiia, 48,2i

;gen. {dat.) ranno,

219 ruccati

6,5; all. ,^&io, Db. 139; loc, ranSe,

52,14 ; pi, nom. ace. /^ano, 102,4. Dh.

294; gen. -%^unam, 37,4; - in comp,we have the base raja-", "-raja (e. c,

also frequently rajaji) : agga-", m.

{nom. ^ raja, 98,is); aja-", m. (^voc,

~ raja, 54,S6); assa- , m.{acc, (x/anaib,

66,19); kapi-", »». (gen, ^assa, 1,?);

kumbhila-**, m. (voc, »v raja, l,i6);

Kosala-", m. {gen. ^rafifio, 31,2);

cora-", »». (gen. .^ranfio, 39,88) ; Tarn-

ba-°, w». (worn, ^ raja, 19,6; instr,

<^ rajena, 19,io); deva-°, m. (nom.

<v rapa, 46,3o); dhamma-'*, m. (nom,

/v raja, 19,i); naga-°, »». (Mom.rvraja,

28,«7; ins^r.^x/ rajena, 62,i5); maoou-°,

»». (ace. (vanarii, 44,«b); malia-", m.

{q. v.); yakkha-", m. («^raja-°, 112,«a);

8asa-°, »». (ace. -w rajam, 15,9); Si-

lavamaha-", w». {gen. ^ rajassa, 39,n);supanna-", m. {nom. ^ raja, 19,i6;

gen. /N^ranno, 20,io; i^ rajassa, 20,3);

haihsa-", m. {nam. ^ raja, 10,5; cp.

raja-hamsa, 10,3); - raj'-angana, n.

{q. V.) ; "-abhisekha, m. {v. abhisekha)

;

"-upa^thana, n. {v, upattbana); "-o-

vada-jataka, n. {v. ovada); "-kula,

n. {q. v.); *°-fiataka, »n. (</. v.); "-ta-

naya, m. (q. v.); "-nandana, m. {v.

nandana); "-nivesana, n. (q. v.)] °-put-

ta, m. a prince, a person of the royal

family; gen. >x<a88a, 45,83; instr. <^ena,

111,3; "-purisa, m. a royal servant,

pi. ^a, 40,3. 74,7; °-ratha, «». a royal

chariot, pi, ,>.,a, Dh. 151; *°-rathu-

pama, mfn. like a royal chariot, Dh.

171; "-settha, m. the best amongkings, voc. »N^a, 47,8; "-hamsa, m. a

kind of Bwan, 10,8 (suvanna-", 'golden

king-swan').

Rajagaha, M. {sa. Rajagrha) 'the

king's house', nom. pr. of a city, the

capital of the Magadha country; ace,

rs,&m, 76,9; loc. /^e, 76,8; "-samipe,

near to B., 84,3i.

Radha, »n. (= sa.) nom. pr. of

a parrot (Bodhisatta); nom, rvO, 9,7;

^-jataka, ». 9,s.

ramaneyyaka, w. (fr. ramaniya;

sa, ramajjiyaka) loveliness, beauty;

comp. *bhumiifa-'', n. (with ih inserted)

a delightful place, Dh. 98 {cp. Tr. PM,p. 56-56).

rava, m. (= sa.) a cry, roar;

ace. t^&m (baddha-**, q. v.) 11,so;' ""

-«, 2. «.) 113,10.

cp. rava.

instr. rv/ena (gadrabha-

rasi, m. {sa. ra^i) a heap, quan-

tity, multitude; acc. .%^im (dhanassa)

34,12; 16,3 (angara-"); 5,8 (icantaka-*)

;

51,11 (daru-"); abl. (N/imha (puppha-°)

Dh. 53; loc. .x-imhi (aBgara-*) 16,7,

Rahula, m. (= sa.) nom. pr,

') of Ootama Buddha's son [LSghulain the A(;oka Insor. (Bhabra text)];

nom, f^o, 64,7 (explained by ban-

dhanaih, 'a bond, fetter, impediment',

cp. Weber, Ind. Stud. HI, 130 & 149)= *°-kumaro, 64,9; *°-matar, f. the

mother of R., whose name according

to later Buddhist tradition was Yaso-dhara; nom. o^a, 64,5; gen. ~aya,

65,87; - ") of a samanera {q. v.) of

Sariputta; nom. <x<o, 81, 14.

rukkha, m. {sa. ruksha & vrksha;

cp, Pischel, Gr. § 320; Wackernagel,

Gr. I, § 184, b.) a tree; nom. f^o,

36,36; abl, »„&, 12,32; /^ato, 11,si;

loc, ^e, 2,3; comp. rukkhagge, loc,

at the top of a tree, 11,85 {v, aggah""-kotthaka, m. a woodpecker (q. v.);

"-devata, f. a dryad, 3,8i ; °-mula, n.

the foot of a tree {q. v,)\ dvandva

comp. "-gumbMayo, 6,11; cp. araraa-",

udumbara-", kappatthiya-°, nigro-

dba-°, phala-o, bodhi-", mahS-sala-",

vara^a-", susira-".

ruci, f, (= sa.) liking, pleasure;

wish, desire; acc, "k/im (uppadeti, w.

loc. to take pleasure in, take a fancy

to) 10,12. 64,2; loc. ^iya (assa sati,

"at his command") 39,u. cp. *anfla-

rucika, mfn.

rucita, mfn. {pp. ruccati; = sa.)

being at one's pleasure, agreeable;

citta-", mfn. {q. v,).

rucira, mfn, (= sa,) beautiful,

lovely; /". .^-a (pUthi) 10,i»; w. «%.aih

(puppham) Dh. 61.

ruccati (& '-rocati), vh, (sc^ruc)

rnjati 220

to please, to be agreeable to {gen,);

pr.8.sg.nu&ii (no, mayham) ll,t-i8;

pot. 3. sg. /N^eyya (mamaj 55,«5; aor.

8. sg. rucci (mS te ^) 74,»4i pp.ruoita (g. v.); cans, rooeti (q, v.) cp.

ruci, ruoira.

rujati, vb, (sa, \/ruj) to cause

pain, ache; pr. 3, pi, ^anti (pada,gacchantassa (te)) 97, bb. cp, paluj-

jati & roga, m.

ruta, n. (= sa.) cry, voice (of

animals); 8abba-''-janana-manta, wi.

a spell giving knowledge of all sounds,

63,18.

*ruda, M. {cp, sa. rud, f, & prec.)

cry, voice (of animals); nom. ^aih(manunnam) 10,i9.

rudati (& rodati, q. v.), i)b, {sa,

\/rud) to cry, weep; part, acc, m.

^antarii. 111, is.

rudda, mfn, {sa, rudra) furious,

cruel, formidable; "-dassana, mfn, of

dreadful sppi-arance, m. <n/0 (kum-bhilo) 108,st; cp, ludda.

runa, mfn. {e. c, = sa.) growing;

*uttamai5ga-'', v. afiga. cp. riihati.

ruhira, n. {sa. rudhira) blood;

nom. acc. r^&m, 76,7. 76,4. cp, to-

bita, lohita.

rupa, n. {& m.) (= sa.) *) form,

appearance, espt handsome form, grace,

bfiauty ; acc. ^am (manoharaiii) 1 11,S6;

instr. ^ensL (soni-", q. v.) 111,2; gen,

<>»assa (adinavaiii) 47, £3 ; comp. ru-pagga-ppatta, mfn. v. agga*, cp.

patta'; *°-ppatia, m/w. beautiful, f.pl.

/>/ii, 64,80 ; "-sampatti, f beauty, acc.

rviifa, 19,11 ; "-siri, f (dvandva) "beauty

anu naajeaty", act'. />.ira, 64,ib; *utta-

nia-rupa-dhara, mfn. endowed with

the highest beauty, f. ,>,a, 19,7 ; e. c,

V. anurGpa, w/n,, abhirupa, mfn.,

evarGpa, mfn., *kalyana-", mfn.,

jata-", n., tatha-", mfn., *bhinna-°,

mfn., '•'mulha-^ mfn., ""sadhu-", mfn.— ^) in the dogmatics : material form,

body; idarii ^&m, i07,7 ^ Dh. 148{synon. ayam kayo, 107,5); esp, as

one of the five co'astituent elements

of an individual (v. khandha) ; 94,8,

ete.\ pi. visible things, objects to

cakkhu : /vani, 69,i7 ; m. pi. <N.a, 70,m.

71,8»; loc. n^esu, 71,5; *°-BamkbS-

vimutta, mfn. "released from what is

styled form", m. /^o (Tathagato) 95,i»;

dvandva comp. nama-rupa, n. (v. h.)

cp. namafi ca rupa:ii ca, 82,9.

rupaka, n. {—. sa.) an image,

esp. a statue; *kaficana-"-patibbaga,

mfn, 47,14 (v. patibhaga).

rulha, mfn. (pp. riihati; sa. ru-

dha) sprung up, grown; "-tina, mfn.

abounding with grass, loc, rvC (kacche)

104,87.

ruhati, vb. {sa. rohati, ruhati,

\/ruh) to grow; pr. 3. sg. ,>/ati (ruk-

kho) Dh. 338; p^. riilha {q. v.); cans,

ropeti, ropapeti (5. v.) cp. ruha.

Re vat a, m. nom. pr. of a thera;

nom, ^0 (raahathero) 113,8.

roga, m. (= sa.) disease; abl.

^a (jigaccha parama -^, hunger is

worse than disease) I)h, 203; pandu-",

m, {q. v.); '"''-nidda, n, {v, h^ cp. a-

roga & niroga, mfn,rooeti, vb. {cans, rucoati; sa.

rocayati) to find plensure in, to choose

{acc.);part. f. />^enti (samikam) 10,i2

;

aor. 3. sg. ^esi (moram) 10,io; ger.

r-vCtva (ulukarii) 11,3.

rodati, vb. (sometimes also ru-

dati {q, v.); sa. v'rud) to cry, weep;part. m. ») ^anto, 17,9. 89,u; ^) ro-

darii, Dh. 67 ;part. med. f. ^mana,

68,13. 69,11 ; aor. 2. sg. rodi, 16,33;

1. sg. rodirii, 17, 13. 68,14 (rodin ti);

inf. rvitum, ger, r^^itva, 49, 10.

*ropapeti, vb. [caus, II. ruhati)to cause to be planted (occ); ger,

i^etva, 36,38.

ropita, uifn. {fr. caus, ropeti; —sa.) planted; n, n..,um, 37,6; tji. pi,

rvS, 100,14.

*ropima, Uifn, planted, raised,cultivated {opp. kaccha, sayamjata);acc, r«^am (kandam) 92,i9.

ropeti, vb. (cous. ruhati; sa, ro-payati) to plant, sow (acc); aor. 5.sg. r^esi, 37,19; ger, ^.-etva (nivapa-

221 lapa

tinam) 6,e; pp. ropita (q. v.) cp.

ropima.

roruva, »i, (sa. raurava, cp, ruru)a kind of savage aaitnal, the Raru-deer;gen. ^assa, 92,».

roh it a, mfn. (= sa.) red; "-ma-cche, 14,»s, {cp, lohita).

L (-1.).

1, Sandhi-CoDBonant (sa. -d-), pre-

served in cha-}-abhinna, sa-J-ayatana

(q. v.).

la, indecl., a syllable indicating

abbreviation, = etc, 70,si (cp. pa, pe).

'*'lakana(ka), n, & lakara, m.,

V. lankara,

lakkhana, n. (sa, lakshana) a

mark, sign, attribute; a lucky mark,

mark of beauty; acc, <vam (sasa-®,

the sign of a hare) 16,i6; sabba-"

-sampanna, mfn, endowed with all

marks of beauty, f. fK>si, 66,99.

laggati, vb. (^sa, ^lag) to adhere,

stick in (loc) ; aor, 3, sg, laggi (gale)

13,u; (jale) 36,3s; caus, v, next.

*laggapeti,t;6. (cows. II, laggati)

to tie (acc), to lay to, bring to (as

a ship);ger, <%^etva (navaiii) 26,86.

laggeti, vb, (^caus. laggati; sa,

lagayati) to tie (acc, to : loc.)\ aor,

3, sg, ^esi, 12,95; ger, r^etva (su-

ttam battbesu) lll,i.

Lafika, f. (= sa,) nom, pr, of

the capital of Ceylon; acc. r%/am, 110,18;

loc, /vSyarii, 110,94; *''-dipa, m, Cey-

lon, 11 0,81 ; '-nagara, w. 112,i8 ('•-vS-

sini, f., V. vasijj); ''-rakkha, f. (q. v.).

^laSkara, m, (Birm. reading of

lakara; lakana(ka) n, is also found)

prob. an anchor (=- arab. pers. mah-ratt, lankar, langar) ; nom, >n/0, 28,8o.

(cp. Jat. Transl. II, 78; Tr. PM, 62,i6).

lamghati, vb, (sa. \/laSgh) to

leap over, spring up, ascend; ger.

fvihiL, 16,6.

lajjati, vb. (sa. \/lajj) to be

ashamed (w. gen .pers. & instr. or loo.

rei); pr, 2. sg. <N^asi, 50,i8; 1, sg.

/N.<ami (w. duo loc.) 50,ib; 3. pi, >x/anti

(lajjitaye) Dh. 316. 3. pi. med. ,x/are,

ib.;

ger, .N^itva, 10,29 ; pp. m, .x/ito

(filled with shame) 10,i6; grd, lajji-

tabba (what one ought to be ashamedof) of which an elder form is found

Dh. 316 : lajjitaye, loc. n. & a-lajji-

taye (cp, Tr, PM. p. 66,13).

lajja, f. (= sa.) shame; instr.

rwaya (from shame) 46,8.

lajjita, & »/aya, v. lajjati.

*lajjiM, mfn, (fr. lajja) endowedwith the sense of shame, modest, well>

conducted; m, pi, ,>w/ino, 102,i7.

lat(hi, f. (= yat(hi (g. v.)\ sa.

yashti) a stick, goad; patoda-°, /",

(v, h.),

lata, f. (= sa.) a creeping plant,

creeper; nom, ^a,, Dh. 340; comp,

*puti-", & vijjullata (q, v.).

laddha, mfn, (pp. labhati; sa,

labdlia) taken, obtained; arrived; n,

«%/ara (dukkbam) 16,3o; acc. m, />.'arii

(yasam) 64,34; it is often used as finite

tense : n, ^a.m, 22,ie. 62,93. 66,8o; f.

<x/a, 68,11 ; w, auxiliary verb ; 5Q,so,

58,19 ('v bbavissati); in duo loc, 7, 14

(abhaye ^e); 87,90 (okase); some-

times it is even used in active sense :

'has got, obtained' ; na kho tvam . .

,

patittham laddho, 28,i6; - comp,

*°-abbaya, mfn. (v, a-bbaya); *°-ova-

da, m. (admonition obtained from, abl.)

8,11 ; *°-kabapana, m. (money received

or gained, i. e, blood money^ 74,6;

*o.gabbha-parih5ra, mfn, (v, h,);

*''-pabbajjiipa8ampada, mfn, (v, upa*

sampada); '-vijayo, 112,m (v. Cor*

reotions); op. '"miochS-", & su-laddha,

mfn.oiaddhaka, mfn, (sa. labdhaka)

= prec, (only e. c); *abhaya-"', mfn.

(v. a-bhaya).

laddha, ger. & laddhum, inf,,

V, labhati.

*lapa, mfn. (fr. next) talking,

speaking (esp. falsely), hypocritical;

*0-8akkhara, mfn. speaking sweetly,

wheedling, f. pi. iva, 51,84.

iapati 222

Iapati, vh. (aa. V^ap) to talk,

prate; caus. lapayati (lapeti) id.; pr.

3. pi. /x-ayanti, Dh. 83 ; cp, lapa,

lapana.

lapana, n. (= so..) talking, speak*

iog; niratthaka-", n. DonsenBe; inatr.

^ona, 62,6.

iabuja, m, (sti. kkuca & likuca,

cp. libuja) the bread-fruit tree (Arto*

carpus Laoucba); amba-labujMinam(gen, pi., v, aai) l,ii (cp. panasa).

labbha, mfn. (grd. labhati; sa,

labhya) obtainable, attainable, possible;

n. pi. /"wE (piya) 6fi,«; heuce *labbha,

indecl, (probably origiaally subst. f.)

frequently used -.d. passive conBtruc-

tiona like sakka (q. v.).

labbhati, pass., v. labhati.

"lab ha, mfn. (e. c, = sa,), v,

duUabha.labhati, vb, (sa. ylabh) to take,

catch, find ; to get, obtain, receive

(acc); to be allowed, or have oppor-

tunity of (doing anything, to. foil,

inf-)'y pr, 3. sg. .x-ati (pahariturii)

8,4; (iccham) 67,io; (okasam) 87,i9;

nretri causa ^ati, Dh. 374; 1. sg.

«>.ami (hist, pr.) 108,95; 3. pi. <>^atha

(khaditum) 8,6; 3, sg. med. />^ate,

Dh, 131. 103,3s (sukham); part, m.

fN.-anto, 48,84; a-labhanto, 3,?; f.

rvanti (a-") 46,9; f, pi. f«^antiyo,

21,16; part. med. m, ^mano, 37,8i;

f. /x-niana (a-°) 6,86; imp. 3. pi,

/N^antu (tava, be it then that they ob-

tain) 7,18; 1. pi. med. (injunctive)

labhamase, 13,86; po<. 1. sg. «^eyyam,

16,u. 70,ib; rweyyaham, 70,u; 3. sg.

med, .^etha, Dh. 328; dor. 1, sg.

labhim (jivitam, Baved my life) 12,88;

3. pi. «>.imsu, 28,1?; fut. 3, sg. ») la-

bhissati (jivitam) 12,8; l.sg, -x^issami,

1,30. 4,36, e<c.; 5. jpi. /^issanti (abha-

yam) 7,i6; 2. pi. -vissatha, 18,io;

^) 3. sg. lacchasi, 2,3o; inf, laddhum,11, 1; ger. ") /x.-itva, 6,21, 28,i3 (pati-

tthaiii); 60,2i (balam); a-labhitva,

10,22. 73,4. 102,37; ^) ^itvana, 54,29;

~ pass, (to be found, obtained, ac*

quired) pr. 8. sg. labbhati (yassa

mittadbammo -v, whose friendship

is acquired) 14,s; part, labbhamane

(loc. m.) 48,7 ; pp. laddha (q. v.);

grd. labbha (q, ».) cp. »labha, labha.

lasika, f. (sa. lasika) the lubri-

cous fluid of the joints, synovial fluid;

82,5 = 97,23.

lahu, mfn, (sa, laghu) light, quick;

inconstant, flighty; gen. n. >x'Uno (ci-

ttassa) Dh. 35; n, (adv.) lahum,

quickly, Dh. 369.

lakh a, f. (sa. Isksha) lac; *°-pa-

rikamma-kata, mfn, lacquered, 5,88.

laja, m, (= sa.) *) fried or par-

ched grain; dvandva comp. madhu-laja-", 18,37. — *) a kind of flowers

(of Dalbergia arborea, Childers) ; laja-

dihi, 61,24 (v. adi).

labha, m. (= sa.) obtaining, ac-

quisition, gain, pro6t; nam. /<wO, 18,3s;

dat. r^a, (shortened of labhaya, cp,

Ktthn, Beitr. p. 71; Weber, Ind. Str.

Ill, 371) 70,7, 106,88, if not we have

here pi. = sg., cp, Dh, 204 : arogya-parama (q, v.) labha, which must be

nom. pl.\ but arogya-parama mightperhaps be an old error for arogyamparama (or paramam); if '%/am labhais the true reading, we have to trans-

late : health is better than gain, and

labha would be abl. (cp. roga, Dh.

203), parama being used in the sense

o{ & comparative; - comp, v. *a-puii-

fia-°, m,; *appa-'', mfn.; salabha, ni.

(v. sa-*); labhagga, n. the highest

gain (v. agga^); dvandva : "-sakkara,

m, gain and honour, nom. ^0, 18,99;

loc. f^e, 72,98; *hata-*'-8akkara, mfn.who has lost his gain and honour, in.

pi. «^a, 72,98; cp. *labhiipani8a, mfn,(? V. upanisa).

Lai a, m, (sa, lata) nom. pr. of a

country in India (cp. Westergaard,Buddha's D0d8aar, Overs, Vid, Selsk.

Forh. Copenh. 1860, p. 162); "-visaya,

m. 'who has L. for his dominion', i.

e, king of the Lala Country, 110,2»

(Vijayo).

lala, f (= sa.) saliva, spittle;

223 loha

"-kilinna-gatta, mfn. whose body is

wet with spittle, f. pi. ^a, 65,5.

lippati, vb. {pass, limpati, to

besmear, taint, defile; sa. ^lip) to

adhere, cling to (loc.);pr. 3. sg. (s/ati

(kamesu) Dh. 401. cp. lepana,

lina, tnfn. (= sa.; pp.\>\l) 'adher-

ing'; dissolved, uielted ; slothful ; modest,

humble, dispirited (often Ojpp. uddhata);*a-lina, mfn. free from attachment,

or: undaunted, confident, cheerful; Dh.245 (cp. J. J, Meyer, Da(;akumfiraoa-

rita, p. 8-9, note).

*lilha, f. (prob. fr. y/Mh : 'delicate

taste, delicacy') grace, charm, graceful

power {cp. sa. lila); instr. .x-aya

(Buddha-" dhammam desetva) 7,«.

47,it; (kinnara-**, q. v.) 49,i8.

luncati, vb. {sa. yiunc) to pluck,

pull out (ace); ger, ^itysi (palitam,

kesam) 46,28-20.

ludda*, mfn. {sa. rudra) furious,

cruel; cp. rudda; n. pi. ace, r^&xii,

cruelties. 13,28 {cp. next).

ludda^ m. (sa. lubdba, confounded

with rudra = ludda*) a hunter; ,^o,

12,8; gen. rwassa, 12,7; *°-putta, m.a person who is by caste a hunter,

ace. /vara, 12,22. {cp, Tr. PM. p. B9,ib.

63,81 ; FausbBll, 6 Jat. p. 38.)

luddaka, m. {sa. lubdhaka) a

hunter; nam. ^o, 9,8; 11,>7 (miga-").

Lumbini- vana, n. nom. pr. of

a grove between Kapilavatthu and

Devadaha (the birthplace of Gotama-Buddha); o^am, 62,9-i3.

lekha, f. {= sa.") a line, stroke;

ace. ^am (kaddhitva) 59,6; "-majjhe,

59,7.

leddu (or lendu, Birm. also le^^u)

m. {& n.) {sa. lesh^u, cp. lenda) a

clod or lump of earth; "-adibi, 52,i7

{cp. adi).

lepana, n. (= sa.) smearing,

plastering ; mam8a-lohita-°, mfn. pla-

stered with flesh and blood, n. /^am(attbinam nagaram) Dh. 150.

loka, m. (:= sa.) ^) the universe,

a region or sphere of the universe;

the world, the earth; aco. t\>a.m, 86,i8;

(saggarii, heaven) 7,28; loc. /^e, 3,2s.

61,33. 69,21 ; (^..asmirii, Dh. 247; raelri

causa ^^asmi, Dh. 143; "-dhatu, f.

{v. h.); "-nayaka, m. {v. /«.); *"-8an-

nivasa, m. {q. v.); cp. deva-", para-",

Brahma-", Yama-"; *) the life in this

world, this existence (= bhava, sarh-

sara); ayam >x/0, 96,7; abl. /x/amha,

91,5. Dh. 176; loc. ^e, 96,8-io: *''-ni-

rodha, m. & *''-8amudaya, m. {q. v.);

"-vagga, m. name of oh. XIII of Dh.;

*"-vaddhana, mfn. supporting or cher-

ishing this existence, m, »/0, Dh.

167; cp. vanta-lokamisa, mfn. &sabba-lokabhibhu {v, abhibhu); —') mankind, people, men; ayam 'x/O,

88,29 = ayam lokamahajano, 88,31;.

sabbo (xO, 90,8!; jiva-°, m, living

beings, 47, 17.

lona, n. (sa. lavana) salt; "-jala,

w. salt water, 24,i6 ("-pahata, mfn.)^

lobha, m. (= saJ) cupidity, cove-

tousnesB, greediness; nom, >^o (ca

nam' esa vinasamulam, now, 'cove-

tousnesB is the root of ruin' [prover-

bially], lit. 'this very covetousness')'

33,25; Dh. 248; ace, f^&m (imassa

karissami, excite his senses) 47,4;

instr, .xena, 25,33; (dhana-") 22,82;

dvandva comp. iccha-lobha-", Dh. 264.

lobhayati, vb. (= sa., caus. .

yiubb) to cause to desire, to excite

lust; part. f. /x/ ayauti (va naresu

gacchati, she walks among men as it

were in order to excite their senses)

47,20.

loma, m. (& n.) {sa. loman) the

hair of the body; pi. ^si, 82,a =97,19; lomantaresu, 16,5 (v. antara);

"-kiipa, m, {q. v.).. cp. anuloma,.

patiloma, viloma & next.

loma-ham8a& -hamsana, mfn.

'causing erection of the hairs of the

body', i. e. terrible {subst. n, terror)

;

m. <x/ hamso (bhiimicalo) 80,8o; n.

/vbamsanam, 81,3.

lola, mfn. (= sa.) wanton, lust-

ful; itthi-", mfn. (v. itthi); a-lola,

mfn. {q. v.).

loha, n. {= sa.) iron, any metal;.

lohita 224-

•"-guja, M. an iron-ball, Dh. 371;'*'*>-niga|a-sadisa, w/n. like an iron

chain, 11,S8.

lohita, •) mfn. (==Ba.) red; "-can-

dana-vilepana, n. 23,»8 (v. h.); cp,

rohita. — *) n. blood; worn, /vaiii,

23,38. 103,19. 82,5 = 97,22; loc, ,^e,

'03,80 ; *<'-pakkhatidika, f. dysentery,

78,^4; *<'-bhakkha, mfn. (q. v.); *<>-

makkhita, mfn. {q. v.); dvandvacomp, "-mamsa-, 41,33 (**-kbadaka,

mfn. q. v.); mamsa-", Dh. 150 ("-le-

pana, n. q. v.). cp, salohita.

V.

va, indecl, '* enclitic particle, shor*

teiied of iva (2. v.), only after words

ending with a lon^ vowel ; like, as if;

9,82. 20,16. 47,«3. 88,80-83 (va'ti); 104,

6-18 (<'(%^am va); 108,b (do.); 11 1, 10.

Dh. 28; as corjunction with full sen*

tence : Dh, 24C {corr, w. foil. evam).— *) do. = e/a (g. «.), after long

vowels : just, even, only, etc. ; 6,32.

22,1. 55,2. 69,2! ; 2,33. 6,20-29. 10,22.

17,20; 22,26. 86,?; - 30,25. 32,8. 33,si.

37,3i; 44,81. 57,36, etc. etc. - *) do.

rarely = va, 'or' : 26,6 Taggiva su-

riya va); 26,i8-so-s7; Dh. 195 (yadiva

= yadi va).

vamaa, tn. (sa. vanKja) ') bamboo;

'•'civara-", q. v.; *'*-raga-, the colour

of bamboo, 26,3i (<*"veluriyam, q. v,y

- *) race, lineage, family; ace. rwam,

45,17. — ') tradition, list of teachers;

genealogy, history, chronicle; t>. Ana-gata-vamsa,Dipavamsa, Mahavamsa.vakka, n. (sa, vrkka) kidney;

worn, r^am, 82,b = 97,2i.

vagga, m. (sa. varga) '^ a division,

class, group, multitude; *) a chapter

or section of a book; *''-paii£iasak8,

mfn. (v. h.); esp. of the sections of

Digha-Nikaya; the chapters of Dhpd.are likewise n^med vagga. cp, pafica-

vaggiya, mfn.

vamka, mfn. (sd. vakra, cp. vafl-

kya) crooked, curved, wry; aee. m.

,%-am, 63,9; '-gati, mfn. having a

winding course, f. (^1 (nadi) 48,e;

*vamkottha, mfn, 54,2o (v. oHha).

Vaagisa, m. (cp. sa. vag-i^a)

nom. pr. of a thera, 109,9 (i\^0 pa^i-

bhanava). '

vaca(s), m. & n. (sa. vacas, «.)

speech; ace. n. .x-o, 110,26; dubbaca,

mfn, (q, v,) cp, vaci, vaca, vacasika,

& next,

vacana, n. (= sa.) speaking,

speech, word; advice, instruction; ace,

,^am (sutva) 6,17; ,^am karoti, to

follow one's advice, 4,8. 32,95; ^aiil

bhindati, to disobey, 40,«; /x/am agan-

hantim, disobeying, 52,32; eka-vaca-

nena, instr. 57,3i (v. eka*); - '•-kara,

mfn. obedient, aco, m. pi. o^e, 21,33;

Buddha-", n. (q, v.); cp. pa^i-vaoana.

*vaci, f. (mostly at the beginning

of comp.) speech, word; "-duccarita,

n. misbehaviour in speech, 86,8 (**-san-

nissita, mfn. q. v.); °-pakopa, m. anger

of speech, acc. ^am, Dh. 232; °-3u-

carita, n. good conduct in speech,

86,8 (**-patisaiiiyutta, q. v.).

vaccha, w. (sa. vatsa) ') a calf;

notn. ,%/0, Dh. 284; "-danta, m. a kindof arrow, acc. -N^am, 92,2* (a calf-tooth

arrow). — *) nom, pr., v. next,

""Vacchagotta, m. nom. pr. of

an ascetic (paribbajaka); nom. .^0,

93,22; voc, vaccha, 94,7.

vajati, vb. (sa. ^/vraj) to go, walk,

wander; to go away; to enter into,

attain (acc); pr. 3. pi. ,N.anti, 47,28

= Dh. 347; Dh. 83; (sugatiifa) 77,5;

(devalokam) Dh. 177.

vajira, n, (rarely m.\ sa. vajra)

') a diamond; nom. rvath, 26,8«. Dh.161; pi, ^ani, 27,29; "^"-samudda,m. a diamond sea, 25,s3; "-sara, m. a

good deal of d., acc. <N/am, 26,i. -

P) a thunderbolt.]

Vaj i ra ,/". nom. pr, of a bhlkkhunl,

contemporary of Buddha; instr. .-^aya,

98,28._

vajja\ n. (sa. vadya & vadya)speech, speaking; v. sacca-**.

225 vanta

vajja*, n. (sa. varjya) 'to beB^junned', ». e. fault, sin; nom, ,x/aiii,

106,16 = Dh. 252; ace. abl. ^am<N/ato fiatva, coDBidering sin what ie

Bin, Dh. 319; i?i. «.ani, 106,i7; *»-da8.

81)1, mfn, seeing fault, pointing outwhat is sin, acc. »». /x^iuam, Dh. 76;*''-mati, mfn. seeiig sin, t», pi, ^jno,Dh. 318 (avajje); para-", the faults

of others, Dh. 263 ("-anupasain, q.

v.); cp. a-vajja.

va.ijha, mfn. (sa. vadhya, grd. va-

dhati) to be killed; subst, n. (or .N^a,

/".) killing, execution; """-ppatta, mfn.sentenced to death, m, pi. ^a, 40,u.

vaiioana, m. [or (va, f.] (= sa.)

deception, fraud; nom. ix^aih, R1,3S.

vaficeti, vb, (cows, y'vaflc, sa.

vancayati) 'to cause to go astray',

i. e. to deceive, trick (acc); aor, 1.

sg. .^.-esim (taih) 2,7; inf. fvetuih

(attano samikam, seems to be a gloss

inserted into the text) 51,27 ; comp.

vaiicetu-kama, mfn. {v. kaina*); ger.

/>.etva (inacche) 4,2; (padam, picked

up his heels) 12,no; grd. />^etabba,

mfn. to be tricked, m. ~0, 3,is; pp.

vancita, mfn, tricked, m. ^o, 61,25.

2,18; "-bhava, m. the being tricked,

acc. /^Bva (maya) 5,ii. cp. vaiicana.

vatta, «., V. vatta.

vattaka, m. {sa. vartaka) a cer-

tain kind of bird, a quuil; loc. pi.

.^esu, 88,34.

vattati, vb. {sa. \/vrt) *) to turn,

roll; to take place, be found; to live;

in this sense it is nearly always written

vattati (g. v.) ; «) pr, 3, sg. ») imper-

sonally : must, ought; may, is permit-

ted, advisable, sufficient, etc. {w. inf.,

the subject of which, if added, is put

into instr. or gen.); kin te . . . kba-

ditum »x/ (bad you not better to eat)

1,16; amhakam . . . laddhum <^., ll,i;

amhebi palayitum /x/, 21,27; maya,%/, 36,26-88. 36,8. 43,s. 64,24. 65,u

("it behoves me"); maya ettha kim ka-

tum <s/ ("what can I do about that?")

73,7; tava gantum ^,50,8; imaya

me paricarikaya bbavituih <%', 66,4;

TkU OloiMTT.

without subject {& object) : idain ka-

turn fs^, 44,13; laddhaih yasaiii paba-

tuiii na /%/, 64,85; dametum ^v ("it

will be worthy [of nie] to convert

[him]") 113,9. — ^) personally : ought

to take place, is good, is sufficient;

appatissavaso na ^, 10,8r, eko va[dovariko] ^, 91,28. — cans, vatteti,

to cause tu turn, to upset; pp. vattita

{v. below).

vaUi» /"« (sa- varti) ') a roll, tuft

. the wick of a lamp), a lump,

mass; ^) rounding, edge, rim, brim,

esp. comp. w. mukha-°; *avata-mu-

khavattiyaih, loc. "at the brink of

the pit", 40,28.

vu(j[dhati, vb. (Rometimeg spelt

vaddhatii sa. y/sjAh) to grow, increase;

pr. 8. sg. />^ati (udakam, opp. hayati)

3,4; 48,81 (?row8 up); 107,29 (tanha);

3. pi. iN/anti, Dh. 109 ;part. m. ,%/anto,

24,12; aor. 3. pi. ^iihsu, 37,»o; pp.*) vaddha & vuddha {q. v.); *>) vad-

dhita, m. /n^o (samuia, grown pro-

perly) 24,32; caus. v. next etc. cp.

vaddhana, vaddbi & vuddbi.

vaddhapeti, vb. {caus. II. vad-

dbati; sa. vardhapayati) to cause to

increase, raise {acc.) ; inf. (N^etuih

(vetanam) 76, 12.

vaddhi, A {cp. vuddbi; sa. vrddhi)

growth, increase; prosperity, success;

gain, profit; acc. ^im, 34,i8.

vaddheli, vb. {caus. vaddhati;

sa. vardhayati) to cause to grow, in-

crease; to foster, bring up; to prepare,

make ready, bring, deliver (a discourse

etc.) {w. acc); pr. 1. sg. ~emi (ya-

gum) 66,36; aor. 3. sg. r^eai (Bodbi-

sattam) 46,25; (tasaram), 87,i7; ger.

fvetva, 18,11-26. 63,18. 87, 12.

van a, m. (& n.) {sa. vrana) a

wound; /vO, Dh. 124; cp. a-bbanu,

mfn. & vanita.

vanijja, f. (so. vanijya) trade;

acc. r^Am (karoti) 30,2; cp. vanija.

vanita, mfn. {sa. vranita) wounded

;

m. pi. f\/&, 6,28.

van^a, n. {sa. vpnta) the footstalk

of a leaf (or flower); tala-**, n. {q. v.).

16

vanna 226

vanna, m, {ea. varna) *) form,

Bliape, appearance; instr. .x/ena (na-

vaya, "ia ship-shape") 29,n; kassa-

ka-^, the appearance of a ploughman,ace, /vam, 71,j8; — *) complexion,

colour (also: tribe, caste); moot. «^o,

85,16; "-gandha, m. (dvandva) colour

and scent, 37,8o; 106,a; "-pokkharata,

f. {q. V.) ; "-sadda, m. the word vanna,

85,ss; very frequently at the end of

comp. mfn. = having the colour of . ..,

coloured, v. anjana-", kala-" ("-kata,

84,2i), kala-pasiSna-kuta-", 24,2i;

kumuda-patta-", nila-", meda-", ra-

iata-", rajata-dama-**, tiliio; ratta-

kambala-punja-*>, 5,3?; suvanna-**;

*chabbanna, mfn of six colours {q,

v.); panca-", mfn. of five colours, 4,9

("-paduina-); 62,12 C-bhamara-gana);— ') beauty; ^0, Dh. 109; gen. o^assa;

Dh. 241; chavi-», 18,7; sarira-", 47,5;— •) praise, glory; v. a-vanna. — cp.

llppala-vanna, dubbanna, vevanniya,

savanna (sovanna), next etc.

vannara, f- {sa. varnana) expla-

iiBtion, coramentary; 86, lo (Sukara-peta-vatthu-°).

vannavat, mfn. (sa. varnavat)of beautiful colour; n. rwvantaih (pup-phaih) Dh. 61,

vannita, rn/'»,(sa.varnita) praised;

ioc. m. ^e (gune) 47,3; Sjatthu-",

mfn. praisud by the Master, m. pi,

f^si, 109,19.

"vannix, mfn. (sa. varnin; only

e. c.) having I he colour of**, lilte, res-

setnbling; m.pl. rwitjo (devakumara-")45,2«. I

vanneti, vb, (fr. vanna; sa. var-

nayati) to colour, depict, describe;

to praise (ace); aor. 3. sg, /^esi, 4,i8i

37,18. 64,1 ; fAt. I. s<,i. ^essami, 47,8.

vata\ adv. (= so.) a particle

inserted after the first word of a sen-

tence, often followed by bho (q, v.) ;

') expressing aaaeveration or admission:

certainly, indeed, truly; 2,i2. 30,8

(vat'ayara); 34,i7. 42,i3. 90,25. 105,23;— ^) expressive of *) astonishment : ahovata bho, 42,i7; ^) of satisfaction or

hopefulness : /vbho, 76,si-8j; ") of de-

light : sobhati vatayam darako, what

a pretty little child! 58,8i; ^) of re-

gret or bopeleasness : dhi-r-atthu^bho,

63,18; upaddutam -^bho, 65,i8; aci-

ram vat'ayaifa, 107,5 = Dh. 41»

vata*, M. (sa, vrata) observance,

religious duty, a religious vow; n^&va,

Dh. 312; cp. a-bbata, su-bbata,

siia-bbata & next.

vatava<, mfn. (sa. vratavat) duti-

ful, performing the religious duties;

ace. m. ^vantam, Dh. 208. 400.

vati, f. (sa, vrti) a hedge, fence;

ace, ^iih, 8,7.

vatta (& vatta), n. (sa. vrtta)

a circle; practice, custom; good con-

duct, politeness; business, duty, ser-

vice; comp, vatta-pativattatn, every

single duty, 36,7 (tapasassa akasi,

he rendered him every service), cp.

pati & next.

*vatta-kata (or "-gata), mfn.round, circular; wide-open; ins'.r.

^ena (mukhena) 6, is.

vattati, vb. (= va^ftti, q, v.)

to take place, set in; to be found; to

live; pr, 3. sg, /^.-ati (ravo, is heard)

60,10 ; 3. pi, /»wanti (khara vedana,set in) 13,18; 78,25 (w. gen. cameupon him); fat. 1, sg. ,>.,issami (gu-

nesu, live a good life) 43,4; — mcd.pr. 3. sg. vattate (ussavo maha) 1 12,i6.

cp. vatta (vatta) n.

vattabba, vattum, v, (vadati

&) vuccati.

vattha, n, (sa. vastra) cloth, gar-

ment, dress; worn, -warn (suddhaiii)

68,2i; ace. ^mi (dibba-") 61, is;

instr. ^ena, 20,26; Ioc. -^e (Kasika-^q. V.) 62,29; pi. <K,ani (ali;i' q. v.)

27,18. 33,3; instr.pl, ^elu • ' l)a-'')

20,8 1 comp. ahata-vattha-', ul,28;

apagata-°, mfn. with the dress fallen

apart, f pi. ^a, 65,7.

vatthu, n. (sa, vastu [& vastu])•) site, place, ground (of a buildingetc.) V, Kapila-o, Sirisa-o, & a-va-tthu-kata, mfn, - ^) thing, object,

matter (of a story etc.); property;

227 vapati

mm. „.um (a tale, story) 89,i7; loc.

~umhi (parassa rakkhita-gopita-*,"in protecting and guarding the pro-perty of others") 68,13; sukara-peta-°,86,10 (q.v.) cp. Katha-vatthu.

vatva. ger,, v. {next &) vuccati.

vadati & *vadeti, vb. (sa. ^vad;suppletive of vuccati, q, v.) to say,

speak (ace), answer; to speak to (ace),to tell (ace, gen.), to declare; - A) va-

dati, 3. sg. 73,18. 85,S9; 2. sg. /x-asi,

24,1. 88,7; 1. sg, ^ami, 70,3o. 94,is;

(saccam) 38,38; (tarn) 108,3; (nam,speak to her) 9,i8; 3. pi. ^anti, 21,6.

7a,ao; part, ace. m. /vantiim, 22,i8,

loc, /N.ante, 9,3, pi. ^anta, 74,ii;

part. med. m, rs^ aniano, 99,8r, pot,

3. sg. -^eyya, 79,i5. 92,8; 3. sg.

^eyyasi, 36,8. 99,i4; 5. pi. o..eyyuih

(gunam, praise) 43,8; aor. *) 2. sg.

vadi (ma) 9,i9; *>) 3. sg. vadi (tarn)

108,88; 3. pi. ,x,iifa3U, 24,87. 73,8i, -B) vadeti. pr. a. sg. ^^esi, 17,u; 1.

sg. ^emi, 88,19; imp. 2. sg, ^ehi,

51,16; 2. pi. ^etha (ma kifici ranfio

/>j) 55,26; aor, 2. sg. <N.<esi, 88,i8. 93,si;

1. sg. .N/esiifa, 88,84. - caus. vadeti

(9, v.). As to the wanting forms of

this verb {act, & pass.) v. vuccati

(\/vac) ; cp. vajja, vadana, vada, vadin.

vadana, n. (= sa.) 'speaking,

mouth'; speech, communication, in-

junction; acc. ^am (avoca) 110,9i.

*vadeti. vb, = vadati {q. v.),

V ad d h a *, Ml. [or «. ?] {sa. vardhra)leather, a leathern strap or thong;

acc. /N./aiii, 12,ao; — *''-maya, mfn.leathern, acc, m. <^am (pasaiii) 11,89,

cp, varatta.

vaddha^ mfn, (also spelt vuddha[or vuddha], pp. vaddhati; sa. vyd-

dha) grown; old; comp. ""vaddhapa-

cayiN, mfn. (v. apacayin).

vaddhati, vb., v. v&qdhAtu

"vaddhana, mfn. {e. c, sa, var-

dhana) oauilng to inoreaie; "'loka-'',

mfn. (q. v.).

vadha, m. (=5 ta.) killing, de-

stroying; murder; execution or corpo-

ral puniibmeDt; comp. miga-*>, 5,88;

pana-^ 60,i3 {q. v.); purisa-". 74,i4

vadha-bandha, m.

399 ("stripes and{q. v.); dvandvaacc. ovarii, Dh.bonds").

vadhaka, mfn. (= sa.) killing

or intending to kill ; *'*-citta, mfn.with murderous intent, 75,S4; *satthu-*',

mfn. 108,27 {v. sattha?').

vadhati, vb. {sa. \/vadh) to kill,

murder (acc); aor. 3. sg. a-vadhi,

Dh. 3; ger. /-vitva, 13,23. 22,ii. cp.

vajjha, vadha, vadhaka,

van a, n. (rarely m.\ = sa.) ')

a forest, grove; acc, >^am, 5,20; loc.

/N.'B, 15,15; .^/asmiih, 106,i3 = Dh,

396; -x-asmi, 107,3o = Dh. 334; pi.

vana (sabbe) 48,s; <vani, Dh. 188;

comjj, °-gumba, »». {q. v.); *°-caraka,

m. a forester, acc. pi, /^e, 36,34;

"-puppha, n. a wild flower, instr. pi.

^ehi, 34,6; *°-mahi8a, m. {q, v,)-,

°-8anda, m. {q. v.) ; cp, amba-", Cit-

talata-", tala-", nala-", naga-", maR-gala-sSla-**, Lumbini-", veju-", Sim-

bali-". - *) lust, desire {cp. ved. sa.

vanas); acc. ^am, abl. .%./ato, Dh.

283; vanante, loc, "at the end of

desires", Dh. 305 {cp. anta); *»-ri-

dhimutta, *''-mutta, mfn. {v. h.) Dh.

344. cp. next & nibbana.

*vanatha, m. {cp, vana^ & sa,

y'van) lust, desire; nom. >^0, Db. 284;acc. <^am, Dh. 283 (vanarii -^..an ca,

"the forest of desires and its under-

growth"),

vanta, mfn, {sa. vanta; pp. va-

mati) vomited; ejected, put away;

"-kasava, mfn. {q. v.); *"-do9a, mfn,

{v. dosa*); *''-mala, mfn. {q. v.);

*''-]okamisa, mfn. "who has rejected

the baits of the world", Dh, 378 {cp,

amiaa) ; *"-a9a, mfn, {v. asa).

vandati, vb, {sa. ^vand) to

praiie, worship; to salute, greet {accY,

ger, <%/itv&. 28,io. 32,83 (acariyaih);

inf. /x/ituifa (Mahabodhiih) 114,89.

cp, next.

van dan a, f. {= sa.) praise, wor.

ship; nom. <va (Buddhana[m]) 108,80,

vapati, vb, {sa. \/vap) to sow,

16»

vapaySti 228

strew, throw (occ); ger. /vitva (ni-

vapam) 6,4.

vapayati, vb. {sa. vi-apa-^ya)to go away, paa>« away, vaniHh; pr, 8.

pi. /%>ayanti (kaflkha) 66,si (cp, Kuhn,Beitr. p, 96-97).vamati, vh. [so. \'vam) to vomit;

pp. yanta {q. v.).

vaya*, m. (& mya(«), «; sa. vayas)

age, vigorou* age, yoath, ripe age,

old iigti; nam. 1^0 (paripnkko) Dh,260) anc, ^lult, 43,«oi ncc, n, vayo(anuppatto) 74,si', loc, /^e (pttrino*

niante) 47,i»i comp, vaya- & vayo-

!

"(^a-ppattu, nifn, grown up, nmrri-

iigeabU; m, 0^0, 8,15; f. ^a, 101,16)

"siiKiuiitt-viiya-Uiiivii, m. the hiiing

III i'(|mil iiH*-, Mff?, Willis ditiBii) */%.o«

hara, ntfn, iniicating or diBoloHtng

old age, m. pi. ^a, (uttamangaruhii)

45,11; upanita-vaya, mfn, (5. r.).

vaya" (or vyayu), m. (jsa. vyaya)perishing, decay, destructioo ; *''-dhain-

iiiii, tnfn, pc<riNiiul)ie, tiunvitory) pi,

m. is,a, (saiiikhura) 80,> (cp, dhaiu-

ma*); *uppada-vaya-dliammiAi, mfn.

{q, V.) ; dvandva comp, udaya-vyaya,vi, origin and deHtructloD, acc, i^Hlii,

Dh. 113. 374 {v. l. udayabbayaiii).

vara, ') »«/*/(.(-««,) hont, oiiuiciml,

excellent; acc. n. ^uiii (vadiinaiii)

110,si; Dh. 268 (iidaya); repeated:

-vara n^am {w, gen.) 61,88, 52,8; acc,

m, i^aiil /NrUlil (privHtuntiHitiniuni quunc

tiui<) 109,4; inoHt l'r»'qu»'ntly comp, w,

siibst, (before or utter) i ") "-Hnni,

;t9,i«; "-vuninn, 45,m. 01, 17; "-blio-

jaua, 61,t; "-dhanuna,' 87,ui etc, -t") menda-", 30,9; ratha-", 64,io; pa-

sada-**, 64,18 ; etc.; sabb'-akara-var'-

upeta, 81,4 (v. akara). - *) m. choice,

wish, boon, gift; nam. rx-o (mayadinuo) 8,8 ; acc. ^am (tassa adasi)

10,4; comp. •gaTia-vara, m. the grant

of a village (periiaps a landed property

of a certain measure, if not simply 'an

excellent village'?) acc, <^aiii (datva)

45,3. — ') n. varaiii, hided, rather,

better (than : abl, or iitstr.)\ n^ may-ham udumbaro (is better to me) 2,ii;

r^ assatara danta, Dh. 322; w. abl.

tato rs,, ibi; tc. instr. Dh. 178.

varana, m. (== sa.) name of a

certain "tree (Crateeva Roxburgh.);

"-rukkhe, loc. 4,«.

varatta, f. (sa. varatra) a »trap,

thong (of leather); acc. ,%/atn, Dh.

398 (metaph. of attachmentV, 12,7

(cam ma-"); pi. ~a (sesa-") 12,»o.

cp. vaddlia'.

variilni, m. (— sa.) a hog; nom.

^0 (muhii-") Dh. 326.

*vulaiija, «». (& n.) *) u«e, dally

expenditure (also of excrements); *)

a mark (liom scratching or Boraping);

pada-", footprint, acc. «^aib, 11, as.

Heiico viiliifijaka, mfn, c, c, v. anto-",

bah!-" {rp, Fanshell, .lUAH. 1870,

p. 13, & Ten Jut. p. 90 [v/lui\i & IffiiicliJ).

Valabhamukha, »!.(?) {sa. \ a-

dabamukha) the entrance to the in-

fernal regions at the South pole; *'*-sa-

mudda, nt. the Southern sea, acc. >%^am,

27,1-11; *''-mukhi(//), »i. id. 27,9.

valaya, n. {St. >».) (= *a.) a bra.

celet, ring; *na.raca-'', 111,23 {q.v.).

valaha(ka), m. {sa. balahaka)a cloud ; nom. r^aka (vilta-ochinna-")

40,96) *valalia8Hii, m. a flying horse(r;). uHNa') 21,i)i ("-yotii),

valli, /'. (:_ sa.) a creeper; loc,

/viya (a stalk of a creeper, a withe)

14,23; iN^iyam, 14,2t; pi, .^iyo (pag.gava-o, q, v,) 37,ib.

vavattliapoti, vh, {sa, vyava-HtliSpayuti, cans. vi-ava-\/Htba) to

Bottle, dtitMrniine, dintinguiHli, under-stand

; pp. ^jta, 3,ii (tassa su-vava-ttliapitam, very well known to him).vasa. 1) m. {sa. va^a) wish, will,

power; loc. ^e (thapeti, to bring into

one's power) 48,i4; instr. vasena Is

used &% prp. w. gen. or more frequentlyat the end of comp. with the meanings!by, by way of, on account of, accor*ding to, with regard to; hatthinarii

~, 35,i»; ovada-o, 14,i3; kilesa-".

20,11 J dande pavesana-", 35,b; uda-na-«, 42,14 ;_cbatidadi-o, 42,27; kam-massa vipaka-<», 84,32; aniccadi-".

229 yR

88,38 (v. a-nicca); pubbapara-**,114,20; - attha-vasa, »n. the powerof the matter, ace. ^aiii (etaih, themeaning of this) Dh. 289. - *) mfn,subdued, subject to; ,^Am (kurute) Dh.48, which may also be subst. ('into his

power'), cp, ativasa, vasim & vasika.vasati, vb, (sa. y/v&%) to stay,

dwell, livejpr. 3. sg. ^ati, 2,«7 (u).

ho. nadiya); 36,8a (idha); 1, sg,

.vami. 49,t3. 73,ii; S, pi. ^anti,14,1ft; part. ni. ^anto, 20,9o; 58,«5

(«p. ace. samaggavSsarii); 114,so; loc,

~ante, 25,u; gen. ^nto, 47,»t; ;)/.

/N.atita, 7,81! piiri, vied, ^mana, f,

gen. ^aya (kinnaralijhaya, endowedwith grace) 49,i2; - imp. 3. sg. vasa,

15,15. 23,80 (vasa ti); - aor. 3. sg.

vasi, 1,6; 5. pi. «wimsu (piyasaifava-

saib, ace. lived together in amity)

11,37; 20,33; - flit, 1. sg. /vissami

(vassaih, during the rainy season) Dh,286; - inf. rs^iturii, 9,34; - ger.

/vitva, 2,23 etc.; 112,24 (vasitv'ettha).

- {pass, vussati); pp. vussita (vuttha,

vasita) q, v.; — cans, II. *va8apeti

{q. V.) cp. vasa, vasika, vasJH & next.

vasana, n. (= sa.) dwelling, re-

sidence; comp. *°-gama, 12,7; *°-gum-ba, 14,27; *°-tthana, 2,24. 66,27 (q. v.).

vasii', f, (so. vaga) a oow; pi,

^a, 106,11.

vasa*, f. (= sa.) serum, lymph;

nam. o^a, 82,s == 97,2s,

*vasapeti, vb. (cans. II, vasati)

to cause to dwell, lodge; ger. />..elva

(tam gliare, received her into his

house) 48,18.

vasirii, indccl. (sa, va^i-) only

combined with karoti, to subdue

(ace); <s/ karitva (sariikappnih) 104,7;

[also comp. vasi-karoti, etc.]

"vasika, mfn. (sa. vacjika) being

in one's power; tanha-**, 23,2o; icatu-

giima-*', 54,3 {v. h.).

vassa, n, (sa. varsha) ') rain, a

shower (cp, vu^bi); '*'kabapana-^,

Dh. 186 (q. ».); *dhana-«, 3"3,i6;

Batta-ratana-', 3a,ii. nom. - ») th«

rainy MaioD; ace. ix/aih, Dh. 286. —

') a year; pi, ace, r^am, 86,27. 104,ii;

®-satam, n. a century, Dh. 106. 110;solasa-vaasa-kale, in his 16"" year,

24,18; solasa-vassa-padesika, "-udde-

sika (v,h.); caturasiti-'sahassani,

44,90 (q. v.). cp. vassika.

vassati', vb. (sa. \/va(j) to cry,

screech (as birds); pr. 3. sg, /x/ati,

18,18; part, m, >vanto, I8,3i; ger,

rvitva, 12,9.

vassati*, vb. (sa, ^vrsh) to rain;

pr, 3, sg. /v<ati (vassaiii) 32,ti;(devo,

the god, t, e, the sky rains) 102,e;

part, m, gen. vassato (devassa) 105,22;

cans. II, *va89apeti, v, below \ cp,

vassa, vutthi, & next.

*va88apftnaka, mfn, (fr. nom,act, of next) bringing about rain;

dhana-°-nakkhattayoga, m, a conjunctioD of stars bringing about a showerof money, 32,95.

*vassapeti, vb. (caus, II. vas-

sati^) to cause to rain or pour down,

call Uown a shower; aor. 3. sg. ^esi,

33,11 (dhanam); 2. pi. ma. ^ayitthsi,

32,27; fut. 1. sg. ^essami, 33,i5

(dhanavassam); 2, pi. /vessatha,

32,97; ger. -vetvil, 32,33; pp. ^ita(acariyena dhanam .x'itani, n.) 34,s.

vassika, mfn. (sa. varshika) ')

belonging to the rainy xeason; m. />/0

(scil, pasado) 67,93; — *) c. «;. being so

many years old; solasa-", n. .N^arii

(ruparii) 111,36.

vassika &/-vki, f. (sa. varshiki,

cp. varshika, n. & vrshaka, n.) a sort

of jasmine; Dh, 55. 377.

vaha, m. (= sa.) a river, stream,

wave; pi. .^a, Dh. 339 (in stead of

vaha, cp. SBE, X. p. 82).

vahati, vb. (sa, y/v&h) to draw,

convey, cany away (acc); pr. 3. sg.

/^ati, 29,11; 2. sg. ^&si, 54,22; 3. pi,

>^aDti, Dh, 339; part. m. gen. ^^/ato

(of the draught animal) Dh, 1, cp.

vaha, vaha, vahana.

va, indccl, (= <a.) a disjunctive

particle (sometiraeB comb. w. other

particles) : ') *or', used (enolitically)

in combinations of two sentences or

Tfikkarana 230

links of a sanUnce : asassato loko

ti va, 92,80 ;yavatake va pana (or

else) 81,17; after prec. negation ; na. . . va puna (nor yet) Dh. 271. -^) repeated = 'eithe? — ov' (after two

or more links) ; 9,u. 9,89. 31,3i. 92,io.

etc.; w. negation = 'neither — nor'

:

7,36. 8,1 {v. corrections); 56,ii; va . .

.

yadiva [before th« last link] Dh. 98;vapi . . . va, 114,so {w. foil, n'eva);

s.thava [before the firft link] . . , va,

Dh. 271. - ") corresp. w, foil, ca (in

'.he same senee) : Maro va Brahma ca

. . . na passant), 110,n. - *) sometimes

shortened to va {q. f.).

*v;Tkkarana, n. {*sa. vak +karana) vociferation; na'-mattena,''not by means of much talking only",

Dh. 262 {cp. niat*a2).

vakya, n. {= sa.) speech, sen*

fence; v. *ati-\;ikya.

""viicasika. mfn. {fr. vaca[8]) con-

cerniiig the speecli; instr, mi. >^.^ena

(fiamvarena) 86,i9.

vac a, f. (sa. vac & vaca) speech,

words; worn, -.a (pacchinia, Tatlia-

gatassa) 80,s; Dh. 51-62; 67,4 (sam-ma-", q. v.)\ ace, 0.9m (karunam)103,4; 22,3 (manusi-", v. manusa.nifn.); instr. <^aya, 84,29. Dh. 232.— *vacanurakklii»i, mfn. watching

one's speech, »i. ^i, Dh. 281; '*yatlia-

vacaiii, adv. {v. yatha); *santa-vaca,

mfn. {q. v.), cp. vakkarana, vaca(s)

& ne.tt.

'vacika & ".aciya, mfn. {sa,

eka-viicikii), verbui; only t. 6'., v,

viiciya, te-vacika. '

vaceti, fi/. (c«hs. Y/vac, t;. vuccati;

sa. v.aciiyati) to read out, recite (ace);

aor, 3, pi, /%.ayiii)8u, 114,io; inf,

/^etuiii, 114,14.

va.jitu, mfn. (= sa,\ \/vaj, Dha*tup. 32,74) having feathers, feathered;

acc. ovarii (pattelii, kantlaiii) 92,ib.

vanija, ui. (= sa.) a merchant;

^0, 8,iu; pi. ^A, 18,4; "-kula, n.

(3. V.) 30,9. cp. vanijja. - vanijaka,

m. (= sa.) id.; acc. pi. />..e, 18,8.

v.ata, m. (= sa.) *) the wind;

acc. /vBiii, 19,1ft ; instr. ^ena, 106,»»;

nom. fs,o, 103,18 (bere we have a

pnn : the wind as drying up humours

& the ascetioism destructive of lustV,

comp. *o-cchinna, mfn. (v. chinna);

*''-vega, m. (q. v.); *akala-', n. "un-

seasonable wind", «vaih, 26,Ji; *Dasa-<',

m. (q. V.) ; cp. pativatam, yathavataih.

— *) rheumatism (cause of disease or

paiu) V. kamraaja-vata, pi. 62,i9. —cp. nivataka.

vati, vb. (sa. Vva) to blow; to

smell; pr. 3. sg. ->wti (gandho timi-

ranum) 20,ie; Dh. 56.

vada, ni. (= sa.) *) speech; v.

musa-*'; ^) addressing; v. avuso; *)

doctrine, system; acc, »^aih, 113,14;

apga-", 109,30 (q. v.) = thera-° (q,

v.); acariya-' (q. v.); dhuta-", »i.

(q, V.)\ *) discussiou, controversy;

sabba-vada-**, 113,4 (•'-visarada, q.

v.). cp. next.

*vadatthi/i, mfn. (cp. attlii/i)

desirous of dispute; m. a disputant;

~i, 113,5.

vadi, aor., v. vadati.

j

V ad it a, n. (= sa.) music; pi.' rwani (nacca-gita-") 64,3i; cp. 81,24.

Ivildi«, mfn. (= sa.) speaking

(mostly e. c.) ; acc, m, .>^inara (tatba,or co2np. tatha-", q, v.) 103.12 ; cp.

a-bhut.a-», alika-", niggayha-", bho-",musa-» (gen. "-vadissa, 106,i4), sac-

ca-», Dh. 217.

j

vadeti, vb. (caus. vadati; sa.

I vadayati) to cause to speak or sound,to play musical instruments (acc);part. m. pi ^enta (bheriyo, -beat-ing drums") 8,34; loc. pi. ^entesu(vinaih) 60,io; aor. 3.sg. ^osi, 60,ii,

,

= u-vadesi, 51,3. cp. vadita, n.

vanara, »«. (= sa.) a monkey,ape; ^0, 3,9. 107,3o; vtinarinda, ui.

(v. inda).

vaina, mfn. (== sa.) left, sinister;

"-hatthena, "with his leit hand". 111,24(opp, dakkhina).

vanuinaka, mfn. (= sa.\ fr. va-Diana, a dwarf) dwarfish, deformed

231 Tuhana

(lame or haltinpr?); (paccha-)vama-naka-dhatuka, mfn. (g. v.) 24,s4-2c.

vayamati, vh. (sa. vi -j- a-yyam)to struggle, Btrive, endeavour; imp. 2.sg. vayama, Dh. 236 (khippaih). cp.Vayam a.

vayasa, m. (= sa.) a crow; ,^-0,

104,13-, gen. «^assa, 18,35 (synon.kaka).

vayama, n. {sa. vyayama) en-

deavour, effort; ^o (samiiia-^ q. v.)

67,5; ace. ^am (karissati) 34,85.

vara, m. {= sa.) time, turn, lot;

~o, 6,25-26; ace. ^&m (gacchati, to

take one's turn) 6,33; loc. ^e (catu-tthe, tatiye, tor the 4"', 3"* time)

58,7. 114,17; comp. eka-varam, a^v.once, 50,16; puna-vare, adv. the nexttime, 18,17; *"-ppatta, mfn. whoseturn it is, on whom the lot falls; m.-N^o, 6,27. ep. bhanavara.varaka, m. (= sa.) u pot, vessel;

dadhi-°, m. 14,3o (g. v.).

varan a, m. (== sa.) an elephant;

~o (seta-vara-") 6 1,17; ace. <^am,

24,21; gen, /^.assa (matta-**) 45,si;

loc. o^e (do.) 39,D.

vari, n. (= sa.) water; nom. ^i.

Dh. 401; ace. /^irii, 13,9. 111,9. -"-ja, m. 'born in water', i. e. a fish

(or a lotus); nom. /^jo, Dh. 34,

vareti, vb. {eaus. y/sr; sa. vara-

yati) *) to keep back, prevent, pro-

hibit (ace); aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 23,7;

fttt. 1. sg. /s/cssami, 23,8-, inf. owctum,ib.; ger. <vetva (niige) 8,6; pass.

variyati, part. m. .>..anto, 111,3. -*) to choose, ask for (ace); aor. 3,

sg. n^esi (samikaih) ]0,s; ger. /^etva,

101,15 ; pp. varita, f. 101,80 (darika).

— ^) to cast lots (ace, salukbih);

part. pass, variyaniana, f. (salaka)

23,12. cp. vara.

vala, mfn, (sa. vyada & vyala)

fierce, cruel; subst. m. a beast of

prey, a snake; pi, >N.a, 51,s4 {cp. 52,6).

vala, m. (= sa.) the hair .{esp.

of a horse's tail) ; the tail (of a horse

or other animals) ; *pahattha-kanna-<*,

mfn. 76,21 {q, v.) cp. next etc.

valadhi, »i. (= sa.) a tail (cs^.

of a horse, a deer, or an ox); nom,/vi, 5,28; ace. /vim, 22,6.

*vala-vedhiH, »i(/w). (sa. *vaia-vyadhin) hair-splitting; m. ,vi, "skil-

led in hair-splitting" (sophist) 110,».

valika (or valuka), f. {sa. valuka)sand, gravel; instr. loc. /vaya, 14,2i;

97,35; pi. ace, ,va (in dvandvacomp.) ib.

vasa, m, (= sa.) ') dwelling,

abode; nom. ,vO, Dh. 237; ace. /vaiii

(nianussa-") 21,2; ^am knppeti, to

live, 1,4. 2,25; comp. *a-ppatissa-vasa,

w«. {v. patissava); *eka-rati-*, mfn.{v. eka*); *brahmiicariya-°, m. {q. v.);

•samagga-", m, {q. v.) ; *8amana-",mfn. {q. v.) cp. saihvasa, vasika, va-

sin. — *) perturae; v. vasita.

vasi, f. {sa. vaQi) a small axe,

knile, razor; *<*-phara8uka, m. a

"razor-axe" (dande pavesanavasenavasi pi boti pliarasu pi) 35,4-5.

vasika, mfn. {sa. vasaka; fr.

vasa*) dwelling, livinj; (e. c); katthii-

vasika, m. pi. 21,8 {v. katlha).

vasita, mfn. (= so.; pp. vaseti,

y/vjis, cp. vasa^) perfumed, scented;

"-udiikam. 41,2; "-paniyaiii, 41,

n

(thapita-**, q. v.).

v a s i H , mfn. (= sa ; fr. vasa ')

dwelling, living (in : loc, but mostly

e. c); if. *'-vasini (Lankanajrara-**)

112,13; m. pi. ,N.,ino (sama-", the

villagers) 8,23-20;

(Baranasi-**, the

! inhabitants of B.) 20,i2; (nagara-")

58,21 ;gen. pi. ^inaih (do.) 58,a4.

' 62,s; comp, KasirHttha-vasi-manusso,

35,28.

vaba, m. {= sa.) lit. Mrawing,

flowing', i. e, ') a draught-animal, a

horse; *) a cart-load, a certain mea-

sure; ') a current (of water), stream;

pi. ,va, Dh. 339 ("waves").

vabana, n. {= sa.) any animal

for riding (ahorse, an elephant); any

vehicle or chariot; army or military

force {cp. sa. vahaoa, /*.); instr. /vena,

98,2 (riding? cp. ratiiena, ib.); *ba-

la-", n. {v. A.) ; sa-vahana. mfn. to-

Vl" 232

getker with ono'a army, aec. m. /^am(Maraa.) 104,8. Db. 173.

vi-, indecl. (=i ««.) prefix to verbs

and nouoi, implyjag 'asunder, out,

away, about'; 'in various directions'

(or 'contrarily', often metaph. cp. vi-

vadati, vicinteti); with douds it often

denotes 'negation' or 'separation' {opp.

aa-, cp, a-*), v. viktila, vimala, vi-

raga, visoka, e<c.; with verbs (and

their derivatives) it is sometimes used

to denote 'intensity' (cp. vinassati,

vipassati^ or 'opposition' (cp. viva-

rati, vijjhapeti). ~ Before vowels wehave vy- (viy-) : vyaya (& vaya),

viyuhati, or more frequently v- (by

elision & contraction), esp. before

other verbal pn^fixes beginning with

IV vowel ; vi -f ati {v. vitinameti,

vitisareti); vi -\- apa (r. vapayati,

cp. vyapanudi); vi -f- ava (v, vava-

tthapita. voropeti, etc.); vi -\- a {v.

vayamati, cp. vyakaroti (viyakasi),

vyapajjati); vi + ud (v. vutthati,

etc.); vi -|- upa (v. vSpasaina); cp,

vippa-, vippa^i- (sa. vi -(- pra, vi -\-

pratiV

vikalai m, (=3 sa.) afternoon,

evening; wr(>ng timti', loc, ^e (kale

^w, "in eeaifon und out of season")

9,18; *''-bho.jana, n. 81,24 {v. h.).

vikascti. vb. (cans, vi + ykas,

sa. vikasayati) to cause to be opened

(ace); aor. H, sg, ^isi (battham,

she opened her liand, in order to makeliiin know that che wag unmarried, cp,

Meyer, DaQakura. p. 98) 56,9.

*vikulava, mfn,., deprived of one's

tiest, homeless; pi. ^a (dija) 60,1? {v,

kulavaka).

vikiijatj, vh. {aa. vi-\/kuj) to

chirp, sing, warble (as birds); part,

m, pi. r%^anta (sakunasamgha) 62,is.

vikesika, mfn. (sa. vikecja) hav»

ir.g dishevelled hair; ace, f. ix^aiil,

37,30.

*vikkhalet!, vh, (fr. vi-ykshal)

to wusli off, rinse (acc); gcr, ^et\&(iiiukharii) 41, j«. 66,38.

vikkhina, mfn. (sa, vikshina, pp.

vi-ykshi) destroyed; m. -x/O (jatisam-

saro) 108,18.

*vikkhelika, mfn., having saliva

flowing from the mouth; acc, f. i^&ta,

67,30 {cp. khela).

vigata, mfn. {= sa.) gone away;

vigaticcha, mfn. {v. iccha); '^''-ka-

thamkatha, mfn., -^O-khila, mfn., &o-sura-pana, mfn, {v. h,); cp. vita,

Dh. 356.

vighiata, w. f= sa,) destruction,

ruin, pain; sa-vighata, mfn, "coupled

with ruin" {synon, sa-dukkha) 94,».

*vicakkliu-kamma, n., 'making

blind', the making one's sight wrong,

perplexing, bewildering; dat. »%.aya,

("in order to perplex him") 71,27. {cp.

sa. vi-cakshus).

vicarati, vb, {sa. vi-\/oar) to

Wander about, go away; pr. 3, sg.

rvati, 8,1c; 3. pi. rvanti (fly about)

62,13; 73,35; part, m. /^anto, 5,6;

occ. «./antam, 73,6; f. -^anti, 20,*;

aor. 3, sg. vicari, 17,io; fut. 1, sg.

/viasami, 17,io; cond. 1. sg. vicariaaam

(unaugmented t= fut.) 104,8; ger,

^itva, 25,82; caus. v. next.

vicareti, vh. {caus, vicarati; sa.

vicarayati) 'to cause to go about', i.

e. to arrange, manage, administer,

control (acc); pr, 3. sg, -x/eti {v. I.

rwcsi, aor.) 65,2o; part. f. ^...enti

(ka|uiubam, "managing the property")

22,18.

vicikicchati, vb. {sa, vicikitsati,

;dcsid, vi-Y/cit) to be uncertain, to

\doubt; pr. 3. sg. /N^ati, 96,u. cp. next.

vicikiccha, f. {sa, vicikitsa)

!doubt; notn. r^a (aattami sena Ma-

i raaaa) 103,28; *ti9na-vicikicclia, mfn,

I

69,18 {v. h.).

vicitta & vicitra, mfn. {sa.

I

vicitra) variegated, ornamented, beauti-

ful; aatta-ratana- vicitta, mfn., loc.

-^e, 18,26; *vicitra-kathin, mfn.eloquent, m. ^i. 109,9 (Kumarakas-sapo, cp. Mil. p. 196,7).

vicinati (or vicinati), vb, {sa.

vi-\/ci) ') to search for, investigate,

inquire (acc); imp. 2. pi. r^atlia(nam)

233 vijjhapeti

73,84; part. m. ^anto, 19,28. 34,u-,pi. ~anta, 73,S5; ger. vicinitvana,109,4. - *) to gather, collect, pick up,heap up (ace); part. f. ^anti (uka,q. V.) 46,26; ger. ^\Un (sainkarHih,to heap up) 84,23.

vicinteti, vb. {sa. vicintayati)to think, reflect; pr, 3. sg, rweti,

Dh. 286.

*vicunna, mfn., pushed or hurton all Bides, only comp. w, cunna,1,25(2. v.).

vicunnita, mfn. (sa. vicurnita)crushed all over; ratha-vega-" (by the

course of the chariot) 60,io.

vijaya,HJ. (=sa.)i)viotory;<>-ante,

loc. 60.2,% («. anta*, cp. Vejayanta,nom. pr.); laddha-", mfn. victorious,

112,92 (but see corrections). — *) Vi-jaya. m. nom. pr, of a princp, con-

queror of CeyloD, ^0 (Lalavisayo,

q. V.) 110,22, etc.; "-ppamukha, pi.

m, (v. pamuklia),

vijahati (or /s^ati), vb. (aa. vi-

\/ha) to leavf, quit, abandon (acc);

inf. /N.^itum (eta) 21,fli; ger, ,%.itva,

62,29.

vijata, mfn, (pp. vijayati, q. v.).

vijanati, vb. {sa. vi-Y/jna) to

know, understand, coiuprehtind, per-

ceive (thoroughly) (acc); pr. 3. pi,

^anti, Dh. 6; imp, 2. sg. ^a,hi, 20,s7.

54,19. 64,3c; part. gen. pi. vijaDatam,

Dh. 171 ("the wise"); Dli. 374 (ama-

tam, "who know Nibbaua"); a-vijana-

tarii (saddhammarh) 107,io= Dh.60;pot. 3. sg. />/eyya, Db. 392; ger. ")

viniiaya, Dh. 186; •>) vijaniya, 113,8;

pp. vinnata (g. v.) cp. vifliiana, etc.

vijayati, v. vijeti.

vijayati, vb. {sa, vi-Y/jan) to

bear, generate, produce (acc, rarely

in pass, sense : to be born); fut. 3,

sg. /vissati (dhitaraih) 48,i7; aor. 3.

sg. vijayi (puttam) 7,sb; part. med.

f. f^ mana (etam) 24,i6; ger, ^itva,

6,3s; pp. vijata, f. >%/§ (puttam, has

born a son) 64,5; vijata-kale, after

her delivery, 48,i8.

vijita, ') »»/«• (= «<»•; PP- vijeti)

conquered; n. ^am (rattliam) Dh.329. — **) subst. n. a conquered coun-try, realm, kingdom

; loc, ^e^ 8,4. cp.

next.

*vijitavin, m{fn)., victorious; con-

queror; acc m. /N^inarfa, Db. 422.vijeti (or vijayati), vb. {sa, vi-

\/ji) to conquer, ileteat, subdue (occ);fut, 3. sg. --w-essati (pa(havim) Dh,44;pp. yijita {q. v.) cp. vijaya.

vijjati, vb, {pass, vindati; sa.

vidynte) to be found; to be, exist;

pr, 3. sg, ,vati (attho na ~, "is of

no use", w. instr.) 103,i4, 104,8i

;

5. pi, {med.) vijjare, 104,j7. 113,97;

part, {med.) vijjamana, 18,i5 (saku-

nanam a-^-t^hane, on a place wherethere were no birds); loc. m. ^arabi(ganianihi, "where there is a village")

111,4.

vijja, f. {sa. vidya) knowledge,

science; instr. .x^aya, 108,9; anga-vijja, f, 'knowledge of limbs' i, e.

chiromantia, prognostication, 2oc.>x/aya,

48,in; dvandva comp. "'"-sippa-kaia-

vedi<), mfn. accomplished in science

and uits, m. «%,i, ]13,8; "-carana,knowledge & behaviour, theory & prac-

tice, Dh. 144 (sampanna-", q. v.) cp,

a-vijja.

vijjuUata, f. {sa. vidyul-lata;

cp. lata) a flash of lightning; 3,2i.

vijjotati, vb, {sa. vi-y^dyut) to

flash forth, lighten; part. med. m.

/N^ mano (springing forth [like light-

ning]) 3,21 ; catis. vijjoteti, to illumi-

nate, enlighten (acc) 85,8 (sabba

disa; synon. pabhaseti {q. v.); the

reading of B. pabbasati vijjotati seems

to be preferable, on account of the

foil, explanation of obhasate as hav-

ing a causative meaning).

vijjhati, vb. {sa. \/vyadh) to

pierce, wound or kill (as by arrows

or lances, etc.) {to. acc); part, m.

/^anto (taiii tungena) 4,«i; imp. 3.

pi, />/antu, 6,85; ger. /vitva, 6,i9.

37,6; pp. viddha {q. v.) cp. vedhi/j.

*vijjhapeti, vb. {caua. *vijjhay-

ati, to burn out, go out, become ex-

vinSSna 234

tinot; yksbai, v. ihSyati ') to pnt oat,

extiriguieh (acc); per. a-vijjhapetva

(uggini, without putting it out) I00,i5;

pp. />^ita, m. a-vijjhapito (aggi) lOO.ss.

vi fin an a, n. (sa. vijfiana) con-

sciouanesB; nom. r^&m, 94,io (one of

tlie 6 khandhas (3. v.)) ; 66,7 (oiigi-

CHting from saiiikhara); instr. ^ena,95, :9; comp. "-paccaya (q. v.) 66,7;

"-nirodhn, m. (q. -o.) 66,13; vinnanafl-

cayatana, n., v. ananca & ayatana;*'*-8ari5gaha, m. aggregation of con-

Btiou8ni-88, acc. ->^aiTi (pacchiraa-")

99,2c; - *apeta-", mfn. (v. h.); *ka-

ya-", *cakkhu-°, *rnano-'', the con-

sciouonesB of body, eye, n)ind, i. e.

mental iuprcBsioDs through those or-

gane, or : the eenee of touch, the fa*

culty of sight, thought, 70,««-S3. 98,i

(ilukkim-sahagatam kaya-vinfianara

uppajjati, a feeling of pain arisen).

vifinata, uifn. {pp. vijanati; sa.

vijfiatn) known, underBtood; *8amHia-vinnata-samaya, nifn. perfectly know-ing the religious picceptB, ni. >^0.

113,4.

vinnapana,' «i/'[i]». (sa. vijna-

pana) instructiv*'; acc. f. ^anirii (gi-

ram) Dh. 408.

vinnaya, gcr., t). vijanati.

vinnuta (& vinniiia) /. (*o. vij-

fiata) intelligence ; act. ~arii, 27,«8.

vinfiu, ni{fn). {sa. vijfia) intelli*

gent, clever; m. O.U, Dh. 65; «». pi.

<^u (purisa) 90,iio; Dh. 229.

vi^apa, m. (= sa.) a forked

branch; "-untare {q. v.) 4,«i (in a

fork of the tree).\

vitakka, m. {sa. vitarka) •) de-

liberation, consideration; *) doubt,

uncertainty; *<'-(lpasatua, m. Dh, 350{v. upasama); *<'-pamathita, mfn.Dh. 349 ("tossed about by doubts").

vitana, m. n. (= sa.) a canopy,

baldachin; gen. />/assa (sumana-pat-

ta-^ q. V.) 65,18; *"-samalamkata,

irfn. 112,3 {v. h.).

vitinna, mfn, {pp. vitarati, to

cross, pass over; sa. vitirna) who has

crossed or passed over, also metaph.

(only comp.) who iconts, or does not

believe in . . .; *0-paraloka, mfn. who

does not believe in another world, gen.

^assa, 106,15= Dh. 176; a-vitinna-

kamkha, mfn. Dh. 141 {v.h.).

vittinna, mfn. (once instead of

vitthinnii ^= vitthata (& /N./ta), pp.

vittharati, to spread out, extend, vi-

\/str; sa. vistirna) broad, large; f.

~a (Gaiiga) 1,ig. rp. next.

vitthara, m. (sa. vistara) exten-

sion, diffuseness; abl. /N/to {adv.) fully,

in detail, 41,3i (kathesi).

vidattlii, f. (sa. vitasti) a certain

measure of length, equal to 12 augulos

(inches, q. v.), a span; "-mattaiii, 87, 11

(v. matta''') cp. yojana.

[vidati], vh, {sa, y/nd) to know,

undercitand (acc); this preeent-forma-

tion is only ficticious or made for ety-

mological purpose; forme generally met

with are : aor. H, sg, vedi (avedi),

Dh. 419. 423; 3, pi. (vidu); fnt, 1.

sg. (vedissami); ger, viditva (etain

attham) 66,19; 70,i2; grd. (veditabba

&) vedaniya {q. v.); pp. vidita, known,

understood; comp. *''-dlianinia. mfn."having penetiated the truth", hi, />.0,

69,13; yatha-**, mfn. {v. h.). — {cans.

vedeti, vedayati, ^) to know, under-

stand; *>) to feel, experience, suffer

(acc); the cans, pass, vediyati [to be

known, to be feltj is also geuerully

used in the surae active sense), cp,

veda, vedaiia, vedayita, vedi//, &vindati.

vidu (& vidu), mfn, {sa, vidvaa& vidus) kuowing, wise; m, sabba-vidu f'haiu asmi) Dh. 363. cp. viddasu.viaura, mfn. {= sa.) very distant,

far; only used with the prefixes a-"& su-" {synon. dura); a-vidure, loc.

adv. not far away, near to {w. gen. orabl), 48^31 (gharato) ; 95,«i (gamassa).cp. atidura.

videsa, m. {sa. vide^a) a foreigncountry, far distant region; acc. ^am,27,25.

Videha, m. {pi.) {= sa.) nom.pr. of a country and its inhabitants, in

235 vinodeti

the eastern North-Indin; "-rattha. «,

the V. kingdom, loc, ^e, 44,j9 (its

cupital was Mithila).

viddasu, w/w. (sa.vidvas, cp. viduabove) wise, inteliipent; a-viddasu,wfn. Dh. 268 (v. /».); viddasu is acurious forraatioD, that looks as if it

had been formed with the suffix -vasrepeated (Tr.), cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p. 69& avidva {gen, aviddasuno) MN, I,

p, 311,7-13,

viddha, mfn, ») (= «a.) pp, vij-

ihati) pierced, wouuded; m, -vO (sal*

lena) 92,t-io. - ») (lo. vidhra, cp.

N-yiibhra) oli-ar, pure; t).ilforn'«,ilPT8,

•85, p. 52,

viddhamseti, vh, {sa. vidhvnrii-

sayati, caus. vi-\,'dLvariis) to crush,

destroy, disperse, split (occ); imp. 2.

pi. -x-etha (tam bhusaih viya) 63,9.

vidhava. f. (= sa.) a widow;nom. «^a (itthi) 31, is.

vidhavati, vh. (sa. \i-\/Aha,\) to

run; pr. 3. sg. ^&i\ (ito c'ito ca) 36,2.

vidhunati, vh. (sa, vi-;/dhu,

dhunoti) to shake (ace); ger. vidhu-

nitva (or vidhunitva) 16,6 (sariram);

18,30 (pakkhe, flapping the wings).

vinaddha, mfn. (= sa.\ pp. vi-

Vnah) covered all over; pi. m. -^a,

37,21.

vinaya, m. (= sa.) discipline,

esp, the rules of the Buddhist order;

nom, f^Q, 79,&; ace. /^aih, 109,i5-aft;

loc. />^e, 109,7. - Vinaya, »«. & Vi-

naya-pitaka, «., the first section of

the Buddhist holy scriptures; dham-ma-vinaya-samgaha, wt. the collection

of Dhamma & Vinaya, 109, is; *vi-

naya-dhara, mfn. knowing the V., pi.

/>.£, 109,26; "-pitakam, ace. 102,i7;

''-pitakena, instr. 102,ie. Specimens

p. 66-71,18; 74,i6-77,is; 81,6-28; 82,i6

-84,24.

vinayam, part., v. vineti.

vinassati, vh. {sa. vi-yna?) to

perish ; to be lost or forgotten;pr. 3,

sg. f^&ti, 110,4; imp, 3. pi. ^antu,

23,is; fut. 3. sg. o/issuti, 34,ts; caus.

vinaseti (q. v,), cp. vinasa, vinasana.

vinS, adv. &prp. (= so.) without,

except; usually combined with acc. or

instr, (before or after), rarely withahl.; (V mainsena na bhunjati (he

took no meal in which meat was want-

ing). 6,_«.

vinasa, m. {sa. vinaya) destruo»

tion, ruin; annihilation, death; ace,

rvaril (papeti, lit. to cause to go to

destruction) 6,io. 27,i2. 29,82; instr,

fvena, 55,7; ^''-ppaccaya, m< cause of

deitruotion, 34,24; "-rnula, n. id. 33,ifl,

op, next,

vinasana, n (sa. vinfigana) =preo,\ imtr, .vena (dhanaisa), 52,b;

a-vinSsana, mfn, {q. v,).

vinaseti, t)&, (caus, vinassati; sa,

vinagayati) to cause to be destroyed

or lost; to forget {acc.)\ pp. vinasita,

destroyed, n. ^aril, 34,i7.

vinicchaya, m. (sa. vini^caya)

decision, judgement; justice, procedure,

court of justice; acc, ->^am (anusasati,

q. v.) 42,97; loc. r>^e, 69,6; instr. />..ena

(dhamma-", "discernment of the law")

Dh. 144; **-atthaya, for the sake of

litigation, 42,3i (cp. attha *) ; *'*-tthana.

n, the place where court is held, ib.

vinicchinati, vh. (sa. vi-ni^-^/ci)

to settle, decide (ace.)\ aor. 3. pi.

/%/inimsu (voharam) 42,98; - pass.

vinicchiyati; part. loc. pi, .^^manesu

(voharesu) 42,90.

viniddisati, vb. (sa. vi-nir-y'di?)

to point out, assign, distribute (acc);

aor, 3,sg, viniddisi (tanduladi) lll,3i.

vinipata, m. {= sa.) lit. 'falling

dowu', state of suffering (esp. in a

lower existence); "'a-yinipata-dhamma,

mfn. (v. h.) cp, dhamma*.*vinivarana-citta, mfn., whose

mind is free from obstacles; acc. m.

^&m, 68,99. (cp. nivarana).

vineti, vh. (sa. vi-y/ni) ') to lead

away, remove, dispel (acc); ger. vi-

neyya (ogham, q. v.) 104,8o; - *) to

train, educate (acc); part, m, vinayam

(savake) 104,8.

vinodeti, vb. (caus. vi-^nud, sa.

vinodayati) to drive away or out, to

vindati 236

Bend away, dismitB (aee,)\ pot, 3, sg,

x^aye (tasinam) Db. 343.

vindati, vb. (= «a.; \/vid, cp,

vidati) to find (ace); pr. 3. sg. /^ati

(maggam) Db. t)7; pot. 1. pi. /x.eina

(muduifa) 104,14; pau. vijjati (t>. h.).

vipatti, f, (== sa.) miBfortune,

calamity; *°-pariyosaDa, mfn. havinga dreary end, m. ^o (jivaloko) 47,i6.

*[viparakkamati], vb. {sa. vi-

para-\/krani) to strive, make efforts,

exert oneself; only ger. viparakkamma(jhayantam) 103,8.

vipassati, vb {sa. vi-^/pap) to

Bee (slearly), to understand, to be In-

tel I igeut; |jr. 3. sg. ..^ati (tanuk'ettha)

88,80-33;part. gen. m. vipassato (dham-

nam) Db. 373.

vipiika, m. (= sa.) ripeuing, ma-turing (esp. of actioEie, t. e. result, re-

ward or punishment); tass'eva kaiu-

niassH vipaka-vasena, because that

action had just been ripe (for punish-

niant) 84,33; mom. ,>^o (kamiuanaiii)

97, u; ace. ^aiii. Db. »i7.

vipiiteti, vl. {cans, vi-y/mit, aa,

vipatuyuti) to br«ak, split (ace); part,

m. vipat'iyarii (truddliarii) Dli. 72.

vipiila, mfn, (— sa.) large, great

|

H. ^aili (Hukliuii.) Db. 27. 2»0,

vippakara, ki. (= sa.) 'bad man*ner', improper proceeding; shame, dig*

grace; outrage; ace. <xam, 66,8.

vippakinna. w/n. (sa, vi-pra-

kirna) strowti all round about; ace,

n, <^uiii, .'14,1,

vippajiihali, vb, («fl, vi-pra-v/litt)

to giv3 up, abandou (aco,)\ pot, 8, sg,

.^jttheyya (iiulnara) Dh. 221( ger,

vippahaya, Db, 87.

vij)pa(i»ii?i«, mfn, (sa. vipra-

ti«jlnii) <lll(<d with ri'Krft, ri)p*tiitaiit(

m, ^i, 20,iiit; pi. xwino (pacobfi-**. q,

V,) 79,18.

vippunaUlift( »"/"»' (*"• vipra-

Dashta, ^nag.) perished, disappeared;

instr. (or toe.) f. rviiya (niivaya) 26,»i.

vippamuficuti, vb, (aa. vi-pra-

V'nmc) to liberate, send away, sliuke

ofi, to liberate oneself from (ace); pot.

S. pi. .x/etha (ragaifa) Dh. 377; pp,

vippamutta, liberated, free from(o6/.);

gen. m. .x-assa, Dh. 90. 212 (piyato).

vippayoga, m. (sa. viprayoga)

BAparation (from : instr.)] nom. )^0

(piyehi) 67,io.

vippalapati,w6. (sa, vi-pra-\/lHp)

to mutter, talk (wildly, in one's sleep);

part, f. pi. .s.-antiyo, 66,6. 67,so.

vippaviddha, mfn. (sa. vipra-

viddha, \/vyadh) thrown away, scat-

tered about; <*-nana-kunapa-bharita,

mfn. filled with various dead bodies

scattered about, n. »./am (amakasusa-nam) 65,io.

*vippasanna, mfn. (pp, fr, next)

clear, serene, placid ; m, .^o (yathapi

rahado) Dh. 82; ace, o/am (candarii

va) Dh. 413; instr. n, o..ena (cetasa)

Dh. 79.

"vippasidati, vb, (sa. *vi-pra-

y/sad) to be thoroughly clear or tran-

quil;pr. 3. pi. .^anti (pandita) Dh. 82.

vippahaya, ger,, v. vippajahati.

vipp bandit a, mfn. {pp. vi-;/8pimd)

trembling, moving unsteadily ; n.sHbst,

ix/Mlll, agitation, distortion, perversion

(?); *dittlii-°, n, uncertainty in views,

or confusion on account of false views,

94,1.

Vibhafiga, m. (= sa.) lit. 'divi-

sion', or 'explanation', nom. pr, ') of

a Pali work, the 2. part of the Abhi-dhamma-pitaka; nom. f^o, 102,i2; —') of the 2, SHotioii of Vinayu-pijiiUa,

vibliajiiti, vb. (sa. vi-\/i>lmj) ')

to divide, distribute (ace. & gen.);ger, ^itva, 41, ib; pp. vibhiitta (q, v.)\

- *) to explain (pp. next).

vibhajjaua, n, (wrong spellingof vibliajiinu, =^ sa.) 'nepiiration', di-

Mtinoliun, I'xplunatiuni Inc, ix^ainbi,i09,iu. (cp, puvlbliujuli).

vibhatta, mfn. (pp, vibhajati;sa. vibhakta) divided, distributed;

sama-vibhattarii, n, an equal part,

41,18; SU-", well arranged, 110,u.vibhiivu, m. (-. aa.) ») 'develop-

ment', prosperity, power, Wealth; loc.

^e, 48,10 ; comp. *o-tanha, f, thirst

237 viraga

for prosperity, 67,u; dvandva comp.siri-", majesty nnd power, 47,32 {ace.r^&m)\ asitikoti-", mfn. {y. h,). -") (as opp. to bhava) loss, destruction;dat. ^aya, Dh. 282.vibhuti, f. (= sa.) abundance,

splendour; **'-sampanna,»i/"n. Inilliant,

61,4 (mala-gandha-", with i -landsand perfuroes).

vibhusana, n. {sa. vibhushana)ornament, decoration ; "-^tbana, n.

81,85 (v. tbana').

vibhusita, mfn. {sa. vibhushita)adorned, decorated; f. ^5 (sabbalaih-kara-o) 61,7.

vimati, f. {— sa.) doubt, uncer-

tainty; nom. t^\, 79,i7,

vimala, mfn. (= su.) spotless,

clean, bright; ace. m, ^aiii, Db. 413.

vimana, n. (= sa.) seat, throne;

place, abode; house, mansion, palace;

ace. ~am, 29,i6; abl. ,^a, 20,4; loc.

r^e (pbalika-", crystal- palace) 23,is;

23,28-23 (rajata-®, mani-", kanaka-",

q. V.) ; deva-", the palace of the gods,

or a divine chariot (or throne), 63,e

("-sadisarii ratbam); Tusita-", n. 87,8i

{v. h., ep, corrections).

vimuccati, vb. {pass. \i-\/ta\ic)

to become free, to be delivered {esp.

from the bonds of existence, abl.)\

pr. 8. sg. ,>^ati (viriiga) 71,i4; aor.

8. sg. y'lxawcci (asavehi) 69,24; 3. pi.

«^imsu, 71,18; - pp. viniutta, mfn.

released, delivered; m. '>^0 (anupadS,

V. upadijati) 94,is; 71,iis (vimutf-

amhi); Dh. 363 {w. loc. tanliakkhaye,

"free through the destruction of thirst")

;

loc. /%^a8inim (nanam hoti, when de-

livered, he comprehends that he has

become free) 71,i4; n. ^&va. (cittaifa)

69,86. 106,2; comp. *"-citta, mfn. one

whose mind has been delivered, 94,is;

*8u-viiDutta-citta, mfn. id. Dh. 20;

*'>-niaiiasa, mfn. id. Dh. 348. cp,

next etc.

viiTiutti, f. {sa. vimukti) libera-

tion, emancipation (Nibbfina); "-sukha,

n. the bliss of erauDoipation, 66,4.

vim ok ha, m. {sa. vimoksba) =pree.

;nom. ^o (cetaso), 80,85. Dh, 92.

viy-**, cp. vy-°.

viya, indecl. = iva {q.v.):2,n.

3,7. 6,28, 111,6, ete.\ sometimes limi-

ting the predicate of a clause .* ahaihviya siikaramukho ahosi, 86,i; do.

w, negation : kappana viya na hoti

(scarcely any) 65,28; cp, kassaka viya

botha, 31,1,

viyakasi, aor., v. vyakaroti.

viyuhati, vb. {sa. vi-Y/ub) to re-

move {acc.)\ ger. /^.-itva (valikam)

14,86; (pamsuib) 40,88 {ep, apabbu-hatij).

viraja, mfn. (= sa.) free from

dust or impurity, pure, blameless;

ace, m. ^ara, 68,«6. Dh. 386. 412.

virajjati, vb, {sa. vi-y/raftj) to

change disposition or affection, to be-

come free from passion (or from plea-

sure); 2)r. 3. sg. ,>^ati, 71,i4; - pp.viratta, mfn. having aversion to {loc);

m. r^o (kamesu) 66,9; *°-aianasa,

mfn, id. 64, lo {gen. -^assa (kilesesu));

*''-cittata, f. aversion to (loc.), instr.

/%/aya (kilesesu) 64,82. cp. viraga.

viramati, vb. {sa. vi-y/ram) to

give up, abstain from, leave oS {abl.)\

aor. 3. pi. ->..im8u (panatipata) 17,8i.

cp. veraniani.

virava, m. (== sa.) roaring, cry-

ing; a roar; ace. <%/am (maha-") 40,8i;

(eka-") 60,11 (viravanti).

viravati, vb. {sa. vi-\/ru) to roar,

cry; pr. 3. pi. -x/anti {w. ace. eka-

viravam) 60,n; part, m. o^anto (ga-

drabharavena, "braying like an ass")

113,10; 11,18; f -^anti, 63,8i; aor.

3. sg. viravi, 40,2i. 65,is; 3. pi. ^x^irasu,

63,81 ;ger. .%^itva (ti Fdini) 73,80.

viraga, m. {= sa.) lit. 'the being

decoloured', change of colour, play of

colours (or simply : colour); most fre-

quently metaph. of aversion, indiffe-

rence (to pleasures), absence of pas-

sion ; nom. t^o (setiho dbammanam)Dh. 273; dat. »^&j& (samvattati),

93,8; abl. .x/a (by absence of passion)

71,14. 94,12; - in the comp. asesa-

ririccati 238

virSga-nirodha, m. complete and track-

l«ga destruction, 66,i8 (avijjaya) vi-

raga Beems to be adj. 'without colour'

(i. e. leavinff no track, cp. raga);differently Bhps Davids: "tbe destruc-

tion of ignorance, which consists in

the complete fibrence of lust".

viriccati, vb. (so. vi-Y/ric, pass.

viricyate; it seems tc be pass, of the

caits. vireceti, sa. virecayati, to purge)to be purged; part, m, ^tnano, 78,3».

viriya, n. («a. virya) strength,

power, energy; nom. /^am, 103,i6;

Db. 112 (viryara); ace. rvam (karoti,

to persevere) 42,n-ia; kuta-". mfn.persevering, energetic, gen. »,^a8sa,

42,18; *araddha-"', mfn. id. 108,i9.

Dh. 8 C-viriyain), opp. hina-viriya,

mfn. weak, Dh. 7. 112; "-phala, «.

result of energy, 42,i8-, *"-bala, n.

perseverance, inc.tr. fN^ena, 42,ii. cp,

vira, virya.

virujjhati, vh. {pass. vi-\/rudh)

to be opposed, to b»j at variance with,

contend against (instr.); pr. 3. sg.

no <N^ati (is patient) Dh. 96; pp., v.

next etc.

viruddha, mfn, {pp. fr. last; ==

sa.) opposite, hostile, intolerant; loc.

pi. /N^eBU, Dh. 406 ; a-viruddha, mfn.{V. h.).

virodha. m. (=^ sa.) opposition,

contradiction; aco. >x.aih (dassayi,

"pointed out in what respect they were

fallacious") 118,13.

vilasa, m. (= sa.) sport, play,

routine; coquetry, dalliance; grace,

charm, beauty; instr, pi. »^ehi (at

the end of a dvandvacomp.) 21,is;

uttama-yobbana-vilasa-matta, mfn.,

gen. f. pi. />^anam» 47,u ("drunken

with the pride of their glorious youth"),

vilimpati, vb. {ta. \\-\l\\^) to

smear, anoint face), anoint oneself,

perfume oneself (sometimes with ace.

of tbe narno of the perfume); ger.

^itva (sakalasarirara) 57,S9; (gan-

dlie, ace. pi.) 41,b: part. gen. ^an-tassa {without ohj) B3,26; — cans. II.

*vilimpapeti, to cause to be anointed

or perfumed; ger. -^etva (maifa gan-

dhehi) 33,8. ep. vilepana.

vilumpati, vb. {sa. vi-v/mp) to

rob, plunder {ace.)\ ger. ^itva (ma-

nu8se), 30,30 ; - eaus. II. *vilumpa-

peti. to let plunder; aor. 3, sg. /wCsi

{without obj.) 39,0.

vilepana, n. (= sa.) anointing;

ointment, perfume; nom. f^^tim (iohi-

ta-candana-°, q. v.) 23,ss; dvandva-

comp. mala-gandha-', 73,u. 81,j5.

viloma, mfn. {= sa.) lit. 'against

the hair', contrary, wrong; n. pi.

^ani {subst.) faults, perversities,

Dh. 50.

viva(a, mfn. {pp. vivarati; sa, vi-

Vfta, y/v}") uncovered, open; f. ^vO,

{opp. channa) 104,»5; *"-inukha, mfn.with open mouth; f, pi. ^a, 65,7,

mukhavivate. loc, abs. 3,i7. cp. next.

vivatta, mfn. {sa. vivrtta) turned

round or away, opened, developed;

*Tivatta-cchadda, m. 'dispeller of de-

lusion', an epithet of a Buddha, 61,3i;

this word seems to be sa. *vivrtta-

chadman, one who has rolled awaythe cloud or veil {i. e. the delusion of

this world?), but we find it spelt in

different ways : vivata- (vivat^-, vi-

vatta-) cchadda (-cchada, -cchadana,-ccheda), so that it very well mightrepresent sa. *vjvarta-chada, or "-che-

da, cp, sa, vivarta & Childers s. v.

vivadati, vb. {sa, vi-^'vad) to

contradict, contest; dispute, quarrel;

part. med. pi, r^ mana, 101,8.

vivara, m. n. (= sa.) aperture,

breach, fissure, hole, cleft; fault; ace.

/s.-aiii (pabbatanam) Dh. 127; paka-ra-" (of a wall) 90,3*; ep, 91,3o.

vivarati, vb. {sa. vi-y/vr) to open,reveal (ace); pot. 3. sg. ^'eyya (pa-ticchannaiii) 69,ie ; aor. 3. sg. vivari(mukhara) 3,i8; (dvarara) 65,38; 3.

pi. ,>.irii3u, 68,3; ger. ^itva, 3,i8;

pp. vivara, q. v. cp, vivara.

vivaha, »m. (= sa.) marriage;ace, ^&m (karoti, to marry a wife)101,17 {cp. avaha).

i

vivicca, ger, & grd. {fr, \{-^\\c,

239 viBsa

to separate) in the comp. *vivicca-sayana, n. sleeping alone, Dh. 271(Jnstr. ~ena). cp. viveka.

vivid ha, mfn, (= sa.) manifold,various; n. ^aiii, 111,32,

viveka, m. {= sa.) separation,seclusion, solitude; acc. ^aiii, Dh. 75;loc. rwC, Dh, 87,

visa, M». n. (sa. visha) poison,venom; acc. ^am (bhatte pakkhipi-tva) 33,30 ; Dh. 123; sa-visa, mfn.poisoned, poisonous; instr, (N^ena (sal-

lena) 92,7. cp. visattika.

visamyutta (visanfiutta), mfn.(sa. visaifiyukta) detached, delivered(from : j«s<r. or e. c); acc. m. ^&m,Dh. 385. 397, 402, 410; 417 (sabba-yoga-°). cp. samyoga.*visaihkhara-gata, mfn., who

is free from predispositions (saihkhara,

q. v.), approaching Nibbanu; «, ^aiil

(cittara) Dh, 154.

*vi8amkhita, mfn. (pp. visaiii-

kbaroti, to take to pieces; sa, *\i-

sam-Y^kr) taken asunder; n, xwam(gahakiltam) Dh, 154,

visanfiutta, v. visamyutta.

visa^^ha, mfn. (sa. visrshfa) set

free, released; *''-matta, mfn. (v.

iiiatta^'^'*), m, >^o (at the moment he

was set free) 17,80,

*visattika, f. (prob. fr. visatta,

sa. vi-shakta, Vsanj, adhering to,

extended over, w. loc), desire, lust,

longing for (often w. loc. loke and

coordinate with tanha (q. v.), to which

it sometimes has been taken as adj.

in the sense of "poisonous" on account

of its resemblanca to visa); nom. >^a

(jalini ^ tanha) Dh. 180; (jammitanha loke >i) 107,8i = Dh. 335.

visada, mfn. (sa. vipada) clear,

pure, spotless; even, smooth; m. /%/0,

62,S9.

visaya, m, (sa. vishaya) sphere,

dominion, country; La}a-®, m. 110,39

(v. h.).

visahati, vb. (sa. y'l-y/ssih) to be

able or capable to; to dare, venture

(te. inf.); pr. 8. ag. <^ati [acil. pa-

tivacanam datum] 90,2$; 2. s^. ^^ami,13,15; 3. pi. «^anti, 8,i; part. m. a-visahanto (gantura, not venturing to

go, i. e. to enter on that expedition)

39,4.

visarada, mfnl (sa. vi^arada)wise, skilled or versed in; bold, con-

fident; m. /N,/0 (devindo) 110,«6; (sab-

ba-vada-") 113,4. cp. vesarajja.

visidati, vb. (sa. vi-\/sad) to

sink down, be immersed in; to despond,

despair; pr. 3. pi. ^anti, Dh, 171.

visiveti, vb. (caus. fr. sa. *n+ VQyai) to remove cold, thaw up, e

warm oneself; ger, ,^etva, 100,15. cp,

Morris, JPTS. '84, p. 72.

visujjhati, vb. (sa, \'\-\/q\idh)

to become pure; pr, 3. sg. ,N,.ati, Dh.166 ; caus. visodheti (q. v.) cp. next

vi sudd hi, f. (= sa.) purification

purity, holiness; daf. gen. o^iya (sat

tanam) 90,i7; (maggo) 107,i». Dh274-77; *kamma-«, f (q. v.). - *Visuddhi-magga, m. nom. pr. of a workof fiuddhaghosa (lit. 'way of purity')

acc, i^&m, 114,12,

visiika, n. (fr. sa, *vi-Y/BUO, or

= vigoka, cp. Kuhn, Beitr, p, 29,

Tr, PM, 78,33) show, spectacle, play;

only in the foil, two comp, ; *ditthi-

visuka, n. a puppet-show of heresy,

94,1 ; '*'visuka-dassana, n. seeing spec*

tacles, abl. /%/£, 81,24. cp. visoka, mfn,visesa, m. (sa. vigesha) difference,

species; distinction, excellence; abl,

(adv.) visesato, especially, disti nctively,

emphatically; 114,23, Dh, 22.

visoka, mfn. (sa. vipoka) free from

sorrow; gen. m, <%/assa, Dh. 90. cp.

visiika, n.

visodheti. vb. (caus. visujjhati;

sa. vigodhayati) to purify, keep clear

(acc); pot. 3. sg. /x/aye, Dh. 166.

281. 289.

visoseti, vb. (caus. vi-^/^ush,

vi^oshayati) to make dry, dry up(acc); pot. 3. sg. r^a,ye (nadinaiii

sotaui) 103,i«; pp. visosita, dried up,

f, fvei (tanha) 108,i8. cp. sussati.

vissa, mfn. (sa, vi^va?) whole.

yiBtajjana 240

entire; ace, m. ^aifa (dhammam)106,t = Dh. 266; (viasa in the tense

oi sa, vi^va Muxna not to occur elae«

where in F&li; the Comm. Dhpd. 185fi.

p. 379 takes it appar.;ntly = sa. visra,

mfn. (snielling liice raw meat), and

631 plains it by visama, vis8a-f;andha,

which occurs sometimes in the com*

mentaries, e. g, Vin. IIJ, 288,2).

vissajjana, n. {sa. visarjana)

sending forth, abandoning, giving up;

nonu ICC, ,^?iva, 4,si; 47,4 (imassa

->.am ka.-ilii, "I have caused him to

Itave me").

'vi3sajja.peti,o vb. (cans. II.

vissajjati) to send, throw» thrust away

(ace); aor. 3. sg. /x-esi, 66,17; ger,

-N.^etva, 23,9. 61,«i (liatthaih).

vissajjeti, vb. {caus. vissajjati,

sa. visarjayati, vj-y'srj) ') to emit,

send (forth, away); to let go, set at

liberty (acc); pr. 3, pi. ,>.enti (ma-taraih) 3'2,!o; imp. U, sg. rvchi (mamsarasiniih, put into) 6,in; pot. 1. sg,

."^eyyam, 4,b; aor, 3. sg, o^esi, 4,i7.

31, le; 36,24 (dudbighataiii, overturned);

3. pi, rN^esum, 32,23; fut, 3. sg. /n/BS-

sati, 4,3s; ger. r».etva, 4,i6. 69,u;

61,6 (satasahassani, dispensing); pp.vissajjita, m. pi. o.,a. (maccha) 4,2?.

— *) to explain, answer (a question,

acc); pr. 3. sg. '^eti (paiiham pu-

t^ho) 90,26; part, m. ,<wento, 86.14;

gen, f. /s^entiya, 86,32; ger, .^etva

(tarn attham) 80,21; pp. vissajjita,

in, 0.-0 (pafmo) 88,12; n. pi, rvSni,

98,88.,

vissaUha, mfn. {pp, vissajjati =vissajjeti; sa. visfshta) sent away,

loosed, released ; m, r^o., 4,28 (put down),

vissamati, vb. (sa. vi-Y/Qiam)

to rest, repose; ger. -xilva, 9,24; pp.vissamita, comp. tesam '•-kale, 21,t

("taking their rest"),

vissasati, vb. (sa, vi-i/Qvas) to

trust or confide in (loc. (or gen.^ acc.y);

pot. 3. sg. vissase (tasu) 61,4. cp. next.

vissasa. m. (sa. A'igvasa) trust,

confidence; acc. ly.a.m (achinditva, "in

iinbi-oken aoiity") 13,7 j .%^am apajjati

(t>. *.) 30,it; Dh. 272 (metrl causa

vissasa-mapadi); comp. *<*-parauia

figti, Dh. 204 (••trust is the best of

relationships", cp. parama & labha

above).

vissasika, mfn. (sa. vi^vasika)

1) confident, trustful ; *) intimate, fa-

miliar, confidant; m. /^O ("confidential

adviser") 38,22.

vihafinati, vb. (pass, vi-yhan)

to be anxious or frightened, to be af-

flicted or grieved, mourn; pr. 3. sg.

/v-ati, 34,20. Dh. 15. 62; part. m. a-

vihafinaniano ("without complaint")

78,28.

viharati, vb. (sa, vi-^/hr) to dwell,

stay, live; pr. 3. sg. .%.^ati, 2,i9. 66,2.

76,0. 84,8 (vihare); 1. pi. rwama, Dh.

197; part. wj.,^vanto, 28,2; gen. ^ato,

103,23; imp. 3. sg. ^atu, 74,22; ger,

-N^itva, 70,20; fut, 2, sg. vihahisi (bu-

khaiil) Dh. 379 (if not better from

vijahati (sa. vi-^ha), cp. Kvhn, Beitr.

p. 116). cp. next & saddhi-vibilrika.

vihara, »«. (= sa.) ^) passing

the time agreeably, pleasure; sukha-vihara, happiness, 74,22 (dittba-dham-ma-", 3. v.); brahma-", v. h. - ^)

pleasure-ground, place of recreation,

home, esp, a Buddhist monastery or

cloister; nom, r>^o, 84,8; i^&m, 22,20.

114,3; loc. r^e, 84,7; Aggajava-",Maha-", nom. pr, (q. v.).

viharifi, mfn. (= sa.) dwelling,

living, delighting in; mostly e. c, v.

*ii-ppamada-°, *metta-°, ""sadhu-^mfn. Dh. 67. 329. 368.

vihahiti, fut., v. viharati (& vi-

jabati).

viliimsati, vb. (sa. vi-^/hiins) toinjure, hurt (acc); pr. 3. sg. r^ati

(bliutani dandena) Dh. 131. cp. next.

vihethetY, vb. (sa. vi-\/heth) toannoy, injure, insult (acc); part, m.~ayanto, Dh. 184 (paraiii); ger.~etva, 73,6; pass. fut. 3. sg. vibe-tbiyissati (nagena) 76,si; pp. r^ita,pl. ~a, 73,5 (vibetbif attba). [Thisverb is confounded with the synun.verb vibeeeti, which seems to be iden-

241 vufthahati

tical with sa. vibhishayati or vihim-sayati. Tr.] cp, F. W. Thomas, JRAS,•04. p. 749.

vici, f, (=: sa.) a wave; ace. pi,

vina, f. (= sa.) a certain stringed

instrument, a lute; nom. ^a, 104,i7;

ace. /N/aih, 19,32. 50,io, 67,89,

vita, mfn. (pp. vi-y/i; = sa.) goneawny; very frequently at the beginning

of eomp, = free from, without;

Manha, vtfn. Dh. 361 (v. tanha);*''-db8a, mfn. Dh. 357 (v. dosa*);

*vita-ddara, mfn, fearless, Dh. 385{ft; daru, q. v,, cp. nid-dara); "-mala,

ntfn. 68,88 (v. h.)\ *"-moha, mfn, Dh,858 (v. /*,),

*vitinameti, vb. (sa. *vi-ati-

y/nam) to spend time, pass away time

(ace.); ger. r^etva (divasarii) 22,23.

vitisareti, vb. (cans, vi-ati-y/sr;

Bitddh. sa. vyatisarayati) to finish

(Comm. := pariyosapeti); only in the

usual phrase ; sammodaniyaih kathaiii

saraniyam ~, to exchange the usual

ceremonious greetings, 89,8i (ger. ^e-tva); the same phrase is put into metre

Sn. V. 419 (ep. Jat. IV, 98,1$).

vithi, f. (= sa.) a row; a street,

road, passage; loc. o^iyarii (antara-",

q. V.) 39,6-, loe, pi. /N..isu (nagara-")

73,29; **'-8abhaga, m. a neighbour (liv-

ing in the same street), gen.pl. <^anath,

57,7.

vim aihsati , vb. (sometimes spelt

vi-"; sa. vi-y/mr^, but perhaps con-

founded with miniamsate) to investi-

gate, examine, esp. to put to the test

(aec.); pr. 1. sg. /-wami (nam) 3,o;

part. m. /^anto, 57,i7; imp. 2. pi.

/^atha, 58,4; pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (marix

danena) 16,i3; fut. 1. sg. ,%/i8sami,

13,S3. 15,9; inf. <%/itum, 114,8; ger.

/N/itva, 58,15. cp. next. [The gramma-

rians derive this verb from desider,

yman, cp. Childers & Senarf, Kaoc.

p. 232 (434), Pischel, Gramm. § 251

;

oD account of iti significatioD (it has

usually a personal object) I think it

is preferable, as do Trenckner & Fans-

VkU GIOHkry.

b0ll (5 Jut. p. 37), to derive it from

vi-mrQ®, although \/mrQ with other

prp. becomes masati.]

Timaihsana, n. (sa. vimargana,but iy. above) trying, testing; comp,

"-atthaya, 16,i2; "-attharii, 57,23 (ep.

attha *).

vira, »H. (= sa.) a brave or emi-

nent man, hero; ace. rv&m, Dh. 418;"Buddha-", m. (q. v.) ; "-sens, m. nom.

pr., name of a man, 97, i, cp. next,

vera & veriji,

viriya, «., v. viriya.

visarii, Jniec/. (& visati or Miiii,

nom.acc.pl.', sa. viiiiQati (virii^at)) num.'20'; 'v satasahassam, 20,00,000, 23,3.

visati ma, mfn. (sa. viiiigatama)

twentieth; m. ^o (vaggo) Dh. oh. XX;ekuna-", q. v.

V u c c a t i , v6. (poss. y/vac, sa. ucyate)

to be said, told, spoken (of or to); to

be requested; to be called or named;pr. 3. sg. o^ati (is called) : 25,3i. 82, u.

106,7. 109,14; (is spoken of) 96,.^ 5.

pi. ,-wanti (are called) 32,n; pp. vutta

(v. below). From this a number of ac-

tive forms have been preserved, but

the active present tense is taken from

the suppletive verb vadati (*vadeti)

q, v.; aor. ») avaca, 3. sg. 5I,i5. 64,8;

2. sg. 22,18 (ma mam kinci rj); ava-

carii, 1. sg. 65,6; - *>) avoca, 3. sg,

2,0 (ima gatha); 68,i3 (etad); 76,2

(Devadattain); 110,3i; 2. sg. voca(unaugmented after ma) Dh. 133; 3.

pi. avocurii, 76,23; [aor. '^-^) avacasi,

avocasi are also found; fat. vakkha-

mi]; inf. vattuih, 87,2i. 103,i5; ger.

vatva, 2,8. 3,7 etc.; a-vatva; 44,6 (alter-

nating with vutte, abs. loc); grd.

vattabba, wi. r^o (bhikkhuhi, to be

Hpoken to) 79,1.^; n. /^.-am, 88,5; 88,6

(<^8iya); cans, vaceti (q. v.) cp. va-

cana, vaca, etc.

vutthahati & vutthati, vb, (sd.

vi-ud-Y/stha) to rise, arise, get up(from, abl.)\ aor. 3.sg. vu^thasi, 111,9;

ger. ») vut(haya (sayana) 41,87. 65,u;*>) vu(thahitva, %0^i\pp. vutthita, loc.

m. >>,e, 82,28. cp. next,

16

TU})hiDa 242

vu^tbana, n. (sa. vyuttbana) ri-

siug up; *gabbha-*, n. 62,ii (t». h.).

vut^hi, f. {sa, vfsbti) rain; nom.<x/i, 106,81 = Db. 14; ace. /v^im, 104,»8.

vuddha, mfn, (pp. vaddbati, ep.

vaddba^; sa. vyddha) grown, old; m.

»%/0, 74,21.

V u tta, mfn. (pp. vuccati ; sa. ukta)aid, told, spoken; addreBsed, answered,

requested, proposed; m, ^o, 113,i«;

(samano, being requested) 98,ie; f,

<N^a, 31,88. lll,8i; n. -%/aib (tena .-w,

on tbat account it is said) 61,ss; (idatii)

84,28; <N,ain ~am ("each of his pro-

positions") 113,18; loc. abs. ^e (ti ,%.,

evam o^) l,i9. 79, 20, etc.\ alternating

with vatva (j'fir.) 44,5; m. pi. ^si,

33 9. 73,28; cotnp, *vulta-n)atta, mfn.(v. matta2.2b); hettha-vutta-" (q. v.)

63,22 ("-nayen'eva, v. naya).

*vuttari-bbaveti, v. uttari-".

vutti, f. (sa. vrtti) mode of liie,

conduct, behaviour; *a-cchidda-'', mfn,Dh. 229; *pati8f.«thara-«, mfn. Dh.376 (v. /*.).

vuddha, mfn, (pp. vaddbati) =vuddha & vaddha (3. v.).

vuddhi, f. (sa. vpidbi) growth,

increase; ucc, ^m, 2,i8. 18,8. (cp.

vaddhi).

v ,1 8 i ta, mfn, (pp. vasati ; sa, usbita)

lived, past, completed ; n. <-waib (brah-

macariyaia) 7 1,15,

vupasama, «i. (sa. vyupa^auia)cessation, pacification; r.^0, 80,29.

v e , indecl. (sa, vai) a particle of

affirmation : 'indeed', 'certainly'; 106,7

= Dh. 267; Dh. 234; 108,c (ve ma);ua ve, 55,1; inserted in the relative

senteuce : yo ve^ 106,83 = Dh. 222.

cp. have.

"vekanda, »«.(?), a kind of arrow:

acc. ^aiii, 92,23 (not found elsewhere),

vega, m. (= sa,) haste, speed,

quickness, rapidity; mstr. (adv.) ,>^enii

(gantva) 7,4 ; 60,6; ctfwp. asatii-", 12,22;

vata-", 12,3o; ratha-vega-**, 60,io.

Vejayanta, wi. (sa, Vaijayanta)

nom. pr, of the palace of Salika (In-

dra); nom. >^o, 60,25 (vijayante ut^hi-

tatta); "-pasado, 60,m; *»-ratha, m.

Sakka'e chariot (chariot of victory)

60,4 (inatr, ^en&).\e\hitaL,mfn. (pp.\e\theti,-\/veBhX;

sa. vesbtita) enveloped, covered; m.

f>^o (samukba-", q. v.) 51,8.

vet an a, n. (= sa.) hire, wages;

salary, payment; subsistence, livelihood,

earning; acc. r>,&m, 76,i>; (r^ khan-

detva, g.v.) 19,25; •atta-vetana-bhata,

mfn, 106,8 (v. uttan).

vetta, m. n, (sa. vetra) a reed,

stick, staff; "-agga, n. the point of a

reed, 62,i7 (susedita-", q. v.),

veda, m. (= sa.) knowledge, per-

ception, emotion, pleasure; pi. the

(three) Vedas (viz. Irubbeda, Yajub-beda, Samaveda); gen. pi. />/auam

(tinnaih) 16,22; loc. pi, r^esu (tisu)

113,3.

vedana, f. (= sa.) ^) feeling,

sensation (in the dogmatics : the second

of the five khandha, q. v,)\ nom. rs^a,,

66,8 (phassa-paccaya); 94,9. 96,ie;

instr, ^aya, 96,15; gen. ,^»aya, 94,»;

"-nirodha, m, 66,15 (q. v.) ; *<'-8ainkha-

vimutta, mfn, "released from what is

styled sensation", 96,i7; pi. tisso ve-

dana, the three perceptions (vie, duk-kha, sukha, adukkha-m-asukba) 82,8;

uttama-vedanaih (acc. sg.) 103,2s»seems to he the last of those three. —*) pain, suffering; acc, «^aiil, 80,34;2il. ~a (khara) 13,12; (pabalha) 78,24;

comp.*vedaDatta, mfn. 60,2o (t^.a^ta*);

^''-matta, mfn. 'maddened witli thepain"', m. ^0, 24,7; acc. ,^arii, 30,i5.

vedaniya. mfn. (grd. ^vid; sa.

vedaniya) to be known, intelligible;

*pandita-", mfn. 94,26 (v. h.).

Vedabbha, m(fn). (sa. Vaidar-bha) relating to the country Vidarbha;acc. m, ^am (mantaiu, name of acertain spell) 32,9; «-brahmana, m.a Brahman knowing that spell," 32, 16,

etc; 34,21 (Vedabbham) ; - "-iataka,«. 32,7.

*vedayita, n, (fr, vedeti, r. [vi-

dati]) sensation, perception of the sen-Bes, impression on the senses; rvam,

243 vegfirajja

70,87; sanfia-vedayita-nirodha, m.80,10 (9. v.),

*vedalla, n. {sa. *vaidalya; thenative gramraarians derive it from vedawith the 8uffix -11a) one of the ninedivisions of Buddha's doctrine (navaB-gam Satthu-sasanam) ; /N^am, 109,84

(jatak'-abbhuta-").

vedi, aor., v. [vidati],

vedi«, mfn, (= sa.) knowing,feeling (e. c); m, rwi (vijia-sippa-

kala-o) 113,8.

vediyati, vedeti, v, [vidati].

vedhiJi, mfn, (sa. vedhin & vya-

dhin) piercing, perforating; *vala-°,

mfn. (q, v.).

vema, m. (= sa.) a loom; aco.

rs,&m, 89,7 ; "-koti, f. ib. {v. h.).

*vemajjba, M. (cp. sa, vimadhya)the middle, or more correctly : the in>

terior of anything between its centre

and its outskirt (or not far away from

iti limits); ace. >vam (gata-kaU, t. e,

before he had got as far aB mid«river)

28,7; loo, /ve (nadiya, not far from

the Joank in the river) 2,io.

veyyaggha, mfn. (sa. vaiyagbra?

cp, vyaggha below) belonging to a

tiger, tiger-like, {'. e. eminent (?);

"-pancamaih, 'an eminent man besides'

(lit. as the fifth) Dh. 296. SBE. X.

p. 71-72. cp. JRAS. V. 229. (Fatis-

hell, Dhpd. 1855. p. 391, takes it from

sa. vaiyagra (vy-agra).)

*veyyattiya, n. (fr, vyatta) in-

telligence, cleverness; instr. rx/ena,

91,26.

veyyakarana, n. (sa. vaiyaka-

rana, mfn.) exposition, explanation;

nam. ^&m, 109,3S (one of the nine

divisions of Buddha's doctrine); loc,

/wasmim, 71,i7. (cp. vyakaroti).

vera, n. (sa. vaira) enmity, anger,

hatred; acc. ^am, I)h. 201; 11,10

(/%./ bandhati, q. v.)-, itistr. ^ena,

106,23 = Dh. 5; abl. ,N.a, Dh. 291;

pi. op-ani, 106,88; comp. "^"-samsagga-

samsattba, mfn. Dh. 291 (v. h.); cp.

a-vera, vira, verin.

*Teramani, f. (fr. Tiramaoa, vi-

yram) abstinence (from, abl.)] nom,

^i (panatipata) 81,92, etc.

verin, mfn, (sa. vairin) hostile,

hating; sinful; nom, m, ryA, Dh. 42(var. lect.; cp.next); acc. /x/inaih, ib.;

loc.pl. /v/inesu, Dh, 197. cp. a-veriw,

verivai (= veravat), mfn. (sa.

vaira-vat) = prec; nom. m. ^vsi,

Dh, 42 (but the reading : veri vaseems to be preferable), cp, puttimat,

vela, f. (= sa,) ') limit, boundary,

coast, shore; •"-anta, m. (q. v.), loc.

>^e, 20,4 ("on the edge of the shore");

- ') time; loc. ve]aya(m), at that time,

on that occasion (mostly e.c.) : aruna-",

12,18; agata-o, 20,io; jiita-ki}ana-<*,

20,u; pavisana-", 53,4; tayam >%.>,

66,19; velayam eva, adv. = to mor-

row (soon) 14,27-15,8. - Uru-", nom,

pr, (q. v.) = sa, "-vilva.

ve]u, m. (once n,) (sa, vena)bamboo; nom. n. ,>.>uih, 26,i7; "-vana,

n, a bamboo'grove, 26,ss (cp. below)\

•"-pesika, f 52,8i (q, v.),

ve|uriya, n. (sa. vaidixrya) the

cat's-eye-gem, lapis lazuli, j^a^vUo;;

*o.van9iipaDibha, mfn. 10,i8 (v. upa-nibha); *vaifa8a-raga-*. "coral of the

colour of bamboo" (Jfit. Trans), vol. IV,

p. 89) 26,81. cp. JRAS. XII (1880)p. 178.

Veluvana, n. (sa. venu-vana;cp. velu above) nom. pr, of a bamboo-grove and B roonastery near Rajagaha,

presented to Buddha by King Bim-bisara; loc. -x/e, 84,27.

vevanniya, n, (sa. vaivarnya)

change of colour, loss of beauty; acc.

^am, 47,16.

vesa, m. (sa. ve^a, vesha) dress,

ornament, appearance, disguise; mostly

e.c. -.acc. o.-am (itthi-°) 68,81; (tun-

navaya-") 68,i6; instr. ^ena (afina-

taka-°, in disguise) 43,i2; (annatara-**)

65,2»; (brahmana-^, disguised as a

Br.) 16,io; (manava-") 19,io; (pari-

bbajaka-o) 110,29.

vesarajja, n. (fr. visarada; sa.

vai^aradya) clearness of intellect, ex-

pertness; """-ppatta, . mfn. who has

1«*

v«i^aa 244

gaiiied full knowledge or ooofidenoe;

m. t^o, 69,18.

. vessa, m, (so. vai<;ya) a man of

the third caste; nont. »^o, 92,io.

.*Ve88antara, m. {cp. Baddh. sa.

Vi(;vantara; .l6t. VI. p. 486,i8) nom,

jTir. of a ki',3g (s= Buddha in his last

existence but one); "-jataka, «. the

last tale in the Jfitaka-book, 102, 19.

vehasa (& vebasaya), m. or w.(?)

{sa. vaihayasa) sky, atmosphere; comp,

*vehasaih-gania, mfn. able fo fly

through the air, 21,35 {cp, sa. vihaiil-

gaina).

vo, pron, 2. pers., gen. dat. pi.,

r. tvaiii.

*vokara, m. (= okara, q. v.) vile-

hess, worthlessness; anekakara-", mfn,

86,8 (v. ari-eka).

voca, aor., v, vuccati.

vodaka, mfn, {sa. vy-udaka) wa^

terless, dry; acc. m. n, ->^arii, 83,i5.

84,2. (cp, sa-udaka).

voropeti, vl, {sa. vy-ava-ropay-

ati, caus. \/ruh) to deprive of {ahl.

6 acc. pers.);pot. 3. sg. ^eyya (Ta-

thagatara jivita) 76,2-; aor. 2. sg,

.N^esi, 75,81 ; fut. 1. sg. ^essami, 76,32;

'6. pi. />^es8anti, 75,3; inf. ,-vetum,

7 5,30 ;ger. o..etva, 75,8.

*vosana, n. {fr. vy-ava-y'so) con-

viction, determination; consummation,

perfection ; sabba-vosita-", mfn. al-

tc'gether perlect, aco, m. fx^aih, Dh.

423. cp. next,

V 08 it a, mfn, {sa. vyavasita, pp,

vy-ava-y'so) perfect, determined; *a-

bhiflfiaA mfn, Dh. 423' {v. h.) cp.

vosana.

V o h a r a , »». (sa. vyavahara)')prac-

tice, affair, businesp, trade; acc. i-^aA

(karoti) 8,i6. 23,8-4; **''karanatthaya,

'for business", 9,ii ; — ^) lawsuit, liti-

gation; acc. '>./ai'i, 42,28; locpl. /vesu,

ib. ; — ") mode t f pxpression, appella*

tion, name; notn. rvO, 97,2.

vyaggha. wi. (sa. vyaghra) a tiger;

gen, />^a8sa, 8,3V. cp, veyyaggha.

vyafijana, r,. (= sa.) ') ornament,

?ign, mark, eic.\ — -) a letter, syllable,

esp, coDBonant; instr, ahl. pi, ««/ehi,

114,»i; - *) condiroent, sauce; ace.

,vam, 67,«; *aneka-8upa-», mfn.

67,u {v. an-eka); cp. 8a-vyafljanav

mfn.vyatta, mfn. {sa. vyakta) *) evi-

dent, clear; *) learned, clever, intelli-

gent; >»i rvO (dovariko) 90,82. 91,26;

instr. «^ena (bhikkhuna) 81,i6. cp.

veyyattiya.

vyanti-karoti, vb. {sa. vyanti-

•i/kr) to put an and to, remove (occ);

fut. 3. sg. /x-kahiti (Marabandhanam)Dh. 350 (metrically = viyanti-kahiti).

vyapanudati, vh. {sa. vy-apa-

Y^nud) to drive away, remove (acc);

aor. 3. sg. (augmented) vyapanudi

(dukkhakkhandham) 108,22.

vyaya, m. = vaya^ {q. v.),

vyasana, n, (= sa.) destruction,

ruin; misfortune, calamity; acc, i^&nx

(ajjhagu) 34,81 ; "-ppatta, mfn, "cometo grief", acc. m. ^aiii, 8,3o.

vya karoti, vb. {sa. vy-a-ykr) to

j

declare, explain, elucidate, reveal (acc.);

i to give an explanation or answer; to

1 call, name {acc.);pot. 2. sg. ^eyyasi

(kiiii) 94,28. 96,6 ; 1. sg. ^eyyariiI (evaiii), 94,35; aor. 3. sg. vyakasi,

j

91,18; viyakasi, 113,i8; 3. pi. viya-

!karuiii (narii Buddhaghoso'ti) 113,20;

\

fut, 3, sg. /-vissati, 92,3 ; pp. vyakata,

I

explained, elucidated, revealed, n.

\

-fcaiii, 9lJ,i6. 93,8; abl, -N/ato, ib. {v.

dimreti) cp. a-vyakata, mfn. & veyya-

j

karana, n.

i

vyadhi, /*. {= sa.) disease, sick-

ness; nam. ^[ (dukkha) 67,9; (ppa-balha) 78,3i; dvandva comp, "-ma-rana-», 108,22.

vy ad hit a, mfn. (= sa.) diseased;ficc. ni. ^arii (purisaiii) 63,2i.

^;yapajjati, vb. {sa. vy-a-y/pad)to fall into misfortune, come to a barm;pr. 3, sg. ^ati. 26,i4. cp. next.

vyapatti, f. (= sa.) misfortune,ruin; worn, ^i (navaya) 24,i6.

vy.ima, m. (= sa.) a fathom;"-tuatta, mfn. of a fathom's length, n.pi. ^ani (pekkhunani) lO.so.

245 sani-

vyasatta, mfn. (sa. vyasakta)attached or devoted to, occupied with;comp. *"-manas (or o-manasa? cp.

"manasa) mfn. whose mind is distrao-

ted, ace. m. o-manasam, Dh. 47. 48. 287.

S.

sa-', indecl.{=sa) prefix to nouns,mostly implying 'conjunction' or *po8-

session' (cp. saha-, sam-) and opp,to a-* and other negative prefixes (cp.

8a-kul)bato, Dh, 62 (var. lect.) opp,

a-kubbato, Dh. 51; sa-ce, indecl.,

opp, no-ce (g. v.))\ it is often con-

tracted with a foil, vowel (u. sa^tha-

katba, etc., sodariya), but also no-

contracted : sa-udaka, mfn. {sa. so-

daka) containing water, m. n^o (patto)

82,26. — *sa-upaya8a, mfn. {v.

upayasa). - 8 a-k a 1 a, mfn. & 8 a k a d-",

sakiiii, V. below. - *sa-kincana,mfn. wealthy, mi. ,^o, Dh. 396 {opp,

a-kincana). - 8a-gandhaka, mfn,{sa, Ba-ffandha) fragrant, full of scent,

M. /x-aiii (pupphaih) Dh. 62. - ""sa-

gunaril, adv,{7), only in the phrase

fv katva, duly arranged (duly folded

or laid together ?) 82,85 (= ekato

katva, Coram.). — 8ajju, sattha,sadisa, v. below. — sa-dukkba,mfn. {sa. sa-du/ikba) accompanied

with misery, n. r^aiia, 94,8. — Ba-de vaka, mfn. {== sa.) together with

the gods {comb, w, loka) 78,i5. 87,2i.

104,5. Dh. 44. — sa-dhana, mfn.

(^=sa.) wealthy, 52,4.- santara, san-

tika, V. below. — sa-pajapatika,m{fn). [sa. "-prajapatika) together with

one's wife, »». -%^o, 2,26.— *sa-parigga-

ha, mfn. married, 66,6 {comp. "-a-pari-

ggaha-bhava, »».). — *8a-parilaha,mfn. accompanied with pain, n. /%/aii),

94,8. — sa-parivara, mfn. (= sa.)

V. parivara. - sa-phala, mfn. (=sa.) fruitful, f. /va (vaca) Dh. 52. -sa-brabmaka, m/'n.(=8a.) together

with Brabman, loc. m/e (loke) 78,ifi. —

8a-brahmacari«, m. (= sa.) fel-

low-student or -priest, pi. o/i, 96,30.

— sa-bbaga, mfn. (= sa.) having

a share, v. vithi-", 57,7. — sa-ma-raka, mfn. (= sa.) including Mara,

loc. /N/C (loke) 78,15. - sa-rajaka,mfn. {= sa.) including the king, loc.

f. <^ikaya (parisaya) 74,i8 {i. e. king

Bimbisara and his retinue). — '*'sa-

vighata, mfn., v. vighata. — sa-visa, mfn. {sa, 8a-visha) poisoned,

instr. -v/ena (8allena), 92,7. - sa-vyanjana, mfn, (= sa.) together

with condiments, ace, r^s,m (yagum)57,22. - savhaya, v, below. — *8a-ssamana-brahmana, m/Vt. includ-

ing Samanas and Brahmans, loc. f,

r^iya. (pajaya) 78,15.— *8a-88amika-bhava, m, the being married (to a

husband), 56,9. {cp. sami)i & saniika).

— *8a-betu-dhamma, »»., v,

dhamma*. — *8atthakatha, adj.

f. together with the commentary, 102,a

(pali). — 8atthika, v. below. -^B a dan a, mfn. filled with afi'ection

or desire, greedy, loc, pi, i\^esa, Dh.

406 {opp. an-adana, cp, adana;. -sSdbarana, v. below. - Banucara,mfn, (= 50.) having followers, n. .^arii

(rat'^haih, "with all its subjects") Db.294. — samacca, mfn, {sa, sama-tya) together with ministers, acc, i^&m(rajanam) 40,4. - salohita, 8oda-riya, v. belmo.

sa-*, num. {= cba, q. r.) in the

comp, salayatana, solasa, etc, {cp,

satthi).

8a', mf. (= sa.) base of pron.

demonstr. nom. sg., v. tam '.

8a*, mfn. {sa. sva) one's own (aho

referring to 1. & 2.pers.)\ instr. pi.

sehi (kammehi) Dh. 136; very com-

monly the first part of comp.: sa-kicca,

®-citta, °-nama {v. h.); sa-mukha,

51,8 (°-ve(hito, who has let his ownface be enveloped); *'-labha, Dh. 365-66 (v. A.); sajjbaya, sadattha-, &sabbava, v. below, cp. saka, mfn.

sam-**, indecl. {sa. sam) prefix to

verbal roots, implying 'coDJunotioo',

aamyata 246

V,on>pleteDeBB', etc. {opp. vi-'), before

vowels sam*^, and by assimilation also

8aa-*>, sari-", san-", sal"', before r

sometimes sa-' (op. saratta, saram-bha).

samyata, mfn., v. satifiata.

samyutta(or safiuutta), mfn, («o.

samyukta, \/yuj) uoited, combined,

collflcted; - oamyutta-nikaya, w». (op.

httddh. sa. samyuictagama) name of

a canonical Pali work, the third of the

f.ve nikfiyas (g. v.), consisting of 55Samyuttas or collections of short Sut-

<as, nom. r^o, 102,u; ace. tn. saiii-

yuttaiii (adj.) 110,2 (saddhammam,i. e. "according to Samyuttas"). 8pe-

cireens thereof : 66,22-67,19; 71,i9—

72,35; 96,1-82.

samyoga, wi. (= sa.) union, con-

junction; bond, attachment; pi, r>/a,

TjU, 384. cp. next.

samyojana & saniiojana, n.

(sa. samyojana) = prec. ; ace, ^aib,Dh, 31 ; 397 (sabba-"); dvandva comp.

'^-sanga, Dh. 342 (°-8attaka, mfn. q.

v.); - ditthi-^ n. a clog of theory, 94,2.

samvacchara, m, & n. (sa. saih-

vatsara) a year; ace. r^am ("for a

whole year") Dh. 108; toe. ,^e (tatiye)

36,36; n. pi. .^ani, 21,u; gen. pi.

o.-anarfa, 87,$; comp. "-matthake, 33,ii

(t;. h.).

samvattati, vb. (sa. sam-\/vrt)

'to roll together', come to an end, be

finished or destroyed; w. dat. : to con>

duce, tend to; pr. 8. sg. nyati (nibba-

naya) 66,so. 93,9.

samvara, »«. (= sa.) sellf-control,

restraint; nom, -wO (patimokkhe) Dh.

186. 375;(cakkhuna, etc.) Dh. 360-61

;

instr, ^ena. (kayikena) 86,i8; 85,i9

(a-8amvarena) ; dat, rvSya, 75,se. cp,

samvuta.saravasati, vh, (sa. saih-v/vas)

to dwell, live (with, instr.); pot. 3,

sg, samvase (pamadena) Dh. 167.

ep, next.

samvasa, m. (^=^ sa.) dwelling

together, living with (also of sexual

intercourse); nom. /wO (balehi, com-

pany with fools) Dh. 207; ([ajsaml-

na-«, q. V.) Dh. 302; (dhira-", instead

of sukha-o) Dh. 207 (cp. note ib.);

ace, «vam (katvana taya) 112,».

*Bamva8iya, mfn. (= /^/ika) liy-

ing together with; f. «./iya (gopi)

104,88.

saravigga, mfn, (sa. samvigna)

agitated, terrified; "-manasa, mfn.

agitated in mind, m. /^o, 41,82; *°-ha-

daya, mfn. agitated in heart, m. /n/O,

63,u. cp. samvega.

sariividahati, vb, (sa. sam-vi-

ydha) to place, put; dispose, arrange,

prescribe (aec.)\ ger. ,^itva, 48,i»

(arakkham); 63,23.

samvuta, mfn. (sa. samvrta) self-

controlled, restrained; m, r^O (sam-

varena) 86,i8; Dh. 231 (kayena); m.

pi. ,^^a, Dh. 226. 234. a-samvuta,Dh 7; 8u-samvuta (q. v.)\ sila-", mfn.(v, h.) cp. samvara & safifiata.

sariivega. m, (= sa,) emotion,

agitation; terror; ace. .^am, 44,so;

*''-ppatta, mfn. moved, agitated, m.

^0, 53,11. cp. samvigga & next,

*8aravegi«. mfn. filled with emo-tion, ardent, eager; m. pi, -.«^ino, Dh.143.

sariisagga, wj. (sa, saihsarga)conjunction, contact, intercourse, com-pany with; nom. r^o, 29,6; instr. ^ena(amadhura-O) 37,2i; (madhura-ra8a-°)

38,4; *vera-"-samsattha, mfn, Dh.291 (v, next).

sarasaUba, mfn. (sa, aamsj-sbta)connected, mixed with, entangled; m,-vo (vera^samsagga-", "entangled in

the bonds of haired") Dh, 291; m.pi, iva, 37,2o; cp. a-satnsattha.

samsati, vb. (sa. yQams) to say,

tell, speak to, call upon (acc.)\ aor.

3. sg. asarfisi (iham) 108,28.

8 am 8 a n d e t i , «6. (caits. "-sandati,sa. sarh-Y/syand) 'to let run together',i. e, to sum up, to compare (acc, with;instr.); e/ef.r^etva (niyyamakasuttena,gatham aha) 26,28 (i. e, comformablyto his mariner's lore).

samsanna, mfn. (pp. samsidati,

247 Sakka

to sink, go down; sa. sam-v^sad) de-pressed, without energy; **-samkappa-mana(s), mfn. Dh. 280 ("whose will

and thought are weak"), cp. sarhsa-deti.

samsaya, m. (»a. saiiiQaya) doubt;

V. nis-samsayarii, adv.

saihsarati, vb. (sa. sam-^sr) to

go about (unvoluntarily), toss the bodyabout, esp, to pass from existence to

existence;part. loc. m. -wante (apara-

paraih) 40,84 ; aor. 1. sg. /v/sari, 108,t«

(samsari'ham). cp, sam-carati & saih-

sara.

samsadeti, vb. (caus. samsidati;

sa. samsadayati) ^) 'to cause to sit

down or Bink\ to embarrasB, perplex

;

*) intr, to be embarrassed or perplexed

;

pr, 3. sg, /x/eti, 90,36. cp. samsanna.saiuaara, m. (= sa.) the revolu-

tion of being, transmigration or pas-

sing through a Buocession of existences,

the life in this world; nom. n>jO (di-

gho balanarii) 107,io = Dh. 60; ace.

.%^am, Dh. 414; loc, /v<e (anamata-

ggasmirii, q. v.) 89,i8; pi. o/S, Dh,

95; *jati-o, m. id. 108,i8.

samharati, vb. (sa. 8am-\/hr) to

draw together, collect, fold up (as

clothes, ace.) ;part. m. instr. <^antena

(civaram) 83,io; ger, />.,itva, 41,*;

grd. n. ^itabbaih, 83,9, cp. sarabira.

samhita, mfn, (= sa.) put to-

gether, joined, accompanied by (e. c);

attha-°, mfn., v. attha', an-attba-°,

mfn, (g. v.) cp. upasamhita & sahita,

sarabira, mfn. (oontraoted of

sariihariya (*8amhera), grd. samha-

rati, sa. samharya) to be removed,

shaken or corrupted; *a-Baihhira, mfn.

(v. h.) cp. Tr. PM. 78,18. Pischel,

Oramm. § 637.

saka, mfn, (fr. sa*; sa. svaka)

one's own (referring also to 1. & 2.

pers,); ace. m. n. <^&m fparijanam)

67,s8; (matam) 113,i»; (vadaib, re-

ferring to 2. pers.) 113,ii', loc. r^e

((bane) 77,b; very often at the beg. of

cwnp. o-sarira, 16,«; o-rat^ha, 42,7

(cp. Fleet, .TEA8. '04, 708); "-nagara,

44,16 ; **-tt,hana, 55,9; "-kammani, n.

pi. 106,8o; repeated (with distributive

meaning) : saka-saka-tthanesu (each

on his own place) 22,9.

saka^a, m. n. ^) (sa, gaka^a) a

carriage; a cart-load; n. f^&m (pha-

nita-", puva-", bhatta-", q. v.) 63,2o-8o;

*"-magga, m. a highroad, loc. -v/e,

43,18. — *) wrong reading instead of

kasata (q. v.).

sakad-agamiu, mf(n), (buddh,

sa. sakrd-agamin) lit. 'returning only

once more', i. e, a person who is to

be re-born only once in the world of

men, who has reached the second stage

of sanctification (cp, Childers s, v, &magga); "-phale patitthahi, "he en-

tered on the fruit of the second path",

29,17, cp. sakirii, adv.

sakala, mfn. (== sa.) whole, all;

m. >N/0, 16,13; n. 'x/am, 62,i3; comp,

"-gama-vasino, all the villagers, 8,is;

"-kappa, 16,16; "-Jambudipa, 39,u;

"-sarira, 57,s9; "-nagara, 65,84. cp,

next.

*sakalika, f. (prob. fr, sakala,

but other spellings : sakkalika, sak-

kbalik.a seem to show confusion with

sakkara or sakkbara, q. v.) a piece,

mass, splinter; pasana-", a splinter of

rock, 17,99,

sakim, adv. (sa. sak^t) once (lat.

semel); 56,i7-i8; on account of old

sandhi we have sakid-, or sakad-, cp,

sakad-agamin, mfn,

sakuna. m. (sa, Qakuna) a bird;

nom, '^o, 12,9; pi. .^a, 10,8; gen.

vl. /^anarii, 10,ii; comp. ""-gana,

*°-8amgba, m. (q. v.) ; *java-<*, *ruk-

khakottba-" (g, v.) cp. sakunika &next.

sakunta, m. (sa. Qakunta) =prec.\ nom. /x-o, 88,8o; gen. pi. ^^.a-

nam, Dh. 92.

Sakka, m. (sa. (^akra) nom. pr.

of Indra; nom. ^o, 16,8. 45,8o (deva-

raja); 59,8i (jara-*. old Sakka); 80,s6

(devanam indo); ace. ^am, 110,8i;

instr. .^ena, 110,w', gen. ^N.-assa, 15,7;

pi. /wS (aiifiehi cakkavalehi, from

Bakka 248

other worlds) 60,so; *-bhavana, n. the

heaven or palace of S., 65,9 ("-sadisa).

cp. sakkatta, n.

sakka, mfn. (sa. Qakya) possible,

V. sakka, indecl.

sakkaocam, indecl. (orig. ger.

fr. sakkaroti, to honour, revere; so.

sat-krtya) devotedly, zealously, eagerly,

assiduously; Dh. 893. ((p. sakkara.)

'

Sakkatta, w. {sa. Qakratva) Sak ka-

ship; ace. .^ain (papuni, was born as

8.) 35,1 ;(karesi) 52,16.

sakkara, /*., v. sakkhara.

*8iikka, indecl. (perbups orig. f.

sg. fr. sakka, {grd. sakkoti) cp, sa.

(;akyuni) mostly used in impersonal

sentences, followed by inf. (often with

pass, or intr, meaning, but sometimes

with ohj. added in acc), the agens,

if expressed, being put generally into

instr. (but sometimes also nom.)^ to

be trauslated by 'it is possible', gene-

rally w. negation ; 'it is not possible',

'cannot', or 'it is of no use'; *) with-

out snbj. '. na 'r^ lava varaih (acc.)

auiiesarii papetum, it is not possiblt

to transfer your turn to others, 6,3i;

yacakanajh tinani datum na rw, 16,b;

tumliakaiii rat(be agantum na ».,,

18,24; na r^ nuiii varetiiiii, 23,8;

appen'eva balavalianena -v B.rajjam

ganhitum, 38,J4; na -v daturii, 63,3ti;

nunu na ->/ vissaj^etuiii, surely he

cannot answer, 91, la; na ^ itoparaih.

i:'2,i7:, w. atixiUcry verb : sakka siya.

6t),5; - '') with subj. instr. : na o.

maya . . . pakkhipilum (1 cunnot) 7,8;

maya imasmiiii thane vasitum na -v,

9,31 ; na ,^ maya marana muccitum

(1 cannot be delivered from death)

17,14; marantenilpi [sc. maya] tuy-

haiii kathetura na --v, 49,a7; - *=) with

snbj. nom. (& instr. as subj. of the

inf.) : matugiimo kucchiyaiii pakkhi-

pitva carentenapi rakkhiiuiii na -^

(a woMiun you cannot be certain ol,

even if you wwlk about having hei-

inside you) 50,S4 (here we could also

have acc. matugamarii) ; the subj,

being expressed by a relat, clause

:

yo koci samano . . . samagato Hii^pativattetum, llO.io. Besides this

indecl. sakka we find in some few

instances grd, sakka, mfn. construed

with subj. nom. (as in sa., cp. Speyer,

"Ved. u. Sa. Synt. § 220 & Childers

8. vX Quite parallel to *Bakka is

*labDha {q. v.); both forms have been

variously explained; on account of the

predominant construction with instr.

it seems evident that the instinct of

speech has connected these forms with

the pass, grd. of sakkoti (\/?ak);

therefore it is difficult to judge, whether

Pischel, Gr. § 465, is right in taking

them as old optatives {aor.); cp,

Franke, Pali u. Sanskr. p. 103.

sakkara, w. {sa. sat-kiira) honour,

reverence, worship; reputation; nom.

/>/0, 18,35. 19,4. 37,1, 74,15; acc. rwarii,

Dh. 75; o-atthaib, 62,3i (v. attha');

*kata-maugala-'*, mfn. {q. v.) ; dvan-

dva comp. labha-° {v. h.).

sakkoti (later lorm : sak(k)unoti

or sak(k)unati) vb. {sa, ^/^ak) to be

able to {inf.y, to daie, venture, per-

suade oneselt to {inf.)\ pr. 3. sg. /^oti

(gocaram ganhitum na ->.) 13, 12; 2,

sg. ^osi, 46,34; 1. sg, rwomi, 31, 30.

48,28; 3, pi. ,x/Onti, 8,19; 2, pi. ,-vOtha,

31,8o; 1. pi. />^oma, 40,33; part. m.

rvonto, 98,so; f. gen, sg. ^ontiya,

59,9; a-sakkonto, 37,25; pi. -^.a, 8,21.

40,23. 102,18; aor. 3. sg. a-sakkhi,

16,8. 55,18; 2. sg. id. 44,8i; 1. sg,

a-sakkhirii, 20,29; 1. pi. sakkhimha,79,20; a later lorni is sakuDJ, 3. sg.

111,11; fut. ») sakkhati, 2.sg. />.asi,

48,27; *>)sakkhiti, 5. pi. ,^inti, 105,i8;•=) sakkhissati, 89, 10; 2. sg. ,%..asi, 4,34;

1. sg. ^ami, 48,i3; 3. pi. ^anti, 34,io;l.pl. .^amu, 1,9. 21,31 ; •!) sakkunis-sama. 1. pi. 73,2; grd, sakka, nifn.

{q. V.) cp. sakka.

sakkhara, /". (sometimes spelt sak-kara, in the beg. of comp. also ,>^a; sa.

garkara) *) gravel, pebble, small stone;

"-a-kathala-valika {pi. dvandva comp.)97,35. - 2) sugar; nom. ^a, 52,7; dvan-dva comp. sappi-madhu- sakkara-",

249 samkhtita

61,26j "-odaka, n. sugar-wuter, 38,3;"-panaka, n. id. 18,8?; *lapa-o, mfn.{v. h.).

sakkhiti, sakkhissati, fut.,v.sakkoti.

Sakya, m, (pi.) (sa. (^akyti) mm.pr. of a tribe in Kapilavatthu (fromwhich Gotama Buddha was descended);"-putta, m. a man of that tribe (esp,

ot_ Gotama); "-puttiya, »/». (sa, O-pu-

triya) a follower of Gotama. gen. pi,

r^&n&m (samananaifa, the Buddhistnionks) 73, 30.

8agga, m. (sa. svarga) ') heaven;

ace. ^m\ (yanti) Dh. 12ti; dat. ^aya^gacchati) 88,8o. 89,i; gen. ^assa(gamana) Dh. 178j saggaih (adj.)

lokarii (ace.) id, 7,s6; comp. "-katha,/"., a discourse about heaven, 68,20

(/^am pakasesi); "-patha, "-pada,

m. the way to heaven, 34,29. 44,15 (cp.

pureti) ; saggapaya, m. [dvandva comp.)

Dh. 423 (v. apaya). - *) *Sagga, m.

nam. pr. of a Gandharva, 19, so. 20, 4-20.

samkaddhati, 1)6. (sa. saih-y'krsh)

to draw together, gather, collect, pick

up (ace); ger. -N/itva (daruni) 15,39;

33,6; 49,35 (kacavaram, to sweep to-

gether).

samkappa, m. (sa. samknlpa)will, thought, intention, desire; nom.

-x/O (sanoma-*', right aspiration) 67,4

;

Dh. 74; ace. /s/aih, 104,7; pi. /N.a,

Dh. 339; *samsanna-sariikappa-mano.

Dh. 280 (v. h.); miccha-", Dh. 11

(v. h.); *bahu-0, mfn. Dh. 147 (q. v.).

sariikamati, vb, (sa. sam-\/kram)

to go away, enter, go to; fut, 1. pi.

^issama, 77,i7.

samkanipati, t;6. (sa. sam-ykamp)to shake, quake, tremble; aor, 3. sg.

<vpi, 110,7.

samkara, m. (= sa.) confusion,

turmoil; *dura-*', mj/m. secluded, soli-

tary, tranquil ; loc. i^e (vihare) 1 14,26.

*8amka8sara, mfn. (prob. fr. sa.

"'sam-kasvara, cp, saihkasuka) bad,

impure; unsteady, of doubtful charac-

ter; n. ~aih (brahroacariyam) Dh.

312. (cp. Weber, Ind. 8tr. I, 167;

Kern, Bijdr. (Amsterdam 1886) p. 57;Morris, Introd. to AN. I p. IX (1883);SEE. XX, 300.) cp. a-sarakusaka, Jat.

VI. 297,32.

samkara, m. n. (= sa.) sweep*ings; nom. n. <v/arii, 84,23; *°-dhana,n. a dunghill, loc. ^asmim, Dh. 58;'"-bhuta, mfn. being like sweepings,

loo, pi. ,^esu, Dh. 69.

samkita, mfn. (sa. (jamkita)anxious, alarmed; *bliaya-°, mfn. lll,i»

(v.h.),

saifakilittha, mfn, (pp, fr. next;

sa. saihklishta) impure, sinful, depra-

ved, corrupt; n, /^aifa (vatarfi) Dh.312; instr. m. .>.,ena, Dh. 244.

samkilissati, vb, (sa, sam-v'kliQ,

pass, "-kli^yate) to be impure, be-

come defiled (by carnal lust);pr. 3.

sg. <vati (attana) Dh. 165; pp. sam-kilit^ha (3. v.) cp. next.

saiiikilesa, m. (sa. saiiiklega)

contamination, impurity, sinfulness;

acc. <N^arii, 68,20.

*samkuppa, mfn. (grd. saixi-

kuppati ; sa. 8aiii-\/kup) to be shaken

or moved; *a-samkuppa, mfn. (v. h.).

sariikha, m. (sa. paihkha) a conch-

shell, trumpet; acc. pi. ^e (dliamen-

ta) 8,23.

samkhata, mfn, (sa. samskrta)put together, constructed, prepared;

f. >^a, (su-**) 104,30. cp. samkhatabelow.

samkhaya, m. (sa. samksbaya)destruction; nom, ,>^o (bhuri-**) Dh.

282; loc. -^amhi (jivita-") Dh. 331.

*8amkbalika, f. (fr. sa. Qrnkha-

la, or (N^a) a chain, fetter; instr, />^aya

(deva-o) 21,u.

8 am k ha, f. (sa. saihkhya) reckon-

ing; consideration, deliberation ; name,

appellation; nom. ^a, 97,i; ace. r^am.

(gacchati, to be called) 95,9; instr,

/>/aya, (v. samkhati below); comp.

*riipa-8amkha-vimutta, mfn. "released

from what is styled name", or : 'up to

the very name' i. e. 'totally released

from' (Tr.), 96,i2£f.

samkhata, m/V>. (sa. samkhyata,.

sariktiSti 250

IPf, saib-\/khyS) reikoned, ooniidered,

weighed; called, named; known, vi>

Bibie; *'-dhamma, mfn. "who has well

weighed the law", gtn, pi. <^anain,

Dh, 70 (wrong Bpelliniir : samkhata-^)

;

*panfia-", 91,s7 («, h.).

[samkhati], vh. (sa. 8aih-\/khya)

to reckon; to consider, weigh; to call,

name; inf. rs/atum (to measure) Dh.

196; gcr. rwSya ("with care") 106,7

= Dh. 267; pp. ,%/ata, v. above.

saihkhara, m. {sa. samskara)•putticg together', composition, aggre-

gation; mostly in pi, ^vi i *) all ex-

isting things or substances, created

things or creatures ; *) (in the dog-

matics :) the fourth of the five khan-

dha (constituents of the human being,

94,8-io), vie. states of mind, pre-

dispositions, conformatjons (originating

from avijjil, and causing vinfia^a,

66,6-?) left from actions in former ex-

istences, and therefore denoting any

action, speech, or thought, the vital

functions efc, piactically =i moral

<:onstitution (Karma, V. kamma');nom. pi. /-..-a, 94,io; 80, a (vayadham-ma) ; 80,88. 107,ii = Dh. 277 (anic-

<;a); 107, is (dukkha); Dh. 265 (sas-

sata n'atthi); instr, -%^ehi, 96,i9;

<:omp. ®-nirodha, m, (q. v.) 66,12;

*°-iipasama, m. Dh. 368 (q. v.) cp.

vi-samkhara-gata, mfn. For signifi-

cation cp. dhamma^.

samkhitta, mfn. (pp. ft. next\

fiasanikshipta) contracted, abbreviated;

imir. n. (arfy.) -^ona, briefly, conci-

sely, 67,11.'

saihkhipati, i>6. (sa. saifa-v'kship)

to throw or dvaw together (ace), to

contract, shorten; part, med. m, pi.

^^niana (mige) 6,9; pp. rwkhitta (v.

<ibove).

sanga, »». (= sa.) clinging to,

attachment; hindrance, bond, fetter;

nom. »>.o, Dh. 171; ace. ~am (ubho,

q.v.) Dh. 412; romp. saBgatiga, mfn.

Dh. 397 (v. atiga); pailca-saflga-",

Dh. 370 (the 6 fetters, i. e. the senses,

paflcindriySni. Coram.); saftfiojana-",

q. v., cp. saijati..s ^ /

saifagannati (or ,%,atj), vo. (sa.

8am-\/grah) to gather, collect, to tak^

hold of, take care of, help; to win

(one's favour) (w. acc); aor. 3. sg.

^ganhi (nagaram) 68,»4; ger. />/ga-

hetva (Pitakattayam), 114^i»; pp.

^gabita, m.pl. eka-samgahita (sabbe,

unified) 99,i6; cp, samgaha, samga-

haka.

saiigata, n. (= sa.) association,

intercourse; *bala-*'-cariH, mfn. Dh.

207 (v. h.).

samgaha, m, (once w. ; sa. sam-

graha) collection, aggregation; redac-

tion, text; nom. ^0 (dhamma-vinaya-")

109,13; (therehi kata-O) I09,u; nom,

n. ,-vaiii, 110,4; acc. /^aih, 110,6;

(dhamma-°) 109,i6. 110,i6; (vififiana-^

q. V.) 99,86; antevasikanaih ovarii (col-

lectiog, i. e. teaching of pupils) 102,0.

saragahita, pp. & "-gahetva, ^er.,

V. sariiganhati.

Bamgama, m. (sa. samgmma)battle; loc. ^e. 103,34. 107, s = Dh.103; — '•-ji, mfn. (sa. "-ji^ victorious,

in the comp. sanganiajuttama, m. "the

(greatest of conquerors", 107,4 = Dh,103 (cp. sa. superl. aariigr.amajittama).

cp. next.

saihganieti. vh. (denom. fr. sam-gama; sa. sariigramayate) to battle

or fight with (instr. )\ fut, 3. sg, »>/e8-

sati (nagena) 76,88.

8amgahak8,»i. (sa. saihgrahaka)*) a collector, compiler; *) a charioteer;

nom, r^o (Matali) 60,i«.

sailgiti, f (== sa.) ») tingingtogether, music; ') collection or recen-

sion of the holy texts, or a Buddhistcouncil held for that purpose; *'*-ttaya,

n. the three councils (or recensions),

113,29.

samgha, «i. (= sa.) •) a collec-

tion, assemblage, multitude, crowd;acc. ^arii (sakuna-**) 10,9; pi, ,^a(do.) 62,13; - s) the congregation ororder of the Buddhist monks (also achapter or a certain number of monks,

251 SBJjati

elected and assembled for any religiouspurpose); nom. ^o. 79,u; ace. ^aifa(in the formula Buddha, Dharama,& Saiiigha. cp. ratana») 107,i7 =Dh, 190; 114,7; instr. ^ena (bhik-khu-o) 70,91 ;

gen. ^assa (do.) 102,8;loc. ^e (do.), 29,88; pi. ^a (bhik-khu-") 109,9 (combined with the prcc.n.pl. satta satasahassani) ; ~ *°-gata,mfn. directed to the 8,, Dh. 298 (/",

<vS, sati); *"-8amniata, n. (v, h,).

8aihRhaUati,f6.(so,8ariiVgliatt)to strike or knock against, to rub, etc.;

part, m. instr. rvantena (a-") 84,n.*Saihghapala, m, nom. pr, of a

thera in MahttvihSia (Ceylon); gen.

<vaRsa, 114,4.

saiughata, m. {=sa.) the timberor frame work of a house; *pit^ba-saiiighataka, n. (adj. in the comp.tbira-®, coram, on torana) 'with strongly

constructed doorpost and lintel', 91,9i.

{cp. SBE. XX. p. 105).

saiiighati, f. (== sa.) an uppergarment, one of the three robes of a

Buddhist monk ; nom. ^i, 84,9 ;pi. ~iyo,

the two uppers garments, 82,25. •

*sace, indecl. {fr. ce with the ««•

decl.pref. sa-, q.v.) if; even if, though;

this particle is always used at the be-

ginning of a conditional period, the

verb of both sentences being put usually

either in fat. (sometimes pres.) or pot.,

nearly in conformity to the use of the

indie. & conjunctive modes in Latin

in such sentences; the second sentence

is often beginning with a pron. de-

monstr., but a particle corresponding

with sace is not required; *) w. fut.

(in both sentences): 1,9. 2,9. 35,t8. 56,7;

sac'ahaih : 25,32. 64,i. 65,3i; *>) w.pres.

& fut. (or grd.) : l,i7. 82,19-98; °)w.

pot. (in both sentences): l,9i. 4,7, 53,i4.

56,5. 86,2; ^) like yadi evam & noce

{^. V.) without full sentence : 'if so', 'in

that case', 97,i4-i5 (sace bhante Na-gasena yo tuiuhe mareti n'attbi tas-

«api panatipato).

sacca, ^) mfn. {sa. satya) true;

n. >s,&± (giram) Dh. 408; idani eva

1^, 89,24 {opp. raogha). - *) n. {snbst.)

*) truth ; nom. -^am, 51,32 {opp. musa)

;

ace. «.,am (katheti, vadati) 24,97. 32,i;

*®-sadisa, mfn. liaving the appearanceof truth, 62,1 ; *sacc-upasariihita, mfn,true, 9,31 {cp. upasaiiihita) ; - *•) speak-ing the truth, truthfulness, veracity;

nom. ^arii, 8,97; Dh. 261; 106,9 =Dh. 393; instr. «^ena, 44,n. 108,3i;

dvandva comp. daina-", Dh, 9 {q, v.)\

- ") ft solemn asBeveration, oath {cp.

sacca-kiriya, & "-vajja helow) ; instr.

irainS <^ex\& ("so truly") 61, ts; - •*)

in the dogmatics (mostly pi.) : the four

cardinal truths of fiuddhiim {op. ariya-

Bacco); iN/iini, 29,16 ; sacca-pariyosane,

"at the conclusion of the Truths", 29,iT

;

— *) «. {adv.) truly, indeed, verily;

justly, by rights; 64,i6 (,>^ evam Sharii.

su pandita). [cp. bahusacca, fr. ba-

bussuta].

sacca-kiriya, /". {sa. satya-kriya)a solemn asseveration, oath; nom. /^a(bhinna, is rendered of no effect) 51,99;

ace. -^am (karoti) 27,2o. 51, 10; instr,

^aya, 27, le.

*sacca-parami, f. {Biiddh. sa.

satya-paramita) truthfulness (one of

the ten virtues, v, parami) 108,3i.

"sacca-vajja, n. {fr. sa. satya-

vada) *) truthfulness; ') solemn asseve*

ration (cp. sacca-kiriya); instr, >vena

(etena) 27,24.

sacca-vadi«, mfn. {sa. satya-

vadin) speaking the truth; acc. m.

/vinarii, Dh, 217,

sacchi-karoti, vb. {fr. sa. sak-

shat-y/kr, by analogy of other comp,

of karoti w. indecl. ending in 'i') to

make visibly present before the eyes,

to realize, attain {ace.); pr. 3. sg.

<x/Oti (magga-phala-nibbanani) 97,io,

cp. next.

sacchi-kiriya, f. {sa. sakshat-

kriya) realization ; dat. <^a.j& (nibba-

nassa) 90,i9.

sajjati, vb. {sa. ysafij; pass, saj-

jate) to cling, adhere; to be attached

to (loc); part. med. acc. m. a-sajja-

mSnaih (naniarupaBmim) Dh, 221;

sajjKpeti 252

pp. satta (3. ».); cp. saflga. (Thesecondary verbal-forms sajjeti & sajja-

peti seem to bt denom. fr. sajja, sajya,

V. below).

*9ajjapeti, vb. {caus. It. sajjeti)

to make ready, prepare festively, adorn

(acc.)\ ger, ,^8tva (nagarari]) 45,8o;

(jutatnandalaifa') 50,i8.

8ajju, adv. (sa. sa-dyas) instantly,

immediately; 106,81 = Dii. 71. — *8aj-

jukaifa, adv. id. 110,«8.

sajjeti, vb. {denom. fr, 8a, sajja,

sajya; cp. Weber, Ind. Str, 1. p. 243)to mal<e ready, wrepare (acc); imp.

2. pi. .->/etha (ratakani) 63,1?; ger,

^etva, 25,13 (navaiii); caus. II. saj-

japeti (t. above); pp. sajjita, v. su-

sajjita. {Fausb0ll, Ten Jat.p. 99 traces

this verb baek tc y/srj; but the signi-

fication of that root in Pali is always

'to throw away, leave off' ond caus.

is never used, except vissajjeti, Tr.).

sajjhaya, wi. (sa. svadhyaya)repetition (of sacred texts); v, u-saj-

jhfiya.

811 '.ii carat), vb. {sa. 8am-\/car)

to walk about, pass, move, rock (to

and fro, said of voluntary movements,

cp. samsarati);part. m. o^anto (apa-

rapararii) 4.0,?7.

samcicca, indecl. {ger, fr. saril-

y'ci(t); sa, sam-citya, & "-cintya)

intentionally; 27,23.

safichanna, mfn. {= sa.\ pp.

saiii-y'chad) covered all over; padu-

ma-", 4,9-27.

*sanjanana, n. {mm.,act. fr. next)

understanding, considering, thinking;

tesaiii . . . sanjanan'-attham, "in order

that they might think", 21,8.

sanjanati, vb, (sa. sarii-v/jfia) to

understand, perceive, recognize (acc);

to conceive, imagine; aor. 3. sg, />^jani

(Mahasattam) 68,9; ger.^) sannaya

(siho ti) 8,19; 30,4; *>) saujanitva, 20,b.

41,27. cp, *8anjanana, sanna, sanniM.

sarin ata (or saiiiyata), mfn. {pp.

sam-v'yam, saiiiyata) restraining one-

self, seif-controiied; m. o^O, 84,29. Dh.

362 {to. instr. kayena, vacaya); gen.

.%.<a88a, Dh. 24 ; a-saiifiata, mfn. {q. ».);

pada-", mfn, controlling one's feet,

Dh. 362; inukha-", mfn. Dh. 363;

hattha-*, mfn. Dh. 362; *o-cari«, mfn.

living under restraint, gen. m. /vino,

Dh. 104; *8aiinatuttama. mfn, very

well restrained, m. ^0, Dh. 362.

safiiiama, m. {sa. samyama) re-

straint, self-control; worn. «^0, Dh.

261; instr. A^ena (sanfiato) 85,i7;

Dh. 25.

(sanfiamati) vb. {sa. sarii-v'yam)

to control, restrain; pp. safinata {q,

v.); caus. ») saiinameti, id. (occ); fut.

3. pi. ^essanti (cittam) Dh. 37; »>>

safiiiameti, id. (acc); imp. 2. sg. saii-

fiamay[a] (attanaiii) Dh. 380. cp. safi-

fiama, m.

saiifia, f. {sa. samjfia) *) under-

standing, conception; perception {in

the dogmatics : the third of the five

khandha, q.v.)\ in this last sense:

94,10; 96,18 {inatr. /N-aya); 80,b-io,

etc. {comp. neva-safifiii-nrisanna, q. y.,

cp, a-saiina); acc. o.am (karoti. to

think, imagine) 5,7; tunihelii aroclta-

saiiiiaya {instr.) 25, is {v. aroceti). -*) sign, mark, name; acc. ^aiii (adasi,

"made a sign to",^e».) 50,18; (adatva,"telling nothing about if") 65,29; comp.

panna-bandhana-" («. ?) 8,9 {v. panna).sail nana, n. (sa. saiijiiana) =

saiiiia''; instr. r^cm\., 87,8s (olokita-",

E= olokitakarena, 87,25; v. akara).

safiiiameti, vb, caus,, v. sanna-inati.

aafinaya, ger., v, safijanati.

safiiiin, mfn. {sa. sariijiiin) con-

Boious, perceiving; tliinking, imagining;m.rs^'i (ahosi, "you believed, imagined")

2,8; *ujjhana-°, mfn. {v, h.),

saiinojana, n., v. saiiiyojana.

satthi, f. num. {sa, shashti) sixty;

*''-yojanika, mfn. sixty yojanas long.

toe. n. ^e (Manosila-tale) 61, 10; cp.

catu-satthi.

satlia, mfn. (sa. ^atha) dishonest,

deceitlul, fraudulent; m. ,^0 (naro)Dh. 262; kitavasatho, Dh. 252 {v.

kitava).

253 sata

sathila, mfn. (an older form ofsitliila, sa. ^ithila; the orig. base was*?rthila or *^rthira. cp. sa. ^ratha,^.latha, .Sl vcd.sa. (;rath;n^nti) loose,relaxed; »ie#ap/t. careless ,- urelesslyperformed; m. ^o (paribi)a)o) Dh.313; M. ^am (kanimaih) i)h. 312(var. lect. in both places : sitliila); cpKern, Verkl. p. 58.

*sanikam (or sanikaiii), adv. {fr.

sa. Qanais through saniih) slowly,gradually; softly, gently'; cautiously,

accurately; 14,4. 35,33. 50,i8. 54,23.

(In spite of Abh. v. 1153 & Childersthis word has never the signifioation

•quickly", v. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Filol. 3.

R. V, p. 61-52; cp. Pischel, Gr. § 84.)

*santlia, »i. opm.? (cp, sa. ^ran-

tha) bark-strips or fibres of bamboo (?)from which bowstrings were made (=venuviliva. Coram.); gen. ,>^assa, 92,i7.

(cp. D'Alwis, Introd. p. 103.)

santhapeti, vh. (cans, fr. next;

sa. saih-sthapayati) to cause to stand

firm, restore, establish (acc); por. 3.

pi. .>./esuiii, 114,18; inf. ^etuih (ku-

tumbam) 56,6.

san^hati (santhahati, or santi-

ttliati), vb. {sa. sam-\/stba) to remain,

stand firm or still; aor. 3. sg, .-wasi

(nibbidaya, dat. (?), v. nibbida) 67,38;

caus. santhapeti {q. v.) cp. next.

san^hana, n. (sa. saiiisthana)

shape, foiii), appearance; state, condi-

tion; loc. />.,e (chavi-**, complexion)

85,33; instr. pi. ->.ehi (hattha-pada-

mukha-") 49,8; *n)anussa-'', »»/"«. of

human form, 85,3i; *8ukara-**, mfn.

85,31 (q. V.) cp. 8U-san(hana, mfn.

sanda, m(n). (sa. shanda, cp. San-

dra; Weber, Ind. Str. 1. 237) a group

of trees or plants, a wood, thicket;

vana-^ id., acc. /x/am, 16,i.

sand as a, m. (sa. samdam^a) a

pair of tongs or nippers; a vice; instr.

'>^ena, 5,i3; 5,s (kammara-") ; 44,«7

(suvanna-"). cp. dasati.

sanha, mfn. (sa. ^laksbna) smooth,

gentle, mild; small, fine; instr. m.

/s..ena (amkena) 20,»4.'

8 a n h a k a. n. (sa. (^laksbnaka) betdl-

nut (?); "-sadisa, mfn. like betel, instr.

pi. /x/elii (kesehi, = pandara, white?)

47,12 (the Birman reading sanavaka-sadisebi (like hempen cloth, sa. *8ana-valka) seems to be an improvement ofthe text).

sa<, mfn. (= sa.; part. fr. atthi,

q. V.) 1) being; v. atthi; *) good, right,

righteous; acc. m. santaiii (padam, i. e.

Nibbana) Dh. 368; nom. pi. santo,

Dh. 83. 151. 304; instr. pi. sabbbi,

Dh. 151. 29,12 (sabbhi-r-eva); gen.

pi. satarii, Dh. 54. 77. 151. cp. santa''

(santaka), samana, a-sa<, a-santa;

sak-kuccaiii, sak-kam, sad-dbamnm,sap-purisa, & satta*.

sata', n. (sa. ^ata) a hundred;

*) appositive to a siibst. : gatha />^,

100 verses, Dh. 102; ^)w. subst. gen.,

or at the end of subst. comp. : acc. .^.-aril

(kahapana-") 18,i3; (vassa-", for 100years) Dh. 106. 110; instr. i>.,ena. (for

a hundred scil. pieces uf money, kaba-

pana-" being understood) 18, ii; loc.

i^e (pahara-") 55, la ; ") comp. w. other

numerals, usually mfn. pi. (but also

sg., cp. attha-satam bhattaiii. Mil.

88,4) : satta-satani, n.pl. Ill,i4 (with-

out a»6s<.); addhateyya-", "250", wo»».

m. pi. ,%.sata, 21,31; acc. m. pi. /-^sate,

21,33; paiica-«, "500" (v. /».); in this

sort of comp. sata is often separated

from the first number and put at the

end of a subst. comp. : satta inanussa-

satani, "700 men", 27, is (for more

exx. see pancasata); cp. sattaniacca-

satanuga (v. anuga) 110,33; •*) at

the beg. of comp. : sata-saliassa, n.

"100,000", 23,s; pi. <^ani. 109,2;

comp. "-agghanaka, mfn. & *"-uttha-

na, mfn. (q. v.); - *satam8amam,("for a hundred years") Dh. 106, may

be adv. with m inserted (Fsb.), if not

an old error for sataib sama (?), v.

sama. - cp. satika, satinia.

sata*, mfn. (sa. smrta) recollecting,

conscious, thoughtful, attentive; m. >s/0,'

78,35 (synon. sampajana); gen. pi.

/vanam, Db. 293; '''sadasata, mfn.

Bat&tam 264

"always reflecting", Dh. 350. cp, sati*,

sarati.

satatam, adv. (= sa.) continually,

coDBtantly; v. satacca & satatiica.

satapatta, r,\. {sa. ^atapattra)

a woodpecker; nom. r^O, 11,2S.

sati*, part. -loc, v. a&t (atthi).

sati*, f. (sa. smrti) recollection,

thoughtfulne88, a'tention, thinking of;

nom, .x/i, 103,8«. Dh. 293; ace. /x/im,

104,7; -xirii karoti, to think of (gen.)

63,18; marana-", f. 86,so (q. v.); sam-ma-", f. right recollection, 67,8; *8ati-

patthana, m. (cp. Buddh, sa, smrty-

upasthana & upat^hana above) fixing

the. attention, earnest meditation (being

fourfold, vie, meditation on the evils

of body, sensation, mind, and existence,

Childers); loc. pi. ^esu (catiisu)

91,7. cp. sat;ma< & sai-ati.

"satika, mfn. (sa. Qatika) contain

ning or coDCerning a hundred (only

e, c); ti-yojana-", & diyaddha-yoja-

na-", mfn. (v. h.).

*8atima, mfn, {cp. sa, ^atatama)the 100"'; paiica-", v. panca-sata.

satimai, mfn. {sa. smrtimat) full

i<f attention, whose thoughts are well

collected; nom, m. rvtna, 109,i8. Dh.

1»79; gen, «.mato, ]l04,i». Dh. 24(metri causa ; Fati-'*): pi, rviuanto,

Dh. 91 (do,); ^en. pi. fyjm&i&m, Dh.181 (do.).

sattd', mfn. (jjp.sajjati; sa. sakta)

ad'hering or attrched to; hence "-sat-

'aka, mfn. {e. c.) id.; m. pi. ,>.-£ (san-

iiojaua-safiga-", "held in fetters and

bonds") Dh. 342; cp. a-satta.

sattaS m. (.i «.) {sa. satlva) a

living being, creuture, mortal, person;

nom, ^0, 86,7. 89.1. 113,8; gen. rvassa,

103,84; pt. ~&, 17,85. 27,14. 62,25. Dh.

316; ace, ^^e (sabba-") 38,i6; gen,

-x.anarii, 2,6. 64.83 (imesarii); neravi-

ka~o, Bodhi-", Maha-o {v. /*.);'-

*sattavasa, m. pi. {v. avasa); *8attii-

paladdlil, f. Iiumun knowledge, imper*

feet understanding, or : false opinion con-

cerning the real existence of 'satta' (?)

[cp. Mil. 268. SBE. XXXVI. 103];

loc. /v/iyam (thatva) 91,is-8».

satta*, num. {sa. sapta) seven;

nom. & ace. satta, 14,»s. 26,»o. 82,ii.

91,8; 109,2 (satf); instr. -x,ahi, 28,28;

loc. .x^asu, 50,33 ; comp. "-attha (». h.),

seven or eight, 35,1 ; sattaham, seven

days {v. aha), 23,i6; "-dvara-kotthaka,

mfn. {q.v.); "-bhumaka, mfn. {q. v.Y,

o-yojanika, mfn. {q. v.); "-ratana (q.

V.) ; o-sata, n. '700' {v. /».). cp. satta-

ma, etc,

Sattapanna-guha, nom, pr. of

a cave near Bsjagaha, prop, incorrect

spelling instead of sattapanni-guba,

f, {sa. *8aptaparni-", cp, Vin. Ill,

p. 287,17); loc, ,^e, 109,8i.

sattama, mfn, {sa, saptama) the

seventh; loc. m. ^e (divase) 23,io-i8;

f. -wi, 103,88; comp, "-divasato, 61,3.

sattarasa, num, {sa. saptada^a)'17'; sattarasauia. mfn. {sa. sapta-

da^ama) the 17'^; Dh. XVII. cp. dasa.

sattavasa, v. satta*.

sattaharii, v, satta^satti, f. (sa. ^akti; cp. Qastri)

•^ power, energy ; *) a spear ; 6,12 (asi-')

;

') a hunting knife; acc. w^im, 12,8.

*8attupaladdhi, /"., v, satta*.

sattha*, n. (sa, ^.astra) a weapon;a-sattba, mfn, (q. v.).

sattha*, m. {sa. sartha) a oaravao,

troop, company; v, *appa-8attba.

8 at t bar, mi. (so. Qastf) a teacher,

esp, nom. pr, of Buddha ("the master");

nom, ^a (teacher) 79,4; 28,2 (Buddha);acc. rwaraiii, 28,io; instr, ^&r&, 73,27;

gen. a) ^u (sasane) 69,i4; *>) ,>.uno,

78,31. 86,6. 110,5; loc.^&Ti, 84,26;-comp, Sattbu-o, v, "-kappa, in/'n.;

"-garava, wi. «.; "-vannita, mfn.\^*''-vadbaka, mfn. having murderousintent against the Master, m, ,x^o,

108,27; *''-sasana, n. the doctrine of

the Master, 109,32 (navafiga, q. i>.).

cp, sattbuka.

8 atthi, n. (sa, sakthi) the thighor thigh-bone; nom. ^i (bhaegaiii)30,17.

255 gantati

"satthuka, M»/w. e. c. (sa. (jastrka)V. atita-".

*sadattha-pa8uta, mfn. (fr. sa*+ attha* with 'd' inserted) intent uponone's own aim or sake; m, ^^0, Db.166. cp. atta-d-attha.

sad a, adv. (== sa.) always, ever;109,JT. Dh. 30, 79. 206. 226. 296;comp. *8adasata, mfn., v. sata^

sadisa, wi/n. (so. sadf^a) like, simi-

lar (to. gen., or instr., or both); Tatba-gatassa paflnaya anno sadiso n'atthi,

91,»4; ace. m. ,vnm (attano) Dh. 61;most frequently e. c. mfn., e.g. puppha-kunnika-°, 7,»9; loha-nigala-o, ll.ss;

mani-gula-">, 18,?; c<c. ete. ; eka-sadisu,

mfn. identical, pi. ^a, 49,8; purima-",mfn. •'as above", n. ^arii, 31,88; comp.w. a past part. : pavittha-sadiso ahosi,

•seemed to enter", 61,»i (cp. pubba);•"-rasa, mfn. {q. v.).

saddu, m. (sa. ^abda) a sound,

tone, noise; voice, cry; a word; nom.<s/0, 97,80. 1 12,16 ; 98,80 {/^ ratbo iti,

the word r.atha); 23,88 (paridevana-",

madhuragita-"); kim-saddo, 60,b.

112,8 (v. kiih*); ace. /x-arii, 31,«. 53,i6;

40,10 (akiimsu); 89,6 (do.); 59,* (ka-

laha-"); 112,7 (luriya-"); instr. ^ena.11,81. 16,81 ; 18,17-18 (acchara-**, pani-

ppahara-**); pi. ~a, 70,8i; loc. pi.

^esu. 71,8. — cp. nissadda, mfn.

sad dab a ti (& '>.'ati), vb. (sa.

^rad-y/dha) to believe (w. gen. pers.

& ace. rei);pr, 2. pi. ^.-atba (sarassa

atthibhavam mayhaih) 4,is; part. ace.

m. pi. r^&nXQ (maybam) 4,ia; aor.

3. sg. saddahi, 74,i4; ger. ,%^itva, l,i8

(taiii); 4,14 (tassa); a-saddahitva

(attano) 49,9; - caus, saddabapeti

{sa. ^raddhapayati) to make one be-

lieve (ace); fut. 1. sg. ^vessami

(tunibe) 51,10. cp. saddha (& saddha).

saddha, mfn. {sa. ^raddba) faith-

ful, believing; m. <vO, Dh. 303; ace.

<N^aiii, 28,8. Dh. 8 ; m. pi, ^a, 76,8i

;

a-ssaddba, v. saddha.

sad-dbamma, m. {sa. sad-dbar-

ma) the sacred doctrine, the true law

or faith ; ace. /vam, 107,io = Db. 60.

38; 110,1 ; ahl. -x/a, Db. 364; loc. ^e,109,31 ;

pi, n^si, 110,4; a-saddhamma,.m., V. a-sa<; "-desana, f. Dh. 194;.

<*-savana, n. Dh. 182.

saddha, f. {sa. praddha) faith,,

religious belief; nom. /^a, 103,16. Dh.333; instr. /v^aya, Dh. 144; gen, ^aya,29,10 ;

yatha-saddbam, adv. (v. yatba);

a-ssaddha, mfn. v. h.

saddhiih, adv.&prp. {sa. sadhri,

cp. sadhryac, Tr.) along, together;

with, together with, aooompaoied by

{w. instr. before or after, soraetiroei

w. gen. or other oases); pasaijiena '\t

kathento, 3,e; maya /v, 4,t3; 16,18..

61,10. 70,11. 72,81 ; /vmigehi. 8,is; »/

bhikkhu-samghenu, 78,4. cp. next.

[^Childers takes it = sa. sardhaihibut see Pisehel, Gr. § 103.]

*8addhim-cara, mfn. walking

together with ; ace. m. /^am (8abayam)>Dh. 328. • .

*8addhi-viharika,»». (cp.^wdd/*;

sa. sardbaih-vibarin) lit. 'living in the

same vihSra', i. e. the famulus of a

there, a pupil, disciple; instr. <vena,

82,16. ep. saddhiih above.

sanantana, mfn. (sa. sanatanali

eternal, permanent; m. ^o (dhamino)106,84 = Dh. 6.

sanikarb, v. sanikam.8 ant a*, mfn. {sa. (janta,^?^). ^<;am,

cp. sammati) appeased, pacified, tran-

quil; n. rK,am, f. /%/a, Dh. 96; comp.

*«-kaya, _*»-vaca, mfn. Dh. 378 {v.

kaya & vaca); *'*-citta, mfn. tranquil-

minded, Dh. 373. cp. santavai, mfn.

8 a n t a *, mfn. (sa. <}ra,ntSi,pp.y/qTamytired, fatigued; gen. m, r^assa., 107,»

= Dh. 60.

santa^ mfn. (part., sa. sat) being,

existing, true, good; v. sat & atthi.

*8antaka, mfn. (fr. santa^) be-

longing to, dependent, due to (gen.

or e. 0.) ; n, >vaih (tassa) 7,io ; mamafv (my property) 57,»7; kula-', mfn.

{q. v.); para-", mfn, {v. correclion8)'y

cp, a-santa.

santati, f. (= aa.) continuity,,

ttooession, series; v. dhamma-'*.

sa&tappeti 266

san':appe'n, vb. {caus. 8aih-\/trp,

sa. fjantarpayati) to sr.titfy, gladden{ace, & instr.); aor. 3. 6g. ^esi, 61,«8;

pp. santappita, gen. pi. /^/jinarh (sab-

bakamehi) 61,i9.

santara, mfn. (sa. santara, fr.

sa,^ -\- antara) having interval or any-

thing within; *'-bahiram, adv. within

and without, Db. 315 (guttam .%..).

*8 a n t a V a <, wfn, (fr. santa *, y/^.am)

tranquil; wj. ,^Ya, Dh. 378.

santasati. vb.. (sa, 8aiii-\/tras)

to tremble (with fear); pr. 3. pi. /^antj,

86,s3. cp. next & santasa.

*santasana, n. (wow. act, fr. last)

trembling , v. a-santasana.

santanakaj n. (= sa.) anything

spreading, e. g, /nembrane, film, cream,

tissue of roots, etc. ; a cobweb [cp. sa.

santanika, /".); nam. ,^arii, 84,i8,

santasa, m. (sa. santrasa) trem-

bling, feiir; *'*-ppatta, mfn. frightened,

w». pi. ,^a, 86,i»; cp. a-santasi».

santi', f. (sa. Qanti) tranquillity,

peace; enternal rest, NibbSna; acc,

-^im, 80,33. 110,18; *''-magga, m. the

road of peace, Dh. 285; ^'-para, tnfn.

(v. para^).

santi*, pr. 3. pi., v. atthi.

(*santika, mfn., near, proximate;

l)rob, fr. sa' -|- antika); several cases

from this stem are used as adv., or

prp. to. gen. or e. c. (cp. sa. antikam,etc.): ') santikaiii, near; to the presence

of, to; 1,18 (gantva); w. gen. 3,i6.

7,80. 15,16. 24,30. 38,30. 73,i4. 87,83;

^) santika, from; 6,a«. 48,80. 114,4 (w.

gsn.); '') santike, near; in the presence

or vicinity of, by, *itb. before, among;• 4,17. 17,1. 32,12. 37,u. 103,6 (w. gen.);

comp. dhana-santike, 33,26; susana-",

56,19, nilibana"-, Dh. 372; santikemay also be used in the sense of san-

tika : 70,i5. 109,23; 109,28 (agga-san-tike), or of santikaih : 81,ii. Dh. 237.

santitthati, v. santhati.

santutthi, f. (sa. saiii-tushti)

satisfaction, contentment; worn. ,^i,

Dh. 204. 375.

santusita, mfn. (= santuttha.

pp, 8am-\/tush) contented, pleased;

m. ^0, Db. 362.

santo, pi, w., V, %i.t.

santhata, mfn, (pp, santharati,

sarh-^str; sa. saihstrta) strewn, co-

vered; sahst. (n.) a cover, couch;

comp. dhamani-®, mfn. (q. v.).

santhana, w. (sa. Qranthana,

y/^rath) the being loosened or removed;

salla-", Dh. 275 (v. h.).

santhambhati, vb. (sa, saiii-

^/stambh) to stand firm, take courage,

restrain oneself; inf. o.'itum, 34,io.

santhava, m. (sa. saihstava) ac-

quaintance, familiarity, intimacy; acc.

-^.-aih (sabbhi kubbetha) 29,i2; Dh.27 (kama-rati-", q. v.).

sandasseti, vb. (cans. sarii-Y/dr?,

sa. sandar^ayati) to enlighten, instruct

(acc); pr. 3. sg. -wCti, "1,82; aor, 8.

sg. ^esi, 77,2»; ger, ^etva, 78,8s;

pp. m. ,>^ito, 77,27.

sandahati, vb. (sa. sarii-v/dha)

') trans, to put together, unite, recon-

cile; to direct, level, aim; to think

on, comprehend, understand ; *) intr.

(cp. pati-sandahati) : to stand, be the

case ('sich verhalten'), or : to take

place, arise (?), or : to be comprehen-ded (in a certain way?); pr. 3. sg.

~ati (dhamma-santati, q. v.) 99,s5;

(apubbam acarimam viya) 99,26 (v.

a-pubba); - ger. sandhaya (q. v.)\

pp. samhita (q. v.) ; cp. sandhi.sand an a, n. (= sa.) a rope,

bond, fetter; acc. ^aih, Dh. 398,sandeha, m. (= sa.) i) conglo-

meration (of material elements); wow.-.0 (puti-o, q. V.) 107,8 = Dh. 148;— '') doubt, uncertainty ; acc, rvam(janassa) 110,ic.

sand bay a, indecl. (ger. sandahati,q. V.) 1) ger, directing; dhanum ^,111,22 ("bending or seizing his bow");*) prp. w. acc. towards, in that direc-tion or meaning, with reference to,

coucerningj sariram ^, 85,29.

sandhavati, vb. (sa. saiii-v/dhav)to run through (acc); cond. 1. sg.

~issaiii (anekajati-samsaraiii) Dh.

257 8abbBDDU

153 (in the Bense of a futurum in pra-terito : "I should run through", like

adhigacchissam, 104,u (3. v.), cp.

SBE.X.P. 43; Tr.PM. 56; Childers,.TRAS. V. (187n p. 222).sandbi, m. (= sa.) •) junction,

union; agreement; joint; *) interval,

crevice, hole; ace. ,>^im (pakara-", q.

V.) 90,34. 91,»8-»b; •aloka-«, w. (w. A.).

- sandhi-ccheda, mfn, cutting over

the ties, or making hole; m, a hole or

breach in a wall; Dh, 97, /%/0 (naro).

Banna, mfn, (pp. sidati; = «o.;

cp. nisinna) set down, sunk down (into,

loc.)-, m. <^o (pamke) Dh. 327.

sannaddha, mfn, (pp. fr. next;

^ 5a.) armed, mailed ; m. i>,o (kha*

ttiyo) 107,j4 == Dh. 387.

sannayhati, vb. (sa. sam-v/nah)to bind, put on, gird on (weapons,

acc); ger. -witva (khaggam) 33,»9.

41,19; (dhanukalapam) 76,i6; pp. san-

naddha (q. v.).

sannicaya, w. (= sa.) gathering,

heaping together, accumulation (of pro-

visions); MOW. ^0, Dh, 92.

*sannitthana, n, (sa. *8aiii-

nish^hana) resolution, determination,

conviction; acc. ,>./am (katva) 43,«7.

sannipatati, vb. (sa, sam-ni-

Y'pat) to come together, assemble;

aor. 8, sg, sannipati, 17,83; 3. pi.

^^imsu, 10,t; ger. ->/itva, 10,2s. 72,s9;

pp. Bannipatita, loe. m, r^e, 18,i9; m,

pi. 'v.a, 31,«a; cam., v. below\ cp.

next.

sannipata, m, (= sa.) union,

collection, assembly; acc. r^&m (ak-

kharanam) Dh. 352; loc, -%/anihi

(devata-") llO.so.

sannipateti, vh. (caus. sanni-

patati) to collect, call together, as-

semble (acc); ger. .vetva, 6,»; caus.

II. *8annipatapeti, id.; aor. 3. sg.

(v-esi, 10,6; ger. ^^etva, 8,6. 42,8.

"sannibha, mfn. (e. c. = sa.)

like, similar; m. /wO (uttatta-kana-

ka-«) 85,7.

sanniyasa, m. (= sa.) living

together, compftoy with (^««.); nom.

FUi Oloiurjr.

/>^o, Dh, 206; instr. ^ena (satam)

29,13; 37,38. — *loka-'', m. the society

of men, all the world, nom. /vO (sa-

kalo) 16,13.

sannisinna, mfn. (sa, saiii-ni-

shanna, y^sad) sitting together; m. pi,

r^Si, 29,31.

sannissita, mfn. (Btiddh. sa.

sam-ni-Qrita) connected with; acc, m,

fvaiii (vaciduccarita-°) 86,8.

sanneti, vb. (sa, 8am-\/ni) to mix,

knead (acc); grd, fvetabba, n. is/aih

(oun^am) 83,it.

sapatha, m. (sa, Qapatha) an oath;

acc, rv&m (katva) 41,S6; (yakkliim

akarayi, "made her take an oath")

111,99.

sappa, m. (sa, sarpa) a snake,

serpent; nom. t\,o, 52,i7; acc. i>^am

(udaka-O) 52,88.

sappi, n. (& m.f) (sa. sarpis)

clarified butter, ghee; dvandva comp,

°-madbu-<», 61,86.

sappurisa, m. (sa. satpurusha;

cp. sa^) a good man; nom, rwO, Dh,64; acc, ^am, Dh. 208.

sabba, mfn. (sa. sarva) whole,

entire, all, every; m. ^^o, 86,6; 90,82

(loko, 'all men'); acc. /x/am, 4,i6; f.

r>^& (nadi) 48,6; n. /syam, everything,

65,19; 70,84 (adittam); 96,i5 To.'atthi);

20.5. 31,28 ('the whole story'); pi. m.

f^e, 3,24; f. «^a, 66,81 (nom.); 86,4

(acc); instr, /%..ebi, 11,10; 70,82; gen.

/^esam, 11,3. 114,28; most frequently

at the beg. of subst, comp. ; 4,84. 7,8S,

10.6, etc, etc.] sabbaBga-", v, aflga;

"-gandhapana, v. apana; Moka, v.

abbibhu, adhipacca, hita; sabbalam-

kara-**, v, alamkara; sabbakara-'^, v.

akara; sabbabharana-°, v. abhavana;sabbitthiyo, v. itthi; cp. next etc. etc. .

*8abba-ceta80, adv., v. cetas.

*8 abba fij aha, mfn. (sa. *8arvam-

jaha; cp. jafaati) 'having left all', m.

^0, Dh. 353.

8abbanfiu,m. (sa. sarva-jfia) om-

niscient (said of a Buddha); hence

'*'sabbafinuta, /*., omnisoience; instr.

<vaya (Sattbu) 110,u.

17

eabbato 258

8 abb at 0, adv. {sa. sarvatas) fromall sidcB, entirely; *"-bhagena, adv.

on every side, 27,»-s {cp. bhaga).

sabbattha, adv. {sa. sarvatra)

everywhere; D;i. 83. 193, 348. 361.

sabbada, adv. {sa, sarvada) al-

ways; at any rate; 108,8; Dh. 207;340 (y. I. sabbadhi, 'everywhere', 'in

every direction').

*8abbadhi, adv. (fr, sa. *8arva-

dha (= vi(jvadha), Weber, Ind. Str.

Ill, 392; cp. 8a?vadry-anc) on all

sides, in every respect; Dh. 90; 340{v. I.).

"sabba-bhasa, mfn, {cp, bhasa,/".) apeaking all languu/jes; gen, pi.

'wanuiii (sattunuiii, "all people of

different tongues") 134,S9.

*£.al)bavidu, »»/«. (c|). vidu, vidii;

sa. savva-vid) all knowing; m. .%.u

('ham asni) Dh. 363.

^sabba-Huinukkaiiisika, mfn.,

V. HiitmtkkiiiiiHikii.

8abba-8eta, mfn. {sa. 8arva-

Qveta') white all over; m, ^o, 21,84.

Baobaso, adv. {sa, sarvatas)wholly, untirely. at nil, at any rate,

always {w. ncffution \ not nt all, never)j

:M,id. til, id. l);j,ae, IM,!); Dli, U05,

367. 4ly.

8abba-80 vanna, mfn. (sa.sarva-

sauvarna) entirely of gold, golden all

over; m. ^o (kayo) 8'i,>6. 85,4-0.

8abl)abhibliii, m{fn). {sa. sarvii.

bhibhu) who has conquered nil; Dh.353.

sabbha, mfn.{sa. sabhya) polite,

honorable; V. a-sabbha.

sab b hi, v. sat.

sablia, f. (=: sa.) an assembly or

mooting; a largo room or hall; dlrnm-

^la-^ /. {q. v.).

sabhaga, mfn., v. sa*.

sabliava, m. {sa, sva-bhava) na-

tural state or disposition, nature; comp.

*ii8antiiHana-'', mfn. {v. a-saiitasaiia).

Hanui*, m. {sa, (;aiiia) tranquillity,

equanimity, absence of pussion; ace.

f^&m carati, to lead a life of tranquil-

lity, 7,80. Dh. 142 (in this construction

difficult to be distinguished from sama *,

«t.); *8ama-cariya, f, the living in

tranquillity; ->^a, instr. (shortened of

,^aya) Dh. 388. cp, samatha, sara-

mati, etc.

aama», mfn. (== sa) ") like, equal

to {gen. or e. c); m. f%/0 (me aaccena^

108,81 ;pi. '^a (bhavanti) 74,s; <*-vi-

bhatta, n. {q. v.);gopanasi-bhogga-*',

47,32 (g. v.); dosa-", raga-°, mfn. Dh.

202; pathavi-o, Dh. 96; - »>) even;

ace. m. /%/aih (maggarii karetva) 62,o;

- °)just, impartial; m. subst. impar-

tiallity, justice [sijnon. dhamraa); instr,

rwena (riayati pare) Dh. 257; dham-mena ^ena, 42,20 {cp. sama'). cp.

BtLxna, f, & samana, mfn.

samagga, mfn. {sa. samagra)*) all, entire; *^ agreeing, harmonious;

ace. m.pl. pwe (savake) 108,2oi gen, pi.

^iinaiii, Dh. 194; *-vasa, nt. living

together in unity & hnrmony, ace, <^niil

(vuHiinto, tilya Hiiddhiili) 68,25; loc,

/%^e, 46,17. cp. samaggi.

sarnafigiH, mfn. (= sa) & *8a-

mangi-bliutn, mfn. endowed with, pos-

sessed of {iuslr.)\ gen, m. .^..bhutassa

(kiiiiiMKiiiii'lii) ))7,gr>i

BumiiAiiii, f, {sa, BainSjfiii) name,

appellation, terra; nom, <%,u, 97, 1.

samana, m, {sa, Qramana) an

ascetic, mendicant monk, esp, (by non-Buddhists) said of tlie Buddhist men*dicnnls & even of Buddha himself, but

also of the monks of other sects; nom.-x/O (Gotamo) 71,25. 110,8; Dh. 265.

388 (false etymology I samltatta, sa-

macariya, v, h)\ Dh. 264-66 (n'atthi

bfihiro, V. h.)\ gen. pi. ,^iin»iii (Sakya*puttiyiiimii)) 73,00; - comp, "-dluirii-

ma, m, the ascetic duties, ace. >N/am,

15,12. 45,7; paccha-", m, {q. v.); ma*hii-'', m, the great 8. (». c, GotamnBuddha) 76, si; dvandva cowjj. "-brilli-

muiiM, Ml. pi, 104,1 ; ace, rwc, 19,».

cp. siiinai'ii'ia, siiiUHncni.

samatikkaiita, mfn. {pp. sam-ati-kkamati; sa, v'kram, samatikran-ta) transgressed, surpassed, overcome;

269 adai]samadaDa

«. c. free from : *papafica-">. Dh. 195iq. v.) cp, 7iext.

samatikkama, »m. (sa. samati-krama) transgressing, surpassing, over-coming; dat, rwSya (soka-parideva-naiii) 90,17.

*8amativijjhati, vb. (sa. *8am-ati-Y^vyadh) to pierce or break through,penetrate (ace); pr. 3. sg. ,>^ati (aga-ram vutthi) 106,3i = Dh. 14.

samattha, mfn. (sa, samartha)able to, capable of (inf.); venturing(do.); knowing to behave, or capableof finding a way; m. ^o (jale pi thalepi) 4,u; 27,16. 36,19. (w. inf.); ^on'ahosi (do. Mid not venture') 40,8;

f. 'N.a, 27,xi; pi. ^a, 39,ii, cp. sam-atthiya.

samatha, »i. (sa. gamatha) =sama*; ace. r^am (gataui, "subdued")Dh. 94.

samanantara, mfn. (= sa.) im*

mediately following; ,va, adv. (cp, sa,

samanantaraiii) immediately after,

80,18.

s am ant a, tnfn. (= sa.) being onevery side, whole, entire; abl. adv.

*) .^a, on all sides, around, completely;

38,8; 90,33 (w. ^en., nagarassa); 104,3;**) /N/ato, id.; 63,83. 86,8. cp. samanta.samannagata, mfn. (sa. saman-

vagata) attended by, endowed with,

possessed of (instr, or e. c); m. ^o(dbammehi) 3,24; (dasahi aSgebi)

82,14; 85,19. 91,26-87; f. pi. >^a. (asad-

dhaiiinia-'*) 61,26.

samannaharati, vb. (sa. *sam-anu-a-^hj") to direct one's whole at*

tention to (acc); ger. ^itvg (sabba-

cetaso, "seizing upon it with their

whole minds") 71,84.

samappita, mfn. (pp, fr, next;

sa. samarpita) delivered over to (loc.);

endowed with (instr, or e. c.) ; m. pi,

/%/a (nirayamhi) 108,t = Dh. 315;

gen, m. /v.-assa (kamagunehi) 67,86;

comp. yaso-bhoga-", mfn. Dh. 303.

samappeti, vb.(ta, samarpayati,

caua. Bam-Y/r) to deliver over, coneign

(acc. & gen); aor. 3. sg. /^^appayi,

110,27.

samaya, j«. (= sa.) •) time, oc-

casion, season; nom. /x-o (pabbajja-")

46,12; acc, ^nm. (ekaiii, "once") 66,2s.

71,20 ; pacciisa-'' ("at dawn") 68,9;pubbanha-**, 76,i5; majjhantika-",

97,34; instr. -v^ena (tena) 6,32. 71,ai.

74,17; aparena «x/, "afterwa .'s", 95,83.

101,16; loc. ^e (ekasmim, once upona time) 30,28; tasniim «w, 40,3o. 62,io;

addharatta-**, "at midnight", 40,8;nidagha-", 3,32 ; sayanba-", 2,32; 14,ii.

— *) view, doctrine, system, religious

persuasion; *samma-viiinata-°, mfn.113,4 (v. viunata),

samalamkata, mfn, (sa. sani-

dlamkfta) well adorned, decorated;

M. o/am(vitana-'', q. v.) 112,8.

samassattha, mfn, (sa. sama-Qvasta, pp. sam-a-Vpvas) revived,

recovered; °-kale, when he was re*

covered, 20,7. cp. next.

samassaseti, vb. (cans, sam-a-\/<;vas) to reanimate, comfort (acc);imp. 2. sg. ,>..ehi (nam) 46,u; aor.

3. sg. ,%/esi, 46, 12; ger, /vetva, l,u.

67,36. 89,12.

sama, f. (= sa.) a year (=vassa); sataiii-gamarii, Dh. 106 (v.

sata ').

samagacchati, vb. (sa. sam-S-\/gam) to come together, assemble,

arrive; w. instr. to meet with, to be

united with, cling to; aor. 2. sg,

^ganchi (piyehi) 106,25 = Dh. 210;ger. ,>,gantva, 10,7. 75,36 ; pp. ^gata,HI. ^0, 110,9; pi. ^a, 108,3, 109,8.

cp. next.

samagama, m. (= sa.) comingtogether, meeting with; assembly;

nom. /vo, 20,80. 112,i6. Dh. 207.

eamadapeti, vb. (cam, sama-diyati; sa. samadapayati) to incite,

arouse (acc); pr. 3. sg. <N/eti, 71,88)

aor, 3. sg. i^'Csi, 77,8s; ger, «vetva,

78,88; pp, m, />..ito, 77,27.

samadana, n. (= sa.) taking

upon oneself, undertaking; a vow;

17*

§&mfidiyatl 260

m!ccliS-ditthi-<*, mfn, "embracing falte

doctrines", pL A^a, Dh. 316.

samadiyati, vb. {aa, 8ain>S-\/dS,

ep, adiyati) to talo upon oneself, adopt

(aec.);ger. ») .>.adaya (vissaih dbam-

maifa) 106,5 = Dh. 266; »>) ^adiy.itva (sllam) 14,i8; caus. samadapeti

(g. V,); samadana, «., «. above.

samadhi, nt. (= sa.) tranquillity

' of mind, meditation, self-concentration,

the highest stage of jbana (q. v.);

wow, /^i, 103,22; eamma-", 67,5 (right

meditation); acc. ->^im (adhigacchati)

Dh. 249. 366; instr. ^ina, Dh. 144;comp. **'-jhaiia, n. 109,si.

s a m a n a ^ , mfn. (= sa.) like, equal

;

same, alike; comp, *samana-baia,di-

padesa, mfn., 43,8i {v, padesaV,

*"-vaya-bhiiva, mfn, 43,!o {v, vaya");

•"-vasa, mfn. dwelling with equals,

»«. f^Oy 104,21 ; """-samvasa, m. the

dwelling together with equals (family-

life), nom. r^o, Dh. 302 (2. ed. [a]-

samana-vaso ?); *manussa-samana-liarira, mfn, wifj body like men, m,

pi. ,%.a (macchs) 25,23. cp. sama,samaniya.*samana*, mfn, (part, nted, fr,

attbi) being (pleonast, added mostly

to past part., or sometimes to adj.);

ni. O.0 (puttho) £0,4; (vutto) 98, lo;

(andho) 25,i6; acc, pi. m. r^e (matte)

59,26, cp. Pischelf Gv. § 561.

*8amaniya, mfn. (fr. samana',cp, sa, samanya, adv) joined, aBsem-

bled; mi. pi. ^a, (putta me, "mychildren are ail about roe") 105,5.

samaniiti, vh. {sa,^ 8am-a-\/m)to collect, assemble (occ); ger, r^etva

(3ai!igkam) 114,7.

samilpajjati, vb, {sa, sam-a-\/pad) to attain, arrive to, enter into

(acc); aor. 3. sg. ^pajji (catuttba-

jjbanam) 80,5, cp. next etc,

samapatti, f, (= sa.) 'attain-

ment', one of the eight Buccessive states

of the ecstatic meditation; ahl, ,^iya

(akasanaficayatana-", q. v.) 80,6, etc.

samapanna, mfn, (pp, eama-pajjati; = sa.) arrived to, entered

into (aee. or e, e.)\ tn. .vO, 80,i»;

iccha-lobha-», Dh. 264.

samaraddha, mfn, {aa. samS-

rabdba) undertaken, begun; 8U-', mfn,

Dh. 293 {q, v,),

[8am as a ti], vb. {sa. 8am-\/a>)

to sit together, associate with {instr.);

pot, 3. sg. med, samasetha (sabbmr

eva) 29,12.

saraasato, adv. {abl. samasa, m,

abridgement; sa. samasatas) concisely,

briefly, in an abridged form, 114,i2.

samahita, mfn. (= sa.) put to*

gether, collected, composed, e. C, fur-

nished with; m. /^o, Dh, 362 (col-

lected in mind); *pafina-sila-'*, mfn.Dh. 229 {q. v.); a-samahita, 8U-8am5-bita, mfn., v, a-", 8U-°.

samijjbati, vb, {sa, sam-v/rdh)to prosper, succeed, flourish, ripen;

pr, 3, sg, ,%^ati (viriya-phalam) 42,i4-i9.

cp. samiddbi.

*8aminjati, vb, (a secondary for-

mation of sam-Y/ing) to tremble, falter;

pr. 3, pi, ^anti, 106,29 = Dh, 81.

{cp. Weber, Ind. Str. Ill, 397; 01-

denberg, KZ. XXV (1881) 324.)*8amitatta, n, {fr. samita, pp.

sameti; sa, *(;amita-tva) the being

appeased or quieted ; abl. r^a, (papa-naifa) Dh. 265.

samiti, /".(== sa.) coming together,

meeting; battle, war; acc, i>^\m, Dh.321.

samiddbi, f. {sa. samfddbi) suc-

cess, increase, perfection, welfare; ace,

rvira (attano) Dh. 84.

samipa, n. {= sa.) nearnesB,

proximity; only used adverbially in

oblique cases : 'near', 'in the vicinity',

Howards' (often e. c); acc. ^am,66,10; 8,21 (kbetta-o); 65,u (dvara-");instr. ^ena, 49,3 (apana-"); loc. ^e,44,29; 21,18 (nagara-»); 73,2o (gan-dhakut>«); 84,si (Rajagaba-"); ekas-miiii gama-samipe, in the vicinity of acertain village, SS.ss; ^ambi (Bodhi-manda-o) 113,8; - samipa-ttba, mfn.,standing near; acc, m. ,>^aiii, 110,2i.

samirati, vb. {pass, eam-^/ir,

261 samodbiaeti

prob. contraction of *8amiriyati) tobe moved or shaken; pr. 3. sg, ^ati(vatena) 106,39 = Dh. 81.samukkamsati, vb. (sa. sam-

ut-v/krsh) to elevate, praise, extol(ace.)

J pot. 3. sg. <^kamse (attanam)103,30. cp. samukkamsika.samugga, »j. {sa. saraudga) a

box, casket; ace. ^wa\ (catujati-gan-dha-o) 41,»; loo. ^o (suvanna-") 41,e.

samucchinna, »»/"n. ("= so.; pp.samucchindati) uprooted, destroyed;n, ^arii, Dh. 250 = 263.samutthana, n. (so. samutthana)

rise, origin; *Oajjhatta-<', & ofaahid-dha-°, mi/Vj. (r. /».).

*samutthapana, n. (mow. ant,/"••. next) the causing to rise or start;

katha-o, G4,io ("-attham, "for sake ofstarting talk").

saiuutthapeti, vh. (cans, sam-utthati, T/stha; sa. samutthapayati)to cause to rise (acc.)

; aor. 3. sg. /x/esi

(vatarii) 19,is; 3. pi. />./esum (kathaih,"they discussed the matter") 29,38.

samuttliita, mi/Vj. (pp. samu-ttliati, \/stba; sa. samutthita) risen,

sprung from ; n. /x-aih (ayasa, v, ayas)

106,19 = Dh. 240.

samutte.jeti, vb. (cans. *sam-ut-y/tij ; Buddh. sa. sainuttijayati) to

incite, inflame (acc); pr. 3. sg. «N^eti,

71,22; aor. 3. sg. /s./esi, 77,25; ger.

^etva, 78,22; pp. m. ^^./ito, 77,37.

samudaya, w. (== so.) rise, origin,

cause; nom. t>^o (rupassa) 94,8; (du-

kkha-kkhandassa) 66,12; *''-dhamma,

mfn., subject to birth, n, r^am, 68,27

(opp. nirodha-dhamma); dukkha-",

m. the cause of suffering; r^&m ariya-

saccam, 67,i3, cp. dukkha-nirodha.

samudacarati, vb. (sa. satn-ud-

a-^/car) to appear, behave; to follow,

attack, treat, overcome; to speak to,

address (acc); pr. 3. pi. /s^anti (an-

fiamafifiam avuso-vadena) 79,?; 96,8o;

grd. <v.itabba, 79,7-io.

samudahata, mfn. (aa. samu*

dabfta, Vbr) mentioned, named; acc.

m. pi. f^e (pottbake) 114,i7.

samudda, m. (sa. satuudra) the

sea, ocean; nom. ^0 (maha-") 95,t3;

acc. /vara, 20,19; gen. r^assa, 2,ii;

locj ^e (maba-°), 10,28; gen. pi.

-"wanam (catunnarii) 89,1*; ku-samud-da, »>., V. ku-; "-lira, n.; "-devata,/"., "-pittbe & "-majjbe, loc. (q. v.)\

dakkbina-", m. & pakati-", m. (v. h.).

samuppada, m. (so. samutpada)rise, origin; '^dukkha-*', »t. the origin

of pain; occ .vara, 107, i» = Dh. 191(synon, dukkha-saraudaya, 67,i»);

paticca-", m. 66,5 (v. /».).

8amu88aya, »». (so. samuccbraya)collection, accumulation, tsp. the aggre-

gation of the elements (mental andmaterial) of a human being; existence^

birth, body; nom. ^0 (antimo, the

last existence) 108,i7; occ ^aih, 80,23.

cp. next.

samussita, mfn. (pp. 8am-ud-V^ri; sa. samuccbrita) collected, joined

together; or, elevated, arrogant (?)Dh. 147.

samuhata, mfn. (pp. fr. next;

sa. samuddhata) done away, pulled

out, extirpated ; n, /x-aiii (mulaghaccarii)Dh. 260.

*8amiihanti, vb. (sa. *sara-ud-

v/han) to lift up, throw away, abolish

(acc); imp. 3. sg. o^antu (sikkhapa-

aani, saiiigbo) 79,i2. pp., v. above.

samuheti, vb. (caus. sam-\/uh;sa. samuhayati) to collect, assemble

(occ); ger. /<wetva (samgham) Il4,i3.

samekkhati, vb. (sa. sam-\/iksb)

to investigate, examine, consider, pon-

der (occ); ger. samekkbiya (katba-

maggam) 113,3o.

sameti', vb. (sa. sara-y/i) 'to

come together', agree with (instr.);

pr. 3. sg. .>./eti (sutaiii di^^bena) 54,is.

sameti', vb. (cans, sammati; sa,

Qamayati) to appease, quiet (occ); pr,

3. sg. <veti (papaiii) Dh. 265; pp.samita, v. samitatta, n.

""samodbaneti, vb. (denom. fr.

satnodbana, sa. samavadbana) to put

together, connect, compare; to enuine-

eampnjIlDft 262

Mte, calculate, aum up (acc); aor, 3,

sg. ^esi (jatakam, q. v.) 29,i7.

*9 a m p aj a n f. , mfn, {numen agentis

fr, sam-pra-v/jf 5) coriBoiou», ielfpos*

»ei»o(l; »». ^0, 'I8,ai\ gen.pl. rviinaih,

Dh. 293 (svnon. sata").

sampajjati, vb, (sa. 8am-\/pad)*) to prosper, succaet

;pr. 3. sg, /x^ati

(takes root) 37,'", part, ^anta, flou-

ii«hinp, 102,7 (a-samptijjantesu, loc,

pi.); fut. 3. pi, ^issanti (sassani)

ib. ; 2) to become, turn into («o»i.)

;

pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (dadhi) 101,97; -pp, sampanna {q. v.), cans, sampa-deti {q. v.), cp. sampatti.

*saaipaticchati, vb. (sa. sam*prati-Y'ish) tc receive, accept; consent,

agree to (acc); aor. 3. sg, -^icchi

(sadhu'ti) 5,i. 6,29. 53,i6; 46,i5; 3.

pi. -viccliiriisu (tarn silam) 75,36; ger,

^icchitva, l,i8. 14,i4-2o. 62,23; pp./>^icchitti, 55,33 {loc. ahs, tena ,^e,

when he had coneeuted).

sampatta, mfn. {sa. sam-prapta)reached, attained; who has reached,

arrived, come to; mj. »x/0 {w, acc.

Mahavihararii) 114,8; m. pi. ^a(used B8 tempus finitum 'came') 20,i3.

62,22; acc. pi. m. fs,e (yacake) 14,io;

comp, '•-nava (a ship arrived there),

27,12 {acc. ^aiii); "-parisa (the as-

sembly present there) 86,10 (do^ ^aya).sampatti, f. (= sa.) success,

prosperity; excellence, perfection;

pleasure, bliss; magnificence, glory;

nom. rs^i, 68,11; 42,10; acc. (^irii, 4,i8.

63,17) rupa-", beauty, l^.u; dibba-",

divine bliss, 23, 17.{

Bum p anna, mfn. (= ««.; pp,saiupiijjuti) ') complete, perfect, ex*

cellent; "-sassa, n, excellent crops,

26,18; *"-vijja-CRrana, mfn. perfect in

knowledge and behaviour, ut. pi, (n/S,

Dh, 144; *'-8ila, f)ifn, perfect in vir-

tiu'K, f/cn, pi. i^atmili, Dh. 57; Nah-

liallgii-", VI fn. {v, aflfiu); - ") endowedwith, possessed of, full lof {w. instr.

or more frequently C. c.)\ ui. «^0 (plia-

larukkbelii) 2,20; cotttp, *thama-", 1,8;

pakka-plialu-pindi-", 2,i; klianti-me»

ttanuddaya-", 7,i»; ana-«, 10,m; sara-"

18,S4; flanaA 24,u; anubhava-',

36,28; sila-o, 41,86; sabba-lakkhana-O,

65,8«; roalil-gandha-vibhilti-o, 61,4;

pnrideva-8oka-o, 69,8«; sila-dassana-o,

Dh. 217 (v. /».).

sampayata, mfn. {sa. sampraya-

ta) come together, having advanced

towards; m. f%/0 (Yamassa santike)

Dh. 237.

sampayoga,»M. {sa. samprayoga)joining, conjunction, connection (with,

instr.); nom. »%/0 (appiyehi) 67,».

[saniparivatta, »».] {sa. sam-

parivarta) turning or rolling round;

only in comp. ^''-sayiH, mfn. "rolling

oneself about", nom. m. r>^l, Dh. 326.

samparivareti, vb. {catts. sam-pari-y/vr) to surround (acc); ger.

/^ayitva (narii) 64,3o.

*sampavedhi«, mfn. {fr, sam-pavedhati. to tremble, shake, swing

to and fro; sa. 8am-pra-\/vyath) shak-

ing, trembling; only in comp. a-sam-pavedbi*/, mfn. {v. h.).

sampassati, vb. {sa. sam-ypap)to look upon, regard, consider (acc);pari, m, --vpassarii (vipulam sukhaifa)

Dh, 290; part. med. m. /^passamano(adinavaiii) 93,82 (considering it dan-

gerous).

sanipahariiseti, vb. {sa. sam-prabarahayati, cans. 8am-pra-\/hr8b)to make glad (acc); pr. 3. sg. ,>^eti

(bbikkhu) 71,23; aor, 3. sg. ^esi,77,25; ger. ,>^etva, 78,»2; pp, ,%^ito,

Ml. 77,27.

sampildeti, r6. (ca!<s. sampajjati;sa. Hiiinpadiiyati) to bring about, pro-duce, supply, prepare {acc.)\ intr. to

go to work, endeavour, strive; pr. 3.

sg. ^eti (ratbarii) 98,i7; imp. 2. pi.

<%^etha (appamadena) 80,»; ger.«N/etva, 6,4, 57,21; pp. sampadita,propiu'od, 41,11,

sumpffpuiiRti, vb, («o. sam-iira-yiip) to reach, come to, arrive at(acc); aor, 3. sg. sampapuni, 29,25;8. pi. ,>.imsu, 59,27,

sampunna, mfn, (sa. sampurna)

263 saramatta

complete, accomplished; *<»-pada, mfn.complete up to the single words; n.

{adv.)r^{}im. (correctly, perfectly) 113,7.samphassa, »». {sa. samsparga)

touch, contact; nom. «^o (*cakkhu-°)70,26; (*mano-0, q. v.) 70,33; ace.

-^am (hattha-o) 51,9. cp. vedayita,vifinana,

samphusati.t;?). {sa. sam-yspr?)to come in contact with, touch; suffer,

endure (ace); aor. 3. sg. ^\x%i (metri

causa) 78,30 (abadham).sambandha, m. (= sa.) con-

nexion, conjunation; relationship (with,

instr.); ahl. />.a (tena, on account of

the relationship with him) 112,38,

sarabahula, mfn. (= sa.) nu-

merous; insir, pi, ,^ehi (bhikkhuhi)

76,ie.

sambadha, m. (= sa.) a narrow

place; press, crowd; *''-tthana, n. the

interstice between the legs, in the

comp. pakata-bibhaccha-**, mfn. having

the loathsome parts of the body dis-

closed, f. pi. op^a, 65,8.

*8ambahati (& *sambaheti), vb,

(sa. sam + ;/vah (bah)) to rub (ace);

aor. 3. sg. />^bahi (pahararii) 50,8-1.

sambuddha, *) mfn, (= sa.)

awakened, clear in insight; nom. m,

-^0, 80,25; gen. pi. f^anam, Dh. 181;

•) m, a Buddha; gen. <N/assa, 104,ia;

loc. ^e, 81,*; "-mats, n. the doctrine

of the Buddha, 114,is ("-kovida);

samma-*', wj. the enlightened one, the

supreme Buddha, instr. ^ena, 88,s;

gen. ^./assa, 81,s; Kassapa-", 28,i8

(g. v.).

sambodhi, f. {= sa.) perfect

knowledge, supreme wisdom (of a

Buddha); dat. <N^aya, 66,3o. 93,8;

*'*-parayana, mfn, destined to obtain

supreme wisdom, m. «x/0, 79,8*; *''-aa-

ga, (m.) i. e. sambojjhafSga = bo-

jjhaBga (q. v.); i)b. 89 (loc. pi.

/N/CSU).

sambhata, mfn. (sa. sam-bhrta)

collected, produced, earned; gen. n,

^assa (dbanassa) 62,5.

sambhava, m. (= sa.) birth.

origin; being, existence; nom. f^O

(*jati-*', existence) 17,28; instr. o^ena(matu-kuccbi-'*, on account of the so-

journ in the mother's womb) 62,28;

atta-", & *matti-o, mfn, (q,v.).

sambhara, m. (= sa.) bringing

together; abl. ^a (anga-", q. v.) 98,30.

sambhuta, tnfn, (= sa.) pro-

duced, arisen, come into being; n.

^aib, 99,32.

samma-, shortened of samma(q. v.).

*S8imm&, indecl., a term of familiar

address to inferiors or equals (not to

women), sometimes also with plural

ending (satiiina) : friend! my dear!

[possibly some derivate from y'<jau),

or Qam, indecl, (ved, «a.), cp, (jamya,

(jamya, etc., if not, after all, akin to

samraa (v. below); it is by some con-

sidered as related to sa. saumya; Faus-bell, Five Jat. p. 37, hesitatingly, refers

to sa. (jarman; Pischel, KZ (BB.) I.

p. 176, to sa. *^amba]; 1,20. 6,2s; w.

foil. voc. : o^ kumbhila, 3,i5; «%.- mora,

10,u; />^ kappaka, 44,22.

sammajjati, vb. (sa, sam-^/mrj)

to sweep, cleanse, scrub (acc); grd,

m. ^itabbo (deso) 82,33; f, /va, 84,22;

pp. V. next.

sammattha, mfn. (pp. samma-jjati; sa. sam-mrsh^a) cleansed, smooth;

•"-passa, mfn. well-formed, beautiful,

acc. f. r^&m. (kumarim) 47,i9.

sam mat a, mfn. (= sa.) ') con-

sidered as, so called; sutta-", 110,3;

>) elected, authorized; m. (& n,?) a

deputy; a select committee; '"samgha-'^,

109,5.

sammati, vb. (sa, ^/^am) to be-

come quiet, appeased; to cease; to

rest, dwell; pr. 3. sg. o^ati, Dh, 3;

390 (sammati-m-eva); 3. pi. ^&nt\

(verani) 106,23-84 = Dh. 6; caus.

sameti, pp. santa (q, v,) cp. sama,

samatba.sammatta, mfn, (= sa,) inebri-

ated, maddened, mad with joy, love &;

m, pi. 0.5 (maccha) 19,88; *putta-

pasu-**, mfn, one who is fully engaged

ammad* 264

in taking care of hU ohlldren and cattle,

Dh. 287.

sammad-, sandhi-forin of samma(g;. V.) cp. next etc.

*8amma-d-akkbata, tnfn. (fr.

samma + akkhata; sa. *8amyag-

akbyata) well preached; loc, (x^e

(dhamme) Dh. 86.

samma-d-aSna, f. (sa. samyag*ajna) perfect knowledge; "-vimutta,

mfn. (v. anna) Dh. 67. 96.

*samma-ppajaiia, mfn. (fr.

samma + pajana, q. v.) possessed

of complete knowledge, m. i^O, Dh. 20.

*samma-ppanna, f, (fr. samma4" panna, q. v.) complete knowledge,

clear understanding; instr, i^aySi,

107,18 = Dh. 190.

sammasati, v'6. (sa. sam-ymr^)to take hold of,, grasp; to consider,

meditate, perceive fully (acc); pr. 3.

sg. rvuti (khandhanara udayavyayam)Dh, 374.

samma, indecl. (sa. samyak) com-

pletely, wholly, truly, properly, duly,

correctly, cltiariy ; nt the beg. of comp.

it is shortened to samma-" before

double cons. (v. iamma-ppajana, etc.),

' ind before vowels 'in euphonical -d-

generally is incerted \v, samma-d-akkliata, etc.); likewise before a foil,

eva : samma-d-eva, 68,26; *) beyond

comp. : 24,32 (vaddliito); 82, le (? sam-ma-vattitabbarii, v. samma- vattati

below); 99,8i (vadeyya); 102,6-7 ("vas-

sati, sauipajjjssanti); Dh. 89 (suohS-

vitaih); Dh. 373 (vipas^ato); ^) at

the heg, of comp., v. sepi^raiehj.

8 a m m a - a j I \ a , m, (sa. samyag-ajiva) right living, 67,4.

samma-kammanta, m. (sa.sam-

yak-kiirmanta) right conduct, 67,4.

samma-ditthi, f. (sa. samyag-

drsliti) right belief, 67,3, 96,6.

*8amma-panihita, »«/"«., v, pa-

nihita.

*samma«parinama, m., t>. pa-rinama.

samma-vattati, vb. (probably

to be read in two words) to observe

a right conduct (towarde, loe.)\ prd.

n. /vitabbam, 82,i«. ep. next.

*8amma-vattana, f. right con*

duct or behaviour; 82,it.

samma-vaca, f. (sa. aatnyag-

vac) right speech, 67,4.

samma-vayama, nt. (sa, eam-

yag-vyayama) right endeavour, 67,5.

*8am ma-viiinata, tnfn. perfectly

known or understood ; "-samaya, mfn.

having a perfect knowledge in religious

doctrines, 113,4.

samma-samkappa, m.(sa.8am-

yak-saiiikalpa) right aspiration or re-

solve, 67,4; *o-gocara, mfn. "following

true desires" {opp. miccha-") Dh. 12.

samma-sati, f. (sa. samyak-amrti) right recollection, 67,5.

samma-samadbi, m. (sa, sam-

yak-") right meditation, 67,5.

samma-sambuddha, in. (sa.

samyak-") v. sambuddha.sammukha, mfn. (= sa.) being

face to face with (gen.)\ present; sui-

table; m. pi. ^a, 79,20; abl. (adv.)

o^a (Bhagavato, in the presence of)

98,29; 109,31 (sutva, "having heard

it from B. himself") ; cowp. *°-cinna,

n. a manifest suitable deed; instr.

/x/ena, 14,3. cp. next & samukba-ve^hita, 61,3 (v. sa-*).

sammuti, f. (sa. sammati) custom,

general or current opinion (or expres-

sion), name, appellation, phrase; hoti

sattoHi sammuti, 98,31 ("we use the

phrase a living being").

sammodati, vb. (sa, sam-y/roud)to exchange friendly greetings; aor.

3. sg. sammodi (Bliagavata saddhira)

89,20 ;part. med. rw raodamana, dwell-

ing friendly and harmonious together,

16,19; grd, sammodaniya, in the

phrase : sammodaniyarii katham etc.

89,20. 93,21. 96,26 (v. vitisareti). cp.

pati-sammodati.

sammoha, m. (= sa.) confusion;

acc. .^am (apadim, v. apajjati) 94,22;

dat. rvaya (alarii, q. v.) 94,24.

saya, mfn. (sa. (;aya) lying, sleep*

ing; V, guha-", dari-".

265 sallSpa

sayam, indecl. (sa. svayam) self,by one's self, spontaneously ; 7,8. 33,82.46,16; sayam eva, 65,i!5. 85,88; sayampi, 112,j»; comp. O-kata, mfn. Dh.347 (v. h.)', «-jata, mfn. 'self-born',

growing wild, 22,1 (o-sali). cp. samara.sayati, vb,, v. seti,

say an a, «. (sa. ^ayana) lying,Bleeping; bed, oouoh; ace, ^&±, 112,«;instr, ^ena, 20,»6. 61,io; Dh. 271(vivicca-o, q. v.); abl. ^a, 41,i7; (uccS-«-maha-0) 81,je; ^ato, 16,4 (dabba-tina-o); gen. .vassa, 47,«6; loc. /ve(pupphanam amnianaraattena abhi-ppakinna-") 65,3o; 4i,36 (maha-^) cp,

siri-sayana; "-gabbha, m. bed-cham.ber, 46,3; *"-gumba, m. 14,3S (v. /».);

'-pittha (q. V.) cp. next.

sayanasana, «., v. senSsana.sayani-ghara, n. (sa. Qayana-

grha, cp. ^ayaniya-grha) a bed-cham-ber; ace. -N^aih, 52,8».

sara', in, (sa. ^ara) an arrow;

ace. r^&m, Dh. 320; pi. ^a, Dh. 304.

sara', »>. n, (sa, sara & saras)

a lake, pond; acc, ^aih, 4,i3; 3,3o

(paduraa-"); gen. />/as9a, 4,u; loc.

/%/e, 3,3». 21,36 (Tambapanni-"); >^U8-

mim, 5,16 [loc. also sarasi from saras];

*-tira, "-pariyanta (v. /«.).

sara*, m. (sa. svara) sound, voice,

cry; acc. ,^aiii (atikaruna-") 27,i4;

(atta-ssaram, v. atta *) 40,2i;(gita-°)

19,39; instr. .-^ena (madhurena) 17,87;

(madhura-ssarena) 6,8o. 62,is; "-sam-

panna, mfn. having a melodious voice,

m. O.-0 (moro) 18,3*.

saraka, m. n. (= sa.) a drinking

vessel or cup; instr. o^ena (suvanna-*')

41,11.

sarana, n. (sa, garana) refuge;

ace. ^am, Dh. 188; 192"= 107,8i;

f^&m gaccbati (upeti), to take refuge

in (aec.) : 69,i9. 106,J4. 107,i7 = Dh.

190; pi. f^tLui (tini = ratanani, v.

ratana) 28,2S.

sarati, vb. (sa. y/amx) to remem-ber (acc. or gen.), to think of (with

sorrow or regret); pr. 1. sg. /s/ami

(attanam) 27,m; an earlier form of pr,

3. sg. sumarati is found Dh. 324 (w.

gen. nagavanassa); pp, v, sata*; cp,

sati' & saraniya.

sarabha, m. (sa. garabha) a kindof deer; ***-padaka, mfn. with legs of

that deer, loc, /ve (kancana-pallaitike)

42,9.

sarita, mfn, (= so,; pp, y/ax)

moving, going, running; n, pi. /vani

(somanassani) Dh. 341 ("extrava-

gant"), ep. 8ari«.

sarira, n. (so. garira) the body;

nom. /x/Bih, 2,7; aec. ^am, 1,6; 16,e

(saka-"); 67,89 (sakala-"); instr, ^exia,

89,9 (do.); abl. /^a, 45,i; .^ato, 23,32;

loc, fs/i, 15,83; "-patijaggana, n,,

""-bhariga, »»., °-mamsa, n. (v, h.);

*antiiua-°, mfn. (q. v.); *obhagga-'',

mfn. one whose body is bent or crooked,

63,9; *manu8sa-9amana-°, mfn. (q.

V.) ; maba-*', mfn. having a great body,

1,3; cp. a-sarira, mfn.

salaka, f. (sa. galaka) a small

stick or twig, a piece or splint of bam-boo and the like, uited as ticket or

ballot (by casting of lots); v, kala-

kanni-°, 23,i2.

salayatana, n. (sa. shad-ayata-

na) tlie six organs of sense; nom. /vam,

66,8; "-nirodha, m. 66,u (q. v.) cp.

ayatann.

sal la, n. (sa. galya) a stake or

thorn, an arrow; a wound; wo»!. /^am,

92,9; acc. ~am (attano, metaph, of

passions) 108,9; instr: .^ena, 92,7;

pi. r^sLni (*bhava-o, q. v.) Dh. 351;*''-saiithana, «., "the removal of the

thorns" (metaph.) Dh. 276. cp. next.

salla-katta, m. (sa. galya-karttr)

a surgeon; acc. /vam, 92,8.

sallakkheti, vb. (sa. sam-v/laksh)

to notice, observe, think of, consider

(acc.); ger. /^etva, 84,i7; a-sallak-

tfbetva (tarn karanam) 3,i8; (u\ gen,

tassa) 89,6.

sallapati, vb. (sa. saih-Vl^p) to

talk together, converse, speak to, ad-

dress;part. m. f^anto (tena saddhim)

13,24; f, /vanti, 73,4. cp. next.

sail a pa, m, (sa. samlapa) conver-

ealliDa 266

(•ation; allapa-',, m. id., aee. <vaih,

56,81 ; "katha-", m. id., instr, /^en&,

94,22.

sallioa, tnfn. (««. sarfi-lina, pp,8ain-\/li) bent down, depreised; *a'sallina, mfn, (v, h,).

savati, vb, {sa. \/8ru) to flow,

stream; pr. 3. pi. ^anti (sota) Dh.340; cp, savana*, sota'*.

savana^, n. (^sa. ^ravana) hearing,

learning; dhamnia-", sad-dhamma-**

(g. v.); 8u-ssavana, n, (v. su-").

savana^, n. {sa. sravana) flowing,

BtreBming; *manana-°, mfn. (y. h.).

savhaya, mfn. (e. c.) (fr. sa' -|-

avhaya; sa. sahvaya) named, called;

Ananda-", m. ace. ^arii, 109,i5.

sasa, w. {sa. ga^a) a hare; nom.rvO, Dh.342; *'*-panaita, »». the wise

hare, 14,ia; *''-yoni, f, {q. v.); loc,

/%,iyaiii (nibbattilva, having been bornfls a liare) 14,8; *''-raia, hi. {v. mja/i)',

''-lakkhana, n, the eign of a hare, ace,

<N/ani, 16,10.

sassa, n. (rarely hi.) {sa, sasyaor gasya) corn, crop; nom, ^o, 26,2o;

ace, /N^arii, 8,5; 26,i8 (sampanna-",q.v.)\pl. .N^ani, 7,35. 102,7; "•karaka-manussa, m. a husbandman, pi, ^a,8,7; **'-rakkhana, n. protection of

fields, 8,7 (o-atthaxii).

sassata, mfn, {sa. ^a^vata) eter-

nal; HI. />,o (Icko) 89,21 ; a-sassato,

69,26 {q. v.)\ m. pi. n„a (saiiikhara,

n'atthi) Dh. 255.

saha, prp. (=: sa.) with, together

with, simultaneously with {instr, or

abl.)', >./ khelena, 67,2i; »j Brah-iruna, Dh. 105; ^ pariuibbana {abl.)

60,10 ; cp, next etc,

saha-gata, mfn, (e. c; = so.)

accompanied by; dukkha-", mfn. 97,8o;

naudi-raga-'', mfn, 67, is.

*8uhanukkami, mfn. (saha -f-

anukhama) toge her with all pertain*

iig; n. r^&m (sandiinaih) Dh. 398.

*saha-8einana, n'fn, {v. sett

[sayati]) lying or reposing with; ace.

f. r^^TXi (yakkhinirii) 112,8.

sahati, vh. {sa. ^sah) to overcorne,

conquer; to bear, endare (aee.); pr.

3. ag. /%/ati (metri causa) 107,8t =Dh. 335; part, m, a-sahanto (duk-

khara) 32,«6; pot. 3, pi, -x/eyyuih

(vuttbiih) 104,28; cp. sahasS, sahasa.

Sahampati, m, {Btiddh, sa, 8&-

hapati) an epithet of firahma/i (cp.

SBE. XIII, p. 86); nom. Brahina ->^,

80,21.

sahasa, indeet. (== sa.) by vio-

lence; unexpectedly, inconsiderately;

Dh. 256 (atthaih naye); cp. a-saha-

sena.

sahassa, n. {sa, sahasra) a thou-

sand (w. nom. [or gen.'\ pi. of the

things numbered, or e. c); nom. ace,

sg. />.arii (datva, 1000 pieces of mo-ney) 37,10; (vaca, gatha) Dh. 100.

101; purisa-", 33,22. 34,n; instr. .^^ena

(at the rate of) 18,26; Db. 106;ainncca-" (saddhiih) 39,2o; kahapana-°(do.) 67„')2; bhikkhu-o (do.) 70,22;

sahassaiii sahassena manuse {ace,

pi,) 1000 times 1000 men, 107,3 =Dh. 103; - coHi^. w. other numerals :

sata-sahassaih, n. 23,3 (visam); pi.

~ani (cattari) 61,6; (satt'eva) 109,2;

*''-agghauaka, mfn. {v. h.); catura-

siti-vassa-sahassani, 44,2o; asiti-",

mfn. eighty thousands, m, pi. ^R (bhik-

khii) 97,4; — at the beg. of comp,:^"-kahapana, w. {sg.) 1000 pieces of

money, ace. m^am (imam) 102,25;

*Mhavika, f. {q. v.); *0-bhandika, f.

{q. V.) ; "-bhaga, hi. the thousandth

part, or (perhaps better) : with 1000parts; ndm. ^0 (maranassa, "is the

property of deoth"; perhaps we oughtto correct : sahassabhage maranaiii,cp. Windiaeh, Mara, p. 4) 103,8;

*"-matta, mfn. being a number of 1000,m.pl. ^a, 39,12; o-mula, mfn. wortha thousand pieces, aee. m. ^ani (sa-

takam) 31, 10; (pannakiiraiii) 68,21;

"-vagga, m. the eighth chapter of Dh.

;

*yojana - sahasa' -ubbedha, mfn, {v.

ubbedha).

sahiiya, hi. (= sa.) a companion,friend; nom, ^0, 12,3; ace. -vBlh,

267 Badhukam

47,80. Dh. 328! gen. ^assa, 12,34;pi. ~a, 11,27, cp. next etc,

sahayaka, »». (= sa.) = prec;nom, ,^0, 79,24; gen. rwassa, ib.; gen.pi, ^anarii, 66,29.

sahayata, f. (=z sa.) companion-ship; nom. ^a (n'atthi bale) Db,61.330.

^

*8ahayika, f. (fr. sahayaka) afemale companion or friend; voc, ^e,58,31 ; imtr, pi, rwahi, 57,84.

8abita, mfn. (5= sa.) >) joined,

connected, leniible (?); », ^aih (ba-

huii], bhasamano, ipeaking manysensible words?) Dh, 19 {cp. Childerssub vocp, SBE. X. p. 8) ; «) e. 0. accompnnied by, endowed with (cp,

samhita).

sa, f. pron, demonstr., v. tarii *.

sakunika, m, (sa, sakunika) a

fowler, bird-catcher; instr, ^ena, 88,83

(cbekena).

Sakha, m, (sa. ^akha-"), nom. pr,

of a deer ("Branch-deer", cp. next)

acc. o.^am, 7,38; loc. -x-asmim, 7,34

"-miga, »». id. (sa. "-mrga), nom. ^05,31 ; dvandva camp, Nigrodhamiga-",

6,9 (gen. pi.).

sakha, f. (sa. (jakha) a branch

nom. <N/a (sala-") 62,i7; acc, (x/am

62,19; loc, ^aya, 13, 13; r-vayaih (sa

la-") 62,17; pi. >^a. (sakhahi, instr,

^

branch with branch) 37,20; 62, 11 (ag

ga-**, q, V.) ; sakhagge, sakhaggesu

on the top of the branch(e8), 13,22

1,85 (cjj. agga*); sakhantarehi, 62,ii

(v. antara); *'-palasa, n. dvandva

comp. branches and leaves, 96,22

apagata-", mfn. 95,25 (v. apagacchati)

sa^aka, m. (sa. Qataka) cloth;

dress, clothes ; robe, skirt, gown ; nom/vO, 87,11 (v. corrections) ; acc. .%/am

31,4-10. 50,23. 67,32; 50,i8 (ghana-°,

q. V.) ; instr. o/ena, 60,i8 ; loc. >^e.

58,29 ;pi. /"wS, 45,1 ; acc. pi, /^e, 41,4

*camma-°, m. (^q. v.).

sati (or satika), f. (sa. <?ati; cp

prec.) a robe, skirt, gown; *ajiDa-".

f. (q. v.); *8ana-o, f. (q. v,).

8a(tQal<&tbi^t ^- saV

Sana, mfn, (sa. (jana) made of

hemp; *'-sati-nivattha, mfn. wearinga skirt or tunic of hempen cloth, »».

/vO, 71,29.

sani, f, (sa. ?ani) cloth of hemp(used for tents or curtains) ; acc, /N/iiii

(curtain) 62,2o; instr, ^iya, 112,s;

*pata-«, f 37,3 (q. v.).

sata, n, (sa, (jata) joy, pleasure;

*a-8ata, mfn, (q, v.) ; *°-8ita, mfn,bound to pleasure, given up to plea<

sure, pi, .x'S, Dh. 341.

*gatacca-kari», mfn, (sa.*6ata-

tya-°; cp, satataih above) persevering;

m, pi, 'v/ino (to. loc, kicce) Dh. 293.

""satatika, mfn, (fr, sa. satata)

= prec, ; >». pi, >s,a, Dh. 23.

satthaku, mfn, (sa. sarthaka)useful, successful, beneficial; f. /vika

(desana) 86,10. 87,2. 89,3,

sad a, m, (sa. svada) taste; *appa-ssada, mfn. Dh. 186 (v. /».).

*sadana, mfn, (sa, sa -J- adana)V, sa-*.

sadhana, n. (= sa.) accomplish-

ment, PBtablishmeat, demonstration;

"-attham, 31,u ("in order to enforce

this truth").

sadhayati, or sadheti, d6. (sa.

y/sadh, caus. sadhayati) to direct,

set right, accomplish, prepare (acc);

ger, ^ayitvana (bhattani) 111,38,

sadharana, mfn. (= sa,) com-

mon, belonging to all; instr, n, o^ena

(rajjena) 59,25.

sadhu, *) mfn, (= sa.) good, ex-

cellent, right, honorable; n. f>^\x (hoti)

2,80 ; acc, r^\im (sadhuna [msii-.J jeti,

"pays good with goodness") 44,2 (cp,

a-sadhu); m. ^n (damatho) Dh. 35;instr.pl. ,>/uhi (therehi) 109,i3; gen,

pi. /x/unam (sabba-°, all good men)

114,8. — ^) indecl. ") adv, well, rightly;

IS./ janasi, 98,24; ^) interj, very well!

well done I /x-u'ti (sanipaticchitva)

1,18; 6,1, 63,16; (pa^isunitva) 16,26;

w, foil, voc, sadhu deva! 65,i7; re-

peated 1 sadhu sadhu Nagasena!98,84. cp, next etc.

. "'sadhukam, adv. (fr. sadhu*)

tdha-kara S68

well, rightly, properly, thoroaghly;

82,11. 110,is.

sadhu-kara, m. (= sa.) appro-

val; /v/aih dadati, ti consent, applaud,

6,19. 34,87. 87,1. 98,18.

"sadhu-rupa, mfn. respectable,

comt'ly, sympathetic; m. rwO (naro)Dh. 262.

*8adhii-vib.ann, tnfn, living

righteously; wi. ace. "-vihari (formally

in 009 word v ith the foil, dhiram)instead of '-viharinr. (or "-viharinaih)

Dh. 1,28-29.

Biima, mfn. (sa. ^ySma) dark-

coloured; nt. >x/Q (puriso) 92,i3.

*8amam, indecl. {pron.), self,

ons's self (said of all persons) (=s

sayam, to which it seems to be related

in some way;possibly from "'sayauiam,

'ipsissimum', Tr. ?); 6,i9 (->./ gantvaaneti); 68,si (samam yeva); 85,«8

(saman 'ti sayam evp,).

samaggi, f. {fr. samagga; sa.

samagri) ') totality, complete collec*

tion, completeuess; ^) concord, harmonyj

nom. «N/i (samghassa) Dh. 194.

samanna, *) n. (/V. samana, qv.; sa. Qramanya) the state of a sa

mana, asceticism ; nom. ^am (dupparamaUhaiii) Dh. 311; gen. ^assaDh. 19; cp. next. — ^) mfn. {sa. satnanya) common ; t>. community,

•samannata, f, = sarraflna*

Dh. 332.

samanera, m. (sa, ^ramanera)a Buddhist monk in his noviciate,

pupil, novice; nom. n^o, 81,is; pi.

r^si, 81,m; ace. ~e, 81,i7; instr. rv<ehi,

81,81 ;gen. »N^anam, 81, is.

samatthiya, n. {fr. samatthai

sa. samarthya) ability, competence,

qualificatioD; acc. r^&m. (tava dassehi)

114,9,

samanta, mfn. (fr. samanta; =sa.) being on all sides, near; n. neigh*

bourhood ; abl. (adv. & prp.) r^a,,

near, round (w. gen. (acc.) or e. C.) :

apjAti-o, 83,4 t>. /*.).

sariika, m. (fr. next; sa, "sva-

mika) an owner, lord, husband; nom.

/vo, 14,M. 100,11 (amba-"). 100,m

(khetta-«); 10,io; ace. t^&±, 10,s;

gen. f^assa, 58,5; loe. rN/amhi, 31,9;

pi. ace. (N/e, 21,»j; gen. o,.anam, 21,io;

comp. *'-acohadana, n. (v. h.)\ *rajja-^

m. king, 43,j»-2S (Baranasi-", Kosala-");

*8a-8samika, mfn., v. sa-*.

samifi, m. (sa, svamin) an owner,

master, lord, husband; nom. i>A, 87,6;

voc. sami, 1,7. 5,u. 7,i6, etc, (at the

beginning, after the opening word, or

at the end of the sentence); gen, *)

samino, 112,9; ^)8amissa (Dhamma-",

q. V.) 114,e; pi. ^ino, 43,8i. cp, next

& prec.

samini, f. (sa. svamini) mistress,

lady; nom. f^i, 111,5.

•"samukkamsika, mfn. (Buddh.

sa. samutkarshika; c^). samukkamsati,vb.) most excellent, most essential (or

principal); f. ^a (dhammadesanabuddhanaifa) 68,2s; acc. m. «>^am (sab-

ba-«, panhaiii) 90,95, [cp. 8BE. XIII,

p. XXVI ]

sayam, adv.(=sa.) in the evening,

at evening time; 2,24. 57,9. 73,11;

ajja ,, r^ i. eva, even this very evening,

2,30. cp. next etc,

sayanha, m. (so! sayahna) evening;

"-samaye (loc.) 2,8». 14,ii,

sayataram, adv. (compar,; sa.

Bayatare) late or later in the evening,

67,u.

sayam-asa, tn, (sa. sayam-S^a)evening meal, supper; acc. <%/aiil

(bhunjantassa) 53,29.

sayika; f, (sa. (jayika) lying,

sleeping; v. tbandila-'*, Dh. 141.

sayin, mfn. (sa. ^ayin) lying; v.

samparivatta-", Dh. 325.

Sara, m, (= m. -t^ngth; theessential part of aii\ • a precious

thing, reality, quinttv, uce; loc. /\>e

(patiithito) 95,94; acc. & abl. saramsarato natva, knowing what is essen*

tial in its essence, Dh. 12; - *8ara-mati(?«), mfn. imagining to find theessence; pi, .>.,ino (asare) Dh. 11;cp. a-sara; - e. c. mani-*, mutta-",

269 BSBana

choice gems, pearls, 24,80 ; vajira-",26.1. (cp. ratana).

*8aratta-ratta, vifn. (so. sam-rakta-rakta) passionately enamouredor devoted to-, f. «^a (apekha, "pas-

sionately strong") Dh. 345.

sarathi, m. (= sa.) a charioteer;

nom, voc. ,^i, 43,io-si; ace. «^im,

63.2. 106,34 = Dh. 222; instr, ^ina,Dh. 94.

sarada, mfn. {sa. Qarada) autumnal,

mature, new, fresh (not too old; cp.

Mil. transl. II. p. 79, note 2, where it

is taken = sara-da, which can hardly

be possible) ; - m. suhst, (= sarada)

autumn; loc. /^e, Dh. 149.

saradika, mfn. (sa. Qaradika)

autumnal; ace, /s^am (kumudaih) Dh.

285.

sarambha, wi. {sa. samrambha)quarrel, brawling; abuse, brutality;

anger, fury; nom. ^o, Dh. 134; *"-ka-

tha, f. abusive or angry speech, Dh.

133.

*saraniya, mfn. (either from -^/sr,

cans, kathaih sareti, cp. vitisareti

& Tr. PM. 76,!2, or from \/smT, Chil-

ders) usual, customary, traditional (or

introductory ?); ace. f. ^&m (sammo-

daniyam kathaiii, the usual (introduc-

tory) compliments) 89,so-2i.

sariJi, mfn. (== sa.) flowing, run-

ning, wandering about; in the eomp.

anoka-", mfn., v. an-oka.

Sariputta, m. (Buddh. sa. Qari-

putra) nom. pr. of one of Buddha's

most famous pupils; nom. f^O, 29,i8;

gen. ^assa (ayasmato) 81,n; °-Mog-

gallana, m. pi. {dvandva) 74,j6-8o.

sal a, m. {sa. q&\a) the Sal tree

(shorea robusta); aec. r^am, Dh. 162;

o-rukkha, m. id. 61,ii (maha-); 95,»i;

*-vana, «., a grove of sal trees, 62,io

(mangala-o), 62,i5 (O-kilam), 62,i6;

«-sakha, f. 62,i7 (q. v.) cp. next.

sala, f. (eomp. also sala-*"; sa.

cala) a house, mansion, workshop;

aee. ~am, 87,io; 88,8 (pesakara-",

q. v.); sala-dvarena (gacchanti, pass

by the house-door) 59,3; cp. assa-",

dana-", panna-°, natthi-".

sali, m. {sa. ^ali) rice, paddy,

grains of rice ; ace. >x'ilh, 100,13; 22,i

(sayaih-jata-^, q. v.); "-yava-khetta,

n. 8,18 (q. v.).

salohita, m. {Buddh. sa, id.; fr.

sa. sa-lohita) a kinsman; pi. /%..§ (na-

ti-^, dvandva, "relatives and kinsmen")

92,8.

savaka, m. {sa. ^ravaka) "a

hearer", a disciple, pupil, esp. a be-

lieving Buddhist; nom. /vO (samma-sambuddha-") Dh. 59; pi. ,^E (Go-tamassa) 73,26. Dh. 296 ff.; aec. pi.

^e, 104,8. 108,20 ;gen. pi. rvanam,

90,16; 74,18 (Gotama-^) ; *ariya-°, ni.

{v. h.).

Savatthi, f. {sa. (Jravasti) nom.

pr. of a city, the capital of North-

Kosala (the exact position of which

seems to be rather doubtful; according

to Dhpd. (1866) p.' 232 seven yojanas

north of Saketa (Oudh?)); nom. <>./!,

81,8 ; loe. ^iyaih, 29,24; "-vasino, m.

pi, the inhabitants of S., 73,32.

*savana, f. {sa. gravana, n.) an-

nouncement, proclamation; aec. pi.

rwS, 11,4; tatiya-savanaya {instr.)

11,6; cp. savana.

saveti, vb, {cans, sunati; sa. (jra-

vayati) to cause to be heard, teach;

to announce, proclaim (ace); part.m.

gen. .^entassa, 11,4; aor. 3. sg. f^esi

{"made a proclamation") 11,4; 64,22

su-ssavanam) ;gen /N/ctva (sa-na-

mam) 111,22; ep. sjivana, f.

sasana, n. {sa. Qasana) *) order,

instruction, message; nom, ace. <x/aiii,

36,28. 64,6; *) teaching, doctrine, re-

ligion; nom, 110,8-24. Dh. 183. 185

(Buddhana <v); 109,38 (Satthu-O);

loc. ^e (Satthu) 69,1*; 109,« (Jina-^,

q.v.); Kassapassa Bbagavato sasane,

at the time when K. B. preached his

doctrine, 84,i8; "'sasana-karaka, m.

one who acts according to the order

or doctrine, pi. r^ai (mama) 104,9;

"'sasanS.raha, mfn. worthy of the sa-

cred doctrine, 110,6 {cp, araha).

Siapt 270

sSsapa, m. («a. sarshapa) a mu*Btard*seed; nom. <h/0, Db. 401.

sSbasa, n. (sn «a.) violenoe, cruel*

ty; V, a-sSbasa.

si =s= asi, V. atthi.

sikkhati, vb, (sa. \/(;iksh) to

learn, study (ace,)\ to practiae or ex-

ercise oneseit' (in ; loc,)', pr, 3. tff.

.N^ati (sippaiii) 99,ij; grd. n, ^itab-

bam (kattha atnbehi ^, in what have

we to exercise ourselves?) 81,to', inf.

>N^ituiii (tesu, used ia a passive sense

w. instr, sainanerelii) 81,2i ; pp. sik-

kliitH, lonriKid, Htudied; truiiitid, edu-

cated; w(. ^0( 99,i»; eu-sikkhitn,

ntfn. {y. su-°); caus, v. "'sikkhapeti,

cp. sekha .^ next.

Bikkbapada, n. (sa. ^iksba-pada)n niorikl iniuupt; nom, (x/iiiii, Bl,ii);

;)/. >^tini, 79,i!i. 81, id; (dasii) 81,ii.

'''tiikkhilpaiui, n. (nom, aotlonU

fr, next) the givin j[ instruction ; "-at-

tbaya, "in order to give (her) a les*

son", 63,B.

*3ikkbapeti, vl, (cans, sikkhati)

to cause to learn, train, iniitruct (ace);

cor. 3. Bff. fs^osi (jvaricarikniii) 51, is;

gcr. o,etva, lfe,i8i cp. *8ikkhilpana.

sikkbita, »i/«., t*. sikkbati.

sikba, f. {sa. (jikba) a lock of

hair, cnast; a flami); aggi-", /". 107,i

(q. v.), cp. next,

sikbi/i, mfn. (so. ^ikliin) having

locks, crests or flames; m. ') Are; ')

a peacock; gen, ~i;io, 18,3> (= mo-rassa).

si gala, m. (sa, srgala) ft jackal;

nom. r«.o, 14,10.

slag a, n. (sa. QfHga) the horn of

an animal; imtr, .^ena, 12,si; pi.

^ani, 5,s6.

singhanika, /. (sa. gri5kbanika,

singbanika) the mucus of the nose,

82,5, 97,23.

siiicati, vh. (sa. \/8ic) to be-

sprinkle, water; to pour out, empty,

bale out (a ship, ace); pr, 3. pi.

,N.anti, 37, r, imper. 2. sg. r^a (na-

vam) Dh. 369; pp. sitta (v, below)-.,

eaus. *8incSpeti, to water; aor. 3. sg.

<%.e8i (attbiifa kbirodakena) 86,86.

sita, mfn, (t= «o.) bound; v. sataA

sitta, mfn. (pp. sifioati; sa. sikta)

poured out, emptied; f, rv& (nava)

Dh. 369.

sittha, n, (sa, siktha) a grain or

lump of boiled rice; nom. r^aiix (ekarii)

53,29; pi. /N/ani, 56,i«.

sitbila, mfn. (sa. pitbila; cp.

sathila above) loose, relaxed; m. .n/0

(pamsu) 40,n; n. ovarii (bandbanam,yielding, elastic?) Dh. 346; O-bbava,

m. th« Ijuing loosened, ace. /^(ilh, 40,90.

cp. ni'Tl,

*8itbila-hanu, (>«.) lit. Moose-

Jaw', name of a certain bird;

gen,

/N/uno, 92,so,

Hiddbattba, m, (sa. Siddhartha)

nom. pr, of (iotunia Duddha before

IiIk piibbajjil) o-kuinaro, G4,«o; °-ku-

nmrassa, 63,t.

siddbi, f. (= sa.) accomplishment,

success, prosperity, result; siddbi-r-

astu, 114,33.

*yineru, »». nom, pr. of a mythi-

cal mountain (sa. Meru, or Suinoru,of which sineru i« possibly only a

variation; the sliort forms Neru and

Meru are also found in Pali); nom.->.u, 110,10; ace. rvurii, 60,9; gen.

<>^ussa, 69,27; "-papata, m, (q. v.).

sineba, m. (sa. sneba) affection,

love, attachment; acc. ^aiii, Dh. 286.

sinebita, mfn. (sa. snebita) con-

nected with love or lust; n. pi, rwani

(somanassani) Dh. 341.

sindbava, m. (sa. saindbava)'coming from Indus or Sindh', a horse;

nom. ^0, 64,21 ;j;^ ^a (rathe yutta-')

54,9. Dh. 322; acc. pi. .-..e (maSga-la-", q. V.) 63,6.

sinna, mfn. (sa. svinna, pp. y'svid)

wet, sweating, wet with perspiration;

n. ^&m (civaraiii) 83,8; cp. sedita.

sip pa, M. (sa. ^ilpa) art, discipline,

learning; acc. ^am (ugganhati) 32,i2",

(sikkbati) 99,is; gen. ,>./assa (upa-caro, q. V.) 55,7 ; loc. pi. ^esu (sab-

ba-", all branches of learning) 38,lo;

271 Bilava^

ni37amaka-o, n. 24,i3 (g. v.)- dvandvacomp. vijja-o {v. h.) cp. next.

sippava/. mfn. (sa. pilpa-vat)ekilled in art (or science), well-edu-cated; mm, m. ^va, 99,8.

sibbati, vh. (sa. y/sIv) to sew(ace); flit. 1. sg. ^issaini, 67,5; grd.n. /vitabbam (kinci) 67,s.

simbali, m. or f. (sa. ?almali,cp, simbala) the flilk-cotton tree; loc,

(v^ismim, 60,ie (= Simbali-vane);'^Simbali-vana, n, name of a forest Id

heaven, 60,6-u.

siya, pot., v. atthi,

sir as, n. (sa. <;iras) the head;

nom. siro (phalitarii) Dh. 260 ; instr,

sirasa (nipatitva) 75,8i; loc, sirasmiii],

44,81 ; cp. sisa.

siri (comp, siri-''), f. (sa. pri)

beauty, welfare, Buccese, glory, dignity,

majesty, e<c.; ace, o^im (riipa-*', "beauty

and majesty") 64,i3; generally at the

beg. of suhst. comp. : *9iri-gabbha,

nt. a royal bed-chamber, 41,3!. 61,8;

*°-vibhava, »i. majestic power, 47,88;

""-sayana, n, a royal bed, loo. ^e,

63,8. 64,88; <*-piUhe, 41,8»; "-gobbag-

ga, n. majestic glory, instr, i-wena,

64,10.

*Siri8avatthu, «. (sa. *Qiri8ha-

vastu) nom. pr. of a fabulous town;

nom. ,^^x (yakkha-puraiii) 112, 12;

/^urii (yakkha-nagaraiii, Tambapan-nidipe) 20,32.

si la, f. (sa. gila) a stone, rock;

ace. ~aiii, 75,35; pandu-kambalaA

f. a sort of stone, of which Sakka's

throne (pandu-kambala-silasana, n.

15,8) is said to be made (cp. asana).

cp. seia, »».

si 1 oka, »». (sa. <jloka) fame, re-

putation, praise; a verse; nom, /^O,

103,89..

sivika, f. (sa. (jibika, (jmka) a

palanquin, litter; loc. .vaya (sova^-

na-o) 62,7.

sigba, mfn. (sa, ^ighra) quick,

rapid ; n. (adv.) -x-arii, quickly, 63,i7.

11 1,81 ; 87,18 (sigham eva); - comp.

eigh'-assa, m, a raoe^horse, Dh. 29.

sita, mfn. (sa. (jita) cold, cool;

n, ^am (odakaiii) 15,85; ***-cchaya,

mfn. yielding cool shadow, n. />^aril

(manoramaih) 15,25; - snbst. n. ^am,coolness; cold water, 83,S5 (opp. un-ham); instr. r^ena, ib.; cp. next.

sitala, mfn. (sa. gitala) cold,

cool; n. ^&m (sariram), 21,26; *ati-

sitala, mfn. (q. v.).

sitibhuta, mfn. (sa. ^iti-bhuta)become cold, metaph. tranquillized;

ace. m. -varii, Dh. 418.

si ma, f. (sa. sima, f. & siman,m.) boundary, border, limit; ace. Awam,

39,17; abl, ^ato (paccanta"-, q. v.)

43, u; *siraantarika, f. 40,88 (v, an-

tarika).

si la, n, (sa. ^ila) ') morality, vir-

tue; ace, -^aiii, 16,i. 48,86 ; loc, >^e,

17,32; 29,8 (attana rakkhita-"); comp.

*silacara, *8ilagunacara, »>. {v. acara);

*silanisaiiisa, m. (v. anisamsa); *'*-ka-

tha, f. the duties of morality, ace.

o/am (pakasesi) 68,19; *''-gandha, m,

"the perfume of virtue", Dh, 56 ; ^'-teja,

m. ''splendid display of virtue", instr.

>N/ena, 15,7; silabbata, v. below,

*°-saiiivuta, »»/«. well behaved, Dh. 289;*°-sanipanna, mfn. virtuous, 41,36.

42,18 = *sampanna-8ila, mfn. Dh.

57; dvandva comp. "-dassuna, Dh.217 C-sampanna, mfn. possessing

virtue and intelligence); paiina-**, Dh.

229 ("-samabitaf mfn.). — ^) moral

precept, esp. pi. paiica silani (= the

first five of the dasa sikkhapadani,

81,3i); ?oc. i)?. pancasu />/esu, 7,s4.

-

^) nature, quality (good or bad), mostly

e. c.; V. *kujjhana-*', *dus-'', *dho-rayha-*^, mfn. (cp. next etc.).

*8ilabbata, n. (sa. *5ila-vrata)

mere ceremonial practices or rites

(probably ironically said of brahmani-

cal rites); o-mattena, Dh. 271 ("not

only by discipline and vows", cp,

matta^). (ep. Childers s, v. & Dham>ma-sangani, transl. by C. Bhys Davids,

p. 260-61),

silavaf, mfn, (sa. Qilavat)- moral,

virtuous; nom. m. t^yS,, l^,8t, 99,»;

si-aTtNott 272

ace. m, >%/Tantaih, Dh. 400; gen. pi.

^vatam, Dh. 56 ; &t the beg. of comp.

sjlava-" : *Silava-kumara, m, nom.pr. of a prince, 38,9; *Silava-[maha-]

rajan, m, = Mahasilava (q. »!) 40,4-6.

silavanta, tnfn, = prec; gen,

m. /vassa, Dh. 110; compar. silavan-

tatara, gen. m. .N^assa, 43,8a.

silin, mfn. (sa, pilin) virtuoun

(only «. c); v. abhivadana-".

si 8 a, N. (sa. ^irshan) the head;

ace, '^/aih, 6,ii. 65,is', instr, /vena,

36,8. 67,11. all. 0,/ato, 46,88; loc. <ve,

46,83; /vamhi, 47,i; "-ccheda, m, cut-

ting off the head, acc. «vam, 17,7;

*kaka-'', mfn. & Gaya-", n. (v. h.);

cp. usslsaka, n. & *pacina-sisaka,

mfn.siha, m. (sa. simha) a lion; nom.

>vO, 8,88. 13,88; acc. /^am, 10,8. 112,3i;

gen. /x-assa, 8,87. 13,io; "-camma, n.

(g. V.) ep, next etc,

*8iha-panjai-a, n. (cp. pafijara)

a window; loc. rwC, 46,i.

Sihabahu, m. (sa, Simha-bahu)nom. pr. of a king, father of Vijaya

(q, v.)\ 112,8i; "-narinda-ja, m, son

of king 8. (Vijaya), 110,88.

Sihala, m. (sa. Simhala) Ceylon;

pi. /va, the people of Ceylon, ll2,98;

,vO (»j. eg.) = Sihabahu (siham

adinnava iti, i. e, so called on account

of his having split a lion) 112,81-38;

- *»-atthakaiha, f, & *»-bhasa, f,

(v. h).

Sihasena, »». (sa. Simhasena)nom, pr. of a man; nom., ~o, 97, i.

8U-, indecl-, (= sa.) pre^x to subst.,

implying the Bense of 'good, right,

excellent', or to adj. & adv., 'well,

rightly, very, greatly, beautifully,

easily', etc. (opp. du- (dur-)); ! n

vowels 8v- (or suv-) cp- sviikl! -i

bilotc, or contracted, cp, BOtthi.

8u-kata (or 8U-kata), mfn. well

done (opp, duk^a^a, q. v.) 97,u; n.

a good deed, Dh. 314. - °-kara,mfn. easy to do, Dh. 163. - "-ku-mara, mfn. very tetder or delicate,

f. pi. gen, -vanam, 47,ii (= sukhu-

mala, q. v, separately). - sukha, v.

sep. - "-gata, mfn. wellfaring, Db.

419; Sugata, m. nom. pr. = Bud-

dha, 72,84; ms<r.- -vena, Dh. 285; loc.

,ve, 105,85. - "-gati, f.(eometimes

spelt suggati after the analogy of

duggati) happiness, bliss, 77,4; acc.

-vim, 7,86. 77,6. 89,1 ; 107,87= Dh. 18

(.gg.). _ *o-gatin, mfn. righteous,

pi, -vino, Dh. 126. - "-gandha,mfn. fragrant, /". -vS, 53,s7; "-gan-

dhaka, mfn. id.; /*. «^ika, fragrant

substance (?) 41,is (panca-sugandhika-

parivara, mfn,). - "-gahana, n.

4,35 (q. v).- "-gahita, mfn. firmly

seized or held, acc, -vaib, 4,30 etc. —o-carita, mfn. good, right; acc. m.

-vam (dhammain, righteousness, vir-

tue) Dh. 168; n, good conduct, 86,8

(vaci-o, q. v.); Dh. 231. - "-citta,

mfn. (v. citta*). -"-cchanna, mfn,

well thatched, acc. -vam (agaram) Dh.

14 = 106,31. - "-jiva, mfn. easy

to live, n, ^aiii (jivitam) Dh, 244(u), instr.). — "-tanu, mfn. having

a very slender or beautiful body, acc.

f, -vum (kumaririi) 47, 19. - "-danta,mfn, well turned, restrained; m. »vO,

Dh. 169; n. -vaiii (cittam) 105,8;

instr. -vena, Dh. 323; m. pi. -va

(assa) Dh, 94. - ''-dassa, mfn.easily perceived, n, -vara, 106,16 =Dh. 262. - "-duttara, mfn. very

difficult to be passed, n. -vam (Mac-cudheyyam) Dh. 86. - ^-duddaBa,mfn. very difficult to be observed, n.

-varia (oittam) Dh, 36, - ^-dullabha,mfn. very difficult to be found, 51, so,

- *''-de8ita, mfn. well shown, well

taught, n, -vam (dhammapadarii) Dh.44. - *°-dharamata, f. honesty (or

generosity?) loc. -vaya, 1,88. - *<'-ni-

puna, mfn. very skilful, very subtile,

n. -vam (cittam) Dh. 36. - *o-ni-

vattha, mfn. carefully dressed, 63, so.

- "-paticchanna, mfn. well pro-

tected, 110,14. - "-panna, v, belowsep. - °-patitthita, »»/"«. standingfirm; m. -vO, UO.io; f. -va, Dh. 333;acc. -vam (8atim) 104,7 ; comp, *<'-citta,

273 Bukhuma

infn. firm-minded, pi. ^a, 91,7. -*''-parikkhitta, mfn. well coveredor overspread, n. r^Km (sayanam)112,3. - ""-parimandalaiii, adv.completely, 113,7. - *<'-parisam.vuta, mfn. well controlled, pi. ^a,Dh. 234. - *0-paruta, mfn. 63,3o{v. /«.). -"-pes a la, mfn. very hand-some or skilful, »(. ,>.o, 30,s. - "-ppa-buddhaiii. adv. ^ pabujjhanti, "arewell awake", Dh. 296. - "-ppahara,»». a well dealt blow, ace. ,vam, 30,i3,

- *''-bbata, infn. pious, virtuous,

dutiful, in. ^0, Dh. 95; pi. ,^a, 104,2.

{cp. vata*). - sub ha, v, below sep.

- *''-bhana, mfn. well spoken, salu-

tary {synon. niyyanika), n. ovarii (gi-

raiii) 9,31. (cp. bhanati). - "-bhad-dak a, mfn. 30,8 (v. /».). - "-bha-vita, mfn, well developed or culti-

vated, M, /N^arii (cittaih) 106,32 = Dh.14,- °-bhasita, mfn. well spoken,

f. ~a (vaca) Dh. 61. - "-majjha,mfn. having a slender waist, acc. f.

f^a.m (kuraaririi) 47, i9. - <*-mana,mfn, well pleased, cheerful, m. ^o,Dh, 68 {cp. somanassa & inana(s)).

— "-mana, /"., v, below sep. —**-medha, mfn. wise, acc. m, ^arii,

Dh. 208 (c^j. medha). - "-medhasa,mfn. wise, m. <n^o, Dh. 29. - "-rak-

khita, mfn. well protected, Dh. 157.

— *''-laddha, mfn. well obtained,

n. /vam, "a high bliss", 70,8, - "-van-

na, V. below sep. - **'-vavattha-

pita, »»/«. («;. vavatthapeti). - "-vi-

nita, mfn, well disciplined, f. o^a

(parisa) 40,s. - "-vibhatta, mfn.

well arranged, 110,i4. - *"'-vim utta-

citta, mfn. {v. h.). - "-saravuta,

mfn. well controlled, Dh. 8. 281. -"-samkhata, mfn. well constructed,

104,80. - **'-sajjita, mfn, well pre-

pared or decorated, 62,i4, — *-8an-

^hana, mfn. well formed or made,

105,17. - °-8amaraddha, mfn.

(q. V.) well undertaken, well composed,

Dh. 293. - o-samahita, mfn. well

collected, very intent upon (2oc.), Dh.

10. 378. - *»-8ikkhita, mfn, well

ptu oioMur'

trained, very skilled or perfect (in :

loc.) 18,21. 64,29. - "-sukharn, adv.very pleasantly, comfortably, happily,

Dh. 197, - *«-sedita, mfn. well

soaked (or heated?) 62,17. — *'*-S8a-vana, n. a good lesson, 64,2j (v.

savana'). - "-hajja, v. sep. below.— •*-hita, mfn. very pleased, 41,2o.

sum su mar a, m. (sa. giQumara)a crocodile; nom. <n/0, 1,5; voc. ^a(bala-o) 2,5; instr. ^en&, 108,25. {cp,

kumbhila), - f. sumsumari, acc,

<%/iib, 1,11.

suka, m. {sa. guka) a parrot;

"-potaka, m. a young parrot, acc, pi.

^e, 9,11 ; o-yoni, f 9,7 (g. t),).

sukka, mfn. {sa. gukla) white,

bright, pure (good); acc. m. ovarii

(dbammam, "the bright state of life")

Dh. 87 {opp. kanha); cp. next.

*8ukkamsa, m. (fr. sa. (jukla -\-

ariiQa, v. amsa^) the good side or

point of a person, acc. ovarii, Dh. 72,

sukha, ') mfn: (= sa.) pleasant,

agreeable, happy; m. «x/0, 80,29, Dh.

118; f r^a, Dh. 331-32; n. ,^am,70,37; "-vihara, m. 74,38 {v. A.); comp.

sukha-saihvasa, »>. Dh. 207 (wrongreading instead of dbira-sariivasa, v.

saiiivasa); a-sukha, unpleasant, 70,38

(a-dukkham-**); - ^) sukhara, adv,

pleasantly, happily; 5,81 {r-^nm edhati,

g. v.); Dh, 79 (^seti); 112,5 (nipajji

sayane); comp, sukha-payata, mfn.19,97 {v. payati); yatha-sukharii, adv.

(v. yatha); su-sukham, Dh, 197; -') n. subst. /N/aih {opp. dukkham)happiness, joy, pleasure, 23,i7, 103,82;

""kama-", n, {q. v.) ; *matta-'', n. {q.

v.); dvandva comp. sukha-dukkham(imassa, tava bharo^ 28,2o {v. bhara)

;

vimutti-", n, {q, v.)\ *-kama, mfn,{v. h.)\ "-vagga, m. title of Dhpd. ch.

XV; o-avaha, mfn. {v. h.), cp. next

& sukhesi/i,

sukhi», mfn. {= sa.) possessing

happiness, blessed; m. /n/I, Dh, 177.

206. 393.

sukhuma, mfn. {sa. sukshma)amall, fine, light; m, ^o (rajo) Dh. 125.

18

sukhumala 274

stkhumala, nifn. (= au-kumara,q, v., through confusion with Bukhu-ma); m. a delicately nurtured youth;

worn. «^o, 67,j2; accanta-®, 97,34 (g.

».); *khattiya-', 97,8S (g. r.).

sukhesiM, mfn. {sa. sukhaishin)seeking pleasure; m, pi. ^ino, Dh.341.

suBka, M. (orw.) (sa. (julka) price,

toll, customB, nuptial gift (for pur-

chase of a bride); acc. o/aifa (datva^

101,16 ; *dinna-sua la, ad), f. (a maid)

for whom the purohasemoney has been

paid, 1(11,20 (maya).

8Uci^M], mfn. (sa. (juci & Qucin)

clear, bright, pure; m. /-vi, 106,9 (=Dh 393 : sukhi); "-kamma, mfn.whose deeds are pure, gen. m. (N^aysa,

Dh. 24; """-gandha, mfn. having a

pure scent, n. .^am (padumam) Dh.

68 ; **'-gavesin, mfn. looking for what

is pure, instr. m. r^inE, Dh. 245.

*Suja, f. now,, pr. of Sakka's wife)

acc, r^nm (asura-kanflam) 64,7.

sunn a, mfn, (sa. (junya) empty,

Void; "-agara. n. au empty house,

acc. -^aih, Dh. 373 (cp. agara).

*8unnata, mfn. (fr. prec, w.

pleonastic ending?) empty, i. e. in-

discriminate or destitute of all cha-

racteristics, said' of Nibbfina; «i. o^o

(aniinitto ca vimokho) Dh. 92.

sutthu, adv. {sa. sush^u) duly,

well; f>, te kataifa, 16,99; ». fiatvS,

49,4; <x/ pandita-^ 91,s4.

siinati, vh. {sa, v'?''u) to *>*»rt

listen to {acc.),, to hear or learn from

{w. gen, of the person speaking); pr,

1. sg. sunami (dhammam) 87,i4;

ita88apaparii) 104,8*; 3. pi, 8unanti

dhammam) 71,2<; part, m, sunantotarii, M.) 64,2s; imper. 2, sg. sunahi,

22,17; 44,7; 3. pi. sunantu (me) 97,3;

aor. 1. pi. assumha, o4,i3; fut. 1. sg.

sossami, 87, le; inf. sotum, 66,25. 87,9;

comp, sotu-k.ama, mfn, wishing to

hear (acc), f. ^a, 87, is; ger. sutva

(tassa katham) 4,i8; 49,29; (devassa

vassato) 106,22; (tassa) 112,2i; su-

tvana, Dh. 82. 269; pass, 3. sg.

8uyyati, 27,6 (suyyaf); pp. suta (t>,

below); cam. saveti {q. v.) cp. aavana,

savaaa, savaka, sota^.

suta, mfn. {pp. sunati; sa, ^ruta)

heard, learnt; n. ,>^am (tam no /x/,

we have heard it) 64,i5; (evam me^, thus I have heard) 66,»8. 93,»i {v.

corrections); ('ti me >^) 78,29; °-di-

vasato, 86,80 {v. divasa); cp. *appa-

ssuta, bahu-88uta, mfn. & next,

8utava<, mfn, {sa. ^rutavat)

learned, wise; nom, m. .vva, 71,s.

sutta', mfn. (pp. supati; sa.

BUpta) sleeping; acc, m. f^&m (ga-

maih) Dh. 287; loc.pl. r^em, Dh.29.

sutta*. n. (sa, sutra) ') a string,

thread; acc. /^^arii (tesaifa hatthesu

laggetva) 1 1 1 ,1 (i. e. a charmed thread)

;

*paritta-''. 111, 11 {v, paritta'). -') the thread of tradition, doctrine,

scientific system, a single rule, passage,

or chapter in the Buddhist holy scrip-

tures (containing a discourse of Buddhahimself); nom, ^aiii, 31,14 (of a single

gatha); 109,s3 (a part of navaiiga-

Satthusasana); *°-8ammata, mfn.known by the name of Sutta, 110,3;

*niyyamaka-'', n. "the mariner's lore",

26,28, cp. next etc. [Tr. PM. p. 69;Neumann, Die Reden des GotamaBuddha, I. p. 606-6.]*Sutta-nipata, m, name of a

collection of old Buddhist Suttas,

mostly in verse, forming a section of

the Khuddaka-nikaya {q, v.) \ speci-

mens thereof p. 103—6.

suttanta, n. (& m.) {Buddh, sa,

sutranta, m.) >) = sutta; Aggi-Vacchagotta-", n, 95,88 ; *) = Sutta-pi^aka, or Suttanta-pi^aKa, n. {v.

piiaka); loc. ^e, 102,i4; °-pitakam,102,13 (the 2. division of the holy

Scriptures, comprising the five nikayas).

*8udam, indecl., an enclitic par-

ticle used in narrative sentences,

mostly after demonstr, (or relat.) pron.or adv., the verb generally following

in pres.; tatra ,^, 70,22. 77, 19. 81,9;

ta -v, 78,28 (w. foil. aor.). [The last

part of this word seems to be iden»

276 Buvanna

tical with the last element of idam, thefirst part with another frequently oc-curring particle su ('ssu, assu, or sa,'ssa), probably := sa. sma; cp, sa.svid, indecl]

sudd a, »), (sa. ^udra) a man ofthe fourth caste; tiom, -wO, 92,ii.

suddha, mfn. (sa. (juddha; pp.sujjhati, v?udh, cp. sodheti) cleansed,pure; faultless, genuine, etc.; m, ,-wO,

62,89; (rukkho) 95,84; gen. ^^assa(posassa) Dh. 125; f. <va (aUha-katha) 113,88,; n. ,va± (vattham)68,84; (pavacanam) 95,86; m. pi, n.,a,,

109,s; *"-citta, mfn. pure-minded, pi.

/va, 62,88; "-bhava, mi. purity, chastity,

ace. ivaiii, 58,i6; cp. next etc.

suddhata, f, (sa. ^uddhata) pu-rity; ace. ^am, 103,»4.

"suddhajiva, »»/». living a pure

life (cp. ajiva, wj.); instr. /^ena, Dh.246 (cp. Kern, Verkl. p. 59); ace,

pi, m. ^e, Dh. 375. - *8uddhajivi(ii),

mfn. id.; ace. ^im, Dh. 366.

*8uddhi«, mfn.(^) possessed of

purity, pure; nom. m. rvi (paccattam,

q. V.) Dh. 165 (cp. a-suddhiH).

Suddhodana, m. (sa. ^uddho-

dana) nom. pr. of the father of Go-

tama Buddha; 62,4, 64,6 (**-mahara-

ja(»0)-

sunakha, m. (rarely sunaka [per-

haps on account of false etymology ;

8u-nakha]; sa. ^unaka) a dog; pi.

,^a, 111,4; ace, ~e, 21,4; cp. sona.

[Pischel, Gr, § 206; Trenckner, PM.p. 59,18.]

sundara, mfn. (= sa.) good, ex-

cellent, beautiful, bandsome; f, >\/&

(ySgu) 67,8«; n. adv. />/arn, well,

rightly, l,i4 (^ te kataiii).

Sundari, f. (== sa.) nom. pr.

of a woman; nom. .%/!, 74,n; voc. .^i,

73,16 ; ace. >^ivn, 73,8; instr. /s^iya,

73,8 ; gen. -v^iya, 73,8i.

supanna, m. (sa. suparna) a kind

of bird (of mythical or fanciful de-

scription); nom. /%/0, 20,18; "-potaka,

m. 60,8 (q.v.); <»-bbavana, n. the

abode or world of the Supannas, 19,»

;

"-yoni, f. 19,8 (q. v.); "-rajaH, jh, the

S.-king, 19,15.

supati, vb, (sa. ^svap) to sleep;

part, ace, m. >N.'antam, 67,88; pp, v,

sutta*; cp, next,

supina, hi, (& n.) (sa. svapna)

sleep, sleeping; a dream, vision; ace,

<vam (addasa) 61,o.

Supparaka, m. (sa. ^iirparaka)

nom.pr. ') of a seaport-town (pat^ana),

probably in the western India, ^) of

a man ^niyyamaka) : "-kumaro, 24,u

;

"-pandita, hi, id. 26,i4; "-jataka, n,

24,8."

subha, mfn. (sa. Qubha) splendid,

beautiful, handsome; good, agreeable,

delightful; happy, auspicious; ace. f.

/N^am (pokkbaranim) lll,ie; n, ^am(astu) 114,33; dvandva comp. subba-

subhaifa, Dh. 409 (cp. a-subha); -""subhanupassiH, mfn. looking only

for what is delightful, ace, m. <s/iri),

Dh. 7; Dh. 8 (a-°); gen, m. ,vino,

Dh. 349. cp. Bobbati.

8umana, f, (at the beg. of comp,

sumana-"; = «o.) name of a sort of

great flowering jasmine; "-mallikadi-

nam, gen. pi. (cp. mallika) 66,89;

**'-patta-vitana, hi. n. a canopy of

cloth with pattern of that flower, gen,

<vassa, 65,18,

sumarati, vh. (sa. ysmr; v. sa-

rati) Dh. 324.

suyyati, vb. (pass, sunati, q. v.)

27,6.

sura, f. (= sa.) a kind of spiri-

tuous liquor; acc. i>,&u\, 74,4; "-pana,

n, drinking sp. 1., 61,4 (vigata-",

mfn.)', °-meraya-pana, n. id. Dh.

247; "-meraya-majja-°, 81,88. (q.v.).

suriya, m. (^sa, surya^ the sun;

nom. t^o, 26,5; (majjhantika-'*) 26,4;

loo. r^e, 32,88. 42,1; *8uriyuggamana,

n, sunrise, 72,89 ^-kale).

SuruBga, f. (= sa.) a aubter-

raneous abode; loc. >N/ayam, Ill,i3.

(cp. Weber, Ind. Str. II, 396. Ill,

392).

suvanna, n. (sa. suvarna) gold;

nom. /N/am, 26,b; at the beg. of subst.

18»

Savanna-" 270

comp. 'golden' or 'golden coloured', v.

"-kataccbu, *>-camgotaka, "-jala, "-pan-

jara, "-paduka, '-pasaka, '-bhimkara,

"-miga, "-rajata-patiyo, f, pi. (diBhes

of gold and silver, cp. pati) 61,87,

"-rajahaihsa, '-Bandasa. "-samugga,

"-saraka, "-haihsa; ~ "-maya, nifn.

mado oi gold, n. pi. <^ani, 28,so;

"-vanna, mfn, golden coloured, of

beautiful corople^xion, m. <^o, 5,16.

24,11. 87,8; cp. sovayna & next.

*Suvanna-pabbata, in. "Gold-

Hill", nom. pr, of a (mythical) moun-

tain (in Himavanta); nom. ^o, 61, i7.

Suvanna-bbiimi, f. {sa. Su-

Varna-bhiimi) nom. pr. of a country

("tiie golden land"), probably on the

coast of Burrca or of the Malay Pen-

insula; ace. ^im, 19,24.

suve, adv., v, sve.

susana, «. (so. Qma^ana) a ce-

metery; nom, ^arii, B6,i8. 67,81;

"-santike (g. v.) B6,i9; *amaka-'', «.

(v. h.).

sasira, mfn, {sa. sushira) per-

forated, full of holes, hollow; "-rukkha,

in. a hollow tree, initr, ,>^ena, 25,3.

Susima, m. (= sa.) nom. pr. of

a king; voc, «^a, 46,39; "-kumara, t».

46,jd; "-jataka, 't. 45,i9.

sussati, vb. {sa. y/f^ush) to be-

coite dry, dry up; pr, 3. sg, rvati,

103,2o; part. med. loc. sussamanamhi(lohite) ib. ; cp. u pa-sussati, vi-soseti.

*Su8sondi, /. nom.pr, of a queen,

ly,7. 20,17; gen, ^iya, 19,i8; i^wi-ja-

taka, n, 19,s. (Among the different

varr. Icct. of this name Sussoni {sa,

BU-Qroni) seems to be worthy of no-

tice.)

suhajja [& suhada], in. {sa. su-

hrdaya [su-hrd]) a friend; pi. ,v,a,

Dh. 219; gen. pi, ,%.anam, 47,8i

(nati-mitta-").

sukara, m. {= ea.) a boar, hog,

pig; nom, <^o, 35,22. 46,33 (-gama-^q. v.); ace, r^am, 35,3a; gen, /^assfa],

85,5; *''-maddava, n. {q. v.); "-muklia,

n. a pig's mouth, 84,34 ("-sadisa, mfn.);

mfn, having a pig's mouth, 85,26;

84,« C-peta, q, f.); "-sadiaa, mfn,

ressembling a pig, 85,M.

8 3pa, m. (= sa.) sauce, soUp;

"-rasa, «». the taste of soup, ace. /x<arii,

Dh. 64; aneka-supa-vyafijana, mfn.

67,11 (v. an-eka).

8 lira, mfn, {sa. ?ura) strong, brave,

valiant; m. -^.-o (ativiya <%/ hutva,

"showing a very bold front") 38,8i;

m, pi. ^a, 40,14; - subst. in, a hero,

warrior; abhejja- vara -sura- maha-

yodba, pi, unconquerable excellent

heros and great warriors, 39,is; a-sura,

m. 103,32 {q. v.); *kaka-°, in. {q. v.).

Siirasena, m. {sa, Qiirasena)

nom. pr, of a man (fictitious); nom.

rv.0, 96,31.

siila. 111. n, {sa. gula^ a pointed

stake, spike, pike; a spit (for roasting

meat); *niaiiisa-'', Hi. n. 14,99 (3. v.).

sekha, in. {sa, (jaiksha; cp, sik-

khati) a beginner, pupil, one who has

entered the path {v. magga^X but

has not yet become an araha< (q. v.);

nom. rs^o, Dh. 45; - mfn, {cp. sa.

Qaiksbya) belonging to the stage of

a pupil, elementary; instr. n. <x/ena

(nanena, dassanena, "an imperfect

degree of knowledge, or insight")

69,34-35.

set^ha, mfn. {sa. greshtba) most

excellent, best {w. loe. or e, c. best

of or among); in. .^0 (manussesu)Dh. 321; n. ^arii (dhanam) Dh. 26;comp. raja-", in. 47,8 {voc. rx»a);

Buddha-", m. 109,93 {gen. ^assa).cp. seyya & next.

settbata, f. {sa. (jreshthata) the

first rank, superiority; aec, ^&m (de-

vanaiii) Dh. 30.

se^bi, m. {sa. (jreshthin) the

chief of an association (of merchantsetc.), president of a guild (in later

times appointed by the king to this

office (which was sometimes heritable))

;

nom. «^i (gahapati) 68,99; gen. fvino,

22,13; .>.i8sa, 69,9; loc. ^iiiihi, 70,i3;

^^-kula, n. (purana-", an ancient S.

family) 55,3i; '•'"-putta, in. 67,22 {q. v.).

277 sevati

[SBE. XIII, p. 102; Fick, Soc. Glied.

p. 166.]

seni, f. (sa. ^reni) a guild or

association of traders; ace. pi. ~iyo(sabba-", opp. amacca-brahmana-gahapatike) 42,3.

seta, mfn. (sa. gveta) white; m,~o (sabba-", white all over) 21,34;n. pi. ,>^ani, 47,3; comp. '•-cchatta,

M. 42,8; "-paduma, n. 61,i9; "-vara-varana, m. 61,i7 (q. v.).

seti (& sayati), vb. (sa. -y/Ql) to

lie, lie down, sleep, repose; pr. 3. sg.

seti, 30,31. Dh. 79. 168. 169 (sukham,"lives happily"); Dh. 201 (dukkham);sayati (ekako) 46,i9; 1. sg. sayami,

47,35-, 5. pi. senti, Dh. 156; part,

med. *semana [*sayainana, sayana]V. saba-semana; pot. 3. sg. sayetha,

9,33; get: sayitva, 12,ii. 58,i7 (taya

saddhim). cp. sayana, etc., seyyaka,

seyya.

seda, m. {sa. sveda) sweat, per-

spiration; nom. 0^0, 82,5. 97,33; pi.

f\.a., drops of perspiration, 45, 1. cp.

next.

sedita, mfn. (pp. sedeti, to soften,

cook, steam; sa. svedita) softened;

*8U-sedita, mfn. weli-steamed (bent,

or crooked) 62,i7 ("-vettagga, q. v.).

Senaka, vi. (sa. senaka?) nom.

pr. of a king; loc. r>^e (Baranasiyam)

52,14; gen. o-assa, 52, 15.

sen a, f. (= sa.) an army, battle-

array; nom. «N.a, 103,35; ace. /N.<aifa,

104,5; instr, />^aya (caturanginiya)

35,15; at the end of comp. (nom. pr.

m.) o-sena, v. Naga-o, Vira-», Siha-»,

Bura-o.

senasana (& sayanasana), n. (sa.

(jayanasana) lit. 'sleeping and sitting',

bedding, dwelling, habitation (some-

times = vihara); 97,8; Dh. 185

(sayanasanarii, pantam, q. v.).

semana, part., v. seti.

semha. n. (sa, ^leshman, »».)

phlegm; nom, /varii, 82,4. 97,a». 103,«o.

*8enihara, [»».] name of a certain

animal, according to the comm. a

monkey (makkata); gen. ^assa, 92,m.

seyya (or seyyas), mfn. (sa.

^reyas) better, preferable; m. /vO (atta)

66,3; 107,1 = Dh. 308; aec. ^am,Dh. 61 ; the orig. s-stem is preserved

in n. seyyo, 7,S4. 103,7-34; Dh. 76.

100. 106 (sa pujana); 314; further

in *seyyaso, indecl. = still better,

Dh. 43. (cp. settha).

seyyaka, mfn. (fr. seyya) lying,

sleeping (only e. c), v. uttana-".

*8eyyatha, indecl. (Magadhisminstead of tarii-yatha, Buddh. sa. tad-

yatba, cp. sa. sa yatha) just as, as

if; w. foil. nom. 69,87 (^ pi pubbeagarikabhiito) ; 95,i3 (/n./ pi mahasa-muddo); at the beg. of full sentence

(w. pot.) : ^ pi puriso sallena viddho

assa ("it is as if....") 92,6; ,%/ pi

raiino paccantimam nagaram [scil.

assa, pot.] 90,30 (only fancy, for in-

stance, that a certain king has a fron-

tier fortress); r^ pi naraa (iv. foil,

pot. & corresp. evam eva) 68,24; —seyyath'idam, that is to say, namely,

67,3. 68,19. [cp. Trenckner, PM. p.

76; Franke, KZ. (N. F.) XIV. p. 419;differently Pischel, Gr. § 423.]

*seyyaso, indecl., v. seyya(s).

seyya, f (sa. gayya) lying, sleep-

ing; a bed, couch; acc. /%^am (kap-

peti, q. V.) 46,32; *eka-°, f^ (q.v.);

gabbha-", f. (q. v.)\ *nanikama-*', f.

(q. V.) cp. uttana-seyyaka, mfn.

*Seruma, [m.] nom. pr. of an is-

land; acc. />^arii, 20,i9; *'-dipa, m.

(= Nagadipa, Ceylon ?) 19,8.

sela, *) "'• (**•• ^aila; cp, sila) a

stone, rock; nom. /%^o, 106,29 = Dh.

81; acc. ^am, 104,i6. - ^) mfn. stony,

rocky ; acc. m. ^aiii (pabbatam) Dh. 8.

sevati, vb. (sa. ^/sev) to frequent,

serve, follow, practise, devote oneself

to (acc); pr. 3. sg. -N^ati (piyani)

55,1 ; 3. pi. ^anti, Dh. 293; pot. 3.

sg, •) seve (paradararii) Dh. 310;

)>) seveyya, 7,8s; Dh.l67 (dhammaih)

;

grd. sevitabba, 66,25 (na <vS, to be

avoided); pp. sevita, eqjoyed, Dh.

272 (a-puthujjana-", q. v.) cp. next.

(tevuDa 278

sevana, f. (== sa.) waiting upon,

service, honouring; 14,s.

sesa, ^) mfn. (sa. ^esha) remain,

ing, left, moHtly jj'. = the othera, the

rest, or at the beg. oi comp,; pi. notn.

m, -^a, 7,i«. 40,i«; 49,7 (sesapi);

73,8* (^pleonast. added after papetvaariya^avake); ace. 2)1, />^e, 21,«; instr.

pi. ,^ehi, 112,J3; gen. pi. ,>,anam,

40,16; comp. "-varatta, 12,»o; "-vani-

janain, 21,28? "-Amacce, 40,6. - *)

siibst, n. 8e8a(ka), the rest; loc, <N.ke,

33,32; cp. a-sesa, mfn.

8 0, pron. demonstr. m, (= sa'),

V, tam.

soka, »H. (sa. ijoka) sorrow; nom.

fK/O (maha-") 89, lo; ace. ,^am, ib.;

pi. r^a,, 107,82 = Dh. 336; instr. pi,

fv/chi, 70,29; comp. (dfandra) : "-pari-

deva-, 66,10. 90, n. 92,sr, parideva-

soka-sampanna, mfn, full of lamen-

tation and Borrow, 69,32; *tinna-8oka-

pariddava, mfn. (v: pariddava); *tanu-

bhiita-'', mfn. (q. v.) ; *"-pareta, mfn.

(g. V.) cp. a-soka, vi-soka (visuka)

& next.

*8okin, mfn. (fr. soka) Borrowing;

ace. f. ,>/iniih (pajurii) Dh. 28.

socati, vb, (sa, V^uc) to grieve,

mourn, suffer pain; pr. 3. sg. ,>^ati,

17,2»; 106,31 (puttehi); Dh. 16 {opp,

nandati, modati); 3. pi. «%.anti, 108,7;

5. pi. med. socare, 104,io. Dh. 226;aor. 2. eg. (ma) 80ci, 89, 12; cp. 8oka,

etc., BocanS,

so can a, f, (== «a.) sorrow, suffer-

ing; 106,82.

sona, m. (/*. ,^1, alsoi spelt sona,

r^i] sa. gvana, -^i) a dog; soni-

rupena, in the appearance of a bitch,

111,2; cp, sunakha.

8 n d a ,/". (& sonda, m. ; sa. ^aunda,

fr. ^unda) an elephant's trunk; ace,

-waiii. 76,21 ; instr. ~iiya, 61, is.

8ota\ n. {sa. Qrotra) the ear (as

organ of hearing, cp. kanna); nom.o.-am, 70,30 1 i'tstr, ^ena, Db. 360;loc. f^a.sm\A\, 71,3; pi. /v.ani, 27,4;

"-saniphassi-, 72,9 (v, /».); *ohita-'',

mfn. (q. v.).i

Bota*, m. & n. (sa. srotas, n.) a

stream, flood, current; nom. /v/O, 108,b;

acc. o/am, Db. 347 (metaph. of the

flood of passions); pi, /N/a, Db. 339

(do.); n. pi. ^BLiii (nadinam) 103,i8;

cp. uddham-sota, mfn. & next.

sotapatti, f. (Buddh. sa. srota-

patti) the state of a sotapanna, the

flrst step in sanctification; "-phala, n.

the advantage of Sotapannaship, Dh.

178; loc, -x/C, 87,1 ;(= „die HSrer-

sohaft", nicht von \/sru, sondern von

\/(;ru, Neumann, Reden des GotamaBuddha, I. p. 606).

sotapanna, mfn, (Buddh, sa,

srotapanna) 'who has entered the

stream' (»'. e. of sanctification), a con-

vertk^ who has reached the flrst stage

of sanctification (the three last stages

of which are : sakad-agamiji, an-aga-miH, araha^); m. ,^0, 28,i8. 29,i8 (v.

corrections); 79,33; pi. /^a, 22, 13.

so turn, inf., v. sunati.

sotthi, f, & n. {sa. svasti) wel-

fare, success, prosperity; acc, -^im(tesaiii karissami, I will save them)27, le; amhakaiii ^-virii karonto pi

tvarii fieva karissasi (you do so, I

think, in order to save me) 54,81

;

/villi gacchati (was saved) 29,i8; 80-

tthira, acc. (adv.) safely, happily, Dh.219 (/^agataiii) ; sotthina, instr. (adv.)

id. 42,23; sotthi-bhava, m. safely, acc.

/^arii (katuiii) 27, 15.

sotthiya, tn{fn). {sa. protriya)conversant with the sacred doctrine, a

brahman (or bhikkhu); acc. m. pi.

-^e (rajano, "holy kings") Dh. 296.sodariya, m. {fr. sa + udariya;

sa. sodarya) a uterine brother; acc,

-v-arii, 31,8.').

aodhana, n. {sa. Qodhana) clean*

siug, investigation, examination; "-kale("when the search was made") 49,30.

sodheti, vh. {sa. godhayati,ygudh) to cleanse, purify; to clear

up, examine, investigate (acc); pr.

8. pi. ^enti (maccaih) Dh. 141;part, instr. m. -^entena (viharam)84,9; pi. ^enta, 26,7 (examiniug);

279 hattha

inf. ^etuiii, 50,3 (id.); ger. ^etva,48,34 (id.); grd. m. ^etabbo, 84,8;cp. suddha & sodhana.sona, V, sona.

sobbha, wi.' (so. ^vabhra) a hole,pit, abyss; tiom. ^o, 27,7 (a whirl-pool); 27,8 (chinna-tata-maha-"); loc,

•v^e, 78,u.

sobhagga, n. (sa. saubhagya)welfare, prosperity, auspiciousness;beauty, grace, loveliriess; instr, r-^ena,

(siri-«, q.v.) 64,io; *»-ppatta, mfn.happy, well-to-do, auspicious, lovely;wi. ^0, 1,4; acc. ^am, 10,86; f. ^a,73,8; (perhaps ooufounded with sobha,

f. {sa, (jobha), beauty, v, next etc.).

sobhati, vb, (sa, ^Qubh) to bebright or splendid, to shine, lookbeautiful; aor. 3. sg. sobhi (Buddhoviya) 113,21.

sob ban a, mfn. (so. ^obhana)splendid, beautiful; excellent, good;

«. -^aiii (kammam) 100,6.

somanassa, n. {fr. 8u-mana(s);sa. saunianasya) gladness, satisfaction;

pi. <vani (pleasures) Dh. 341 ; *°-jata,

mfn, glad, delighted, 16,98. 64,i3;

*°-ppatta, mfn. id. 15,29.

so las a, ') num. {mfn. pi.) {sa.

shodaga) 16; ^ petiyo, 23,28; "-vas-

sa-, 42,25, etc, {v. h.) ; "-vassika,

mfn, being 16 years old, 111,36 (n.

ovarii, rupam). - *) mfn. the le*^;

acc. f. <N/im (kalam) Dh. 70; - sola-

sama, mfn. {sa. shodaQama) id.; r^o

(vaggo) Dh. XVI.sovanna, ') mfn. {fr. suvanna;

so. sauvarna) golden ; m. r^o (sabba-")

84,26; o-siVika, f. 62,7 {q. v.); - «)

w. gold; *°-maya, mfn. made of gold,

in. r^o, 28,29.

sossati, fut., V. sunati.

svakkhata, mfn., v. akkhati.

*8vatanaya, adv. (an old dat,

[scil. divasaya?] cp. ajjatana & so.

(jvastana, mfn.) for the next day, or

to-morrow ; 77,s8. cp. next.

8ve (& suve), adv. (so. ^vas) to-

morrow; 14,i«. 101,»e; suve suve,

daily, day after day, Dh. 229. cp.prec.

H.

h', apparently sandhi-consonant in

some few instances (if not shortenedof ha, or hi, q. v.) : no h'etam, (cer-

tainly) not so! 70,2; ma h'evam kho,90,24.

ha, indecl. (= sa.) an emphaticparticle ("indeed", "verily"), mostly

used after ti, or na; tasnia ti ha,

93,2 {q. V.) ; comp. have (v. h.).

hamsa', m. (= sa.) a goose (or

swan); pi. ,N/a, Dh. 91; "-potika, f.

10,4 {q. v.); "-rajaH, ))i. 10,5; raja-",

m. a special kind of swan, nam, <v0,

18,t; gen, rvassa, 10,4 (suva^^a-");

suvanna-", m, id. 10,8-ib.

^bamsa', & *>harasaDa, mfn,(only e. c; sa. harsha, harsbana)causing erection (of the hairs), v,

loma-".

hafinati (or ^te), vb. (^oss. hanti;

sa. hanyate) to be slain or killed ;pr.

3. sg. owate, 30,i9.

haiine, pot., v. hanti.

*hata-hata-kesa, mfn, (of un-

certain derivation; cp. sa. ha^ha &mahratt. ha^aha^a) having dishevelled

hair; m. /%/0, 71,29,

•^hattha, mfn. {sa. hrshta) glad;

»i. ».,o, 68,10 ; tuttba-", mfn. {q. v.).

hat a, mfn. {pp. hanti; = sa.)

beaten, slain, destroyed; m. ».o, 30,22;

*°-labha-sakkara, mfn. {v. labha);

*hatavakasa, mfn. {cp. okasa, »«,)

who has cut off every occasion (for

good and evil), m. >%/0, Dh. 97 (con-

founded with hata {pp.. h&r&ii) cp,

pahata); a-hata, mfn. {v. /».).

hattha, »i. {sa. hasta) the hand(or arm), fore leg (or paw); nam.

1^0, 50,22; acc, .^^aiii, 23,9; instr.

.-..ena, 24,23. 83,i7-2o; 111,24 (vama-");

abl. ^to ("from") 101,25-29; loc. /x-e,

23,9. 36,21. 58,7. 101,26 (tassa, 'with

him'); acc. pi. r^e (dve) 62,28; instr.

pi. fvehi (ubhohi) 27,2o; loc. pi.

o^esn, 59,8. lll,i; comp. '^-gata, mfn.come to hand, obtained, 37,i8 (*'-bhava,

m., q. v.); ''-gahana, n. seizing one's

hatthin 280

hand, 51,i4; *'-dhovana, «. 56,«5 (v.

h.)) "-ppatta, mfn. (epi patta') =*-gata; """-patha, m, the reach of one's

haad, acc. -x-am, 62,i8; <*-pada, m.pi, hands and feet, 99,is; 6,27 {comp.

hatthapada-o); *»-mudda, f. 56,t («.

7t.); *'*-saMata, mfn. who controls

his hands, m. /^o, Dh. 362; — danda-",

mfn. (3. v.); "nanavudha-", mfn.armed with weapons of all kind, 6,7

(cp. avudha). cp. next.

hatthi/j, m, {sa. hastin) an ele-

phant; MOOT, ^i, 76,8, 24,21 (mafi-

gala-", q. v.); ^?m, 24,26; gen. rvissa,

77,1; pi. r^\, 35,21; instr. pi, <%/ihi,

35,11; gin, pi. -winam, ib. ; comp,

hatthi-'', V, *<*-kkbandha, m.\ "-naga,

»^ an excellent elephant, instr, /vena,

1)2,25; *''-pabhirina, m. (g. v.); **-pi-

tthe (v. pitiha); "''-bbanda, m. (g. v.);

"-magga, m. (g, v)\ *<*-ratana, n.

(q. v.); "-sals, f. (q. »'.).

had ay a, n. (sa, hrdaya) the heart;

the mind or soul; nom. /N.'aifa, 1,24.

82,3. 97,21; 69,12 (matu-">, amatu-");

64,17 (pitu-"); 64,!8 (pajapati-*"); acc,

/N,arii, 2,2, 27,5; instr. »v.eua, 69,io;

pi. ,>/ani, 2,1 ; comp. "-niariisa, n.;

*thaddha-'*, mfn.; *samvigga-'*, mfn.

(2- v-)-.

hanati, vb,, v. hanti.

*hanapeti, vb. {cans. II, hanti,

yhan; cp. ghateti) to cause to be

killed, massacred, or devastated {acc);

iuiper, 2. pi, />..etha (paccantagamam)

38,29; aor. 3. sg. /N^esi (do.) 38,82.

hanu & hanuka, /". (=stt.; hut

also hanu, & /s^ka, m, n.) a jnw;

*8ithilahanu, in, (3. v.) ; *hanukaUhi-ka, n. 40,18 (w. a^hika).

hantar, hi. {sa. hanty) a striker,

one who kills; acc, /^aram (brahma-nassa) Dh. 389.

hanti, vb. (& hanati; sa. \/han)

to strike, kill, destroy, devastate (acc);

pr. 3. sg, a) hanti, Dh. 72. 356. 405;'') hanati (panaiii) 97,io; 5. pi, ha-

nanti, Dh. 35.6 ; U. pi. hanatha (ga-

mam) 38,33; pot. 3, sg, ') hanne(paninam) 17,29; •>) haneyya, Dh,

129; aor, 3, pi. haniiiisu, 34,ti; ger,

hantva, Dh. 294; caus. v. *hanapeti

& ghateti; pass, haiiiiati, pp. hata

{q. V.) cp. gbacca, ghafina, hantar.

ban da, indecl. {sa. hanta) a par-

ticle implying resolution or exhortation,

followed by pr. 1, sg,, fttt. 1. sg., or

intper,, mostly at the beginning of a

sentence and often followed by dani

{v. idani) = well then! cornel look!

80,1 (~ dani, w. pr, 1. sg.).

hambho, indecl. {cp. ambho; so.

hamho) a particle implying indigna-

tion, anger, etc.; or exclamation of

surprise ; r^ passatha, 88,8. {cp. Pischel,

Gr. § 267.)

hammiya, «. {sa. harmya) a large

house with more stories, or the top-

most story of such a bouse; loc, pi,

^esu, '76,29 ("the balconies", SBE.XX, 248).

"bar a, mfn. {e. c. = sa.) bringing,

taking, seizing, ravishiug; mano-hara,mfn. {q. v.); *vayo-hara, mfn, {v,

vaya).

°harana, n. & mfn. {e. c. = sa.)

bringing, taking, removing; manusa-mala-'*-attham, "in order to removeevery human stain", 61,i3.

harani, f. (= sa.) a passage bywhich water, etc., passes, a channel,

conductor, nerve; *rasa-barani, f. a

nerve of taste, acc. pi. .N^iyo, 57,23.

harati. vb. {sa, y/h^) to carry,

briug, fetch, take (away), remove, de»

stroy (acc); to rob, plunder, attack

{gen,); i)r, 3. sg. /vati, 60,3 {opp.

aharati) ; 2. sg. ^&s\, 66,1s (kassayaguih); 1. sg. ^ami (pitu tasararii)

87,u; imper, 2. sg. hara (mama san-

tika) 49,15; pot. 3, sg, .x-eyya (visampanina) Dh. 124; (brahmanassa ^)Dh. 389 {var. lect. pabareyya); aor.

3. sg. abasi (me) Dh. 3; fat. 2. sg.

^issasi, 56,u; 1. sg. .^issami (jivi-

tarii) 4,33; caus. II. harapeti {q. v.);

{pp. ha^a, cp. hata); cp. hara, ha-rana (-^ni).

harapeti, vb. {cans, II, harati)to cause to be brought or removed,

281 hirima^

to take away (ace,); ger. ^etva (paiii-

sum) 38,2.

harita, mfn. (= sa.) green; ace.

«». ^am (yavarii) 9,i; *haritupatta,»>fn. {prob. fr, harita + upatta, q.

V.) strown or prepared with greenleaves, loc. f, «^aya (bhumiya) 61,ai[different from liarita-patta, mfn. (v.

patta*) having green leaves, Jat, III,

495,7, etc.],

have, indecl. (sa, ha vai) particle

of asseveration (sometimes used after

re/a^ttes) : truly, certainly; yada ^,66,20

;yo ^, Dh. 382.

has at i, vb. (sa. ^/has) to laugh;part. ace. f. ^antim (tapasim) lll,i7;

part. f. med. hasamana, 68,io; aor.

3. sg. hasi, 36,3. 53,22. 65,24 (niaha-hasitam, said of a horse : neighed);

3. sg. hasi, 16,s2; 1, sg. hasiih, 17,9.

58,13; ger. ^./itva (niaha-hasitaiii)

16,29; pp. hasita (v.nexty, cp. hasa.

hasita, n. (= sa.) laughing,

laughter; ace. f^&m (maha-°, hasati,

to laugh aloud) 16,29. 65,34; "-karana,

n. 53,34 (v. h.).

hapeti, vb. (cows, jahati ; sa. ha-

payati, ^ha) to abandon, neglect, for-

feit (ace); pot. 3. sg. hapaye (atta-

datthaih) Dh. 166.

hayati, vb. (pass, jahati; sa.

hiyate, yha) to be left or abandoned;

to be lost, decrease; to be inferior, be

outrun; pr. 3, sg, »j&ti (udakarii) 3,4

(opp. vaddhati) ; aor. 3. sg. med. aha-

yatha (labho ca sakkaro) 18,35, 19,4

(cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p. 110).

hara, m. (=• sa.) a garland, neck-

lace; mutta-'*, m. a pearl-necklace,

64,26.

hava, «». (= sa.) 'calling', dalli-

ance, blandishment ; O-bhava, m. (dvan-

dva) coquettish gestures, 21,is.

hasa, m. (= sa.) laughter; joy,

pleasure; nom, i^o, Dh. 146.

hi, indecl. (= sa.) an enclitic

particle, generally joined to the first

word of a sentence, with a causal or

affirmative meaning, but aometimeB de-

noting only transition, continuation,

or emphasis : for, since, indeed (nam,enim; igitur); sace «^, l,a4; tvam ->.^,

5,11 ; 13,i; santi ,^, 11,u; yam «^,

13,29 (q. v.); yatra ^, 63,i:i; aham~, 73,14; ayaih h' ettha attho, 85,29;

na /"w, 97,19 ("nay verily"); tena hi,

"well then", ], 10-19; 90,38 (tena h');

11 3,14; at the end of a sentence : 112,10.

hiiiisati, vb. (sa. yhims) to in-

jure, harm, kill, destroy (acc); pr. 3,

sg. /^ati (bhutani dandena) Dh.131-32; (panani) Dh. 270; pp. hiih-

sita, injured, killed; n. o^aih (na . . .

ekapanam pi) 27,33. cp. next.

himsa, f. (== sa.) injury, harm;camp. *himsa-mana(s), n, (?) inclina-

tion to injure, nom, rs^o, Dh. 390.

cp. a-hiihsa, f,

hita, mfn. (pp. dahati, ^/dha; =sa.) ') put, set, placed; v. ohita, pu-

rohita, sahita (samhita), su-hita; ^)

good, advantageous, salutary; n. /N^am,

benefit, welfare; sabbaloka-hitam ka-

tva, "having conferred blessings on

the whole world", 110,i8; *hitavaha,

mfn. (cp. avaha) conductive to wel-

fare or blessing, f. 0.5, 114,29; 113,33

(sabbaloka-") ; cp. a-hita, mfn,

hitva, ger., v. jahati.

hi ma, n. (= aa.) cold, frost; ice,

snow ; "-gabbha, »». an icy or snowyplace, acc, r^nm, 16,9. cp, next &hemanta.Himavanta (or Himavai), m.

(sa. Himavat) 'the snowy mountain',

Himalaya; nom. r^o, Dh. 304; acc,

/>..am, 46,34; loc. ^e, 10,6; abl. /vto,

21,35; comp. "-padese, 13,9; "-mattha-

kena, 36,5 (v. h.),

hiri (or hiri), f, (sa, hri) shame,

modesty; nom. »ji, I0,i6 (ajjhatta-

samutthana, q. v.); dvandva comp,

*hirottappa, «. (cp. ottappa) sense

of shame and tact in behaviour, acc.

fs/Ava (bhinditva) 10,i3; '"bhinna-hi-

rottappa, mfn. without shame and

decency, 10,i7; - *hiri-ni8edha, mfn.Db. 143 (v. nisedha); cp. a-hirika

(a-hinka) & next.

hirimat, mfn. (sa. hrimat) mo-

bina 282

dest, bashful; inslr. m, /vtnata (dujji-

am) Dh. 245.

bin a, tnfn. (pp. jahati, cp, bayati,

\/ha; = 5a.) *) bbabdoaed, left, lost;

"-viriya, mfn. weak, feeble, Dh. 7.

112 (i». viriya); *) inferior, low, vile,

bad, mean, base, secular; tn. /vO, 66,se;

dot, n, o^aya (F-vattitva, the secular

life, the world) 69,»7.

hut a, n. (=± sa.) an oblation, sa-

crifice; nom. f^&va, Dh. 106. 108.

(cp. jubati).

hutta, n. (sa. botra) = prec,only in tlie comp. aggi-** (q. v.),

huram, adv. (ved. sa. huras) only

used in old texts, and aWays opp. to

idha : 'yonder', i. e. in another world,

in another existence, Dh. 20 (idha

va ~ va). Hence *hurahurain, adv.

(= buram huraih ?) from life to life,

hither and thitliei, 107,3o = Dh. 334,

(cp. Morrh, .TPTS. '84, p. 103-05.^

heit^h&y prp. & adv. (so. adhastat)

*) under, beneath, from under (w. gen.

or abl.; or ace. in comp.)\ rukkhassa>^, 86,26; setacchattassa rw, 42,9;

vitanassa -^, 66,is; rw pasada (abl.^

67,«4; "-pitbarii, adv. (under the chair)

83,18; "-maficam, adv. (under the bed)

83,18; - ^) below (oc'u.); 85,80 (opp.

upari); 'hetths' in a book is = 'above',

the reading (or vriting) being con-

sidered as \ moving upwards, so that

a preceding passiige consequently is

•below'; *-vutta-nayen'eva, 63,32 ('just

in the same niEvnoer as mentioned be-

fore', cp. naya). i

""hetthima, mfn. (superl. of he-

t^ha; sa. "'adhastima, cp, Pischel,

Gr. § 107) lowest; "-tale, 59,2? (v,

taia).

""hetheti, vb. (sa. v^he^h) to worry,

injure (acc.)\ part. nom. m. a-betha*

yaiii (yannagandhaiii, "without in-

juring'^ 106,2 =- Dh. 49. cp, vi-

hetheti.j

hetu. »». (= sa.) cause, reason;

e. c. (adv.) = for one's sake (sa.

hetoh\ V. atta-', parassa-' (para-»);

"•-attna, m, causative meaning, 86,9

(antogadba-®, mfn, q. v.); "^"-tanha.

f. 'thirst' as cause [scil. sabba-duk-

khassa] lOS.is; sa-betu-dhamma, »«.,

V. sa-*, & dbamma*. 66,21.

hemanta, m. (= sa.) winter;

'•-gimbisu (loe. pi.) in winter and

summer, Dh. 286 (v. gimha); cp, next,

bemantika, mfn,(sa. haimantika^

relating to winter; m, /wO (pasado)

67,22; loc, rwe (kale) 100,24.

hessati, /"«<., v. hoti.

boti, vb, (a contracted form of

bhavati, q. v.; sa. ybhii) to be, exist,

become, arise, turn into, etc.; pr, 3.

sg. boti, 2,6-30. 35,ii. 86,12-18. 89,29.

98,30-81. 106,8 == Dh. 286; S, pi.

bonti, 4,1. 6,22. 12,21. 31, 15; 2. pi.

botha, 31,1; par/., v. bhavam; imper,

2,sg,hoh\, 26,i6. 37,i4. 62,24. 106,24;

3, sg. hotu, 2,7. 6,25, 7,i. 10,io. 64,9.

74,7 (hotu botu); 2. pi. hotha, 14, is.

Dh. 243; 3. pi, bontu, 44,6; pot., v,

bhaveyya; aor, 3, sg. *) aim & ahu,

80,82 (nahu); 94,23. 112,3o; Dh. 228(cahu); 20,20 (abu); 42,i6. 80,35

(abu'ti); ^) ahuva, 37,8o; '') ahosi,

3,32; 3,3 (assa etad 1^, he thought by

himself); 23,8.64,19 (do.); 67,3i (pa"-

tur-", q, v.)\_ 2. sg. ») ahu. 86,26. 86,1

Tma ... abu'ti); *>) ahosi, 2,«. 86,2

(ma ^, coram, on ma . . . ahu); 1,

sg, *) aburh, 108,i5; *>) ahosiiii, 62, 10;

3. pi. a) ahii (or abu) 112,29; »>) ahe-

sum, 6,26; 60,i7 (ma<N^); 79,2i (tun-

hi «..); 2. pi. ahuvattha (ma ».)

79,19; l.pl. (med.) abuvarabase ("wehad", in the sense of abhisambhavati)13,28 (cp. bala); fut. 3. sg. (bobiti &)hessati, 64,8o. 110,83. Dh. 228 (accord-

ing to the metre, mss. bhavissati); m/".,

V. bhavituiii; gcr. hutva, 1,4. 2,i9.

3,4. 4,18. 12,37. 23,31. 35,18. 38,31, etc.;

grd. hotabba, n. ^arii. 83,3 (w. instr.)\

pp. V. bhuta, cp. pa-biita,

CORRECTIONS AND ADDITIONS.

- 3

- 4

1 after a-bhasi insert:

a-bhunjisum, v. bhufljati.

2 read: a-katannu— a-kincana . . cp. akincanfia.— after a-gata insert;

a-gati, /., V, gati.

after a-disva insert:

a-dukkha, mfn. 70,»7, v.

dukkha.*a-dubha , . read: {cp. dub-

bhati).

*a-ppatikaraka . . . read:

(v. patikara).

6 after a-bhejja insert;

a-makkhita, mfn, 62,i»,

V. makkhita.

6 *a-vajja , . read: not to be

avoided, n, no sin (or fault),

— after *a-8amkuppa insert:

a-samghatt^'Uta, v, sam-

ghattati.

7 *a-8antasana . . , read:

"-sabhava.— after a-sahasa insert:

a - s u k h a, mfn. 70,a7, v. sukha.

*a n - e j a ... (cp. Leumann,Albim-Kern, p. 393)

— — akkosati . . . aor. 3. sg,

akkocchi, Dh. 3.

— 13 after accaya insert:

accasanna, mfn., v. asanna.

— — acchati , . . cp. asina.

— — after acchadeti add: (op.

achanna).

a c c b i n d a t i, v5., V. chindati.

— 16 aflfia . . . (cp. ana, f.)

— - *attiyati . • . (cp- B^«'"*».

Verkl. p. 68.)

- 10

16 *anda-bhuta, Mi/w.... (diffe-

rently E. Hardy, Litt. Cen-

tralbl. 1904, p. B07).

17 *ati-dhona-cariH . . . (cj».

dhona, dhuta).

19 after *attha-pada insert:

attharana, v. tharana.

19-20 atthi '. . . pr. 2. pi. 'ttha,

29,30. 31,23; - pot, 3. ag.

assa, Dh. 376; - aor. Umpf.)

3. sg. asi, 81,3 (tadasi).

20 read: addhagu.21 adhipa, read: adhipati26 andhaka . , . read: ""andba*

ka-makasa27 aparadha ought to be put

after '*'aparabhage.29 abbiAi^a ... jfian&bhififia,

read: jhanabhifina— abhinikkhamana, n, (sa,

abhinisbkramana)

30 '''abhippaharani, read:

"-harini

— abhiriihati , , , (cp. Tr.

PM. p. 78).

31 abhisamkhara, m,— after am ace a insert:

Amaradevi, f, nom. pr. of

a woman, 55,S3. 58,S8; =:

Amara, 56,ia,

— am b a . . . ambapakka, n. nom.

iKi&va., 15,ss (ambapakk').

33 ariya... ^cp.kadariya, jm/m.)

• 34 avajiyati . . . (cp. ojita).

' — avaharati . . . cau«. V. ona-

reti (cp. *obariH)-36 akara ... (cp. pannaka-

ra, »».).

284

P. 37 Sigacchati . . . aor. 3, ag,

agafichi, 20,to.

- — acikkhiMi,v&. (sa.a-i/caksh,

or possibly fr. a-ykhya, re-

dtipl. *a-cikhyati ; Pischel,

Gr. § 492, cp, T. Michelson,

Idg. F. XIX, p. 210.)— 41 arama ... {cp, dhainma-

rama, mfn.)— 43 avunati (or avunati, cp,

Tr. PM. p. 63,«.)— — *avuso . . , read: ^avuso-

vada, w.— — asana . . . (cp, dhamtna-

Sana.)

— 44 after aBa|bi Insert!

asi, asiiii, v, attbi.

— 51 upaga ... {cp. Brahma-lok'upaga, mfn.)

— — upatthana . . {cp. pa-

t^liana & sati-patthana.)

— 66 ijruvela, f. (sa. Uruvilva)— 60 ereti ... or ^ sa. erayati

(a + \/ir).

•— 63 obhasati... {cp. vijjotati.)

— 66 kaccha'... read: kaksbya(instead of *kaksbya).

— — kanna, read: kaflfia.

— 69 karana'... {cp. *dubbali-

karana. mfn.)— 73 [kama] . . . naccitu-kama,

mfn. 60,85.

— — kama-kama. .. or, perhaps

better, abl. sg. ("out of desire

for sensual gratification", Mor-ris, iPTS. 1891-93, p. 39-41)

— 78 kuiijara . . . nom. rvO, Dh.324. '

— 80 k u 1 a . . . (cp. pati-kkula, mfn.)— 82 khamapeti ... to ask one's

(ace.) pardon,

khaya, m. (instead of n.)

- 89

- 96

- 98

gam a . .

vara, m.)

{q. V.)

cara(ka)cara, vt.)

citta' . .

<if Bll-'.)

clia .

-vara, m. (cp.

pat^ana-", »«.

. (ck *pinda-

. (cp. sa-*, instead

{oiJ, Balriyataiia.)

P. 98 jhayati^ ... (cj». *Tijjha-

peti.)

— — jhayati* . . . (cp, ajjhaya

& mantajjbayaka.)— 107 o-ttba . . . (cp, bhumma-

ttba, mfn.)— — tam . . . loc, f. tassa, 2,26.

— 108 tanha . . . add "-nirodba,

m. 66,15 (q. v.)

— 109 after tatha-rupa insert:

tatba-vadi «, mfn., ».vadin

— 115 terasa . . . (cp. Frankc, Pali

und Sanskrit, p. 104 (so).)

— 116 tbera-vada . . . dbl. pi,

114,»i (instead of instr. pi.)

— 122 dugga ... ace. ^am (pali-

patbaiii, instead of samsa-

rarii.)

— 123 dubbuddbin, read: dub-

buddhi.— 124 dura . . . read; (cp. vid5ra)

instead of (opp, vidura.) —add : *o-samkara, mfn. (q. v.)

—• 127 dbana . . . read: *<*-vassa-

panaka.— 129 dbamma-piti« . . . (cp.

140

- 146

- 149

- 161

iti.)

niblSchrader, On the problem of

piti

[ni ibana] .

ader, On(cp. F. Otto

problem

IPTS. 1904-5, p.

(cp, la, ia-

pakata

- 154

- 168

- 161

Nirvana,

157.)

""pa* . . . read:

stead of }a.)

pakati . . . (cp.

[pakata].)

paj apati . . . Pajapati (=sa. prajavati, Oldenberg,Buddha, p. 112.)

patikkiila . . . instr. ^ena,(if not, as suggested by E,Olcsen, adv. — sa. pratiku-laiii, in inverted order, i. a.

with the head turned down-wards, head foremost?)

""patisantbara ... read;

{sa. ^o-vrtti).

padeti ... to be inserted

below after paduma.pabbilHoti . . . (cp, vijjo-

tati),

285

P. 170 read: paveni & paveni.— 187 bahira . . . (cp, santara-

bahiraifa, adv.)

— 193 bhaga ... (cp, sabhaga,»«/»».)

— — *bhanavara (instead of

bhanavara).— 200 mati . . . (c23.*8ara-mati(7i))

— 202 madbuva, adv. (or rather

adj. n. instead of madhuvam(an old error?) cp, bhadram,Db. 119.)

— — manufina . , . read: n.

(o^;.) rvam.

P. 203 manta . . , nom. ^o, 32,».

— 206 Mahapajapati Gotami(/>•. sa. o-ptajavati, Olden-

berg, Buddha p. 112, cp. Sp.

Hardy, Manual of Buddhism

p. 306.)— 215 yojana . . . (= about 7Vj

miles, IRAS. 1902, p. 284

Note.)

— 245 sa-^ ... tead: sattbaka

(instead of sattbika.)

— 246 samvasa . . . aco. /vam

(piya-*, vasimsu) 11,it.

SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.

ChilderB = Dictionary of the Pali Language; Faush0ll, Bern. = Nogle Be-meerkninger oia eukelte vanskelige Pfili<Ord i Jataka-Bogen (Oversigt

over det Kgl. Daneke Vidensk. Selsk. Forhaadl. 1888 p. 7-68); Faua-bell, Das. Jat. = Dasaratha Jataka (Copenhagen 1871); Five Jat. =Five Jatakas (Copenhagen 1861); Ten J&t. = Ten Jstakag (Copenhagen

1872); Fic^i, Soc, Gl. = Die eociale Gliederuug im nordostlichen Indian

zu Buddha* J Zeit (Kiel 1897); Jacobi, Erzahl. = Ausgewahlte Erzah*

lungen in Mfibarfishtri (Leipzig 1886); Kern, Bijdr. (or Verkl.) = Bij-

drage tot de Verklaring van eenige woorden in Pali-geschriften voor-

ItODiendo (Verhandelingen d. Kon. Akad. van Wetenschappen. Afd. Let-

terkunde XVII. Ameterdam 1888); Kuhn, Beitr, = Beitrage zur Pfili-

Qramroatik (Berlin 1875); Lassen, IA. = Indische Alterthumskunde;

Milller, Pftr. = A Biraplified grammar of the Pali lauguage (London

1884); Pischel, Or. = Graramatik der Prakrit-Spraohen (StrassburglQOO);

Sinart, Kaco. = Kacoayana et la Littfirature grammaticale du Pali (Paris

1871); Wac?cernagel, Gr. =^ Altindische Grammatik (Gattingen 1896 ff.);

Weber, Ind. Str. :=-- Indische Streifen; Ind. Stud. = Indische Studien;

Windisch, Mara := Mara and Buddha (Leipzig 1895; Abhandi. d. Kon.saobs. Qp.e. d. Wiss. phil.-hist. CI. XV.)

BB. = (BezzKuborger's) BeitrUge zur Kunde der indogermanischen Sprachen;

GGA. = Gottingische gelehrte Anzeigen; Gott, Nachr. = Nachrichten

von der Kou. Ges. d. Wiss. zu Gottingen ; Idg. P. = IndogermanischeForschungen; Ind. Ant, = The Indian Antiquary; KZ. = (Kuhn'a)Zeitschrift fur vcrgleicbende Sprachforschung; KZ (BB) = dieselbe ver-

einigt mit Bezzenberger's Beitrage (Bd. I = Bd. XLI.); Pan, = Psnini'a

Grammatik, herausgeg. von 0. Bohtlingk (Leipzig 1887); Tr, PM. =Trenckner, Pali Miscellany, Part I (Copenhagen 1879); WZ, or WZKM.e=. Wiener Zeitschrift fiir die Kunde des Morgenlandes.

CORRECTIONS TO PART I.

1,14 . .

2,89-80

— 3S . .

7,sj , .

8,x ..

9,6 ,.

— 9 , .

— U . .

— 16 . ,

16,19 . »

— 3« . .

17,16 . .

— J8 . .

23.4 . .

27,8 .,

29,18 . .

36,38 . .

41.5 ..

44,1 ..

47,4 ..

48,7 ..

— 3S . .

53,21 . .

69,7 . .

60,83 . .

62,38-SS

66,15-16

73,11 .

76,26 ,

76,1 .

— 10 .

. cinnaf^hane

. . . dohalo uppanno- sayanhasamaye. ovadanti

. "petum va na visahanti

. su-

. puttat-

. paticcha-

. cari,

. dussam

. daruni

, appa-. elakaih

, utthapetva {his instead of

upat^hapetva)

. saddo (instead of samuddo). sotapanno upasako. (in some copies:) n3,8akkhi

(instead of naasldchi)

. catujati-"

. Malliko,

. 'imassa lobham

. labbhamane nimantake

. sattadvara-*'

. tassa . ravam

. nipajjapetva

. devalokesu, . . gahapesum, . . (insert after tanhaniro-

dha :) upadananirodbo,upadananirodhs

. malagandha-". ayatim

, papafika

. etad avoca

83,20 . . . ekena hatthena86,8 . . . samantato pabbasati vijjo-

tati

— 82 . . , kiiii idan ti ce ti aha (cor-

rected by E. Hardy).

87,11 . . . parnsantako me satako•i! ", tassa vidatthi-

III ill anittbitaih (the

C iiii^iiHlese Edition, Coloin«

bo 1898.)— n-12 . . , nitthapessami— 81 . . , Tusitavimane89,8 . . , papata— 26 . . . aiinan" ti

91,19 . . . pakaro na hoti— 31 . . . paiiham puna pi pucchi

93,81 . . . evam me sutam96,14 , . . nanam

103,2 . . . Tam [mam]— 6 . . . Sahassabhage maranam,

ekamse— 13 . . , sen'atthena— 14 . . . Anuroatto pi pu&nena— 15 . . . yesaii ca attho pufinena— 31 . . . "-abhippabarini

104,1 . . . Pagalba ettha [na] dissanti

106,16 . . . pana duddasaiii— 18 . . . kitava sa^ho

111,27 . . . Jivitam dehi

112,9 ... yakkha ca gbatiya— 82 . . . sayam pi Vijayo laddba— 29 . . . Tambabbumirajophuttha

tambapanni yato abH113,9 ... satto, dametum

ADDITIONS TO THE NOTES,

Baka-Jataka . . . translated by B.

Pischel, Ausland, 1876, p. 757.

Nacca* Jataka , . . translated by B,

Pischel, Ausland, 1876, p. 7 58; trans-

lated by Warren, Hermes, XXIX,p. 476.

Uocbanga- J&taka . . . translated by

B. Pischel, Hermes, XXVIII, p. 466

(cp. mideke, ib. XXIX, p. 165, &ZacAariae,Wien. Zeitschr, f. d.Kunded. Morgenl. XV, p. 72).

Vedabbha-Jstaka . . translated by

J. J. Meyer, Dan4in'8 Dafa-kumara-caritam. Leipzig 1902, p. 16—19.

SuBima-JStaka . . . 47,i8 as Dh.347,8-4 {cp. 346).

288

Andabhuta* Jat».ka . . . traoBlated

with Notes by B. Pischel, Philol.

Abhandlungen M. Hertz zum 70. Ge-burtstage tod Sohlllern dargebraoht.

Berlin 1888, p. 74.

MahoBadha's Marriage . . trans-

lated by J, J, Meyer, Dandia's Daga-kunaBra-caritam, p. 96—103.

Mahosadha's Judgement . . . cp.

E. Oldenberg, Die Literatur des alten

Indien. Stuttgart 1903, p. 114 (&Note p. 291).

The Great Retirement , . 64,i4-i5

= As. p. 34,5(cp.MahavaBtuII, 167).

Dhammacakka-payattana-Sutta. . . translated SBE. XI, p. 146 &XIII, p. 94.

Yasapabbajja . . cp. Lalita Vistara

ed. by Rajendralala Mitra, Calcutta

1877, p. 251; Sp. Hardy, Manual of

Buddhism, p. 156(159); P. Bigandet,

The Life or Legend of Gaudama.Rangoon, 1866, p. 55 ; H. Alabaster,

The Wheel of the Law. London 1871,

p. J 26.

The Fire-Sermon ... translated by

Oldenberg, Buddha p. 209.

Msra as Plowman., translated by

E. Windisch, Mara and Buddha.Leipzig 1896, p. 104.

Buddha's Death . . . = DN. II.

p. 164 - 80,»8-s9 = Jttt. I, p. 392.

The Ten Precepts . . 81,J» (cp. Dh.

V. 246-47).The Legend of the Weaver'sDaughter, 86,w-89,n . . Edited:

DhammapadatthakathS ... by W,

Dhammananda Thera & M. Nsnis-

sara Thera. Colombo 1898, p. 428-31.

The Questions of Uttiya . . cp.

Mil. ed. by V. Trenckner. Copen-hagen 1880, Note p. 424. - 89,2o-2i

cp. Sn. V. 419.

Rebirth is not Transmigration. . translated (the beginning only)

by li. Garbe, Beitr&ge zur iodischen

Kulturgeschichte. Berlin 1903, p.

129-30.PadhSna-Sutta ... translated by

E. Windisch, Mara und Buddha, p. 3

(= Lalita Vistara, ch. XVIII ; Maha-vastu II, 237) cp. ib. p. 322. - v. 19bhanjami (Ed. gacchami) cp. B.

Pischel, Indische Miscellen (KZ.(BB) I, p. 182).

Dhaniya-Sutta ... translated by

PavoUni, Buddismo. Milano 1898,

p. 126.

Buddhaghosa . . translated SBE. X.Introduction, p. XXIX-XXXI.

Obsl Several of the Texts above have been printed in: J, Takakusu, A Pttli

Cbrestomatby, with notes and glossary giving Sanskrit and Chinese equi-

valents. Tokyo 1900.

MISPRINTSto be corrected in the Pali Text of Dhammapada, 2. ed. by V, Fausbell.

.London 1900.

18,4.

mmMMm